V THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G, F. L. S. LATE Senios Assistant, Department of Botany, British Musecm. VOL. L X. LONDON TAYLOE AND FRANCIS EED LION COURT, FLEET STEEET 1922. COKEIGENDA. P. 23, 1. 24 from bottom, for " Banks's " read " Bligli's. P. 52, 1. 19 from top, for " Higsoaia " read " Battia.'" P. 98, 1. 14 from top, for '' Walton " read " Dalton " ; 1. 17 for '■'• Hayag-artli " read " Aysgarth." P. 193, 1, 2 from top, for " Surrey ' read " Middlesex." P. 195, 1. 4 from bottom, for " F. Schmitz " read " her." P. 224, 1. 21 from bottom and p. 227, 1. 15 from top. for " Armitagei " read " Armitagea^." P. 252, 1. 10 from top, for " Moffat " read " Moffatt." P. 253, 1. 11 from bottom, for '' 1872 " read " 1881 "" : 1. 12, for " Mosses " read " Moses." P. 301, 1. 15 from top. for " Rioslet " read " Pugsley. P. 333, line 13 from top, for •' Chub " read " Chubb." CONTIilBUTOKS TO THIS VOLUME. Er>'«t Almquist. Eleoxora Aemitage. E. G. Baker, E.L.S. J. H. Barxhart, M.I). L. Batten. Arthuk Bennett, A.L.S. S. F. Blake. James Britten, F.L.S. C. E. Britton. Ct. R. Bullock-Wfl'ster, M.A. E.L.S. E. W. Butcher. Miller Christy, F.L.S. F. CUNDALL. H. N. Dixon, M.A.. F.L.S. A. H. Evans. W. Fawcett, B.Sc. J. S. Gamble, M.A., F.U.S. Antony Gepp, M.A., F.L.S. M. J. GODEERY, F.L.S. W. B. Grote, M.A. James Groves, F.L.S. B. M. Griffiths. A. S. Hitchcock. A. B. Jackson, A.I.S. B. D. Jackson, Ph.D., F.L.S. C. C. Lacaita, M.A., F.L.S. J. E. Little. Lilian Lyle, F.L.S. W. H. Mills. S. Le M. Moore, iiS-., F.L.S. W. E. Nicholson, F.L.S. C. Norman. W. H. Pearson, M.Sc, A.L.S. F. W. Pennell. ' H. W. PuGSLEi, B.A., F.L.S. J. Kamsbottom. M.A., F.L.S. A. B. Rendle, D.Sc, F.irs. H. J. RiDDELSDEr.L, M.A. H. N. Ridley. C.M.G., F.H.S. I L. A. M. Riley, B.A. i F. RiLSTONE. L M. Roper, F.L.S. I W. E. Safforh, Ph.D. ; C. E. Salmon, F.L.S. A. LoRRAiN Smith, F.L.S. I T. A. Speague, B.A., F.L.S. j T. Stephenson, D.D. I T. E. Stephenson, M.Sc. i W. H. T. Tams, F.E.S. H. S. Thompson, F.L.S. W. Watson, D.Sc, A.L.S. J. W. White, F.L.S. F. N. Williams, F.L.S. : A. J. Wilmott, B.A., F.L.S. i No. 709 JANUARY, 1922 Vol. LX THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FORKIGN EDITED Br JAMES BE.ITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUB CONT PAGE I Notes on British Euphrasias. — II. By H. W. PuGSLEY, B.A., F.L.S. The Seedling Foliage of Ulex Gallii. By T. A. Sprague, B.Sc, F.L.S. Carex Forms. By H. Stuart Thomp- son New or Noteworthy Fungi. ^Part VII. By W. B. Grove, M.A 1 6 12 14 A New British Flowering Plant. By E. W. Butcher 18 Elisia, a Botanical Romance. By W. E. Safeord, Ph.D 19 ENTS PAGE Short Notes :--Cirsiww tuberos^im All. in Cambridgeshire — Calla palustris L 21 Reviews : — Captain Bligh's Second Voyage to the South Sea. By Ida Lee (Mrs. Charles Bruce Marriott, F.R.G.S.) 22 Index Kewensis Plantarum Phane- rogamarum Supplementum Quin- tum 25 Book-Notes, News, etc 26 LONDON TAYLOR AND FKANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Price Two Shillings net SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. WHELDON & WESLEY, Ltd. have the largest stock in the country of Books in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, rixns, and single volumes or numbers. A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo- graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for, and those not in stock sought for, without charge. Libraries or small parcels purchased. 38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KIN6SWAY. LONDON. W.C. 2. Telephone : Gerrard 1412. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BT JAMES BRFFTEN. K.C.S.Ci., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OP BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to The Editor, 41 Boston Boacl, Brentford, Middlesex. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.- Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copies 2 pp. 3s. 4 pp. 4s. 6(?. 8 pp. 7s. 12 pp. 9s. 16 PP 10s. 6d 25 ., 4s. „ 5s. M. „ 8s. „ Us.Gd. ,, 18s. .50 „ 5s. „ 6s. Od. „ 9s. ,. 12s. 6d. „ 14s. 100 ,, 7s. „ 8s. Od. „ 10s. 6d. „ 14s. „ 15*. 6d. Sepai ate Titles, Plates and Special Wrappers extr a. TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. E.C. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Six Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions Page £2 Os. Od. £1 16s. Od. eacli =£1 12s. Or?, each' Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 „ Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 ,^ Eighth-page 7 6 7 0 „ & & ,■ All ap2^lications for si^ace to he tnade to Mr. H. A. COLLINS,. 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. ^ THE J OUliNvVL OF 1U)T AN Y BRITISH AND FOREIGN. NOTES ON BRITISH EUPHRASIAS.— II. Br H. W. PuosLEr, B.A., E.L.S. (Continued from Journ. Bot. 1919, 175.) EUPHEA8I.\. CONFUSA Pugslcj^, Being interested in the yellow-flowered Eyebriglit o£ Exmooi', which I had described in this Journal (Ivii. 169 ; 1919) as a new species^ Enphrasia coiifnsa, I took the opportunity, while staying at Lynniouth in September 1919, of visiting the plant in sitic in the station discovered by the late E. S, Marshall near Simonsbath. The Eyebright was growing there at that date in moderate quantitj^ over a limited area, and I quickly noticed, as Mr. Marshall had done, that the hue of its flowers varied in different individuals from straw- colour to a deep orange-buff. With these yellow- flowered plants, however, and extending over a wider stretch of ground, there grew a white -flowered form that seemed to differ only in the tint of its corolla ; and on sul)sequently examining the specimens then collected I was unable to find any other point of distinction, unless that, on an average, the white- flowered plants were a little more vigorous. Mr. Hiern, in his account of this Euphrasia in Journ. Bot. xlvii. 170 (1909), remarked that with tlie yellow-flowered plant grew a greater abundance of specimens having "whitish or purj)lish flowers, though in other respects scarcely differing. But he excluded tliese latter forms from his description and made no attempt to define them. Last winter I received from Mr. F. Rilstone dwarf examples of a similar Eyebright bearing white flowers, collected the previous summer on St. Cleer Dov^is and Helmen Tor, in East Cornwall. Mr. Rilstone identified these plants with E. con^iisa, although he could meet only with white flowers. On seeing this fresh material I was led to re-examine the dwarf, branched Enphrasice of my herbarium, and I now think that the plant from Derwentwater sent to the Botanical Exchange Club l>v Mr. Pearsall in 1918 as " E. Kerneri^ sinmlating E. minima'''' should be regarded as an identical form. It is possible that some of the plants referred to E. minima var. arhascicla Bueknall may also belong here, but I do not possess any material that can be so named. Journal of Botaxv. — Vol. (30. [Jaxuakt, 1922.] b 2 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY I have further seen quite recently at the South London Botanical Institute a sheet collected in 1903 near Farthing Downs, Surrey, and labelled " _£/. sfricfa^'' by Townseud, that I can only separate from J£. confusa by its white corollas. It thus appears that we have in the hilly, silicious moors of Devon and Cornwall, in the Lake District, and possibly on the cal- careous hills of south-east England and elsewhere, a seemingl}^ endemic Euflirasia^ of dwarf, decumbent and freel}^ branching habit, and generally bearing white flowers, which, however, tend on Exmoor to become more or less yellow. The yellow colouring is evidently'" an unstable character, and not a uniform feature as with most forms of -E. minima of the Alps, where, among thousands of plants in any j)articular locality, the flowers are usually exactly alike in colour. As E. confusa was founded on the yellow-flowered plant, the commoner white-flowered one must, if separated, take subsidiary rank ; and it seems best distinguished as a form only, which may be diagnosed thus : — E. CONFUSA Pugsl. b. ALEIDA forma nova. Planta corollis albidis nee luteis, quam typus interdum rohustior. A plant with white (not j^ellow) corollas, sometimes more robust than the yellow- flowered type. If it is thus admitted that these yellow and white-flowered plants are but forms of one species, and that the yellow^ colouring is excep- tional and, when present, of varying intensity, it will be seen that E. confusa shows little aflinit}^ with E. minima Jacquin, and requires careful differentiation from E. nemorosa, to Avhich Townsend origin- ally assigned it, and from E. gracilis. The best distinguishing character of E. confusa, when white-flowered, is its essentially dwarf, decumbent, flexuous and much-branched habit — much dwarfer and slenderer than any form of E. nemorosa of normal growth, more branched and leafy than E. gracilis, and distinctly less erect than either of them. Its leaves, both cauline and floral, are narroAver, with fewer and less acute teeth, than what commonly obtains in E. nemorosa, and their arrangement on the stem and branches is more clearly alternate than in that species or in E. gracilis. The corolla, whether yellow or white, is variable in size, on an average ex- ceeding that of E. gracilis and approximating to the tyj)ical form of E. nemorosa. A feature of the flowers is that in dried specimens the style is frequently exserted. The capsule is generally broader than in the two kindred species, but, although commonly emaj'ginate or retuse, its apex is sometimes truncate or occasionally rounded-obtuse. In 1920 I collected on the Lynmouth Foreland a slender, much branched Eyebright, with lavender-tinted flowers, that looks inter- mediate between E. confusa and E. nemorosa. Such plants may probably be found in other localities, and may render it difficult or even impossible to maintain the two separate species. E. Kerneri Wettst., under which name Mr. Pearsall sent out the DerAventwater plant referred to above, sometimes resembles E. confusa in its profuse branching and numerous small leaves, but I think it NOTES ON HJJlTrsH KllMIltASIAS 3 very rarely assumes the same decumbent habit, and its llovvers are \ery much larger. Dr. Druce, in the Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1919 (p. 572), has a brief note on JE. coiifusa that is rather mis- leading in that it suggests a diversity of opinion concerning these plants between Dr. Ostenfeld and myself. The reverse is really the case, as may be seen by a reference to nw original account of j&. con- ficsa, where I twice alluded to the resemblance between ^. minima and E. scotica, both of which are equally unlike E. confusa (Journ. Bot. Ivii. 170, 173). Euphrasia striota Host. This species was first recorded as a British plant in 189G in Wettstein's Ponograph, p. 103, wdiere one habitat only is given — " Surrey Downs." A year later Townsend, in his Monograph of the British Species of Euphrasia (Journ. Bot. xxxv. 398), reported that this record was erroneous and that he did not know the plant as British ; but in the addenda and corrigenda to this paper (/. c. p. 475) he amended this view by citing five British stations, two of which were on Wettstein's authority. Subsequently, in his last years Townsend named various British specimens " JE. stricta " or " Confer E. stricta,'''' and the 10th edition of Babington's Manual treats this plant as widely distributed in England, Scotland, and Ireland. In 1910 I found what I thought to be true E. stricta at Bossing- ton. West Somerset, and this was recorded as such by Marshall in this Journal (xlix. 285 ; 1911). Mr. Bucknall (British Euphrasies, p. 8 ; 1917) remarks that many plants referred to E. stricta really belong to E. nemorosa, but he admits the former species for four English counties, citing seven localities, of which one is my Bossington station. In addition, four habitats are given in County Gralway. ^. si'r/c^rt has since been reported as British through the Exchange Clubs or elsewhei-e up to the present year, when Mr. W. C. Barton sent out for distribution as " E. stricta ? " an extensive gathering from Wales. As Mr. Barton kindly referred his plants for my remarks, I have examined them in conjunction with Townsend's earliest British examples in the South London collection and other material for which tliis name has been subsequently suggested. But 1 can find no British specimen that seems to me really to agree with un- doubted Continental exsiccata of E. stricta ; and I can only conclude that all of our plants are referable either to a polymorphic E. nemo- rosa, or more rarely to E. hrevipila, E. horealis, or E. Kerneri. Euphrasia stricta, which looks like a relatively uniform and well- marked species, was originally described as a plant of mountain woods in Austria in Host's Flora Austriaca, ii. 185 (1831), and his diagnosis may be translated thus : — • " Root annual or biennial. Stem strict, subterete, clothed with deflexed hairs, simple or divided above into few erect branches. Leaves ovate, glabrous, on the margins prickly and dentate. Flowers axillary, solitary, sessile. Calyx angular, 4-fid, with subulate teeth 4 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANT rough on the margins. Corolla purplish, pubescent externally,' marked with darker lines within, smaller than that of E. officinalis { = !!. Bostkoviana) ; upper lip bilid, with tridentate segments, lower lip pubescent, trifid, with emarginate segments. Capsule obcordate, pubescent." The salient features of Wettstein's account (Mon. p. 93) are : — Stem erect, simple or with few ascending branches in the lower part, and up to 75 cm. in height ; lower leaves quickly caducous ; upper cauline leaves, as well as bracts, Avith aristate teeth ; s^oike soon elongate ; calj'^x not accrescent in fruit ; corolla pale violet, rarely blue or white ; and capsule narrow, cuneate-obovate, truncate or sub- emarginate, not exceeding the calyx-teeth. Wettstein's diagnosis is repeated by Townsend (/. c), and coincides with that of Chabert {Les Euphrasia de la France in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2me ser. ii. 277 (1902)), except that the last-named author gives the maximum height as 40 cm. only. Wettstein and Chabert agree in combining with E. stricta the French E. ericetorum and E. rigidula of Jordan, and they cite, for the most part, the same exsiccata. Four of the sets quoted. Billot nos. 272-4, 2724 bis, 3672 and 3672 bis, are represented in Herb. Mus. Brit. ; and they evidently belong to one species and are identical with other Austrian material sent out as E. stricta. These exsiccata agree generally with the descriptions and with the figures of original E. stricta and E. ericetorum on Wettstein's plate (vii. 5 & 6) ; but Townsend's figure of E. stricta (Journ. Bot. xxxv. t. 374), taken from a Lausanne specimen, does not appear to me characteristic. From these descriptions, figures and exsiccata it is possible to determine E. stricta with some accuracy. It is a notably tall plant — according to Wettstein it may reach nearly twice the height of any other British Eyebright, — of strict habit and with few nearly erect branches at some distance from the base. It will be noticed that Avhile Host says the plant is branched above, Wettstein terms it " branched in the lower part," which would be applicable at a later stage of growth. The only British Euphrasia approaching this habit is E. qracilis, which may be said to simulate a miniature E. stricta. The leaves (especially the floral) are peculiar for their spreading aristate teeth, which give them a pectinate aspect and almost recall some forms of E. salishurgensis. They are readily caducous, so that during most of the flowering period the lower parts of the stem and branches are naked. The calyx is relatively small and remains so in fruit, not becoming accrescent or inflated as in E. nemorosa. The characteristic pale purple tint of the corolla, which is rather large though less than in Continental E. jRostkoviaiia, is uniform in all the specimens that I liave seen. The fruit, though variable in shape in this as in other EuphrasicB^ is generall}^ narrow and truncate as described by Wettstein, and is smaller than in many other species. I cannot understand Host's definition of this organ as obcordate. Of the English and Scottisli plants referred to E. stricta I have seen none that shows this combination of characters, or even possesses the strict robust habit, with nearly erect central l)rancliing, that is NOTES OX EKTTISII EUPHRASIAS 5 SO marked a feature of Host's species. The specimens originally determined by Wettstein and cited ])y Townsend are mostly quite small examples, of slender habit and Ijranched towards the base, with rather large white flowers, which, if not forms of U. nemorosa, are probably connected with the British E. Kerneri. The ])lants to which Townsend in his last 3^ears applied Host's name are most diverse in appearance, but are mainly white-flowered forms approaching j&. ne- morosa. My Bossington plant of 1910 is perhaps as near to jE'. sfricta as any English foriu that I have seen, but its branching is too basal and too profuse, and it bears white flowers. This likewise is probably connected with a polymorphic E. nemorosa. Mr. Barton's Welsh plants, though robust, are not stiffly erect, but somewhat decumbent below, and sometimes considerably branched near the base. Their cauline leaves lack the spreading aristate teeth of E. sfricta ; and their flowers are white with the cal3^x becoming distinctly inflated and accrescent, enclosing a relatively large capsule. These plants seem to be a coarse, luxuriant form of E. nemorosa. Forms of E. horealis also have been confused with E. strict a., but these differ widely in their less strict habit, large leaves with broad teeth, strongly accrescent calyx, white corollas and large capsules. E. stricta is a typical and Avidely distributed E^^ebright of Central Europe, extending, according to Wettstein, from the Pyrenees to Russia and from ^orth Italy to Denmark and Sweden. In France it grows chiefly in the south-east, but it is reported to reach Normandy and Brittany, so that its occiu'rence in the south of England would not be surprising. But, as it is one of the few readily determinable species, it should be possible to prove beyond doubt the identity of British specimens, and I do not think it can be admitted on present evidence as a native of Great Britain. Bespecting the occurrence of E. stricta in Ireland I cannot express a definite opinion, having seen only fragmentary specimens, but it is possible that County Galway is an outlier of the range of this species as of E. salishurgensis. Since writing this paper I have seen the note on E. confiisa by Messrs. Pearsall and Lumb in the Botanical Exchange Club lleport for 1920 (p. 2-11), in which the writers contend that E. minima (of which they do not appear to have read Wettstein 's diagnosis) may be extended to include E. confiisa. The modern species of Euplirasia are too finely cut to admit of much extension, and I cannot see that any essential feature of E. minima is mentioned which is peculiar to that plant and to ^. conAisa. I think that on the reasoning adopted E. confiisa might be much more easily included with E. nemorosa, and almost equally well with any other British species. The British plants that may perhaps be united with E. minima are in my opinion some of those that have been referred to E. scotica and E. foiiJaensis. G THK JOlJ]{N.VL OF BOTANY THE SEEDLING FOLIAGE OF ULEX GALLII. By T. A. Speague, B.Sc, F.L.S. The occurrence of trifoliolate leaves on the seedlings of VJex has been known for over fifty years. Syme stated that the " first leaves of young seedlings of Ulex are trifoliate, but all the subsequent ones are unifoliate," and that in JJ. euroj^ieus " trifoliate leaves are only present on the plant immediately after germination" (Engl. Bot. ed. 3, iii. 3, 4; 1861). J. D. Hooker described the leaves of JJlex as "trifoliolate in seedling plants" (Student's Fl. 86; 1870), and so did Willkomm and Lange (Frodr. iii. 442; 1880). Wohlfarth stated that the leaves on 3'oung plants of IT. europcBiis were often trifoliolate, trifid or unec|ually bifid (Koch, Syn. ed. 3, i. 48i) ; 1891). Lubbock, however, seems to have been the first to describe the seedlings of Ulex europfpus in detail {Seedlings, i. 409; 1892). Out of five representative specimens examined by him, one had all the leaves simple, another had the first six pairs trifoliolate, and the succeeding ones simple, and three specimens had trifoliolate, bifolio- late, and simple leaves more or less mixed. Some of the leaves were merely tripartite or bipartite instead of being trifoliolate or bifolio- late. Koehne mentioned that the leaves of tflex are often trifoliolate on the lower branches (Dendrol. 327; 1893); and Ascherson and Graebner stated that trifoliolate leaves occur on young and injured plants of Ulex (Syn, vi. Abt. 2, 281 ; 1907), and that it is especially in gardens on good soil that the lower leaves of Ulex europceus are compound {I.e. 285). According to Goebel {Organographie, i. 146; 1898), the seedling of Ulex europcdus bears trifoliolate leaves, apart from the first primary leaves. The results of an examination of 2895 seedlings of Ulex europceus by Boodle (Ann. Bot. xxviii. 527 ; 1914) lend no support to this qualification. Boodle found that the axis usually bears a certain number of trifoliolate leaves after the cotyledons and before the simple leaves. Of the simple leaves those first formed are nearly always fiat, while the later ones are normally spiniform. A few seedlings bore simple leaves onl}^, while others produced trifolio- late leaves in various numbers from one up to twenty or more. In some cases the trifoliolate leaves began directl}^ after the cotyledons, an 1 formed an uninterrupted series succeeded by the simple leaves; in other cases the series of trifoliolate leaves' was preceded, or interrupted, once or many times by simple or bit" oliolate leaves. Two- lobed and three-lobed (or more deeply divided) leaves were occasion- ally present, and among the apparently simple leaves some were noticed which had an articulation at a distance from the base, this being an indication of a compound nature. The number of seedlings examined by Boodle was 2895, of which 1094 were grown on good soil and 1801 on sand. The seedlings on soil gave an average of 10*79 compound leaves per ]dant, while those on sand gave an average of 8-27, the difference (2-52) amounting to THE SEEDLIXa FOLIAGE OF ULEX OALLTI 7 about 23 per cent. Boodle sui^gested that this is a case of an ancestral character [trifoliolate leaves] being favoured by ancestral soil conditions, since the gorse plant may be supposed to be descended from a plant with trifoliolate leaves, and having normal habitats among richer soil than that usually frequented by gorse. To sum up what is known of the seedling foliage of U. europcdm : a certain number of compound leaves usually occur after the cotyle- dons and before the simple leaves, but they may be preceded or interrupted by simple leaves, and in a few cases all the leaves are simple. Seedlings grown on good soil produced an average of 10-79 compound leaves per plant, and those on sand an average of 8-27. Compound leaves have also been found on older plants grown in gardens on good soil, and on injured plants. Nothing appears to have been published as to the seedlings of other species of JJlex. During Aug.-Sept. 1921 I was fortunate in observing some thousands of seedlings of Z7. Q-allii on the Quantock Hills, Somerset, where they had sprung up after heath fires which had occurred in June. Five hundred seedlings were examined with the following results. Seventeen (8-4 per cent.) bore simple leaves only, and 483 (96"() per cent.) had one or more (up to 11) compound leaves. The average number of compound leaves per plant was 2-6. Of the compound leaves 79*6 per cent, were trifoliolate and 20-4 per cent, bifoliolate, i. e. 4 trifoliolate leaves to each bifoliolate one. For the purpose of these calculations tritid and bifid leaves have been counted as " compound " ; as Boodle remarked with reference to TT. europcBus, both bifoliolate and lobed leaves " may be regarded as showing an 'attempt' to realize the ancestral trifoliolate type," and it is therefore desirable for theoretical purposes to include the lobed leaves among the "compound." No compound leaves were found after the sixth pair. The series of uninterruptedly simple pairs commenced in 17 cases (3-4 per cent.) immediately after the cotyledons ; in 330 cases (66 percent.) after tlie first pair; in 94 (18*8 per cent.) after the second; in 23 (4-6 per cent.) after the third ; in 16 (3-2 percent.) after the fourth ; in 15 (3 per cent) after the fifth ; and in 5 cases (1 per cent.) after the sixth pair. The expressions "compound," "mixed," and "snnple " pairs are used below to denote pairs composed respectively of two compound leaves, a compound and a simple one, and two simple leaves : — Percentages of compound, mixed, and simple pairs in tlie first six pairs. Compound: {I) ^7-2- {2) l1-4^- {^) 4-2; (4) 4-4; (5) 1-8; (6) 0-2. Mixed: (1) 8-8; (2) 10-0; (3) 5-4; (4) 2-8; (5) 2*2; (6) 0-8. Simple : (1) 4*0; (2) 72-6; (3) 90-4; (4) 92-8; (o) 96-0; (6) 99-0. It will be observed that there is a regular reduction in the fre- quency of compound pairs from the first to the sixth pair, except that the fourth pair has 0*2 per cent, more than the third ; compound pairs greatly predominate in the first pair, are frequent in the 8 TTTE JOUKNAI. OF liOT AXV secoiid, and few in the following pairs, Tlie mixed pairs are fairly frequent in the hrst and second pairs, and gradually decrease in the remaining ones from a maximum of 10 per cent, in the second pair. Simple pairs are few in the first pair, and greatly pre- dominate in the remainder, rising to a maximum in the sixth pair : — Percentages of trifoliolate, hifoliolate, compound and simple leaves in the first six p)airs. Trifoliolate: {1)^1-^; (2)l^-Z;{^) 2-9; (4) 2-9; (o) l-o;(6) 0-3. Bifoliolate: (l) 9-9; (2) 8-1; (8) 4-0; (4) 2-9; (5) 1-4; (G) 0■l^. Compound: (1) 91-G; (2) 22-4; (8) 6-9;(4) 5-8; (5) 2-9; (0) 0(1 Simple: (I) 8-4; (2) 77-G; (3) 93-1 ; (4) 94-2; (5) 97-1 ; (G) 99-4. It will 1)3 noticed that the percentages of compound leaves; and of trifoliolatu and bif(diolate leaves separately, regularly decrease from a maximuiu in the first pair. Trifoliolate leaves are commoner than bit-'oliolate in the first two pairs; hifoliolate are commoner than tri- foliolate in the third pair ; and the two types of compound leaves are efpiilly common in the remaining pairs. Simple leaves are compara-. tivelvfew in the first pair, being less numei-ous than hifoliolate ones ; froni the second pair onwards they greatly predominate. In th3 following table each type of pair (or whorl of three leaves) is expressed by a foruiula in which each leaf is represented by the number of its leaflets, or, if simple, by the figure I. Thus the formula 3 + 2-1-1, for example, represents a whorl of three leaves — one trifoliobite, one hifoliolate, and the third simple : — Percentages of various ti/pes of pairs (or threes) in the first six pairs (or threes). 3 + 3: 71-4; (2) 10-0; (3) l-G; (4) 1-2; (o) 1-0; (G) 0. 3 + 2: 9-2; (2) 4-G; (3) 1-4; (4) 2-0; (5) 0-4; (G) 0-2. 3 + 1: 4-8; (2) 3-8; (3) 1-2; (4) 1-4; (5) 0-G; (G) 0-1-. 2+2: 3-2; (2) 2-8; (3) 1-2; (4) 1-2; (r.) 0-4; (G) 0. 2 + 1: 3G; (2) G-0; (3) 4-2; (4) 1-4; (5) l-G; (G) 0-4. 1 + 1: 4-0 ; (2)72-G; (3)9l)-4; (4) 92-8; (5)9(3-0; (G) 99-0. 3 + 3 + 3: (1) 02. 3+3 + 2: (1)0-2. 3-L-2 + 1: (1) 0-4. 3 + 1 + 1: (1) 0; (2)0-2. It will be observed that the four types (3 + 3, 3 + 2, 3 + 1, 2 + 2) in which there is no reduction or a reduction of 1-2 leaflets are commonest in the first pair. The type (2 + 1) in which three leaflets are unrepresented is commonest in the second (G pei- cent.) and third (4-2 per cent.) pairs. 3 + 3 is the commonest compound or mixed type in the first and second pairs, but in the third pair the arrange- ment 2 + 1 is 2-G times as frequent. Out of the 330 cases in which only tlie first pair is compound or mixed 241 or 73-9 per cent, are of the type 3 + 3 ; out of 153 cases in which one or more subsequent pairs are compound or mixed 129 or THE SEEDLlXd FOLIAGE OF ULEX OALLTI 9 Sl-3 per rent. Imve the first pair 8 + 3. Thns there is a g^reater ])robability that the tirst pair will be 34-3 if conipouiid leaves oeciir in siibsecpient pairs. Taking the tirst six pairs together, tlie relative frequency of the various compound and mixed types is as follows : — 3-1-3 (00-7 per cent.) ; 3 + 2 (12-3 per cent.) ; 3 + 1 (8-4 percent.) ; 2 + 2 ((3-1 percent.) ; 2 -h 1 (ll'H per cent.) ; in threes (Ov per cent.). The pairs (3 + 2, 3 + 1) composed of one trifoliolate and one reduced leaf account for 207 per cent., while those composed of two reduced leaves (2 + 2, 2-t-l) account for 17*9 per cent. Of the pairs in which reduction has taken place the anisomerous ones (3 + 2, 3-1-1. 2 + 1) account for 32-5 per cent, and the isomerous (2 + 2) for only G'l per cent., anisomerous reduction being more than five times as frequent as isomerous. The two leaves of a pair pass through the intermediate (bifoliolate) stage of reduction concurrently in only 15-7 per cent, of all cases. The 500 seedlings examined are referable to 72 different types according to the arrangement of trifoliolate, bifoliolate, and simjjle leaves preceding the continuously simple series. These types may be expressed by formula; in which each leaf of a pair (or whorl of three) is represented by the number of its leaflets, or if simple by the tigui-e 1, successive pairs being separated by a semicolon. Thus the formula 3 + 2 ; 2 + 1 denotes a seedling in Avhich the leaves of the fii'st pair are trifoliolate and bifoliolate respectively, those of the second pair bifoliolate and simple, and all the subsequent leaves simple. Out of 72 tvpes 53 occur once only, 5 twice, 2 three times, and 1 four times. 127 seedlings out of 500 (85-1 per cent.) belong to the remaining 11 types, which occur respectively from 8 to 241 times. These relatively common types have not more than two pre-simple pairs, and are as follows in order of frequency : — 3 + 3 (244 seedlings). 3 + 2(34). 3 + 3; 3 + 3(25). 3 + 3:2 + 1(28) 3 + 1(17). 2 + 1(17). 1+1(17). 2 + 2(15). 3 + 3; 3 + 1 (15). 3 + 3; 3^-2(12). 3 + 3; 2 + 2 (8). It will be noticed that in these common types, where two pairs of leaves are compound or mixed, the total number of leaflets of the second pair is either equal to or less than that of the first. Such types may be known as " mireversed," a " reversed " type being one in which the^ total number of leaflets in any pair exceeds that of the preceding pair. As has been stated, all the leaves are simple in 3-4 per cent, of all cases, and the remaining 9G-6 per cent, is composed as to 88-2 per cent, of " unreversed " and as to 8-4 per cent, of " reversed " types. The greater the number of pairs preceding the continuously simple leave"^, the more frequent are the "reversed" types. Thus of seed- lino-s with 2 pre-simple paii-s 5-3 percent, are " reversed," wnth 3 pairs 47 -l^ per cent., with 4 pairs 68-8, with 5 pairs 73-3, and with 6 pairs 80 per cent. The reversal " trough " is in the second pair in 45-1 per cent, of cases, in the third in 35-3 percent., and in the flrst pair in 10-0 per cent. Out of 42 seedlings of " reversed " type, the reversal 10 TIIK JOURNAL OF EOT ANY is due in 16 cases to the interpolation of a single simple pair, and in 7 cases to the interpolation of two successive simple pairs. Th-e single simple pair is the second pair in 9 cases, the third pair in 5 cases, and the first pair in 2 cases. The two successive pairs are the second and third in 6 cases, and the first and second in one case. Out of 30 interpolated simple pairs, 16 are in the second pair, 11 in the third, and 3 in the first. The bifoliolate leaves are usually composed of a terminal leaflet and a lateral one, rarely of two lateral leaflets. In the case of a bifoliolate pair one leaf is sometimes the mirror-image of the other, owing to the right lateral leaflet being developed in one leaf and the left lateral in the other; in other cases it is the two right laterals or the two left laterals which are developed. No correlation was found between vertically superposed anisomerous pairs : some- times the more developed leaf was above the more developed one of the pair below, but the reverse arrangement occurred about as frequently. Four tricotyledonary seedlings were found. Two were of the formula 3 -j- 2 -j- 1, i. e. had a whorl composed of a trifoliolate, a bifoliolate, and a simple leaf, alternating with the cotyledons and followed by continuously simple pairs. In one of these seedlings a solitary simple leaf above one of the cotyledons intervened between the 3 + 2 + 1 whorl and the series of simple pairs. The third seedling was of the type 3 -f 3 + 2, and the fourth was 3 + 3 + 3; 3 + 1 + 1, simple pairs following on in both cases. As about 300 dicotyle- donary seedlings had to he rejected as being too undeveloped for examination, the tricotyledonary seedlings formed approximately 0'5 per cent, of those collected. Boodle found in TJ. europceus that backward seedlings produced a lower average of compound leaves than those which develo))ed earlier. The same appears to be the case in Z7. Gallii. The seedlings were collected in two batches, those of the second batch being considerablv more developed than the first. In the first batch only 2 per cent, had compound leaves extending to the fourth or fifth pairs, while in the second batch 15 per cent, had compound leaves up to the fourth, fifth, or sixth pairs. In the first lot the seedlings were taken as they came, while in the second lot collected a few days later the largest ones were selected in order to facilitate examination. To sum up : 96"6 per cent, of the seedlings of TI. Gallii bore from 1 to 11 compound leaves after the cotyledons and before the continuously simple leaves. 48-8 per cent, had both leaves of the first pair trifoliolate and all the following simple. No compound leaves were found after the sixth pair, and the percentage of com- pound leaves diminished progressively from the first pair onwards. The series of compound and mixed pairs ma}^ be preceded or inter- rupted by one or two simple pairs. The ratio of trifoliolate to bifoliolate leaves diminished progres- sively from the first pair to the third : in the first two pairs trifolio- late leaves were more numerous than bifoliolate ones, while in the third pair the reverse was the case. In the fourth, fifth, and sixth THE SEEDLTNO FOLIAGE OF ULEX OALLIT 11 pairs trlfoliolate and bifoliolate leaves occurred in about the same numbers. The more developed pair-types 3 + 8, 8 + 2, 8-1-1, and 2 + 2 diminished progressively from the first pair to the sixth (with a slight reversal in the fourth pair in the case of 8 + 2 and 8+1), The less-developed tj^pe 2 + 1 attained a maximum in the second pair and duninished onwards (with a slight reversal in the fifth pair). It does not appear from the accounts given by Lubl)ock and Boodle of the seedlings of TI. europcBus whether the trifoliolate con- dition is any commoner in the first pair than in the ones immediately following. In U. Gallii, however, the trifoliolate condition is realized in the first pair in nearly 75 per cent, of all cases, and pro- gressively less in the subsequent pairs, all trace of compound leaves disappearing after the sixth pair. The sub-tribe Cijtisince includes the four genera Kypocalijpiv^, Loddigesia, Gytisus, and TJlex. The two former have trifoliolate leaves, some species of Cytisus have trifoliolate and others have simple leaves, and TJlex normally bears only simple leaves on the adult plant. Few botanists w^ill be inclined to dispute that the ancestral leaf-condition of the Ctjtisinas was trifoliolate, unless they accept the view that compound leaves are derived from simple ones (G. Henslow, Orig. PI. Struct. 246; 1895). Some idea of the probable course of leaf -reduction in TJlex may be gained by com- paring the foliage of Cytisus scoparhis with that of IT. euroj^ceus and IT. Gallii. C. scoimrkis usually has trifoliolate leaves on the main stem and branches, and simple ones on the final branchlets, the extent to which trifoliolate leaves develop apparently depending to some extent on the environment. Bifoliolate leaves often occur between the trifoliolate and simple ones. In the next stage of reduc- tion the compound leaves may have been confined to the low^r part of the main stem. In TI. europtsus they are usually restricted to the seedling foliage, namely to the leaves between the cotyledons and the first spiniform leaves. Finally, in U. Gallii they are largely confined to the first two pairs of leaves following the cotyledons, and it is only in the first pair that they are more frequent than simple leaves. Note. — After the foregoing was in type, my attention was called by Mr. L. A. Boodle to a paper by H. Wager, " Observations on the Morphology of Species of the Genus TJlex'' {Inferncdional Journal of Microscopy and Natural Science, January 1897). This was not cited by Mr. Boodle (Ann. Bot. xxviii. 527; 1914), as he was unaware of its existence at the time of writing his paper. Wager " found that taking a large number of seedlings [of TJ. eiiropmis'] from two equally exposed but different soils, one humus and the other sandy loam, the percentage of seedlings with trifoliolate leaves is not only "greater on humus soil than on the sandy loam, but the spinescent character is more quickly assumed in the latter case than in the former " (reprint, p. 9). " In a normal seedling the cotyledons are succeeded by one or two pairs of trifoliate leaves .... succeeded by several pairs of spathulate leaves .... These first leaves may be 12 TIIK' .lOUltNAL Ul'' HOTANV alternate and S2)iral, but are usually opposite to each other and in pairs" {I.e. 14). He described seven examples of first-year seedlino-s, which bore 1-30 compound leaves ; he also mentioned seedlings of the second year's growth with more than 100 trifoliolate and bifoliolate leaves, but many of the compound leaves were doubtless borne on lateral branches. In one seedling collected in the shade "the lower thirty leaves were neither trifoliate nor simple, but were in all stages of transformation of the former into the latter " (/. c. 10). CAUEX FORMS WITH LONG PEDUNCLES. Br H. Stuart Tiio^^ipsox, F.L.S. ly the Kew Bulletin (1920, No. -1) is an article by Mr. W. B. Turrill, quoted by Dr. Druce in Kept. B. E. C. (Sept. 1921), in reference to Carex riparia var. gracilis in Britain. It was pointed out that the earliest name applicable to this plant is C. riparia Curt, var. /3 (jracilis Coss. et Germ., Flore de Paris, 1845, where the description ran: — " Tiges presque lisses sur les angles. Feuilles souvent vertes. Epis males solitaires ou gemines. Epis femelles laxi- fiores, longuement pedoneules, souvent pendants. Utricules longue- ment depasses par les ecailles. Ecailles tres longuement cuspidees- aristees." Eouy and Foucaud make it a synonym of var. gracilles- cens Hartm. sub-var. arisfafa Rouy et Fouc. Of the three plants mentioned in the note, one was gathered by Miss Ida Koper at Tickenham Moor, N. Somerset, and sent to the B. E. C. and reported on by Mr. Bennett and the late E. S. Marshall. Miss Roper recently showed this plant at a meeting of the Bristol Botanical Club, and I was reminded of a series of strange forms of C. a cut if or mis Ehrh. {C. paludosa Good.) gathered at Max, Wins- combe, N. Somerset, on the very day, June 5th, 1915, that Miss Roper had o-athered her riparia variety. After exhibition at the above- mentioned Botanical Club, I sent S23ecimens to Dr. Rendle for Herb. Brit. Mus. ; and ui 1917 the late Mr. Marshall commented thus on my mounted series of five sheets of C. acutiformis from Max : — (1) "Evidently a monstrosity, rather than a true variety. The arrested growth of the fruit has been made up by the elongations of the o-lumes. Very remarkable." Some of- the glumes on fertile spikes are 28 mill, long, others 10-15 mill., and a 50 mill, bract-like glume comes from the lowest abortive flower on one spike. The peduncles are long and very slender, and most of the leaves are extremely filiform," fifteen of them springing from one of the fruit- ing plants. (2) "A monstrosity, I believe." One of the fertile heads on this sheet is on a filiform pendulous stalk extending as much as 3| decimetres from its junction with the rachis ; glumes only 5-10 mill, long, and the leaves more normal. Probably an abnormal form of \di\' subulafa J)oe\l = Kochiaua DC. = C. spadicea Roth. The glumes in (1) and their lower portions in (2) are strongly den.tate- serrate. cai{p:x forms wmr lono veduncles 18 (3) "Yes, teiuling' towards tho inoru cxtreiiie ' nionstrositv ' tonus." Here the giuines and leaves are almost normal. The llower- heads very distant. (4) " Yes. Fruit normal. This comes under the var. spadicca.''' (5) *' Yes." (Care.v aci(f(fo7VJiis Ehrh. iyi)iciiL) Forms 1 and 2 are apparently analogous, in regard to the main feature, to the variety gracilis of 0. riparia ; and have the loose spikes (laxiflores) of that variety. The spikelets are quite distant in two specimens on sheet 1. I am unaware if any name has been given to such long peduncled a form. At Max it was growing in some quantit}^ at the border of the mill-stream. Besides 6'. sjJctdicea lioth., which liouy gives . under the, to us. rather vague term " race," he mentions the sub-var. dcpauperafa (Lange,j/j>;"o car.) nob. var. hracliy- staclii/s Lambert (1907). Epis femelles plus courts (1 cent. env. de long.); and vai: abhreviata (Beck, j^ro var.) noh. :=\2(,y. hracliyl( pis Lambert. Ecailles femelles tres courtes, presque entierement cachees par les utricules. In recent years I have gathered two or three other species of Carex with very long filiform peduncles, notably C.JJacca Schreb. (C. glauca Scop, the earlier name) with some of the peduncles live inches (10-12 dec.) long and springing from the base. These thread-like peduncles bear heads of $ flowers only. Normal thicker stems bearing heads of both sexes arise from the same root-stock. I believe the French would call this gynobasique, but I find no reference to it under this species. These specimens were growing in some number in gravel at the side of a new^ road by Leigh Woods, Bristol, May 31, 1916. Exanq^les were sent to Kew and elsewhere. In 1920 I gathered in Leigh Woods specimens of C. jjallescens with the same tendenc}^ They were associated with a very tall growth of C.flacca with thread-like peduncles. Unless simply a matter "of opinion," it would be interesting to know if all such examples of Carex, including C. vesicaria L. var. penduia Uechtr. Herb., should be considered varieties ; or mon- strosities, as suggested by Marshall in regard to two of the above paliidosa series ; or merely accidental forms due to habitat or some other ecological factor. Note. — Husnot (Cyperacees, 1905-6) observes that in C. riparia and C. paludusa the $ lower spike is sometimes very distant from the others, borne on a long peduncle emerging from the long sheafh of the upper leaf. (I have such specimens with peduncle 10 cent, long.) Under C. vulyaris he gives var. hasayyna Keichb. lil. " Pedoncule inferieur tres long et grele, naissant dans le has de la tio-e." 14 THE JOniNAL OF BOTANY NEW OK NOTEWORTHY FUNGI.— Part VII. By W. B. Groye, M.A. Part VI., of which this is a continuation, ajipeared in the Journal of Botany in October-December, 1918. Mr. D. A. Boyd continues to furnish a number of highly intei'esting new discoveries from the rich part of Scotland in which he lives. C(EL0MYCETES. 304 Phyllosticta anceps Sacc. Syll. iii. 39. Allesch. vi. 132- f . NoxiosA f . nov. Spots small, scattered, roundish, pale ochraceous-yellow (not greenish at first), visible on both sides of the leaf, 1-2 mm. across, but the leaf -tissue round the spots becomes of a bright yellow to a considerable distance. Pycnidia amphigenous, frequently circinate, black, globose-lens-shaped, 70-80 /x- diam., pierced by a pore or faintly papillate ; texture truly FJij/llosticta-like, thinly parenchymatous, slio-htly darker round the pore. Spores oblong or ellipsoid, rounded at^both ends, often slightly curved, mostly with a rather large guttule at each end, 4-5 x 1^-2 /a. On young radical leaves (and especially the leaf-bases) of J^as- titrtmm aniphihium, on the banks of the river Cole, Yardley Wood, April. The spots are most abundant on the narrowed leaf -bases, crowded and killing the tissues over a wide and conspicuous bright yellow area. On the lamina the spots are more distinct, fewer and bordered by a narrow brown line, each enclosing a few pycnidia. Many of the lower leaves were all but destroyed. 305. Phyllosticta Asperul^ comb. nov. Depazea Asj^erulce Lasch. Sacc. Syll. iii. 63 ; non Phyllosticta Asperulis Sacc. & Pautr. Syll. xvi. 810. Pycnidia hypophyllous, round, globose-lens-shaped, 60-75^ diam., black, immersed, at length somewhat superdcial, opening by a centiul pore; texture brownish, plectench3'matous, darker round the pore.- Spores oblong, biguttulate, 3-4 X |-1 /x ; no sporophores. On fading or dead leaves of Asperula odorata. Dahy, Ayrshire (Boyd). Jan. Pycnidia on irregular spots which are indistinct, withered and pale, but not bleached white. Most of the pycnidia were immature and contained no spores ; see Klotsch, Herb. Myc. no. 1867. The spores were found in pycnidia on the dead leaflets. 306. Phyllosticta Briardi Sacc. Syll. x. 109. Allesch. vi. iSQ. P. mail Briard, Suppl. p. 79 {non Prill. & Delacr.). Spots very various in form, visible alike on both sides of the leaf, brown or subochraceous, with a similar but darker (or even purpliL>ih) border, chiefly marginal or apical, up to 2 cm. across. Pycnidia epiphyllous, scattered, punctiform, immersed, black, 80-100 yu diam., NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNUI 15 at times aggregated. Spores cylindrical, obtuse at both ends, 4-5 x On living leaves of Pyrus Mains. Stevenston, A^-rshire (Boyd). Aug. * The spots are very conspicuous, but appear as if the leaf were merely dry and dead ; the pycnidia can be seen only with a lens. 307. Piirj/r.osTiCTA buxina Sacc. Syll. iii. 24.*^ Allesch. vi. 25. Spots variable in form, becoming pale, with a distinct narrow dark })uri)le border. Pycnidia scattered, rather dense, punctiform, about 100 IX diam., prominent, black, with a pale spot in the centre. Sporjs oblong-ellipsoid, 4-5xlg-2/x,, eguttul.ite, hyaline. On living leaves of Biixus seinperDireiis. Box Hill, Surrey. Aug. This is probably an early state of Ascocliyfa luxina Sacc. 1. c. p. 393. It is quite distinct from P. liinbalis Pers. in its minute pycnidia, etc. 308. Phyllosticta Geossulari^ Sacc. Syll. iii. 17. Allesch. vi. 82. Pycnidia epiphyllous, round, up to 120^ diam. and on spots as described ; texture thin, plectenchymatous, dark honey-coloured, hardly darker round the pore. Spores of two kinds, intermixed in the same pycnidium, (1) ellipsoid, biguttulate, 5-0x3/<, (2) oblong- linear, 3-4 X 1 /i, obtuse at both ends. On the same leaves was 309. AscocHYTA RiBESiA Sacc. & Fautr. in Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 1900, p. 22. Sacc. Syll. xvi. 92(5. Allesch. vii. 879. Spots like those of the Plti/llosticfa, in fact often the same spots. Pycnidia epiphyllous, few, lens-shaped, 150 /x, diam., blackish, opening by a central pore ; texture somewhat parenchymatous, olive-brown, darker round the pore. Spores oblong-fusoid, 1-septate, acute at both ends, or somewhat obtuse, especially at the upper end, pale olivaceous. 13-14x2^-3^. On living leaves of Bihes Grossularia. Bute and Ayrshire (Boyd). Aug., Sept. Pycnidia darker than those of the Phyllosticta. This Ascochi/ia is probably only the leaf -form of Hendersonia Grossiilari'TiiE Sacc. Syll. iii. Gl. Allesch. vi, 107. Spots indisthict, brownish. Pycnidia lens-shaped, punctiforni, black, about 70-80 /i diam., pierced by a pore ; texture distinctly parenchvmatous, clear brown, darker round the ])ore. Spores oblong- cylindrical, straight or faintly curved, biguttulate, 4-5 x 1-1^ /<. On dead archegoniophores of Marchaiitia polymorph a. Kil- winning, Ayrshire (Boyd). Sept. The pycnidia are chiefly situated on the upper side of the rays. The spores are exactly those of Fhyllosticta, but the pycnidial tex- ture approaches that of Fhoma. 314. PiiYLLOSTicTA OxALiDis Sacc. Syll. iii. 39. Allesch. vi. 134. Spots various, chiefly marginal, wlutish-pallid, with a golden- tawnv border. Pycnidia few, epiphyllous, scattered, lens-shaped, brown, pierced by a pore ; texture very thin and translucent. Spores oval or ovoid, tapering slightly below, about 5 X 2^ ^/. On leaves of Oxalis Acetosella. Beith, Dairy, and West Kilbride, Avrshire (Boyd). July, Aug. NEW OR NOTEWORTUV FUNGI 17 'IMie spots in all cases remind one stronL;'l_v of tJjose of S/(ff/ono- spor(( h(j(/rophila \-vc- iiidial sitage of a jSLijcosphiBrella. 815. PiirLLOSTicTA TYPiiiNA Sacc. & Malbr. Syll. iii. (50. AUeseh. vi. 165. B. Renouana Sacc. & llouiu. Syll, iii. GO. Spots amphigenous, at tirst oblong-lanceolate, 10-15 nun, long, bright cinnamon-rust-coloured, becoming paler in the centre, after- wards involving the whole of the leaf-tip. P3'cnidia occupying the centre of the spots, afterwards scattered over the whole of the dead area, minute, punctiform, 60-75 n diam., lens-shaped, black, at length opening by a wide pore; texture parenchymatous, thin, some- wdiat tawny. Spores ovoid or ellipsoid, hyaline, 4-5 X l|-2yL<. On the tips of the leaves of Ti/pha latifuUa. Kilwinning, Ayr- shire (Boyd). July. The mycelium is at first trul}^ parasitic, forming numerous ochre- ous spots, with a broad rusty border, towards the tip of the leaf, the centre of each being occupied by the pycnidia ; but afterwards, as the leaf dies, similar but more minute pycnidia are found over the whole of the ochraceous dead area, arranged more or less in rows. l^liyUosticta Renouana Sacc. & Ixoum, is evidently only one of the stages of growth of P. typliina. 816. Phoma endokkodia Sacc. Syll. iii. 124. AUesch. vi. 278. Pycnidia gregarious, covered by the epidermis, globular, 200-250 /x diam., ostiole obtuse, piercing the epidermis ; contents rosy pink ; texture thin, submembranaceous, distinctl}^ parenchA'matous, dingy ochraceous, only faintlj^ darker round the ostiole. Spores oblong to cylindrical, rounded at both ends, biguttulate, 8-9xl|-2ju (or even 2| /x) On dead peduncles of Lapsana communis. Hopwood, Birming- ham. April. 817. Dendeophoma pleurospora Sacc. Sj'll, iii. 178. Allesch. vi. 405. In this Journal, 1912, p. 50, I recorded what I considered to be this species on twigs of Gooseberry. Then there was a slight doubt, but in March, 1921, I found what is undoubtedly the true species on twigs of Salix fraqilis at Quinton (Ws.). The species has been recorded on Salix and Ribes before ; and also, abroad, on LaiiruSy Fopiclus, Prunus, Quercus, Rosa, and Vitis. It is very remarkable for its peculiarly branched sporophores, on the lateral teeth and short branches of which the spores are obliquely seated, but the sporophores on Salix were much longer than those on Rihcs. (To be coiitiuued,) Journal of Botany. — Vol. 60. [January, 1922.] 18 THE JOUliNAL OF BOTANY A NEW BRITISH FLOWERING PLANT. By R. W. Butcher. [We are indebted to the Editors of The Naturalist for pei'inission to reproduce the following' article from their issue for November, 1921.— El). JouEN. BoT.] While at Adel, near Leeds, on September 1st, I found a small plant growing on the margin of a pool, which proved to be TiUcea aq^uatica L., a species new to Great Britain. It is a small, bright green, succulent, glabrous plant, from 1 to 3 inches high, somewhat of the habit of a Sagina. Stem erect or decumbent, rooting at the lower nodes, the lower portion faintly red. Leaves glabrous, opposite, entire, linear, \ in. long, connate at the base, sessile. Flowers sessile, or with a very short j^edicel, axillary, solitary, one in each pair of leaves, -^ in. diam., 4-partite. Sepals small, green, ovate, blunt, united at the base. Petals white or pinkish, lanceolate. Stamens 4, opposite the petals, alternating with 4 Avedge-shaped staminodes ; the filaments very slender, anthers spherical. Gyno3cium apocarpous, of four carpels, each 6-10 seeded, the upper portion onl}^ slightly recurved when mature. The above plant differs from the description of the German plant in the very feeble development of any red tint to the stem, and in the less recurved upper portion of the fruit. A sub-species (T. Vaillantii) with flowering pedicels longer than the leaves occurs in France and Italy. It was the dominant plant, growing in abundance on the drying- up mud on the margin of the pool, associated with : Poli/r/onum ijiinus, JP. Ili/drojj/per, Limosella aquatica, MadiciUa jJttlustris, and A NEW URITTSir FLOWERITSTG PLANT 19 CalUtrichc. On the bare iruid it was semi-prostrate. Furtlier from the water among the l^olyifunum it was more erect and two or three inches high. There does not appear to be any reason why this phmt should not be a true native, as it is in grounds that are seldom visited, and in many seasons it is probably covered by the water, in the same way as the species of Elattne and Subidaria. ELISIA, A BOTANICAL KOMANCE. Br W. E. Saffoud, Ph.D. In the number of this Journal for last September (pp. 261-204) there appeared an article by Dr. A. B. llendle under the heading '' Elisia — an Overlooked Genus-Name." In this paper Dr. Uendle calls attention to a " Description of a New Genus of the Family Sola- nacese, with Kemarks on its Characters and Properties," published in March, 1847, in vol. iii. of the New Orleans Medical and Sargical Journal and signed " Milano." As the characters and properties of the plants which this paper purports to describe are largely imaginary, it seems fitting to call attention in this Journal to the untrustworthy character of the paper itself. I am further impelled to take notice of this paper on account of the serious consideration given it by Dr. Kendle, who not only calls attention to the generic name EUsia as orne which has hitherto escaped the attention of botanists, but notes its absence from the Index Kewensis and comments upon its omission from my recently published " Synopsis of the Genus Datura " ( Journ, Washington Acad. Sciences, xi. 178-189 ; P)21). The plants included under the generic name EUsia were described as very elegant shrubs with large terminal campanulate and pen- dulous flowers having a longitudinally split persistent calyx. It is evident that the author had in mind the group segregated by Persoon in 1805 under the name Bricgmansia. It is equally evident that his descriptions were drawn, not from actual specimens before him, but from memory, or, more probably, from his imagination. Not one of his descriptions applies to any known species, and they are so vague and misleading as to be worthless. Dr. Kendle suggests that some of the plants described by Milano may possibly be identified with species included in my recent " Synopsis of the Genus Datura,'''' and that it will be interesting to know just where I place Milano's names, "provided that the descrip- tions are adequate." I can state without hesitation that not one of the descriptions is adequate to identify any plant named by Milano. " EUsia foi-mosissi ma " cannot possibly be the same species as Datura arhorea L., to which the author refers it, since he states that his plant has a subspinose, scabrous, four-valved pericarp, and this description does not apply to the pericarp of D. arburea L., c 2 20 THE JOUENAL OF BOTATs^Y which is smooth, peach-shaped, and quite indehiscent. Moreover, it is quite devoid of a persistent calyx, as shown by recently published photographs taken by Mr. 0. F. Cook of specimens growing in the Andes of Peru (see Journ. of Heredity (Washington, D.C.) xii. 189, figs. 3,4; 1921). " Elisia mutahilis^'' described as a little shrub having serrate leaves, flowers passing from a whitish to a reddish or ^^ellowish colour, and a scabrous, four-valved, four-celled pericarp, can be referred neither to the red-and-yellow-flowered Brugmausia hicolor of Persoon nor to Brngmansia versicolor of Lagerhcim. Neither of these species, nor indeed any known species of Brugmansia, has leaves with serrate margins or a scabrous, four-valved, four-celled pericarp. That of Brugmansia versicolor is slender and spindle- shaped, terminating in a very long point. As to the third name, " JElisia laciniata,'^'' applied to a diminu- tive wood}^ perennial with deeply-cut glabrous leaves, corollas of some unknown colour " unchangeable except in the warmest part of the day," and a four-valved pericarp, it is impossible to place it with any species hitherto described. Certainly no Daiiira of the section Brugmansia has leaves which can be called laciniate or a fruit which is four-valved. The baneful properties attributed by Milano to his Elisias arfi as imaginary as the form of their leaves and their pericarps. It is true that certain tribes of Indians in South America use the seeds of tree- Daturas as the source of narcotics ; but there is no warrant for the statement that they extract from them a kind of starch or white powder with which they stupefy and kill their enemies. A careful search through the chemical literature of Milano's day has failed to confirm his claim of discovering a substance called " elisine " — or, indeed, to reveal the identity of Milano himself. As to his state- ment that the shade of tree-Daturas is dangerous to animals and injurious to plants which vegetate in their vicinity, it can be charac- terized as nothing else but one of those fictitious stories which travellers love to repeat, and which botanists are called upon to con- tradict again and again. From what has been said, it is not surprising that Milano chose to remain unknown. His reputation as a botanist, a chemist, or an observer of nature could only suffer from the publication of a paper like that which is here considered. His signature is undoubtedly a pseudonym, as suggested by Dr. Rendle. It is to be regretted that the name JElisia cannot with propriety be substituted for Brugmansia. The name itself is beautiful, and the descriptive adjectives /brwo- sissima and omitahilis are most appropriate for a hypothetical genus presumably dedicated to some fair Elise. One is moved to sadness by the thought that she disappeared from this earth with no otlier record of her loveliness than the name Elisia, proposed by her faithful Milano "in memory of a much esteemed friend." SHORT NOTES 21 SHORT NOTES. CiRsiUM TUBEROSUM All. m CAMBRIDGESHIRE. Cirsium tube- rosum, though a fairly common plant on the Continent, is ex- ceedingly rare in this country. Until a few years ago, when its occurrence on many parts of the Glamorgan coast was established by the Kev. H. J. liiddelsdell, its British distribution appeared to be confined to two localities in Wiltshire. It is therefore of consider- able interest to record that this plant occurs also in the Eastern Counties. It was found by one of us (Mills) in July 1919 in Cam- bridgeshire, in the south of the county, growing among rough herbage on a chalk subsoil at an altitude of a little over 200 ft. There were many j^lants on a very old grassy way and a number on the wide border of an arable field separated from the road by a hedge (unfor- tunately part of this border has since been ploughed up and some of the plants destroyed). The site is to all appearances original down- land that escaped being broken up at the enclosure of the district, which is well known to have taken place at the beginning of the last century. As the district in question was in former days carefully examined by that excellent botanist the Rev. W. W. Newbould, it is only fair to him to state that, in Prof. Babington's MS. list in the Cambridge Herbarium, there is a record, afterwards crossed out, of C. i^ratensis from the vicinity. Inasmuch as C. pratensis and C. tuherosus used to be considered conspecific, Newbould may actually have seen the plant in our locality. Mr. A. Shrubbs, of the Botany School, Cambridge, very kindlj'' went to collect a specimen for the University Herbarium and carefull}^ compared it with those already in the collection. We last year visited the locality and examined most carefully the fusiform root-fibres which are the characteristic feature of the plant. — W. H. Mills ; A. H. Eva^s. Calla palustris L. The Quarterly Nummary of the Royal Botanical Society of London for October 1921 records the finding last summer of Calla palustris in a pond at Knotty Green, near Beaconsfield (Bucks), where it was growing in abundance ; how or when it got there Miss Crabb, the discoverer, was unable to ascertain. The Summary contains a reference to the occurrence of the j^lant in a pond among pine-trees between Esher and Claygate in Surrev, which was first recorded by H. C. Watson in Topogra/pliical Botany^ p. 411 (1874). ' Watson states that, although not indigenous, the plant *' there presents an equal semblance of genuine nativity as the Hypericum elodes, among which it creeps along the shallow margin of the pond. It is stated," Watson continues, " to have been planted there by ' a medical man ' ; — a statement which may well be credited, as medical men usually succeed only in doing mischief when unwiselv they interfere with nature. This record is made here to prevent future botanists being deceived by the doctor's reprehensible experi- ment in science." Later in the same volume (p. 660) Watson publishes a correction of the statement that Calla had been planted " by a medical man " ; he does not, however, afford any infoi-mation as to who was actually responsible for its introduction, and this, by 22 TTTE .TOURN-AL OF EOTAXT the kindness of Dr. Dayrlon Jackson I am able to snpply. Dr. Jack- son, in company with W. W. Reeves (1819-92), was taken to the pond in the 3'ear (1874) in which Watson's record was published by William Thomas Suffolk, who had introduced a single specimen of the plant from his garden in South London. Later, owing to a dry season, the water of the pond receded, and several more specimens were introduced. Suffolk was a well-known microscopist, and Treasurer of the lioyal Microscopical Society from 1893 till his death, which took place on New Year's Day, 1900. Mr. C. E. Salmon — whose Flora of Surrey, om- readers Avill like to know, is proceeding as rapidly as the nature of the work will allow" — tells me that the plant still occurs in the localit}", where, according to a note in this Journal for 1873 (p. 339), it was first planted in 18G1. — James Beitten. EEVIEWS. Cfq^faiii Blif/h's Second Voyar/e to the South Sea. By Ida Lee (Mrs. Charles Bruce Marriott), F.R.G.S. With' Maps and Illustrations. 8vo, cloth, pp. xvi, 290. London : Longmans. Price 10s. 6d. net. The story of the Mutiny of the Bounty — the ship in Avhich Captain William Bligh undertook his Voyage to the South Sea (1787) with a view to the introduction of the Bread-fruit from Otaheite to the West Indies — is Avell known ; first issued as an independent narrative, and subsequently embodied in Bligh's account of the voyage, it has been constantl}' reprinted in volumes of adven- ture. The object of the voyage not having been obtained, a second expedition (1791-3) on the Providence was undertaken with satis- factory results ; and it is of this that the volume before us, based on Bligh's log-books, gives us the first detailed account. The log-books themselves, after a long period of disappearance, were recovered and restored to the Admiralty Library, whence they had been lent to the Great Exhibition of 1851 ; they have now been published by Mrs. Charles Marriott, who had already undertaken similar work with much success. The aim of the book, Mrs. Marriott tells us in her interesting and well-written preface (which contains a summary" of the two voyages), is " to show the part played by Bligh as a seaman and a discoverer " ; and she has no difficulty in establishing his claim to distinction in both capacities. The course of the voyage afforded numerous opportunities for observation, and of these Bligh fully availed himself ; this is especially evident in the chapters devoted to Tahiti and Fiji — the latter group had been seen by him during his former voyoge and had then been called Bligh's Islands. The value of the records is much increased by the numerous and careful foot- notes supplied b}'- Mrs. Marriott, which aj^pear throughout the volume. CAPTAT^^ BLTGH S SECOND TOTAOE TO THE SOUTH SEA 28 Althouo-h not himself a naturalist, the lop^ supplies ample evidence that Bligh was an intelligent oljserver and interested in the natural productions of the localities visited. It indeed abounds in incidental notes on trees and other plants, although, of course, its value lies chie% in the account of the natives of the various reo-ions. BUgh's career after his return to England is brie% summarised in the preface to the volume, and is, of course, more fully dealt with in the Dictionary of National Biocjrapliy. In that work, however, there is a gap l3etween 1797 and 1801, and it may be interesting to note that this is to some extent filled by the letters from Bligh, hitherto unpublished, included in the transcriot of the Banksian Correspondence which is preserved in the Department of Botanv in seventeen folio volumes. It maybe noted incidentally that these, the contents of which range from 1766 to 1819, are fully indexed under writers and are readily accessible ; the letters, manj^ of them from persons of historical importance, contain much information relatino" to the period, and deserve to be more generally known. Bligh's letters, as was pointed out by the present writer in the Times Literally Supplement (August 25, 1921), range from Oct. 13, 1789, to Nov. 5, 18U7 ; they are supplemented by others from Bligh's wife (1808-9), relating to and written after his supersession as Governor of Sydney. From an earlier letter (Dec. 5, 1795) it appears that at that period Bligh thought of retiring from the Navy, and his wife wrote to Banks asking him to use his influence to obtain for her husband a position then vacant in Greenwich Hospital, on the ground that his health was " much impaired by service." Banks wrote to Earl Spencer strongly urging Banks's claims, but the vacancy had already been filled. The letters, especially those relating to Bligh's conduct in Sydney, contain much of interest, but for j^resent pur- poses it is sufficient to call attention to their existence. Although not a botanist, Bligh's election as F.B.S. in 1801 was partly " in consideration of his distinguished services in botany." Nor could James Wiles and Christopher Smith, at the period of the expedition, which they accompanied, be regarded as " skilled botanists " ; their engagement was due to Banks, a transcript of whose instructions, the original of which was in his own hand, will be found in the Banksian Correspondence (vii. 218-226). The instructions are very full, relating to the various places where the ship might be expected to call ; and, while insisting on the primary object of the expedition, urge the claims of the Eoyal Gardens : " Whenever you shall meet with plants in your opinion particularly beautifull or curious, you are to acquaint the commanding officer, who, if he thinks proper, will give you leave to take on board one or two of each sort for the use of His Majesty's Botanic Garden at Kew ; provided, however, that the stock of bread-fruit trees and useful plants is never diminished by the admission of curious ones, which are on no account to be planted except in such pots or cases in which the bread-fruit and other usefull plants have died On the ship's arrival in the English seas, whichever of you is on board must take the earliest opportunity to ac (paint me by letter of her return, 24 THE JOURNAL OF I30TANY and furnish me with a list of the plants brought lionie for His Majesty, (listinguishing the number of each species, and the kind of pots or tubs in which they are planted, in order that j^i'oper boats may be provided to carry, them to Kew, which will be sent to meet you with as much dispatch as possible, especially if the season should unfortunately be cold. On the arrival of these boats, immediate measures must be taken, with such assistance as the commanding officer can spare, to embark all the plants in their respective pots and tubs, and stow them away to the best advantage ; which done, you are to embark with them, both of you, if both of j^ou return, and nev^er cput them till you have delivered them to his Majesties Botanic Gardener at Kew, who will be ready at Kew bridge to receive them ; and you are particularly to take notice that no plant, cutting, layer, sucker, or part of plant, be, on any condition what- ever, taken away by any other person, but that the whole be safel}' and carefully delivered to his Majesties use." It has seemed worth while to print these somewhat copious extracts as evidence of the care and thoroughness of Banks's instruc- tions t® collectors, and of his desire for the fullest possible use, from a scientific as well as from an economic standpoint, of the opportunities presented by the voyage. The instructions were ad- dressed in the first instance to Wiles, who had been gardener to 11. A. Salisbury with whom he continued to correspond ; they Avere *' to be carried into execution by his assistant Mr. Christopher Smith, in case [Wiles] himself should be prevented by any unexpected event from executing that service." Wiles on the way back stayed in Jamaica and " was engaged in the capacity of Gardener to remain in B th " (p. 2L5) — or perhaps at the Liguanea garden : see Fawcett in Bot. Gaz. xxiv. 3-i5-8G9 for a full account of " The Public Gardens and Plantations of Jamaica." Here Wiles remained until 1806, after which time his history cannot be traced : he sent dried plants to Lambert, which are now in the National Herbarium. It thus fell to the lot of Christopher Smith, who before the voyage appears to have been employed in Kew Gardens, to carry out Banks's instructions ; his claims to be considered a botanist were evidently more considerable than those of Wiles. In 1793 he brought back with him to Kew a large collection of West Indian plants, many of which are recorded in the second edition of the Jlortus Keivensis (1810-13) as of his introduction. On account of this collection and of his connection with the introduction of the Bread-fruit, he was in the same year elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society. In 1791 Smith became Botanist to the East India Com- pany at Calcutta, whence he also sent plants to Kew. At the beginning of 1796, by the instructions of the Company, Smith went through the Molucca Islands, " for the purpose of col- lecting the spice plants of various kinds, hitherto natives of those parts only," with a view of establishing their cultivation in Prince of Wales's Island (Penang). "The most sanguine expectations could scarcely have looked for such a successful experiment," the results of which, with a high tribute to Smith's " known character as a botanist CAPTAIN BLTGH's SECOND YOTAOE TO THE SOUTH SEA 25 and his unwearied attention to tlie duties of his profession, are narrated in a communication from " a gentleman lately arrived from Prince of Wales's Island," published in the A^inah of Botany (vol. i. pp. 509-573: 1805), to which it was sent by Banks. A "list of Clove, Nutmeg, and other valuable plants " collected and shipped b}' Smith to various centres — Kew, the Cape, Madras and Cal- cutta— as well as to Penang— is appended by Smith to the communi- cation ; 71,2(iG nutmeg, 55,204? clove, and a " variety of rare and valual)le plants '' amounting to 29,988 " were so shipped. Nearly two hundred drawings of plants by a native artist made at this pei'iod, localised in Smith's hand, are in the Department of Botany ; dried specimens were sent to Banks and to J. E. Smith, who in llees's Ct/clopcedia^ xi. (s. v. Dicksoma), acknowledges his indebtedness to Smith "for most numerous and valuable additions to his herbarium." In 1805 Smith became Superintendent of the Gardens at Penang, where he probably remained until his death, which occurred in or before 1808 ; J. E. Smith refers to him as " the late," and the volume of Kees quoted was published on Nov. 28 of that year. It remains to be added tliat Mrs. Marriott's volume is well printed and embellit>hed with maps and illustrations, and has an excellent index. Index Kewensis Vlantarum Phanerogamariim Siipplemenfinn Quinfum Nomina et Synonyma omnium Generum et Sprciernm ab initio MDCCCCXI bisque ad finem anni MDCCCCXV nonnnUa etiam antea edita complectens diicta et consiJio D. Prain confeceriint Ilerharii Horti Regii Botanici Kewensis ciiratores. Oxonii e prelo Clarentoniano MDCCCCXI. 4to, cloth. Price £3 155. Few publications receive a warmer welcome from systeraatists than is extended to each supplement to the Index Keivensis as it appears ; and few of the many important works undertaken at Kew are of more utility to botanists in general. So indispensable has the Index become that it is difficult to realise that it began its existence less than thirty years ago — -the first part appeared in 1893, and only those who were working before that period can fully realise the boon which has been conferred by Dr. Daydon Jackson's industry and Darwin's generosity. In some respects each part is more welcome than its predecessors have been, for, as the work has proceeded, additions have been made which, while not interfering with its general plan, have considerably increased its value. These were noticeable in the Fourth Supplement, in which the dates of publication of each species — the absence of which was a serious drawback to the usefulness of the Index and its earlier Supplements — were supplied; the use of italics and the sign " =r " in connection with synonymy were wisely abandoned: the work in its later Supplements is what it purports to be — an index, and nothing more. In the present Supplement w^e have an additional 26 TnE .tourxal ov- tjotais^y improvement in S'. Woodii may be the connecting-link by way of Pondoland, the Transkei, and Eastern Cape with S. Safsaf in Rhodesia. Although the Orange River is now isolated from Angola by the wastes of the Kalahari, it is possible that these three species, or a common ancestor, came down from the north during the time when the Cunene discharged into the Orange BOOK-NOTKS, NKWS, ETC. 31 by way of the Molopo. A form of S. Sfffsfff — S. Jiuillensis Seemen — is found on tril)ntari(.\s of tlie Cnnene lliver. Mr. Miller Christy, at the same meutinj:^, read a paper on " The Problem of the Pollination of om' British Primulas " — Primula vul- garis, P. vcris, and .P. elatior. He presented his own numerous observations, extending over forty years, in the form of three tables, and further cited all known observations recorded by otliers ; and discussed the relation necessarily existing between the depths of the corolla-tubes of the flowers and the length of the tongues of insects known to visit the flowers. The observations showed that some thirty species of insect had been seen to visit or frequent the flowers of the three Primulas. A small proportion of these (namely Hy- menoptera, Diptera, and Lepidoptera) had long tongues and were certainly able to effect pollination in the regular manner ; their visits to the flowers were, however, so comparatively rare that it was impossible to suppose they effected pollination to an extent adequate for the perpetuation of any of the three species of Primula. Most other insect visitors were short- tongued bees, totally unable to effect pollination at all; and, as these visited the flowers only to steal their pollen, their visits w^ere actually detrimental, rather than beneficial, to the plants. Yet other insects, chiefly Coleoptera, frequented, rather than visited, the flowers in considerable abundance ; and these seem quite capable of pollinating them, though in an irregular manner which one cannot suppose to have been intended. Thus far, therefore, the problem remained unsolved, and it was necessaiy to search for some other agency for the normal and regular pollination of the flowers. This agenc}^, the speaker concluded, was to be found in night-flying moths — a surmise advanced by Darwin at the very outset of the controversy, but not carried further by him. The Botanical Gazette for November contains papers on " the Decay of Brazil Nuts " (with 5 plates), by E. K. Spencer; " Growth Rings in a Monocotyl," by C. J. Chamberlain ; " Invasion of Virgin Soil in the Tropics," by D. S. Johnson ; " Pectic Material in Poot Hairs," by C. G. Howt ; "Destruction of Mosses by Lichens" (1 plate), by F. P. M^Whorter; "Annual Eings of Growth in Car- boniferous Wood" (1 plate), by Winifred Goldring. We have received Part vii. of the Journal of tlie Botanical Society of South Africa, edited by Mr. R. H. Com])ton, Director of the National Botanic Gardens at Kirstenbosch. The part con- tains a paper by Mrs. L. Bolus, with j^late showing generic characters, on South African Proteacece and an account of the Roedean Eeserve for native South African plants, by Gwendolen Edwards, B.Sc. In Journ. Bot. 1920 (p. 100) we called attention to the eccentric method of pagination adopted : we note that each number is paged separatel}^, which will render reference diflicult in volume form. We learn from the pages of the Journal that the first number has appeared of Bothalia, " a record of contributions from the National Herbarium, Union of South Africa, Pretoria," edited by Dr. Pole-Evans. "JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. / Price Six Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Drawings for Sovverby's 'English Botany' (pp. 276). By F. A. Gaeet. Price Five SJiillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wollet-Dod (pp. 153). Price Three Shillings. The British Roses, excluding Eu-Caninse (pp. 141), By Major A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugsley, B.A. Price Half-a-crown. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Linton, M.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. WollEy-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A. Dallman, F.L.S. (2s. each.) Price Fighteen-pence. Supplements 2 and 3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists (Is. Qd. each). British Euphrasise. )^y Cedric Bucknall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnajus's Species Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Htern, M.A., F.R.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S. Linnaeus' s ' Flora Anglica.' A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-Col. A. H. WOLLEY-DoD. Prices in all cases net, post free. Orders with remittance should he addressed to: — TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C 4. Subscriptions for 1922 (22s. 6d. post-free) should be sent to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4, without delay. No. 710 FEBRUARY, 1922 Vol. LX THE . JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN . i EDITED BY ) JAMES BlUTTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, BEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRI'J'ISH MUSEUM, ' cc I Hybrids of Orchis purpiirella. By T, and T, A. Stephejsison. (Piates 561, 562.) )NT 'AGE 33 36 42 49 52 54 E N T S : PAGE Reviews -.^ A Catalogue of British Scientific and Technical Books 58 The Flowering-times of some British Elms. By Miller Christy, F.L.S New or Noteworthy Fungi. — VII. By W. B. Grove, M.A. (Plate 563.) {Continued.) A Bibliographic Enumeration of Bornean Plants. By E. D, Mer- rill 59 Dr. Anthony Robinson, of Jamaica . . . On the (reneric Name Wikstrcemia . . . Short 'Not^s '.---NiteUopns obinsa in Northern India — Poimnogeton Xsudermonicvs in England — A New Form of Wood Violet — Hieracium pulmonarioides Vil- ■l&vii— Cerastinm hirsutiim Tenore — Tillsea aquatica L. {Bidlianla aqvatica DC.) -Thomas Nuttall (1786-1 859)- A Defiled Sanctu- ary— Calla palusiris — Ophnjs Botany for Students of Medicine and Pharmacy. ByF.E. Fritch, D.Sc, Ph.D., and E. J. Salis- bury, D.Sc, F.L.S. -60 A Handbook of some South Indian Grasses. By Rai Bahadur K. Rang A Achariyar, M.A 6^ Book-Notes. News, etc, 62 TAYLOIl AND FKANCIS, E DULA 34-36 MARGARET STRI Price 1 LONDON ED LION COUKT, FLEET STllEET U & CO., Ltd.,. ^ET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W, 1 ^ico Shillinfjs net For naming Woody Plants "by tlieir Twigs. WINTER BOTANY, BY PiiorEssoii William Teelease. .| Concise simple keys to over 1000 trees and shrubs of over 300 commonly | cultivated genera, as they occur in winter. Pocket size; good binding; fully J illustrated. "The best book of its kind" — Torreya. Price, post free, S2.50 U with order. Address: — || WILLIAM TRELEASE, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A. ^^ 12 copies 2 pp. 3s. 4 pp. 4s. 6d. 8 pp. 7s. 12pp. 9s. 25 „ „ 4s. „ bs. Od. „ 8s. „ lis. 6d. 50 „ „ OS. „ 6s. Od. „ 9s. „ 12s. Gd. 00 „ „ 7s. ,. 8s. Od. „ 10s. iJd. ., 14s. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ERITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED DY JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. LA.TE SKNIOR ASSISTANT, DICPAKTMEI^T OF BOTANY, nillTISII MUSEUM. Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to The Editor, 41 J^osfon lload, JJrevtford, Middlesex. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.- ContrilDutors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 16 pp. 10s. Gd. „ 13s. „ 14s. „ 15s. 6oL Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. SPECIAL OFFER OF VOLUMES. The stock of the earlier Volumes is getting very low. It is now impossible to make up a set going back farther than to 1883, and only one such set can be completed. The 36 vols. 1883 to 1918 are offered at ^£35. Two sets from 1885 to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at .£31 10s. Od. per set. The disposal of these sets will prevent any long series being supplied in future, and the rarest of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce. The few remaining copies will be sold at 30^. each. Most of the other volumes can be supplied at 21s. each. TAYLOE & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. Page Haif-page Quarter-page Eighth-page ... All aj:plications fo7- sfctce to he made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road. Croydon. One Sis Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions, .£2 0«. M. .£1 16s. Od. each ^1 12s. Od. each"! 1 2 6 10 0 17 6 „ All 12 6 11 3 10 0 „ ( " net. 7 6 7 0 6 6 „ J JcUkN. EOT. Plate -jGI, JOURN. BOT. Plate .jG2. Orchia puvpurella Stephenson. 33 HYBRIDS OF OKCHIS PURPURELLA. Br T. AND T. A. Stephenson. (Plates 561, 562.) In this Journal for 1920, where O. purpurella was first described, we referred (pp. 169-70) to two hybrid forms of that species which we had noted. Since that time we have found two other crosses, and it appears to us desirable briefly to describe and then to name them, especially because, in the case of three of the forms so many individuals occur as to make it awkward to have no name for them when one meets them in the held. In the same volume (t. ^^^. figs. 11, 12) and in 1921 (t. 559. figs. 21, 22, and in the Orchid Review, Nov. 1921) illustrations of some of them are given. In the last reference there is a brief description of the forms concerned. 1. X Oechis insignis (O. ^purpurella x O. latifolia (L.). (A) At Aberystwyth O. jmrpiorella form A appears to cross with a small form of O. latifolia. In t. 5dQ, above referred to, figs. 9 and 13 give the parents and fig. 11 the cross. It is, however, im- possible to reproduce the full colour-values, and O. furpurella should be somewhat darker and brighter. The hybrid has about half the colour-saturation of this parent, and is otherwise intermediate. Most plants are tall, a fair number taller than either parent, but some are dwarf. Most have leaves with large blotches, and some- times rings, but a few have the small dots of 0. purpurella, and some have no spots at all ; but, with all these vegetative variations, the flowers are quite alike. These forms all grow together in the same patch of ground, so that environment can hardly account for the variations. They are most handsome plants, which would be set down as an unusual type of O. latifolia but for the obvious influence of O. purpurella. (B) In Arran, form B of O. purpurella also crosses with O. lati- folia, producing plants of almost identical flower-type, both as to shape, colour, and markings, with those at Aberystwyth. These are found in many stations near the shore in fair numbers. The only difference as to foliage-type is that we have noted very few, if any, dwarfs, or leaves other than with large blotcdies, which were mostly dark, though sometimes faint. 2. X Orchis Formosa {O. purpurellaxO. ericetorum Linton). (A) 0. purpurella form A also crosses with O. ericetorum. The plants are not numerous. They form a rather denser spike, some- times of a rather duller purple tone, but in some cases of a curious brick-red-purple of peculiar brilliance, redder but less deep in tone than the colour of O. purpurella. The lip is usually larger than in the previously described hybrid, and has much more crenulate side- lobes ; the lip-pattern has more spots than lines, which latter, if present, are veiy fine. The spur is much stouter than in O. erice- torum. The leaves are blotched or spotted (t. 556. fig. 12). (B) Both near Ambleside and in Arran are found crosses of Journal or Botany.— Vol. 60. [February, 1922.] d 34 THE JOUKXAL OF BOTANY O. purpureUa form B with O. ericetorum. The tlower is often exactly the same as in the cross ^vith form A, but sometimes with heavier lines and of a more pinkish colour. The plants appear to be nearly always taller than the purpureUa parent — at any rate, we have not found the dwarf segregate. The leaves are sometimes unspotted. 3. X Orchis vexusta (O. purpureUa xO. FucJisii Druce). Although O. Fuchsii is fairly plentiful in the vicinity of O. pur- pureUa at Aberystwyth, we have not found a case which suggests crossing with form A, but from Ambleside one splendid example was sent us of the cross with form B, and in Armn it frequently occurs. There is the same fine colour as in the case of x O. insignis, but the side-lobes of the lips are nearly always narrower ; the centre-lobe is very large, and deeply marked off from the side-lobes. The lip- pattern is of more or less broken lines, the leaves are heavily or faintly blotched. Of this hybrid we found a single specimen with the dwarf habit and small spots of O. purpureUa, but with the inter- mediate flower. 4. X Obchigtm^'adexia taeia {Gymnadenia conopsea R. Br. X Orchis purpureJUi). Of this hybrid two forms were found in Arran last July, one nearer the one parent, one nearer the other. In the Orchid Review for Xovember 1921 (p. 132) a photograph of form A, a group of three plants, was published, with a short description of both types ; but no name was then assigned to it. (A) Three plants were found, which looked at a distance very like a coarse type of Gymnadenia conopsea. The flowers were strongly scented, the spurs long and very stout — if anything, a little darker in tint than the lip, which is unusual. The lip was small, though larger than that of G. conopsea, trilobed, with a pattern of spots and much-broken lines. The leaves were rather short, stout, unspotted, rather pale green. It might be diflicult to decide between the claims of O. latifolia and O. purpureUa to be one of the parents ; but we considered the very stout, deep-colom-ed spur to be decisively in favour of O. purpureUa as the spur of O. latifoUa is pale, and much more slender. The tallest plant was about 2 dm. high. By the courtesy of the editor of the Orchid Review, the figure above referred to is here reproduced (PL 561 A). (B) Only a single plant of this was found. It was gathered as a very slender, delicate example of O. purpureUa, and only recog- nised as a hybrid on closer examination at home. It was a dwarf plant about 1 dm. high, with leaves and stem inclining to yellowish green ; leaves slender, narrow, and spotted. The flowers were small, scented ; the lips smaUer than those of O. purpureUa, of a redder purple, with a long and very stout spm-, exceedingly large, in fact, in comparison with the rest of the flower. It is a distinct and most interesting type. In the case of the Arran plants (but not of the others) it should be said that O, prcetermissa var. pulcheUa Druce might be one parent, rather than O. purpureUa — in all except the last (4B). Dr. Druce's plant is discussed in connection with O. purpureUa in HYBBIDS OF ORCHIS PURPUBELLA 35 Our pa])er (Joavn. 1920, iG^t- 17u;, and the close connection of the two forms is recognised. We found at Arran jjlentv of both foruis, whieh there gi'ow together. The tiowers are of precisely the same tyjje, the differences being that Cpurpurella is dwarf, w-ith minutelr spotted leaves, whilst O. jjulchella is much taller, stout or slender, and with unspotted leaves. More work needs to be done on the forms ; but we are inclined to think that we have here a case of linked species, differing only by the unit-characters for " dwarfnoss " and " leaf-spots." As far as present obser%'ations go they aiv mostlv found apai-t, though at Arran they are found constantly together. Those who do not recognise O. Jatifolia as a true British species will quarrel with our X O. insignis. It may be said that the type is very distinct from that of the other two, and needs to be named and described, even if its exact origin be questioned. The number of individuals is relatively large. It is interesting to note that, though in Ai-ran O. prcEtermissa is entirely absent and O. pidcheUa takes its place, examples of O. latifoUa are to be found exactly like those in areas where there is no puIcJieUa. That an identical type should arise from two such dift'eivnt parents seems most unlikely. The other figure here reproduced (PI. 561 B) fi-om the OrcJiirl Review is Orchigymnadenia Evansii {Gyjtinadenia conopseay.0. maculata subsp. ericeforum Linton : X O. Evansii Druce in Keport Bot. Exch. Club, 1906, p. 199). The spike was pale lilac in colour with three minute dots in rows on each side of the lip. The flower was scented. The gi-eat length of the spur is well seen in the photogi-aph. The plant was about 2'5 dm. high, with long, narrow, rather fleshy, unsixttted leaves. A solitary specimen was found in Arran last July, the finest example of this hybrid we have seen. We saw a dozen or more examples in Wales, all charming'y orraceful plants, varying a good deal in colour and markings, but all with verv long spm- and scented flowers. P.S. — In the Orchid Eevieu: for December, we published a photo- graph of form A of O. purpureJla, here reproduced ( t. 562). with a brief note on the species. Two points raised in our paper in this Journal can be fui-ther developed. Form B is xery closely connected with O. prce- fermissa v. pidcheUa Druce. In Arran they are found together. It can now be quite definitely stated that O. purpureUa is not the same as O. cruenta O. F. Mueller, which is much nearer to O. incarnata L. The simplest way of stating the relationship of the various forms is to say that O. cruenta and 0. purpureUa are dwarf spotted-leaved variants of O. incarnata and O. pulchella respectively: but the leaf- markings of O. cruenta are of a very different type from those of O. purpureUa. In view of this we suggest that it would be advisable to separate O. puIcheUa from O. prceterniissa, hrom. which, in the floral characters, it diffei-s a good deal. It is now certain that pre- vious recoi-ds of O. cruenta for Britain are incorrect ; the plants found must be assigned to O. purpureUa. r 2 3G THE .lOUKX-VL OF BOTANY THE FLOWERING-TIMES OF SOME BRITISH ELMS. Br Miller Christy, F.L.S. The respective times of flowering of our various species of Elm are, of course, known approximately ; but these times have never been observed and recorded with that amount of precision which is desirable, as it seems to me, for various reasons. The subject is not so much as alluded to in our leading work on British trees ; and even those who have made and recorded observations on the point have usually omitted to identify carefully and to indicate jjrecisel}^ the jDarticular species observed. Owing to this lack of definite information, it has hardl}^ been adequately recognized hitherto that each sspecies has its own special fiowering-time — all, of course, in spring; and that, though these flowering-times xary somewhat in different je'drs (manily, no doubt, as a result of weather-influences), the}'' are suflicienth^ fixed and regular to constitute specific characters of value in distinguishing between the various members of this highly- " critical " genus. In these circumstances, the following more or less casual observations, made by myself in Essex during the last few years, seem worth recording. My attention was first drawn pointedly to the subject in the year 1911, Avhen Mr. E. E.Turner, then of Coggeshall in the same county, communicated to me a series of observations, made by himself in the vicinity of that town and extending over twenty-eight consecutive years (1S82-1911). These observations, jDublished shortly after in the Essex Naturalist (xvi. 331 ; 1912), showed that, in 1890 and 1905, he first saw the Elms in his district in flower at the end of January ; while in 1886, 1889, 1895, 1901, and 1909, he did not see them in flower until quite the end of March — thus showing extremel}^ wide variation. Mr. Turner assumed, unfortunateh^ that all the trees he had had under observation were of one species, which he speaks of as Ulmiis cam^yestris ; but there can be no doubt that he had observed, and failed to discriminate between, trees belonging to at least two species Avhich have widelj^-different flowering- times ; and this fact detracts largel}^ from the value of his diligent and long-continued observations. It was my early recognition of this which led me to attempt more precise observations upon certain Elms growing in and around my own garden at Chignal St. James, near Chelmsford, with results hereafter set forth. It is not always easy to make observations of the kind. In the case of the Elms, flowering takes place chiefly near the tops of the trees, often 60 or 80 feet above the ground ; and it is difficult to ascertain, even with a good glass, just when the swelled buds change into opened flowers with dehiscing anthers. For this reason I found it necessary to collect with a shot-gun not a few of the twigs which I required in order to make sure on the point. Further it must be THE FLOWERTXa-TTMES OF SOAIE BKTTTSH ELAIS 87 understoofl tliat by "(lowering" I mean tlie opening of tlie ilower- bvul just before the anthers dehisce : not tlie emission of the stigmas, which cannot be seen except very close at hand. The trees observed by me belong certainly to two species and include, I believe, some hybrids between them. These two species I indicate hereafter, but, I fear, not very clearly. When dealing with any species of Ulmus, I always feel myself on treacherous ground, owing to the number of puzzling intermediate forms (due, without doubt, to hj^bridisation) with which one meets. I am familiar, I believe, with all the critical matter dealing with the genus which has been published in England during the last ten years ; yet T have a feeling that I know less of the matter now than I thought I knew at the outset. The specific distinctions laid down by those who have written on the subject seem to me highly confusing, and the decisions they have arrived at often contradictory ; at all events, when I have met with an unusual form in the field, I have generally found myself unable to identify it beyond doubt with any described species or variety. In the present case, I have had valuable assistance from Prof. Augustine Henry, who has kindly examined and identified flowers, fruit, and mature foliage from the trees in question. The two species concerned may be defined as follows : — (1) The SiiooTH-LEAYED Elm (the "Common Essex Hedgerow Elm," as I have been accustomed to call it), Uhnus nitens Moencli {=JJ. glahra Miller, non Hudson ; j^f/e Moss, Cambr. Engl. Flora, ii. 89 ; 1904) ; it is, how^ever, certainly the tree which most Essex botanists have been accustomed to regard as U. campestris. It is exceedingly abundant throughout the greater part of Essex, growing usually in hedgerows and similar places ; very seldom in woods. Its head is narrow (not rounded). It suckers very freely, especially when young, and usually leafs very late in the year — often not until nearly the 1st of June. In most years it produces an exceedingly thin crop of fruit, its samaras being very small and usually infertile ; yet in some j^ears, at long intervals, it produces an enormous crop, and so exhausts its vegetative powers that it develops little or no foliage until very late in the summer and is often affected similarly in the following summer also. The last year in which this re- markable phenomenon occurred was 1909, when it was observable throughout the whole of Essex and in many adjoining counties. In that year our Essex trees, almost without exception, indulged in a perfect orgy of reproduction, and the croj^ of fruit they bore was truly amazing in quantity — so much so that it attracted the atten- tion of and surprised everyone who saw it : I published at the time {JEissex Naturalist., xvi. 73-81 ; 1910) a full account of the pheno- menon. One feature of it was that some of the seed produced on this occasion was certainly fertile, though I had a suspicion that this may have been borne by trees which were hybridized in some degree Avith the next species, which habitually produces fertile seed. The trees of this ;ipecies on which the following observations 38 THE JOVRXA.L OF BOTAXY (which I give in diary form) were made were some twenty fine examples, averaging about 8.j feet high, and at or rather jjast their best (sav, 100 or 12.5 3'ears old, for this is a comparatively short-lived species) ; most of them stand either actualh'^ in my garden or in the drive leading up to the house, but a few in adjacent fields and hedgerows : — 1911, Feb. 19. — A number of trees standnig in hedgerows near the house were in full fiower. Six days earlier, on the 12th, I had noted that a number of trees, apparently of this species, growing in a more exposed situation at Stisted, in Xorth Essex, were just about to fiower, though none had actually done so. 1912, Februan/ 4< (aboul). — Trees in the driv^e now in full fiower, especiall}^ one which seems always to fiower rather earlier than the others, but the exact date of first opening not noted. Mr. Turner informed me that certain trees which he believed to be of this species, growing near Coggeshall, were in flower on 21st Jan. in this year. 1*912, December 27 {about). — The specially-early tree mentioned above must have been in fiower on or before this date (that is,, /or the second time witlini the year) ; but I did not perceive the fact until a week later, namely, on — 1913, January 4, when it and some of the other trees in the drive were well in fiower, though not fully so. The quantity of fiower seems likely to be exceptionally large this year. January 10. — A violent wmd has stripped nearly all the flower off the trees round the house and has carried a large quantity of it into the pond in the garden, where, floating on the surface, it was driven by the wind up to one end, forming a thick coating or scum, dark red in colour, which could be gathered up in large hand-fulls, and must hive been suflicient in total quantity to fill several bushels. 1914, February 21. — The treos round the house are now all in fall flower. They must have been out at least a fortnight ago, but I failed to observe their first opening. They are, therefore, about six weeks later in flowering this year than they were last. A high wind last night has again stripped the trees of most of their flowers, which have again formed a thick red scum on the surface of m.\ pond, though not nearly to the same extent as last year. Ajjril 13. — In spite of the destruction of flower by the high wind nearly two months ago, the trees are all bearing, especially near their tops, fair crops of samaras, which is very unusual for this species. April 28. — The samaras are still developing, but are not yet mature. It looks as though the trees were going to produce a large crop of fertile seed, though not nearly to the same extent as in 1909. Mry 2. — The samaras are beginning to fall. Some appear to enclose fertile seeds, but the great majority are clearly infertile. A trip on this date to north-west Essex, via Dunmow, Thaxted, Saffron Walden, and Ashdon to the borders of Cambridgeshire and THE FLUWERTXa-TTMES OF SOME BRITISH ELMS 39 back, sliows that eveiywliere the Common Essex Hedgerow Ehn is producing this year an unusual crop of fruit. May 13. — The garden is strewn with samaras, most of which have now fallen. Examination shows that some enclose seeds which look quite capable of germinating, but that the majority are certainly infertile. Clearly this is one of those 3^ears in which this species bears fruit, though the interval since it last did so (in 19U9) is much shorter than is supposed to be usual. Clement Keid, who speaks of the tree as TI. campestris, gives the interval in England as usually about forty years (see his Origin of British Flora^ 11). On this occasion, however, the phenomenon is on a much smaller scale than then, and presents slightly diiferent features ; for then the trees retained their samaras until quite the end of May or beginning of June and did not come into leaf until late in June. Mr. Gr. T. Eope observed the same phenomena this year in connection with the Elms (probably of this species) growing in the valley of the Stour (north Essex and south Suffolk) (see Selhoriie Magazine^ 19U, 206). 1915, Fehruary 14. — First observed flowers open, but a few only. Many flowers have looked, for some time past, as though about to oj)en. 1916, January 15. — First observed the Elms in my drive to be in flower, though they have probably been so for some days at least. 1917, Marcli 21. — The Elms in the drive have only just begun to flower. They are doing so more sparingly and very much later this year than in an}' year since I first began to observe them. 1918, February 15 {ahoiot). — The Elms in both garden and drive flowered at about this date and did so in considerable abundance, but 1 omitted to note the exact date when I observed the first flower. 1919, February 9. — A very few flowers on one tree in the drive are just opening ; but there is no flower on any of the other trees, and no prospect of any. March 2. — The trees have borne practically no flower this je?ii\ (The same was the case with all trees of this species in my district.) The foregoing observations show that, in this species, the flowering- time varies somewhat widely in different seasons. Thus, in 1912-13, my trees flowered at the end of December : in 1917, at the end of March — a variation of as much as three months. Such extremes are, however, exceptional. The ordinary (?'. e., average) flowering- time appears to range from the beginning of January to the begin- ning of February. This accords well with the statement by Dr. Moss (Camb. Brit. Flora, ii. 90 ; 1901) that this is " the first to come into flower," its flowers " opening from January to March." (This work is the only one I know of in wliich the flowering-times of tlie various species are noted with any precision.) The foregoing evidence shows also that this species is extremely variable as to the amount, both of flower and of fruit, wliich it produces in different years. 40 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANT The other species of Ehn on which I have made observations has been identified by Prof. Henry as (2) The Wych Elm, Llmus montana Stokes {=U, glabra Hudson, non Miller). The name "Wych Ehn" seems to be asso- ciated particularly with U. montana ; but I regard its application by botanists to any species of Elm as undesirable, because its use leads inevitably to confusion. So far as I can gather, the name Wych Elm is applied promiscuously, in most parts of England, to any species of Elm which is less common than whatever species happens to be most prevalent in that district. It might, therefore, be written more appropriately Which Elm ? This species is much less common in mid-Essex than the foregoing. It grows almost exclusively in woods, especially those in the damp bottoms of stream-valleys : very seldom in hedo'erows. It never produces suckers, or to a very small extent only ; its head is always more or less distinctly globular. In most respects it is a larger, handsomer, and much longer-lived tree than the foregoing. Unlike that species, it produces fertile fruit abundantly in most years, if not m all. Its samaras are larger, and they hang in conspicuous bunches, like hops ; for which reason it is often called in Essex the '• Hop Elm." How completely fertile this species is, and ho\v unlike the fore- going in this respect, is shown by an observation I made, on 20 May, 1911, on some forty or fifty trees (identified by Prof. Henry), planted about 1860, beside a road, at Stisted, Essex. All were covered thickly with samaras, fully developed, but still quite green. Large numbers of these had been picked off by birds (probably sparrows and greenfinches), which had snipped each into two halves with their bills and had eaten the enclosed soft and succulent seed, afterwards letting fall the mutilated green wings of the samaras, thousands of Avhich covered the ground below the trees. How thoroughly they did this may be judged from the fact that when, a month later, I asked a friend to procure me some ripe samaras, he reported that, having searched, he had been unable to find a single one which the birds had not mutilated. A similar observation has been made in Suffolk by Mr. Gr. T. Rope (see SeJhorne Magazine, 1914, p. 207). Further, I was able to observe regularly two trees growing on the edge of Broom Wood, about 250 yards from my house. These I found fruited freely every year. They usually began shedding their samaras before they had developed any foliage (as, for instance, on 7th May, 1916). That the seed they bore was fully fertile is shown by the fact that, when the undergrowth was cut about 1909, a laro-e number took root. The result was that, when the wood grew up again, that part of it adjacent to the two parent trees consisted largely of young seedling elms, which soon attained a height of ten or twelve feet. Nothing of this kind ever occurs, so far as ni}'' observa- tion goes, in connection with the preceding species. No trees of U. montana grew actually upon my ground ; but at least twenty grew within a few hundred yards, chiefly in or beside woods ; and\ipon these the following observations were made : — THE FLOWEIU>rG-TTMES OF SOME ERTTTSIT ELMS 41 1913, March 10 {ahoui). — A single young- tree (height 41 feet) growing in a meadow beside College Wood (a portion of which, cut down within my recollection, formerly included it) had not come into llovver when visited at this date. JMarcli 30. — The tree has flowered since the 10th inst., and young samaras are just beginning to form. April 6. — The samaras are now largely developed, giving a decidedly green tinge to the tree, though no foliage has yet appeared. 1914, March 22. — Tree in flower very fully. April 29. — Tree bearing samaras in abundance. 1915, April 5. — Tree in flower very fully. 1916. — Date of flowering not noted. I made also a few observations on ten or a dozen trees of the same species, growing near Chobbins Farm, a few hundred yards distant : — 1917, March 24. — Flowers not yet open or very few, if any. (This is unusually late for this species.) 1919, March 2. — Trees just beginning to flower. The foregoing observations show that in Essex TTlmus montana flowers, with fair regularity, about the middle or the end of March, though sometimes not until the beginning of April, as in 1915 and 1917 : that is to say, its flowering-time averages from four to six weeks later than that of Z7. nitens. In most years, therefore, there is little probability of these two species hybridizing, even when they grow in close proximity to one another, as they did round my house. Yet in years in which U. nitens happens to flower exceptionally late (as it does sometimes), the flowering-times of the two become synclu'onous. This was the case, for instance, in 1917, when the trees of both species which grew round my house flowered together during the last week of March. In such years hybrids may easily be produced. Few botanists realize, I fancy, how profuse is the amount of pollen produced by our Elms. I have several times brought into the house twigs of both the species noticed above and bearing flowers with anthers just about to dehisce, and I have been surprised the following morning by the amount of pollen the anthers, assisted by the warmth of the room, had shed on my writing-desk. This abundance of pollen, carried by the wind, would, of course, facilitate hybridization, probably even between trees growing a mile or more apart. In addition to the foregoing, I made one observation on a single tree (pronounced by Prof. Henry to be probably Z7. major Sm.) growing in a roadside hedge at Stisted in North Essex. It had a much rounder head than any typical example of U. nitens, and the ends of the lower branches were remarkably long and pendant. It may have been a hybrid with some ornamental tree in an adjacent garden. 1911, February 12. — Tree in full flower. May IG. — It was reported to me that this tree had produced no fruit. 42 THE JOURIVAL OF BOTAK^T NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI.— YII. Br W. B. Groye, M.A. (Plate 563.) (Continued from p. 17.) 817 A. Dexdrophoma peuinosa f. Ligustri Strasser, in Annal. Mycol. ix. 91. S^yliceria pruinosa Fr. Sj'st. Myc. ii. 486. Pvcnidia about \ mm. diam., subglobose, unilocular, surrounded bv a thin Cyfosjyora-lWiQ wall, remaining long covered by the epi- dermis, at length emerging by a black bullate ostiole ; contents dis- tinctly olivaceous. Spores sausage-shaped, 6-7 X 1 ,a ; sporophores up to 25 ^ long, repeatedly branched, occasionally in a verticillate manner. On twigs of Ligiisfriim vidgare. Seamill and Stevenston, Ayr- shire (Boyd). June, July. This is, I believe, really a Cytospora, but the specimens are too poorly developed for certaint3\ Other species of Cytospora have branched sporophores. It is said to be the spermogone of Valsa Cypri Tul. ; see Ann. Sci. Nat. 1856, v. 116, and Sacc. Syll. i. 133. Both Valsa Gypri and " Sj^hcvria pruinosa Fr." are known to occur also on Fraxinus. Dr. J. W. Ellis found the var. LantancB on Viburnum Opulus in Cheshire. 318. Placosphaeria Ulmi, sp. n. Stromatibus rotundatis, convexis, nigrescentibus, cuticula tantum tectis, crassis, intus atro-brunneis, iis DotliidellcB LI mi perfecte habitu specieque similibus ; loculis plurimis, globosis, ostiolo leviter exserto pertusis. Sporulis cylindrico-oblongis, utrinque rotundatis, hvalinis, bi- vel pluriguttulatis, 17-25 X 4|-5 /x, sporophoris brevibus, rectis, e totis loculi parietibus oriundis suffultis. (Fig. 11.) (Tab. 563. Hah. in foliis emortuis Ulmi campesiris. Southampton (Rayner leo-it) ; Quinton (Ws.j in company with the Dotliidella, Oct. 1918. A transition-form between Piggotia astroidea and the Dotliidella ; immature spores of the latter were found in the loculi of the Placo- sphceria. No doubt overlooked on account of its similarity to tlie Dotliidella. Of. FlacosphcBria graminis Sacc. & Roum. 319. FusicoccuM cixcTUM Sacc. & Roum. Rel. Lib. iv. no. 94, pi. 43. f. 23. Sacc. S}dl. iii. 249. Allesch. vi. 549. Stromata pulvinate, scattered or loosely gregarious, immersed, erumpent only by the flat oval disc, dark-olive, sometimes surrounded beneath the bark by a subolivaceous zone, falsely plurilocellate. Spores oblong-fusoid, narrower towards the base, hyaline or faintly granular, eguttulate, 14-18 X 3-4 jx ; sporophores rod-shaped, half as long as the spore. (Fig. 4.) On dead twigs of Castanea saliva. West Kilbride, Ayrshire (Bovd). Sept. Agreeing wdth Roum. Fung. Sel. Exs. no. 4377 ! The dark -olivaceous zone, surrounding the disc and faintly show- ino' as a halo through the periderm, is not ahvays present. The dark oval disc is placed longitudinally on the twigs. XEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI 43 820. PiioMOP^5is CRUSTosA Trav. in Flor. Ital. Crypt, p. 256. Died. Aiinal. Mycol. ix. 22 ; Fung. Brand, p. 250. Phoma crustosa Bonini. Rouss. & Sacc. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 1S87, xxvi. 215. Sacc. Sjll. X. 14'9. Allescli. vi. 217. Fhomopsis Ilicis v. Hijhn. Hedvvig. 1918, Ix. 206 ; non iSplueropsis ilicicola Cooke & Ell. Grevill. vi. 8. Pycnidia somevvliat scattered, occasionally a few clustered to- gether, conical-de]:)ressed, up to | mm. diam., shining-black, long, covered by the epidermis, which is at length elevated and whitish in the centre, surrounded by a circular blackish-brown halo, sometimes several occupying a common blackish area which is bounded by a distinct narrow black DiajJortJie-like line ; the split epidermis is tinally penetrated by a minute black ostiole ; texture everywhere thick, of squarish dark olive-brown parenchyma. Spores fusoid, occasionally more rounded above, biguttulate, 7-9 x 2|-8 /x ; sporo- phores subulate, acuminate, granular-guttulate below, 12-22 X 1^-2 [x : with these a few B-spores, lunate-acuminate, rarely hooked, 20 x 1 /x. On dead twigs of I/eje Aq^ni folium. West Kilbride, Ayrshire (Boyd). Aug. Von Holinel mistakenly confuses this with Phoma Ilicis Desm., and therefore renames it Phoniopsis Ilicis -y. Holm. The spores of Phoma Ilicis Desm. are very different, being more like those of llacrophoma cylindrospora. P. crustosa belongs to Diaporthe crustosa Sacc. & Koum. in Rev. Mycol. 1881, p. 48,' pi. 19. f. 8 (Syll. i. 682), which is also D. ilicina Cooke in Grevill. 1890, xviii. 74. This Dia])orthe, as well as the Phomopsis, occurs on leaves and branches. Only traces of it are found on the Ayrshire specimens. The " B-spores " are doubtful, but did not seem to be merely elon- gated narrow sporophores. 321. Phoniopsis Garryae, sp. n. P3^cnidiis superne incompletis, stlpatis, ca. 200 /i diam., conicis, })allidis, diu epidermide tectis, denique nigris. A-sporulis elliptico- fusoideis, s?epe biguttulatis, utrinque acutis, 5|-7x2-24/i, sporo- phoris lineari-subulatis, plerumque curvatis, 15-20 x 1| /u, suffultis : B-sporulis immixtis, linearibus v. anguste fusoideis, utrinque acumi- natis, 15-17 X f-1 ^, sporo])horis non visis. Hab. in ramulis emortuis Garryce ellipticce, socia Diaporthe. West Kilbride, Ayrshire (Boyd). Aug. The Diaporthe will be described later. 322. Phomopsis Hyperici, sp. n. Pycnidiis sparsis v. subgregariis, irregulariter seriatis, diu epider- mide convexa pustulatim elevata tectis, demum vertice leviter erum- pentibus, oblongis, usque 400 yu latis ; contextu crasso et f uliginoso. A-sporulis fusoideis, utrinque acutis, biguttulatis, 7-8x1^-2^, sporophoris lineari-subulatis, subsequilongis, e strato crasso olivaceo oriundis suffultis : B-sporulis filiformibus, curvatis, plerumque hamatis, 25-80 xlyu, A-sporulis inmiixtis, sed sporophoris brevioribus suffultis. Hah. in ramulis emortuis Hyperici Androscemi. West Kilbride, Ayrshire (Boyd). July. Both kinds of spores grew intermixed in the same pycnidium. Cf. Phoma leptidula Sacc. Syll. iii. 187, which might well be the C-spores of the same fungus. 44 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 828. Phomopsts laueella Trav. in Flor. Ital. Crvpt. p. 270. Plioma laurella Sacc. Syll. iii. 82. Allesch. vi. 219. Fhoma nohilis Sacc. Mich. ii. 616. Pycnidia incomplete, very numerous and often crowded, roundish, depressed or conical, 250-800 ju diam., becoming pallid, at length elevating and piercing the epidermis in the centre by a minute pore. A-spores fusoid, nearly alwaj^s straight, indistinctly guttulate, 8-10 X 2|-3 /u ; sporophores subulate, 8-11 xlai", rising from a thick yello\vi*h-olive or fuliginous stratum : B-spores linear, mostly curvecl or hooked, 16-18 x 1 /x. On dead twigs of Lauriis nohilis ; also on the leaves. Kew G-ardens (Cooke). Balbriggan, Dublin (Scriven). West Kilbride (Boyd). May-Sept. The pycnidia are small and very imperfect above. In the Irish specimens, the fungus appeared to be killing the twigs backwards, beginning at the tips, exactly as P. a Hciibicola does. In Mr. Boyd's, A- and B-spores occurred together on the twigs; butonl3^the A-spores on the leaves, in similar pycnidia. The latter ma}^ j^o^sibly be Fhyllosticta Lcmri Westd., for they were thickly spread over the upper sui-face of large brown dry, darker margined, spots, like a normal Pliyllosticta. This Phomopsis is the pyenidial stage of Diaportlie nohilis S. & S. 324. Phomopsis miniisciila, sp. n. Pycnidiis sparsis v. pluribus in maculas fuliginosas linea atra indistincta cinctas aggregatis, oblongis, usque \ mm. diam., nigrescen- tibus, epiderraide nitidula obscurata tandem poro pertusa tectis ; contextu circa ostiolum crassiusculo atrofusco, alibi tenuiore. Sporu- lis numerosissimis, oblongo-clavatis v. ellipsoideis, apice obtusis, bi- guttulatis V. ad medium vacuolatis, 7-8 X l|-2 ^, sporophoris lineari- bus subulatisve, erectis, achrois, 10-15 x 2 /x, e strato molli olivaceo oriundis suft'ultis. Hah. in stipitibus, pedunculis, pedicellis, capsulis Campaniilcd rapnnculoidis, Bidford Churchyard, Mart. The spermogonial stage of Diaportlie minuseula Sacc. & Speg. The pycnidium is of the usual character, consisting at first of little except the dusky basal proliferous stratum and the epidermis darkened by a thin brownish mycelium; but afterwards a true and thick pyenidial wall is formed above. 325, Phomopsis Oleariae, sp. n. Pycnidiis superne incompletis, sparsis, \-\ mm. diam., atris, halone pallide brunneo cinctis, erumpentibus. Sp)orulis elliptico- I'usoideis, a latere visis curvis et subclavatis, basi subacutatis, raro guttulatis, 7-8 X 2 yu, sporophoris subulatis, paullo spora brevioribus, € strato atro-olivaceo oriundis suffultis. Hah. in ramulis Olearice Haastii. West Kilbride, Ayrshire (Boyd). Sept. Some of the pycnidia are situated on a blackened patch reminding one of a Diaportlie, but no Diaportlie on Olearia is known. On the same twigs, but not intermixed, was a Spli(srella (?) with long NEW OE :N^0TEW0RT1IY FUN(iT 45 fusiform 1-suptate spores, acuminate at both ends, curved in proHle, triseriate in the ascus, 30 X 2 /.t. 32G. Cytospoea geemanica Sacc. SylL iii. 262. Allesch. vi. (J04. Stromata scattered, conico-truncate or convex, with a roundish base, ■|-li mm. broad, disc whitish, then cinereous, at length marked with a small black central papilla which is pierced with a pore, multi- locular at base, the loculi radiately disposed and often imperfectly divided ; walls of the chambers of thick brown prosenchjmatous tissue. Spores cylindrical, curved, 5x14 ft; sporophores crowded, long, slender, filiform, usually simple, 20-25 X 1-1^ /^. On dead twigs of Scdix. Sutton Coldfield. Apr. On the same twigs was an abundance of Valsa germanica Nits., of which it is the spermogone ; when the two occurred together, the G-9 black ostioles of the Valsa formed a ring round the spermogone, at a distance of |-1 mm. away from it. Occasionally the grey disc of the Cytospora was pierced by two papillse. See below for the Valsa. 327. Cytospora Hyperici, sp. n. Stromatibus dense sparsis, pulvinatis, ovalibus, usque 2 mm. long., convcxis, poro centrali disco minuto subatrato cincto apertis, ])erfectis intus plurilocellatis ; loculis plus minus eircinatis, parietibus tenuibus e cellulis viridulis iis Cijfosporce Oxyacantlice Eab. sirailibus con- stantibus. Sporulis allantoideis, 4-5 X 1 /x, sporophoris bacillaribus recti s, ca. 10 X 1 /a, suff ultis. Hah. in ramis emortuis Hyperici, West Kilbride, Sept. (Boyd). 328. CiTosPOEA Keeeiye Died. Pilz. Brand, p. 346. Stromata loosely gregarious, tearing the epidermis into lacinia3, erum- pent, conical, with a blackish disc pierced by one or two pores, irregu- larly pseudolocellate ; texture dark-olive, a little ^^aler within. Spores 6-8 X I5-2 II ; sporophores fasciculate, mostly simple, 15-25 x 1 /x. On dry twigs of Kerria japonica. Saltcoats, Ayrshire (Boyd). Ju]}^ 329. Cytospoea Lauei Sacc. Syll. iii. 279, p. p. — f. ramidicola. non Ceutliospora Latiri Grev. No definite conceptacle. Pycnidia scattered, conico-truncate, 4-1 mm. diam., with a rather large whitish furfuraceous disc, dark olive Avithin, composed (Avhen perfect) of many compait, narrow, radiately arranged pseudolocelli or labyrinthiform chambers ; walls of the locelli, under the microscope, thick and dark bi'own without a trace of green. Spores sausage-shaped, curved in profile, 4-5 X |-1 />t, rather more acute at the ends than is usual ; sporoj^hores linear, not very crowded, + curved, 10-12 X 1 /-i. On dead twigs of Laurus nohilis. West Kilbride, Avrsliire (Boyd). May. The confusion originated by Greville's mistake in calling our " Common Laurel " Laurus nohilis, and perpetuated in Saccardo's Sylloye, vol. iii., has never been completely dispersed. Ceutliospora Laurocerasi (Fckl.)=:6\ JLauri Grev., on Prunus Laurocerasus, is very common in Britain (see Journ. Bot. 1916, p. 1916, p. 191), 46 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY but Gyfospora Lauri, on Laurus nobilis, is not. The two species are, as might be expected, quite different in structure. 880. Cytospoka subclypeata Sacc. in Malpigh. 1896, x. 273, pi. 6. f. 1 ; Sjll. xiv. 917. Stromata scattered, pustular, |-| mm. diam., swollen, covered by the shining black epidermis, gre}^ within and unequally plurilocellate ; disc minute, grey. Spores sausage-shaped, curved, 4-5 X 1 /x ; sporo- phores verticillately branched, 25 X 1 /a, branches acute. On dead twigs o£ Rliododenclron. Bidston, Cheshire (J. W. Ellis) ; Ayrshire (Boyd). May- Nov. In these specimens the epidermis over the pustules is dark reddish- brown, shining especially at the apex when young ; many of the sporophores are rather fasciculate at the base than branched ; spore- mass colourless, spores 3-6 X |-1 n. 331. AsTEEOMA YERNicosuM Fckl. Symb. Myc. p. 385. Allesch. vi. 457. SphcBria vernicosa DC. Flor. Fr. vi. 138. S))ots smooth, shining, inky-black, with a paler radiating margin. Pvcnidia occu])ying the centre of the spots, more or less convex or conical, somewhat prominent, mouthless, black. On dead stems of Spircdci Aruncus. Edgbaston Botanic Gardens. A])r., May. The spots on these specimens are for the most part oval, about 5-8 mm. long ; the pycnidia are ver}^ black, some few containing oval continuous spores, measuring 7-8 X 2|-3 fu. With them was to be found an immature P3n-enomycete. 332. CoNioTHYRiUM EQUisETi Lamb. & Fautr. in Rev. Mycol. 1896, p. 142. Sacc. Syll. xiv. 924. Allesch. vii. 36. Pvcnidia rather large (150-250 /^ diam.), oblong, obtuse, covered, at length erumpent by the vertex. Spores oblong, obtuse, yellowish- brown, with one large guttule or 2-5 smaller ones, 8-10 X 4-5 fx. On dead stems of Equisetum maximum. Whiting Bay, Isle of Arran (Boyd). June. 333. CoNiOTHYRiUM GLOMERULATUM Sacc. Syll. iii. 314. Allesch. vii. 23. Pycnidia aggregated (2-5 together), immersed, then erumpent, subglobose, black, about. 150 /a diam. ; texture of minute cells, very thick and dark. Spores copious, oval, 3-4 X 1^-2 /x, olivaceous- brown ; sporo])ho]'es not seen. On cone-scales of Picea excelsa. Hereford. May. 334. AscocHYTA CAEPATHiCA Grove, f. caulicola. No spots. P3^cnidia scattered, lens-shaped, dej^ressed, brownish, covered, then erumpent by the vertex, which is pierced by a minute pore ; texture parenchymatous, thin, translucent, pale-brown. Sj^ores at first ovoid, 1-celled, then oblong and 1-septate, rounded at the apex, 7-9 X 2i-3 /u. (Fig. 12.) On dead peduncles of Ccunjjanula TracTielium, C. rapunculoides. Edgbaston ; Bidford Churchyard. Oct.-March. As the spores become 1-septate, they usually become a little longer and a little narrower. But both kinds can be found continually NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI 47 intermixed in the same pycnidimn, and so there can be little doubt that Phyllosticta carpathica All. & Syd. in Hedwig. xxxvi. p. (157) is merely the younger condition of this fungus. 335. AscocHYTA CHiEROPKYLLT Bres. in Hedwig. 1894, p. 207. Sacc. Syll. xi. 523. Allesch. vi. 637. Spots epiphyllous, fuscous, unbordered, at first small, at length Sj)reading over the leaf. Pycnidia epijihyllous, punctiform, 60-75 ^ diam., very pale brown, translucent. Spores subcylindrical, straiglit or rarely bent, hardly constricted, colourless, with 2 or 4 guttules, 10-12 X 3-4 yu, : sporophores very short. On leaves of Clicerophyllum temulum. West Kilbride, A^^rshire (Boyd). Nov. 336. AscociiYTA Pteridis Bres. in Hedwig. 1894, p. 208. Sacc. Syll. xi. 525. Allesch. vi. 661. Died. Pilz. Brand, p. 393. Spots scattered, circular or nearly so, very minute, scarcely \ mm. diam., pale-oehraceous, thickened at the edge, surrounded by a much broader purple-brown border. Pycnidia epiphyllous, few, rather crowded (but sometimes only one on each spot), about 100 /x diam., subglobose, black, piercing the epidermis and at length becoming somewhat superficial ; texture thin, pale-brownish. Spores oblong- cylindrical, obtuse at both ends, often bent or Hexuose, with a septum which is sometimes median, sometimes above the middle, slightly constricted, 15-20 (or even 30) x 4-6 ^, cloudy and furnished with 2, 4, or more guttules. (Fig. 6.) On dead pinnules and petiolules of Uteris aqiiilina, lying in damp places. West Kilbride, A3'rshire (Boyd). July. According to German accounts, the fungus appears first on the living leaves ; when it occupies the j)etiolules, the 23art of the leaf above that place dies and becomes brown, by which means the presence of the fungus can be recognised at some distance. 337. AscocHYTA Stellarle Fautr. in Kev. Mycol. 1896, p. 68. Sacc. Syll. xiv. 943. Allesch. vi. 665. Spots none or indefinite. Pycnidia more or less aggregated in patches on the dead leaf, immersed, hardly prominent, 150-200 fj. diam., globose-lens-shaped, honey-fuscous, pierced by a pore ; texture very thin, membranaceous, pale, excejDt for a narrow dark circle round the faintly projecting pore. Spores irregular, oblong, rounded at both ends, colourless, very clouded and multiguttulate within, eseptate, slightly curved at times and bent as if about to become 1 -septate, but not constricted, 23-30 X 6-7 /x. (Fig. 2.) On fading or dead leaves of Stellaria uliginosa. West Kilbride, Ayrshire (Boyd). May. The spores of these specimens, being irregular in form, sometimes clavate or even pyriform, have a very unusual look for an Ascochyta, ,and have more the appearance of going to be a Sfayonospora. J3ut there was no septum visible, although there were the usual signs that one or more were going to be formed. The texture of the pycnidium, however, was truly Ascochyta-\\kQ\ the narrow black line around the pore is conspicuous even with a lens. 'IS 'I'lIK .loll UNA I, OF IJOTANV li3S. AscociiYTA SoNciii, ooinl). nov. PliiflloHf icta Sojichl Saec. Sjll. iii. 14. Spots rouiulisli, fiiscoiis-brown witli :i dark-brouii Ixu'drr, S-15 iiini. across. IVcniclla rnthcr c'1\)\viUh1, about 100 /< diam., ])niictif<>nn, blac'kisli, Sj)oi\'s ()i)loiiij^-ov()i(l, louij^ l-cclled, siraiiL^lit or curved, with 2—1 ii:uttules, 7-1) X 2j yLi, tb(>n 1 -septate, S-lO x 2-;i /<, with one i^uttule in each cell. On leaves of iSo/tcJn/s olo-dcciis. Ardrossan, Ayrshire (Boyd) ; Warwickshire. Ang. riJJ!). AscociiYTA Tar.w.vci Grove. Phi/lloalicta Taraxaci Hollos in Ann. Miis. Nat. Hung. 1007, v. •ir)(). Sacc. Syll. xxii. 852. S]>ots roundish or somewhat irregular, 1-7 nun. diani., dai'k brownish-cinereous, often niarkeil with concentric lines, bordered by a narrow black margin. Pycnidia epiphyllous, few, scattered, lens- shaped, blackish-brown, pierced by a pore. Spores oblong-ellipsoid, rarely ta]iering below, colourless, 0-10 x 2^-3 ^i. On living leaves of Taraxacum officinale. Kilwinning, Ayrshire (Uoyd). Aug. This is tlu^ more advanced state of Phi/llot^NcIa Taraxaci, the si)ores of which were found in some pycnidia in largi' numbers mixed with the more mature septate sjiores. and some ]n'cnldia had only the simple spores, diifering from lIoUos's description merely in being ])ert'ectly colourless. It is ])robable that Sept or i a Taraxaci Hollos {ibid. p. -102; Sacc. ihiil. ]). 1107) is another form of si)ore in the same life-cycle, even if not a further develo])ment of the utncoc/ii//<( as that is of the Plit/llo- sficfa. l?ut Scp/on'a Taraxaci Ellis (Trans. Hrit. Myc. Soc. 1011<, iv. 20-1-) is, as his specimens in Herb. Kew. show, only liaiiiidariif Taraxaci misobserved. rMO. AscocuvTA YULGAius Kab. & IJub. in CEsterr. Bot. in Zeitschr. 100-1, liv. 23. Sacc. Syll. xviii. 343. A'ar. Si/)npIioricarpi. On S if i?ipliori carpus racri/iotn/s. Arran (lioyd); Kew (Jardens. Ang. The species, on Lonicera, is common; ]m)bably both are meivly the highly developed form of Plnjlloslicta rahjaris Desm. There is an Ascochi/ta on Phil a del ph as (Lanarkshire ; Kew Gardens, etc.) which may be = Saccardo's variety Th Hade] phi (Syll. iii. 10). 311. Daijluca TussiLAOiNis Oud. in Catal. liaison. Champ, rays- Has. 1005, p. 442. ' Jscochi/fa Tasailar/inis Oud. Contr. Flor. Mycol. Tays-Bas, xvi.. in Nederl." Kruidk. Arcli. 3. i. 408 (1800) ; Hcdwig. 1808, p. 178. Sacc. Syll. xvi. 031. Pycnidia numerous, agglomerated, membranaceous, black. Spores oblong-f\isoid, l-sei)tate, slightly constricted, ofttMi rounded at both ends, and jirovided witb a" gelatinous mucro there, i)luriguttulate, 11 15 X 3-4 ^i. On fading leaves of Tiii>ioai-d of Governors of the Institute, the late Sir F]dward Newton, K.C'.M.G., for some time Colonial Secretary of the Island, consented to edit, with a view to publication, that part of the manuscripts which related to Ornithology; but the work was not proceeded with. In 1894 Professoi- T. D. A. Cock(irell, who had recently resigned the curatoi'ship of the Museum of the Institute, published in the September numb(;r of The Jitiericta JOL-RNAL OF BoTANV. — VoL. (iO. [V \Ai\iV \\{\ , 1 1)22. I K 50 tup: journal of eotany Naturalist (pp. 775-780) an article entitled " A Little-known Jamaican Naturalist: Dr. Anthony llobinson," in which he reproduced a number of Robinson's observations on the reptiles of Jamaica ; other notes and descriptions are published by P. H. Gosse in his Naturalist'' s Sojourn in Jamaica (1851). In 1920 the portfolios of botanical drawings were lent to Mr. William Fawcett and Dr. llendle for use in connection with their Flora of Jamaica, and they have identified most of the species depicted. In the West India Eeference Library of the Institute is a manu- script book of about the years 1825-30, entitled ' The Omnibus or Jamaica Scrap Book : A Thing of Shreds and Patches. By Jack Jingle.' In this appears the following account of Eobinson : — " Anthony Robinson, Esq., was a native of Sunderland, in the county of Durham, where he served a regular apprenticeship to his father, a man exceedingly respectable in his profession of surgeon and apothecary. From his earliest youth he became attached to botanical studies, and whilst he continued under paternal tuition he devoted all his leisure hours to Gerard, Parkinson, and other ancient herbalists, or to excursions abroad and a collation of their pages with the great volume of Nature. It was not till after his arrival at Jamaica, that he met with the ' Systema Naturae ' and other works of Linnajus, which opened to his mind a new and beautiful theory in his favourite science and engaged it so forcibly, that for several years he scarcely gave attention to any other pursuit. The chief objects of his enquiry in this island were non descript plants of which he discovered many, unnoticed either by Sloane or Browne, and he corrected their descrip- tions of many other plants which had been already discovered. A desire of strengthening and enlivening his ideas of the true generic or specific alliance of the vegetable races naturally first pointed out to him the necessity of an liortus siccus ; but this having its imper- fection, next suggested the necessity of cop3'ing Nature more expres- sively by the pencil, in the management of which although he had never been grounded, yet his natural turn this way very soon enabled him to attain a degree of excellence. The western world presented him Avith an inexhaustible variety of subjects ; and the frequency of his delineations so improved his hand, that, among those specimens he left behind him, were not a few which have been pronounced, by good judges, equal to the works of professed draughtsmen. His judgment was clear and sound, and his memory so retentive, that he could once recount the genera, names, and characters, of above 1000 Evn-opean plants. He had a great general knowledge in some other sciences, and was particularly well read in modern history. He was distinguished beyond most men for a feeling heart, a warm and steady attachment in his friendships — a behaviour perfectly inoffen- sive, an integrity that nothing could corrupt — a rigid adherence to truth, and for a pliancy and vivacity of temper which rendered him acceptable to all companies. His only blemish, in short, was a certain thoughtless improvidence, to whose ascendancy it is to be imputed, that the public has never profited by his botanical remarks, which were always hastily scribbled in a hand almost illegible, upon the Dl{. AJN^TUONY EOBINSON, OF JAMAICA 51 first scraps of paper he could meet with — these blurred and blotted, and sometimes soiled with dirt, were promiscuously thrown too-etlier, from which cause the greater part of them have been irretrievably lost. He never transcribed nor reduced them to any kind of order, still procrastinating this as the destined occupation of some future days of leisure — which unhappily never arrived, for in July 1768 he was seized with a violent illness which terminated fatally. " Of his poetry also several essays were left, but never published, but his talent in versification was that in which he least excelled. He was the first discoverer of the art of manufacturing a vegetable soap from the juice of the great American Aloe leaf [A(/ave Morris ii Bak.], and for this invention he received a grant of Job pistoles from the House of Assembly. This soap, being equally miscible with salt as with fresh water, is therefore very useful to mariners. He obtained from a species of palm tree [Ci/cas revoluta Thunb.], which abounds in the more rocky and arid parts of the island, a very fine and nutritive farina, not palpably different from the sago powder. He discovered likewise a vegetable blue dye of rather more brilliancy than indigo. And lastly, it was in attempting to perfect the discovery of a tree balsam \_Symplionia globulifera L. f.] analogous in quality to the celebrated balsam of Mecca that he underwent a fatigue so excessive as to occasion the disorder of which he died." [Lunan, in the preface to his Hortiis Jamaicensis (1814), says that liobinson's manuscripts afforded him " the greatest assistance," and quotes from them in the course of his work. On one of liobinson's descriptions (Hort. Jam. 149, not 169 as stated by He Candolle) is based Amyris ? Bohinsonii DC. Prodr. ii. 82, which Mr. B^awcett identifies with Hypelate trifoliata Sw.] By his Will, dated the 21st of April, 1768, " Anthony Eobinson, of the 23'ii*ish of St. Catherine practitioner in Physic and Sur^j-ery," after arranging for the payment of his debts and funeral charges by the sale of his negro woman Phyllida and his negro boy, directed the remainder of his estate and effects to be sold, and the value thereof remitted to his sister, Anne Walker, of Sunderland. The will con- tinues :—*' Item my Will is that my collection of drawings and writings on plants and other Natural productions shall not be com- prehended among the effects so directed be sold or remitted as above mentioned But I do give such collection unto my good friend liobert Long now of the Kingdom of Great Britain Esq in testimony of m}' regard for him and lastly I do nominate constitute and appoint Edvvai'd Long of the parish of Saint Catherine aforesaid Esqre to be my Executor of this my Will." The Edward Long alluded to is the well-known historian of Jamaica, and llobert was his brother. They were the second and fourth sons of Samuel Long, grandson of the original Samuel Long who came out as Secretary to the Commissioners sent by Cromwell in the Penn and Venables's Expedition. Edward Long was secretary to his second cousin and brother-in-law Sir Henry Moore (Governor of Jamaica and later Governor of New York), and Chief Judge of the Vice-Admiralty Court, but he is best known by his Hisfory of Jamaica, pviblished in 1774. e2 52 THE JOUllNAL OF EUTANY There is in the Jamaica Portrait Gallery of the Institute of Jamaica a pencil drawing of Robinson's head made from life by Edward Long. It was formerly in Eobinson's collection of drawings. Feaijk Cundall. Robinson's drawings vary much in style. They are sometimes quite rough, just sufficient to indicate important points of structure, and are often accompanied by memoranda for his further use. Most of the drawings are so accurate that it is possible to name them. The manuscript descriptions are good. Robinson's object seems to have been to supplement and, if necessary, to correct Sloan e and Browne. For instance, he states his opinion that the genus Ellisia of Browne must be the same as Duranta of Linnaeus ; later he receives the new edition (2nd) of Linnseus's Sjjecies Plantarum, and finds that Browne's plant is described as a new sjDecies of Duranta^ namely, D. Ellisia. He described and named new genera, but never published his descriptions. For instance, he gave a generic description with complete drawings of the tree known in Jamaica as the Boar Wood Tree, Hog Doctor Tree, or Hog Gum Tree {SympJwnia glohulifera L. f.) with a generic name {Sigsonia), and a specific diagnosis. Sloane (Hist. ii. 90), followed by Browne (Hist. Jam. 177, t. 13. f. 3) and De Candolle (Prodr. ii. 67) had assigned the comm.on names to Bhus Metopium L. Dr. E. N. Bancroft, of Jamaica, read a ^Daper there in 1829 (published in 1841 in Hooker's Journ. Bot. iv. 13G), in which he describes the history of the discovery of the true soui'ce of the " hog gum." Bertero was in Jamaica in 1821 and met Higson, a Kingston merchant, and later Island Botanist and Curator of the Bath Garden. Higson showed Bertero the tree growing in the mountains, and Bertero wrote a botanical description of the flowers, and gave a copy to Higson. Bancroft wrote a detailed description of the tree from specimens of flowers and fruit supplied by Higson, with Bertero's notes before him. It is interesting to note that the name Higsonia inscribed on Robinson's drawings is there attributed to Bertero. W. Fawcett. ^ON THE GENERIC NAME WIKSTRCEMIA. In 1918 I proposed (Contr. Gray Herb. n. ser. liii. pp. 36-41) to replace the name Lccplacea H.B.K., under which a good-sized genus of the Ternstroemiacece has been generally known for many years, by the earlier Wikstroemia Schrad. At the same time I suggested that the name Wicksfrosmia Endl., published some years after Schrader's genus, and placed on the list of " nomina conservanda " by the International Congress in 1905, should be replaced by Caimra L. Rehder (Journ. Arn. Arb. ii. p. 158 ; 1921) and Sj^rague (Kew Bull. 1921, pp. 175-176; 1921), have shown independently that this course was incorrect, inasmuch as under the International Rules the name Wicl'stroemia Endl. must be retained in all cases, and there- fore Wikstroemia Schrad., although the first use of this name, is ox TITE aEXERTC XAME WTICSTR(EMTA 53 'unavailable. Mr. Sprague's conclusion that the name Lci'placca H. B. K., is to be retained for the genus in question under the International Rules is, however, incorrect, and is somewhat incom- l)rohensible in view of the detailed synonymy given in my paper. A reference to my paper will show that if Hcemocharis Salisb. (lS0t5) be rejected under the International Rules, because unaccom- panied by diagnosis, and if Wikstrwmia Schrad. (5 May, 1821) be rejected because of WlcJcstroemia Endl. (1833), which, in the form IVikstroemicCy has been made a nomen conservandum, the earliest name available for the genus is Lindleya Nees (21 May, 1821), based upon the same species as Wikstroemia Schrad. Although the name Lindleya H.B.K. is now in common use for a genus of Rosacea), this use of the name dates only from 1823 or perhaps 1824 (see Barnhart, Bull. Torr. Club, xxix. 597 ; 1902), and the proper name of the genus in question is Lindleyella Rydb. (1908). The name Lindleya was also used for two species belonging to Casearia, as a plate name only, by Humboldt Bonpland and Kunth*, and later in the same 3^ear appears as a nomen nudum in Kunth's JSLalvacecd (p. 10 ; 1822) ; but these uses are invalid and, more- over, subsequent to the use of the name Lindleya by Nees. The latter therefore stands under the International Rules as the proper name for the genus formerly known as Laplacea, Mr. Sprague gives the date of Wikstroemia Sprang, as 1826. l^he name, however, was published in 1821, as correctly given in the Judex Keioensis and in my paper. His statement that " Schrader and Endlicher both used the spelling Wickstroemia, which was corrected by subsequent authors " is also incorrect. Endlicher's spelling was Wickstroemia, but Schrader's was Wikstroemia, as defi- nitely stated in my paper (p. 38). Two corrections in my own paper may be mentioned. The combination of the names Wikstroemia Schrad. and Lindleya Nees, under the latter name, in connection wdth the publication of Wik- strbmia (sic) Spreng., was made not by Sprengel, but by the editor of the journal in which the name appeared, being signed '* Red." The specific name of Schrader's Wikstroemia was originally spelt ^'fructi- cosa,'^ by an obvious typographical error, and was first given correctly (fruticosa) by Nees, Flora (iv. pt. 1, 328; 7 June, 1821), who, however, spelled the generic name Wickstroemia. Although by an oversight it was not so stated, the species which I transferred to Wikstroemia in the paper above cited vv^ere the American forms onlv. S. F. Blake.^ It is desirable that no uncertainty should exist as to the interpre- tation of the International Rules, It is therefore satisfactory that Dr. Blake now agrees that his twenty-four new combinations under * Nov. Gen. & Sp. v. pi. 479, 480 (Feb. 1822). In one of the two copies of the quarto edition which I have examined in this connection these two plates appear twice, labelled respectively in each case Lindleya glabra and Casearia javitensis, Lindleya mollis, and Casearia mollis. In the other copy the plate (479) labelled Lindleya glabra is wanting. 54 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Wikstroemia Sclirad. (Contrib. Gra}^ Herb. n. s. liii. 8G-41 ; 1918) are invalid according to the Kules, since the inclusion of Wikstroemia Endl. in the list of " nomina conservanda " precludes the substitu- tion of Wikstroemia Sehrad. for Laplacea H.B.K. Dr. Blake finds it " somewhat incomprehensible " that I should recommend the retention of the name Laj^lacea (Kew Bull. 1921, 176). Has he considered the reasons for the recognition of " nomina conservanda " ? Technically he is correct in stating that Lindleya Nees is the earliest valid name for Laplacea under the llules, but it may be hoped that he will not proceed to re-name all the species accordingly. It was precisely to avoid nomenclatural disturbance of this kind that a list of " nomina conservanda " was provided, and the inclusion of Laplacea in the next list would dispose of the diffi- culty. If the next International Congress decides against the claims of Laplacea to be put on the list, it will then be time to re-name the species. Pending a decision, the name Laplacea H.B.K. should be retained. Otherwise another set of new combinations may have to be relegated to synonymy. Is it too much to expect from botanists who adhere to the Inter- national Bules that they should refrain from making extensive nomenclatural transferences immediately on the discovery of a prior name for a well-known genus ? One of the chief aims of the Rules is "the avoidance of all useless creation of names "' (Art. 4). Surely the proper course to adopt in such a case is to state the arguments for and against the recognition of the later name as a " nomen con- servandum," and to leave the matter for decision at the next Inter- national Congress. Behder's action with regard to the genus Erica may be cited as a commendable instance of nomenclatural restraint. He has shown that the type species of Erica is Galluna vulgaris. Instead, however, of proposing new combinations for the five hundred species now included under Erica he has suggested (Journ. Bot. 1921, 291) that Erica Linn, emend. Salisb. should be treated as a " nomen con- servandum." T. A. Speague. SHOBT NOTES. Nttellopsis oetfsa in Northern India. The recorded dis- tribution of this curious plant is as follows : — Sweden, Finland, llussia, England, France, Germany, Bohemia, and (var. iilvoicles = 0. iilvoides Bertol.) Italy. Among the Cliarophyta in the herbarium of the Botanic Gardens at Calcutta, which, through the courtes}^ of Sir David Prain, my late brother and I had the opjiortunity of examining, there is a yery poor specimen of a plant collected in 1892 by Abduf Huk at Fort Stedman, Upper Burma ; this, in the absence of gametangia of either kind, we could only refer with doubt to this species. Mr. G. O. Allen, has very kindly sent me a tube containing some charophytes in formalin in excellent condition which were collected by him, in the autumn of 1921, in Dhal Lake SHORT NOTES ^5 (about 1500 m.), near Srinagar, Kaslnnir. Tlie tul)e contained three species : — JV. ohfusa, both male and female examples, thus settling the plant down as Asiatic ; Lychnothamnus harbatus, hitherto only recorded from a very few countries in Europe, but known to us as Indian from si)ecimens collected by Sir George Watt and Prof. S. P. Agharkar; and Charafrac/iUs, a ver}^ tine form, the antheridium having a diameter of about 550 /a, and the oogonium, including coronula, a length of about 1250 /x. Mr. Allen tells me that the open shallow pai-ts and channels of the large lake in which these plants occurred were carpeted with charophytes, and from the very satisfactory results he obtained, it would appear to be a particularly happj?- hunting ground for these plants. — James Ghoves. PoTAMOGETONXSUDEiiMANicus IN ENGLAND. In his Critical Researches on Potamogefon (p. 73) (1916), Dr. Hagstrom names '*'P. acutifoliusy.pusillus L. (P. sudermanicus n. hybr. ") and describes it. He says " I have named it after my beautiful native count}^ Sudermania, where it has been gathered by Dr. C. J. Hart- man. It is labelled ' Rorvik prope Hjelmaren Aug. 1831.' Herb. Upsal." ; he very kindly sent me a specimen. The plant was gathered by Mr. C. E. Salmon in " Sussex E., Ditch near Camber Castle. 17.7.1900," and has remained without a certain name until now. — A. Bennett. A New Form or Wood Violet. The study given to the varieties and hybrids of our violets has led to the recognition of plants that have been regarded either as good species or as forms that leave doubts about their real origin. During the past season I have met with a form that may be only a lusus or sport, or may afford sugges- tions of an effort of the Wood Violet to throw off its natural modest habit and develop towards a showy head of flowers. From three separate localities in the neighbourhood of Bristol, v.c. 6, I gathered spechnens of Viola Eiviniana, in which the usual single-headed blossom was replaced by three perfect flowers. Each was borne on a short stalk produced together at the top of the main peduncle rising directly from the usual pair of bracts ; there were bracteoles as well on these secondary stalks. The general effect of this branched inflorescence was noticeable amongst the normal plants, but the peculiarity did not suggest that a special cause was at work either in the nature of the soil, or from the action of an insect. Had these brought about the change, more examples should have been obtainable close by, and therefore the increase must be attributed to special activity of the protoplasm. It seems out of the common for the effort to show itself in this trifloral manner; should the present sport repeat itself next season, the name forma multijlora might be given it. — Ida M. Roper. HiERACiUM PULMONARioiDES Villars. In reporting the occur- rence of this plant in Perthshire (Journ. Bot. Iviii. 281 ; 1920) I remarked that it might be found in other British localities and con- fused with H. amplexicaule L. At the end of last September, when I happened to be in Bristol, it occurred to me to look for the plant OG .Tlil<: JOUKNAL OF ]!UTA>'r recorded in Mr. Wliite's Flora as IF. amplexicaiile growing on a wall in Richmond Hill, Clifton. This I found to be //. pidwoiiarioiiJes. 1 also noticed recently, among the latest additions in Hb. Mus. Brit., a sheet of II. piflmonarioides sent to the Botanical Exchange Club bv Mr. C. Bailey in 1897 from a ^vall near Saltburn, Yorkshire, under the name of H. amplexicaule, and passed as such. The Cleish Castle, Kinross, and the Oxford specimens that I have seen are true FI. amplexicaiile L. When in Northern France last summer, visit- ino; the grave of my eldest son near Arras, I observed II. palmona- rioides growing on the ruins of the cathedral there and on the walls of other buildings in the town destroyed in the War. The natura- lisation on ruins and old walls in Britain and Northern France of these two similar but perfectly distinct hawkweeds, both natives of t'le Alps, is a somewhat curious fact that does not seem to admit of a ready explanation. — H. W. Pugslet. Ceuastium hibsutum Tenore. The observations of Mr. F. N. Williams on this species (Journ. Bot. 1921, 352) are rather behind the times. He quotes from Nyman some remarks of mine of the 3^car 1884, but it seems to have escaped him that I have dealt fully Avith the subject in Bullettino della Societd Botanica Italiana for 1912, p. 109, and have distributed in Fiori and Beguinot's Flora lialica Exsiccata, nos. 1653 and 1654, specimens of the t^'pical glandular form and of ray var. eglandulosiim. Till a few months ago the only known stations for the species were the mountain range that separates the gulfs of Naples and Salerno, where it is exceed- ingly plentiful, to the exclusion of all forms of C. arvense L. or of 0. ColumiKB Ten. ((7. tomentosum auct.), and the slopes of Vesuvius and Monte Busambra in Sicily. In July 1921 1 found it in abundance on Monte Mai, due north of Salerno ; this is the first record for the ranges east of the railway-line from Nocera to Salerno. Farther east, north and south, it gives way to C. Columnce^ of which the locus classicus is Monte Vergine. Specimens from other districts are sometimes wrongly labelled C. hirsiifum : these are usually C. arvense var. etruscum mihi, or C. Scara?ii Ten., which is also a form of the arvense group. Similar false records — e. q. La Mongiana in Calabria — occur in Italian Floras. — C. C. Lacaita. Till3:a aquatica L. {Bulliarda aquaiica DC). The follow- ing details supplement the account of this plant given on p. 18 : — Fig. Fl. Danica, ix. fasc. 26, t. 1510 (1816). Blytt, Haandb. Norges Flora, p. 299 (1906) — an excellent figure. Fxsicc. Fries, Herb. Norm. 9, n. 42 (Dec. 1842). Bisfrih. Fiirojje. Norway to 63° 45' n. lat. ; Sweden from Scania to Vesterbothen ; Finland from Aland to Ostrobothnia borealis c. 66° n. lat.; Denmark; Ilussia (Petropolis, Livonia); Schlesw.-Hol- stein ; Germany; Bohemia; Moravia. Asia. Siberia L^rals and Siberia E. Africa. Abyssinia; Nyassaland. JSF. America. Canada, United States. The figure in Fl. Danica represents T. prostrata Hornem.= siioirr NOTKs 57 T. (((juatica vav. prostntta Sclikulir in Ustevi Annalcn, ii. t. 8 (1791). — AitTiiuii Benjnett. Thomas Nuttall (1780-1859). A short time ago, I was asked by an American correspondent to sn])ply the burial place of Thomas Nultall, the botanist and ornitliologist. 1 therefore ai)i)lied to tlie Mayor of St. Helens, asking him to put my letter in the hands of some local antiquary who could answer my question. The Mayor was kind enough to place it in the hands of Mr. F. \i. Dixon-Nuttall, who at once gave the desired information, and from his letter I make the following extract as supplying information of interest not only to botanists but to naturalists generally : — ". . . . Thomas Nuttall lived at Nut-Grove Hall, near Prescot, Lancashire, which was left to him by his brother Jonas, who built it in 1808-9, on condition that he slept there at least one week every six months. One time he was weather-bound just outside the lliver Mersey, and only arrived home the day before the [period of] six months was up ; I remem.ber his speaking of this when I was a boy. He died Sept. 1859, and was interred at Christ Church, Eccleston, near St. Helens. Jonas and Thomas Nuttall were my father's uncles. Jonas left Nut-Grove Hall to my father with the life interest of Thomas Nuttall, and when he died we went to live there." — ^B. Daydon Jacksox. A Defiled Saistctuaet. I should like to endorse Mr. Praeger's condemnation of the interference Avith the natural vegetation of the Snowdon district (Journ. Bot. 1921, 354). I know of several in- stances where very amateur botanists, as railway-guards or engine- drivers, have scattered seeds broadcast on the railway-sides, but instances of such interference with natural conditions on the part of competent botanists are happily rare. It is quite possible that some strictly scientihc results could be obtained, if proper limitations were able to be put ; but it seems practically impossible to exercise the amount of care and control necessary to limit the scope of investiga- tion. The experimental questioiiVs would be of a much wider range than the experimenters intended, and future botanists would certainly not bless the hand which introduced needless complications in their attempts to unravel the history of the competitive struggle between the native plants of Snowdonia. — W. Watson. Calla PALUSTRis (p. 21). The reference to this plant as an established Surrey species, omits mention of a second locality, viz., by the Hut Pond, Wisle}^ Common, recorded in Journ. Bot. 1915, 177, where the present writer stated that in recent years it had flourished exceedingly, and in 1914 was quite a feature of the aquatic vegetation, flowering profusely in July. Formerly, the plant grew only in an adjoining swamp, in no great profusion, but since its access to the pond it has increased exceedingly and is a handsome addition to the pond-flora. The locality " between Esher and Claygate " is presumably the well-known Black Pond on Esher Common, where the occurrence of the plant was noted in an interesting article by Dr. H. B. Guppy in Science Gossip for 1895, p. 109. — C. E. Brittojn. 58 THE JOURT^^AL OF BOTANY Ophrys NEOCAiSfFSTi iiom. 110 V. When I gave the name x OpJnys olhiensis to the hybrid 0. araclinitiformis Gren. et Phil. X O. Ber- tolonii Moret (Journ. Bot. 1914, 271), I was not aware that this name had ah'eadj^ been applied to another hybrid Oplirys^ O, homhi/- lifiora Link. X O. scolopax Cav. (Camus, Mon. Orch. Europe, p. 3C)G, 1908). I therefore now replace it b}^ x Ophrys neocamtisii, in honour of Mdlle A. Camus, joint author of the monograph quoted above and responsible for the anatomical detail of that work, in recognition of her great and numerous services to botanical science. — M. J. GODFERY. REVIEWS. A Catalogue of British Scieiitijlc and Technical Books. Covering every Branch of Science and Technology carefully Classilicd and Indexed. Prepared by a Committee of the British Science Guild, 6 John Street, London, W.C. 2. 8vo, cloth, pp. xviii, 370. Price 10s. net. The object of this handsome, well-printed volume is to supply *' a complete record of scientitic and technical books other than those intended for primary schools, and elementary volumes of like nature, in the current lists of publishers in the United Kingdom, and obtain- able through booksellers in the usual way." The aim of the Catalogue, although somewhat ambiguously expressed, is admirable ; as, from a bibliographical standpoint, is its execution ; the classification of the titles — more than six thousand in number — if a little complicated, is rendered easily accessible b}^ the list of contents ; there is a very complete " name index," extending to fifty pages, as well as one of subjects : in all these important details the Catalogue could hardly be more satisfactory ; moreover, it is admirabl}^ printed, in double columns. The preface makes special mention of the help afforded by Mr. P. Passenger, one of the Committee, "who not only possesses wide knowledge and long experience in the handling of books on science and technology, but is also keenly interested in the cataloguing of them." It is, however, judging from the section on Botany, with which alone we are concerned, in books on science that the Catalogue is weakest ; this indeed might be anticipated from the composition of the Committee, in which biologists are hardty represented. In Botany proper — Forestry and Palaeontology are separately treated, — which occupies ten pages, a number of useful and standard works are cata- logued, but it is not easy to discover on what principle the selection is made. The first entry, for example, is B. A. [H.] Alcock's Botanical Names for English Readers, which, published in 1876, is certainly not in " current lists of publishers," and although it stands under the heading " General," can hardly be regarded as '' Botany." The entries under " General " should have been grouped ; we find among them De Bary's Bacteria, though there is a section on Bacteriology. Under " Algie," none of the works save G. S. West's Cambridge A CATALOGUE OF BRITISH SCTENTIFTC EOOKS 50 volume are of recent date, nor is George Murmy's useful Introduction included. Lichens and Mycetozoa are entirely omitted. The entries under " Flora " include such diverse works as Willis's Dictionarii of Flowering Plants (surely "General"?), Eogers's British Buhi^ Arber's Devonian Floras (Pal.), Mrs. Gregory's British Violets^ II. T. Baker's Fines of Australia ; Dr. Druce's List of British Plants appears but not the London Catalogue, and the same author's Flora of BerJcshire, but not his Flora of Oxfordshire — the other British Floras are those of Hampshire and Bristol ; Mr. Thompson's Flora of the Biviera is given, but not his Alpine nor Sichalpine Plants ; and we find nothing relating to the Swiss Flora. Colonial Floras are well represented, but the Flora of Jamaica is omitted ; the publications of the Department of Botany seem to be unknown to the Committee, perhaps because, owing to their somewhat cryptic method of publishing, the books issued by the British Museum do not find their way into catalogues. The omissions are as remarkable as the inclusions — Kerner and Oliver's History of Plants, Knuth's Pollination, Scott's Fossil Botany, Warming's (Ecology, are only examples which might readily be multiplied ; on the other hand, two books by Margaret Plues and two by F. G. Heath find place. It would be easy to extend our criticisms, but enough has been said to show that the object of the Catalogue, so far as Botany is concerned, has not been achieved ; nor is this to be wondered at, for we find no evidence that any botanist has taken part in its compila- tion. This omission, which extends to other branches of biology, and indeed to biology generally, is not easy to understand — there are many who would willingly have cooperated in the work ; but it more than suffices to account for the inadequacy of what might have been an extremely useful book. A Bihliographic Fnumeration of Bornean Plants. By E. D. Merrill, Botanist, Bureau of Science, and Professor of Botany, University of the Philippines, 3Ianila, P. I. (Journal Straits Branch Koyal Asiatic Society, Special Number, Sept., 1921). Svo, ])p. G37. Price «8.50. Raffles Museum, Singapore ; London, W. Wesle3^ We have more than once had occasion to call attention to the thoroughness which characterises Mr. Merrill's work, and his latest output maintains the high standard of its predecessors. As in those, so in this, Mr. Merrill shows that acquaintance with botany and bibliography which is essential to a complete presentment of the flora of a country ; in addition to this, he has the gift of summarising his facts in a manner which is interesting as well as instructive ; of this the introduction on the leading features of the Bornean flora, prefixed to the Fnumeration, is an excellent example. The scope of the Fnumeration, which is limited to spermato- phytes, is, as its title denotes, mainly bibliographical, but it includes, in addition to a full synonymy, an indication of the general as well as GO THE JOUUXAL or BOTANY the local distribution of each species, with the names of the col- lectors and the numbers under which their plants have been dis- tributed. " While certain necessary new combinations have been made, and certain new names proposed, tliis bibliographic enumera- tion has not been made a vehicle for the publication of new species, but includes only those that have elsewhere been described." We especially commend the care with which the making of new com- binations has been avoided, save in cases of absolute necessity ; thus under Eugenia the plants assigned to genera relegated to that genus stand iu the alphabetical list of species under the name b}^ which they were .originally described — thus " Si/zygium campaiiulatum Korth." stands between " Eugenia horneensis Miq." and " E. capi- tata Merr." : if this practice had been generally adopted we should have been spared the creation of unnecessary synonymy, and it may be hoped that the example now set may be generally followed. Tiie index is arranged on a somewhat novel plan. Names of genera, whether retained or reduced, are in roman type,_ those of species, whether accepted or regarded as synonyms, in italic ; to the latter is appended the name of the genus to which the plant is referred in the body of the work. In this arrangement we fail to find any advantage ; thus, to take an example, having learnt that Ptyssoglottis anisophylla is referred to Rallier acantha, we still have to turn up the reference in order to ascertain the full name of the plant. The usual plan, by which an index is limited to names, seems to us in every way preferable ; the object of an index is not to supply information, but to indicate where information can be obtained; moreover, as here printed, the index occupies more space than is usual, and that again is not an advantage. Another point which affords ground for criticism is the entire ■ neglect of the opportunity provided by the heads of pages for the conveyance of useful information. In a work such as this, the placing at the head of each page the name of the order treated below is a considerable help to ready consultation : at present it is necessary to refer to the index in ©rder to ascertain where an order is to be found. The practice indicated is that of the British Museum and Kew publications, and it is so manifestly useful that it seems strange that it should not always be followed. The sequence of orders, by the way, is that of Engler and Prantl ; we note that, as in Mr. Mer- rill's other works, names derived from those of persons do not begin with a capital. It remains to be said that the volume is excellently and carefully printed. Botany for Students of Medicine and Pharmacy. By F. E. Fritch, D.Sc, Ph.D., F.L.S.. and E. J. Salisbuht, D.Sc, F.L.S. 8vo, cloth, pp. 357, 163 figs. 10s. Qd. net. G. Bell: London, 1921. Br the favourable reception of their previous volumes, An Intro- duction to the Study of Plants, followed by An Introduction to the Structure and Reproduction of Plants, the authors are quite justi- BOTANY Foil STUDENTS OF MEDICINE AND PIIARMACY 6L fled in the production and issue of this handsome and useful vohnne, which will appeal to a far wider circle of students than that for which it is nominally intended. As the authors imply in the pi'c- fatory note, " the ordinary medical syllahus and that of the Pharma- ceutical Society's Minor Examination is" much more "than ade- (piately covered." Should the young aspirant, enthusiastic beyond the limits of his examinational syllabus, carefully go through and study the thirty chapters, he will provide himself \vith the material for a thorough groundwork of structural and physiological botany; and should he acquire a compound microscope, he will find a perennial interest in its use for extending his studies, assisted by the summary in the form of an appendix. The logical sequence of the chapters (and their apt titles) is a commendable feature of the handbook, beginning with the plant considered as a whole and ending with a concise review of heredity and evokltion as applied to plants. More- over, the subject-matter of the text is not disfigured with notes, comments, partisan views, and controversial points. The figures, of which a large proportion are original, are extremely good, though the Potometer represented on p. 159 {iig. 76) may "^ remind one of an Egyptian divinity holding up a sacred symbol with one arm and indicating with the other a hieroglyphic script, so that the ^^oz'-pait seems to support a double function. The authors are fortunate in their selection of common and familiar types as pegs whereon to hang examples which serve the ])urposes of discussing variation in structure and function from the l)iological standpoint, especially where the same types are referred to under several headings. The diligent tyro is encouraged in his general observations when diverse aspects of plant-economy can be readily demonstrated in " easy finds," such as Shepherd's Purse, Horse Chestnut, Buttercup, Dead-Nettle, and Bracken. The subject of the non-living contents of cells (chap, ix.) receives, as it deserves, much more attention than it usually gets in manuals of this kind ; the origin and use of such food-substances as starch, sugar, oils, inulin, proteins, built up from simple inorganic' compounds, is lucidly dealt with, ending with a useful table of the food-content of various ])lant-products. In the following chapter a similarly useful table summarizes the action and source, etc. of the principal alkaloids familiar in medicine and pharmacy. The section on the nutritive processes of the plant (chap, xvii) treats the subject in a jiractical manner (often neglected in text-books), discussing successively water- cultures, chlorophyll, photosynthesis, parasites, saprophytes, and in- sectivorous plant. The chapter on Classification of Plants is brief, but not out of proportion to the relative importance of the manv other subjects dealt with. The final chapter on Heredity and Evolution is one of the most interesting and lucid in the book, though it will hardly appeal to the average medical or pharmaceutical student. The central idea, borrowed from a great naturalist, is concisely stated : — "The organisms of the present are the offspring of those of the past, and will them- selves, in turn, give rise to the organisms of the future. The larf'e 62 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY numbers of animals and plants which have become extinct, must be supposed to have failed to ' make good ' in the competitive struggle." Mutation, hybridization, and the investigations associated with Mendel dealing with dominant and recessive characters, allelomorphs, gametes, and segregation are briefl}^ mentioned. Pi-obably the patient and unassuming student of practical problems ancillary to heredity of characters would prefer to be designated as a Moravian abbot rather than an Austrian monk (p. 326). The book is well printed and the index is carefully done. F. N. Williams. A Sandloolc of some South Indian Grasses. By Eai Bahadur K. Eanga AciiARiYAR, M.A., Indian Agricultural Service, assisted by C. Tadulinga Mudaliyar, F.L.S. 8vo, pp. iv, 318. Government Press, Madras, 1921. Price 4 rupees 8 annas. This book is intended to serve as a guide to the study of the grasses of the plains of South India, and includes about one hundred species of wide distribution, many of which occur also in other parts of India. The rarer grasses of the plains and those growing on the hills have been omitted ; it is proposed to deal with these separately. As an introduction the author briefly describes the general structure of a common species {Panicum javanicuui), and then at greater length the characters of the vegetative organs, inflorescence, and flower, and the histology of stem and leaf of grasses generally. The greater part of the book is occupied with a systematically arranged descriptive account of the genera and species, the arrangement being that adopted by Sir Joseph Hooker in the Flora of British India ; keys to the genera included are given under each tribe. The descriptions of the genera and species are adequate and clear, and the illustrations depicting the habit of the plant or the characters of the spike and spikelet are helpful. The practice of beginning each description at the top of a page entails some waste of space and gives an unusual appearance to the text ; and the impressions of the figures are not alwa3's sharp. The text is, however, clear, and the name of each species stands out well. The handbook should prove very useful to the members of the Agricultural and Forest Depart- ments and others interested in the grasses of the plains of Southern India. A. B. R. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Ixxvii. pt. 2 (issued 11th Nov., 1921), contains a joint paper by the late Clement ileid and Mr. James Groves on " The Charophyta of the Lower Headon Beds of Hordle Cliffs." The first part, written by Mr. Ileid, is a careful stratigraphical account of the beds from which the sjjeci- mens were obtained ; the second is a svstematic account of the fossil BOOK-^^OTES, NEWS, ETC. 63 remains. These latter consisted for the most part of detached oogonia, in a few cases containing oospores. The vegetative remains comprised a number of small fragments of stems and branchlets, and a few stem-nodes. In no case was an oogonium found attached to the branchlet, and as more than one kind of fruit was found in each bed, it was not possible to identify the fruits with the vegetative parts to which they belonged. The fruits of twelve species are described and figured, ten being treated as new. Two of these are referred to Tolypella, closel}" resembling those of living species of that genus ; the rest, in the absence of sufficient evidence to determine their generic position, are placed under the parent genus Cltara, although the authors do not consider that they all belong to that genus as now understood. The coronules and stalk-cells of the oogonia are missing ; and from this fact and the improbability of the spiral- cells when filled with protoplasm being 2)reserved in the clays and lime- stones, the authors conclude that it is only oogonia, the spiral-cells of which have become calcified, that are present as fossils in these deposits. This would explain the absence of any remains of Nitella, the oogonia of which do not form a lime-shell. Some of the "fruits " illustrated resemble those of the living species, while others evidently belong to extinct types. The three excellent plates are from photographs taken by Mr. lleid. The Annals of the Bolus Herhariuni (vol. iii. pt. 2 ; December 1921) contains a description and figure of a new genus {Pagella) of CrassulacecB, by Dr. Schonlund ; " Novitates Capenses," by Mrs. L. Bolus and others, includes a revision of Bestio, to which many species of Hypotcdna and Leptocarpus are reduced, by Mr. Pillans ; "Notes on Acmadenia,'' by E. A. Dummer ; and an account of *' The Tyson Collection of Marine Algae in the Bolus Herbarium " by Dr. Ellen M. Delf, in the course of which the paper on Cape AlgEB by *'Miss Barton " (Mrs. Gepp), published in this Journal for 1893 is referred to and quoted : there is also a biograph}^ with portrait of William Tyson (1851-1920) whose herbarium (save for the Algae) was acquired by the Cape Government in 1892. For some years before the War, in which he fell, G. L. Gatin was engaged in an extensive work on the embryo and germination of monocot^^ledons ; the work is being continued by his widow, who publishes in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles (issued in November last) a first instalment relating to the Aracece, in the course of which Arum maculatum and A. italicum are considered : the paper is accompanied by ten plates. In the same number Joseph Magrou has a long paper, with nine plates, on Symbiosis and Tuberisation. The Gardeners'' Clironicle for Dec. 24 contains an interesting biographical sketch by Sir David Menzies of Archibald Menzies (1754-1842), illustrated by a portrait and a picture of his birthplace — Stix House, Aberfeldy. It may be worth while to note that several letters from Menzies ranging in date from 1784 to 1795, some of which contain matter of interest, are included in the transcript of the Banksian Correspondence preserved in the National Ilerl^arium. 64 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Nos. 5 and 6 of Annales Mycologici, concluding vol. xix., con- tain a continuation of F. Petrak's *' Beitrage zur Pilzflora von Mahren und Osterr-Sclilesien " with descriptions of many new s])ecies ; H. Diedicke writes " Ueber einige Septoria-k.\-ie\\ " with two new genera — BhabJosfromino, based on Sepforia Ewpefri Kostr., and Leptocldamys {S. thecicola B. & Br. var. scapicola Karst.) : P. Pietel has a paper '* Zur Unigrenzung der Gattung Pileolaria ; and H. Sydow continues his descriptions of " Novai fungorum species." The Botanical Maf/azlne of Tokio (Oct. 1921) includes an enumeration of Coreaii Lahiatce by Takenoshin Nakai, in the coui-se of which a new species of Mosla {M. leucantha) is described of economic importance, containing as it does a larger qiiantity of thymol than J/. Orthodon. Observations on the life- history of Isoetes japonica and I. asiatica, with numerous text-figures, are communicated by Noboru Takamine. The Naturalist for January contains a continuation of Mr. J. A. Wheldon's " Key to the Harpidioid Ilypiia'' and the Hrst portion of an interesting paper by Mr. T. Petch on '' Stat ice Limoniinn on the north bank of the Humber." The Neic Bhytologist (xx. no. 5; Dec. 31) contains continua- tions of Mr. Walter Stiles's paper on "Permeability" and Mr. W. A. Hodgetts's " Periodicity of Freshwater Alga? in Nature " ; Messrs. R. H. Dastur and W. T. Saxton discuss "Vegetative Multiplication in Crotalaria Biirliia " (1 plate) ; Miss Florence Rich describes and figures a new species of Goelastrum (C. scliizodermaticiim) from Leicestershire ; Miss Ethel M. Poulton describes " An Unusual Plant of CheirantJms CJieirir This is not, we think, as " unusual " as the title of her paper suggests. It forms the subject of a paper by Duchartre (with plate) in Ann. Sci. Nat. 5 s. xiii. 315-339 (1871) and of a note by Robert Holland in this Journal for 1882 (p. 282), and is not infrequently met with. Mr. a. S. Macmillan is publishing in weekly instalments in the Somerset County Herald an interesting list of the popular plant- names of Somerset and the neighbouring parts of Devon, Dorset, and Wilts. Mr. J. E. Arnett is collecting material for a Flora of Pembroke- shire, and will be glad to receive help: his address is 7 Norton, Tenby. To Our Readers. We are glad to say that the deficit on the working of the Journal for 192i, although still considerable, has been less than in recent years, and has been met by the balance remaining from the fund raised for its support. The cost of correc- tions is a heavy item : contributors are asked carefully to revise their MSS. before sending, and to make in proofs only such as are abso- lutclv necessarv. "JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. In view of the fact that the stock of these is in some cases pmctically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course already j)ossess the matter contained in them in the pages of the Journal; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear in the list, are already out of print ; of others very few copies remain, and it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among the latter may be mentioned Mr. Dallman's Notes on the Flora of Denhiffhshire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Sicpplement to ' Topo- (jrapliical Botanif.'* Of the Supplements to the Biographical Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this to issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper, and labour has rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these havinsj been lost in the course of transferrins^ the stock to Messrs. Adlard. Mr. Garry's Notes on the Drawings of Sowerbg's * English JBofani/,'' containing, as it does, much topographical information and numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sovverby and others, should be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany ; only sixteen copies remain. It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal. Such are the Index Ahecedarius — a list of the plants m the first edition of Linn^eus's Species Plantarum, showing at a glance what are included in that work, which has no index of species ; the History of Alton's ' Horttis Keivensis,^ which contains much in- formation as to the authors and contents of that classical work ; the Flora of Gibraltar, which, besides a complete list, contains notes on the more interesting species ; Linnseus's Flora Anglica — the first English Flora — has a bearing upon nomenclature: of all these there are numerous copies. [Over. JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. JPrice Six Shillings (clotli)). Notes on the Drawings for Sovverby's ' English Botany ' (pp, 276). By F. A. Garry. Price Fice Shillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wollei-Bod (pp. 153). Price Three Shillings. The British Hoses, excluding Eu-CininLe (pp. 141). By Major A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. The Genus Fiimaria m Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugsley, B.A. Price llalf-a-crown. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Ltxton, M.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Hoses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By k. k, Dallmax, F.L.S. (2^. each.) Price Eight een-pence. Supplenients 2 and 3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists {Is. Qd. each). British Euphrasije. By Cedrtc Bucknall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's. Sjiecies Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Htern, M.A., F.K.S. ■ History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S. Linnaeus's * Flora Anglica.' ' " ,-. A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. Bj' Lt.-Col. A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. Prices in all cases net, post free. Orde7'S with remittance should he addressed to . — TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C 4. Subscriptions for 1922 (22s. 6d. post-free) should be sent to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4, without delay. No. 711 MAECH, 1922 Vol. LX T H E JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED Br JAMES BlUTTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, Cedric Bucknall (1849-1921.) (With Portrait.) By Jas. W. White . . . Southhya nujrella (De Not.) Spr. in Britain. By W. E. Nicholson, F.L.S 67 The Nomenclature of Plant Families. By T. A. Sprague, B.Sc, F.L.S. 69 Critical Notes on some Species of Cerastimn. By Frederic N. Williams, F.L.S. (continued) ... 74 Notes on North Herts Willows. By J. E. Little, M.A CONTENTS PAGK ^ PAGE New or Noteworthy Fungi. — VIII. By 65 W. B. Grove"^, M.A. (continued). 81 Rhacojnlojisis trinifensis E. G. Britt. & Dixon. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S S6 Reviews : — Oxford Botanical Memoirs. Edited by Dr. A. H. Church 88 A Report upon the Boreal Flora of the Sierra Nevada of California. By Frank Jason Smiley 90 Sturtevant's Notes on Edible Plants. Edited by N. P. Hedrick 91 79 1 Book-Notes, News, etc 92 LONDON TAYLOK AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 P'/'/ce Two Shillinr/s net SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. WHELDON & WESLEY, Ltd. have the largest stock in the country of Books in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Joiu-nals of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers. A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo- graphical), Forestry. Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for, and those not in stock sought for, without charge. Libraries or small parcels purchased. 38 GREAT PEE^ STREET. HIH08MY, LONDON. W.G. 2. Tele)>lione,: (ierrard III:.'. For p.aming" Woody Plants by their Twigs. WINTER BOTANY, by Peofessur William Teelease. Concise simple keys to over 1000 trees and shrubs of over 300 commonly cultivated genera, as they occur in winter. Pocket size ; good binding ; fully illustrated. " The best book of its kind " — Torreya. Price, post free, §2.50 with order. ' Address : — WILLIAM TRELEASE, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A. , WEEDS OF FARIVl LAI^D. By WINIFRED E. BRENCHLEY, D.Sc, F.L.S., Eotanist, Kotlmmsted Experimental Station. With 41 Illustrations. Svo. 12s. 6d. net. " A volume of surpassing interest and value A sound guide on all aspects of the subject of farm w-eeds." — The Field. THE ROTHAMSTrD iVIONOGRAPHS ON AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE. Edite i by Dr. E.J. Russell, F.R.S. SOIL COMDITIONS AMD PLANT GROWTH. By EDWARD J. RUSSELL, D.Sc. (Lond.), F.R.S. Fourth Edition. With Illustrations. 8to. 16s. net. LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., 39 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON, E.C.4. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copies 2 i)p. 3s 25 „ „ 4.S 50 „ ., OS 100 ., ., 7s. 4 pp. 4s. (Jd. OS Od. Qs Od. Ss. Od. 8 pp. 12 pp. 9s „ lis. ad. „ 12s. 6d. ., 14s. 10s. 6d Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra, 16 pp. 10s. 6d. „ 13s. „ 14s. „ 16s. 6cL Hates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Six Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions Page £2 Os. Od. £1 16s. OfL eacli ^ei 12s. 0 J. each"] Half-pag-e 12 6 10 0 ., 17 6 „ ( All Quarter-page 12 6 11 8 ., 10 0 „ f net. Eiglitli-page 7 6 7 0 „ 6 6 ., J All applications for space to he made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, sz'BirdhurstRoad, Croydon. CEDRIC BUCKNALL Go CEDIUC BUCKNALL. (1849-1921.) (With Portrait.) On the morning of December 12tli, 1921, within a few minutes of waking from his customary rest, there passed away another devoted student of systematic botany, one of the very few remaining of his generation — so woefully thinned of late. The loss of Cedric Bucknall will be widely felt, for those who knew him but little liked him much, while his death was a grievous shock to the comrade who had been almost daily by his side for half a lifetime. Yet surely this was a good ending to a tlioroughly good life, and we could not \vish it otherwise. Cedric Bucknall was born at Bath on May 2, 1849. He showed musical tendencies at a very early age, tapping out tunes on a toy harmonicon as soon as he could talk. At fourteen he Avas the organist of a country church. Then for a while he worked at St. Matthias, Stoke Newington, under Dr. Monk, who highly esteemed his skill as an executant and patience as a teacher. An engagement at Southwell Minster followed. There he married in 1873 and qualified for the degree of Mus. Bac. In Keble College, Oxford. Appointed to the well-known church of All Saints, Clifton, In 1876, he held that post until his death, maintaining the rather elaborate services at a continuous high level of choral excellence. But although he had adopted music as a profession, taking high rank as an organist and composer, blessed with a marvellous gift of Improvisation, and lecturing on harmony and counterpoint in Bristol University, the genuine enthusiasm that inspired his youth waned perceptibly with age. It may be that the monotony of his calling wearied his spirit (he played five services the day before he died), but he was never known to grumble, and. Indeed, always seemed in- terested In the work of training and teaching. Still it was a manifest relief to get away from it all, and on our Continental tours It was never an easy matter to make him touch a piano. On one excep- tional night in the Austrian Tyrol I remember that something moved him after dinner to sit down to a concert grand In the big dining- room. Within five minutes all the hotel guests and most of the servants were jostling in the doorways, attracted by unaccustomed melody. Noticing this, the performer plunged straightway Into the country's national airs, to the general delight. Bucknall's brain could alw^ays supply his fingers with whatever might be needed at the moment ; thus In a Palermo drawing-room he accompanied the weird songs of a Roumanian vocalist to her entire satisfaction. Once or twice in humble southern hostelries, when the Innkeeper's daughter. In compliment to the foreigners, strummed out our National Anthem, my companion, not a whit behind In courtesy, would follow and play the fitting rejoinder with variations ad lib. On the other hand. If there were a large organ within reach, Bucknall would get at it somehow. In Carcassonne, that ancient city, the cathedral Journal of Botany. — Vol. 60. [March, 1922.] f 66 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANT organ was under repair, but Bucknall tipped the workmen to blow for him and contrived to sliow that the violinist's feat of making- good music on one string could be matched in other ways. The great church of Santa Maria de Mahon has a line organ with a curious history of capture at sea during one of the old wars when Minorca was a British possession. By permission of the officiating padre, wdio, as he himself admitted, played rather as a pianist, Bucknall took his place after a morning service and using every resource of the splendid instrument, trumpets and all, made the old w^alls resound to his improvisation. The congregation staved and stared, and the padre threw up his arms in amazement when, on asking whose composition it was he had listened to, he learnt that the music was spontaneous. This serious voung graduate, permeated with the meaning and significance of music, could have gone on to the higher distinction easily enough had he not branched off at the critical period and become absorbed in astronomy and the microscope. So, unhappily, the red gown was never his. He got a big telescope, however, that Avas not often used, for it could only be effectively set up out of doors. There was no fact nor hypothesis affecting the heavenly host that he could not explain with readiness, especially when planets and constellations invited a talk in the brilliant starlight of the Alps or Mediterranean. He weighed his words too carefully to be a tluent speaker, nor was he a born lecturer; and it must be owned that his sense of humour was not fully developed. By the microscope Bucknall was led to botany by way of diatoms and fungi. The latter group engrossed his whole leisure for many years; his "Fungi of the Bristol District" (1878-1891), published in the Froceedinrjs of the Bristol Naturalists^ Society, contains 1-131 species with excellent drawings of the more interesting. More than a hundred of these were new to Britain or to science, com- prising seven Agaricini {A. Buchnalli B. & Br., A. elections Bucknall, etc.) and many micro-species. Of the figures in Cooke's lU list rat ions, forty-four were taken from BucknalFs coloured draw- ings of Bristol specimens. When the supply of fungi failed him, Bucknall turned his attention to flowering plants ; and although that branch of botan}^ was comparatively new to him, his industry and capacity for dealing wdth difficulties soon secured him a standing among systematists. His critical "Revulsion of the Genus Sym- phytum " (Journ. Linn. Soc.) and his work among the Eyebrights, published as a supplement to this Journal in 1917, enhanced a repu- tation already well founded ; while his discovery in the Bristol district of Stacliys alpina, a plant previously unknown in Great Britain, aroused keen interest among the botanists of the country. Painstaking and accurate in everything he did, Bucknall's jjurpose was ever to reach the truth b}^ all available means. Nothing slipshod could be countenanced ; he made no shots. Through his pei'tinacitj- he often determined the most hopeless-looking material. Tiny scraps among our gatherings in other lands, after their parts jiad been dissected, sectioned, soaked or boiled, and finally taken to Kew or South Kensington for comparison with books and specimens, some- CEDKIC BUCKNALL 67 times ruWcU'ut'd liiiii In' proving of rarity. fn the course of sucli endeavours to reach the bottom of problems that faced him he had learnt to read at least six languages, and could converse in four. He taught Spanish to his choir boys, knowing well that after English it is the most widely spoken language in the world. Bucknall was an ideal companion on our collecting expeditions, for his patience, sympathy, and tolerance of discomforts that ruHled tlie nerves and temper of ordinary mortals, never failed. Kestricted to an absence of two Sunday's or at most three, on account of his engagements, we yet managed to reach Carinthia, the Apennines, Naples, Sicily, the Baleares, and Southern Spain, travelling with hand-baggage only to the farthest point planned in the shortest j)ossible time. As may be sup]K)sed, we usually arrived, after days and nights of dozing weariness, dishevelled, ravenous, and as black as tinkers. Ke veiling till the last minute in the fine air, sunshine, and novel vegetation, we hurried homeward in a like continuous rush. The great War, of course, put a stop to it all, and onl}' one trip has been undertaken since. This was in April of last year, when, in company with the Kev. E, EUman, we went down the east coast of Spain from 'J arragona to Almeria and back by way of Aranjue/, Madrid, and the Escorial. We had sixteen days' collecting, and brought away four hundred species; perhaps the rarest of these was Far onychia hrevi- stipulafa Lange, of which, according to Nyman, the only existing example was in Lange's herbarium. On this, as on every occasion, Ijucknall's instinct for kindness, for the comfort of others, showed itself continually. If among the rooms allotted at an inn there was one especially dark, small, and stuffy, he was instantly installed therein, asserting that a small person was happier in a space that corresponded. Without doubt Bucknall possessed the foundational virtues of Christian character — faith in truth, a love of justice, and a hatred of all forms of deceit or self-assertion. Now he has gone one feels with sorrow that as a man and as a scientist he leaves a blank that must remain unfilled. Jas. W. White. [The photograph here reproduced was taken in Bucknall's garden in 1915.] SOUTHBYA NIGRELLA (De Not.) Spe. IN BRITAIN. By W. E. Nicholsox, F.L.S. While botanizing in Portland, Dorsetshire, early in November 1921, 1 gathered on the detritus in one of the disused quarries between West Bay and the village of Easton a small quantity of CeplialozieUa Baumgartneri Schffn., which was growing mixed with a small form of Weisia calcarea C. M. On exaiiiining this material after my return to Lewes, I found a single well-developed bifurcate stem of f2 68 THE JOTJEIfAL OF BOTANY S. nic/rella (De Not.) Spr. with a very little younger growth o£ the same hepatic growing with it. The specimen is very scanty, but in so marked a species is amply sufficient for the purposes of identi- fication. The genus Soutlibya was founded by Spruce in 1849 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 2 s. iii. 501) in his paper on the Musci and Hepaticse of the Pyrenees to commemorate his friend Dr. Anthony Southby, who travelled with him in that region, for the reception of his S. tophacca^ which he believed to be a new species ; this has since been shown to be identical with Jungermannia scalaris (3 stillicidiorum Eaddi (1817). The name Southhya has been used by various authors, but as limited to the present species and S. stiJJicidioomm (Raddi) Lindb. it appears to form a natural genus between Aliciilaria and Haplozia, distinguished from both and from Eucalyx by the opposite leaves. I append a descrij^tion : — SouTHBTA NiGBELLA (Dc JSTot. ) Spr. Paroicous. In dark green to blackish tufts. Stem procumbent, oval in transverse section, broader than it is high, often forked, upper surface almost flat, under- surface semicircular in section ; rhizoids abundant and long, at first hyaline but turning brown later. Leaves opposite, closely approxi- mate, imbricate, almost cu'cular, broadest at the base, olive green, sometimes almost black on the margin, which is often recurved and sometimes obtusely toothed, folded inwards when dry, showing the black shining undersides. On the under surface of the leaves near the antical margin there is generally a finger-shaped appendage. Leaf-cells thin-walled, angles not thickened, 24 /i at the apical mar- gin, wider in the middle, longer and narrower on and near the postical margin towards the base; cuticle more or less papillose. Under leaves absent except in the immediate neighbourhood of the perianth. Involucral bracts larger than the leaves, erect, concave, coarsely toothed, adherent to one another, and to a smaller extent to the perianth. Perianth small, scarcely equalling the involucral bracts, plicate, irregularly lobed towards the apex ; lobes coarsely toothed, bleached, stem somewhat bulbous below the perianth. Capsule almost spherical, brown. Spores reddish brown, 15 to 18 /x, maturing in the spring. Hah. Detritus of disused quarry, Portland. >S'. nigrella is not likely to be confused with any other British hepatic. It has some superficial resemblance to Aliciilaria scalaris (Schrad.) Corda, but it is distinguished from this by the darker colour, the opposite leaves, the absence of under leaves except in the immediate neighbourhood of the perianth, and the black colour of the underside of the leaves, which gives the plant a verj^ peculiar and characteristic appearance when dry, somewhat recalling that of Riccia nigrella. Moreover, the Aliciilaria is a plant of siliceous soils, while the present plant is confined to those which are calcareous. It is distinguished from S. stillicidiorum by its darker colour and par- ticularly by the black underside of the leaves, the appendage on the underside of the leaves, the more closely ajDproximate leaves, and the paroicous inflorescence. SOUTHBYA NIGRELLA IN BEITAIN G9 S. nigrella is widely distributed in the Mediterranean region, where I gathered it near Amalh several years ago : it conies a long way north in the western parts of France, having been found by M. Douin in the de2)artnient of Eure et Loir ; it is also recorded for the neighbourhood of llouen. It is probable, therefore, that the species will be found in other suitable places on the limestone in the south and west of Ena-land. THE NOMENCLATURE OF PLANT FAMILIES. Bi- T. A. Sprague, B.Sc, F.L.S. AccORDiiiG to the International Rules (Art. 15), each natural group of plants can bear only one valid designation — namely, the oldest, provided that it is in conformity with the Kules of Nomen- clature and the conditions laid down in Articles 19 and 20. Art. 19 fixes the starting-points of nomenclature for the various groups — 1753 for PhaneroganiEe. Art. 20 relates to genera only. Families are designated by the name of one of their genera or old generic names with the ending -acecd (Art. 21) ; but eight names which are not so formed are retained as nomina conservanda, namely Palmce, Graminece, Cruciferce, Legtominosce, Guttiferce^ ITmbelli feres, La- hiat(S, Compositw (Art. 22). It is often troublesome, however, to ascertain the authors and dates of publication of family names, and the result has been that two or more names are in use for the same family. Thus the Willow-herb family is variously known as Onagracece, (Enotheracece, and EpilohiacecB, and the Tea family as TernstrcemiacecB and TJieacecB. It is obviously undesirable that botanists who recognize the same Rules of Nomenclature should employ different names for the same group, and it has therefore seemed worth while to ascertain which names should be adopted in such cases. The first question which arises is : Is the effective date of publi- cation of a family name the date at which it appeared with the termination -acew ; or may names with other terminations be accepted for purposes of priority, the alteration of suffix being regarded as an orthographic correction ? If only those family names published with the termination -acece were valid, many well-known names would have to go. For example, DioscoreacecB (1S3G) would be replaced by Tamacece (1821), although the family name Dioscorece dates from 1813. This was the view taken by Rarnhart (Bull. Torr. Bot. CI. xxii. 2; 1895). The convention by which the names of orders, families, and tribes are made to end in -ales, -«c^(^, and -ece respectively was not proposed until 1836 (Lindley, Nat. Syst. ed. 2, p. xiii), and was not generally adopted until many years later. Names of plant families were usually feminine adjectives agreeing with the word " Planta?," which was understood. Most of those proposed by Linnaeus (Phil. Bot. 27 ; 1751) were descriptive, such as Spathaceoe, Coniferce, Oompositce^ 70 THE JOrRNAL OF EOTAT^T Vmhellatce, As^perifolia?, Siliquosce and the like. A. L. de Jussieu (Gen. PI. p. Ixxii ; 1789), on the other hand, employed many plurals o£ typical genera (or old generic names) — e. g., Junci,^ Onagra,^ Nycta- qines, Folemonia. Such names were afterwards felt to be inappro- priate, as they should denote, strictly speakmg, only the species of Junciis, Onaqra, Nyctago, and Folemonium respectively. A. P. De Candolle (Theorie Elem. 213; 1813) accordingly adopted the following sutKxes which had been used by various authors to indicate that the families were comjjosed of plants related to their type genera : -acece, -icece, -ecB, -inecB, -anecs, -arieoe, -idece, e. g., TiliacecB, RipiiocraHcecB, Menispermecs, CistinecB, Flacoiirtianece (ed. 2 ; 1819), Onagrariece, Folemonidece. The actual form given in the Theorie Elementaire was gallicized in accordance with prevailing custom in books of a semi-popular nature. The corresponding Latin •forms were mostly given by the authorities cited b}'^ De Candolle. The choice of thepaVticular sullix was largely a matter of euphony. Such diversity of termination for groups of the same rank was found to be confusing, especially for teaching purj^oses, and Lindley (/. c.) accordingly advocated the uniform adoption of the suffix -acece for familv names. it is, I think, clear from this brief historical sketch that the priority of a family name formed from that of a genus should date from its first publication with a diagnosis, notwithstanding that it may have appeared in the form of the plural of the genus or with some suffix other than -acea. In such cases the name of the original author should be cited in parentheses. Whatever rule is adopted, however, it will be necessary to have a list of nomina conservnnda for families, in order that well-known names may ilot be superseded on purely technical grounds. A few examples may now be considered of family names which should be accepted under the International Kules. The name SchcuchzrriacecB has been adopted in recent years by some authors in place of Juncaginacece (Buchenau in Engl. Pflanzen- reich, iv. 1-1 ; Engl. Syll. ed. 7, 120). But JuncaginacecB is valid under the Kules. It was formed from the old generic name Juncago Tourn. (adopted in Moench, Meth. 64-4 ; 1794), a synonym of Tri- glochin, and was published in 1830, whereas SclieuclizeriacecB dates only from 1858. The forms Juncagines and Juncaginece are still earlier. Incidentally it may be mentioned that Scheuchzeriacece Agardh was a segregate from TriglocJiinece and included only Scheuclizeria. JuKCAGTNACE.TC (L. C. Rich.) Lindl. Nat. Syst. ed. 2, 367 (1836). Juncagines L. C. Rich. Anal. Fruit, p. ix (1808). Juncaginece L. C. Rich, in Mem. Mus. Par. i. 365 (1815); M. Micheli in DC. Monogr. Phan. iii. 94. Tric/locMnece Dumort. Anal. Fam. 59, 61 (1829); Agardh Theor. 42. Scheuclizeriacecp Agardh Theor. 44 (1858) ; Buchenau m Engl. Pllanzenr. iv. 14, 1. JAdcpacece Hieron. in Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1878, 116. THE NOMENOLATUllE OF PLAXT FAMILIES 71 The case of Boxhurgliiacece versus Stemonace(B is even clearer. The famil}^ BoxhurqhiacecB was published by Wallieh in 1832, and it was not until 1879 that the name was changed to StemonacecB. Similarly Challletiacece antedates Dichapctalacew by many years, whether priority is reckoned from publication with the suffix -ccb or with -acecB ; and Cauellacece has priority over WinteranacecB. UoxHUiiuutACE.E Wall. PI. As. Rar. iii. 50 (1882) ; Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. PI. iii. 710. t:itemo)uice(£ Pranch. et Sav. Euum. Pi. Jap. ii. 92 (1879) ; Engl. in Engl, et Prantl, Pflanzenfam. ii. Abt. 5, 8. Chailletiace.i^. (R. Br.) DC. Prodr. ii. 57 (1825); Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. PI. i. 3J.0. ChailletecB R. Br. in Tuckey, Congo, 442 (1818). DichapetalecB Baill. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xii. pars 1, 3G5 (1886). Dichapetalacecd Engl, in Engl, et Prantl, Pllanzenfam. iii. Abt. 4, 345 (189(5). Cajsellace.t^ Mart. Nov. Gen. iii. 170 (1829) ; Benth. et Hook, f. Gen. PI. i. 121. Winteranacece Warb. in Engl, et Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. Abt. G, 314 (1895) ; Engl. Syll. ed. 7, 266. The case of Flcoidacece versus Tetragoniacecd and Aizoacece is not quite so simple. Fico'ides Tourn. is a synonym of Mesemhrycni- themiim^ and Ficdidea Dill, is Aizooii. Jussieu's name Ficdidece was derived from the former : the Erench form was *'les Ficoides," and " Ficoide " was the vernacular name of Mesemhryanthemum (Gen. 317). If family names ending in -ecB are accepted for purposes of priorit}^ then the family should be called Ficoidacem ; if, on the other hand, the earliest family name in -aceod is adopted, then it becomes Tetragoniacem. Aizoacece is a synonjan in any case. F1C01DACE.E (Juss.) Rohrb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiv. pars 2, 307 (1872). Ficdidece Juss. Gen. 315 (1789) ; Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. PI. i. 851. Ficdidce Mirb. Elem. ii. 898 (1815). Aizdiden Spreng. Anleifc. ed. 2, ii. 842 (1818). AizdidecB Spreng. Syst. ii. 473, sub nn. 1852-3, 1858-9 (1825). MesemhrincB Link, Handb. ii. 12 (1831). Tetragoniacece Link, 1. c. 17 (1831) ; LindL Nat. S3^st. ed. 2, 209. Mesemlryacece Lindl. Nat. Syst. ed. 2, ^Q (1836). MesemhryantliemecB Fenzl in Ann. Wien. Mus. i. 347 (1836). Sesuviacece Horan. Tetractys Naturae, 29 (1843). Aizoacece A. Br. in Aschers. Fl. Brandenb. i. Einleit. 60 (1864) ; Pax in Engl, et Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. Abt. 1 B, 33. Molluginacece Rohrb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiv. pars 2, 229 (1872). MesemhriantJiemacece Lowe, Fl. Madeira, 306 (1868). 3Iesemhrga)ithemacece Baill. Hist. PL ix. 46 (1886). Engler and others have adopted the name (Enotlieracece, but OnagracecB has priority over all other names for the Willow-herb familv, whether the earliest form or the form ending in -acece is 72 THE JOURT^^AL OF BOTATS^Y taken. Epilohiacece, erroneously attributed to Yentenat hj De CandoUe in 1828, was cited in sjaionymy, and the publication was therefore invalid under the International Kules. Onagrace.t. (Adans.) Dumort. Anal. Earn. 36, 39 (1829). Onagrce Adans. Fam. ii. 81 (17G3) ; Juss. Gen. 317. (EiiofJieratcB Neck, in Act. Theod. Pal. ii. 489 (1770). Epilohiancc Vent. Tabl. iii. 307 (1799). Onagrarice Juss. in Ann. Mus. Par. iii. 315, 473 (1804). Onaqrece Blume, Bijdr. 1131 (1826). Onagridece Dumort. Fl. Belg. Prodr. 88 (1827). MpilohiacecB "Vent." ex DC. Prodr. iii. 35 (1828), in syn. OnagrariecB Cambess. in A. St.-Hil. Fl. Bras. Mer. ii. 253 (1829); Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. PL i. 785. CirccBacecE. Lindl. Synopsis, 109 (1829). (E)iotherecB Endl. Gen. 1188 (1840). OiuigrariacecB Baill. Hist. PI. vi. 458 (1877). (Enotheracece ( (Enotlwracees) Van Tiegh. Traite Bot. 1513 (1884) ; Engl. Syll. ed. 7, 283. Jussieuacece Drude in Schenck, Handb. iii. ii. 385 (1887). Those who treat the SamydacefB and Flacoiirtiacece as constituting a single family should adopt tlie former name under the Rules. The family Samgdece was published in 1807 ; the name Flacoiirtiane^ dates from 1815, and the description from 1824. Reichenbach united the two families in 1827 under the name Samydece. Samydace^ (Vent.) Dumort. Anal. Fam. 16, 18 (1829); Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. PI. i. 794. SamgdecB Vent, in Mem. Inst. 1807, ii. 149 ; Reichb. in Mossl. Handb. i. p. lix, sensu lato. Flacurtiancd L. C. Rich, in Mem. Mus. Par. i. 366 (1815), in obs., nomen. Homalince R. Br. in Tuckey, Narr. Congo, 438 (1818). Flacou7'tianecB {Flacoiirtianees) DC. Theor. Elem. ed. 2, 244 (1819), nomen ; DC. Prodr. i. 255 (1824), descr. ParopsiacecB Dumort. Anal. Fem. 37, 42 (1829). Flacurtiacecd Dumort. 1. c. 44, 49. FlacourtiacecB Lindl. Nat. Syst. ed. 1, 21 (1830); Warb. in Engl, et Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. Abt. 6 A, 1. KigqelariacecB Link, Handb. ii. 221 (1831). BldchwelliacecB Schultz, Nat. Syst. 444 (1832). FatrisiacecB Mart. Consp. 58 (1835). HomaliacecB Lindl. Nat. Syst. ed. 2. 56 (1836). Fangiece Blume in Tijdschr. Nat. Geschied. i. 132 (1833) ; Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2, ii. 90 (1834). PangiacecB Lindl. Nat. Syst. ed. 2, 70 (1836) ; Endl. Gen. 922 (1839). Those, on the other hand, who accept the delimitation of Bixinece given by Bentham and Hooker (Gen. PL i. 122) should use the name Bixacece for the group, as BLvince dates from 1822, and no descrip- tion of Flacourtiancce was published until 1824. The Bixacece are perhaps more usuallj'- treated as a separate family nowadays, either THE NOMENCLATURE OF PLANT FAMILIES 73 including CochloHpermum and Amorruxia (Pflanzenfam. iii. G, 310) or not (Engl. Syll. ud. 7, 2GG). The dates of publication of the various forms of the family name are as follows : — ■ BrxACE.E (Kunth) Keichb. Consp. li)U (182S); Warb. in. Engl, et Prantl, PHanzenfani. iii. Abt. 6, 307. BixincG Kunth, Malv. 17 (1822) ; H. P. K. Nov. Gen. v. 351 (1823). Bixinecs DC. Prodr. i. 259 (1821) ; Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. PL i. 122. . The name Theacece should be adopted for the family more gener- ally known in this country as Ternsfrceiniacecs. The two families TheMcecD and Teriistroemiece were proposed in the same paper in 1813 by Mirbel, who separated them from the Aurantiacecc. Theacece included Thea and Camellia, and TernMrodmiecE comprised Tern- strmmia and Freziera. David Don (1825) was the first author to unite the two families, and he chose the name Theacew : this choice cannot be reversed by subsequent authors (Art. 46). It may be mentioned that TernsiroemiecB has "priority of place," but this is not an effective consideration under the International liules. TheacE/E (Theacees) Mirb. in Bull. Soc. Philom. iii. 381 (1813) ; D. Don, Prodr. 224 (1825); Szysz. in Engl, et Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. Abt. 6, 175. Ternstroemiece (^Ternstromiees) Mirb. 1. c. Ternstroemiacece R. Br. in Abel, Narr. 378 (1818) ; Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. PL i. 177. Camelliaceat Dumort. Anal. Fam. 43, 47 (1829). The acceptance of the name AqiiifoliacecB for the family t^'pificd b}^ Ilex seems to be contrary to the Rules. The name a]:)peared in 1813, but without description (DC. Theor. Elem. ed. 1, 217), and the publication was therefore invalid. De Candolle in 1825 gave a description of the group under the name Aquifoliacece, but treated it as a tribe of Celastrinecs (DC. Prodr. ii. 11). Under Art, 46, when a tribe becomes a family the earliest name .received by the group in its new position must be regarded as valid, if it is in conformity with the rules, unless there exist any of the obstacles indicated in the articles of section 7. Now the earliest valid name for the grou]? as a family is Ilicinecd Brongn. (1827). Bartling did not raise Aquifoliacece to the rank of a family until three years later. The publication of Ilicece Dumort. (1822) was invalid owing to the absence of a description. Those Avho accept for purposes of prioritv other suffixes than -acecB should use the name Ilicacece ; those who adopt the first name ending in -acece will of course uphold Aqiii- foliacece. Ilicace.^ (Brongn.) LoAve, Fl. Madeira, ii. 11 (1868). Ilicece Dumort. Comm. Bot. 59 (1822), sine descr. ; Anal Fam 21, 27 (1829), descr. IlicinecB Brongn. in Ann. Sc. Nat. x. 329 (1827); Benth et Hook. f. Gen. PL i. 355. Aquifoliacece Bartl. Ord. 228, 376 (1830) ; Kronfeld in Engl, et Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. Abt. 5, 183. 74 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM, By Fredeeic N. Williams, F.L.S. (Continued from Journ. Bot. lix. 1921, 353.) 151'. C. iiOLosTEA Honiem. Hort. Bot. Haf niensis, 484^ (1813): — " CciLile adscenJeute foliisque lanceolatis niollissime pubeseentibas, pedunculis retlexis." Sent to Honiemann by Fischer in 1812 from the GoioHiki Grarden in Bussia. But it is not mentioned in Fischer's "Cat. Jard. Comte A. de liazoumoiSsky a Grorenki " (1812). The question of how this account of a Bussian nobleman's garden was printed with a French title and introduction while the French army was marching on Moscow I cannot solve. Fischer afterwards sent speci- mens to herb. Cand. labelled " C. Jiolosteum,''' and these Seringe described in the Prodromus, i. 415, under the name of " C. daimricuvi var. holosteumy Reduced to typical C. nemorale Bieb. by Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Bossica, i. 401. Seringe's description is somewhat dif- ferent : — " Foliis lanceolato-linearibus amplexicaulibus subciliatis, caule pedunculisque subpilosis." As C. liolosfea is not a var. of C. davuricum, it is actually an earlier name than G. nemorale, but the description is too vague and too scrappy. 155. C. KOLOSTEiFORME Schur, Enum. pi. Transsilv. 119 (1860). — This is a long and carefully drawn-up description of G. semldacaii- dram.io which it has been referred by Simonkai, Enum. fl. Transsilv. 132 (1866), after examination of authentic specimens in herb. Lem- berg. Found in grassy places near Nagy-Szeben {Germ. Hermann- stadt), in Bumania, prov. of Transylvania (till recently in Hungarian territory). Stated b}^ Schur to have the habit of Kolosteum umbel- la turn. 156. C. iiOLOSTEOiDES Fries, Novit. fl. Suecic. 32 (fasc. 3, 1816- 17); et Fl. Hallandica (1817) ; = 6''. triviale vsly. Jwlosteoides lichh. Fl. Germ, excurs. 796 (1832). — 1-3 dcm. Caules secus intermedia alterna bifariam unilineato-pubescentes (ut of. Stellar ia media), ceterum glabri, laxe dispositi, magis autem robusti quam in typo. Folia oblonga nitida ciliata. Bractea? 4 mm., ciliata3. Bedicelli centrales 5-9 mm., pilosi. Flores majores. Calyx 5 mm. ; sepala glabrescentia, vel pilis paucis longis instructa. Petala longiora quam in typo. Capsula 1 ctim. The above description is based on two sheets of specimens in Herb. Kew. : — (1) authentic examples of Fries, Herb. norm. Scand. fasc. xv. n. 42, from Carlskrona in the amt of Blekinge, and (2) examples from Tyneside, near Newcastle (J. Storey, 1846, no. 193 h). Rah. Britain, France, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Czecho-Slovakia, Austria, and Bumania. — When the plant is entirely glabrous, it is the form cjlalratum Neilr. Fl. Nied. Oesterr. 798 (1859). It is described by Beichenbach as '' glabriusculum, humilius plerumque, in pascuis siccioribus." It is well figured in his Ic. Plant, crit. ii. 318, 319. Distrlb. ill Britain. Hampshire: Isle of Wight, top of Shanklin down, and on Beiubridge down, neai* the fort, with G. pit mi lit m CRITICAL NOTES 0:N- SO^IE SPECIES OF CERASTIUM 70 (Townsend, _F/o;y/, ed. 2, G3). SuiTC\y. Cheshire. Northumberland: near the river Tjne, above Redheugh (I3aker & Tate, Flora, 140). Durham : Langdon Dale (Baker & Tate, /. c). Kirkcudbrightshire. Wigtownshire : along the river Luce. Stirlingshire. Perthshire : connnon on the banks of the Firth of Tay, and along the river Earn wliere it joins the Tay (White, Flora, 80). Londonderry : on the south side of the Bann, near Coleraine (Cyb. Hib., ed. 2, 58).^ — In these phices it nearly always is found in the meadows on the banks of rivers which are frequently flooded with fresh tidal water. Mr. G. C. Druce suggests that it is tlie plant referred to by Dillenius (in Kay's Syn. ed. 8 [1724], 349), "ad ripas Thamesis ])r()pe Battersea, cum foliis glabris, inven. D. Doody " : — Cf. Cambr. Brit. Fl. iii. 49 (1920). 157. C HUMirusuM Cambess. in St. Hil. Fl. Brasil. mer. ii. 16G (1S29) ; Kohrb. in Martins, Fl. Brasil. xiv. ii. 279 (1 Feb., 1872).— Not included in the " Provisional List," as, not having seen speci- mens, I was not sure of its systematic position in the genus. Subg. Strephodon. Glabrum, annuum. Caules 1-2 1^ dcm., humi- fusi debiles repentes, ad nodos sa?pe rudicantes, ramellis decumben- tibus pluribus, obvie sulcati. Folia 10-30 X 3-9 mm., oblonga, sensim ad basin vix ad apicem angustata, inferiora internodia sequantia. Flores pauci solitarii in dicliasio aperto dispositi, longe pedicellati, pedicellis 25-50 mm., adscendentibus filiformibus glanduloso-pube- rulis. Sepala 4 x 1^ mm., ovato-oblonga puberula. Petala 8 mm., oblonga biloba, unguibus glabris. Filamenta glabra. Capsula 7 mm. Semina tuberculata fusca. — In wet j)laces and marshes. Kah. Brazil: prov. Rio G-rande do Sul, near the village of Sao Francisco de Paul, at the south end of the Lago dos Patos, and at the north end near the town of Porto Alegre. — Argentine : on the Kio de la Plata, near Buenos Aires ; on the Sierra al Sud de San Koque and on the Sierra Arhala (1881). The description based on specimens in Herb. Kew. ex herb. J. Ball (1881), from the last two localities in Argentina. Quite unlike any species of the eastern hemisphere. Overlooked by Grenier in his monograph (1841). 158. C. Iaxthes nobis, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. vii. 131 (Fevr. 1899). — A slender annual plant, of the habit of G. nutans, from which it differs in the higher covering of short hairs, broad apiculate leaves, looser and more spreading flowers, with acute sepals. Rah. Coast of Japan (Herb. U.S. North Pacific Expl. Exped. 1853-56 (l^nvy/zO. Described from authentic specimens in Herb. Kew., I have nothing to add since. 159. C. ILLTRICUM Ard. Animad. Bot. spec. ii. 26, n. 12, t. 2 (1763). — From Corsica eastward to Syria, on Mt. Lebanon {Boiss. Fl. Orient, i. 720). It is an oriental species, the Corsican variety being C. illyricum var. androsaceum nobis, in Journ. Bot. 1899, 212 (under n. SO), and there described from Soleirol's PI. de Corse, n. 1007. With C. pedunculare forms the section Cryptodontia. Good typical specimens in Herb. Kew. from the island of Thasos, 76 THE JOUIfNAL OF BOTANY Greece (Sinf. Sf Bornm. It. Tucicmn, 1891, n. 370) ; also from the valle}^ of Lacedaemon, Vourlia, and the Stjmj^halian lake, in the nome of Lacediemon {J. S. Mill, 1842). 160. C. IMBRTCATUM H. B. et K. Nov. Gen. Sp. Amer. vi. 28 (1823). — Rohrbach distinguishes three varieties of this under the species, all represented in Herb. Kevv., in LinncBci, xxxvii. 292, 293 (1871-73). They are on three separate sheets. a. gemiinum. — Folia dense quadrifariam imbricata ; calyx 4 mm. ; petala et capsula calj^ce longiora. Hah. Ecuador: the Andes south of Quito, at 3600-4420 metres, near the summits of Mt. Cotopaxi and Mt. Antisana {Humboldt, Jameso7i). (y laxum. — Folia, internodiis pauUum longioribus, parnm remota ; calyx 4 mm. ; petala calycem sequantia ; capsula eum subsuperans. The few capsules on the specimen are much shorter than in a. Hah. Ecuador : the Andes south of Quito, on Mt. Antisana, — "in the neighbourhood of the farm of Antisana." y Maiidoiiiaiium. — Folia imbricata ; calyx 2-2| mm. ; petala et capsula calycem a3(juantia. Hah. Bolivia : pro v. Larecaja, near Sorata, Apacheta de Chuchu, at 4200 metres {ILandon PL Aiidium Boliv. 1856, n. 981). 161. C. INCAXUM Hoffm. Hort. mosq. ann. 1808, n. 805, ex Bieb. Fl. Taur. Cauc. iii. 320 (1819) : = a graiidiflorum. 162. C. ixcAXUM Ledeb. in Mem. Acad. Petersb. v. 540 (1815) ; et Fl. Altaica, ii. t. 149 (1830) ; Ser. in Cand. Prodr. i. 418, n. 34 (1824) ; = (7. arvense var. aiKjusti folium lusus 2, Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Kossica, i. 413. Pubescens. Cauliculi stricti confertifolii, inferne pilis elongatis eximie reversis vestiti. Folia caulina majora oblonga vel late linearia, ramorum ac fasciculorum anguste linearia vel lineari-lanceolata basi attenuata. Lobi petalorum ovato-oblongi. - Hah. Russia (chiefly Siberia). There are four specimens in Herb. Kew. : — (1) Subalpine pastures of Snoktau by the li. Lepsa, prov. of Semirechinsk, south of Lake Balkash {Karel. Sf Kiril., 1841, Enum. pi. Soungar. n. 184 ; (2) PI. exs. Soc. Imp. Nat. Cur. Mosq. n. 1316; (3) Island of Kolguev, in the Arctic Sea {Col. Fielden, 1895); (4) Altai {Kavel ^ Kiril. Enum. pi. Altaic, n. 177). But, according to Fenzl, in Ledeb. Fl. Rossica, i. 782, addend. (1842), this last belongs to C triviale var. leiopetaliom. It also occurs in the European province of Cis. Caucasia. 163. C. IJS'CAXUM Schur, Sertum fl. Transsilv. n. 540 (1853) ; = C. arvense var. incanum Schur, Enum. pi. Transsilv. 123 (1866). Pubescens, pilis brevissimis incano-glandulosis vestitura. Cauliculi geniculati ad medium foliati, superne nudi. Folia minora tenuiter hirsuta. Flores minores multi trichotomo-cymosi, Petala spathu- lata.— PL 2|-3 dcm. As Simonkai points out, Enum. fl. Transsilv. [addend.] p. 618 (1886), this is not the same as the Siberian plant of Ledebour. The descriptions of both are here given, to indicate the points of deviation from the type, — chiefl}^ in the very short hairs and the much smaller leaves in the latter, which is also completely glandular. CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM 77 Hah. Kumania: near Brasov (formerly Kronstadt) and near Hani- mersdorf (both in prov. of Transylvania). — Germany: near Inster- burg in prov. of E. Prussia. This last locality is based on a poor specimen (without capsules) in Herb. Kew. labelled " C. incanum " (Kuehii, 1895, ex herb. Churchill), and agreeing well with Schur's description, and certainly not with tliat of Ledebour. There are 8-5 flowers to each dichasium, bent backwards at the top of the pedicels, the central one being subtended by scarious bracts, and it is obviously a perennial plant with leafy stems very tufted at the base. It has the characteristic facies of C. arveiise. 1G4. C. INDICUM Wight & Arn. Prodr. fl. Ind. Or. 43 (1834) ; Wight, Illustr. i. t. 26 (1840); Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. i. 227; Trimen, Fl. Ceylon, 85 (1893); Gamble, Fl. Pres. Madras, Gl (Nov. 1915). Kal). Madras Presidency: Nilgiri and Anamalai Hills, m the Utakamand district, and Palni Hills in the Madura district, Ce^don. Ascends to 2000 metres. Among Asiatic species seems nearest to the Mesopotamian C. ma- crocarpum Boiss. & Haussk. It was overlooked in Grenier's Mono- fjrapli, as probably he had not seen the Indian Flora. There are nine sheets of specimens in Herb. Kew. : — (1) Nilgiri Hills (ex herb. WkjU, sub Cat. n. 149); (2) Nilgiri Hills, Kaity Brow {1^, Foullces, n. 2957, 26 Dec, 1850) ; (3) ex herb. Griffith, n. 107 ; (4) Palni Hills, 1836 (ex herb. Wight, n. Ill); (5) Nilgiri Hills, Kaity Brow (PL Ind. Or. n. 1512, ed. Sohenacher) ; (6, 7, 8) Palni Hills {A. Sanliere, n. 364), and Bombay Shola and Kodaikamal (1897, — no collector's name) ; (9) Nilgiri Hills, at 456 metres (Viscount Gourjh). — There are Ceylon specimens in Herb. Mus. Brit., but not at Kew. Trimen correctly says, " I find the styles always 5, not 3, as given in Fl. Brit. Iiid." 165. C. INFLATUM Link ex Desfont. Cat. Fl. Hort. Paris, ed. 3, 462 (in addit., 1832). — Ind. Kew. cites " Link ex Sweet, Hort. Brit, ed. 2, 57" (1830), where, however, it is only a nomen nndum. Grenier, Monogr. 45, cites ed. 2 of Hesfontaine's Catalogue (1818), as the earliest reference, where it is not to be found. Ed. 3 was published in 1830 ; but the Kew Library copy has not the addita- meritum of 1832 {i.e. pp. 417-484). Closely allied to C. dichotomum Linn. — from which it is dis- tinguished by the more branching stems, the broader ovate-lanceolate leaves, and the distinctively inflated calyx, inclosing a capsule the size of a small cherry. As Grenier points out, both are cultivated *' in hortis botanicis." See also Grenier in Acad. Sc. Besancon, seance publ. 24 Aout 1839, 124. Hah. Turkey, Syria, Palestine ("Arabia Petraja"), Persia, and British Baluchistan. — There are 5 sheets of specimens in Herb. Kew. Turkey. — Kurdistan : Mts. Ak-dagh and Bey-dagh, and Mt. Akker-dagh above Marash {Boiss. Fl. Orient, i. 721) ; Mardin, on rocky places {Si nt en is, It. Orient. 1888, n. 871, in Herb. Kew.). 70 THE JOrRNAL OF EOTAT^T Tlmhellatce, As^perifolicp, Siliqvosce and the like. A. L. de Jussieu (Gen. PI. p. Ixxii ; 1789), on the other hand, employed many plurals of typical genera (or old generic names) — e. g., Junci, Onagrce, Nycta- qines, Polemonia. Such names were afterwards felt to be inappro- priate, as they should denote, strictly speaking, only the species of Juncns, Onagra, Nyctago, and Folemonium respectively. A. P. De Candolle (Theone Elem. 213 ; 1813) accordingly adopted the following sutKxes which had been used by various authors to indicate that the families were composed of plants related to their type genera : -acece, -icece, -ecB, -inece^ -anece, -arieoe, -idece^ e. g., Tiliacecd, Hippocraiicece^ MenispermecB, Cistinecs, Flacoiirtianece (ed. 2 ; 1819), Onafjrariace, Folemonidece. The actual form given in tlie Theorie Elementaire was gallicized in accordance with prevailing- custom in books of a semi-popular nature. The corresponding Latin forms were mostly given by the authorities cited b}^ De Candolle. The choice of the particular suffix was largely a matter of euphony. Such diversity of termination for groups of the same rank was found to be confusing, especially for teacJiing purposes, and Lindley (/. c.) accordingly advocated the uniform adoption of the suffix -acece for family names. It is, I think, clear from this brief historical sketch that the priority of a famil}^ name formed from that of a genus should date from its first publication with a diagnosis, notwithstanding that it may have appeared in the form of the plural of the genus or with some suffix other than -acecB. In such cases the name of the original author should be cited in parentheses. Whatever rule is adopted, however, it will be necessar}^ to have a list of nomina conservanda for families, in order that well-known names ma}^ rfot be superseded on purely technical grounds. A few examples may now be considered of family names which should be accepted under the International Kules. The name Scheuclizeriacece- has been adopted in recent years by some authors in place of Juncaginaceco (Buchenau in Engl. Pflanzen- reich, iv. 14 ; Engl. Syll. ed. 7, 120). But Jiincaginacece is valid under the Kules. It was formed from the old generic name Juncago Tourn. (adopted in Moench, Meth. 644 ; 1794), a synonym of Tri- glochin, and was published in 183(3, whereas ScheiichzeriacecB dates onlv from 1858. The forms Juncagines and Juncaginece are still earlier. Incidental h^ it may be mentioned that Scheuchzeriacece Agardli was a segregate from TriglocliinecB and included only Scheuclizej'ia. JuxcAGiXACE.T. (L. C. Rich.) Liudl. Nat. Syst. ed. 2, 367 (1836). Juncagines L. C. Rich. Anal. Fruit, p. ix (1808). Juncaginece L. C. Rich, in Mem. Mus. Par. i. 365 (1815) ; M. Micheii in DC. Monogr. Phan. iii. 94. TriglocJiinece Dumort. Anal. Earn. 59, 61 (1829) ; Agardh Theor. *42. Scheuchzeriacece Agardh Theor. 44 (1858) ; Buchenau in Engl. Pflanzenr. iv. 14, 1. LilceacecB Hieron. in Ber. Ges. Naturf. Ereunde Berlin, 1878, 116. TUE NOMEffCLATUllE OF PLANT FAMILIES 71 The case o£ JtoxhurglnacecG versus Sfcmonacecs is even clearer. The family Roxhuri/hiaccce was published by Wallich in 1832, and it was not until 1879 that the name was changed to Stemouacecd. Similarly GhailletiacecG antedates Dlchapcfalacew by many vears, whether priority is reckoned from ])ublication with the suffix -cce or with -acecB ; and GaRellacecc has priority over Wi)iteranacea\ JtoxHUiUHiLACE/E Wall. PI. As. Rar. iii. 50 (1832) ; Benth. et Hook. f. iian. Tl. iii. 74(). >St is found in some abundance north of Knebworth Great AVood, and near Dye's Farm, but appears to be absent north of this region. Its place is there taken by >S^. aurita X cinerea. S. aurita X caprea $ . Lane between Rush Green and Dye's Farm, Langley. " Yes, a very good intermediate : the aarita bracteoles show very clearly " E. F. Linton. 8. aurita x cinerea, 1 cT . On the Ash Brook. '' S. aurital X with, I suppose, a strain of S. cinerea in it " E. F. Linton. 2 $ . Pond, halfway between Dye's Farm and Rush Green, Langley. " I agree" E. F. Linton. Burleigh Meadows, Langley. " aS'. aurita X cinerea $ , correct," E. F. Linton. S. CINEREA L. Typical. Spring by roadside, halfway between Charlton and Well Head, 6 ; Great Wymondley Springs, $ ; The Willows, $ ; Ippolyts Brook, below Brook End, d ; lane between Grove Mill and Hyde Mill. In two localities, viz., at Oughton Head and in the triangle between the Midland and Great Northern Railways, typical S. cinerea is intermixed with plants having the leaves of 8. cinerea, but suggesting by their glabrescent buds and twigs (sometimes reddish) the hybrid S. aurita X cinerea. S. cinerea X viminalis. 6 . Folly Alder Swamp, Hitchin. " Apparently correct : adult leaves desirable " E. F. Linton. Near Sootfield Green, S (with S. cinerea, $ , S. viminalis, d , and S. caprea, $ ). "An interesting form from its brighter green colouring: " E. F. Linton. NEW OR NOTEWOirniV FUXGT 81 NEW OR NOTEWOKTHY FUNGI.— VIII. By W. B. Geove, M.A. (Continued from 13. 49.) 34^2. MiCKODiPLODiA Salicis Died, in Flor. JNIark Brand. Pilz. ix. 598. Pycnidia gregarious, occupying long stretches of the twigs, covered, at length bursting the epidermis at the summit, depressed-globose, thick-walled, 60-70 yu diam. ; texture ver}'^ dark brown, with an indis- tinct pore. Spores shortly cjdindric or oblong, with rounded ends, scarcely or not constricted, brown, 8-10 X 3|-4| jj. On dry dead branches and twigs of Salix. Bagshot Woods, Aug. 1920, in company with Diplodia. salicina Lev, 843. Hexdekso>ia a'agans Fckl. Symb. Myc. p. 392. Yar. CoRNi, var. no v. Pycnidia round or oblong, convex, up to 400 /x diam., black, covered, then bursting the epidermis, surrounded b}^ a brownish stain ; texture very soft and yellowish -brown, composed of small cells. Spores oval or elliptic-oblong, acute at base, more obtuse above, pale yellowish-brown, very translucent, with one, then often two, more rarel}^ three septa, 10-13 X 4 ^ ; sporophores linear, filiform, persis- tent, 10-15 X 1 /J. On twigs of Cornus alba. Kilwinning, Ayrshire (Boyd). Dec. Distinguished by its pale colour and long slender sporophores. The 2-septate spores Avere very common ; in them the loculi were sometimes equal, but usually one septum was median, and the other at the lower quarter length. Hendersonias like vagans should form a distinct section of the genus. 344. Camarosporium Pini Sacc. Syll. iii. 465. Allesch. vii. 259. Hendersonia Pini Westd. in Bull. Acad. Belg. 2, ii. no. 7. f. conoriim, nov. f. Pycnidia up to \ mm. diam., rather crowded, black, very convex, roundish or elongated, covered by the epidermis, then bursting it irregularly or by a slit ; texture thick, dark, indistinct, paler inwards. Spores oblong, rounded at both ends, often slightly curved, 3-septate, not or hardly constricted, with frequently one or two longitudinal divisions, 15-18 X 7-8 /x, cells uniformly brown, the central cells often shorter than the terminal ones ; sporophores short and in- distinct. On cone-scales of Plcea excel sa. Hereford. May. The spores were of all sizes and colours, from small hyaline ones, exactly like those of Phoma strohiligena Desm., through 1-septateor brownish up to those of 2i Hendersonia, one or two of the central cells tinally becoming divided by a longitudinal septum. 345. Sta&o>^ospora hygrophila Sacc. in Malpigh. xiii. 22, 1899, f. iii 2. Syll. xvi. 947. Spots on both sides, mostly marginal, more or less semicircular, whitish, with a rather broad burnt sienna border. Pycnidia amphi- JOURNAL OF BOTAJfY. — VoL. 60. [MaRCII, 1922.] Ct 82 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY geiious, globose-lens-sliaped, blackish-brown, opening witli a pore, 100 /A diam., at first covered, then erumpent ; texture thin, brownish. Spores oblong-fusoid, when young eseptate and biguttulate, 7-9 X 2 ft, then 1-septate, with 2, 3, or 4 guttules, 12-lG x 2^-3 /x, hardly at all constricted, faintly curved at times, hyaline, occasionally with a mucous appendage at the end ; all these forms occurring in the same pycnidium. On living leaves of Oxalis Acetosella. Dalrv, A^'rshire (Bo}^!). July, 1919. Evidently an earlier state of the variety recorded in Journ. Bot. 1918, p. 318, as var. vermiformis. The latter was found by Mr. Boyd in August 1918, about -4^ miles from Dairy. The link between the two forms is furnished by the type specimens of Saccardo, which had spores 17-20 x 3-3^ fi^ with three septa. By referring back to no. 31-4, VliyUosticta Ojcalidis, and remembering that the spots on which these various fungi occur are all of exactly the same character, it will be seen that there is a strong suggestion of a series resembling that of Sej)foria Chenopodii (see Journ. Bot. 1917, p. 34G). This gradual change of spore-form and spore-size, as development advances, has been overlooked by many observers in the past, and its recogni- tion must react greatl}^ upon the conception of a " species " among the Coelomycetes. Many of the younger forms showed no trace of colour in the spores, whereas those of Saccardo and of the var. vermiformis both had a faint j^ellowish tinge. The four guttules possessed by the largest of the spores of the present gathering are a step towards the formation of the lateral septa of the later forms : even in the variety vermiformis there were a few spores which were 4-guttulate, but only 1-septate. The occurrence of more than one form of spore upon the same host and even upon the same " spot " is, of course, no proof of genetic connection, although the " spots " may in many cases be regarded as pure cultures : but, when the various forms occur in the same pycnidium, it would require strong evidence to rebut the sugges- tion of a common origin. AMPHORULA, gen. nov. Pyenidia immersa, solidiuscula, carbonacea. Sporulse ampulli- formes, longirostratte, septatse, hyalinse. Genus KeUermanicB Ell. & Ev. (in Journ. Mycol, 1885, p. 153; Sacc. Syll. x. 337) affine, sed forma sporularum pycnidioque solidiore bene distinctum. 346. Amphorula sachalinensis, sp. unica. Pycnicliis sparsis, depresso-globosis vel placentiformibus, 300- 750 ft diam., vix papillatis^ immersis, epidermide tectis eique prirao arete adhairentibus, eandem postea poro orbiculari minutissimo delude ainpliore v. rimiformi penetrantibus, postremo epidermide emortiia desiliente superticialibus aut subinde cum eadem dilapsis, diu astomis, atris, periodio crasso opaco sed stratum versus proliferum jmllidiore circummunitis. Sporulis elliptico-fusoideis, superne in longum ros- NEW OR [NOTEWOllTUr TUXGI 83 trum fillfornie attenuatis, rostro incluso 40-00 /x longis, parte iii- feriore elliptica 15-22 x 2^-4 /x, achrois, siepe guttulatis, dein tenuis- sime 1-septatis, sporophoris rectis brevibus suft'ultis. (Fig. 1.) Hah. in stipitibus emortuis Polygoni sachalinensiSy in borto culti, Sutton Coldfield, mensibus Jun. Jul. per annos plures reperta. Tbis species presents a certain resemblance to Kellermania I*o1ij- (joni Ell, & Ev. {op. cit. 1886, p. Ill), and to K. Bumlcis Fautr.'& Lamb, (in llev. Mycol. 1897, p. 141; Sacc. Sjll. xiv. 964), but differs from the description of both in the thick and many-layered (not membranaceous) pycnidial wall. In the type species K. yucci- gena, moreover, the subulate beak is a distinct and definite appendage to the spore, much as the bristles of Pestalozzia are, whereas in A. sachalinensis the beak is a mere prolongation of the spore, not separable from it, but continuous with it. This beak is occasionally curved or flexuose, and is often longer than the basal portion ; except for that, the whole spore bears a strong likeness in outline to an exaggerated shoemaker's awl. The median septum is quite distinct, especially after treatment with iodine, but the one or two other lateral septa Avhich were occasionally suspected are uncertain, and may be only false appearances in the protoplasm. The texture of the thick pycnidial wall is close and hard, composed of parenchymatous cells, of which the outer are dark brown, and the inner ones gradually paler ; the proliferous stratum is colourless, and lines the whole of the inside cavity. It is conceivable that K. Polygoni and K. Bumicis (of which unfortunately neither specimens nor figures are at hand) belong likewise to Ampliorula, and should be called A. Polygoni and A. Puinicis, but K. yuccigeiia, of which original specimens have been examined, certainly does not. — On the same stems at Sutton Coldfield JSiyxosporium Polygoni Grove also occurred. 347. Septoria Jasiones, comb. nov. Plilijctcena Jasiones Bres. in Hedwig. 1897. p. 381. Sacc. Sjdl. xiv. 987. Allesch. vi. 939. Pycnidia hyiDophyllous, scattered or aggregated, subglobose or lens-shaped, blackish, 60-100 /x- diam. ; texture parenchymatous in the centre, paler and more prosenchymatous towards the margin, darkest round the ostiole. Spores elongated, filiform, straight or more often arcuate, scarcely guttulate, 20-35 x 1-1$ ft. (Fig- 8.) On living and dead leaves, stems, and involucral bracts of Jasione montana. Stevenston and West Kilbride, Ayrshire (Boyd). Aug. These specimens agree so closely with the description of Bresadola that there can be little doubt of their identity. But they are not a Phlyctwna \ the pycnidium is complete, all round, and exactly that of a typical Septoria. The fungus appears to be a parasite, since it is found on the stem, etc., of the still living ])lant. 348. Septoria polaris Karst. in Hedwig. 1884, p. 38. Sacc. Syll. iii. 523. Var, scotica, var. nov. Spots indistinct, brownish-black or fuliginous, without any dis- tinct border. Pycnidia here and there densely aggregated, mostly epiphyllous, immersed, then emergent, globose-conical, black, up to 100 yw, diam., at length pierced by a pore ; texture very thin, pale 84 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANT brown, of loose parenchymatous cells. Spores linear-fusoid, tapering at both ends, straight or somewhat curved, furnished with a row of guttules, 33-35 x It />«-. (Fig. 7.) On fading leaves of Banunculus Flammiila. Kilwinning, Ayr- shire (Boyd). July. Differing a little from Karsten's species in the proportions of the spores, but the spots are almost exacth^ the same. His specimens were on JR. lapj)onicu8. 349. Septoria Polypodii, sp. n. Maculis nullis. Pycnidiis sparsis, discretis, sed interdum breviter seriatis v. aggregatis, orbicularibus, lentiformibus, prominulis, atro- nitidis, 100-150 /x diam., poro minuto (7-8/xdiam.) pertusis ; con- textu parenchymatico, tenui, membranaceo, sed impellucido, brunneo- fuliginoso, circa porum obscuriore. Sporulis copiosis, angustissimis, filiformibus, plerumque rectis, hyalinis, eguttulatis, 35—45 X i ^t, sporophoris linearibus, achrois, septatis, arrectis, sjDora triplo v. quad- ruplo amplioribus, 9-10 X 1^ a suffultis. Hah. in foliis emortuis Folypodii Fhegopteridis, Glen Falloch, Perthshire (Boyd), Maio. The pycnidia usually occupy the rachis, and the petiolules and nerves of the leaflets. On the petioles of the same leaves was LejUo- stromrlla FoJypodii (see no. 359), a species allied to i. ^coJopendrii Sacc. Septoria JPoh/podii is not identical with S. As^^Ienii Ell. & Ev. in Proc. Acad. Philadelph. 1895, p. 434. 350. Septohta posoxie>'sis Bauml. in Hedwig. 1885, p. 75. Sacc. Svll. X. 367. Allesch. vi. 757. Spots roundish, 3-6 mm. diam., greyish-green or dark-cinereous, without any distinct border, ver}^ inconspicuous. Pycnidia epiphvl- lous, closely gregarious, globose, 60-130^ diam., immersed, pene- trating the epidermis with a rather prominent widely-jjierced papilla ; texture thin, pale-fuscous, darker round the ostiole. Spores numerous, filiform, flexuose or bent, faintly and minutely guttulate, 25-56 x 1-3-1-5/x. On living leaves of Clirijsosplenium opposififolium. West Kil- bride, Ayrshire (Boyd). Aug. 351.'Septoeia Sii Rob. & Desm. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 1853, xx. 92. Sacc. Syll. iii. 529. Allesch. vi. 857. Spots roundish or angular, very irregular, brownish, then paler, often surrounded by a paler border. P^^cnidia epiphyllous, minute, brown, slightly prominent. Spores filiform, straight or curved, with numerous guttules, 30-40 x2| /a, emerging in colourless tendrils. On leaves of Hiiim erectiim. West Kilbride, A^a'shire (Boyd). Sept. 352. Rhabdospora Euphorbi.^ Brun. Liste Sphserops. p. 52. Sacc. Syll. x. 396. Allesch. vi. 903. ? Phoma EiiphorhicB f . ampUor Brun. in Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Nantes, 1894, iv. 34. Sacc. Syll. xiv. 884. Allesch. vii. 801. Pycnidia crowded, gregarious, subepidermal, then erumpent by a slit, 120-200 /x diam., shining, black; texture thick, dark olive- brown. Spores cj'lindrical, usually straight, sometimes with a faint guttulc at each end, 10^-18 X 2 /x ; sporophores very short. XEW OR XOTEWOIITHY FUNdl 85 On dead stems of Eui)liorhia i^alustris, Edgbaston Botanic Gardens. Feb. -Mar. 353. Leptothyrium macrothecium Fckl. Sjmb. Myc. p. 383, pi. 2. f. 28. Sacc. Syll. iii. 633 ; Fung. Jtal. pi. 1489. Alleseh. vii. 338. ? L. jjrotuherans Sacc. S^dl. iii 635. ? Geutliospora concava i)esm. Sacc. Syll. iii. 280. Pycnidia hy])opliyllous, scattered, oblong or hemisplierical, convex, dull (not shining), ^-1 mm. lo'ng, bro\vnish-l)lack, moutliless ; texture above of small brown parenchymatous cells, thicker below and brown. Spores fusoid, curved, acute at the lower or both ends, 6-8| x 1-li /^ ; sporophores fasciculate, linear-filiform, furcate or branched, colourless, 15-20 X f /x^ rising from the lower thick stratum. On dead and fragile leaves of Conius alha. Kilwinning, A}^*- shire (Boyd). Dec. Distinguished by its dull opaque appearance, and by its occurrence on leaves, from the polished and shining L. protuherans Sacc, which I have found near Birmingham on dead stems of Ejjilobiuiii aiig list i folium, and Mr. Boyd on dead branches of Bulus in Ayrshire. The specimens on Coruus appear to be identical with Berkeley's on JRose leaves, named Ceiithospora concava Desm. in the Herbarium at Kew, which have exactly similar spores. Saccardo records L. macro- thecium on leaves of Potent ilia, Tormentilla^ Hosa, and Qiiei^cus. Very possibly L. protuherans is only the stem-form of the same species, but it is larger and has a shining surface. Shear and Dodge {Mycologia, 1921, xiii. 135-170), show that one of the forms of L. macrothecium^ which produces a disease on Strawberry fruits, etc., in the United States, has a Discomj^cetous stage to which they give the name JBezizella Lytkri (Desm,), with a conidial stage belonging to the genus Hainesia. They consider that the same fungus has been recorded under many names and attacks on enormous number of plants (over hfty), including in addition to those mentioned above. Pelargonium, (Enothera, Lytlwum, etc., and occurring alike on leaves, stems, and fruits. 354. Leptothyrium melaleucum, nom. nov. Pycnidiis epiphyllis, \-\ mm. latis, atris, convexis, rotundatis v. anguiatis, intus pseudolocellatis, cuticulam tandem rima stelliformi findentibus ; parte superiore tenui, olivaceo-brunnea, cellulas epider- micas occupante, inferiore subsimili at crassiore, strato prolifero hyalino, subgelatinoso. Sporulis copiosis, linearibus, rectis, utrinque obtusis V. interdum basi subacutatis, coacervatis etiam achrois, muco tenui obvolutis, 8-9x1^-11/^, sporophoris linearibus, erectis, -sub- sequilongis suffultis. Kah. in foliis Vaccinii Vitis-idcBfp, Killin, Perthshire (Boyd), Jul., socio Lo]jhodermio melaleuco De Not. The pycnidial wall is pseudoparenchymatous ; the subhyaline layer which lines it below is composed of elongated cells running- parallel to the wall, and the sporophores arise from these latter cells at right angles. The layer of elongated cells also extends upwards in places, and divides the cavity into pseudoloculi as in many species of (Ujtoi^pnra. The upper pycnidial wall which occupies the epidermal cells tinallv destroys them, so that ultimately the pycnidium is 86 THE .TOrR-N'/VL OP EOTATs^T covered only by the persistent cuticle. — On the stems of the" same twigs was the thick convex Lopliodermium cladopliilmn Rehm ( = Sporo)}ieqa cladopliila Duby), o£ which L. melaleucum should probably be considered merely the leaf -form. There are now many instances known where the same fungus assumes on the leaves a less- developed and simpler form than on the stems. (To be continued.) HHACOPILOPSIS TRINITENSIS E. G. Brttt. & Dixon. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. (Rhacopilopsis Een. & Card, in Rev. Brvol. xxviii. 47 (1900)). Syn. Bimorplidla (C. M.) Ken. & Card. 'in Bull. Soc. Roy. bot. Belg! xli. 101 (1902-3), Hypnum sect. Dlmorphella CM. in Flora, 1886, p. 523. This genus was based on an African moss which later proved to be identical with Ili/pmtm FechueUi C. M. Because C. Mueller referred it to a new section (Dimorphella) it was later described as a genus, and it is as DimorpJieUa that Brotherus listed and figured the African species (Engl. & Prantl, PHanzenfam. ii. 1083 ; fig. 770). Subsequently Cardot referred two specimens from French Guiana, collected by Gouverneur Re}^ in 1900, to Fhacojrilojjsis, as varieties of the African Dimorphella Pecliuclii. Specimens of. these were sent by Mons. I. Theriot to Mrs. Britton, who found on comparison that they were at least very close to the Trinidad 2:)lant described in 1851 by C. Mueller as Hypnnm triuitense (Syn. Muse. ii. 284), subse- quently placed by Mitten {m Musci Austro-americani) under Fcfro- potliecium. Further examination of the American plants by Mrs. Britton and Mr. R. S. Williams, and of the plants in the British collections by myself has led us to the conclusion that the African plant cannot be separated from the American H. frinitense. This, too, was Mitten's o])inion, for I find in the Kew^ Herbarium two West African speci- mens in Herb. Hooker — viz. '* Bagroo R., W. Africa " ; and " N. 554 ; Banks of the Nunn, Sept. 1860 ; G. Mann " — labelled " Stereodon trinitensis (C. Mull.) " by Mitten. Cardot also held a similar view, for he referred the French Guiana specimens already mentioned to the two varieties of FimorpheUa Fechuelii (as the plant was then known) described by him in Rev. Bryol. xxxvi. 50 (1909), based upon specimens from the Belgian Congo ; without of course suspect- ing any relationship to the alread}^ described American species. He repeats the same opinion, viz., that the ]:)lants from French Guiana are conspecific with the African species, in the Mousses de Mada- gascar, p. 468. One character that at first appeared to constitute a difference between the American and African plants was the more constant presence in the former of the pellucid, inflated alar cells appearing on many of the leaves, usually on one side only of the base. These, however, if less constantly present in the African plants, are quite characteristic ; I have measured them up to 10 /.i, 12 /i, and 14 /u. ; Ilir.lCOPTLOPSTS TKTNITENSTS 87 and tliey care figured by Cardot as quite conspicuous on Tab. 180 of tlie Atlas of the 3Ioitsses dc. Madagascar. The fact is that the species is an extremely variable one, as pointed out by Cardot in his article on Congo mosses already cited. The difficulty of deciding the question has been increased by the uncertainty as to the fruiting characters of the American IL. trini- tense. On this Mrs. Britton writes : " It is evident from the original description of Ili/pnum trinitense C. M., that Mueller had specimens from three localities in Trinidad ; Maraccas, Arima, and Mt. Tocuche, all collected by Crueger in the years 1844 to 1847, which were not all one species ! Mitten had a specimen from Tocuche only, and it will be seen from his description of Ectropotliechtm trinitense that he accurately described the dimorphic leaves, for he says : ' inferiora omnia dimidio minore.' His specimens were sterile, but he unfor- tunately cited portions of Mueller's description of the fruit without quotation marks, and states at the end *ab E. [iT.] subsimplice longe diversum.' Portions of Crueger's plants are referable to ir. suhsimplex Hedw. ; the original description of H. trinitense shows this by describing the vesicular alar cells, and the fruiting plants evidently were also this species; but that Mueller had both these species confused in his original description is also evident ; for the eighth to the fifteenth lines refer to the twisted, falcate, serrate leaves of the Tocuche specimen and agree perfectly with what Mitten called Ectropothecinm. Therefore I am convinced, from studying Mueller's original description of H. trinitense and three other specimens collected by Crueger, that they included Zso/p^'eryymyM tenerum (Sw.) Mitt., Sematopliyllum suhsinqylex (Hedw.) Mitt., and Ectropothecium trinitense Mitt." This confusion of the fruit was not confined to Mueller. Mitten's description of the fruit of E. trinitense consists entirely of extracts from C. Mueller's description in the Synopsis ; and there is pretty clear evidence that he had not seen fruit of the true plant. The specimen in his herbarium is sterile, and there are no fruiting speci- mens which he could have consulted at Kew. Of the five American specimens under the name of H. trinitense at Kew, one, the true plant (det. Mitten, c.fr.), is of later date than Miisci uiustro-ameri- cani ; three are sterile ; and the remaining two, from Trinidad, one being part of the original gathering of Crueger's on Mt. Tocuche, are entirely composed of a species of Isopterygium, probably /. tenerum (Sw.) Mitt. These are in good fruit, and it was no doubt on these that Mitten based his idea of the fruit. Truth to tell, the fruiting characters are very siiiiilar to those of the Hhacopilo'psis, and C. Mueller's diagnosis might apply pretty well to either species. The fruiting plant mentioned above as having been determined by Mitten at a later date — " EctropotJiecinm trinitense C. Mull. Island of Trinidad. A. Fendler. 1878-1880," is in fairly good fruit, and this shows no difference from the fruit of the African Rhacoiulojjsis Fecliuelii. A further plant that has been placed under Ilhacnpiloj)sis is Hypnum chlorizans Welw. & Duby, collected in Angola by VYel- witsch. I have examined the type-gathering of this (Welw. iter 88 THE JOTinXAL OF EOTANT Anc^ol. 11. 103), in Horl). Mns. Brit., and can find no difference what- ever from tlie species under discussion. It must certainly be placed under M. irinitcnsis. The synonymy of a plant that has figured under seven generic names is naturally rather complicated, and I am by no means sure that the following attempt is exhaustive. As regards the correct name, however, it is clear, I think, tliat it must be that which we have given as the title of this article ; and under that name, one may express the hope " requiescat in pace." Rhacopilopsts tkinitensis E. G. Britt. & Dixon, comb. nov. (Syn. Ilj/pmtvi trinitense C. M., ^yn. ii. 284 (1851) p.p.) Ectro2)o'ihecium trinitense Mitt, in Journ. Linn. ISoc. liot. xii. 514 (1809), excl. descr.fnictus. Hypnnm cJilorizans Welw. & Duby in Mem. Soc. Pliys. Geneve, xxi. 437 (1872). Microthamnium cJilorizans Jaeg. Adumbr. ii. 491 (1875-G). DimorphrUa cJilorizans Broth, in Engl. & Prantl, Pflanzenfam., Musci, ii. 1084 (1908). liJiacopilopsis cJilorizans Card, in liev. Bryol. xl. 19 (1913). Hypnum PecJiuelii C. M. in Flora, 1880, p. 523. Bhaphidostcf/ium PecJiuelii Par. Ind. p. 1102 (1897). RJi a cop Hops is PecJiuelii C^ard. in Kev. Bryol, xl. 19 (1913). DimorpJiella PecJnielii Uen. & Card, in Bull. Soc. Boy. Jjot. Belg. xli. 101 (1905). CifatJiopJioruin (?) Diipuisii Ren. & Card. op. cit. xxxviii. 250 (1899). PJidcopilopais Dupuisii Hen. & Card, in Rev. l^ryol. xxvii. 47 ( 1 90( )) . REVIEWS. OxFOKD Botanical Memotes. To the series of Botanical Memoirs, jDublished under the editorship of J)r. A. H. Cliurch, have latel}^ been added Elemenfari/ Notes on tJie Systemat 1/ of Ani/iosperms (no. 12 ; 35. Qd.) and an Jniroduction to tJie Si/stemati/ of Indian Trees (no. 12 ; 26". 6(/.) for both of which Dr. Church is himself responsible. With regard to the former, it would have been kind of the author to have given some sort of Introduction. We plunge at once into a nuiiil)er of disjointed paragraphs, teeming with information in a very condensed form on the angiospermous flowering-plants and their systematic arrangement in orders and families. A concluding note, however, informs us that these are scliedules representing a course of 24 lectures with practical work, based on a selected list of tree-types, and conijjrise i-ough notes on the forest-trees utilized more particu- larly in I:Jritisli Forestry, together with the associated flora. A few additional schedules have been incorporated in order to give cohesion to a summai-y of the more important families. The reproduction of the notes in ])rinted form obviates the necessity of the students taking notes at lectures, and furtliermore ensures tliat their notes are correct. A. B. R. OXFOKT) EOTAXrr.Vr. MKMOTTJS 89 The Tntrnilucflon to ilie Hij^lcmaty of ImJian Trrrsi consists in liki' manner of notes arninged for t lie use of a class in Indian lioiany for Indian Forest Probationers. The whole of a laj-ge subject has to be gone through in sixteen lectures, so that condensation of a ruthless kind has had to be ])ractised. The Introductory Lecture begins by ex])laining how India is a v.ist l)otanical region " ranging froiu prinuuy evergreen i-ain-forest to the hmit of alpine plant-life, including sub-equatoi-ial swamps, moun- tain rain-forest, deciduous monsoon-forest of drier central tracts, the vegetation of grassy plains, estuarine mangrove formation, sandy sea- coast, savannah and park-lands, as well as tracts of dry arid sandy or stony desert." It is pointed out that the area contains about 4 RK) plants of permanent woody habit, of which about IJoO give ajipre- ciable timber, Init only about 200 to JiOO of economic impoi-tance. It is then explained how the "cataloguing and book-keeping'' of the large Flora has led to Systems of ClassiKcation, of which theiu; are several, differing only "as they reflect more modern outlooks for regarding the grouping and terminology of the larger sections.'" The general scheme which Dr. Church has himself advocated in his Notes on the Systematt/ of Anyioxpcrms has, however, not been adopted, as he has recognized that the Genera Flantariim of Kew, '• though obsolete botanically " is best adhered to generally, as it is still largely official in India and is the basis of the arrangement of most works on Indian Forest Botany. The remaining lifteen lectures are devoted to notes on the families that chiefly afford im])ortant Indian trews, whereof the chief are indicated, with the characters of their flowers and fruits which it is necessary to recognize. Thus among Apocarj^ous families, the most important are the M(i(/iiotiace(Je and Anonacece, and among Cistitlone the GuttifercP and Dipleromrpacece. As an example of the method used in the notes, that on Shorea rohn>^ta (the Sal tree), the most important tree of the deciduous forests of N. India, may be taken : " Inflorescence as terminal and axillary ])anicles, ultimate monochasia with flowers sessile, sepals with soft grey hairs, petals convolute dull orange-yellow with soft pubescence, andrcecium of about JjO free stamens, gyncjecium of 3 carpels, ovary subglobular, 2 anatropous ovules in each loculus ; in fruit the 5 sepals increase in size, 1, 2, and 8 much more than the others, to 2-3 in. long with 10-15 pai-allel main veins, as ])hotosynthetic and protective to green fruit, utilized later for dispersal mechanism, by strong winds." One lecture eacli is devoted to the Malvales, the Disciflorte, and the Sapindales. and then comes the great famil}'' of the Legiimiuoaa', which in India affords such very important forest trees as the species of Dalherrjia, Ftero- carpiis, Hardwiclila, Casnia, Acacia, and Alhizzia. Then come the Calyciflora^ followed by the Gamopetahc, among which appears the Teak tree, Tectona grandis, the most important of those Indian trees which afford export timber. Under the Apetalaj the chief families are the Lauracece and EuphorhiacecB, grouped as such as there is " some suggestive evidence that the petaloid condition has been lost " ; while a further group is made of Monochlamydea' in which " the tloi-al Mrgani/.alion is appai'ciitly 'apclaloiis* in the sense that the 90 THE JOURXAL OP BOTAXY essential floral organs are invested bj a simple parianth as one contact-cycle of protective leaf -members." The chief familj, is, of course, that of the MoracecB containing the Figs and Artocarpus. The last two lectures are devoted to the Monocotyledons and the G-ymnosperms, the palms and bamboos chiefly being described in the former and the Coniferae, represented only in the forests of the Himala^^a, in the latter. To one whose botanical studies date from a good many ^^ears ao-o, the modern terms employed by Dr. Church are sometimes a little puzzling, but they are doubtless familiar to students. Dr. Church is clearly consistent in carrying out the dictum of his Introduction, *' much of the older literature is expressed in obsolete terminology which reflects antiquated points of view," and it is just the newer points of view which make his Lecture Notes so interesting, and recommend them for study. J. S. G. A Report upon tlie Boreal Flora of the Sierra Nevada of Cali- fornia. B}^ Frank Jasox Smile r. University of California Publications in Botany, vol. ix. 8vo, pp. 423, with four photo- graphs of the scenery. University of California Press, Berkeley, California. 1921. In this Report the author deals with the botany of the region of the Sierra Nevada above the 6500 ft. contour which lies almost entirely Avithin the State of California, except the Carson Range in the East. There is a long and interesting introduction of 66 pp., including a short preface, followed by remarks on the limits of the region, its petrology, topography, climatology, life-zones, and statistical abstracts of its i3otany. No portion of the region lies within the limits of perpetual snow, although snow falls on the highest peaks in every month except in July, but it melts quickly and rarely forms a permanent covering before November. The portion of the Report dealing with the botany is clearly written, and is provided with analytical keys to the Natural Orders— the sequence of which follows the usual American adaptation of Eno-ler and Prantl — genera and species ; the two latter respectively are^'numbered consecutively in each order and genus. The names for the authority of the species are followed by the work in which they were published, with date of publication, synonyms being similarly treated ; after this are cited in order the type locality, range, zone, wdth a list of specimens examined, which serves for a detailed list of its records in the region. This portion of the work, which includes the locality, altitude, collector's name and reference number, is printed in the same type as the rest of the detail and might well have been veompressed into smaller space. Varieties of which the types also occur are o-iven undue prominence by being treated on identical lines with their species, except that they bear the species serial number followed by a letter. Save for the analytical keys, there are no BOEEA.L FLORA OF TTIE STEKTIA NEVADA 91 helpful remarks towards the identiUcatlon of the species or varieties, except in the case of the latter where they occur in addition to their types. It would have been an improvement if the headings to tlie pages had given the order and genus dealt with thereon instead of a weari- some repetition of the title of the work ; the index is to orders and genera only, with the English names of such species as have them. The latter, however, are not included in the body of the work, and their introduction is superfluous, as the Report is written in strictly botanical, not in popular, style. The printing and paper are clear and good, and the book appeals to the eye, the slight defects pointed out not being of sufficient importance to mar its utility. Four photographs of scenery ilhis- trate the work ; there is- also a good bibliography and a useful " list of new names and new combinations." A. H. W.-D. Sturtevanfs Notes on JEcT»bl& Plants. Edited by N. P.. HEDiRiCEi. Albany : J. B. Lyon Co., 1919. Large 4to, cloth, pp. G86, This handsome and well-printed volume, which forms the secoml part of vol. 2 of the Annual Report of the U.S. Departmient of Agriculture, was prepared by its editor from the MSS, left by Edward Lewis Sturtevant when he iretired in 1&87, from' the direc- torate of the New York Agricultural Experiment Station. Born at Boston in Januai-y 1842, he graduated M.D. at Harvard in 186(3,. and in the following year settled at South Framlingham, Mass.,, where he conducted the series of experiments in agriculture, with which his name has become associated. The biography prefixed tO' tlie volume shows that Sturtevant's first experiments were connected with cattle, but from 1883 he devoted himself more particularly to plants, and especially to Maize, the study of which, from both botanical and agricultural points of view, he continued up to his death in 1898. His researches in economic botany found tlieir fullest expression in tlie series of papers on " The History of Garden Vege- tables " published in the American Naturalist for 1887-90, to- Avhich ])eriodical and to others he also conti-ibuted numerous papers of kindred nature. Sturtevant had for many years collected from all available sources, material bearing upon economic botany ; the volume before us has- been prepared from a MS. bearing the title now used, from " between^ forty and fifty thousand card-index notes," and from his published* writings ; it reflects the greatest credit, as it has imposed a vast amount of labour, upon Dr. Hedrick, to whom, indeed, the value- of the book is largely due. The number of works quoted is enormous and very varied ; Dr. Hedrick gives an admirable bibliography, in which titles, dates, and other details are supplied with unusual ful- ness : of these a certain number are themselves compilations — e. q.. the Treasury of Botany^ Loudon's Encyclojycedia, and Martjn's- Miller's Gardener's Dictionary — and can hardly be regarded as oriyrinal authorities. 92 THE JOURNAL OF I30TANT The cliiet* value of the book, which is arranged alphabetically under the Latin names, lies in its full and elaborate treatment of plants of agricultural and economic value, such as the Maize, to the investigations concerning which reference has already been made, Examples of this treatment maj^ be found in the Onion, Parsnip, Celery, Bean, and Tomato, among vegetables ; among fruits the lied Currant, Strawberry, and Apple receive special attention ; in these and other cases the principal cultivated varieties are enumerated and described, especially those grown in the States. One is inclined to think that the volume wovild have been more useful — it would cer- tainly have been more convenient for reference — had its contents been limited to plants such as these : references like those to the species of Gt^ewia, which occupy a page, might, if included at all, have been condensed into one paragraph : the footnote references to books, each occupying a line, might have been compressed in like manner with j^ositiv^e advantage to the consulter of the work. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Jan. 19 Dr. A. B. Rendle showed a piece of the wood of Orifes excelsa R. Br., a nativa of northern New South Wales and Queenshiud, which is of unique interest from the deposits of aluminium succinate which occur in cavi- ties of the wood. Aluminium is very rarely found in flowering plants and only in small traces ; but O. eccceJsa absorbs alumina from the soil in large quantities, as shown by analysis of the ash. Occasionall}^ the amount taken up is excessive, in which case the excess is de- posited in cavities as a basic aluminium succinate. At the same meeting Dr. E. Marion Delf gave an account of research on 3Iacroc//stis by Miss M. M. Michell and herself. After descvibing the distribution of the alga, the authors reviewed recent accounts of it, and showed lantern-slides in explanation. The fertile fronds are completely submerged, smooth, dichotomousl}^ branched and usually borne on special shoots ; they bear sori on both sides of the frond. Exceptional cases were described of discontinuous sori occurring in the grooves of fronds with wrinkled surface and borne on the long' swimming shoots, and usually without a swim bladder at the base. The zoospores do not appear to have been previously described. Material brought from the shore in the morning, and examined in the laboratory in the evening, showed swarming zoospores ; the next morning swimming actively, and more slowly. Cultures were made from the material in the following wa^^ : — About 2 hours after gathering, the alga was placed in a covered glass dish, with a few cover-slips at the bottom, and then sea-water was added. The piece was removed the next day, and 10 days later all the zoospores had come to rest, but showing no sign of germination. Five weeks after- wards short filaments of two different sizes Avere observed, compai-able with the male and female gameto])hytes in Laminariacese reported by Sauvageau and Llovd Williams. Two months later young stages of EOOK-ISOTES, NKWS, KTC. 03 the sporopliyte were visible on the cover-glasses, a thick-walled eni])ty cell always being- at the base of the sporopliyte, probably the empty oogonial wall after the escape of the oospore. No sign of the anthericlial cells has been noticed. The discovery of the filaments developed from the zoospores and the subsecpient growth of the s])or()- phytes from filaments bring it into line with other members of the family. On the same occasion Mr. J. L. Chaworth Musters made a com- munication on the flora of Jan Mayen Island. This may be divided into four main groups : the floras of the sea-shore, of the bird- elift's, of sheltered places in the "tundra," and the mountain flora. The most luxuriant flora, which consists of Taraxacum or Oj'i/ria. grows either under the bird-cliffs or in places where tuff has been reassorted b}^ water. The limit of flowering plants seems to be about 3000 feet ; the total phanerogamic vegetation consists of about 43 species, all of which are common to both Norway and East Greenland. The origin of the flora presents a very complicated problem : seeds have probably been brought there on the feet of wading birds which migrate to and from their breeding-grounds in East Greenland. It is highly improbable that Jan Mayen has ever been connected with either Iceland or Greenland ; many plants have probabl}^ reached Jan Mayen during Yery recent 3^ears. At the meeting of the same Society on Feb. 2, Dr. J. C. Willis read a paper on " Some Statistics of Evolution and Geographical Distribution in Plants [and Animals and their Significance." The general result seemed to be to show that Evolution and Geographical Distribvition have proceeded in a chiefly mechanical way, tlie effects of the various "other" factors that intervene — climatic, ecological, geological, etc. — being only to bring about deviations this way and that from the dominant plan. Every family and every genus, and in every country, behaves in the same way. Strong evidence is thus given for de Vries's theory of Mutation,*^ and for Guppv's theory of Differentiation. Mrs. E. M. Eeid then followed with •' Note on' the Hollow Curve as shown by Pliocene Floras." The material was that published from Tegelen, Castle Eden, etc., the author concluding that fossil floras take their appropriate place alongside living floras, bringing dii-ect evidence from the host to show the universality of the Law of Hollow Curve Distribution. In an animated discussion on the two papers, Dr. D. H. Scott remarked that he did not see what the curves shown had to do with Evolution. Dr. E. J. Salisbury stated that in studying the Kanales he had found confirmation of the lecturer's theory of the larger the group the greater the age. Prof. II. E. Gates thought that the theory of Age and Area put forward raised difliculties from the point of view of the Mutation theory, for upon the latter theory the floras of islands must have originated by oceanic transportation. The President questioned why a group con- taining a large number of species should be older than one containing a few, and cited the instances of the numerous species of antelopes and the solitary species of Ri/cemoscJius found in Africa, the latter having been proved by geological evidence to be the older. Mr. A. J. 94 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Wilmott gave his opinion that the monotypic genera were the oldest, because Time was the real factor, allowing the greater number of species in the older genera to be killed off. Dr. Willis replied that his main argument was based upon computations of groups and genera en masse, and could not be controverted by an appeal to special instances. By the death of Dr. John Harley, a nativ^e of Ludlow, the Linnean Society loses one of its oldest members. He was elected on June 18, 1863, and the volume of the Society's Transactions (xxiv.) of the same year contains a paj)er by him on the parasitism of the Mistletoe, which he studied in the hope of finding some light on the causes of malignant growths in the human subject. In this Harley gives a detailed description of the anatomy of the parasite and the portion of the host to which it is attached, and demonstrates the very close relation existing between host and parasite. From an examination of the structure of the wood of the different hosts he concluded that the size and number of the medullary rays is the chief cause which determines in any given case the attachment of the Mistletoe. Harley was perhaps better known as a geologist, but he was a man of Avide interests, literary and scientific. On retiring from his London practice he built a house at Beedings, near Pulborough, Sussex, on the site of an old British camp which dominates the surrounding country. Here he planned a garden, which he was always pleased to show to one or other of his scientific friends. ExcejDt for deafness, he retained remarkable vigour of mind and body until within a few days of his death, on the 9th of December, at the age of 88. A. B. K. The Proceedings of the Isle of Wight Natural History Society for 1920 (vol. i. no. 1) contains a list of Fungi hitherto unrecorded for the island and one of additional localities for species already known there, by Mr. John F. Rayner, with accounts of numerous excursions and exhibitions which indicate great activity on the part of the members. Copies {2s. post free) can be obtained from the Hon. Secretary, Mr. Frank Morey, The Mall, Newport. The number of Dr. Pole-Evans's Flowering Plants of South Africa issued in January includes among its ten plates several species hitherto unfigured: — Ceropegia tristis Hutchinson, sp. n., Aloe WicJcensii Pole-Evans, Hessea Zeyheri Baker, Watson ia Gal- pinii L. Bolus, Holmskioldia speciosa Hutchinson & Corbishle}^ We note that the name Kniphofa alooides Moench. is assigned to the "Red-hot Poker," thus following the Flora Capensis ; the plant, however, is the Aloe Uvaria of Linnaeus (Sp. PI. 323), and Hooker's name, K. Tlvaria (Bot. Mag. t. 4816) should stand. The drawing of Hessea Zeyheri was " kindly loaned by the Curator of the Bolus Herbarium " — why not " lent " ? It may be noted that " the descrip- tions are prepared by Dr. E. Percy Phillips, verified at Kew by Mr. J. Hutchinson." The Annals o^ the Royal Botanic Gardens^ Peradeniya (vol. vii. pt. 3, Oct. 1921) is devoted to a continuation of Mr. Fetch's " Studies in Entomogenous Fungi." The genera Hypocrclla and Aschersonia BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 95 are considered ; the species, of which there is a clavis, are very care- fully described and annotated ; the usual and convenient practice of numbering the species has not been followed. There are four plates, two in colour. In the Orchid Beview for February, Colonel Godfery calls atten- tion to an instance of alternative self-fertilization in an Australian orchid, in many ways parallel to that of Oj)hn/s upifera desciibed by him in this Journal for 1921 (p. 285). The orchid in question is Prasojjhylhim c/racllc Rogers, described with a figure (rej^roduced in the Review) in' Trans, li, Soc. S. Australia, xxxvii. 54. We note that Lieut.-Col. llogers, the writer of the paper and an acknowledged authority on Australian Orchids, has been elected President of the Koyal Society of South Australia. When referring (p. 64) to Miss Ethel Poulton's paper on a mon- strous ClieirantliHs Clieiri, we omitted to call attention to Mr. F. J. Chittenden's paper on " The Rogue Wallflower" published in Journ. R. Hort. Soc. xl. 83-87 and reprinted in this Journal for 1914, pp. 265-209. With the view of extending the knowledge of British Grasses — the title of the book — Messrs. McGill and Smith, seedsmen, of Ayr, have issued as a small quarto volume an album in which they are represented by sixty-five jDlates. These are taken from photographs of specimens selected for the purpose by Mr. A. M, Mackie, one of the staff of the firm, and are very well produced ; without going so far as to say that by the use of a magnifying glass " the most minute details essential for identification may he clearly seen," the figures are undoubtedly useful, and should go far towards fulfilling the object for which they are produced. A short descriptive phrase accompanies each plate, but for full descriptions the reader is referred to Bentham and Hooker's Handhook of the British Flora, The latest instalment of Father Blatter's Flora Arahica (Records Rot. Surv. India, viii. no. 2) is singular!}^ devoid of novelty : its. nearly two hundred pages (Leguminosse-Compositai) contain only ono novelty, Btilicaria menachensis Schweinf. MS. in Herb. Kew. (un- described, but stated to be "very near P. petiolaris Jaub. & Sp-") and two new combinations resulting from the reduction of Btero^ cejyhalus to Scaliosa. Messes. Chahleswoeth & Co. of Haywards Heath send us a handsome catalogue which presents some notable features. In the first place it has no title-page ; the title — Orchids — appears only on the cover. The catalogue proper is preceded by a long paper on '• Orchid Mycorrhiza " by Mr. Ramsbottom, illustrated by numerous figures taken from preparations by the late head of the firm, Joseph Charlesworth (1851-1920). It includes five coloured plates of hybrids raised by the firm — among them Charlesworthara — a trigeneric hybrid genus " combining 3IiUonia, Oricideum, and Cochlioda species" — and Vui/lsteheara, anothor trigeneric, in which Odonto- glossum replaces Oncidium. The extent sd. Messrs. Charlesworths' 96 THE JOURNAL OF BUT AX Y collection may be gathered from the fact that the Catalogue contains 2245 numbers, mostly hybrids of their own raising. SiE John Kirk, who died last month at his residence at Seven- oaks in his ninetieth year, Avas born at Barry, near Arbroath, on Dec. 19, 1832, and graduated M.D. at Edinburgh. In 1856, when stationed at Kenkioi on the Dardanelles, he made the ascent of Mount Ida and discovered a new Muscari (M. latifolium). From 1858-64 he was attached as naturalist and medical officer to the Livingstone Expedition ; during this time he sent to Kew large collections, accompanied by notes and drawings from Zambesi, Lake Nvasa, and the adjacent country. From 1866 to 1886 Kirk was at Zanzibar, where he held numerous im^^ortant positions, ending as Consul-general ; in 1895 he was special Commissioner on the Niger coast. Kirk is commemorated by Oliver in KirJda (Simarubacea?) and by Harms in Kirkopliytum (Araliacese). The third volume of C. A. J. A. Oudemans' Emimeratlo Sysfe- mntica Fungorum (M. Nijhoff, The Hague) is to hand. The families treated in this portion of the " host index " inckule Car^'ophyllaceaj to Vitaceae. The list of families and the largest genera are given in a short " Tabula argumentorum " ; a " Tabula alphabetica abbrevia- tionum," gives a continuation of, and supplement to (2441-2653), the list of authors, titles, references, and exsiccata of the previous volumes, which were noticed in this Journal for 1921 (p. 117). The present volume contains rather more than 1800 pages ; the price is £4 Os. Qd.—i. K. At the meeting of the British Mj^cological Society, held at University College, London, on Jan. 21st, Mr. F. T. Brooks, Presi- dent, in the chair, the following papers were read : — " The Mor- phology and Affinities of Leucouostoc mesenteroides''' by Mr. W. B. Crow ; " Obligate Symbiosis in Calluna " — a criticism of H. Chris- toph's negative results — by Dr. M. C. Eajaier ; "Die-back of Stone- fruits due to Diafortlie perniciosa and the Behaviour of Monospore Cultures in Artificial Media," by Miss D. M. Cayley ; " The Influence of Volatile Substances on Spore Oermination," by Dr. W. Brown ; and " Michaelmas Daisy Wilt," by Mr. W. J. Dowson : the last is pub- lished in the Gardeners Chronicle for Feb. 11. By the lapse of time Kew is losing some of the older members of its staff. Sir David Brain's directorate ceased on the 28th of last month; he is succeeded by Captain A. W. Hill, who has been Assistant Director for fourteen 3^ears. Dr. Stapf, Keeper of the Herbarium and Library, and Mr. William Watson, Curator of the Gardens, are also on the eve of retirement. We note that Mr. E. M. Holmes, who was knocked down by a motor car some months ago and had to have a leg amputated, was on Jan. 31 awarded £1000 damages in the King's Bench Division. We regret to announce the death of the Rev. E. Adrian WoodrufFe Peacock, which occurred at Grayingham Bectory, Lincolnshire, on Feb. 3. A fuller notice wdll follow later. TllK JOURNAL OF JJOTANY 13IMT1SH AND FOIIEIGN. EDITED BY JAMb^S BRITTEN, K,C.8.(i., T.L.S. i.VVK SKNI.iU ASSISTANT, DIOPA IITMBNT OF BOTANY, BKiriSIl .MlhEU.M. The Journal of Botany was establislied in 18(3'^ bv Seunuuni. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Heiirv Ti-inien, who, assisted daring part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in tlie hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast held of General Botany, the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even .now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and ap]:)ears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of ever\^ kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviev^^s of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of' interest a?nd importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. Until the beginning of the late War the Journal paid its way and even allowed a slight margin of profit ; but during that period the subscribers were reduced in number, and the continental circula- tion almost ceased. It has now regained its position, but the in- creased cost of production, which has not as yet been substantially reduced, has resulted in an annual deficit which at one time became so serious that the continuance of the Journal was threatened. By the generosity of those who felt that its cessation would be a mis- fortune, especialh^ for British botanists whose principal organ it has always been, the deficit has been met and an appeal is now made for an increased number of subscribers. Communications for publication and books for review should be sent to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, Middlesex. Aimual Subscription £1 2s. 6i. (post-free), single Nimibers 2s. net each. JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS Price Six Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Drawmgs for Sowerby's ' Enghsh Botanv ' (pp. 276) Bv F. A. Gaert. Price Five Shillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod (pp. 153). Price Three Shillings. The British Hoses, excluding Eu-Canin;e (pp. 141). By Major A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. The Genus Fitmaria \n Britain (with plate). By H. AV. Pugsley^ B.A. Price Half -a -crown. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Linton, M.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Roses (pp. (57). By Major A. H. WoLLEi-DoD. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A, Dallmax, F.L.S. {2s. each.) Price Eiglifeen-pence. Supplements 2 and 3 to the Biograpliical Index of British and Irish Botanists {Is. Qd. each). British Euphrasi;e. By Cedric Bucknall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linna?us's ' Species Plantarum,' ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hterk, M.A., F.Ii.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S. Lilnnaeus's ' Flora Anglica.' A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-Col. A. H. WOLLEY-DoD. Prices in all cases net, post free. SPECIAL OFFER OF VOLUMES. The stock of the earlier Voliimes is getting very low ; it is now impossible- to make up a set going back farther than to 1883, and only one such set can be completed. The 36 vols. 1883 to 1918 are offered at ^635 ; two sets from 1885 to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at .£31 10s. Of?, per set. The disposal of these sets will prevent any long series being supplied in future, and the rarer of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce; the few remaining copies will be sold at 30s. each. The other volumes can be supplied at 21s. each. Orders tvith remittance should he addressed to -. — TAYLOE & FEANCIS, llED LION COUET, FLEET STEEET, E.C.4. Subscriptions for 1922 (22s. 6d. post-free) should be sent to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4, without delay. No. 712 APEIL, 1922 Vol. LX THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED Br JAMES BEITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. CONTE NTS PAGE PAGE Frederick Arnold Lees. (1847-1921.) Short Notes ■.—Coleosjwrinm Nar- By James Britten 97 cissi, sp. n. — Juncus compressus Some New Genera of Mosses. By H. in S.E. Yorkshire .121 N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate Reviews :— The Somatic Organization of the Plant Nomenclature Ill Pha3ophycea3. By A. H. Church. 122 New Umbelliferje from Tropical Iconog-raphie des Orchideesd'Europe Africa. By Cecil Norma v 118 et du Bassin Mediterraneen. By How are Plants aware of Time ? By E. C. AND A. Camus 124 R. Irwin Lynch, A.L.S 120 Book-Notes, News, etc 125 LONDON TAYLOR AND FKANOIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Prwe Two Shillings 7iet For naming Woody Plants by their Twigs. WINTER BOTANY by Professor William Teelease. Concise simple keys to over 1000 trees and shrubs of over 300 commonly cultivated genera, as they occur in winter. Pocket size ; good binding ; fully illustrated. '• The best book of its kind " — Torreya. Price, post free, S2.50 mth order. Address : — WILLIAM TRELEASE, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BPtFFTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. Communications for publication and books for review should be sent to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, Middlesex. Annual Subscription £1 2s. 6d. (post-free), single Numbers 2s. net each. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copie^ 2 pp. 3s. 4 pp. 4s. M. 8 pp. 7s. | 12 pp. 9s. I 16 pp. lOs. Qd. 25 „ „ 4s. „ OS. Od. „ 8s. | „ lis. 6d. \ „ 13s. 50 „ „ 5s. ,, 6s. Od. ,, 9s. „ 12s. 6d. | „ 14s. 100 „ „ 7s. .. 8s. Od. „ 10s. 6d. \ ,, 14s. | „ 15s. 6(L Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. Apply to the Publishers, Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Sis Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions Page £2 Os. Od. £1 16s. 0 J. each =81 12s. Od. each" Half-page 12 6 10 0 ., 17 6 Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 ., 10 0 Eighth-page 7 6 7 0 „ 6 6, All applications for space to he made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birihurst Road,. Croydon. 97 FKEDERICK ARNOLD LEES. (1847-192L) Fredeiuciv Arnold Lees was born at Burmaiistofts Hall, near Leeds, on January 20, 1847 ; his father, Dr. F. II. Lees, was well known as a temperance lecturer. He was educated at the Leeds Grammar School and at Durham University, and in 1S71 qualified as M.ll.C.S. and L.li.C.P. Mr. J. V. Pickard, o£ Headingley, Leeds — his intimate friend for man}^ years, to whom I am indebted for information, — writes that Lees noted in his diary that he owed his first instruction in Botany to an under master (Rev. G. F. Fleay) in the Leeds School, who in the summer of 1805 instituted a course of natural history teaching; under this master Lees began to collect, and a visit to Wensleydale and later to the Lake district further developed the interest he had acquired. It was owing to Fleay's " personal flair for the naturalistic, imaginative side of things " that Lees " chose medicine as his metier, that career early seeming to him to be the one which con- ferred most 2^oiver on the individual and allowed the congenial pur- suance of chemic and botanic study with least dislocation of the JOUIINAL OF BOTA.NY. VOL. 60. [APEIL, 1922.] H 98 TJIE JOURNAL OF 150TANY cleniantls of making a livelihood." This characteristic sentence is taken from Lees's largel}' autobiographical Description of the Lees Jlerhurium and Lihrary, published by the Bradford Public Libi-arv (which contains both) in 1910. From this we learn that on leaving school Lees was apprenticed to a surgeon at Headingley. and attended the lectures on Botany at the Leeds Medical School. The ])resenta- tation of Babington's Manifal as an extra prize gave " the first decided impulse towards the formation of a herbarium worthy of the name," though it was not until 1872 that he began to " study field-Botany analytically as well as lovingly." The earlier days of his medical practice gave Lees many oppor- tunities of becoming acquainted with vai'ious aspects of the British iiora : he was successivel}'' stationed at Hartlepool (1S73, in which A^ear he visited Italv), Walton-in-Furness, Market Kasen (1S77), Warrington (ISSl),*^ Kidderminster (1882), and Beading (188:]). Prom 1888 to 1887 he was poor-law surgeon in the Hawes district of the Haysgarth Union ; he went thence to Heckmondwyke and then retui-ned to Leeds, where, save for a period (1898—4) at Harro- gate, he resided until his deatli on Sept. 21, 1921. It was during his residence at Hartlejwol that the Botanical Locality llecord Club — a title subsequently shortened by the omission of the second word — was established with the object of '* the Yerifi- cation and re-record, or expunging, of all old stations for rare })lants, the publication of an annual record of the exact localities, and the formation of a herbarium." This detinition, from the circular pro- posing the formation of the Club, is taken from a notice (by Trinien) in this Journal for 1878 (p. 1(30), in which the scheme was criticised with the result that in actual working it was subsequently moditied. Specimens were to be sent to Lees, " wlio, after authentication, will forward them to Mr. T. B. Blow, of Welwyn, Herts, who will act as keeper of the herbaiium," and who also undertook the Treasurer- shi]) : these posts Mr. Blow resigned in 1880, when he was succeeded by Mr. Charles Bailey. From a prefatory note to the Eeport for 1880 (issued in 1882), we learn that H. C. Watson, "taken from us by the operation of the one immutable decree of Physical Law, took a warm interest in the Club ; but for his more than kindly encoui-agement, the Kecord Club would probably have had only an ephemeral existence ; by his death it has lost its most powerful friend — its kindliest critic." Lees acted as " Kecorder " and Editor of the Beports from their fii-st issue (1873) until 1886, when the Club apparently ceased to exist. This is no place for a history of the Club ; it may be noted, however, that the voucher-specimens for the i-ecords w^ere sent to Kew, whence the}^ were transferred in 1884 to the l)e])artment of Botany, where they are incorjjorated with the British Herbarium. The Summary of Comital Planl-DislriJmtion, issued in 1878 under Lees\s name as an independent publication, is a textual reprint (repa^-ed) of pp. 259-807 of the lleports of the Chib for 1878-77. He also edited (1881) the second edition of The London Catalof/ae of British j\l< sses, published under the direction of the Clid) in 1877 ; to this lie added the He])atics, to which at that time he paid much attention. FHEDEinCK AUNOLI) LEES 99 In tlie same year — 1873 — in Avbieh tlie Club was founded, Lees contributed to tliis Journal (]-»p. 07-72) a j^aper on " Tbe Pecu- liarities of Plant-distribution in tbe Leeds District," in wbicb be sums uj) tbe observations made durinj^ many years witb a view towards a Fb)ra of tbe Riding. Tliis Hnally took sbape in The Flora of West YorJx'shire (1888) — one of tbe best of our local Horas, of wliicb an appreciative review a))peared in tbis Journal for tbe same year (p. 219) ; be bad previously collaborated witb J. W. Davis in tbe volume on West Yorkshire, publisbed in 1878, wbicb -went to a second edition. In 1892 Lees contributed to VVbite's Histonj and Direct or ji of Lincotushire a list of tbe i)lants of tbe county, wbicb superseded and , g-reatly extended tbe similar list publisbed by tbe writer of tbis notice in tbe same work twenty yeai's before. From 1875 up to tbe 3'ear of bis deatb Lees was a frequent con- tributor to The Naturalist, in tbe issue of wbicb for September, 1921, api)eared a sketcb of bis life, witb a portrait, wbicb, by per- mission of tbe editor, is bere reproduced. His articles were mainly connected witb tbe Yorksbire flora and its distribution, but embodied also useful critical notes ; be also contributed biograpbical notices, reviews, and verses — tbe last even more eccentric in diction, if tbat were possible, tban bis prose. A careful and elal orate paper on " Tbe Colonist-Alien Heron-bills of Yorksbire " {Naturalist, 1917, 379- 386) — in bis later years Lees was attracted by tbe alien Hera — includes a variety (var. pseuil o-moschatum) of Erodium woschatuni Avbicli he — " provisionall}'' and consciousl}^ temerarious " — desci'ibed as new. Tbe principal contribution of Lees to tbis Journal (1882, 129- 133), apart from tbat already mentioned. Avas on SeliuuDi Carvifolia, wliicb bis friend tbe late Rev. W. W. Fowler (1835-1912) bad recently added to tbe Eritisb Flora. In connection witb tbis paper, wbicb bad been somewbat delayed, be wrote to me from Warrington : " If 3^ou knew tbe pleasure it is to me to do aught botanical, and how busy in these bready-and-buttery days I have to be, you would tben overlook tbe delay." Tbe conflicting claims of Botany and his medical practice were sometimes decided, to his temporal disad- vantage, in favour of the former, if we may accept tbe legend wbicb tells how, crossing a moor wbicb promised interesting botanical results. Lees w^nt off in search of them and returned home witbout visiting tbe patient whom he started out to see. Although, owing to his residence in the North, Lees was not personally intimate with British English botanists as a Avbole, be corresponded witb most of them, and those who thus kncAV him bad a high appreciation of his knowledge and ability. His friendsbip with tbe llev. W. W. Fowler has already been noted, and he was in cordial and intimate relations with tbe late Adrian Woodruff e- Peacock. Lees was an e-xcellent writer, though a somewhat erratic correspondent — indeed, a certain unconventionalit}^ in this as in other respects tended to obscure bis undoubtedly great capabilities. His stimulating enthusiasm, not only for botany but for other subjects in which be was interested, made him, as Mr. Pickai-d testi- hes, a delightful companion on excursions, tbe last of wbicb was 11 2 100 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY undertaken within a month of his death. His readiness to help was shown by his active association with such local bodies as the York- shire Naturalists' Union, in whose meetings and excursions he fre- quently took part, and with the Leeds Naturalists' Society ; he was also always glad to encourage young beginners — a lad at the Leeds School sfjeaks gmtefuUy of his kindness and warm-heartedness, and of the help Lees gave him in collecting. In 1905 Lees disposed of his herbarium and library to the Brad- ford Public Libraries Committee ; the former, containing 25,000 specimens, was placed in the Cartwright Memorial Hall ; the latter, of more than 500 volumes and pamphlets, of which the Committee in 1909 issued an excellent Catalogue, in the Reference Library. In the following year the Committee j:)ublished Lees's description of the herbarium, to which reference has already been made and which, apart from its autobiographical interest, may be commended to those who collect curiosities of literature : the concluding sentence indicates that additions were in contemplation, "to the End that when the whole has been arranged, mounted, and (as far as possible) fully labelled, it shall be and continue to be an Evergreen although a ' Dried- Garden ' for the mind: an exemplary because a Truth- witnessing history of its fair subject — in fine, a befitting Monument to Flora (or Ceres) ' when in sorrow and cultivation was neglected,' crowned Avith that Laiirus nohilis which grows in svich wise as ever seems to make it the breath of sweetest symbolism and honour." Mr. Pickard informs me that Lees left in MS. a volume on " The Vegetation of Yorkshire " ; arrangements for the publication of this were in progress (see Journ. Bot. 1914, 22) before the outbreak of the War which was responsible for the postponement of so many schemes, and it is greatly to be hoped that it may see the light. Lees also wrote a Flora of Craven in Wharfedale, the MS. of which is in Mr. Pickard's possession, and left a herbarium of considerable extent, formed during his later years. Although Botany was his chief attraction, Lees devoted some attention to other branches of natural history. He was a man of varied interests, much occupied with questions of the day : an omnivorous reader, he had considerable knowledge of dialects, and formed a collection of rare and obsolete words. Lees is commemorated in the variety Leesii of Carex ijihdifera,, which was described and figured in this Journal for April, 1881 (p. 97, t. 218), by Mr. H. N. Ridley from specimens collected by Lees near Knaresborough in the preceding year and sent by him to the National Herbarium. He had already indicated its distinctness in Science Gossip for December, 1880, and proposed for it the name saxumlrciy in reference to its habitat ; his note is reprinted in Journ. Bot. 1881, p. 24; the plant is now regarded as identical with var. longe-hracteata Lange. James Britten. Joupn. Bot. Plate 564. ?cz' 26 I S6 ^"^ f\ Del. H. ^\ Dtxo,i. NEW GENERA OF MOSSES. SOME NEW GENERA OF MOSSES 101 SOME NEW GENERA OF MOSSES. Bi' H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate oG4.) (The types or — where the type is indicated as elsewhere — • co-types of all the plants described below are in my herbarium.) DlCRANACE2E. Nanobryum Dixon, gen. nov. Dioicum.^ Caules (5* et $ annui, in protonemate perenne valde sparsi, minuti. Planta c? minutissima, subsessilis. Planta 2 2-8 mm. alta, fructifera 5-7 mm. Folia perpauca, inferiora minuta, comalia 2-4, multo majora, 2 mm. longa, e basi late ovata vaginante abrupte subulata, subula longa, iilif ormi, Hexuosa, e costa excurrente plerumqiie composita. Areolatio angusta, e cellulis linearibus, alaribus nuUis, instructa. Seta 3-4 mm. longa, tenuissima. Theca minutissima, circa '5 mm. longa (deoperculata), horizontalis vel subpendula, curvata, macrostoma, leptodermica ; peristomium ei nonnullarum specierum minutarum Flssidentis perfecte simile, dentibus siccis valde patentibus, madidis intra thecam fortiter inflexis, lamellis externis dense, humiliter trabeculitis, internis pulchre alte cristatis, cruribus filiformibus, spiraliter incrassatis. Calyptra ignota. Nanobryum Dummeri Dixon, sp. nov. Protonema persistens atro-viride, e radiculis ramosis atque filis chlorophyllosis tenerrimis ramosis donsissime intertextis instructum. Planta S subsessilis, minutissima, foliis perigonialibus ssepius duabus concavis, amplexantibus, brevicuspidatis, antheridiis numerosis, tur- gide ovalibus. Caulis fertilis paucifolius ; folia inferiora circa tria, minuta, late ovata, cuspidata, concava, subecostata, integerrima ; suprema ple- rumque tria (aliquando 5-Q) multo majora, rigidiuscula, suberecta vel subsecunda, nitida ; e basi vaginante late ovata in subulam duplo vel triplice longiorem llexuosam integram filiformem cito angustata. Costa apud basin tenuis, superne valida, excurrens, partem majorem subulse formans. Areolatio e cellulis ubique angustis, 8-13 [x latis, superioribus linearibus vel rhomboideo-linearibus, chlorophyllosis, parietibus firmis, baud incrassatis, inferne brevioribus, latioribus (10-16 ju latis), parietibus tenuibus instructa; alares nuUse. Fl. $ terminalis, archegoniis circa 10, paraphysibus subnullis. Seta tenuissima, pallida, 3-4 mm. longa. Theca minima, madida horizontalis, sicca subpendula vel pendula {cf. descriptio generis) ; exothecii cellulie perlaxie, subregulariter hexagono-rectangulares vel isodiametricfB, angulis rotunda tis ; circa 60 /x latie, parietibus tenuibus collenchymaticis ; apud orificium seriebus nonnullis rubrae, valde incrassatse, transverse lineares. Spori magni, circa 50 jx. (Peristomium ; cf. descrip. generis.) Operculum pallidum, conico- rostellatum, majusculum. Hab. On damp earth and in hollows of fallen trees, in forest, 102 THE JOURNAL OF IJOTANY :\rulans,^e, Uo-aiula ; Nov. 1920; i?. A. Biimmpv (-1080 a) ; and, a.i^aln, April 1921.'' i^)rt St. Jolm's, Cape Prov., S. Africa, 1921 ; //. A. Waf/er (955) ; Kijxno, Ug-aiula, R. A. Dummcr (1214). A very remarkable little })lant, combining cnrion.slv the gameto- phvte characters of Dicranacece with the sporophyte of Fisnidens. " The protonema evidently persists for some yeai-s, and stems of two or more years' standing may be found side by side on it. These are ver}^ scattered and very inconspicuous. The peristome teeth with the upper internal lamelhe of the mulivided part highly cristate are exactly as they are found in numerous of the smaller species of FissUlens, belonging to several sections (mostly tropical), e.g., F. qhtuculus C. M. {cf. Brotherus, Jlusci. vol. i. tig. 218, and F. kvsul Dixon in Journ. Bot. 1910, 145. t. 505 a). When dry the teeth are very widely spreading ; on moistening they become stronu'ly injlexed about the middle of the imdivided pai't, the upper part dis- appearing into the cavity of the capsule entirely. As this, too, is markedlv the case with the s])ecies of F/sside/is above referred to, it is ]H-obai3le that the cristate lamelhu play some part in this highly- marked hygroscopic action. The seta varies greatly in length ; it is extremely delicate, yellow at maturity, but later on becoming red. The taxonomic position of the genus is uncertain. The vegeta- tive characters suggest affinity with the Srlit/erircP (the leaves some- what sugo-est Troc)iol))'j/um) or DicranclJecr; but the fruiting charac- ters, the minute, pendulous or subpendulous capsule, peristome, large spores, &c., are quite distinct. It is curious that this ])lant, hitherto undetected, should have been gathered in two so widely distinct localities within a few nu)nths, at most, of one another. Potttace.t:. Subfam. Trichostomea'. Chionoloma Dixon, gen. nov. Stirps habitu Tortellarnm robustiorum, sed rigidior; densifolia, foliis siccis rigide incurvo-Hexuosis vel incurvo-contortis, marginibus valde undulatis ; e basi latiore subvaginante elongate lineari-lanceo- latis acutis, transverse undulatis. Areolatio superior e cellulis densis, obscuris, opacis instructa, limbo albo lato (vetustate aurantiaco) e cellulis hyalinis, linearibus. incrassatis, 8-5 seriatis instructo, medium folium superante ; cellulis basilaribus elongatis, linearibus, aurantiacis. Fructus ignotus. Chicnoloma induratum (Mitt.l Dixon, sp. nov. {Tori Ilia indnrata Mitt, in Herb.) Catiles 2-3 cm. alti vel supra robusti, cetate rufescentes, parce ramosi. Folia confertissima, erecto-patentia, sicca nonnulla rigide leniter inciu'vo-flexuosa, alia apice fortiter incurvo-contorta ; costa dorso baud nitida; 5-7 mm. longa ; e basi semivaginante aurantiaca longe lineari-lanceolata, apice angustata, acuta vel ol)tusiuscula, concava, sul)rigida, fragilia, transverse undulata (marginibus siccitate valde undulatis) ; Integra, marginibus crectis, apicem versus solum SOMK ^'EW (ilCXETlV OF MOSSES 103 ano^ustissinie incurvis. Costa valida, fusca, basin versus 100-120 /x lata, bene delinita, supra dorso carinata, hevis, ad apiceni inucrone vel cuspide brevi Integra excurrens ; sectione biconvexa, duces plures (circa 10) medianos, cellulas stereideas ventrales et dorsales, cellulas externas ac ventrales ac dorsales paullo nee tamen multo majores exhibens. Celluhe superiores perobscurae, longitudinaliter seriatae, Sulxpiad- rato-rotund;e, circa 8^ latie, parietibas finuis vix incrassatis, per- minute sed dlstincte papillosie, infra sensim elongata^, parietibus valde sinuato-porosis (ad instar (.rrininiiiB vel iibaconiitrii), deinde in cellulas basilares la3ves s^epe raptini transeuntes ; ad niargineni medio folio a limbo albo lato -i-o seriato optime delimitatas. Celluhe l)asi- lares pulchre aurantiacse, perangustte, lineares, jmrenchymaticie, parietibus firmis, angustis, valde porosis ; infimre ad alas s:epe laxi- ores, latiores,. i)allidiores, oblicpie ascendentes, inde spatium triangulare pellucidius quoque latere instruentes. Cetera nulla. H.VB. Mountains, Moulmein, BIrmah ; Parish, 137 ; herb. Mitten. Although tliis plant is unfortunately sterile, the leaf-structure is so distinct that it seems quite impossible to include the species in any known genus. The areolation is in some points j^erhaps most reminiscent of some species of Tortella, but in other wavs it differs widely. The broad h3''aline border is quite different from the pale narrow extension of the basal cells which is found in many species of that genus, being formed of long, narrow, very incrassate cells, and is continued in 2-4i rows to tlie insertion of" the leaf, usually more or less distincth^ differentiated from the inner basal cells. It reaches above the middle of the leaf, usually to two- thirds, and often higher. It is at times finely denticulate at the margin. The transverse undulation, strongly marked when dry, is also a distinct character. The areolation also is very distinct. The upper isodiametrie cells are very obscure by reason of cristate, multi- partite papilhe on the lumen ; towards the h)wer part of the unex- panded lamina the cells gradually become elongate, and the papillfB sparser and less distinct, while the cell-walls become highly sinuose internall}'", as in the supra-basal cells of many GrimmicB, or the upper cells of many Rhacomitria] contrary, however, to what takes place in Rhacomitriiim, as the cells elongate more and more, the walls become less sinuose instead of more so ; but they remain, at least near the nerve, distinctly porose to the base. The greater part of the base is in the older leaves at least of a bright orange colour, but in manv or most of the leaves the linear firm-walled cells do not fill the entire base, but narrow downwards towards the nerve in a cuneiform outline, leaving a triangular alar patch of paler, wider, thin-walled cells on each side, extending a shoi't distance outwards and upwards. It sometimes happens that the papillae of the upper cells become lost (in passing into the basal ones) at about the point where the cells themselves begin markedly to elongate, and in this case the point of juncture with the smooth, elongate, orange basal cells is very clearly marked. At other times the papilhe may continue 104 THE .TOUIliVAL OF BOTANY furtlier down until the cells have become decidedly eloncrate ; and in this case the transition appears much more gradual and less clearly defined (the character recalls the different modes of transition of the intralaminal to the basal cells in Leucoloma). vSubfam. Pottie?e. Beddomiella funarioides Dixon, gen. et sp. nov. Stirps minuta ; caules ut videtur gregarie ad terrain seu ad rupes orescentes, teneri, 3-4 mm. alti, frondes subcoraplanatas, flabellatas perpallidas formantes. Folia inferiora parva, late ovato-lanceolata, suj)erne sensim majora, subcomplanata, 1*5-2 mm. longa, tenera, Haccida, ovato-oblonga vel obovato-lanceolata vel oblongo-lanceolata, breviter acute acuminata, marginibus planis, superne sinuosis vel grossiuscule obtuse denticulatis. Costa debilis, infra apicem vel cum apice desinens. Areolatio perlaxa, perpellucida, e cellulis basi- laribus elongate rectangularibus, ad 100 (x longis, 30-40 //- latis, su|)erioribus irregulariter hexagono-rhomboideis, circa 40-50 ^u longis, 20-30 /A latis ; omnibus laevissimis, parietibus tenuibus ; marginalibus vix angustatis. Dioica videtur. Flos 6 baud visus. Fl. $ terminalis, vaginula cylindrica, seta tenuissima, flavida, 1-1*25 cm. alta ; theca minuta, circa 1 mm, longa, valde asymmetrica, e collo detluente subpirifor- mis, gibbosa, ore valde obliqua ; pallida, leptodermica, e cellulis laxis, irregularibus, supra sa3pe isodiametricis, infra elongatis, parie- tibus baud valde tenuibus, sed teneris ; ad orificium 1-2 seriebus multo minoribus, transverse rectangularibus, fuscis. Calyptra junior anguste cylindrica, cellulis spiraliter valde tortis. Operculum (theca? immaturie) brevirostre. Annulus ? Peristomium sim2:)lex, e den- tibus 16, inferne in membranam basilarem aurantiacam, subpellu- cidam laevem, 30-35 /x, altam cohcerentibus, superne in crura bina iiiiformia, opaca, leniter torquata, circa 3 mm. longa, densissime papillosa, papillis prrBaltis, superne spiraliter incrassata. Spori 10-13 />t, Iffives. Hab. Nilghiri Mts., India, Beddome, No. 650. Herb. Mitten, in herb. N.Y. Bot. Garden. This very remarkable little moss was sent with a number of unnamed scraps from Mitten's herbarium for determination. The envelope contained principally a tuft of a Weisia ( W"^. viridula or near it), with immature fruit, and the few stems of the Beddomiella were mixed with that, but were quite loose, evidently forming originally no part of the tuft, and may indeed not have been asso- ciated with it at the time of growth. The substratum attached to the base of the stems is hard and gritty, and indicates that they were growing on sandy soil or more probably on rock. Only about half-a- dozen stems in all were to be found. The plant curiously combines characters of Funariacece and Pof- fiacea3 ; the areolation and the general character of the leaves is quite Funarioid (c/! the drawing of the areolation, tab. 564. fig. 2 c, with that of the Funarioid species, tig. 3 c), and the curved and asym- metrical form of the capsule is quite in keeping, and most unlike the SOME XEW OENER.V OF MOSSES 105 tvpieal Pottiaceous fruit, but the Rpirally-arranged cells of the caly|)tra, and the peristome characters, leave no doubt as to its aHfinitj being rather witli the Potfiacece, among which, however, it has no near allies, and it may probably have to form the type of a new Family. The IG peristome teeth are united below in an orange, subpellucid, smooth basal membrane, rising well above the orifice of the capsule ; this is divided into transversely oblong divisions, with rather thin Avails, and is very clearly dilferentiated from the u]:)per j^art of the peristome ; the whole of each tooth above this membrane is cleft into two long filiform branches, quite Barbuloid in their form, and more or less spirally contorted at maturity, though to what extent is not clear from the small material. In their lower part these branches are very densely covered with fine, very high papilla ; above they are less highly papillose, and are very closely spirally thickened as in many species of Fissidens and in various Pottiaceous species. The calyptra (only seen in one half-mature capsule) does not reach below the lid, and shows no sign of splitting at that stage at least ; it is probable that it may resemble that of Strepto- pogon, with which genus the present plant has some other slight afiinities. I have not been able to ascertain definitely the presence of stomata. I cannot certainl}^ say that they are absent, but if present they are either rudimentarj^ or immersed. The great irregularity of the walls of the spongy tissue of the capsule-base makes observation Very difficult, and I have not ventured to dissect the little available material remaining for the purpose. CEdipodiace^. (Edipodiella Dixon, gen. nov. Caulis brevis, repens, ssepe subterraneus, rhizomaticus, suecu- lentus, pallidus, ramos emittens perbreves, ad basin siepe nudos, ad apicem dense, rosulate foliosos. Folia (nisi quoad marginem basi- larem nudam, baud ciliatam) atque propagula apicalia gemmiformia, eis CEdipodii similia. Theca cleistocarpa, minuta, subsessilis, e foliis coraalibus vix emergens, subs])ha?rica, apiculo brevirostro recto (ad instar operculi, baud tamen dehiscente) coronata, succulenta, maturitate brunnea, a^tate lateraliter disrumpens ; spori 40-50 ;/, badii, laeves. (Edipodiella australis (Wager & Dixon) Dixon, comb. nov. Syn. CEdipodium australe Wager & Dixon in Trans. Roy. Soc S. Afr. iv. 8. Hab. Near the sea, Natal, sterile, H. A. Wager, 1910 (n. 3) : Pirie Forest, King William's Town, Cape Prov., 1919, c.fr. • JVoqer (823). Only a few capsules of this latter gathering have been received, but sufficient to show that it is entirely different from (Edipodmm Griffithianum, and must be placed in a separate genus. In the lOG THE JOURXAL OF EOTAXY liaLit, leaf-form, and structure, and especially in the lai'ge, len- ticular, characteristic apical g-emniie, however, it shows a reniirk- al)le likeness to the Euro])ean species, and I have retained it in that family, although it has some decided affinities with the Fioia- riacrce. The creeping, rhizomatous stems recall Gigaspermum and the new genus Oiamcebrgnm descrihed below. The small quantity of fruit available leaves a certain amount of doubt as to the fruiting characters. The lid is very small, forming a minute disk with a comparatively long, straight, needle-like beak ; in a nearly mature capsule this is so clearly defined and differentiated, at the rim, from the capsule- wall that it has every appearance of being intended to function as a dehiscent lid. On the other hand, a capsule which has naturally shed its spores appears to have broken up cpiite irregularly, and a nearly mature capsule when subjected to slight pressure under a cover-glass broke up quite irregularly, leaving the lid in situ. The soft succulent texture of the capsule-wall also is strongly suggestive of a cleistocarpous fruit. Fuxariace.t:. ChamaBbryum Ther. & Dixon, ^^w. nov. Cosfeaice Ther., generi chilensi (Rev. Chilena de Hist. Nat. xxi. (1917) p. 12) Iribitu, thec:e structura atque textura valde affine ; sed caulibus repentibus, subterraneis, rhizomaticis, pallidis, ramisque propter folia ])erconcava, imbrieataque gemmiformibus, theca(pie erecta, symmetrica, bene notatum. Chamsebryum pottioides Ther. & Dixon, sp. nov. Stirps minuta, phascoidea vel pottioidea, terresti'is. Caules sub- terranei, rej^entes, rhizomatici, pallidi, succulenti, ramos emittentes steriles atque fructiferos. Rami steriles gemmiformes, subglobosi, 1-2 mm. alti, virides vel pallidi, e foliis imbricatis, siccLs vix mutatis, perconcavis, spathulato-orbicularibus instructi. Costa tenuis, infra apicem cochleariformem, ol)tusam vel a]>iculatam desinens. Margines plani, integerrimi. Celluhe basilares perlaxa% late rectangulares, hvalinffi, serie unica marginal! breviores, quadratic; superiores sensim niinores, hexagome, rotundato-quadrata?, &c., circa 10-15 /^ latie, maro-inales parum minores, omnes parietibus tenuibus, pellucidie. Kami fructiferi similes, sed siiepe minores, foliis plus minusve arlstatis, supremis arista piliformi, flexuosa, hyalina, folio subicqui- longa, integerrima terminatis. Theca subglobosa vel globoso-urceolata, 1 mm, longa ; seta sub- [Bcpialis vel paullo longior, pallide rubra, crassiuscula. Vaginula turo'ida, s]:)ongiosa, e basi latiore conica. Operculum raajuseulum, plano-mamillatum. Exothecii rete perspongiosum, molle, e cellulis laxis mollissimis subhexagonis compositum, infra orificium cellulis seriebus 5-6 minoribus. transverse rectangularibus. Annulus 0. Peristomium nullum. Spori 30-35 /x, baud omnino maturi. Calyptra baud visa. Dioicum videtur. Flores c^ baud visi. Hab. Cape Town, 1917 ; Wa, do., X 4. c, c\ up]:»er leaves, X 20. f/, cells at slioulder, X 200. e, two peristome teeth, X80. /, capsule, moist, X 10. y, do., dry, X 10. 2. Bechlomlelia fiDuirioiiles. ^/, plants, nat. size. ^, leaf, X 20. c, upper marginal cells, x 200. (l,d\ capsules, X 10. e, jjurt of peristome, X HO. /, lower part of a tooth, X 160. g, calyi)tra on immature capsule, X 20. 3. FhyscoinitreUopsis africana. a, plant, nat. size. h, leaf, X 20. c, upper marginal cells, X 200. d, young fruit with calyptra, X 1-3. e, stoma, X 200. /, capsule, X o. 4. Chamcthryum pottioides. a, sterile plant, X 2. «', fruiting do., X 2. h, upper leaf, X 20. c, fruit, X 4. 5. Dimorplioctadon homense. a, plant, nat. size. 5, h' , leaves of normal branches, X 20. c, leaf of caudiform branch, x 20. d, marginal cells at mid-leaf, X 200. retation. But, more unfortunate still, they continually require the monographer of an}^ familj^ to pursue scattered researches on other various and remote groups in order to assure himself that some early name, long considered in synonymy, is jnstly and permanently so treated. Only those who have had occasion to follow such entanglements will aj^preciate how cross-complicated our nomenclature can become, and what a decisive cutting of the Gordian knot the American custom offers ! It will be asked " Is not such an insistence upon a simple pro- cedure too ruthless an allegiance to rule ? Does not the American method imply wholesale changes of long-established and familiar names ? What thorough application have its principles had, that we may actually view them in action ? " If I may answer from my own experience, I have given the American Code what I think is a fair test. I have, strictly following its usage, typified all generic names of the family Scrojjhulariacece. As over two hundred genera are recognized in this family and some four hundred generic names are concerned, my success in the selecting of names should form a valid check upon the system. It was a pleasure to find very few instances wherein the American Eules caused any change from current usage, only two cases involving names for genera of con- siderable size. Gerardia L., typified b}^ G. tuherosa L., belongs properly to the Acarifhacece, and the Scrophulariaceous plants become A(jalinis Eaf. and Aureolaria Kaf., names buried since their first proposal in 1837 : Calceolaria L., 1770, is antedated by Calceolaria Loefi., 1766, and Calceolaria (Heister) Fabricius, 1759 [or 1763]. The name Calceolaria, in its application from 1770, has been applied to a large genus including several hundred species, and it seems to me that one practical aim of nomenclature — convenience — should lead to its retention. No subject has proved such a bone of contention between the schools as has that of the retention or non-retention of certain current names, the use or non-use of nomina coRservanda. Of course, all must grant that a list of later names to be held without concern for prioritv does introduce something very arbitrary into an otherwise PLA^T NOMEXCLiTURE 115 nearly aiitoiiiatic system. Every name wliieh is an exception to rule is a clog in the nomenclature-machine, and is liable to bring about surprising cross-complications. Consequently for small genera, where any change involves the learning of only a few new names, it seems to me that we should agree to discard uniformly all antedated names ; but for large genera, practical convenience, including continued quick accessibility to literature for students of many branches of botany, requires, I think, the retention of some widely-used names. A suggested plan of harmony on this vexed matter is then to nmintain a list of nomina conservanda, placing thereon such ante- dated current names as have been applied to genera credited with at least a hundred species — possibly the limit should be fifty. In either case such a list would be small, involving few exceptions to rule, and would be found nevertheless to include the great majority of those species whereon the codes at present disagree. To test the truth of this contention, and also to prove to our- selves how much less than has been supposed is the present divergence in actual practice between the two codes, let us examine a sample portion of the 'list of nomina conservanda authorized at Vienna in 1907. I assume that the list of New England nomina conservanda^ published in Bliodora, ix. 53, 1907, is a fair specimen of the whole. Let us examine these names and see what proportion, forming a reserved list only for names given to genera of fifty or a hundred species, need be maintained on a restricted list of names to be con- served. To check the size of each genus we will assign it the number of species given it in Dalla Torre et Harms, Genera Siphono- gamarum ; and, as indicating the action of the American Code, we will compare its nomenclature with that of Dr. N. L. Britton in Britton & Brown, Illustrated Flora, ed. 2, 1918. Excluding Eropliila DC. (not in Genera Sij)honogamarum as a distinct genus), there are listed 61 names of genera occurring either as native or as introduced in New England. Of these, 1(S should be excluded, inasmuch as the American Code, as applied by Dr. Britton, on logical grounds, sustains their use ; three other names should be struck out : Calijstegia K. Br., placed now in Convolvuhis L. ; Taraxacum Wiggers, held as against Hedypnois Scop, but put by Dr. Britton in Leontodon L., of which name it is the historic application ; and Haplopappas Cass., concerning the delimitation of wdiich is little agreement. This leaves 43 cases of divergence between the usage of the two schools. Let us inquire next into the size of these 43 genera, whose names have been excepted from the rule of priority. How many are credited with over a hundred species ? There are only two — Teplirosia Pers. and Desmodium Desv, Teplirosia is retained as against the Linnean Cracca, but surely followers of the International Rules should carefully reconsider the wisdom of replacing a genus-name dating from the first edition of the Species Flantarum ; Desmodium, I agree, is a fit candidate for nomen conservandum. There are but three other genera credited each with 50 or more species, so that it becomes obvious what a small list of exceptions to the rule of priority our conq)romise calls for ! i2 110 TUK JOUHNAL OV BOTANY In fact, 38 of the 43 names previously conserved for New England plants belong to small genera, and herein, 1 believe, has lain the chief stumbling-block in the way of American acceptance of the system of nomina conservanda. It has seemed to us that moist of the excepted names have meant too trivial a saving of terminology to warrant the violation of procedure and the possibility of complications of nomen- clature involved. Actually 28 names of those on the list of New England nomina conservanda — about two-thirds of the present divergent cases of usage- — pertain to genera eacli credited with ten species or less, and of these again ten are monotypic 1 Does it seem worth while, when devising rules for handling thousands of genus- names for some hundreds of thousands of species, to make exceptions for Si/mplocarptis Salisb., 31ajanthet)miii Web., LacJinantlies Ell., Loisleuria Desv.- — inHnitesimal fractions of our plant-life? Surely we can make some ruling, based upon size and, perhaps, economic importance, to govern the selection of names to be reserved as nomina conservanda! Also, I may urge that names so selected should be as detinitely typified as any others. As the study of such a series of names shows, divergence of nomenclature due to following or ignoring the list of nomina conser- tianda has happily been but slight, although the matter has unfortu- nately been over-stressed. In this countiy our difi'erenccs in termino- logy have been due in the main to varying views with regard to the limiting of genera, and svich divergence should prove healthful rather than unhealthful to taxonomic botany. I am aware that Mr. Sprague in his discussion of this question ha? calculated the number of name-changes which the adoption of the American Code would require as beyond 15,000, over one-ninth of all seed-plants! His calculations are also largely from the Genera Siphoriogamarum. A chief reason for his high estimate is that he assumes that each name which at Vienna was made a nomen con- servanduni is actually in conflict with our Kules ; a considerable number of these, however, especially those earlier ])ro])osed, and hence apt to pertain to large genera, were antedated only by prior listing or such other vague mention as neither code sustains. The truth of this is shown by the presence on the New England list of six genus- names pertaining to genera of over a hundred sjjecies each, every one of which Dr. Britton, applying the American Code, confirms : they are Fiinhrisfylis Vahl, Bhi/nclwsjJora A^ahl, Pilea Lindl., Oxyfropis DC, Vernonia Schreb., and Mikania Willd. If names of this class are omitted, and if a list of nomina conservanda be accepted for genera with many species each, Mr. Sprague's "one-ninth of all seed- plants " would dwindle to a very small fraction indeed. II. Accuracy ain'd Applicability of Names. Under this heading I Avish to consider certain suggestions con- cerning names to be rejected, orthography, terminology, and practical convenience in accrediting of authorities. These seem to me to be all quite secondary to the deciding of the underlying rules of pro- (•(,'dury which we have been considering, although they touch more PLANT XOMKXCL.VTUKR 117 evidently the obvious purpose o£ nomenclature — appropriateness of names. To hold that names are mere Libels for plants, and that their applicability or lack of applicability is of no importance, is, to my mind, a partial perversion of the original aim of nomenclature. The International Kules ask us " to avoid or reject the use of forms and names which may cause error or ambiguity or throw science into confusion." In practice the llules protest also against meaning- less names. From the standpoints of convenience, and, more im- portantl}^ the expression of truth, I wish to consider brielly the valuable suggestions made by Mr* Sprague. His tirst suggestion as to the undesirability of insisting upon Latin diagnoses for new s})eeies is one of convenience that seems to bo now generally concurred with. His second suggestion is to prohibit the use both of duplicating and nearly duplicating binomials. Such names are meaningless, and his proposal meets my hearty approval, though in I'ejecting the names I think that fear of ridicule should influence us less than a positive desire for intelligent terminology. His third suggestion, that of avoiding misleading geographical names, I should like to see enlarged to include the rejection of any proved misnomer of any kind. Inasmuch as the names historically tirst, and therefore those selected by priority, were usually based upon less complete knowledge, it is natural that they are sometimes misleading or positively untrue ; surely it is crippling to our science not to be permitted to re])lace such as are proved fallacious ? What but "causing error" or " throwing science into confusion " can be the result of maintaining Pentstemou eriantlieriis Pursh for a Beard- tongue with glabrous anthers (the sterile filament, which completely lacks an anther, alone being woolly-bearded) ; J^'uius palustrU Mill, for the dry-soil long-leaf pine (in no way a swamp-species) ; or Asdeplas sijriaca Ij. the American Milkweed? Users of all codeg should realize, it seems to me, that method in science ought to give place to the statement of scientific truth. 1 approve of Mr. Sprague's fourth, fifth, and sixth suggestions. For his seventh suggestion, I think that the practice so clearly outlined by Mr. A. S. Hitchcock in Science, n. s, lii. 312, 1921, and in the introduction to Hitchcock and Chase's Wortli American Species of Panicum (Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xv. 6 ; 1910) ig preferable. This method saves time otherwise spent to little profit, gives convenience, and answers the International aim of jjreventing ambiguity. Dr. Hitchcock's course is to associate a species-name permanently wdth the species to which it was first applied, holding that species to be the one actually removed to another genus, even though the transferrer really intended some other plant which he had erroneously confused with it. While open to the accusation of treating names abstractly and independently of descriptions, thig rule makes for simplicity in preventing much laborious and unprofitable surmising as to what species the transferrer may have actually seen. Moreover, it prevents duplication of the same binomial according to the application of this or that worker. A species-name, with all transfers based upon it, follows one single species, and if the original 118 TirE jomxAL of eota"N'y identity of the name be clear all subsequent combinations based tbereon are equalh^ so. Mr. Spragne's suggestion 9, A, seems to me to have been well modified by the later suggestion of Mr. F. N.Williams (o/j. cif. 20'y). Mr. Williams urges that it is pedantic to alter the expected Latin gender because of the classic exception to rule by wliich names of trees became feminine. This surely involves for botanists to-day a needless and profitless effort of decision ; is it not conceivable that, in the face of our present use of Latin in pure science, a conclave of contemporary Koman grammai'ians would be likely themselves to modify, or standardize, their language? In the absence of such a gathering, cannot we, as nearest representing them, do just this in one trivial point of their tongue ? This would be a slight assumjjtion of power compared to the sweeping revisal of the Spanish language cari'ied through b}'' the Spanish Academy. 'J'he remaining pai'ts of suggestion 9, as well as suggestions 10, 11, and 12, 1 fully agree to, although the last two, recommending respectively the wiiting of small initial letter for all species and the omission of the comma between a technical name and its authority, seem to me matters in which liberty may well be given individual ])reference. 1 think that Mr. Sprague has done an excellent thing in opening again the subject of nomenclature, and the editor of the Journal of Bofaru/ a like service in w^elcoming a frank discussion. We must come to universal agreement in this field: however much of com- promise may be at last involved, such agreement presu])]wses a careful analysis of methods, a profiting by the experience of either school, and the joint endeavour to form a system of nomenclature simple in practice and giving results accurate and stable. FEA^'CIS W. Pennell. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. [We have submitted these jmpei's to Mr. S])rague, and ho])e to publish his comments upon them in our next issue. — Ed. Jou«n. BOT.] NEW UMBELLIFERiE FliOM TROPICAL AFRICA. By Cecil Noemax. All the plants hereunder described were collected by John Gossweiler — four in Angola in 1906-7, and one in Mayumbe, Por- tuguese Congo, in 1918 — and are in the National Herbarium. Portuguese West Africa seems to be rather rich in plants of this order, but in many cases the material to hand does not admit of satisfactory determination. I gladly take this o])]iortunity of expressing my grateful thanks to my friend Mr. E. G. Baker for much help and advice. Carum angolense, sp. nov. Herha rigida, suffruticosa, glabra, robusta : caule In sicco canicu- lato ; foUis ternatis, subsessilibus, lobis linearibus nonnunquam tri- fidis 3-5;^ cm. longis, 1-2 mm. latis, acuminatis : ynihellorum radiis 8-12 vafde insequalibus, plerumcpie circa 3 9 cm. longis, vel rarius NEW UMBELLIFEK.i: FROM TROPICAL AFRICA 119 usque ad 13 cm. ; umhdullornm pcdicellis crassiusculis 10-20, circiter 4-10 mm. longis : involucri bracteis plerumque parvis, linearibus, vel rarius longis foliaceisque, involucellorum minutis ; cahjcis den- tibus prominentibus : stylis brevibus : stylopodio parvo : f met it oblongo glabro a latere compresso +5 mm. longo : carpellis subpen- tagonis : jugis primariis prominentibus sequalibus : vittis vallecula- ribus solitariis, ad commissuram 2, semine subterete, baud excavato ; carpo2)boro bipartite) . Angola ; n. 4346. " In short grown thickets at Kaconda, Feb. 1907. Not abundant." A remarkable j^lant, with the fruit, though hardly the habit, of Carum. Selinum angolense, sp. no v. Herha perennis, erecta, circa metralis ; caule simplice terete, glabro : foUis, caulinis, paucis, bractea3formibus; radicalibus, longe petiolatis, basi vaginantibus, bi-ternato-pinnatis, Havo-virentibus zbl4cm. longis in toto : foliolis triangularibus, serratis, nunc leviter nunc profunde trisectis ±3| X 2| cm. ; umbel/is magnis, radiis crassis, ±12; 8-10 cm. longis; umhellulonim pedicellis multis, tenuibus, +5 mm. longis ; involucro et involucellis plurum bractearum linea- rum ; cr//yc/s dentibus obsoletis ; stylis longiusculis ; yr/^c?'?^ oblongo 1 cm. longo, +6 mm. lato, a dorso vaide compresso ; jugis primariis in alas pajDyraceas suba^quales prolongatis : vittis valecularibus mag- nis solitariis, ad commissuram 4 : carpo])horo bipartito : semine an- gusto, a dorso valde compresso, vix semi-lunato. Angola-, nn. 2727, 3166. Flowers with " purplish petals." I cannot find that Selinum has been previously recorded fi-om. Tropical Africa, though there are several species of Ouidium in South Africa; but even if Cuidium be kept up (see Gen. Plant, i. 914) the much compressed fruit of this plant would remove it from that genus. N. 3696, without fruit, is closely • allied, if not identical ; the umbel has 21 ra^'s ±14 cm. long, and is an altogether stouter plant. Pimpinella robusta, sp. nov. Herha robusta, perennis, usque ad 3 m. alta ; leviter ramosa glabra ; caule terete, striato ; foliis radicalibus simplicibus, triangu- laribus serratis basi, ut videtur, truncatis, ±6 cm. X 4"5 cm., petiolo tenui +9 cm. longo suffultis ; foUis caulinis numerosis saipissime oppositis, inferioribus trifoliatis serratis, petiolo lato vaginanti usque ad 5 cm. longo suffultis : foliolis lateralibus sessilibus anguste oblongis nonnunquam ad basim leviter lobatis +3-6 cm. longis et +O-10 mm. latis : foliolo medio semper maximo, anguste oblongo vel lanceolato, nunc sessili nunc in petiolum brevem attenuato, 6-8 cm. X 1-3 cm., superioribus in bracteas (sajpe trifidas lobis den- tatis) reductis : umbellis densis ; radiis glabris multis, subaequalibus ±l-o cm. longis; involucro et involucello nullo ; petalis flaviusculis, aj^ice inflexis ; ovario dense hirsuto. Mayumbe ; n. 7473. The specimen is in young flower, with only one radical leaf. • Although this plant is without fruit, there can be little doubt that it is closely allied to P. Welwitscliii Engler. It diifers from that plant in its much more robust habit, its dense umbels and its 120 THE JOUlfNAL OF 130TAXY large perfectly-developed lower caiiline leaves, etc. Both P. TVel- loitschii and P. rohusta have the ovary densely hairy, while in P. huilhnsis Welw. it is much less so, the mature fruit having only scattered hairs, rather thicker on the ribs. I have not seen the fruit of P. WeliL'itscliii. Peucedanum Gossweileri, sp. nov. Serha alta perennis, glaberrima, leviter ramosa, caule striato : foliis longe petiolatis bi-ternato-pinnatis 14-28 cm. longis ; foliolis petiolatulis 2:)rofunde pinnatisectis, segmentis ultimis angustis brevi- busque ; iimhellorii?)i Y'ddiis ±12 longissimis usque ad 10 cm. longis, tenuibus ; umbellulorum pedicellis 6-12 tenuisshnis 1^-3 cm. longis ; involucri et involucellorum bracteis paucis, subulatis : calycis den- tibus minimis, stylopodio parvo conico, stylis brevibus ; fructu ])yri- formi ±1 cm. longo, -+:6 mm. lato ; jugis dorsalibus prominulis ; lateralibus in alas papyraceas productis ; vittis valecularibus 8 ad commissuram saspissime 6 : carpophore bipartito. Angola ; nn. 3011, 2715. *' In woods, principally Mumua, on the right margins of the river Langa : rare." No llow^ers have been preserved — many seem to have been males or barren. The large fruit, the many vittie, and the tinely-cut leaves are the outstanding features of this species. Annesorhiza Gossweileri, sp. nov. Herba perennis, 4-5 dm. alta, leviter ramosa, caule terete glal)ro, radice fusiformi V 15 cm. X 1^ cm. : foliis radicalihus petiolatis, digitato-trifoliolatis ; petiolo ±3 cm., foliolis 3-5 cm. longis late linearibus ; foliis caulinis simplicibus linearibus usque 5 cm. longis : nmhrllornm. radiis ±10 ina^qualibus, 2-5 cm. longis ; umhellidoruin pedicellis 10-12, tenuibus, ±4 mm. longis ; involucri et involucel- lorum bracteis, paucis, linearibus, acuminatis : calycis dentibus obso- letis; stylis brevissimis : fructu pyriformi ±8 mm. longo; stylo- podio parvo ; mericarpiis iufequalibus, jugis j^rimariis nunc 3 nunc 4 in alas crassiusculas iniequales productis ; vittis valecularibus soli- tariis, ad commissuram 2, seniine terete, carpo]ihoro bipartito. Angola; n. 3405. A fruiting specimen without flowers. A typically South African genus : the j^resent species is well marked by the relatively large fruits. HOW AKE PLANTS AWARE OF TIME ? Br R. Irwin Lt^-^ch, A.L.S. [Re]:»rinted by permission from the Gardeners^ Clironicle of Jan." 21.] The majority of people would, perhaps, reply off-hand to this query that it is a question of season, which plants are conqx-lled to know by physical circumstances, such as conditions of temperature and moisture ; but ver}^ little rellection will show that this answer is incomplete. In my garden, as a weed, I have a Cape Oxalis, much like 0. versicolor, and now, in spite of being chilled and discouraged hy now ARE PLANTS AWARE OF TIME? 121 the worst weatlier of the year, it insists on growing, evidently with all the vigour it can bring to bear, while in much more iavourable weather it is perfectly quiescent. It has no encouragement what- ever, and is growing apparently only bt^cause it is the time of growth in South Africa. Many would sa}^ "of course," and pass the matter over, but 1 think there is here a mystery that no one has attem[)ted to explain — so far as I remember. It is notorious that plants do flower at the right time according to calendar rather than at the right season according to physical conditions, so much so that none marvel ; indeed, it is the sole explanation why we have various j^lants in tlower when they are the most valuable, and growth, too, at a fixed time is often one of the great difficulties of cultivation. There are, however, various things to observe which require some explanation. It would be thought, for instance, that there would be foi'getfulness in the dormant seed, so that a seedling raised in this country would readily accommodate itself to seasons of the English climate, corresponding with those of its natural home. If it does this in some cases, it does not in numerous instances I have in mind. I believe I am correct in stating that seedlings of Aloe raised from an imported packet of seed, which may have been sown at any time of the year, would in every case flower when the plant Rowers in South Africa, i. e., according to calendar, pa^dng no regard what- ever to corresponding seasons in this country. Moreover, I believe that English -grown seed would result in the same wa3^ I have had various experiences of this kind, but, obviously, it is not the kind of thing that one could carry very far in experiment. For many years I have had my mind upon this subject, but I cannot say that I have anj fixed theory, though, as shown by Sir Francis Dai'win, rhythmic action can sometimes be very wonder- ful in plant life. As an example, the case of Dandelion stalk just now occurs to me. If laid horizontally it naturally tm-ns up ; if, however, it is turned the other way after a sufficient interval of time by a klinostat it reverses, and if then the klinostat is made to turn at the same interval of time, the turning first one way and then the other by this Dandelion stem becomes automatic, and if the klinostat is finally stopped, nevertheless the Dandelion stem continues to turn first one way and then the other at the correct interval of time. What then may not be induced in the habit of a ])lant if ages of repeating seasons take the place of the klinostat? I am aware, of course, that there are instances of accommodation to climate, as, for instance, I believe, the change of the flowering season in the case of Australian Acacias planted in India. SHOKT NOTES. Coleosporium Narcissi, sp. n. II. Soris uredosporiferis amphigenis, parcis, ovalibus, planis^ ■|-1 mm. (vel amplius) longis, sparsis v. in greges parvos digestis, pallidis, marginatis, diu epidermide tectis ; uredosporis ovali-oblongis- vel subinde obovoideis, pallide luteis, dense verruculosis, 25-30 X 15-lS /x, in catenas breves pedieello clavato suffultas compositis. 122 THE JOrRNAL OF BOTANY Hah. in foliis Narcissi poetici., Crown Colony, Holbeach, Lines, Jun.-Jul. 1920-1 (F. Glover leg.). The bulbs had been obtained two years previously from Spalding. The parasite was found only in small quantity. In the spores and in the pedicel the two usual conjugate nuclei can be observed in a stained section. This seems to be the first record of a Coleospoinum on the Amaryllidace* ; 1 owe the opportunity^ of seeing it to the kindness of Mr. A. D. Cotton. It was collected h\ Mr. F. Glover. — W. B. Gkove. J UNCUS coMPEEssus IX S.E. YoEXSiiiEE. Xo mention is made of this species in J. F. Robinson's Flora of the East Biding. Mr. C. Waterfall reminds me that I so named an example of Juncus that he sent me, gathered in 1010 at the edge of Hornsea Mere in vice-county 61. It was a small form of this species, which some- times attains the height of two feet in congenial smToundings. — C. E. Salmon. EEVIEWS. The Somatic Organization of the JBhceophycccr. By A. H. Chuijch. Oxford University Fress. Botanical Memoirs, Xo. lO, 1020. 110 pp. Frice os. net. The Brown Seaweeds have a world-wide distribution, and repre- sent one of the oldest groups of marine plants. They display a range of vecretative and reproductive organization beyond that of any other plant-series. Among them is found ever}' stage of development from the short simple tilament up to the giant Macrocystis or the dendroid Lessonia, and it is somewhat surprising that so compi-e- hensive an evolutionary series should have failed hitherto to receive adequate investigation. It is therefoi-e with pleasure that Dr. Chuix-h's memoir on the Somatic Organization of the Fhieoi)hyce{e \\\\\ be welcomed by all who are interested in the genesis of plant-structure. It is, as Avould be expected, an able contribution to the theory- of the subject ; and, though in appearance but a modest-looking pamphlet, it yet contains compressed within its paper cover what amounts to a text-book of .some 70,000 words — an epitome of the whole matter. It is written in the author's most condensed style ; yet it cannot be described as the skeleton of a text-book ; for it is more than mere bones, bein^'* meat all through, but in a most concentrated form — or, let us say, tough pemmican, which, taken dry, needs an infinity of chewing. " In other words, the reading of this memoir is no light undertaking; nor should too much of it be read at any one sitting; for so full is it of facts, details, and new ideas that the mind cannot dio-est and absorb them readih\ neither the memory retain them. No fio-ures relieve the austerity of the text ; the student is, however, aided by frec^uent references to illustrations in the works of well- known authors. In the present notice it is impossible to do more than indicate briefly the trend of Dr. Church's argument. He claims that " the THE SOMATIC ORGAyiZATION* OF THE P1I.EUPHTCE.E 123 Ph:eophyceie have undoubtedly originatt?d directly from free-Hoating autotrophic plankton," the factoi-s in the life of which have been set forth in detail in a previous memoir (^The Btiihlinc/ of an Aiito- irophic FlageUute). The next stage to be ix)stulated is the genesis of marine benthon, when the rising sea-bottom of the primieval ocean at last made it jx)ssible for sunken Hagelkites to attach them- selves by their tlagella upon a rocky stratum within range of sutli- cient illumination for the m:iintenance of continued existence, and so acquiring an increased supply of gases and salts from the ever- Mowing water. The anclioivd organisms became encysted and gnulu- ally adapted themselves to the new benthic conditions. The proilucts of cell-division, instead of separating like plankton units, began to hold together and form associations. Dr. Church shows why the uniseriate filament would have by far the best chance in the strui^gle for existence, and adopts the tilamentous soma as indicating the main line of progression. He then discusses the question of apical growth, the origin of ramification, and the meaning of the branch, also the strengthening of the filament to resist the tug of the moving water. AVe have now reached the stage of Ectocarpoid Benthon, and then pass through several chapters which treat of adaptations evolved to meet the violence of wave-action, as the rocky bottom was elevated towards the sm-face — the Cable type of axis {Cho/'Jaria), the Multi- septate Cable (Chorda Fihim), Corticated types, Parenchymatous types {Laminan'a and Fiicus). This leads on to a consideration of the evolution of growing points and of systems of ramification, the meaning of symmetry, phyllotaxis, differentiation of space-form, bilateral symmetry, and the theory of members. The evolution of the leaf -member of higher plants is neatly displayed in twelve successive phyletic stages, in the first five of which the Pliieo- phyceie figure. Haptera or Crampons (forcshadowing the roof of higher plants), Pneumatocysts, Gametophores, and the elaboration of differentiated shoot-systems, next come under consideration, and arc followed by tissue-dift'erentiation, mucilage-liaii-s, and ducts. After a few brief chapters on the Pulvinate thallus, the Disc-t,vpe, the Pal- melloid type, and on epiphytes, parasites, and endophytes, we come to the final chapter. This affords a stimulating account of the author's broad views on the alga? in general, and of their structurc in relation to that of the higher plants of the dry land, and on the geological history of the alga? paralleled by that of zoological organisms. Dr. Church possesses a remarkable gift for appreciatino: and realising the conditions in which the evolution of the marine flora took place ; and this has enabled him to construct a closely reasoned account of how the algie adapted themselves to the graduallv changing conditions of their oceanic environment. He sets forth innumerable facts and cogent deductions which prepiire the wav for his brilliant conception of a Land Flora derived from Oceanic migrants equip^ied with all the potentialities of stem, leaf, and root, as described in a previous memoir, Thalassio^fJii/ta and the Stihuerial Transmigration. A. G. 124 TUK JOUltNAL OF BO TAN V Icoiioqrapllie des Orchidees d'Eiirope et dii Basshi Medilerraneen. E. C. AXD A. Ca:mus, 192 L, Folio atlas of 122 plates, with explanatory handbook. With hand-coloured plates, 800 francs ; plain, 100 fr. (Paul Leehavalier, Paris.) Ix this fine work the 122 platas comprise over 1700 figures of species, varieties, and numerous hybrids never before figured; twelve of the plates give details of the internal structure generally. In the explanatory handbook some new varieties and hybrids are described, and an alpliabetical index follows the descriptions of the plates; the latter include a large number of hybrids tigured for the first time. In a short notice it is impossible to go into details. The crosses into which Serapias and Orchis morlo enter furnish a fine series of hand- some plants, and the Ophri/s hybrids are numerous and most interest- ing. Each plate has the figures of several full-sized plants and numerous details, usually enlarged. The drawing and colouring are diagrammatic ; the figures will be a valuable guide to the identifica- tion of the forms, especially of the hybrids, although from an artistic standpoint they leave something to be desired. The notes which follow are suggested by a comparison of the plates with the forms familiar to us as British. Anacanqjtis pi/ramidulis has much broader leaves and paler fiowersthan we have ever seen in this country. An interesting form of Orchis mascula is figured, with very numerous tiny marks on both sides of the leaves. Bicchia albida has a more pyramidal spike and more pointed leaves than any forms known to us. The figure of Epipactis viridljlora shows a well-marked rostellum, and its afiinity to E. latifolia is plain, in accordance with Col. Godfery's recent papers in this Journal. Turning to the Marsh and Spotted Orchids, the details of which are at times somewhat inadequate, we see no figure that could be assio'ned to Orchis prcBfermissa Druce ; the nearest form is named as a robust form of O. incaniata, but to us the lip suggests rather O. latifolia. The figure of O. elodes Grriseb. is that of a slender plant of 21 cm., with erect sepals and a stout spur, and very small centre-lobe of the lip ; the habit and lip-form suggest a variety of O. ericetorum Linton, but the stout spur and erect sepals certainlv d-o not. Strangely enough, no figure is given of typical O. maculata, but some varieties are represented. Of these, \a.r. palicsfris G. Camus is a robust form with large fiowers and very small centre-lobe of the lip ; var. media G. Camus is short and stout, with a rather larger centre-lobe. The only forms in this plate which approach the British O. Fachsii Druce are var. trilobata Breb., which has an exceedingly long centre-lobe, and var. hrachysfachijs A. Camus. It is to be noted that most of the forms figured, including O. elodes, are shown with fully erect sepals ; whereas the rule for British forms is that in O. Fuchsii they are half-erect, and in O. ericetorum drooping or not verv stiff. A good deal remains to he done in careful collation of the British and Continental forms of this group. The hybrids of Gijmnadema coriopsea are interesting; one given of G. conopsea X O. maculata is very like what we find here in the case of O. ericetorum, and a cross with var. hrachustachi/s is more LES OliCIUDlhcs IJ ELHtOPE ET UU EASSIN MKDITERRANEEX 125 like what we have with O. Fuchsii. There is no examj)le of a cross between G. co)iopsea and Coeloglossii m viride. of which at least three types have been found witli us. Tliere are several other British hybrids not represented, which suggests what a great range of them must actually exist. In these days of high prices it requires a good deal of courage to produce a great work of this kind ; and we can only express our gratitude to the authors and the publisher who have made it available for us. T. & T. A. S. EOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on 16tli February, Prof. II. 11. Gates read a paper on " The Inheritance of Flower Size in Plants." He stated that reciprocal crosses were made at Mcrton in 1912 between (Enothera ruhricalijx and CE. hiennis, the former having petals about 10 mm. in length and the latter about 20 mm. in length. The size of Howers in F^ was intermediate and relatively uniform. In F2 there was a marked difference in size of flowers, (1) on different plants, (2) in different flowers of the same plant, and (3) sometimes even in the different petals of a flower. More extensive measurements were made on F-.and F4 plants. The results show that the h3q:)othesis of several Mendelian factors for length of petal is an insuflicient explanation. Variation curves show a tendency to segregation in flower-size between different plants, but also a tendency for the occurrence of smaller flowers, some of the smallest petals being only 7 mm. in length. The disorderly nature of the variation, and the fact that the petals of one flower may be of different lengths, shows that this segregation is not confined to germ-cell formation, and is not Mendelian. Probably cytoplasmic differences are involved in this ty^Q of inheritance and variation. At the same meeting Mr. William Dallimore introduced the subject of the effect produced by wind at Llandudno in causing remarkable dwarflng of trees and shrubs growing on the exposed rocks of the Great Orme's Head, illustrating his remarks by actual specimens and lantern-slides. Mr. Lacaita stated that similar dwarf trees were met with in many places. He had seen them in Spain at an elevation of 6000 feet, and dwarfed Beech-trees were plentiful in Sicily, the chief agent in both instances apparently being the strong winds. It would be very surprising and exceedingly important if it could be proved that such dwarling was due to climatic conditions, Mr. Dallimore replied that one important cause was the poverty of the soil. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on March 2, Mr. R. E. Holttum discussed the Flora of Greenland. The writer, who accom- panied Professor Seward during the summer of 1921 on a visit to Disco Island arid the neighbouring parts of the west coast of Greenland, spoke on the flora of the region visited. The most widely-spread vegetation consists of a low heath, the most important species being 126 THE JOUltNAL OF BOTANY Enipctrum nigrum, Casslope fetragona^ and other ericaceous plants. In specially protected localities a scrub of Salijo glaaca may be found, which m:iy reach eight feet in height, and accompanying this a luxuriant vegetation of herbaceous plants of southern type. In unfavourable situations the ground is not covered by the vegetation, which consists of isolated plants of resistant herbaceous and woody species. The total Hora of the whole of Grreenland consists of 416 species of vascular plants, of which 18 per cent, are high arctic in type, 22 per cent, widely distributed, and 60 per cent, of southern type. The problem of the means of arrival of the last-named group after the glacial period is an interesting one. Mr. John Walton followed with remarks on the ecology of the flora of Spitzbergen. From the point of view of numbers of species, the richest flora in Spitzbergen occurs in those places where the nearest approach to continental conditions is found. Blytt pointed out that arctic plants tend to avoid an oceanic climate. The head of Klaas Billen Bay, one of the branches of the fiord, is situated near the centre of West Spitzbergen, and is included in a small elliptical area of about 501)0 sc|. kilometres, which Natliorst has shown to contain 90 percent. of the species of vascular plants occurring in Spitzbergen. The area around Brace City, at the head of Klaas Billen Bay, can be divided roughly into three vegetational zones : — liaised Shingle Beach, Alluvial Land between mountain and beach, and Scree Slopes. The land is rising relatively fast from the sea, and the development of the flora of Alluvial Land and Raised Shingle Beach can be traced from initial stages in an intertidal zone. The intertidal zone shows many points of resemblance to the salt-marsh formation of lower latitudes. Both papers were illustrated by admirable lantern-slides from photographs, showing some of the vegetation types observed. An interesting discussion ensued, in the course of which the absence of Legumiiioscs was commented on. Mr. Walton said that the reason appeared to be that the summer temperature was rather low, ground ice being found only 18 inches below the surface ; this having the effect of preventing the existence of the bacteria that inhabit the tubercles of leguminous plants. The publication or transmission of many of the parts of Das PJlanzenreich having been held up during the War, it may be useful to give a list of those which were received at the end of last month by the Department of Botany, with the dates of publication as these appear on the wrappers : — AracecB: Philodendroide?e, etc., A. Engler (Heft 61, 15 June, 1915) ; Aracese Colocasioidete, A. Engler & K. Krause (Heft 71, 14 May, 1920) ; Aroide^e et Pistioideie, A. Engler (Heft 73, 6 July, 1920) ; Pars generalis et Index, A. Engler (Heft 74, 9 July, 1920;. ComposltcB: Hieracium, K. H. Zahn (Heft 75, Feb. 4, 1921). CrucifercB '. Brassicea?, 0. E. Schulz (Heft 70, 30 Dec, 1919). CitcurhitacecB : Fevillese et Melothriese, A. Cogniaux (Heft 66, 26 Sept., 1916). DaphniphgllacecB: K. Rosenthal (Heft 68, 6 June, 1919). Eitpliurblace(£ : Acalypheai-MercurialineDe, 63, F. Pax (Heft 63, book-:notes, news, etc. 127 10 Nov. 1914; riiyllaiithoidejfi et Brideliea^ E. Jablonszky (lleft 05, 22 June, 1915); AcMlvphete, DalechaiiipieLU et Perea3, F. Pax et K. Hoffmann (Heft 08, G June, 1919). Myzodendracece : C. Skottsberg (Heft 62, 10 Nov. 1914). OleacccG : Oleoidete, Fraxineaj et Syriugeie, A. Lingelslieim (Heft 72, 29 June, 1920). Saxifraf/acece: Saxifraga, A. Engler (Heft G7, 26 Sept., 1916 ; Heft 69, 6 June, 1919). The Thirteenth lieport of the Devonshire Botany Committee (Trans. Devon. Assoc, liii. 89-97), edited by the Secretary, Miss C. E. Larter, contains additions to the flora of the various districts into which the country is divided and a long list of Bryophytes of the Totnes neighbourhood by Prof. C. V. B. Marquand. The following note on Cos mar i ion Jcdve Kabenh. may be quoted : " This desmid was collected on the face of a perpendicular cliff in the form of masses of jelly. It was present in extraordinai-y quantity, the masses being composed of pure gatherings of the desmid. So much calcareous matter was present that it had to be dissolved with H.Cl. to obtain the desmids free. This is noteworthy, as the late Prof. G. S. West always insisted that calcareous conditions were inimical to the growth of desmids." Br the appointment of Mr. Arthur. Disbrow Cotton to succeed Dr. Sta])f as Keeper oi the Kevv Herbarium, the precedent established in Dr. Stapf s case of appointing a Keeper from outside the establish- ment has been followed, somewhat to the surprise of those who are acquainted with the existing Herbarium staff. Mr. Cotton, however, is no stranger to Kew% having been an assistant in the Herbarium and subsequentl}^ connected with the Pathological Laboratory there, previous to his appointment as Mycologist to the Ministry of' Ao-n- culture and Fisheries. The Gardeners'' Chronicle of Feb. 25 prints a well-deserved tribute to the late Director of the Gardens, Sir David Prain. In an article on '* National Botanic Gardens," the Times (March 28^), referring to the almost simultaneous retirement of Sir David Prain, Sir Frederick Moore (of Glasnevin), and Sir Isaac Bayley Balfour, devoted special attention to the Poyal Botanic Garden at Edinburgh, of which the last-named has been ''liegius Keeper" since 1888. "For many years," says the Times, "the Botanic Garden at Inverleith has been the Mecca alike of the expert of the plant world and the student, for the methods adopted for the cultivation of plants which do not commonly flourish in Great Britain have been singu- larly successful, while the propagation of ])]ants on scientific lines advocated by Sir I. Balfour has been brought to a fine point. The herbarium of the Garden, too, has become the centre for the classifi- cation of a mass of botanical material in the shape of new trees, shrubs, and plants — the spoil of collectors who for many years have been exploring the mountam regions of Yunnan, Szechuen, Kansu, and the south-eastern confines of Tibet, whei'e the vegetation is exceptionally rich. The fact that there are over 20,000 specimens 128 THE .TOUHNAL OF BOTAXT of rliOLlodeiidron alone from one explorer (Forrest), and many entirely new genera of plants, is some indication of the monumental task dealt with of late years at the Edinburgh Botanic Garden. In retiring from the post of Regius Keeper, Sir I. Balfour also relin- quishes the office of King's Botanist for Scotland and the Chair of Botany in the University of Edinburgh, to both of which he was appointed in the same year." The Kew Bullet in (1922, no. 1) contains an account of the effects of last year's drought on the lawns and gardens of Kew; Miss D. K. Hughes contributes " Further Notes on the Australian Species of Stipa,'" with descriptions and hgures of two new species ; there is a Decade of New Orchids, left by the late K. A. liolfe ; and another instalment of " Diagnoses Africame " — we notice that Dr. Stapf has " adopted Endlicher's spelling of Acocaufhera in the ])lace of the absurd and barbarous form found in G. Don's Generum Systema \_l. e. his General Si/steni of Dichlamydeous Plants^, which is evidently due to a printer's error : Don himself gives the deriva- tion of the name as from atcuxii, acoce, a mucrone." The Board of Trade have issued an Order — ^the German Repara- tion liecovery (No. 1) Order, 1922 — exempting certain German scientific and other periodicals from the provisions of the German Reparation (Recovery) Act, 1921. Any article is exempted "being a publication in the German language which is proved to the satis- faction of the Commissioners of Customs and Excise to be a periodical publication of a German learned society, or other scientific or j^hilo- sophical periodical publication." The Journal of Ecoloffi/ (2-1 Feb.) contains papers on "The Woodlands of Ditcham Park, Hampshire (Studies on the Vegetation of the English Chalk," by R. S. Adamson (6 plates) ; " Stratification and Hydrogen-ion Concentration of the Soil in relation to Leaching and Plant Succession, with special reference to Woodlands," by E. J. Salisbury ; " A Suggestion as to Factors infiuencing the Distribution of free floating Vegetation," by W. H. Pearsall ; " On the Mycor- rhizas of Plnus silvestris and Plcea Ables,^^ hj Elias Melin. Me. William A. Lee contributes to the Irish Naturalist for February a list of " Irish Sphagna " ; no separate list, named as this is, on the Warnstorfian system, has hitherto been published. We note that the name of Dr. A. J. Ewart, of Melbourne, appears in the list of those selected by the Council of the Royal Society for election into that body. We have received from the Roval Horticultural Society the Heport of the International Potato Conference held at the Society's Hall in November last, of which we hope to give some account in an early issue. The Rey. H. J. Riddelsdell is leavmg Wigginton for Bloxham, Banbm-y. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. LA.TE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. The Journal of BoxAi^Y.was established in 1863 by Seeinann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed bj Dr. -Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Oeylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast tield of General Botany, the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and' punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned witli systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way otfieiallj^ connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium, has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. Until the beginning of the late War the Journal paid its way and even allowed a slight margin of profit ; but during that period the subscribers were reduced in number, and the continental circula- tion almost ceased. It has now regained its position, but the in- creased cost of production, which has not as yet been substantially reduced, has resulted in an annual deficit which at one time became so serious that the continuance of the Journal was threatened. By the generosity of those who felt that its cessation would be a mis- fortune, especially for British botanists whose principal organ it has always been, the deficit has been met and an appeal is now made for an increased number of subscribers- JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS, Price Six Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby's ' Enghsh Botany ' (pp. 276) By F. A. Garry. Pynce Five Shillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wollet-Dod (pp. 153). Price Three Shillings. The British Roses, excluding Eu-Caninse (pp. 141). By Major A. H. WOLLEI-DOD. The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslet,. B.A. Price Half -a-cr own. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. LintOiV, M.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A , Dallman, F.L.S. (2s. each.) Price Fighteen-pence. Supplements 2 and 3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists (Is. Gd. each). British Euphrasiae. By Cedric BucKisrALL, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's ' Species Plantarum,' ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S. Linnseus's ' Flora Anglica.' A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-Col. A. H, WoLLEY-DOD. Prices in all cases net, post free. SPECIAL OFFER OF VOLUMES. The stock of the earlier Volumes is getting very ■ low ; it is now impossible to make up a set going back farther than to 1883, and only one such set can be completed. The 36 vols. 1883 to 1918 are offered at d835 ; two sets from 1885 to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at ^31 10s. Od. per set. The disposal of these sets will prevent any long series being supplied in future, and the rarer of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce; the few remaining copies will be sold at 30s. each. The other volumes can be supplied at 21s. each. Orders loith remittance should he addressed to-. — TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4. Subscriptions for 1922 (22s. 6d. post-free) should be sent to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4, without delay. No. 713 MAY, 1922 Vol. LX T H E JOURNAL OF BOTANY BEITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED Bi' JAMES BEITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANT, BRITISH MUSEUM. CONTENTS PAGE PAGE Plant Nomenclature : a "Reply. By Note on a Moss in Amber. By H. N. T. A. Sprague, B.Sc, F.L.S. ... 129 Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. . . .. 149 A New Variety of Orthodontmm gracile Schwaegr. By W. Wat- son, B.Sc 139 Further Notes on Elm Flowering. By Eleonora Armitage 141 New or Noteworthy Fungi. — IX. py W. B. Grove, M.A. {continued). 142 Notes on Charophytes, By Canon G.R.Bullock-Webster, M.A., John Firminger Duthie 151 Review : — Fungi : Ascomycetes, Ustilaginales, Uredinales. By Dame Helen Gw^snne - Vaughan, D.B.E., LL.D., D.Sc, F.L.S., Professor of Botany in the University of London 153 F.L.S 148 Book-Notes, News, etc. 156 LONDON TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & €0., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Price Two Shillings net SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. WHELDON & WESLEY, Ltd. have the largest stock in the country of i Books in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers. A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo- graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for, and those not in stock sought for, without charge. Libraries or small parcels purchased. 38 GREAT QUEER STREET. KINGSWAY. LONDON. W.C. 2. Telephone : Gerrard 1412. For naming Woody Plants by their Twigs. WINTER BOTANY by Peofessor William Teelease. Concise simple keys to over 1000 trees and shrubs of over 300 commonly cultivated genera, as they occur in -winter. Pocket size : good binding ; fully illustrated. " The best book of its kind " — Torreya. Price, post free, S2.50 Avith order. Address :— WILLIAM TRELEASE, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BT JAMES BHITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. Communications for 23ublicatioii and books for review should be sent to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, Middlesex. Annual Subscription £1 2s. 6d. (post-free), single Numbers 2s. net each. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 16 pp. 105. 6d. „ 13s. „ 14s. „ 15s. 6(L Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. Apply to the Publishers, Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4. 12 copies 2 pp. 3s. "4 pp. 4s. GcZ. 8 PI). 7s. 12 pp. 9s. 25 „ „ 4s. „ 5s. Qd. „ 8s. ., lis. M 50 „ „ 5s. „ 6s. Od. „ 9s. „ 12s. 6d 00 „ „ 7s. ,. 8s. Od. „ 10s. 6d. „ 14s. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany, One Sis Twelve. Insertion. Insertions* Insertions Page <£2 Os. OrL ^1 16s. Od. each =£1 12s. Od. each^ Half-page 12 6 10 0.. 17 6 „ All Quarter-page Eighth-page All ajjplicai Mr. H. 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 „ r net. 76 70 „ 66 „ J ions for space to Jbe made to A. COLLINS. 3z Birdhurst Road, Croydon. 120 PLANT NOMENCLATURE . A REPLY. Br T. A. SpKAauE, B.Sc, F.L.S. The publication of my '* Siigi^estions " ( Journ. Pot. 1921, lo;j- 1(50) has elicited criticism from various sources. Dr. N. L. Pritton, on the one side, rcii^ards those suggestions which are in accordance with the American Code as " quite in the line of progress," and those which conrtict with it as " not in line of progress towards nomencla- torial stability" {op. cit. 296). Drs. Schinz and Thellung, on the other side, consider that no dehnite decision of the Vienna Congress should be reversed, whatever may be the merits of the case, as to do so might, in their opinion, lead to a return of anarchic conditions in nomenclature (Vierteljahrsschr. Nat. Ges. Ziirich, Ixvi. 311 ; 1921). Put disregard of the International Rules would be more likely to result from the retention of unwise Articles (such as Art. 3G) than from their revocation or modihcation in accordance with prevailino- opinion. The impersonal character of the discussion and the desire generally shown to combine the best features of both nomenclatural systems are encouraging. No permanent agreement can be attained without dispassionate comparison of rules, and adequate tests of their effects in practice. It is of primary importance that we should be agreed as to the facts, and as Dr. E. W. Pennell's article (Journ. Pot. 1922, 112) may convey a wrong impression of the amount of difference in nomenclature under the two sj^stems, it seems desirable to deal with it in the first place. Name-ciiaxges required under the American Code. Dr. Pennell challenges my estimate of the number of name- changes which the adoption of the American Code would require. To make matters clear, I quote my original statement : '• A rough idea of the number of name-changes required under the Code may be gained from the total number of species affected by the ' noinina conservanda ' of the Rules. These amount to more than 15,000 out of a total of 136,000 Seed-Plants ; that is to say, one species out of every nine. The figures are taken from Dalla Torre & Hanns, Gen. Siphonog. (1900-7) ; and Thonner, Pliitenpfi. Afr. 623 (1908)." He states that I assumed that all the " nomina conservanda " adopted by the Vienna Congress were invalid according to the Ameri- can Code. In this he is mistaken. The underlying assumption was that the deductions which must be made in respect of " nomina conservanda " that are valid under the Code are counter-balanced by additions due to various causes. Has he forgotten that the recogni- tion of "nomina conservanda" is only one — though admittedly tlie most important — of the sources of difference in nomenclature ? Among other causes of difference I may mention the following: — (1) The rejection under the Code of untypified genera (hyponyms). (2) The rejection under the Code of homonyms, generic and specific. Journal or Botany. — Vol. 60. [May, 1922.] k 130 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANT (8) The treatment as homonyms, under the Code, of names which are regarded as different under the Kules, e. g. Chamissoa and Chamissonia ; Lomatia and Lomatium ; Festuca Kingii and F. Kingiana. (4) The recognition as vahd, under the Code, of generic names published without generic description but with citation of species, e. g., Per^w/?^;« Salisb. (o) The recognition, under the Code, of "priority of place." As examj^les SteUnria Linn, is replaced by Alsine Linn. ; and Minor ea Aubl. by Mi ana Aubl. (6) The different method of selecting the type-species of a genus. (7) The rejection, under the liules, of specific names in Avhich the trivial merely repeats the generic name. (These tautological names may for the sake of brevity be called taidonyms.') The first six causes, in so far as they relate to genera, cut both ways. It will be found that most of the " nomina conservanda '' which are valid under the Code, are valid because the prior names are either homonyms or hvponyms. Let us assume, for the sake of argument, that owing to the operation of the six causes the number of name-changes in respect of " uomina conservanda " is reduced from 15,000 to 10,000. If these six causes operating in one direc- tion on the 458 genera included in the list of " nomina conservanda " produce a deduction of 5000 name-changes, may they not be ex])ected to produce an addition of at least as many changes, operating in the reverse direction in the case of the 9149 genera (nearly twenty times as many) not on the list ? Further name-changes are necessitated by specific names which are homonj^ns or tautonyms. The question, however, is one of facts, and it is therefore desirable to test the accuracy of my estimate of 15,000. It is obviously impracticable to count the total changes required in all genera. What may be done is to ascertain the approximate number of changes in a large and fairly representative body of genera, and to see how far it agrees with an estimate based on the " nomina con- servanda" in that bod})- of genera. Tlie test which I have applied is to take the whole of the genera included in Britton and Brown's lUui^trated Flora, ed. 2 (1913), and to calculate the ai)proximate number of name-changes of species required by the American Code. The task has been laborious, but I do not regret having undertaken it, since it has supplied a basis of facts for consideration. It has given some indication of the relative importance of the various causes of difference, and enables us to estimate the effect, for example, of Dr. PennelFs pro])osal to limit " nomina conservanda " to genera containing at least 100 (or 50) species. The number of name-changes consequent on the acceptance of the American Code depends of course on the taxonomic basis Avhich is ado])ted, and particularly on the generic concept. There exists in the United States an influential body of systematists, headed by Dr. N. L. Britton, who treat as genera what a majority of botanists at the present time regard as subgenera or sections. As this is purely a taxonomic question, any discussion of it in the present con- nection would be out of place. But it is self-evident that for those who recognize such small genera, the differences in nomenclature PLANT K^OMENCLATURE : A EEPLY l3l between one code and another are considerabl}' lessened. If, for example, a genus has been reduced bj segregation to one half of its former size, a change of generic name will affect only half the number of species. The calculations which follow are based on the genera as defined bv Dalla Torre and Harms, with such modifications as are indicated in the lists of "nomina conservanda," e.fj.^ the treatment of Malionia as a separate genus. The phanerogamic genera contained in Eritton and Brown's llluafrated Flora, ed. 2, include 101 which are among the "nomina conservanda." These 101 genera are together credited with "Mil species by Dalla Torre and Harms. The number of name-changes of species in the whole body of genera included in the Ilhisfrafcd Flora should therefore be about 3477, according to my rough estimate. How far is this realized ? Let us deal first with the " nomina conservanda " : 75 genera, comprising 1900 species, are invalid under the Code, the remaining 26 genera and 1577 species being valid, owing to the invalidity (under the Code) of the prior names. So far there is a deficiency of 1577 changes. This deficiency is, however, more than counterbalanced b}^ name-changes in genera wdiich are not on the list of " nomina conservanda," and in individual species. Forty-three of these genera, comprising 1068 species, bear different names under the Rules and the Code. A further cause of name-change is the non-validity of specific homonyms. The number of homonyms which are valid under International Rules is difficult to estimate. In Carex alone there ai-e at least T:>^ valid homonyms, and in Astragalus perhaps twice as many. The whole body of genera contained in the Illustrated Flora probably includes at least 1000 valid homonyms. Even if we take the number as 500, which is certainly an under-estimate, the total name-changes will amount to at least 3501, made up as follows : — " nomina conservanda," 1900 ; genera not on list, 1068 ; specific homonyms valid under Inter- national Rules, say 500 ; tautonyms, 33. Changes estimated, 101 genera, 3477 species — changes ascertained, 118 genera, 3501 species. Thus in a test including between i- and \ of the total estimated name-changes the actual changes are at anj^ rate not less than the estimated; and this in spite of the fact that the estimate was swollen by the inclusion of Fimhristylis, Bhynclwspora,2iY\([ Halenia, which should not have been placed on the list of " nomina con- servanda," inasmuch as the prior names for these genera are invalid under International Rules, having been published either as subgenera or in synonymy. But for the presence of these three genera in the test group, the actual changes would have exceeded the estimate by several hundred. Out of 3501 name-changes of species in the test-group of genera 1900 (54'3 per cent.) are in respect of " nomina conservanda" ; 500 (14*3 per cent.) are attributable to specific homonyms ; 448 (12'S per cent.) are due to the different method of typifying genera ; 233 (6*7 per cent.) to hjqwnyms ; 231 {d-Q per cent.) to generic homonyms; 131 (3*7 per cent.) to " priority of place " of genera ; 33 (0*9 per cent.) to tautonyms; and 25 (0-7 per cent.) to genera published without description but with citation of species. 132 THE JOVRXAL OF B0TA:>»T Lack of s\mce prevents the publication of the list of name- changes ; if Dr. Pennell desires to see it, I shall be pleased to send him a copy. The following examples illustrate the inHuence of the generic concept on the amount of name-change required : — Mertensia (1797) is a genus kept up in Britton and Ih-own, ed. 2, but is here countwl as invalid under the Auxerican Code. The explanation is simple : Pueumaria (17G4) is treated bv Britton as an indej^^endent monotypic genus, but by Dalla Torre and Harms as congeneric with Mertensia. This is a case in which generic segregation would diminish the number of name-changes rec^uired under the American Code. On the other hand, Digitaria Scop., non Heist., which Britton and Brown replace by Syutherisuui Walt., has not been counted above, owing to the fact that Dalla Torre and Harms regard it as a section of Fanicum, In this instance, generic segregation would increase the number of name- clianges recpiired under the Code. It may heme ntioned i\\xt lihinanthiisis included among the generic names not on the list of "nomina conservanda " which are invalid or differently a]>plied under the American Code. This is because the tyi)e of Iihi)ianthu&,^'& is evident from the meaning of the generic name, is li. Eleplias {Wii/nchocon/s Slephasy. and not i?. Grisfa-galli, as stated b}'' Britton. But Ilht/uehocori/s is a "nomen conservandum," and hence the name JRhinanthns may be used under International liules, though not under the American Code, for the genus typified b}^ B. Crista-f/alli. An examination of Dr. Pennell's arguments shows that what he has had under consideration — he has given no estimate — is the number of name-changes wdiich adherents of the American Code with the generic concept of Britton and Brown would have to adopt if they accepted the International Rules. This is doubtless smaller than the number of changes which adlierents of the International liules with the generic concept of Dalla Torre and Harms would have to ado]>t if they accepted the American Code. But this is surely an argument in favour of accepting the International liules. It will be noticed that Dr. Pennell strikes out Taraxaoiim fix>m the list of New England "nomina conservanda" which cause divergence between the usage of the two schools. This is on the ground that it is " put by Dr. Britton in Leontodon L., of which name it is the his- toric api>lication." He apparently thinks that " nomina conservanda " are maintained merely against the " nomina rejicienda *' cited, having overlooked the significance of the words "nomina generica utique conservanda " and " une liste de noms qui doivent eti-e conserves en tons cas " (see Journ. Arn. Arb. ii. 158 ; 1921 : Kew Bull. 1921, 175 • Journ. Bot. 1922, 52). The })resence of Turasacum on the list of " nomina conservanda " precludes the use of the Bame Leontodon for the genus typified by X. Tara^vaeum. Dr. Pennell suggests the following compromise between the Inter- national liules and the American Code : — 1. Untypified generic names (hy])onyms) to be rejected. 2. Homon3ans, generic and specific, to be rejected., 3. The American m^ethod of typifying genera to be accepted in its o-eneral outlines. VhXJ^T NOMEXCTATITRE^ A REPLY 138 In return for these concessions lie would be prepared : — 4. To recognize as " nomiua conservanda " such antedated current names as have been applied to genera credited with at least 100 (or possibly 50) species. 5, To discuss whether genera undescribed yet accompanied by citation of species should be rejected. Let us now estimate the number of name-changes which on this basis would have to be accepted l)y adherents of the International Eules. Among the " nomina conservanda " 41 genera including 75S0 species are credited by Dalla Torre and Harms with 100 species or more, and 50 genera comprising 8257 species, are credited with 50-90 species each. Assuming that 100 species were taken as the minimum for " nomina conservanda " there wouklbe a gro.ss saving of 7580 name-changes. The net saving would be considerably less, as all ** nomina conservanda*' (with at least 100 species) Avhich are valid under the American Code would have to be deducted. Among these are Fimhristijlis^ Rliyncliospora, Eidopliia, BalbophyUum^ JPilea, Oxytropis, Vernonia, Mikania, and probably others. Those mentioned comprise altogether 1560 species, so that the net saving would, at the most, amount to about 6000. Deducting this from the total of 15,000 changes entailed by the adoption of the American Code unaltered, we find that the acceptance of Dr. Pennell's suggested compromise would involve about 9,000 name-changes of sjx^cies, if " nomina con- servanda " were restricted to genera credited with at least 100 species by Dalla Torre and Harms. Even if genera credited with at least 50 species were included, about 6000 name-changes would be required. The figures speak for themselves. It will be noticed that I have not taken into consideration No. 5, the rejection of typified but undescribed genera, which is not definitely conceded by Dr. Pennell. The number of changes which would be saved were this conceded would, however, be relatively insignificant» G-EXERIC HOMONTMS. I entirely agree with Dr. Pennell that the monographer of one group of plants should not be required to pursut3 scattered researches on other groups in order to satisfy himself that some early name long considered a synonym is justly and permanently so treated. The validity or non-validity of the early name often depends on the generic concept adopted, and may, therefore, be a matter of opinion. Thus those who consider A7c/^-rm Dum. (1827) a synonym of Linaria will, under International Eules, adopt Kichxia^ l^lwmQ (1828) for the apocynaceous genus afterwards named Kihafalia by G. Don. Those who YQ^-Ai\\Kickxia Dum. and Linaria as separate genera A\ill, on the other hand, call the apocynaceous genus Kihafalia. Thus in this and similar cases the International Rules make the nomenclatural validity of a generic name dependent on the taxonomic validity of a genu's belonging to another family. Instead, however, of treating all generic homonyms as invalid, as Dr. Pennell suggests, the Gordiali knot may be cut just as decisively and more satisfactorily by placing such generic homonyms as are in current use on the list of " nomina con- servanda," and treating the remainder as invalid. 134 tite jouknal of botany Ttpificattox of Geneea. Most botanists will probably agree with Dr. Peiinell that all generic names should be typitiecl. It seems to show a lack of resom'ce, however, "" to rule out genera so well described as those of Jussieu's Genera Flaniariim''^ on the ground that they cannot be associated definitely w4th a given species. Surely the obvious course to follow is to choose a type-species for each current but untA^pified generic name. As Mr. A. S. Hitchcock lias pointed out in his admirable article on " The Type Concept in Systematic Botan}- " (Amer. Journ. Bot. viii, 251; 1921), "in the early days of taxonomy a name was applied to a concept rather than to an entity. A generic name was based upon all the known species of the genus ; a specific name w^as based upon all the know^n specimens of the species." Since many genera, therefore, actually had no type-species, the retroactive fixation of generic types is largely a matter of convenience. This is virtually recognized in the Type-basis Code, Article 6, which permits such exceptions as may be validated by an International Nomenclature Commission. Thus although, according to the Code, the historic type of the genus Panicum is P. italicum, which is a Setaria, Mr. Hitchcock suggests that P. miliaceiim should be selected as the type-species in order that the cui-rent usage of the generic name mav be retained (1. c. 253). The far-reaching consequences which the adoption of the Type- basis Code might entail have been briefl}^ indicated by Dr. Schinz (Vierteljahrsschr. Nat. Ges. Zurich, Ixvi. 916; 1921), but have perhaps not been generally appreciated. The fixation of generic types is still in its infancy, yet nearl}^ 13 per cent, of all changes in the test group of genera {vide siipra^ is due to this cause. According to Di\ Britton, the type-species of Sisi/mhrium andl^iysimifm are Sisymhriiim Nasturtium-aquatlcum and ]£rifsimum officinale respectively. The result is that Nasturtium becomes Sisi/mbrium, Sisymhrium becomes J^rysiniuni, and JSrysinmm becomes Cheirinia (111. Fl. ed. 2, ii. 162, 172, 173). Such revolutionary^ changes might, however, be avoided b}'- the validation of " substitute tj^pes " under Article 6, as suggested by Mr. Hitchcock. I have therefore great pleasure in supporting his proposal for the appointment of an International Committee for the purpose of fixing generic types and "substitute types," recommending new " nomina conservanda " etc. Possibly a smaller committee than that suggested might be desirable. My twelve suggestions may now^ be review^ed in the light of the criticism which has been offered. Drs. Schinz and Thellung consider that no definite decision of the Vienna Congress should be reversed, and therefore regard suggestions 1, 2 B, 2 C, 3, 4, and 6 as inadmissible. It seems preferable, however, to consider each suggestion on its ow^n merits. 1. Revocation of Art. 36. — I agree with Mr. Eehder (Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 51 ; 1919) that Art. 36 should be made a Kecommendation. Mr. Groves has suggested that it should be amended by substituting for the words " valid only when accompanied by a Latin diagnosis," the words '* valicl only when accompanied by a diagnosis in Latin or in one of the modern languages which employs Koman Characters " PLANT NOME^CLATURE : A REPLY 135 (Journ. Bot. 1921, 295). This would exclude Russian, wliile ad- mitting less known languages such as Hungarian, Czech, and Polish, and judging from the experience of past Botanical Congresses, it would hardly meet with general acceptance (see Act. Congr. Bot. Vienne, 129; 190G). 2. Rejection of names which are apt to excite ridicule. — Endorsed by Messrs. Kehder and Groves. Drs. Schinz and Tliellung object to suggestions 2 B and 2 C not only on the ground that they are contrary to decisions of the Vienna Congress, but also because it is hard to draw a line between ridiculous and sensible names. But it is incon- sistent to reject names such as Linaria Linaria on the ground that tliey are apt to excite ridicule (Actes Congr. Bot. Vienne, 126), and at the same time to accept equally ridiculous names such as Cerastiicm cerastioides. It is common ground that the Rules should be as consistent as is compatible with convenience, and it seems hardly worth while to suspend the operation of priority in the case of trivials solely to exclude a small class of ridiculous names — those in which the trivial merely repeats the generic name (Art. 55, 2°). There would be no more difficulty in determining what names should be rejected under suggestions 2 B and 2 C than at present exists in regard to Art. 55, 2°. Dr. Bendle and Mr. Fawcett, for example, accept Sesbania seshan Merr., which Mr. Britten regards as coming " dangerously near the duplication which has been generally condemned " (Journ. Bot. 1920, 276). 3. Rejection of seriously misleading geographical names. — In view of the criticisms offered by Mr. Kehder and Dr. Schinz, I now withdraw this suggestion (see also Act. Congr. Bot. Vienne, ] 20, 121 ). Although it appears theoretically desirable, it would probably j^-ove to be unworkable in practice, owing to the difficulty of deciding where to draw the line. 6. Rejection of all specific homonyms. — I accept Mr. Behder's suggestion that a specific name should be allowed to stand if its earliei- homonyms are nomenclaturally non-valid (Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 45 ; 1919). Article 50 might be amended by substituting for the words " or because of the existence of an earlier homonym which is universally regarded as non-valid," the words "or because of the existence of an earlier homonym which is nomenclaturally non-valid." As Mr. Behder has pointed out, taxonomic validity may be a matter of opinion, whereas nomenclatural validity is a question of facts. 7. Treatment as a '■'' nomen delendum'''' of a new combination associated hy its authors in the original place of jnihlication with specimens belonging to a different species. — Accepted by Mr. Kehder. The opposite view is taken in the American Type-basis Code, Art. 3 (c) : " A species transferred without change of name from one genus to another retains the original type even though the description under the new genus was drawn from a different species " {Science, 1921, n. s. liii. 313). Dr. Schinz suggests as a compromise that such species should be quoted as follows : " Mcerua nervosa (Hochst.) Oliver (pro. p., ex syn.) em. Gilg et Bened." But in practice this would be shortened to Mcerua nervosa Oliver, and confusion would arise from the fact that Oliver's description was mainly drawn from a different species. I therefore adhere to my suggestion. 13G THE JOUEKAL OF EOTATfY 9. Sides for determinivrj ilie cjcnder of r/eneric names. — Approved by Dr. Schinz, and by Mr. Jlehder except with regard to 9 C, which provides that indeclinable names borrowed from non-classical lan- guages should be treated as neuter. Mr. Rehder would prefer " to accept the gender as used by the author who introduced them as generic names." But it is often impossible to ascertain what gender was assigned to a generic name by its author. Many Latin adjectives have a common form for the masculine and feminine, and others are the same in the nominative singular in all three genders. Take the genera Gonami, Oourimari, and Cour atari, for example; it may be surmised that Aublet regarded them as feminine, as he undoubtedly did Coiqjoul and Saouari, but it cannot be proved, Conami hrasilieiisis, Courimari guianensis, and Couratari (juianeusis might be either masculine or feminine as far as the trivials are concerned. Nor would it be satisfactory in such cases to take the gender assigned by the next author in chronological sequence, even Avhen that gender can be ascertained. There would be no difficulty in the case of Couratari, which was treated as feminine by Martius in 1836 (C. domestica), but what about Boithamon'^ Aublet's species was JRouhamon guianensis, which was either masculine or feminine ; but De CandoUe made the genus neuter (DC. Prodr. ix. 17 ; 1845), doubtless because it had the apjiearance of a Greek noun in -or. Amelancliier is another good example. The genus w^as founded by Medikus on Mespilus Amelancliier Linn., *' Amelancliier " or " Amelancher," being the Provenc^al name for this species (Lobel, Hist. 608 ; Advers. 411 ; 1676), The two species named by Medikus were A. canadensis and A. ovalis. The genus is generally treated as feminine, but Asclierson and Graebner (Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. vi. Abth. 2, 48, footnote) suggest that it ought probably to be masculine ; and the same view was put forward by A. Voss (Mitteil. Gartenbau-Ges. Steiermark, 1912, No. 9). No finality is ever attained in such discussions, and it seems better to have a definite rule that names of this kind should be neuter. This is in accordance with the rule of Latin grammar, that indeclinable nouns are neuter. Where the original author added to the vernacular name the termination -its, -«, or -2(,7n, the name should be treated as masc, fem., or neut. respectively. Thus Aheremoa Cfrom "Aberemou") and Vouacapoita (from "Voicapou") are feminine by termination. Similarly, Cajan is neuter, but the form Gajanus is masculine. 9E. Greek and Latin neuter plurals used as generic names should he treated as feminine singulars. — Example : Triantliema (jpUi cii'tie/ju, three flowers) should be feminine. Classical precedents may be cited : the feminine singulars arma, -m, and opera, -le, were derived from the neuter plurals arma, -orum, and opera, -um respectively. In a similar wa}^ many Latin neuter ])lurals gave rise in the Romance languages to feminine singulars : from the Latin plural folia arose the feminine singulars feuille (Fr.), foglia (It.), folha (Port.), hoja (Span.). Some further suggestions are now put forward for consideration. For convenience of reference they are numbered consecutively. 13. The types of all genera should he fixed hg an International Nomenclature Commission (see pp. 112, 134). PLAXT NOArE>^CLATURE : A REPLY 137 1-4. Such generic 1wmonj/ms as are in current 2(se sliould he placed on the list of *■'■ nomina conse'rvanday All other generic homonyms should he treated as invalid. — According to the Inter- national Ilnlos, Art. 15, each natural group of plants can bear only one valid designation. Yet as the liules stand*at present, tivo different names may be used for precisely the same genus in cases where its earliest name is a homonym (see p. 183). Under the Kulc now proposed, each genus would have only one possible valid name ; and the provision for treating current generic homonyms as *' nomina conservanda " would obviate the necessity for the extensive changes of generic names required by the American homonym rule. 15. A new name should not he regarded as valid unless it is proposed uuec^uivocallg and unconditionallg . — Examples : The valid publication of the generic name ^froj;/s dates from 1853 (Grriseb. in Ledeb. Fl. lioss. iv. 888). It is commonl}^ attributed to Ituprecht (181^5), but he, following Trinius (Gram. Suppl. 68 ; 1836), treated the group as a section of JPoa. liuprecht merely indicated the possibility of regarding Atropis as a distinct genus : " E conditione glumarum generum series fortasse sequens : JJnpontia, Arctophila, Foa, Atropis, Catahrosa, Fhippsia, Coleanthus'''' (Beitr. Pflanzenk. lluss. Keich. ii. 61 ; 1845). This is equivalent to publication in synonymy (Fernald and Weatherby in Fliodora 1916, xviii. 1 ; Schinz und Thell. in Mitteil. Nat. Ges. Zurich, 1921, Ixvi. 264). The publication of the generic names Conopthyton and Cephalo- 2)hyllum by Ha worth, for two groups which he treated as subdivisions of the genus JSLesemhr y antliemum is invalid (Rev. PL Succ. 82, 108 ; 182 1 ) . Ha worth merely suggested that the generic names Conophyton and Cephalophyllum should be used if the two groups should prove to be genera (see Journ. Bot. 1921, 846). F. Mueller described a plant collected by H. O. Forbes (n. 759) in New Guinea, as a new species, Eupomatia Belgraveana (Australas. Journ. Pharm., Jan. 1887; Bot. Centralbl. xxx. 325). He added the following remarks : " The anther-appendage is analogous to that of Doryphora ; QowsQC^\Qni\j i\\\^ JEiipomatia might subgenericall}'' or perhaps even generically be separated (as Himantandra^,'''' He himself, however, did not venture to propose either a new subgenus or a new genus for Forbes's plant — for the ver}^ good reason that " the operculum and fruit are not yet known." What he actually did was (1) to publish the species as Eupomatia Belgrai-emui -, (2) to indicate the possibility of treating it as th« type of a new subgenus; (8) to indicate a more remote possibility of treating it a-s a new genus ; (4) to suggest that the name Hinmntandra might be used in the event of a new subgenus or genus being recognized. This is tantamount to publication in syaonj'm^^ Even if Mueller had definitely proposed a new subgenus or genus Ilimantandra, surel}^ the statement that "the anther-appendage is analogous to VivAtoi Doryphora " could not be accepted as an effective description of the group. It is no answer to say that other generic characters may be exti-acted from the specific description. The same might be said of many genera 2:)ublished with citation of species, but without generic description. Yet these are invalid according to International Kules. Diels (Engl. Jalirb. Iv. 127 ; 1917) has reduced Galhulimima F. M, Bailey to Ilimantandra 138 THE JOUKNAL OF UOTANY Muell. but as Himantandra is invalid, the genus should be known as Galbulimima. The synonymy and distribution of the sj)eeies liitherto described are as follows : — GrALEULTMiMA BACCATA. F. M. Bailev in Queensl. Dep. Agric., Bot. Bull. ix. 5 (1894) -Queensl. Fl. 19; ComiDr. Cat. Queensl. PI. 25. fig. 8; Sprague in Hook. Ic. PL t, 3001. Himantandra haccata Diels in Engl. Jahrb. Iv. 128 {I'dl7).—Hah. Queensland. G. Belghaveana (comb, no v.). ^iipomaiia Belgraveana F. Muell. in Australas. Journ. Pharm., Jan. 1887. Himantandra Belgraveana Diels in Engl. Jahrb. xlix. 165 {1Q12).— Hah. New Guinea. Names which are suggested in advance for groups which might possibly be recognized in the future may be known as '• nomina provisoria." The publication of snnilar names is deprecated in Recommendation XIX : " Botanists will do well to avoid publishing or mentioning in their publications unpublished names which they do not accept." 16. A wrong determination cannot he treated as a valid name, nor serve as the hasis for a new combination. — A similar Kule has been proposed by Schinz and Thellung : " Ein Name soil nicht als giiltig (oder zur Bildung neuer Kombinationen prioritatsberechtigt) anerkannt werden, wenn er sich auf die unrichtige Verwendung eines bereits bestehenden, fiir die Nomenklatur der betreffenden Gruppe massgebenden Namens bezw. auf eine falsche Bestimnmng grundet, selbst wenn jener altere homonyme Name heute nicht mehr als giiltig verwendet wird " ( Vierteljahrsschr. Nat. Ges. Ziirich, Ixvi. 513). Numerous instances of wrongly-applied names of species are cited by Schinz and Thellung. Some examples of incorrect application of generic names may be given. Munro erroneously referred seven South African species to Ach- neria Beauv. (Harv. Gen. S. Afr. PL ed. 2, -149; 1868). Bentham reduced AcJineria Beauv. to Eriachne M. Br., from which it had originally been segregated, and treated the South African species as constituting an independent genus, for which he unfortunately retained the name Achneria, attributing it to Muni-o. '• Achneria " in this sense has been accepted in the Flora Oapensis, and hj Dalla Torre et Harms. But Munro did not propose a new genus ; had he done so he would have given it a new name. What he did was to identify the group with Achneria Beauv. As this identification is admittedly incorrect, the genus must be re-named, and may be known as ArEACHNEiiiA (nom. nov.). J. D. Hooker erroneously referred to Alepyrum P. Br. a New Zealand plant which he had j^reviously described as Gaimardia pallida (Fl. N. Zeal. i. 268; 1855). When Hieronymus mono- graphed the family GentrolepidacecB, he treated Alepyrum P. Br. as a synonym of Ceutrolepis, and based a new genus on Gaimardia pallida. Instead, however, of proposing a new name for the genus he called it Alepyrum Hook. f. ex parte, non P. Br. (Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle, xii. 217; 1873). Baillon replaced Alepyrum pallidum in Gaimardia, and made it the type of a new section, Alepyria, so- named to avoid confusion with Alepyrum P. Br. (Jkdl. Soc. Linn. PLANT NOMENCLATURE: A KEl'LV 1^39 Par. ii. 1021 ; 1S92). Cliecsenian, on the otlier luiiul, ti'iinsfeiTed Alepyrnin pallidiuii to Centrolepla (Man. N. Zeal. Fl. 757; 1900). Dalla Torre and Harms followed Hieronyinus in treating- Gaimardia pallida as the type of an independent genus which tliey cited as Alepijmm Hieron., non U. Br. (Gen. Siphonog. r)2 ; 1900). Those who accept the classification proposed by Hieronymus should, how- ever, use a new name for the genus in question. liaillon's sectional name Alrpyria has the merit of being unambiguous. 17. The priority of the name of a family is not affected hy the fact that the name as 'published did not end in -acese. The re- placement of other terminations hy -acea3 is to he reyarded as an orthoyraphic correction (see Journ. liot. 1922, (39). — Example: For purposes of priority the family name Dioscoreacece is con- sidered as dating from 1810 — given on p. 69, by a typograpliical error, as 1813 — when Robert Brown proposed the new family Dins- corece (Prodr. i. 294), although the form Dioscoreacece was not used until 1830 (Lindl. Nat. Syst. ed. 2, 359). In such cases the name of the author who originally published the famil_y name should be (juoted in parenthesis: Dioscoreacece (K. Br.) Lindl. A NEW VARIETY OF ORTHODONTIUM GRACILE Schwaegr. Br W. Watson, B.Sc. In September 1920, Mr. Broome of Failsworth accompanied me on a visit to some rocks between Greenfield and Crovvden. They are known as Laddy Rocks, are formed of millstone grit, and are on the Cheshire side of the watershed, at an altitude of 1700-1800 ft. They form a precipitous escai-pment, below which are numerous and large boUlders which have fallen from tlie heights above. On the rock-ledges and among the boulders, many plants which are rare in the district find suitable homes, since they are partially protected from the sinoke-laden winds travelling from the industrial districts on the boundaries of Lancashire, Yoi-kshire, and Cheshire. A number of vascular plants which are unknown or rare on the other side of the watershed still survive, and a few lichens, bearing apothecia freely, show the less impure condition of the atmosphere. The blackened rocks and the dirtiness of the heather give evidence showing that much smoke filters here, and the present vegetation is merely a remnant of that which existed a hundred j^ears ago. Amongst other interesting bryophytes we found Orthodontium yracile, which my companion had noted, several years previously, on the rock- ledges and on the faces of the boulders. This seemed so different from the ordinary O. yracile that 1 queried its identity with the typical plant, but was informed that it had been passed as correct by a well-known bryologist. Microscopical examination convinced me that the plant was cei'tainly Orthodontium, but that it differs in so man}^ respects from the normal form of O. yracile as to deserve at least a varietal name, and might even be worth specific status. Mr. Wheldon, who kindly examined a s})ccimen, confirmed my 140 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY views and wrote about it as follows : — "A remarkable form — perbaps a distinct species, and certainly a good variety. From all my examples it differs in being more rigid ; in its sub-falcate, secund leaves, wbicb are less flexiiose and shorter, and have mostly much shorter and broader points ; and in its shorter, broader, often sub- j)yriform capsule, which in age is sometimes markedly asymmetrical. The male flowers are ver\^ numerous and .gemmiform. The processes of the endostome show under a high power minute punctate mark- ings, which I could not see in an}^ of m3^ ordinary gatherings with which I compared it, and there are other differences in the processes. The spores are as in the typical plant. It could be passed in the field very easily as a Dlcranella.'''' Mr. D. A. Jones of Harlech, who also examined the plant, reported on it as follows : — " This is an interesting jjlant and differs from the type in its heteroicous in- florescence and gibbous capsule. On some of the stems the inflor- escence is normally paroicous, while gemmiform male floAvers occur among the ordinary leaves lower down. Plants with terminal male flowers also occur. I have not been able to And any abortive arche- gonia among the antheridia in these as is the case in Lejjtohryum fyriforme. Mr. Dixon thinks it deserves a varietal name." There is no doubt about the distinctness of the plant from the normal O. c/racile, but the question of its varietal or speciHc value is The two middle figures represent capsules of ths type, the four on each side, of the variety. X 7. a more diflicult matter. In the family Bryacece, to which Ortho- dontium belongs, the distribution of the sexual organs is mqyj variable, and though this character has been used as of specific value — e. g. Brifiim pscudotrKiueirnm differs from B. himum in being dioicous instead of synoicous — the specific distinctness of species founded on such a variable character is more than doubtful. If the characters given above were constant the status would be specific. O. qracile, however, is a variable species in regard to its leaves, and in the' distribution of the sexual organs, and the Crowden plant also shows great variability. In some barren plants, taken from damper and soil-capped rojks, the leaf-points were quite as long and as flexuose as in the type, and the tufts, vivid-green above and reddish- brown below, mimicked those of Zygodon Mouyeotii ; the only con- stant characters in which the plant is undoubtedly distinct from O. qracile are found in the sporogonium. I propose to name it a variety : — OltTHODONTirM GRACTLE SchwaegT. Var. HETEROCARPA, milii. Differs from the type in the shorter, broader, often more or less gibbous ca})sule, which may be smooth or deeply sulcate, straight or l^EW YAUIETV OF OKTUODONTIL'M OKACILE 111 curved (sometimes very strongly so). Tec^th of the inner peristome minutely ])unctate. Antheridia usually in separate gemmiform groups. Leaves often less llexuose and shorter. In Septemher 1921 1 found the same plant on the Yorkshire side at a much lower altitude, ahout 1000 ft. It occurred on the vertical faces of millstone grit boulders which were surmounted by peat. Though I had previously'" passed this spot scores ot" times, I had never noticed the moss with capsules, and had regarded it as a barren Dicranella. It is })robable that the remarkably clear weather of 1921, coupled with the fact that, owing to the coal strike, the atmo- sphere was freer from smoke, enabled capsules to be formed. The plant is probably fairly common on the millstone grits of the Pennines,. but has been overlooked because of its general barrenness and its* resemblance to a Dicranella. FURTHER NOTES ON ELM FLOWERING. By Eleonora Aemitage. Mk. Miller Christy's interesting notes on the flowering of Elms (pp. 36-41) led me to send him some of my owu data, and he has asked me to send them to the Journal ; they are arranged in tabular form for easy comparison. Taken with his, it Avill be seen that there is a marked correspondence of flowering date for the same years, allowing for the generally earlier incidence of the renewal of vital activities in plants in the West Midlands (Herefordshire in this case) over that of the Eastern counties. Thus it is seen that the climate of the flowering-months (January to March) has a direct influence on the date, and short weather rsotes- from my own observations are added to the Table. Elm flowering, Ilerefordsli ire. Date. English Elm. Wych Elm. Winter weathciv 1898 Jan. 29 Jan. 81 Unusually mild. 1899 Feb. 24 Mar. 13 Cold, late spring. 1900 Mar. 15 Mar. 28 Cold. 1901 Mar. 18 Mar. 24 Variable. 1902 Feb. 4 Mar. 8 Variable, frosty Februai- v, 1903 Feb. 15 Feb. 17 Wet, mild. 1904 Mar. 9 Mar. 9 Cold, late spring. 1905 Feb. 26 Feb. 20 Cold, late spring. 1906 Jan. 28 Feb. 8 Mild January. 1907 Feb. 25 Mar. 6 Cold January. 1908 Mar. 2 Mar. 5 Cold January. 1909 Mar. 21 Mar. 31 Variable. 1910 Feb. 27 Mar. 10 Cold, wet. ' 1911 Feb. 18 Feb. 18 Mild. 1912 Jan. 16 Feb. 25 Mild Januc^ry. 1913 Jan. 24 Feb. 5 Mild January. 1914. . ; . . . Feb. 12 Feb. 27 Cold January. 1915 Feb. 6 Feb. 26 Variable. 142 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Date. English Elm Wych Elm. Winter weather. 1916 Jan. 16 Jan. 25 Warm January, terrible gales. 1917 Apr. 4 Apr. 8 Coldest winter for 20 years, 0° F. early February. 1918 Feb. 6 Feb. 10 Heavy snow, Januarj^ 1919 Mar. 30 Apr. 4 Frosty February. 1920 Jan. 24 Jan. 25 Mild,\vind\' January. 1921 Feb. 5 Feb. 8 Mild Jan uar^^ 1922 Feb. 10 Feb. 18 Variable, late spring. Mr. Turner's January date for 1905 does not correspond with mine, Feb. 26, but his March dates of 1904 and 1909 do— March 9 and 21 respective!}''. Mr. Miller Christy's English Elm dates for 1911, Feb. 19, compare with mine, Feb. 18 ; 1912, Feb. 4, with Jan. 16 ; but in 1913 the unusually early date, Jan. 4, does not tally with mine of Jan. 24. The years of 1914-1919 are in close correspondence. With regard to the fruiting of the English Elm, I have in my Herbarium fruiting specimens gathered by the Rev. A. Ley in 1887 ; of my own gathering I have fruits dated 1899, which was a cold late spring ; 1902, weather variable, cold February ; 1909, variable, flowers Mar. 21 (data kept for me as I was in Madeira) ; and 1917, which was a bitterly cold, long winter, when neither species of Elm flowered till April. The quantity of fruit was most striking this year (see my note in Journ. Bot. 1917, 162), but I did not observe a similar occurrence here in 1914 as related b}' Mr. Miller Christy. I am led to think that as this Elm is a southern and western species, when it flowers early in this country the colder weather supervening later destroys the incipient fruits ; but that when, owing to very cold winter weather, flowering is greatl}^ retarded, the warmer weather following encourages rapid development and maturation of the fruits. I think it will be found that the dates in the Table u2:)hold this theory. The Wych Elm is very common in Herefordshire and fruits abundantly. It begins to flower almost always about ten days later than the English Elm, though occasionally tha dates almost syn- chronise, as in 1898, 1903, 1904, 1908, 19li, 1917, 1920, 1921, and these years were either unusually mild or unusually cold. The records are all from native trees, not from planted forms or varieties. NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI.— IX. By W. B. Gkoye, M.A. (Plate 563.) (Continued from p. 86.) 355. Leptothyrium Osmanthi, sp. n. Pycnidiis amphigenis, stipatis, subglobosis v. lenticularibus, crassis, nitenti-aterrimis, usque 200 /x diam., halone nigro cinctis, postremo cuticulam elevantibus poroque centrali erumpentibus. Sporulis linea- ribus, utrinque rotundatis, plerumque rectis, 12-18 X 2-2| /x, sporo- NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI HEW on XOTEWOETHY FUXGI 143 ])]ioris brevioribus, ca. 5 X 1 yu-, e strato crasso atro-oHvaceo oriundis suffultis. Hah. in fobis cmortuis Osmanthl aqiiifolii var. ilicifolia, West Kilbride, Ayrsbire (Boyd), Sept, Belongs to Diedicke's § 1), as do L. medium and L. acerimun. Tlie mycelium, after destroying tbe epidermal cells, penetrates deeply into tbe underlying tissue; tbe pycnidial wall above is tbick and formed of a dark mass of brown isb-black bj-plue, wbicb at maturity is covered only by tbe cuticle. 356. LeptotkvhtUiM Phormti Grove in Kew Bull. 1921, p. 148, f. 7. Coniofht/rium Pho7-mium Cooke in Grrevill. 1879, vii. 96. JPlioma Phormii Sacc. Syll. iii. 166. Pycnidia densely aggregated, 200-300 // diam., black, lens-sbaped, subcuticular, raising tbe cuticle in a little ridge wbicb at lengtb splits away in various forms, moutbless, but tbe upper part at lengtb dis- a])pearing. Spores very numerous, embedded in mucus, smgly colourless, bardly coloured in mass, ovoid in face- view, oblong in ])rolile, often more or less flattened, faintly guttulate, 3-4 X 1-2 /x ; no visible sporopbores. On decaying leaves of Pliormium tenax. Hunterston, Ayrsbire, and Stranraer, Wigtonsbire (Boyd). Aug.-Nov. Tbe original specimens described by Cooke were said to bave occurred, on dead leaves of tbe same bost, in tbe Botanic Gardens at Brussels. Probably tbe fungus accompanies tbe bost wberever it is cultivated, just as Goniotliyrium concentricum accompanies tbe species of Yucca, The structure and growth of the pycnidium is fully explained in the Kew Bulletin {I. c.) ; it belongs to Die- dicke's § D. Pycnothtrium Died, in AnnaL Mycol. 1913, xi. 175. Pycnidium shield-shaped, of radiating texture, opening by a pore. Hjnnenium inverted, spores borne on tbe under side of tbe shield, continuous, free (not in chains), seated on a hyaline stratum of swollen sporopbores. A genus of the LejDtostromacese. 357. Pycn^othyrium gentianicoltjm, comb. nov. Leptothy- rium f/entianicolum Bauml. Mj^c. Not. p. 1. Sacc. Syll. x. 415. AUesch. vii. 333. Cf. Depazea gentianlcola Fr. Syst. Myc. ii. 531. Sacc. Syll. iii. 62. Spots roundish or irregular, grey, then brown. Pycnidia amphi- genous, round, flat, 60-100 /x diam., subcuticular, then erumpent, shining black, minutely parenchymatous. Sj)ores linear, elongate, rounded at both ends, straight or curvulous, 14-16 X 3 yu- (12-15 X 2|-3 /x.) ; sporopbores short, papilliform, hanging downwards. On dying leaves of Gentiana acaulis. Saltcoats, Ayrshire (Boyd). The description given by Fries of his Depazea does not seem to agree entirely with the Pycnothyrium. LeptotJiyrium litigiosum Sacc. {Leptosfroma litigiosum Cooke, Handb. p. 417) is another British Py cnotli yrium^=. P . litigiosum Died. 358. Leptostromella pteridina Sacc. & Koum. Syll. iii. 660. Trans. Brit. Mvc. Soc. vi. 51. L. aquilina Massal. (an immature form). Sacc. Syll. x. 431. Allesch. vii. 391. 144 thp: journal of botany This fungus was found in considerable quantity by Mr. Boyd at Dahy, Ayrshire, in July 1919, on Fteris aq^uilliia. It forms small oblong gre\ash spots, running lengthwise of the petioles, and has very much the look of Leptostroma spirceinuui Vest. The spores measure up to 80 or even 90 /x, and are -l-G-septate. (Fig. 10.) The interesting point is that, although it is formed, as usual in the group, beneath the cuticle, it shows here and there the appearance which Saccardo attributed to it of "becoming superficial"; but, in ever}^ case, when that part was examined microscopically, it resolved itself into ^^ Didymella Hyphenis (Cooke) Sacc." It seems from the records that, in the localities in which the Leptostromella has been found, the " Didymella " has been associated with it. But there seems here to be a possibility of misconception ; for, in these Scottish specimens, the ascophores are actually immersed in rows in the Leptostromella, which would seem to suggest that they belong, not to a Didymella, but to the Dothideaceae. This must be a false suggestion, however, for the spores and asci are, for the most part, exactly those ascribed to Didymella Hyplienis. Further examination disclosed another unexpected fact, viz. : that about 5 per cent, of the ascospores were 3-septate, still remaining quite colourless, a few others being in the intermediate state of having two sejDta. Also an occasional spore was appendiculate at each end, the mucro being about 2 /x long (cf. Didymella lophospora Sacc. & Speg. Syll. i. 561) ; but in both these cases the asci and the size of the spores were all but unaltered. These 3-septate spores might pass as those of Iletaspliceria epipteridea (Cooke & Hark.) Sacc. Syll. ii. 183, which has 3-5-septate spores. Didymella Hyphenis would then seem to be merely the younger state of M. epipteridea. The apparently dothideaceous condition of Mr. Boj^d's specimens contradicts this idea. But Didymella pteridicola (B. & C.) Sacc. may perhaps be the connecting-link, for that is described as arranged in " little grey parallel lines, covered with the cuticle " (Grevill. iv. 145) — a description Avhich at once calls to mind the appearance presented by the Leptostromella when it has the rows of immersed perithecia. It will be noticed that all the fungi so far mentioned are on petioles of Pteris aquiliiia. It may seem bold to suggest that all the six are states or stages of one and the same fungus, yet that is the conclusion which I think will ultimately be drawn. A similar increase in septation is now known to occur in many cases. An instance is seen in some specimens of Hhopoyraplius Jiliciims Fckl. which I gathered at Dolgelley in 1887 *. In these, spores having three, four, five, six, or seven septa all occur in the asci indiscriminately, although the normal number is only three (rarely five). The more the matter is examined, the greater number of such cases will undoubtedly be found. 359. Leptostromella Polypodii, sp. n. Pycnidiis angustis, linearibus, rectis, ibseriatis, usque 500 /x longis, 50 /x latis, sed ssepe confluentibus, atris, rima apertis. Sporulis linearibus, curvulis, inconspicue guttulatis, hyalinis, 17-25 X 1 /x, sporophoris brevibus, digitaliformibus, ca. 5 X Ij /x, suft'ultis. * Rhopographus filiciiius var. cambricus Grove in herb. — Sporidiis 3-7-sep- tiitis, castera typi. XEW Oil XOTKWfMMllV FUXOF 145 Hal), in ])otloli.s folioi'uin Pohipodii l^hegopieridis, soeia Septoria Puli/podii, Gluii Fiilloch, Perthshire (Boyd), Slaio. Whether i\ii& = Lapfosfromella Jllicina (B. & C.) Sacc. must be uncertain, since the spores of that are unknown ; but it does not agree even in the other charactei-s. Though the similarity of the spores of this and the Septoria (see no. 349) is so great that one cannot help suspecting (since they occur on different parts of the same leaf) that they are stages of one and the same species, yet, in view of the great difference in their pycnidia, it is impossible to do otherwise at present than consider them to be distinct. The Septoria has the normal complete all-round subglobose pycnidium of its type, entirely enclosing the })roliferous stratum except for a minute round pore ; the Leptostromella has an incomplete linear pycnidium, opening by a slit, and the texture of the upper part, instead of being pseudo- parenchymatous, is made up of loose mealy roundisli cells, as in a normal Leptotlujrium. The sporophores spring from the lower level, which is a proliferous stratum only, having no distinct pycnidial wall. 360. Gioeosporium Diervillse, sp. n. Maculis rotundatis, 3-4 mm. diam., pallidis, dein albicantibus, margine lato rubescente cinctis. Acervulis epiphyllis, circularibus, depressis, nigrescentibus, usque 100-125 /x. diam. Sporulis oblongis, curvulis V. arcuatis, utrinque obtusis, 2-pluri-guttulatis, achrois, 15-20 X 2^-3 /x. Hah. in foliis vivis Diervillce JloriJce, West Kilbride, Ayrshire (Bo3'd), Sept. Sporulse iis Gl. frigidi Sacc. simillimse. 361. Myxospoeium coeticolum Edgerton in Annal. Mycol. 1908, vi. 48, fig. Sacc. Syll. xxii. 1195. Stevens, p. 546. See Bulletin New York Agric. Expt. Station, nos. 163, 191. Pustules erumpent, originating under several layers of cortex, t-2 mm. diam., scattered rather densely over the diseased area, at length blackish. Spores straight or curved, cylindrical, very densely granular, 18-32 x 6-9 /x, oozing out in creamy- white tendrils ; sporo- phores very short, rising from a greenish-yellow parenchymatous stratum. On branches of Apple, causing a serious die-back. Long Ashton, Oct.-Feb. (Comm. A. D. Cotton.) This disease was first met with in New York State in 1898, where it caused a canker of the bark. It was at first wrongh'- named Macroplioma malorum B. & Y., but it was noted that it was not the same as Diplodia malorum Pckl. (whicli=the Macroplioma), for there is no p3^cnidial wall, while the spores remain always colourless and do not turn brown with age. — Accompanying M. corticolum at Long Ashton is a similar fungus with ovoid spores measuring 7-8 X 2 ^. h M. Mali Bres. 362. Myxospoeium incaexatum Bon. Handb. p. 50. Sacc. Syll. iii. 722 ; Fung. Ital. pi. 1073. Allesch. vii. 520. Var. PouMEauEEi Sacc. ihid. pi. 1074. f. Coriii nov. f . Pustules scattered or here and there aggregated, small (ujj to \ mm. diam.), black, conico-convex, raising the epidermis, which is at length pierced at the summit by a minute round hole. Spores oblong, rarely ovoid, occasionally curvulous, often regular and equi- JouENAL OF BoTi^sY. — Yo-L. 60. [May, 1922.] L 146 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY lateral, very obtusely rounded at both ends, colourless, granular and clouded within, 18-27 X 7-9 ju; sporophores linear-oblong, rather stout, obtuse or sometimes tapering above, about 15 x 2-3 /x. On dead twigs of Cornus sihirica. Edgbaston Botanic Gardens. Apr. Dr. J. W. Ellis found the var. on Laburnum, ©n which it was recorded by Saccardo, and I have found another form on Frajcinus excelsior at Northfield. with spores about 28-32 X 10 jx. All these differ in external appearance, but the spores are all of the same character. Mr. Boyd has sent me beautiful pinkish specimens, on Carpi iius from Ayrshire, which agree exactly in external appearance with Saccardo's type, but have larger spores, 22-27 X 9-12 /x. It seems that the spores of 31. incarnatum varj^ much ; perhaps a wider accpiaintance will lead to its subdivision into several species, but the variety Roumegueri does not seem to be tenable ; rather should there be varieties Corni, Lahurni, Fraxini, Carpini, etc. 363. MrxospoKiUii sticticum (Karst.) Grove. JSL. carneum Lib. var. sticticum Karst. Sacc. Syll. iii. 726. Pustules scattered, drelliptical, rarely roundish, ^-1 mm. long, soon erumpent by a longitudinal slit, convex, black. Spores ellipsoid, rather acute at the ends, especially below, h^^aline or granular, rarely guttu- late, 9-11 X 2-3 ju; sporophores erect, linear, straight, 20-24 X 2-3 /x. On dead twigs of Fraxinits excelsior. Quinton (Ws.). Apr. It is misleading to place this as a variety of 3£. carneztm, since it is not erumpent in the same manner, the contents are not pink, the spores are not of similar form or size, and the sporophores are very different in shape. 364. Trullula (Cesatia) Silphii, n. sp. Acervulis subejHdermicis, conico-erumpentibus, ^-^ mm. diam., nigrescentibus, denique globulo succineo coronatis. Sporulis longe catenatis, breviter cylindraceis, utrinque truncatis et obsolete guttue latis, h^^alinis, 5-7 X 2 /x, sporophoris brevibus, stipatis, cylindricis, paliformibus, achrois, rarissime furcatis, 10-12 x 2 /x, e strato paren- chymatico pallide olivaceo oriundis suffultis. (Fig. 13.) Mab. in stipitibus emortviis Si Ij^Jiii per/bli a ti, in horto botanico, Edgbaston, Mart. T. Spartii, ut videtur, affinis, at acervulis non " tenuissime membranaceis." MYIUOCONIUM. Syd. in Annal. Mycol. 1912, x. 448. Pustules subcutaneous, rounded or elongated, dehiscing by fissures, more or less erumpent, becoming hard when dry. Spores acrogenous, catenulate, globose, minute, hyaline, soon separating ; sporo^jhores fasciculate, often arranged as in Fenicillium. 365. Myeioconium Scikpi Syd. I. c. p. 449. Mycoth. Germ, no. 1136 ! M. Scirpicolum Died. Annal. Mycol*. xi. 21. Pustules scattered or seriate, roundish or oblong, |-1 mm. long, sometimes confluent, at first flat and completel}^ covered by the darkened epidermis which is afterwards rimosely sj)lit, at length erumpent, when moist cinereous, when dr}^ blackish, somewhat locellate within. Spores very numei'ous, globose, hyaline, 2-2|^ /x diam., formed in chains, but separating; sporophores -h filiform, about 10 X 2 /x. XEW OR XOTKWORTllV FUXGI 117 On dead culms of Sc/rpi(f; laci/n/n's. Asljgrove Loch, Steveiiston, 2Gtli Feb., aiul Kilwinning, Ayrshire, Aug. l.jth, 1921 (Boyd). This curious fungus belongs to a novel group of the Melan- coniales, differing from all hitherto known in its chains of spherical spores, and in the arrangement of its conidiophores, which in certain cases are said to resemble those of Penicilliuvi. The spores arc^ exceedingly numerous, and form dense masses which make it difficult to see the conidiophores, but after washing them away one perceives long delicate branched hyaline hyidue, on which are dense fascicles of conidiophores in the form of spherical heads scattered here and there. 366. Cryptosporium Tami, sp. n. Acervulis rotundatis, planis, laxe aggregatis, 1oO-2.jO h diam., epidermide tectis, mollibus, tenerrimis, prime melleo-fuscis, dein ccntro pallidis, inargine atro-brunneo translucido cinctis. Sporulis allantoideis, curvis, utrinque obtusis, sed interdum basi subattenuatis, leviter granulosis v. minute guttulatis, subinde hyalinis, 18-24 X 2-3 /x, sporophoris linearibus, plei-umque rectis, sporam subaequantibus V. brevioribus, e strato molli tenui pallide olivacco oriundis suftultis. (Fig.5.)_ Rah. in aridis stipitibus emortuis Tami communis, Bromsgrove ; Oversley Wood, Alcester. Apr., May. Very similar to C. Vincw, var. ramulorum, but smaller, paler in colour, and with larger spores and sporophores. On the same stgms, but not intermixed, were FJiomoiJsis tamicola and Phoma oleracea, var. 367. CiiTPTOSPORTUM iTYPODERMiu]\r Aucrsw. in Willk. Sert. Fl. Hisp. p. 170. Sacc. Syll. iii. 742. AUesch. vii. 749. Var. nov. Stlphii. MacuUs null is. Acervulis gregariis, oblongis v. rotundatis, 200- 2.")0 tx diam., planis, nigrescentibus, centro pallidioribus, subepider- " micis, postremo apertis. Sporulis lunatis, utrinque obtusatis, ssepe a])icem versus latioribus, hyalinis, indistincte et irregulariter guttu- latis, 12-15 x2|-3/<, sporophoris brevibus, linearibus, obtusis, ca. 5 X lift, e strato pallide olivaceo parenchymatico oriundis suffultis. Hah. in aridis stijntibus emortuis Siljihii perfoliaii, in Horto botanico, Edgbaston, Mart. 368. Nj^mospora croceola Sacc. Sjdl. iii. 746; Fung. Ital. pi. 1086. Allesch. vii. 537. Pustules subejndermal, pulvinate, up to nearly \ mm. diam., covered, then opening and disclosing a rich orange-coloured or saffron Hattish disc, surrounded by the upturned edges of the bark. Spores ellipsoid or sausage-shaped, rounded at the ends, singly colourless, 5-7 X 1^-2 /x. On a dead twig of Acer Pseudoplatanns. Harborne, Birming- ham. Dec. 369. Septomyxa Salicis, sp. n. Acervulis dense sparsis, primo nigrescentibus, peridermio tectis, dein erumpentibus, \-l mm. latis, postremo late apertis discumque amoene carneum lacinils peridermii cinctum detegentibus. Sporulis oblongo-fusoideis, utrinque attenuatis, singulis ferine achrois, coacer- vatis carneis, diu cseptatis, delude 1-septatis, 12-15x4-5//, sporo- L 2 148 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY phoris bacillaribus v. irregularibvis, ca. 2 /x latis et longitncllne sporam ajquaiitibus, e strato prolifero fuliglnoso oriunclis suffiiltis. Hah. in cortice Salicis cinerea, Kew, Maj-Aug. ; in coi'tice S.fragilis, Wood End pro}>e Tan worth-in- Arden, Oct. The pustules look very different when old from their appearance when young. At first they are convex, covered, and blackish ; then the e])idermis splits, and a few spores ooze out in a whitish mass ; finally the spore-mass foiins a broad, flat, rounded, or angular or even sinuous disc, bright pink in colour when fresh, and surrounded by the upturned edges of the bark. The spores of the Warwickshire speci- mens are exactly the same as those found at Kew in 1921. (To be continued.) NOTES ON CHAROPHYTES. By Caxox O. E,. Bullock- Webster, M.A., F.L.S. To those who study the Charophyta, the recent disco-very by Dr. Olaridge Druce and Colonel Johnson of ToJifpella niclifica Leonh. and Chara canesceiis Lois, in Orkney is of the greatest interest. The former species was not known with certainty to occur in the British Isles till 189(3, when the late E. S. Marshall collected it in a lagoon north of Wexford harbour, Co. Wexford; during subsequent years no further occurrence lias been recorded. In August 1920 Dr. Druce and Colonel Johnson found excellent specimens over a considerable area in the brackish wa-ters of Loch Stenniss, Orkney. This gives a very remarkable enlargement to the area of its distribution. The plant is found in many of the northern countries of Europe in brackish waters and occurs even in i\\Q sea-water of the Baltic, In the same loch on the same occasion Chara canescens was also collected. Hitherto this plant has only been recorded from Cornwall, Dorset, Suffolk, Norfolk, and N. Kerry, and from County Wexford, where Mr. Marshall found it in the same lagoon which yielded T. nldtjica, all these stations being in the south and south-west districts of the British Isles. Its discover}^ therefore in Orkney affords an immense extension of its range and gives good ground for expecting its occurrence in many new localities between these tw^o limits. Outside the British Isles C. canescens, though by no means a common plant has, in Europe, a wide distribution. The male plant has been found in a very few localities throughout the world, and luis not hitherto been discovered in the British Isles. The reproduction is parthenogenetic, the unfertilized oospore germi- nating very freely. When this species is found, careful search should be made for tlie male plant. The record of JSTitella hafrachosperma Braun is somewhat similar to that of T. nidifca. First discovered in 1888 in a loch near Obbe, Isle of Harris, Outer Hebrides, it was found in the following year in S. Kerry, and in 1890 in N. Kerry by Mr. Scully. But in this case there has been a linking-up of these two extreme localities ; I col- lected some few plants at Kindrum, West Donegal, in August 1916, XOTES ON CnAHOPlTYTES 149 and in August 1919 in Acliill Island, Co. Mayo. There can be little doubt that this plant occurs in other of the many lakes which abound along the west coast of Ireland. Its diminutive size, being the smallest of the British Charo[)hytes, coupled with its usual habit of growing in deep water, renders it liable to be easily overlooked. New localities have also to be recorded for Nitdla spanioclema, Avhich was published as a new species in this Journal for Januarv 1919, and was collected by me in Lough Shannay-h, W. Donegal, in August 1910. In the following year I found the plant still growing in abundance in its original station ; in August 1919 1 could discover no trace of it in Lough Shannagh, but in Lough Kindrum, some two miles west, I found it growing s]>arsely in one small area. Last autumn I received a parcel of Charophytes from Scotland from 'Mr. N. G-. J. Smith, collected by him in eolnpany with Dr. Annandale in the deeper waters of various lakes. Among these gatherings was a .sheet containing good specimens of N. spanioclema, colle'cted in Loch Lubnaig, South Central Perthshire, in July 192 L The plant was growing in some ten feet of water, about tlie same depth as the Lough Shannagh plant. It may be a deep-water species requiring a boat and a drag for its discovery, and for that reason not easily found. Mr. James Groves and I are hoping to issue next j^ear a fasciculus containing specimens of this plant and of other newly-found or newlv- determined varieties of Charophytes as well as of certain rarer and more critical species. NOTE ON A MOSS IN AMBER. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. Through the kindness of Mr. W. N. Edwards, of the Dept. of Geology, British Museum, I have had the opportunity of examining an interestmg fragment of moss, embedded in a mouth-piece made out of a piece of Burmese amber. I am indebted to Mr. Edwai-ds for some of the following particulars : — The amber came from the Hukong Valley, in a district lying quite in the north of Upper Burmah, and occurs in beds which are considered to be of Lower Miocene age. It has long been known to geologists (see Noetling, Bee, Geol. Surv. India, xxv. pt. 3, 1892, p. 180; and xxvi. pt, 1, 1893, p. 31), but apparently the inclusa remained unknown or unstudied untd in recent years some insects were described in a series of papers by Prof. T.^ D. A. Cockerell. These insects formed part of a collection, wdiich included the mouth- piece with the moss-fragment, presented to the British Museum (Natural History) by Mr. E. C. J. Swinhoe, of Mandalay, in 1921. Apparentl}^ no plant-remains have previously been recorded fi-om Burmese amber, and there do not appear to be any other recognizable plants in the Swinhoe collection. The moss is a fragment of a branch, about 5 mm. in length, and retaining a considerable number of leaves, some 7 or 8 of which are perfect, the rest being more or less truncated. The cell-structure is to a great extent obliterated, but sufficient indication remains to show I'lO T]IE JOURNAL OF BOTANY that the cells are very naiTow and more or less elongate. The form, nerving, and marginal armature, however, show clearly that it belongs to the Hypnodendracea?. The leaves are ovate-lanceolate, broadly but acutely acuminate ; the rather strong nerve runs up to the apex, but is probably not excurrent. The whole margin of the leaf, almost from the base, is somewhat closely set wdth short but acute, spinulose teeth, which are very frequently, if not generally, bigeminate. The margin of the leaf between the teeth or pairs of teeth is dark in colour, giving the appearance of a thickened border (see fig. c) ; but it is not constant, and is probably an effect of discolouration ; it is often observable, to some extent, in the living plant. I have not l)een able to ascertain whether or not the nerve is spinulose at back. This bigeminate arrangement of the teeth is an infrequent feature among mosses, and characteristic of a comparatively few families, notably Mniaceje, Hhizogoniaceie, Bartramiacere, and Hypnoden- a. Amber mouth-piece, nat. size. h. Moss-fragment, XlO. c. Apex of leaf, X 20. dracese. The form of the leaves, the nerve, and the narrow linear areolation restrict the possibilities to the last-mentioned family. Among these there are only two existing s^Decies of Indo-Malay distribution exhibiting the leaf -form and structure above described; these are Hypiiodeiidron Beina-ardtii (Hornsch.) and H. arhorescens (Mitt.) Lindb. N(^ither of these species, wdiich are, I believe, indis- tinguishable from one another by the branch-leaves alone, has, I think, bejn recorded from Burmah, or indeed from continental Asia ; but I have a specimen of H. arhorescens in my herbarium from Penang, in the Straits Settlements, and the distribution of the two species would render the occurrence of either of them in Burmah not at all unexpected. The specimen may very well belong to one or other of these two. The authentic records of fossil mosses — earlier than the Pleisto- cene— are scanty. Fleischer {^lledwicjia, Ixix. (192U) p. 400) refers A MOSS r\ AM HER 151 to a recent diseoveiy of the sporogonium of Andrecea with sjwres, from the Devonian of Uoros in Norway, showing a structure ahnost identical with that of the existing plant; 1 have not seen the original account of this, and Fleischer givjs no hint of the nature of the supporting evidence, though expressing no doubt as to the accuracy of the record. A certain number of records of mosses from the Tertiary have been announced, but the evidence on which several of these rest is by no means above suspicion. Thus in a paper on Amei-ican Fossil Mosses by Eliz. (x, JJritton and Arthur Hollick (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxiv. 89 ; 1907) the authors discuss the records of mosses from the various Tertiary deposits, and show prettj^ conclusively that out of five such records thi-ee in all probability are not mosses at all, and a fourth is doubtful, leaving only one, lihyn- chosteglum KnowUoni E. Gr. Brit., from the Upper Eocene or Miocene beds, undoubted ; and to this must be added Glypliomitrlum CocJcerellecB described by the authors in the same paper, based on an unquestionable fruiting specimen from the Tertiary shales of Floris- sant, Colorado. This shows the uncertainty attaching to some of the earlier records. It would seem, however, that there are some half-dozen or more well-established records of mosses from the Baltic amber of the Oligocene (see Brotherusin Engl. & Prantl, Pfianzenfam., Musci, ii. 1289), and an equal number from various Tertiary deposits in Europe. Goeppert (Monatsber. d. Berlin Akad. 1858) enumerated 19 species from the Baltic amber, but a large proportion of these rest on very dubious authority. Mention may also be made of the recent discover}^ of an extinct species of moss (ILiium mitiquoriom Card. & Dixon in Bryologht, xix. 51) from the lieuverian (Lower Pliocene) beds or the Dutch- Prussian Border. JOHN FIRMINGEK DUTHIE (1845-1922). JoHiS^ FiRMTNGER DuTHTE, who died at Worthing on the 28rd of February, was born on the 12th May, 1815, the son of the Kev. A. H. Duthie, rector successively of Sittingbourne and Deal, He was educated at Marlborough College and at Jesus College, Cambridge, where he took the 13. A. degree in 18G7 with a 8rd Class in the Natural Science Tripos. After leaving college he spent some time as a tutor in Somersetshire — notes on British plants fi-om his pen appeared in this Journal for 1871, where he is associated (p. 212) with the discovery of Folygala aiistrinca in Kent, — and then travelled with his mother and sister in Italy, living chiefly at Florence. He collected largely, both in Italy and also in the islands of Malta and Gozo, and published, chiefly in this Journal for 1872-7-1, accounts of the flora of those islands and of that of Tuscany and Monte Generoso in the Italian Lake country ; his collections were unfortu- nately lost in a fire at a repository in Scotland where they had been stored. In 1875, in which year he became a Fellow of the Linnean Society, 152 TJTE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY Duthie was appointed Professor of Natural History at the Royal Agricultural College at Cirencester ; in 1876 he was Superintendant of the Botanic Garden at Saharanpur in the North- Western Province of India, vacant by tlie retirement of Dr. W. Jameson. In those days the garden of Saharanpur was for the Upper Glangetic Plain what that at Calcutta was for the Lower country and the region bordering the Bay of Bengal; and Duthie at once set to work to carry on the labour of distinguished predecessors such as Doctors Royle, Falconer, King, and Jameson. This post he occupied for twenty- seven years, retiring in 1903 ; during his service he travelled over nearly the Avhole of the North- Western Province, the Punjab, and Central Provinces, and especially explored the Himalayan regions of Kuniaon (with Mr. J. R. lieid), Garhwal, Simla, and Kashmir, making everywhere large and well-preserved collections for the Herbarium at Saharanpur and for distribution to Kew, the British Museum, Edinburgh, Calcutta, and elsewhere. Duthie paid special attention to the grasses of North- Western India, both in their scientitic and economic aspect ; he published lists of these at lioorkee in 1883 and 1886, and is commemorated by Hackel in the genus Dufhiea, established on a Kashmir grass in 1895. Much was done in the Saharanpur Garden in cultivating from seed and improving the varieties of edible vegetables ; the results of these experiments are largely embodied in Field and Garden Plants of the North- Western Provinces, issued in conjunction with Mr. J. B. (now Sir J. Bampfylde) Fuller in three parts in 1882-93. In addition to his work on Saharanpur, Duthie lectured every year on the Systematic Botany of India at the Forest School at Dehra Dun, and usually accompanied the students on their annual tour in the hills of Jaunsar and Jehri-Garhwal, where the forests were under management by the Government. On his retirement in 1903 Duthie returned to England, and in Su]3tember of that year was appointed Assistant for India in the Herbarium at Kew, a post which he was obliged to relinquish in 1907 owing to illness. During his time at Kew, his wide knowledge of Indian plants was always at the disposal of those who were working on them, and he described and published — in the Keiu Bulletin, the Joa-rnal of Botany/, the Gardeners'' Chronicle, and elsewhere — many important new species sent from India and neighbouring regions. At the request of Sir Richard Strachey he revised the List of the great collection of the plants of Kumaon and neighbouring Himalayan regions known as the " Strachey and Winterbottom " collection, the first edition of which was published in 1882, and the revision in 1906. He also began and carried on from 1903 onwards the Flora of the Tipper Gangetic Plain, which at the time of his death was nearly completed. Before leaving England he had undertaken the Mi/rtacece for the Flora of British India, in which work his monogra^Dh appeared in 1878. Duthie married in 1879 Miss Coape-Smith, daughter of Col. Coape-Smith, then in charge of the Army Remount Establishment at Saharanpur, and we are indebted to Mrs. Duthie for much in- formation about him. During the whole of his service in India, he JOUX IIRMTXGER DL'THIE 153 was in constant and r(!ij;nlar correspondence with Sir Joseph Hooker. Sir Jose})h's letters were presented by Duthie to tlie Kew Herbarium Library' : many are quoted or referred to in the ' Life ' of Sir Jose]:>h, and show liow much the writer appreciated Duthie's work and the warm regard he always felt for him. Duthie was a slow worker and very cautious, so that he was often unable quickly to make up his mind on systematic questions, but he alwa3^s came to a decision in the end and the result was the more valuable in consequence. He was always extremely anxious to avoid inaccuracy, and used to polish up his work and descriptions over and over again. The most unassuming of men, he never put himself forward in the least, leaving it to his friends to estimate the value of what he did. He was a delightful travelling companion and an excellent climber, and many Indian forest officers and other friends will long remember the kindly good-natured botanist who accompanied them on their marches over the plains or mountains of Western India. [For the greater part of the foregoing memoir, which will appear in extended form in the Kew Bulletin, we are indebted to the kind- ness of the writer, Mr. J. S. Gamble. — Ed. Jourx. Bot.] REVIEW. Fiuigi: Ascomycetes, Ustilaginales, Uredinales. B}" Dame Hele]N" Gwin^^e-Vaugkax (formerly H. C. L. Feaser), D.B.E., LL.D., D.Sc, F.L.S., Professor of Botany in the University of London. (Cambridge Botanical Handbooks.) Demy 8vo, cloth, pp. xi + 232, with 196 figures in text. Price £1 15s. net. Cambridge University Press. Whex taking up the study of Fungi a student soon learns of s^^stematic works in his own or other languages which will take him all, or almost all, the distance he wishes to go. From the plant disease standpoint there are also many books, good and otherwise, which give him a mass of information concerning plant pathology. When, however, a student in the university sense of the term wishes to supplement the type of lecture it has been customary to give during the comparatively short period that Fungi have been regarded as worthy of consideration, he has been compelled to read original papers, supplemented by de Bary's classical Comparative Morpliolociy of the Fungi, Mgcetoza and Ba-cteria (1887), or Massee's verV inferior Text-hook of Fungi (190(3). Few mycologists, even, are aware of the tremendous ramitications of their subject; most of us work in somewhat watertight compartments, and are aj^parently unable to realise the inter-relations revealed by advances in the various branches. It rests, therefore, with university lecturers so to train students that when they are academicall}^ qualitied to beo-in research work on Fungi they should have sufficient knowledge of the intricacies of their subject to assume a philosophical attitude towards it as a whole. It is mainly to supply the needs of university students 15-i THE JOUKNAL OF EUTAXY that the present book has been written and from tliat standpoint it is to be judged: "The intention of the following pages is to present the fungus as a living individual : the scope is mainly morphological, but, in dealing with objects so minute, morphology passes insensibly into cytology." There can be no doubt that the morphological side of the subject should be one for the student first to tackle ; with morphology as a centre, cytology, physiology, classification and ])athogenic fungi can be best approached. An introduction of thirty-three pages gives a condensed account of some of the most interesting general facts concerning Fungi. After a brief introductory description of the group as a whole and its general reproduction, chapters are devoted to saprophytism, parasitism, and symbiosis — specialisation of saprophytism and parasitism — and reactions to stimuli, each of which might easily provide material for a separate treatise. Following the introduction there is a general account of the Ascomycetes : the various structures present in this group are treated in detail, as is also the question of the cytology of the ascus and sexual reproduction. Probabl}' most readers wdio are conversant with the cytological researches of the last two decades Avill first look up what the author has to say about the nuclear divisions in the ascus, having regard to her well-known views as to the reducing ciiaracter (brachymeiosis) of the third division. The account is not unauly coloured nor dogmatic, but the subtle introduction of a figure by Uangeard showing chromosome reductions in the divisions in u.±iicubolus farfuruceus has its humour. Another controversial matter in which the author has taken a leading part is treated in this chapter — /. e. the question as to the number of nuclear fusions which occur in the process of fertilization in the Ascomycetes. There has never been any discussion as to the occurrence of the fusion in the cell of the ascogenous hypha which gives rise to the ascus since Dangeard described it in Ib9-A. Dangeard held that this was the only nuclear fusion ; but Harper, and after him lilackman and Fraser, reported a previous fusion in the ascogonium either of male and female nucleus or of sister nuclei. The ground has shifted some- what since the work of Claussen (19U7, 1^12 j, who, working with Fyronema, denies the fusion in the ascogonium; the male nuclei pass into the ascogonium, pair with the female nuclei, and they, or their descendants, remain in association, the fusion in the ascogenous hypha being between the members of one of these pairs. On theoretical grounds Claussen's "theory" is the most attractive: two nuclear fusions and two reductions would be anomalous in the Fungi, and, moreover, the pairing of nuclei agrees on the whole with what we know in the Uredineae, Ustilaginea?, and Eubasidiomycetes. This no doubt is leading to its general adoption, and it is therefore essential that such criticisms as those put forward in the present w^ork by one who understands the difiiculty of interpretation should be given their proper Aveight. The pairing of nuclei in the ascogenous hyphse, which is at present the crux of the question, is regarded by Dame Gwynne- Vaughan as a sign of rapid growth and division, as suggested by Welsford. Another point of much academic interest treated in the .same chapter is that of phylogeny, as to which various theories are FUXGI 155 discussed ; the author seems to favour the priiuitiveness of the Endo- mvcetacese, which, on our present knowledge, is the view which appears able to withstand serious criticism. Following this chapter full of controversy, we reach less troubled seas ; chapters are devoted to Plectomycetes, Discomycetes, and J"yi-enom\'cetes : "* The group Plectomycetes is constituted to include tliose relativ^el}^ simple forms which possess neither the cuj)-shaped apothecium of the Discomycetes nor the liask-shaped peritheciuni opening by a definite ostiole which characterizes the Pj'renomycetes. In the majority of the remaining Ascom^'cetes a rounded ascocarp is produced, but it opens either by the decay of its walls or by an irregular split or tear. The asci may arise from the floor of this fruetitication, and stand parallel one to another, or they maybe irregu- larl}' disposed, the fertile hy^jha^ forming a tangled weft. In other families the asci are naked; they stand parallel in the Exoascacete, but in these parasitic forms their position is probably determined by the fact that they grow up between the epidermal cells or under the cuticle of the host, and may be w^ithout phylogenetic significance. In the EndomycetaceLe they are irregularly disjjosed on the mycelium, and in the Saccharomycetaceai a mycelium is not developed." The group includes Plectascales (Plectascineie, Protascinea3, and some Hemiasci of the P^aiizenfamiVitn), Erysiphales, and Exoascales. It is probably a very unnatural group, but brings together a series of detached ends, for which many will be devoutly thankful. The detailed study of each family really amounts to the considera- tion of a series of types, the types being those of wdiich sufficiently clear details are known. Here, as throughout the book, there ai-e suggestions as to special points which still require elucidation. The relation of these types to one another is shown in a series of not too detailed keys. In the Pyrenomycetes especial stress is laid on the wonderful Laboulbeniales. This very full and critical description will be much appreciated bj^ those who have difficulty in consulting Thaxter's monographs on this group which he has made so much his own. The last section of the book deals with Busidiomycetes, but only with Ustilaginales and Ui-edinales. These two groups make an ideal subject for text-book treatment and most of the points they raise ai-e treated more or less fully. It is suggested that the life-cycle of the- Ustilaginales appears to be reduced rather than primitive, the conju- gation of the sjjores replacing some ordinaiy sexual process ; " but the present state of our knowledge scarcely' permits speculation as to what the earlier alternation of generations may have been." Whereas fo-r the progenitor of the Uredinales a species must be sought "with a Cieonia from the secidiospores af which promycelia are produced. Such a form has been recognised in Kiinktlia nitensy It is to be regretted that the work does not include the whole of the Eungi. It is stated in the preface that "The manuscript was- completed early in 1917, but an endeavour has been made to bring it up to date." It may be that the more or less compulsoiy completion of the manuscript then precluded the author from continuing w^ith the Phycomycetes and Basidionnxetes. As the main cause has been removed, we maj^ perhaps hope for a sujoplementary volume. 156 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANT Sufficient has doubtless been said to indicate tliat the book is one which no student of Fungi should fail to possess. Certainly no university student can afford to be without it, though thirty-five shillins-s is a hiorh price for a volume of this size. The book is exceedingly attractive m every way : paper, prnitmg, and general get-up are a tribute to the publishers. The wealth, beauty, and usefulness of the illustrations will appeal to all ; with a not incon- siderable acquaintance with mycological literature, we can safely say that we know of no work which contains so wide a range of figures. These are taken from the authorities cited — C. Tulasne's wonderful drawings have never been better reproduced — and incdude a number of original drawings and photographs, many of the former illustrating observations by the author, hitherto unpublished. J. Eamsbottom. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. Continental peoples for many years past have been far more addicted to sampling toadstools than have the inhabitants of these islands, where it is almost unsafe to be seen taking interest in any genus exce])i I* sal Hot a ; and even m^^cophagists have been wont to regard edible species as falling into two categories — those fit to eat and those eaten on the Continent. During the War, fungi received even greater consideration than formerly on account of the shortage of food. This seems to have been particularly the case Avith the nations of central Europe, and it might safely be said that far more attention has recently been paid to this aspect of the subject than to the purely scientific one. In Welche Filze sind essbar?^ by Emil Hermann (Georg Kropp, Heilbronn a. N., 18 marks) are listed 515 species of fungi which may be eaten with safety, though in certain cases preliniinary operations are necessary. The genera are arrano-ed in the usual order, and in most cases their salient features are given. The " spot " characters of the species are frequently noted, and where there are illustrations in any of the better-known German works they are referred to and criticised. As Hermann is also the author of a well-known fungus cookery-book, he may be regarded as understanding the requirements of his countrymen. Many species are indicated as being only fit for salad, others as " make-weight." The mycological portion of the book appears to be quite sound. — J. K. Attention of those interested in the economic aspects of Myco- logy may be called to The Review of Applied Mycologij, published by the recently-established Imperial Bureau of Mycology, Kew. This is " intended to afford a monthly survey of the more recent literature dealing with the diseases of plants except those caused by animal parasites, and also to contain references to work on other aspects of applied mycology." The Keview does not aim at a com- plete citation of all mycological and phytopathological literature, but is to supply economic mycologists who suffer from restricted library facilities with sufficiently full abstracts to keep them in- BUOK-ISUTES, iNEVVS, ETC. 1-57 formed of current work. By nuiny, the issuing- of the Review will be regarded us by far tlie most important of tlie Bureau's proper f mictions. It is too early to judge as to how efficiently the work will be conducted, but in the first three numbers to hand the abstracts seem highly satisfactory. The " Honorar}" Committee of Management *" is remarkable for the almost complete absence of myco- logists, but it is to be congratuhited on being able to produce a monthly abstract journal of 32 pages at the remarkably cheap price of 12s. per annum post free. — J. K. The Journal of the Linneaii Society {Botaut/, vol, xlv. no. 304: March 31) contains an account of the Gynmosperms {Austrotaxus, gen. nov.), Ferns, and Mosses collected in New Caledonia in 1914 by Mr. 11. H. Compton ; a paper " On the Leaf -tips of certain Mono- cotyledons " by Mrs. Arber ; an account of the mosses of the WoUaston expedition to Dutch New Guinea, 1912-13, with others from British New Guinea, by Mr. H. N. Dixon ; and a note on the fertilization of Ceplialanthera by Colonel Godfery. In this the author thus modifies the conclusions which he published in this Journal for 1920, in a paper entitled " Ceplialantliera Kichard or Epipactis Crantz ? " : "1 then," he writes (p. 71), " adopted Darwin's view and said : ' Ceplialantliera is a decadent genus which has fallen from its high estate, assuming that it is really the case that it is entirely self-fertilized, and that we have not simply so far failed to understand the mechanism of the flower.' I had then had no oppor- tunity of studying the fertilization of ensifolia and ruira. Now that I have done so, I am convinced that both these species are wholly cross-pollinated by insects, and that this is also the case occasionally with c/randiflora, though its subsequently acquired facult}^ of self-fertilization has now become the dominant factor in its reproduction. 1 do not now believe there has been any decadence or degeneration in Ceplialanthera, but that it presents a case of persistence to the ])resent day of an extremely ancient method of cross-pollination which possibly prevailed universally in the Orchi- dacea3 (except in Diandrce) in the remote jDeriod before a rostellum had been evolved in that Order." We take from the Times the following account of the late William Beechcroft Bottomley, until recently Professor of Botany at King's College, who died at Huddersfield on March 31, at the age of fifty-eight : " The only son of Mr. J. Bottomley, of Fern Cliffe, Morecambe, he was educated at the lioj^al Grammar School, Lancaster, and King's College, Cambridge. Appointed science tutor and lecturer on biology at St. Mary's Hospital Medical School in 188Gat the age of 23, Mr. Bottomley continued in that office until 1S91, when he succeeded to the professorial chair of biology at the Ivoyal Veterinary College, London. Two years later, on the retire- ment of Professor Bentley, he became Professor of Botany at Kinp-\s College, London, an office which he held until ill-health caused his retirement last year. Intensely interested in agricultural co-o]Deration, Professor Bottomley was the founder of the South-Eastern Co-o]iera- tive Agricultural Society, but it was by his experimental research in the use of ' bacterized ' peat as a stimulant and fertiliser that he has 158 TTIE JOURX.VL OF BOTANY added a noteworthy contribution to the sum of useful human know- ledge. With a view to increasing the productivity of the soil, and particularly of poor land, he turned his attention to the investigation of nitrogen -fixing organisms which would enable plants to obtain tlie all essential nitrogen from the air by means of bacteria. Taking peat as the basis for his experiments, he subjected it to a process of decomposition, and found that as a result other bacteria w^ere pro- duced and led to the growth of nitrogen-fixing organisms. A fact established as a result of these experiments, and one which created no little sensation in the scientific world at the time, was that just as human beings and animals required vitamines, so in the case of plants and vegetable crops accessory food bodies were required." Vol. IX. no 1 (issued Nov. 1921) of the Records of tlie Botanical Purvey o-F India is devoted to a " Survey of the Flora of the Anai- malai Hills in the Coimbatore District, Madras Presidency," by C. E. C. Fischer, I.F.S. The list itself, which is very extravagantly printed, contains little of note, a variety of Barleria cuspidata presenting the only novelty ; there is, however, an interesting intro- duction, in which tlie character of the flora is summarised, with an excellent map. No. 2 of the volume contains descriptions (at great length) of new Malayan E aphorbiaceai by Mr. A. T. Gage. In vol. viii. Father Blatter's careful Flora Arabica is continued in no. 8 (Dec. 1921) ; the enumeration has proceeded as far as Verbenacese, but, save for an occasional " comb, nov.," the part contains no novelties. The fact that page-headings may be turned to useful account has not penetrated to those responsible for the production of the Records. The Trustees of the British Museum will shortly publish a Guide to the Larger British Fungi which w411 rej^lace the Guide to Sowerh/s Model's of British Fungi by the late Worthington G. Smith. The new Guide, which has been prepared by Mr. J. Hams- bottom, deals more fully with questions of general interest, and includes a larger number of species than the previous one, and is so arrano-ed that- it will form a useful introduction to the study of the larger fungi. In the NewBhytoJogist (March 22 : vol. xxi. no. 1) Professor W. Stiles continues his critical articles on Permeability, and Mr. W. J. Hod- o-etts concludes his " Study of the Factors controlling the Periodicity of Fresh-water Algae." Sir Francis Darwin has two papers, one " Studies in Phcenology, No. 3, 1921," which shows that the most obvious feature of the dates of flowering last year was their remark- able earliness ; the second — in conjunction with another well-known Cambridge botanist, Mr. A. Shrub'bs — on " Eecords of Autumnal or Second Flowerings of Plants," gives further details of a remarkable floristic year. The very healthy controversial articles for which this periodical is becoming noteworthy are represented by Professor J. H. Priestley's "Further Observations upon the Mechanism of Koot Pressure." Science Frogrrss for April contains a long and interesting ])aper on " Spitsbergen, its Natural History and Kesources," by Mr. Y. S. 73()Ok-?s^otp:s, news, etc. 159 Suininerhaycs : the observations on plants occupy iive pages and conHrm those lately placed before the Linnean Society by Mr. John Walton (see p. 120). We have received the first volume (March) o£ Ewinre 'Forei.lrij (Macniillan : 4s. n.), the Journal of; the Empire Forestry Association, which was inaugurated at the Guildhall in November last. It is a well-printed illustrated book of 124 pages, containing papei's on Forestry in various parts of the Em])ire, including Canada, Australia, and India. Mr. F. 11. S. Balfour writes on the Douglas Fir Flagstaff at Kew, of which he suggested the sending ; Mr. 8. M. Edwai-des discusses "Tree Worship in India"; there are numerous editorial notes, and a bibliography of Forestry for 1920-21 — altogether an interesting volume. Notes from the Botanical School of Trinity College, Diihlin (iii. no. 3: March), include papers on *'Heat produced during Inver- sion of Sucrose " and " Phytosynthesis and the Electronic Theory," by H. H. Dixon and N. G. Ball ; " Factors affecting Hydrogen Ion Concentration of Soil" and ''The Hydrogen Ion Concentration of Plant Cells," by W. K. G. Atkins. The Hundred of Wirral, occupying a peninsula between the estuaries of the Mersey and the Dee, merits treatment as a floristic area separate from the Liverpool district. In The Mtiscinece of the Wirral, by W. A. Lee and W. G. Travis (Lane, and Ches. Naturalist, xiv. 1921), is to be found a history of all the local bryojDhytes. The physical geography of the area is discussed, and lists are given of the principal species found on peaty heaths, shore clay banks, and dune tracts. Important changes have occurred since F. P. Marrat made his records seventy years ago : the dune slacks have dried up, causing the disappearance of aquatic species ; the resident population has vastly increased, and the smoke nuisance has exterminated many species, especially corticolous. In the list 183 mosses and 47 hepatics (exclusive of varieties and forms) are recorded; and, of these, 45 mosses and 9 hepatics are alreadj^ extinct. — A. G. A MERTi>^Cr of the British Mycological Society was held at Cam- bridge on Saturday, March 18tli. The papers were :— Mrs. M. N. Kidd, "Diseases of Apples in Storage"; Mr. J. Line, "The Para- sitism of Nectria ciiinaharina'''' \ Mr. K. C. Mehta, "Observations on the Occurrence of Wheat Rusts near Cambridge " ; and Messrs. F. T. Brooks and G. Hansford, '• Mould Growths on Cold Store Meat." All the papers described investigations which have been carried out in the very active Mycological Department of the Botany School at Cambridge. The vacancy in the Professorship of Botan}^ at Edinburgh and the offices connected therewith has been filled by the appointment of Mr. William Wright Smith, who has for some years occupied the post of Assistant Keeper. Born in Dumfriesshire in 1875, he graduated as M.A. at Edinburgh, and in 1902 joined the botanical staff of the Universit}'. In 1907 Mr. Wright Smith was appointed to the charge of the Government Herbarium at Calcutta ; in 1908 he acted as Director of the Botanical Survey of India, and in 1911 became acting superin- 160 THE JOUIJXAL OF EOTANY tenclent of the Calcutta Gardens ; shortly after this he returned to Edinburgh. Mr. Wright Smith has been for several years secretary of the Botanical Societj^ of Edinburgh. In the rejmnt of her paper on " Homothallism and the Production of Fruit-bodies by Monos^^orous Mycelia in the Genus Oopi'inus,'''' which appeared in the last number of the Transactions of the British Mycolo(]ical Society, Miss I. Mounce inserts a slip stating that since the paper was sent to press she has isolated and experimented with heterothallic strains of Coprinus lagohus and C niveus. We regret to learn from the Jan.-Feb. issue of the Lancasliire Sf Cheshire Naturalist that unless further support be forthcoming, the journal will probably cease to exist. The number contains a notice of the Rev. H. H. Higgins (1814-1893) and a list of the Lichens of the Wirral, by W. G. Travis. The Orchid Review for Api-il contains an interesting paper by the Messrs. Stephenson on "Hybrids of Gijmnadenia conopsea ^\\(S. Coeloglossum viride.'' Of the three characterised, two have been figured and described in the Eeports of the Winchester College Natural History Societ}^ ; the third, of Avhich a figure is given, was found in Shropshire by the late K. F. Burton. The recentl}^ published volume of the Transactions of the Boyal Historical Society (-Ith series, vol. iv.) contains an interesting paper on " The Extent of the English Forest in the Thirteenth Century," by Margaret Ley Bazeley, M.A. The Annales des Sciences Naturelles {Botaniqiie) — vol. iii. nos. 5-6 : Dec. 1921 — contains " Kecherches sur les Lichens de la famille des Stictacees " (4 pi.), by F. Moreau ; " Les Chenes d'lndo- Chine," by Hickel & A. Camus (many new species) ; " Mutantes et H3^brides," by L. Blaringhem ; " Sexualite experimentale des Basi- diomycetes," "^ by Plantefol ; "La Flagellose ou Leptomoniate des Euphorbes et des Asclepiadacees," by F. Mesnil. The Annales du Miisee Colonial de Marseille (ser. 3, vol. 9) is devoted to a study of " La Vegetation Malgache," by M. H. Perrier de la Bathe, illustrated by maps and figures from photographs of aspects of the vegetation. A fourth part containing Pholiota, 3Iarasmius, and Bhodo- phyllus of Jakob E. Lange's " Studies in the Agarics of Denmark " occupies 'no. 11, bind 2, of Dansk Botanisk Arkiv. (1921). In bind 4, no. 1, Erik J. Petersen figures and describes a new saprojjelic micro-organism {Conioihrix sulphurea). The Essex Naturalist (March : vol. xx. pt. 1) contains an account of the Fungus Foray in Epping Forest, 15 Oct., 1921, with a list of the Myxomycetes found, seventeen in number. We announce with great regret the death of Mrs. Antony Gepp, which occurred, after a long illness, at Torquay on the 6th of last month. Under her maiden name — Ethel Sarel Barton — Mrs. Gejip Avas for many years a valued contributor to this Journal, in which she published important algological papers. We hope to give some account of her work in an early issue. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREiaN. EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. The Journal of Botany was established in 1863 by Seemann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G-. Baker and Mr, Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast tield of Greneral Botany, the Journal has from its inception tilled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of ma^ny obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. Until the beginning of the late War the Journal paid its way and even allowed a slight margin of profit ; but during that period the subscribers were reduced in number, and the continental circula- tion almost ceased. It has now regained its position, but the in- creased cost of production, which has not as yet been substantially reduced, has resulted in an annual deficit which at one time became so serious that the continuance of the Journal was threatened. By the generosity of those who felt that its cessation would be a mis-' fortune, especially for British botanists whose principal organ it has always been, the deficit has been met and an appeal is now made for an increased number of subscribers JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. Price Six Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby'^ ' EngUsh Botany ' (pp. 276) By F. A. Gaerx. Price Five Shillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. WoLLEr-DoD (pp. 153). Price Three Shillings. The British Roses, excluding Eu-Caninte (pp 141). By Major A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. The Genus Fmnaria m Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugsley, B.A. Price Half -a -crown. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Linton, M.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A. Dallman, F.L.S. (2s. each.) Price Plight een-'pence. Supplements 2 and 3 to the Biograpiiical Index of British and Irish Botanists (Is. 6f?. each). British Euphrasia. By Cedric Bucknall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnaeus's ' Species Plantarum,' ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S. LinniBUs's ' Flora AngHca.' A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. ^^ Lt.-Col. A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. Prices in all cases net, post free. SPECIAL OFFER OF VOLUMES. The stock of the earlier Volumes is getting very low ; it is now impossible to make up a set going back farther than to 1883, and only one such set can be completed. The 36 vols. 1883 to 1918 are offered at de35 ; two sets from 1885 to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at .£31 10s. Oc7. per set. The disposal of these sets will prevent any long series being supplied in future, and the rarer of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce ; the few remaining copies will be sold at 30s. each. The other volumes can be supplied at 21s. each. Orders with remittance should he addressed to-. — TAYLOE & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4. No. 714 JUNE, 1922 Vol. IX THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BPJTISII AND FORI'IGN EDITED ET JAMES BRITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BPa'I'ISH :\IUf-EU:iI. CON T PA6K Edward Adrian Woodriift'e-Peacock \ (1858-1922) 161 j Two Alchemiras new to Britain. By A. J. WiLMOTT, B.A., F.L.S. .. 163 On Cotillon id. a new Genus of Um- belliferte. By Cecil Norman .. . 166 New or Notewortliy Fung-i. By W. B. Grove, M.A. (eoHcij^fZecZ) 167 ' Bibliographical Notes : — LXXXV. Robert Brown and 'The Monthly Magazine ' 177 ENTS Reviews : — Monog-rafia del Gen ere CitleiuhihtL. By DoMENico Lanza The Wheat Plant. A Monograph. By John Pebcival, M.A., F.L.S. The International Potato Con- ference Book-Notes, News, etc Supplement. — The Determination of Lichens in the Field. By W. Watson. D.Sc. 184 186 187 188 LONDON TAYLOR AND FRAXCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Frice Tico Shillings net For naming Woody Plants by their Twigs. WINTER BOTANY ey Pjjofi:s«ok William Ti?elease. Concise simple keys to over 1000 trees and shrubs of over 300 eommonly cultivated genera, as5 thej^ occur in Avinter. Pocket size; good binding; fully illustrated. '• The best book of its kind "— Ton-eya. Price, post free, S2.50 -with order. Address : - WILLIAM TRELEASE, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BHITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BRFFTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. CoiunmniL'ations for pubrR-iitioii and l)()()ks for review should he sent to The Editor, -IL liusfon Ilond, Brentford, Middlesex. Annual Subscription £1 2s. 6(i. fpost-free), single Numbers 2s. net each. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.-Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copies 25 ,. 50 „ 100 ., 2 pp. .Ss ,, 5s. ,, 7s. 4 pp. 4s. (•.(/. „ 5s. Of?. ., Gs. Od. ,. Ss. 0(7. 8 pp. 7s. 12 pp. 9s. IG pp. 10s. 6d. ,. 8s. ., lis. 6f7. „ 13s. „ 9s. „ 12s. 6f?. „ 14s. „ 10s. Gf7. ,, 14s. „ 15s. 6(Z. Sejiai ate Titles, Pla bes, and Special Wrappers extra. Apply to the Publishers, Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court. Fleet Street, E.G. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Six Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions Page .£2 Os. Od. £1 16s. Of?, each £1 12s. Of?, each" Half-page 1 2 G 1 0 (» „ 17 6 Quarter-page _ 12 G 11 3 ., 10 0 Eighth-page 7 G 7 0 „ 6 6 All applications for space to be made to Mr H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croyion. IGl EDWARD ADRIAN WOODRUFFE-PEACOCK (1858-1922). Edward Adhian Peacock (who added his mother's name to his patronymic, and who is best known by the combination) was born at Bottesi'ord Manor, Brigg, Lincohishire, on July 28, 1858. His father, Edward Peacock, E.S.A., was an antiqiuii-y of distinction and an autliority on Lincohishire dialect, and especially interested in the folk-lore and ])opular names of plants ; by a curious coincidence he had an extraoi'dinarily harsh voice — I remember that when he came to see me at Bloomsburj^, in pre-South-Kensington days, Trinien said when he left, ''Who was that man with the terrible voice?" and when I replied, " You won't believe me when I tell \^ou his name is Peacock," he said, " Of course I don't ! " Adrian Peacock was educated at Edinburgh Academy, then at St. John's College, Cambridge, and Bishop Hatheld Hall, Durham, where he took the degree of Licentiate in Theologj^ in 1880. After holding various curacies, he became Vicar of Cadney, near Brigg, in 1891 ; here he remained until 1920, when he became Yicar of Gi-ay- ingham, at which place he died on February 3. For a general summary of his work 1 cannot do better than quote the account prepared by Mr. Richard W. Goulding, Librarian to the Duke of Portland at Welbeck Abbey, of which he was kind enough to send me a copy. Mr. Goulding writes : — " Mr. Peacock was a man of many attainments and activities, but he- was best known as a capable and experienced held naturalist. He will be greatly missed, particularly by those who are interested in the natural history of Lincolnshire, for he accomplished probably more than any other single worker in the accumulation of facts relating to the distribution of plants and animals in the county in which he was born, and in which he spent the greater part of his life. He was one of the founders of the Lincolnshire Naturalists' Union in 1893 ; for ten years he was its Organizing Secretary ; he was its President in 1905-G ; during the entire period of its existence he has been its moving spirit, and he was once aptlj' described by the late Canon William Fowler as its * nursing father.' He was an all- round naturahst. Full of enthusiasm himself, he inspired enthusiasm in others, and he was ever ready to help and encourage fellow- workers and junior students. From his youth up he was an indefatigable observer and note-taker — ' a humble recorder of trifling every-day facts ' is the description he gave of himself in the preface to his Check-List of Lincolnshire Flants published in 1909. " Mr. Peacock was thorough in everything he undertook. In his preaching he always made it his aim to get a series of correlated ideas for every address, and he then endeavoured to give expression to his thoughts in plain, simple, forcible language." In his Check-List published by the Lincolnshire Naturalists' Union in its Transactions m 1909 (ii. 1-GG) and continued up to 1911 in the same volume (pp. 290-299) Peacock presented "an analysis of some 500,000 observations " that he had accumulated in Journal of BoxA.Nr. — Vol. GO. [Ji>e, 1922.] ii 162 THE .TOURXAL OF BOTAXY his work on the plants of the county. The Li?>t, which is arranged alphahetically, was noticed at some length in this Journal for 1910 (p. 1G6) : here it may suffice to say that in the single line devoted to each species is given the date and authority for Hrst observation and an indication of the distribution through the 18 artificial divisions of county— these in accordance with the map published by Peacock in the Naturalist for 1805, which has been accepted b}^ the Union as the basis of its work dealing with the distribution of species. The List includes names of two varieties of Veronica agrestis and V. Beccahuiifja: we suggested that descriptions of these should be published in this Journal, but the suggestion was not adopted ; they were doubtless of little importance, for Peacock was not a critical botanist, as his note on Primula elatior ( Journ. Bot. 1906, 243) shows. As an Geologist, however, Peacock, so far as his limited scope of observation went, stood in the first rank ; his Flora was to have been produced on these lines, and Dr. Tansley, with whom he corres- ponded on the subject, was so much im])ressed b}' the ])erusal of the portion sent to him that he offered to defray tlie cost of publication, if the MS. could be reduced to i-easonable compass. Of this Peacock was unfortunately entirely incapable ; he however accepted with gratitude Dr. Tansley's offer to edit and condense the MS., but shortly after this he became seriously ill, and nothing was done. In his letter to me Dr. Tansley writes : " The observations I sliould put first in value are those on methods of dispersal ; his collection of these, if published in convenient and accessible form, would add enormously to our knowledge of the actual means of dispersal of British species. Second, 1 should put his observations, fo'r each species, of the soils on which it actually occurs. The publication of these two sets of data, in systematic form, would make a woi-k which would be unique, and of the highest interest and value." Few, if any, floras have been ])roduced under circumstances so favourable for observation ; Peacock had always lived in the county, and began his work in 1S73. The MS. of the Flora has been left to the University of Cambridge. Of the value of his observations. Peacock's numerous contribu- tions to this Journal— to which, with his consent and even approval, the Procrustean method was somewhat freely applied — sufficiently show: those on "Natives and Aliens" (1908), "Followers and Shunners of Man" (1909). "The Shepherd's Parse and Cultivation," " The Mallow " and " Change of Climate and Woodland vSuccession " (1912), " Index Species in a Flora " (1914), may be cited as examples. Other papers of like nature are published in the Tranfiactions2i\\'ei\.(\\ mentioned — an especially interesting one is that on Seed-dispersal by birds (1919, 14-37) ; and he contributed two pamphlets — Hoiv to make a Bock-soil Flora (1904) and Frequency in Floral Anali/sis (1912) — to the "Kural Studies Series" of pamphlets published at Louth (Gould). Peacock's fir?t communication to this Journal was a note on Limnantliemum in South Lincolnshire (1896, 229) ; his last, a summary of fifty years' observations on the soils and habitats of Hifpcricum lutmifusum in the county (1919, 225) James Beitte>-. * TWO ALCIIK^rlLLAS NEW TO BRITAIX 163 TWO ALCHEMILLAS NEW TO BRITAIN. Br A. J. Wij.MOTT, B.A, F.L.S. AI die )n ilia glomerulans Baser is one of tlie many small species disco vered to have been liid:len in the com]>osite A. vulgaris \i. It agrees with A. alpesfris Schmidt (sensu Lindberg) in having its indumentum formed of suba]>pressed silk}^ hairs, with which a few slightly spreading ones are mingled, but is easily recognisable from both that and ui. acufidm.s Buser by many characters. The lobes of the large leaves are broader and shallowei', making the leaf rounder, and, though at Hrst sight they look glabrous, a moderate lens shows that both surfaces are hairy all over, although the hairs are spai-se and tine. The petioles are densely silky-hairy throuj'hout and the hairs on the stem reach right up into the inflorescence. It also has such a charactei-istic look that 1 ])icked out the first specimen 1 saw as something distinct after a very cursor}^ glance, and recognised the second as probably identical before examining it. Since Lindberghs description in his monograph, Die Nordische Alchemilla vuJgaris-fornien, p. 105 (1909), is so detailed, and I have seen no series of British plants, I Avill translate it, italicising distinguishing characters : — A. f/lomeruIa]is Buser; plant usuall}^ moderately large, light- or yellow-green, moi'e or less clad with appressed hairs, llhizome stout. Stipules at the base of the plant bi'ownish with greenish, colourless, or somewhat wine-red auricles. Stem as a rule moderately stout, arcuate-erect or decumbent, rarely more erect, (5) 20-30 (50) cm. high, more or less richly clad ivith appressed liairs throughout, hairiness often (f. dasj/cali/x Westerlund) reaching to pedicels and urceoles of the lowest flower, rarely (f. glahrior VVesterlund) stem almost glabrous or sparingly hairy in the lower part. Leaves larcfe, bright-, yellow-, or somewhat blue-green ; petioles l"5-30 cm., more or less thickly appressed hairi/ and often somewhat shimmering, [laminie] sti'ongly undulate, thin, later usually on the margins more or less brown-red coloured; iipperside usually more or less richly clad with moderately tony appressed hairs over the whole surface, less often only hairy in the folds, i-arcly (f. ylahrior) almost or quite glabrous ; underside more sparsely hairy, often only on the veins appressed hairy (the young spring leaves often almost or quite glabrous, only somewhat hairy on the veins below) ; general outline reniform, rarely moi'e roundish, 3-14 cm. broad and 2*5-12 ciri. long, usually c. 10 cm. broad and c. 8 cm. long ; lobes 9 (or 11 incomplete, in small leaves 7), hroad, usually short and rounded, each side loith (6) 7-9 (10) short, broad, usually hlunt, and somewhat irregular and extended teeth, or (on leaves with es})eciallv short lobes) more acute, narrower, and somewhat connivent, terminal tooth smaller than the subjacent ones ; stem leaves usually well developed, stipules large, especially the upper deeply toothed. Inflorescence usually moderately narrow, somcAvhat broader above, coi-ymbose with moderately dense and spherical /lower clusters. Pedicels 1-2 (3) mm. lona-, glabrous, or the vei'v lowest often more or less with M 2 164 THE .TOUJIXAL OF EOTATs^Y « long appressed hairs. Flowers 3^ellow-green or yellowish, 3"5-4 mm. broad ; urceoles with short usually somewhat rounded base, 8- 8*5 mm. long, glabrous or in the lowest flowers with solitary or few long erect spreading hairs ; calyx- and epicalyx-segments of the lower or lowest flowers with some apical hairs, those of the upper flowers glabrous. [Damp ])hices or new springs : Greenland ; Iceland ; Scandinavia; Finland; N.E.Russia.] There should he no difliculty in distinguishing this from its allies. A.JlIicaitlis Baser, the northern relative of A. minor Huds., may, in some of its forms, have a distribution of hairs very similar, but the hairs are widesj)reading on stem and petiole, and it is a smaller plant than the specimens of A. glomerulans which I have seen. The flrst British specimen noticed was brought to me in 1917 l)y Mr. lioffey among a parcel of Scotch plants, labelled " Glen Eunaeh, Inverness-sh., Aug. 1916." I immediately named it as probably A. glomeralcDis, but had no specimens of that specie-s Avith which to compare it. Mr. C. E. Salmon has since kindly compared it with specimens in his herbarium sent him b}^ Mr. Lindberg, and confirms my identification. Examination of the herbarium of the late E. S. Marshall (at Cambridge) disclosed a second specimen labelled : " Kef. no. 3885, see Wats. E. C. liep. 1913. Abundant (from al)out 1800 to nearly 3000 feet) by a streamlet on the south side of Ben Lawers, Sept. 4, 1913 .... mucli more plentiful than our ordinary form of A. alpestris Schmidt, and easily separable from it, when growing. Dr. C. E. Moss pointed it out as the plant discovered by Ostenfeld (August 1911) in this station, and named by him as ^. acufidens Baser. Proved, by cultivation, to be only A. alpestris, E, H. M. 1918." This specimen puzzled me, since I remembered agreeing that the specimen sent under this number to the National Herbarium was A. alpestris. On the next sheet I found it to contain further speci- mens of 3885 with the same locality-label, and a similar observation about A. acntidens, except that " cultivation proved this to be good A. alpestris I '^ This sheet Avas indeed A. alpestris: evidently Marshall did not se])arate the two in the field as clearly as he imagined. On this sheet he notes *' it was associated with ordinary A. alpestris Schmidt .... unusually large." As these specimens are small for A. alpestris and smaller than that of A. glomerulans, the latter note presumably refers to the other sheet. Careful search will ])robably show that this form is fairly widely spread in Scotland. The species grows in Iceland and has a wide distribution, whereas the remaining segregate species which occur in Scandinavia are not so widespread, and are less likely to occur here. Since writing the above, I have found among some duplicates received at the National Herbarium from the South London Botanical Institute a specimen of another of these small species, A. pastoral is Buser. This is the plant which must retain the name vulgaris in the most restricted sense, as A. vulgaris L. emend., "Buser in Dorfler, Herb. Norm. 3633 (1898)" (Lindberg). This is a plant which at first sight looks like A. pratensis, having dense spreading TWO ALt'HE^^TLL.VS NEW TO T^ETT Viy 1G5 hairs on steins and petioles and l)econiing glabrescent at tlie apex, but tlie leaves also are here ratiier densely covered witli longish and snl)-appressed hairs throughout both surfaces. It was from " near Langdon Eeek Inn, U])per Teesdale, Durham, 7.6.1903, A. O. Hume," and was labelled A. vulgaris L. I have examined the remaining specimens of this gatliering at the Institute, and find that they are all either A. alpesfris or A. pratensis. I again translate Lindberghs description (p. 57) :— A. VULGARIS L, emend. Buser, 1898 ; A. pastoi-alis Buser ; Lindberg. Plant m -dium-sized, gre3'-green, ver}" thickly hairy. ]lhizome stout. Stipules at the base of the plant brownish witli green or somewhat reddish auricles (" Oehrchen " : but cf. p. 40 "stipule non coloratie "). Stem moderatel3^ stout, almost stiffly erect or somewhat arcuate-ascending, 10-35 cm. high, xhyy densely [in British specimen weakly in upper half] clad fln'ou(/hout iis whole Jfugtli ivith perpendicularh^ spreading hairs 1 mm. long. Leaves grey-green, petioles moderately equilong, 2-20 cm., thickly spreading, hairy ; [lamina?] flat or almost flat, thickly hairi/ all over hofh sides (the hairs almost spreading) ; veins below onh^ in young state weakly silky shining, general outline reniform or more rarely almost circular, 3*5-10 cm. broad and 2*5-9 cm. long, as a rule 1 cm. broader than long ; lobes 9 half ovate to roundish, more or less con- tiguous laterally, each side with 7-9 similar, moderately small, and narrow, bluntish, somewhat connivent teeth, terminal tooth smaller and shorter; stem-leaves small with moderateh'' large-toothed to cut stipules. Inflorescence with erect spreading branches with modemtely dense flower-clusters. Fedicels 1-2*5 mm. long, r/labrous. Flowers yellowish green, 3-1 mm. broad ; urceoles as a rule a little rounded at base, obconical, later spherical, 3-3*5 mm. (2*5-3 when dry) long, more or less sparingly spreading hairy, rarely richly hair}^, often [British specimen] most of them glabrous and only few or solitary ones with quite solitary hairs very rarely all quite glabrous ; calgx segments more or less sparsely (rarely more richly) hairy below, epicalyx segments ciliate only on the margin or with solitary hairs near the apex. [DiT meadows; Denmark; Scandinavia; Finland; Baltic Provinces ; Russia.] There remains to record an extension of range of the true A. jili- caulis. There are specimens of this in Herb. A. Le}^ in Herb. Univ. Birmingham, from " Monmouthshire, in the 1st Daren, Henddr (?) vallev, H. D. 14, 7 July, 1898," as ''A. vulqaris L., pratensis Schmidt." IGG TUi: JOL'HXAr. OF HOI A XV ox COTYLOXIA. A XEW GEXUS OF UMBELLIFEK.i:. Bv Cecil Xokmax. Cotylonia, e tribu Hijth'ocofi/learum novum genus. G//j/(.7'.b" Jentes obsoleti ; petala Integra, obtusa, plana, imbricata. Discus in stylopodiis parvis conicis productus ; styli breves : fruetns a dorso conipressus ; carpella a dorso compressa : margines alaeformes (juga tiliformia indistincta ; vittie nulla?): carpophonim indivisum evassuui ; semen a dorso coinpressuni, baud excavatuni. A, part of plant : ^ nat. size. B, bud ; C, flower ; D, fruit : X 7. Serha annua, subereeta : folia Integra, rotunda, crenata, palmi- nervia ; stipidce iiuU<£ ; petiolus ad basim searioso-dilatatus ; nmhellce simpliees ; hractece intiorescentiie magnie conspicuseque foliis similes, umbellulorum multa? lineares ; flores albi. Closelv allied to Hydrocotyle and Micropleura, differing from both in the very large bracts to the inflorescence, and in the dorsally, not laterally, compressed fruit. Unfortunately the fruit is not ripe enough to make quite certain of the other details. I have followed COTYLoXIA. A XKW (iEN'US uF U M BK LLI FER.E 1G7 the colleet(jr in callinL,' the tlower.s white : they do not seem so hi the dried state. ^ Cotylouia bracteata, sj). unica. Herha annua, suberecta, radice tibro.sa, eaiile nudo glabr.j siniplice ; f'oliis rotiindis, b.isi prot'unde cordatis, niarginibiis ai-gute crenatis, inferne ghiucis, nervis utrinque sparsissime pilosis; petiohj longo, glabro ad basiiu scarioso et breviter vaginante : umbellis^\n\\A\cvh\i?, paucis ±3, qiuiruiu media tenuinalis, eeterie laterales, ex axillis bractearum t'oliacearum creseentes ; innbel- lulorum ])edieellis paueis vakle injequaUbus crassis ; bracteis intlores- centiie 2, niagnis, oppositis, sessilibus, sub-renit'ormibus, ca^tero foliis exacte simihbiis ; involucellorum numerosis. late linearibus obtusis : petalis albis. lanceolatis, obtusis. Westekx CiiiXA : roadside: 1l. I£. JFilson. ^o. Sij(')(j (in Herb. Brit. ]Mus. and Herb. Kew) and Xo. 20ll (Herb. Kew) from S. Wushan. A lax herb: the measurements are: — leaves -l-S'oxG-lO cm.; petiole 12-28 cm.; bracts o/* //(/fo/-. -i-o'o x o'o-lO cm. ; bracts of involucel ±-^m.i\\. \ peduncles 2-8''j cm. ; pedicels 7-1-5 mm.; fruit 3x2 mm. A remarkable plant. The long stem is without leaves, having only the large bracts at the top. The hi florescence is noteworthy, apart from the bracts : at first sight it appears to l>e a compound umbel of few rays, but it is in fact a terminal simple umbel — always the oldest — -with one Literal umbel (sometimes two) springmg from the axil of each bract. Wilson Xo. 49-30 (Herb. Brit. ^Mus. and Kew) is an exactly similar plant on a small scale, from Mt. Omi, For the present it seems best to look upon this as a mountain form of the above species, though it is possible that further material may prove it distinct. It has certainly no appearance of being starved or stunted. XEW Oil XOTEWORTHY FUXGL Br W. B. Geote, M.A. (Concluded from p. 148.) 370. ^MarssoxIa Sambuci Rostr. in Bot. Tidsskr. 1899, p. 270. Sa^-c. SvU. xvi. lOll. AUesch, vii. (309. Ascochyta Eustrupii Died. Pilz. Brand, p. 39-5. Spots roundish or angular, up to 1 cm. wide or more, visible on both sides, above fuscous, paler and almost ochraceous in the middle, concentrically zoned at times, below dusky and olive-brown. Pustules clustered in the middle of the spots, lens-shaped, brown or blackish, prominent, amphigenous, 80-100 /tt diam. Spores oblong-cylindrical, rounded at the ends, at length 1-septate, scarcely constricted, colour- less, 7-S X 3 ya (8-13 X 3-4 /l/, Died.). On living leaves of Sambuciis nigra. Kichmond, Surrey. Aug. Diedicke places this in Ascochi/ta, on the ground that there is a distinct but thin pycnidium ; the spots in the Kichmond specimens 1G8 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY agreed very closely with bis and liostrup's descriptions, Lut no pyc- nidial wall could be detected. 371. Marssonia Secalis Oud. in Hedwig. 189S, p. 181. Sacc. Syll. xvi. 1011. Spots indefinite, up to 1 cm. long, pallid, often bordered with purple, visible on both sides of the leaf. Pustules almost imper- ceptible, even with a lens, pale, more translucent than the leaf-tissue, roundish, flat, about 200 /x diam., totally immersed. SjDores oblong- fusoid, hyaline, curved in profile, at times almost beaked at the apex and terminated b}^ a rather obtuse mucro, 15-20 x 3-4 fx, the lower cell narrower than the upper ; sjDoroj^hores very short. On fading leaves of R3^e {Secale Cereale). Newton Abbot. May, June (Comm. A. D. Cotton). PsAMMiNA Kouss. & Sacc. Contr. Mvc. Belg. iv. 295. Sacc. Syll. x. 498. " Pustules subepidermal, thin, subgelatinous. Spores cylindrical, septate, hyaline, numerous, persistentl}^ cohering at the base, and radiately diverging so as to form a subhemispherical head. As it were, a dwarf form of Prostliemiella. 372. PSAMMTNA Bo^tMERI.E R. & S. /. C. Pustules scattered, gelatinous, somewhat olivaceous, immersed. Spores c^dindrical, hyaline, 2-5-septate, 20-30 /x long, united together at the base to the number of 15-25 and forming a distinct head, at length emerging and clinging together to form little fugacious pallid granules. (Pig. 17.) On dead leaves of Fsamma arenaria. Aug. Dundonald and Stevenston, Ayrshire, and Cumbrae, Buteshire (Boyd), accompanied in the latter case by AntJiosfomeUa ammopliila. Sacc. Syll. i. lij^^Sphceria ammopliiJa Ph. & PI. in Grevill. x. 73, pi. 158, f. 5. USTILAGIXE^. 373. CiNTRACTiA suBTXCLUSA Magnus, Ustil. 1896, p. 79. TIstilago siihinclusa Korn. in Hedwig. 1874, p. 159. 'Winter, Die Pilze, i. 97. Schrot. Pilz. Schles. lii. 271. Fisch. Waldh. Aper9. Svst. Ust. p. 2G. Sacc. Syll. vii. 472. Antliracoidea siihin- clusa Bref . Untersuch. 1895, xii. 146, pi. 9, figs. 1-3. Sori black, then olive-brown, at first rather firm, at length broken and deformed, destitute of filaments, filling the ovary and finally bursting its coat. Spores globose or ellipsoid, or even angular, 13-20 X 11-18 fx ; epispore dark blackish brown, rather opaque, beset with h^^aline, obtuse, thick, irregular, wart-like spines. In the ovaries of Carex riparia, Bradnock's Marsh (Mr. E. W. Mason). In the same. Wood End, near Tanworth. June-Oct. This parasite often attacks only a few ovaries in each spikelet ; the others, according to Brefeld, may at the same time be occupied by JJsfilacjo olivacea. It has been recorded on five species of Carex in Grerman3\ The genus Cinfractia differs from UstUago in having the spores agglutinated into a firm, long coherent mass \>j the NE^V on NUTEWOHTHY FUXGT 1G9 gelatinised tissues, and surrounding a central columella from which the spores are hasipetally diii'erentiated. A species of the genus (C. ciiif/eiis DcToni) has already been recorded on Liuaria vulgaris, from near Llangollen, 1908. 374. TiLLETiA HoLCi Sacc. Syll. vii. 484, note. Eostr. in Bot. Tids. xxii. 25G. Jackson in Mycologia, xii. 150. Fohjcystis Rolci Westd. in Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. ISGl, vol. xi. p. 051, no. 40, Hg. 1. Tllletia Rauweiihojfii Fisch. Waldh. Aper^. S^^st. Ust. 1877, p. .50. Massee, Mild. Jiusts & Smuts, p. 195. McAlpine, Smuts of Australia, p. 192, pi. 49, figs. 178-9. On Holcus mollis, Walton Heath, Surrey, Aug. 1919 (Mr. E. W. Mason). This si)ecies was described and accurately figured (on a small scale) by AVestendorp in 1861, but no figure seems to have been published in Europe since his time. His figure, for its size, is very good, and his description, taken in conjunction with his figure, is even better than the desci-iption given fifty-three years later in the English work, in which there are two very inconsistent misleading statements: — (1) that the meshes of the network average 3-4 /x across (this should be G /x), and (2) that there are only 4-6 areola? present on a hemisphere (this should be 16-24). The sketches given here (fig. 20) are taken from the specimens in Herb. Kew, collected in Ireland by G. H. Pethybridge in 1919 ; these agree with those of Dr. McWeeney, collected in 1896, which Massee himself examined. This sj^ecies was found in 1914-5, by Mr. H. S. Jackson, on Holcus lanatus in Oregon (first time in North America). 375. DoASSAis-siA LiMOSELL^ Schrot. Krypt. Flor. Schles. iii. 287. Protomyces Limosellce Kunz. in liabenh. Fung. Eur. no. 1694 (1873). Entyloma LimoscllcBWint. Pustules of spore-balls blackish brown, amphigenous, roundish, 150-300^ wide, densely scattered, sometimes collected into larger heaps on discoloured spots 1-2 mm. wide, at first covered by the epidermis, then erumpent. Spore-balls oval, brown, 60-100 yu, long, surrounded b}^ a thin indistinct brownish membrane ; spores oval or roundish, clear transparent pallid-brown, 9-11^ diam., sometimes granular within. (Fig. 19.) On leaves and petioles of Limosella aquatica, on dried-up mud of Earlswood lieservoir, Oct. 1921. This parasite occurred in considerable quantity on the plants of Limosella which sprang up all over the expanse of dried mud, exposed in the bed of Earlswood Beservoir after the great drought of 1921. In October there was very little water left in the Reservoir^ and the mud-surface on which the Limosella grew was about 10-12 feet below the ordinary level of the water. The spores of the Doas- sansia were in active germination, giving off a iDromycelium which bore at the summit a whorl of (usually) four basidiospores. These were conjugating freely with one another in pairs. There were also great numbers of elongated filiform secondary spores in the same pustules. 170 TUK JOUKXAL OF IJOl'AXl' Tbemelltxe.e. ACHEOOMYCES Boil. A genus of the Tremellineie, growing on bark, erunipent and s'uiiuVdtiug a jlfj/xospo?'/nm. Hvplne very long and branched ; conidia one-celled, pallid or colourless. Though looking, when dry, exacth' like a Myxosporium, it is easily distinguished not only by its long hyplne, but also by the fact that, when soaked in water, it swells up enormously and becomes tremelloid. 376. AcirROo:\rTCES carpixeus, sp. n. Pustulis madidis maxime intumescentibus, albidis, dein luteo- aurantiacis, arescentibus nigris, pulvinatis, |-1^ mm. latis, erumpen- tibus, peridermii laciniis cinctis ; strato basali obscurato, proliferali luteolo, ex hyphis prailongis copiosissimis fasciculatis valde ramosis oleosis vel guttulatis con^^tante ; ramulis ca. 2^ ^ crassis, specie saltem septatis, raro dichotomis, superne obtusatis v. acutatis, s})oras et apice et ad latera gerentibus. Sporis (conidiis) maxime ludentibus, globu- losis vel ovalibus vel oblongatis, rectis v. subinde curvulis, raro guttu- latis, utrinque rotundatis, usque 7-8x2^-3^. (Fig. 16.) Hah. in ramis emortius Carpini Betuli, Edgbaston, Apr.-Jun. 1921. Mixed with these pustules were smaller (? younger) ones in which the colourless spores were acute at the ends, su1)f usoid, 6-7 X 2 /x ; sporophores narrower, less branched, more guttulate, and acute at the ti])s. This species is evidently a close ally of Achroomyces tnmidus Bon. and A. pubescens Kiess. The size of the spores of A. pnhescens is given as about 25-32 X 5 /x, those of A. tuniidiis as 16-20 x3-3|^. All three belong to the Tremelline?e as conidial stages, possibly of l^Iafygloea. Plafyfjloea efusa has been recorded as liritish by Miss E. M. Wakefield in Trans. Brit. Myc. Soc. vi. 138, on "a fallen branch," Weybridge. Saccardo listed under M^.vospor turn (though with hesitation) both the species of Achroomyces mentioned. A. p>iihesce)is. on Tilia, is now considered to be :=PIc(fyf/Icea nigricans Schrot. (Pilz. Schles. i. 384) = Tachaphantium Tilice Bref. (Untersuch. vii. 78, plate) ; von Hohnel (Annal. Mycol. 1901^, ii. 271) called it Aclii^oomyces TilicB (Lasch) v. Holin., because he considered it to be what Lasch named 8tictis TilicB (Bot. Zeit. 1845, iii. 66). Now there is a Sficfis Betidi Fr, (Sj^st. Myc. p. 193) which was supposed to have a variety nigrescens on Tilia ; it is conceivable, though hardly likely, that this species of Fries is, in part, A. carpi neus. In passing, it may be remarked that continental authors continually refer to Greville (Seott. Crypt. Flor. t. 206) as figuring this fungus of Fries under the name Cryptomyces Betuli {cf. Behm, Discom. ]>. 136), whereas tlie fungus on t. 206 is there called Cryptomyces JVauchii and is on willow! GreviUe never figured C. Betuli. ASCOMYCETES. 377. Cte.vomyces serratus Eidam in Cohn's Beitr. z. Biol. 1880, iii. 274. NEW OK XOTEVVORTHV Fr.VUf 171 Peridiii pale yellow, ,\ -\ mm. diiim., globose, somewhat scattered or oecasioiially agL'Togatt'd in a loose cluster, sessile, composed of loosely interwoven septate torulose ])ale yellow threads, the separate cells of which ai-e usually shaped like those of a Sphcpvozosma (e.g. S. excavatam) ; a few spiral or irregulaidy tlexuose hypha? project beyond the boundary of tlie sphere. Within is an enormous number of globose asci, forming a deeper yellow central mass, permeated by a few slender septate hyphje, each ascus containing 8 spores. Asco- spores lens-shaped, ciivular in front view, 2-8 /u diam., elliptic in side view, \\ /x thick, at length faintly verruculose. On feathers buried in soil, and on fragments of the soil itself. Birmingham. June, July 1919. These are on the same feathers on which, in March 191-1, 1 found Dacfj/lella pi u mi cola, described in this Journal for 191(3, p. 220 (])1. oli-l f. 1 ). They were left in the same closed tin box, to which a few drops of distilled water wei-e added every twelve months or so. At the end of the live years, on the decayed remnants of the feathers, the Ctenomifces was observed, but the DacttjleUa had disappeared. Xo comb-like structures had been seen. No conidia had been formed on separate hyphte, nor were any found on the torulose hypha^ of the peridium. The asci are very delicate and easily diffluent, but, just as in Eurotlum lierhariGriim and its allies, their presence is shown by the fact that large numbers of the spores remain in globose crowded masses, in which for tlie most part seven spores can easilv be counted, the eighth being hidden behind the others. In a few cases, the torulose h^^pha? of the peridiuiu have the pro- tuberance almost wholly on one side. The " hakenformig " or " krallenf ormig " hyplue, from which the name C/-» attenuated below, wall rather thick especially at the apex, 8-spored, 72x8 /M (average). Spores cylindrical, straight, or curved in profile, subdistichous or conglobated, 10-20 X 8-4 /x (average Kiya). On twigs of S((li\v, Sutton Coldfield. Apr. These specimens exactly resemble the German ones. They are easily distinguished by the fact that the more or less irregular "circle of perithecial necks pierces the epidermis directly upwards, and 172 THE JOUllXAL OF BOTANY emerges at a distinct distance from tlie p^'^cnidium or disc which occupies tlie centre. For the Gijtospora, see no. 32G. 379. Phomatospora Sphaerulina, sp. n. Spermogonium— Pycnidiis vere phomatoideis, pariete 1-2 celhi- larmn crassitudine, subglol)osis, brunneis, parenchjmaticis, 120-200 /^ diani., epidermide tectis, dein erumpentibus. Sporulis iis Phonue herhanim similibus, copiosis, oblongo-ovalibus, utrin(]ue rotundatis, biguttulatis, 5-8 X 3 /x, muco tenui obvolutis. Status ascopliorus — Peritheciis p^^cnidiis subsimilibus, sed ple- ramque obscurioribus. Ascis vehit in Bplicenilina ahhreviata fasci- culatis, junioribus oblongis, 20-25 X 10-12 /j, apice rotundatis, basi obtuse sessilibus, superne tunica crassissima alte unifoveolata in- structis, maturis oblongo-cylindricis, ca. 90 x7 /a, superne tenuissime tunicatis. Sporidiis oblique uniseriatis, ovalibus, primo utrinque rotundatis, dein quasi fusoideo-attenuatis, continuis, hyalinis, 12- 15 X 5 /u. JTah. in stipitibus emortuis Asclepiadis incarnutcv^ in Horto botanico, Edgbaston, Mart., 1921. Perithecia confertim p3'cnidiis intermixta, subinde ambobus generibus sporarum in eodeni conce]>ta- culo inchisis. 380. Didymella Cortadenise, sp. n. Status pycnidicus — Pycnidiis ])eritheciorum simillimis et con- junctissime intermixtis, etsi interdum ma joribus. Sporulis copiosis, i'usoideis, utrinque acutis, hyalinis, eguttulatis, crassiuscule tunicatis, subinde pseudo-uniseptatis (?), 11-12 x 2^7-3 /x. Status ascopliorus — Peritheciis longitudinem secus folii in serias longas digestis, atris, subglobosis, 200-250^ diam., membranaceis, tectis, epidermide supra verticem poro rotundo latiuscule pertusa ; contextu tenui laxe parenchymatico umbrino. Ascis cLivato-cylin- dricis, paraphysibus parcis deliquescentibus cinetis, ca. 70-75 X 10 /ix ; sporidiis sul)fusoideis, basi magis attenuatis, biseriatis, plane 1-sep- tatis, hyalinis, eguttulatis, 15-20 X 4-5 ^x. Hah. in foliis emortuis Cortadenice {Gi/nerii) arge]ite(S,Tl\x\\i'EW OR NOTKwoinnv Fu>*(ii 175 Desinazieres credits liis A. clavaUis \\\i\\ globose spores ; Peck says of his A. clavellua " spores globose or widely elliptic " ; Sac- cardo's spores were oval. In the Biriiiingham specimens all these shaj)es of s})ores occurred ; many of them were nearly sphei'ical. 887. Kaaiulauia Doromci, comb. nov. Oi'ularia Doronici Sacc. Syll. iv. 141. Trans. IJrit. Myc. Soc. 1912, iii. 8(38. 8i)ots roundish or oblong, numerous, greyish ; tufts hypophyllous, densely clustered, white, covering the sjjot like a white meal. Spores oval, then oblong, and iinall}^ cylindi-ical, 10-15 x8-0/i. reaching at last 18-19 fji long, and then (or earlier) 1-septate, acute or obtuse above, occasionally in short chains, hyaline; s])oro])hores up to 50 /a long, about 8 /x broad, subulate, denticulate above, irrcgulaj-, acute, densely fasciculate. On Doronicum Pardalianchcs. In country lanes near Bi-istol (Miss 1. M. Koper). Feb. 1919. Two localititi, both in Somerset. This species has the same history as so many other Raraularias ; it is at first indistinguishable from an Ounlaria, but if some of the older s])ecimens be more closely examined there will be found some sjjores which are elongated and distinctly 1-septate, and finally many such. It does not, of course, follow that the same rule applies to all species of the genus, e. g. O. spluerioides seems to be an exception. 888. Cercosporella Oxalidis, sp. n. (§ Qercodesmium, conidio|)horis dense fasciculato-ramosis.) Maculis rotundatis, 2-5 mm. diam., fuscis, pagina aversa iialli- dioribus. Cespitulis hypophyllis, dense fasciculatis, per stomata emergentibus ; hyphis fertilibus erectis, ramosis, torulosis. Conidiis obclavatis, a])ice acutis, basi rotundatis, 1-septatis, rarissime 2-sep- tatis, multiguttulatis, 25-30 X 4-5 /k, hyalinis. (Fig. 14.) Hah. in foliis vivis Oxalidis Acetosellco. Bagshot Woods. Aug. In the fresh state, the toi'ulose hyphie ai'e seen to be much l)ranched below, and the conidia which are clustered at the apex of each branch are fasciculate and pressed tight into aclavate bundle ; in water, they diverge. The septum is very delicate ; occasionally the lower cell gives rise to another conidium laterally at its apex, bv a kind of proliferation. 889. Cladosporium AniTDis Thihn. in CEsterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 12. Sacc. Syll. iv. 369. Trans. Brit. Myc. Soc. vi. 208. Hyphie ascending or erect, branched, fascicled, faintly se})tatc, fuscous, about 6 /^ thick. Conidia oblong-ovoid, acute at j^oth ends. at length 1-septate, not constricted, paler than the hvplnc, 10- 20x6^. On various Aj^hids, Edgbaston (Mrs. Merrett-Hawkes). Saccardo records 2-septate conidia, but these were not seen. The species has also been recoi-ded on Chermes Pini, in Gloucestershire. It is suggested by some that this is only a form of the common CI. herharum, but, if so, it is modified somewhat by its habitat, especially in the form of the conidia. 176 THE JOUllXAL OF BOTAXT 390. Hadrotrichum yirescens Sacc. & Rouin. Syll. iv. 301. Trans. Brit. Mye. Soc. v. 243. Conidiophores forming little black linear pustules, about 1 mm. long, which are arranged in groups lying in the grooves of the leaves, and are visible on both sides, bursting through the epidermis, erect, densely crowded, straight, linear, rounded at apex, 1-2-septate, quite simple, brownish, up to 35 x 6 />t. Spores arising by a bud at the apex, at length broadly ovoid, smooth, pale, then brownish, 11-13 X 7-S/.1. (Fig. 18.) On leaves of At diani.), each rising from a small soft ])lackish stroma, very numerous, rather densely scattered, a])pressed, black, forming greyish blotches on the leaf. Conidia p3a-iform, obovate, or ellipsoid, 20-30 x 10-15 /a (or even 20 ^ wide), olivaceous, sessile or nearly so, transversely 3-1- septate, not constricted, the loculi at length more or less obli(|uely or longitudinally subdivided. (Fig. 15.) On leaves of Psanima arenaria. Borth ; Sandwich, Kent. July. By its large numbers it produces a greyish cloud-effect on the outside of the rolled-in leaves. In both cases it was accompanied, on the same leaves, l)y Camarosporium mefahletlcum Trail. (Fig. 9.) The little mucid stroma from which the spores arise is formed in the leaf, and imparts a peculiar aspect to this species of Sporodesmium. ExPLAXATiox OF Plate 563. (All figures x600.) 1. Ampliorula saclialinensis, spores. 2. Ascochyta Stellarice, spores. 3. Phyllosticta Ojcalidis, spores. 4. Fusicoccum cindum, spores. 5. Cryptosporium Tami, spores. 6. Ascocliyta Pferidis, spores. 7. Sepforia polaris var. scotica, spores. 8. Septoria Jasiones, spores. 9. Camarosporium metahleticum., spores. 10. a, Leptostromella pteridiiuiy spores; h, Didymella Hyphwnis, ascus and spores. 11. Placosplueria Ulmi, sjjores. 12. Ascochyta carpatliica, spores. 13. Trullula Si1p)hii, conidiophores and spores. XEW OI? XOTKAVORTIIV FUNOr 177 14. ('ercosporclla OxalUUs, coiiidiopliore.s Miid spores. 1-3. Sporodesmiuni Duiriannm, s))ore. 16. Achruonii/ces carpuieus, coiiidiophores and spores. 17. J^aiDnmina Bommerice, group of spores and spore. 18. Iladrotrichiini vlresonns, conidiojjliores and spores. 10. Doassarisia LlinoscUce, a, spores ; h, two pairs of basidio- spores, conjugating. 20. Tllletia HjIcI, a, spore in surfaoj view ; h, spore in optical section. Thanks are due to the Endowment of Research Fund of the Bu-iningham Natural History Society for defraying the cost of this Pi.ite and of the figures in the text of previous articles. BlBLIOdUAPHICAL NOTES. LXXX\^ RoBEKT Bkowx and • The Monthly Magazine.' In a footnote to a paper on " Henry Andrews and his ' Botanists' Repository,' " published in this Journal for 1916 (pp. 2;;36-246) reference is made to The Monthly Magazine for 1807-13, from the " Monthly Botanical Reports" of which some information was cited. "The author of these Reports," says the note, "was Samuel Frederick Gray ; they present interesting features which 1 hope to make the subject of a future note " ; that hope I now propose to fulfil. I cannot recall by what accident my attention was directed to the Monthly Magazine nor for what purpose I consulted it; so far as I am aware, its Botanical Reports have been almost entirely overlooked, yet they contain much matter of interest, and furnish the solution of a problem which has long been traditionally familiar and has hitherto proved insoluble. The magazine itself — the full title is The Monthly Magazine and British Begister — in its original form extended from Feb. 1796 to Jan. 1825 ; its scope is indicated by the extended title of the- continuation (1826-34) — '' of Literature, Sciences, and the BeUes-Lettresy The botanical portion, with which alone this notice is concerned, began in the number for July 1, 1807 (vol. xxiii.), and continued at irregular and (towards the end) infrequent intervals until May, 1815 ; it is entitled : " Report on the Progress and Dis- coveries in the Science of Botany, for June, 1807 (to be continued)." It begins abruptly — "The last month has afforded but little of novelty in this science," and contains notices of the botanical periodicals then current — the Botanical Magazine, Botanist's Bepository, Baradisus Londinensis, and English Botany, with a reference to Exotic Botany as having been " dormant for soiiie months past." The Report abounds in misprints — " Bellendenther," for example, for Bellenden Ker, — and the names of the genera are usually devoid of capitals ; but it was evidently wi-itten by an expert botanist. But neither to it noi- to any of the subsequent Repoi'ts is any name attached, nor can 1 find anywhere in the volumes any indication of authorship. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 60. [June, 1922.] n 178 TTIE JOUEXAL OF BOTA^'Y The interest of this first Report and a desire to ascertain its author induced me to go tlirough the series ; my hrst im})ression (notwith- standing the misprint indicated above) was that it was attributable to John Bellenden Ker (176^-184^2) ; but as my investigations proceeded, this view became untenable. It was therefore necessary to discover someone living at the period, not connected with any of the works under review and possessed of sufficient botanical know- ledge to criticize competently the books which came under his notice. Such a one was found in Samuel Frederick Gray (1766-1828). There is no need to detail the grounds on which this conclusion is based ; once stated, it is sufficiently obvious. It may, however, be noted that the botanical " Monthly Reports," which, as has been said, ceased to appear in the ^lontlihj Ma(/azine in 181.J, were resumed in Thomson's Anncfh of Philosophy (xvi. llo-l^O : 1820), where the "Botany" section of the " Historical Sketch of Improvements in Physical Science during the Year 1819 " has at its head " By Samuel Frederick Gray Esq." Concerning this the following note appears in the List of Books &c. by John Edward Gray, printed for private distribution in 1872: "This essay, like the Medical Plants in my father's pre- viously published supplement to the Pharmacopoeia , was arranged in the natural order of Jussieu, then lirst used in any English work. It was condensed by my father from my notes made from the works in Sir Joseph Banks's library." The summary, which was not continued, although more comprehensive in character is on the same lines as the " Monthly Reports." J. D. Hooker (in Mem. Soc. Sc. Nat. Cher- bourg, xxix. 88: 1892) writes: "That [Gray] had repute as a botanist is evidenced by his having been employed by the editor of Thomson's 'Annals of Philosophy ' to write an article on Botany for that work " — a reference which incidentally shows that Hooker was \maware of Gray's connection with the Monthly Mayazine, as pro- biibly of the Magazine itself. The account of S. F. Gray by Mr. Boulger (Diet. Nat. Biogr. xxiii. 20), excellent so far as it goes — for the dates there given, 1766-1828 should be substituted, — is capable of considerable amplili- cation. For my present purpose, however, I ])ropose to confine myself to the articles in the Monthly Mayazine which relate to the work and especially to the Prodronius of Robert Brown, reserving for a later paper notes upon the other contents of the magazine. Readers of this Journal may remember that, in the course of a notice of Mr. Maiden's Forest Flora of New South Wales (Journ. Bot. 1908, 252), exception w^as taken to that author's suggestion that the non-publication of Robert Brown's MS. descriptions of Australian plants was due to some form of "suppression " — " whether this sup- pression eventually met with the acquiescence of Brown himself, or whether he was controlled, in this respect, by superior authority." The misleading nature of the suggestion was demonstrated, and the traditional reason for the discontinuance of the Prodromns, as acce])ted in the Department of Botany, was thus stated : " Mr. CaiTuthers informs us that he gathered from Mr. J. J. Bennett, Brown's friend and successor, that Brown was much annoyed at some criticisms HOrJKIiT niiOAVN A>1) THK ' MONTH LV :MAaAZIM:' 179 wliicli were i)as.setl in some Review (prohahlv the ' Moiitlily ' or perhaps the 'Edinburgh') upon tlie Latinity of the published portion of the FrodroiiiKs, and tliat he took these so much to heart that he would not complete the publication of the book." At an earlier date, on the occasion of the unveiling of the bust of Brown in his native town, Montrose, on Oct. 18, 1895, Mr. Carruthers made a somewhat fuller statement of the position, as follows : *' [Brown] was painfully careful for accuracy in all his work. It was pointed out by a reviewer, who knew more of the language than the substance of the work, that some inaccuracies in the Latinitv wei-e to be found in the volume. This led Brown to withdraw the volume after only a very few copies had been sold. He carefully corrected the called-in copies, neatly scraping out and correcting the very trilling errors. Henceforth copies of the Frodronius could be had only as a gift from the author ; but in Germany two reprints were issued to meet the foreign demand for the work. The manu- script of this great work and of the portion never published are preserved in the Library of the Botanical Department." (See Journ. Bot. 1906, 29.) With regard to the above, it will be seen from what follows that the estimate of the (then unknown) reviewer is hardly accurate : the copy of the Frodromus in the Department has been corrected bv Brown as indicated. In a paper on the Prodromus published in this Journal for 1907 (pp. 246-8) it is pointed out that Martins, in his eloge of Brown, adopted the traditional view, and detinitely attributed the criticism to a writer in the Edinburgh Review. A variant of the tradition attri- butes the supposed criticism to Smith : Dr. Day don Jackson tells me that Dr. Alexander Prior once said in his hearing that " Smith, who could not touch [Brown] in botany, Avas able to criticize him in his Latin." Henfrey, in his translation of the eloge in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3 s. iii, 321-31, adds a footnote in which, while admitting that the statement adopted by Martins was "frequently made during Mr. Brown's life and vouched for by high authoi'ity," he says he had "reason to believe " it was "founded in error," but does not indicate his reason : it was probably that indicated by Francis Buchanan — that the book " would not sell in London, and [Brown] was so mortified that I believe he will publish no more." For details con- nected with these statements and for infoi-mation as to the printing and circulation of the Prodromus, reference must be made to the article in this Journal from which they are cited. "In order to set the matter at rest, so far as the supposed criticism went," Dr. Jackson " examined not only the Edinhurgli but the other reviews of the period, and found no notice of the Prodromus in an}' of them" (/. c. 2-17). The clue, however, is supplied, and the authenticity of the gene- rail}^ accepted tradition vindicated, if to the word " Magazine," in Mr. Carruthers's statement quoted above, the word " Monthly " be prefixed; for it is in the Monthly Magazine that we find the review which is doubtless that indicated by the tradition, and, indeed, so far as Dr. Jackson and I are aware, is the onlv cf)ntcmporarv notice of ^ 2 180 THE JOUK>'AL OF ISOTANl' the Prodromus. In view of the interest attached to anything con- nected with Brown and his Avork; it seems worth while to reprint the review in full, and this 1 proceed to do. It appears in the number for Jmie, 1810 (vol. xxix. pp. 516 sqq.), and must thus have been written very shortly after the publication of the Prodromus early in the year (see Journ. Bot. 1907, 217). It is curious that the very full index to the Magazine contains no reference to the Prodro)nus, although under '* Natural History " the titles of other books noticed are given : it was not customary to index the names of authors. Earlier in the same year a reference to Brown's work is made in connection with a notice of the Botanical Macjazine for March in which Lomatia silaifuUa is figured and described (t. 1272). S. F. Gray writes : " This genus is made out of Dr. Smith's Emhothrium by Mr. Brown, from whose paper on the Proteaceae the name and characters are borrowed. Mr. Brown has the reputation, and we beUeve very deservedlj^ of being one of the ablest botanists of the present day. He is attached more to the system of Jussieu than of LinnsBUS, for which we would rather applaud than condemn him " [in Diet. Xat. Biogr. it is mentioned that Gray " was much fascinated by the method of Jussieu "]. '• The greater difficulties which impede the study of the natural athnities of plants, lead to a more philo- sophical enquiry into vegetable physiology than the study of mere artificial arrangement can ever do. At the same time we would strenuousl}^ recommend to every student in botany, whether he means to devote himself to the study of the natural orders as displa^'ed by Jussieu, or of the more artificial arrangement of Linnseus, to make himself thoroughly master of the Philosophia Botanica of the latter author. He will there learn to express himself with a mathematical precision, which he will never acquire from the writings of Jussieu, who always seems to bewilder himself in exceptions to general rules, by Nvhich means nothing is accurately defined. We are led to these reflections by considering Mr. Brown's specific character of Lomatia silaifolia. in which he says 'racemis divisis sim^jJicihus^'' by which it appears that the racemes are either divided or simple, consequently this circumstance affords no character that can enter into a definition, and ought therefore to have been excluded. If the racemes are usually divided, though not in all instances, in default of a more precise character ' scepivs divisis,' though an imperfect, would have been an admissible character ; but to speak of them as indiiferently divided or simple, is to give no character at all " (p. 305). The title of the Prodromus stands at the head of the review, which begins with a paragraph wherein the nature of a Prodromus is discussed, and proceeds : — "Since our last report, the work has been published whose title appears at the head of this ; and, though given under the modest appellation of a Prodromus, we will venture to say, that in no book since the publication of Jussieu's Genera Plantarum is there dis- played such a fund of botanical knowledge as in this. Though sent forth early as the harbinger of a greater work, to be expected here- after from the same pen.no pains appear to have been spared to ROBERT EROWX AXD THE '^[UXTHLY MAGAZTXE ' 181 render it in every respect as complete as the confined limits would admit of. It proposes to give the characters, generic and specific, oi such plants as were observed and collected by the author during the years 1802-5, in the expedition under Capt. Flinders, which he accompanied out, but was fortunately not with on its return home- wards. To these is added an account of such plants of that country as have come to the knowledge of the author by other means, and especially of those detected by Sii' Joseph Banks, in his voyage with Capt. Cook towards the south pole. " It must be supposed, that in a country so unconnected with the rest of the world, its natural productions would be in a great measure different from those of Europe, Asia, Africa, and America ; aecord- ingh% Mr. Brown has not only been under the necessity of creating a great number of new genera, but even of considerabh^ increasing the number of natural orders. In both respects some botanists will be ready to think, that he has been more than sufficiently liberal; and, indeed, some of his genera appear to us, from the superficial view we are enabled to take, to depend upon characters of hardly sufficient importance to keep them distinct ; but a more intimate acquaintance with the plants which have come under his notice may induce us to think differently ; and, at all events, our opinion can weigh but little when compared with the intimate knowledge of the structure, internal as well as external, of the plants he has described, which this author proves himself to possess. " Mr. Brown, having to frame so many new genera, felt himself under the almost absolute necessity of proceeding upon a natural method, in order to avoid falling into great errors ; and, undoubtedly, there is no other way of founding genera upon sound })rinciples, but by studying their natural affinities. He has accordingly followed the methods of Jussieu, whose orders are, for the most part, truly natural ; but, of the classes of this admirable author, Mr. Brown has formed a different estimate, conceiving them to be often artificial, and not unfrequently founded upon ambiguous principles. He has not however been solicitous about the series, but has connected organic bodies rather in the manner of a net than a chain. In our opinion, the simile of Linnseus is a more happy one, Avhen he compares the natural orders of vegetables to a map, where the land is separated from the waters into masses of very disproportionate bulk ; and these more or less connected, or entirely separate. " The author promises to give the diagnosis of his orders, which at present are to be gathered from the full descriptions prefixed to each, and also contracted generic characters arranged after the Linnean system, with the next volume, but which are, together with the Acotyledones, to precede the present one. This circumstance explains the reason of the volume beginning at p^tge 145, appearing, at first sight, as if nine sheets of lettei-press had been omitted or mis- placed. We shall be very glad to receive these additions, for in the mean time none but such as have made a considerable progress in the study of natural affinities, can easily use this work for the purpose of discovering any plant they may happen to possess. So difficult indeed is the acquisition of a knowledge of the natural families of 182 THE JOUHNAL OF BOTAXY ])lants, or so imperfect is the knowledge when intended to compreliend tlie whole vegetable world, although so easy and familiar in its partial apiilication to certain well known orders, that the most ex- perienced, and those who have paid the most attention to the subject extremely often form a different judgment upon the family to which a plant ought to be referred. For this reason, the utility of this Avork will be much increased b}^ the addition of an artificial arrange- ment, by which every botanist can with ease find any plant contained in it, that lie may wish to seek. By the bye, a similar arrangement was promised by Jussieu, but has not, we believe, been yet published. " We should be giving a A^ery false idea of this Flora of New Holland, were Ave to leave it to be understood, that in foUoAving Jussieu, Mr. Brown has been contented Avith cojjying the characters of the orders, or of such genera as are to be found there, for his work. On the contrary, everything here is new ; Mr. Brown's descriptions of the orders are new, the descriptions of the genera and species are likewise his own. and every part abounds with observations equally original and useful : nor are these, by an}^ means, confined to tlie plants of New Holland, but numbers of them are applicable to botanical science in general. " His specific characters, Mr. Brown seems to have formed more upon the j^lan of Linnaeus than of Jussieu; the latter author, in the AnnaJes cV Histoire Naturellp, has given an account of the species of sevei-al genera, in all of Avhitdi his specific characters are rather abridged descriptions than definitions. We should imagine that CA'cryone Avho has put it to the trial, Avill have found how much time is unneces- sarily consumed in determining a species by examining the characters of Jussieu ; nevertheless, it seems probable, that Mr. Brown proposes at some future period, to form his sj^ecific characters upon this plan, as he hints at an intention of changing the Liniuean punctuation, and the use of the ablatiA^e case, in both which he has at present folloAved Linnaeus. In our opinion these changes Avdll not be for the better ; for although since the happy iuA^ention of trivial names, the specific phrase is no longer necessarily to be committed to memory, and therefore, perhaps, need not be absolutely limited within the compass of twelve Avords ; yet they might certainly be as short as possible, and should contain no characters but such as is necessary to distinguish the species from every other. These sjDeciHc characters must, indeed, be necessarily imi)erfect and in Avant of perpetual change, as long as new discoA^eries are daily adding to the list of species before known ; but this only shows the imperfection, not the Avant of fundamental excellence, in the system itself. While such imperfections exist, abbreviated descriptions are usefully added, but if these should be necessarily subjoined to every species, the practical utility of specific phrases Avill CA^er remain ; and in the Latin language, at least, the ablative case cannot, Avithout inconvenience, be ceded to the nominative. We sincerely hope to see the rare abilities of this excellent botanist emploj^ed in perfecting, not in superseding, these highly useful specific definitions. With respect to the Liniifean punctuation, though a little aAvkward at first, it is founded upon true ROBERT BROWN- AXD THE ' MOXTKLY MA.GAZINE ' 183 philosopliical principles, and often supplies the place of many words, expressing that In^ a sig-n which would otherwise retpiire a paluphrase. " Two of the natural orders contained in this work, the Profeacere and the Asclcpiadece, have been more fully detailed elsewhere; the former in the Transactions of the Linnean Society, the latter in those of the Wernerian, Societies : in the work under notice they are neces- sarily^ limited to such as are natives of Austrah'a. " Our limits prevent our entering into any particulars of the contents of this volume, nor is it very necessary, as no botanist who is desirous of knowing anything of the vegetable productions of this part of the world can be witliout it ; and the botanical philosopher will find, in every part, much to interest and assist him in his enquiries. Undoubtedly this Flora of New Holland will not only take the lead of all local Floras, but must rank among the very first works for promoting the science of botany in general." It may be worth while to a|)pend the other references to Brown's work — appreciative, though not micritical — which appeared in the Monthly Magazine. In vol. xxx, 809 (Xov. 1810), in the course of a review of vol. i of the Horius Kewensis, ed. 2, (Iray writes : " In this order \^Profeace(je'] Mr. Dryander has followed Mr. Brown's essay in the 10th vol. of the Transactions of the Linnean Society, with scarcely any alteration, further than that the term corolla is adopted for the calyx of Mr. Brown and Jussieu, and here and there a superfluous .word is omitted. Undoubtedly an author could not have followed a better guide than Mr. Brown, whose knowledge of the Proteacece is greater than that of any man ; yet we cannot but feel a wish that Mr. Dryander had undertaken to revise the specific characters, and given them more of the Linnean terseness and precision. We acknowledge that the task would be difficult, for in a perfectly natural order, where the sjDecies of a genus are numerous, the diff^erence is frequently marked rather by a number of points of slight deviation than by any striking feature ; nevertheless, though not easy to be accomplished, we do think that had he undertaken it, all obstacles would have been surmounted by his abilities .... With the generic characters of Mr. Brown more liberty has been taken ; all of them have undergone a revision." Similarly qualified praise of Brown is given in the review of the second volume of the llortus (M. M. xxxii. 202-5, Sept. 1, 1911). ■ Speaking of the Asclepiadece it is said : " Perhaps the author [/. e. Di'vander] could not do better than to follow the system of Mr. Brown, who has taken great pains with it, and made more observations upon this order than any other botanist. . . . We should have been glad that means could have been found of limiting, in some degree, the number of genera, in those cases especially where the species are not too numerous. Several of Mr. Brown's genera consist of only one species, as far as appears at least by this extensive catalogue." But if it was common knowledge that the AsclepiadecB in the llortus were the vrork of Brown, this attribution to Dryander can hardly have been friendlv to the former. In M. M. xxxiv. 191 Brown's 1S4; THE .lOUllNAL OF BOTANi' genus Podolohinm is m;iintained, "although we are somewhat jealous that Mr. Brown is rather too fond of subtle divisions." It is pleasant, however, to tind thit Gray's last reference is couched in terms of unstinted praise. In M. M. xxxvi. 383, in the course of a review of Ferdinand Bauer's Illustrationes FlorcB NoviS JTnllandice, we read: "At present a part onh^ of the Prodro)iius FJorce Xovcp KoUandife is published, but it is to be hoped that the rennunder will not be much longer withheld from the botanical world. When the larger work, of which this maybe considered as the herald, shall appear, more ample details may be expected. But should no more tlian the Prodroiniis ever see light, when this shall be com- pleted the botanical reader will not much feel the want of a more copious history." James Brittex. KK VIEWS. Monoqrafju dA Geuere Calpudula L. Bv Domentco Laxza. Palermo, 1919, -Ito. pp. 160, 10 plates." In Atti della Keale Accademia di Scienze, Lettere e Belle Arti di Palermo, vol. xi. The genus Calendula, perhaps the most puzzling of all the Compositce on account of the complexity of the varied forms it presents, its detaciiment in the Mediterranean region from the allied genera of South Africa, the extraordinar}^ heteromorphism of the achenes and the unsolved mystery of the adaptation of their morpho- logical variations to biological functions, has at last received adecpiate treatment on quite new lines in this admirable monograph by Dr. Domenico Linza, now Director of the Botanical Institute and Gardens at Palermo, where he has succeeded the late Prof. Antonio Borzl. Of the 164' piges befoi-e us, the first hundred are occupied by the discussion of: (1) the vegetative oi-gans and their develojmient ; (2) the structure of the flowerheads, the mechanism of fecundation, the forms of the achenes and their jwssible relation to dissemination ; (3) teratology and j^athology in the genus ; (4) experiments in culti- vation; (5) hybridisation; (6) the principles of systematic arrange- ment of the species; (7) phylogenesis; (8) the history of the treatment of the genus by successive authors. The remainder of the work is taken up with a systematic account of the species arranged on quite new^ principles, and ends with 10 well drawn and well executed plates. Hitherto the separation and arrangement of the species has been based, with most unsatisfactory and contradictory results, on the form of the achenes, these being the organs most easily observed in dried specimens, whilst the flower-characters (especially colour), leaf- texture and outline, and the nature of the root are difficult to study in the usually verv defective examples that are to be seen in herbaria. It is greatly to the credit of Dr. Lanza, who has passed his life in one of the chief centres of distribution of the genus, that he has had the originality ;md independence of thought to abandon that MONOGBAFTA BEL UKAEirE CALENDULA 1 So diserecUtetl system, and ai'ler many yeais devoied to the study of (JdleudulcG — not omitting cidtlvation and experimental hybridisa- tion— to found his arrangement of the species primarily on the duration of tlie life of the plant, arranging them in the two main sec- tions of Annual and Perennial or (juasi-pei'ennial. In this procedure he is certainly justified by the result of his experiments, which prove tluit while hybrids are easily formed between the species of either section they are very ditheidt to obtain between an annual and a pei'ennial sijecies. The next step is to an-ange the species within each section accord- ing to leaf and tlower characters (for the nature of which the reader must refer to the work itself), which leads — after some discussion of the views of extreme "lumpers" and " splitters " and an expression of opinion that species may be maintained as suflficiently distinct and recognisable, notwithstanding close affinity and morphological oscil- lation— to the admission of three species onh^ of annuals — C. (egi/j^- li.aca Duf., C, art'ensis L., C. hicolor liaf. ; and seven of perennials — C.fulcjida Uaf., C. Noeana Boiss., C. svffruficosa Vahl, C. iomeu- tosa Desf., C. Ilonanli B. et K., C. maritima Gruss., and C. wach- rensis DC For varieties or subspecies within each of the above species we must have recourse to the achenes, whose heteromor}jhic variations and combinations exhibit a remarkable parallelism in the different species. The achenes in CalentluJa are of four different shapes, known as annular, boat-shaped {cymbifurmia), tripterous or winged, and beaked. In all previous works, as for instance in Benth. & Hook. Gen, Plant, ii. 454. we read that the beaked achenes, when present, form the outermost whorl; but by minute examination of the original posi- tion of the young achenes on the receptacle, a position that alters towards maturity. Dr. Lanza proves that the cymbiform achenes are really outside the beaked kind. Winged achenes, except in what Dr. Lanza calls tripterocarpic forms, hardly constitute an independent kind, as both beaked and cymbiform may be either winged or wing- less ; on tlie other hand, annular achenes, which are always the innermost, are relatively constant in shape. Now, in one single species, and, as would appear from some of Dr. Lanza's experiments, even in the descendants of one individual plant, quite different com- binations of these four forms of achenes occur : that is why the attempts to arrange the species themselves according to achene-forms have broken down so hopelessly. For instance, the very common Calendula arvensis appears in no less than six different ''forime carpiccB'''' — (1) exalata rostrata, (2) exalata longirostris, (3) exalata erostris, (4) alata rostrata, (5) alata longirostris, (6) alata erostris. An almost exactly parallel series is found in C cegijptiaca. C. Gussoiiei Lanza, hitherto known as C. sicula Cir. (non W,) — a name put aside by Dr. Lanza on grounds that to me do not seem conclusive — is usually easily distinguished from C fuhjida and from allied forms of C. saffruiivom by the absence of all but annular and cvmbiform achenes. Yet I have in my own herbarium a specimen from Taormina determined by Gussone liimself as C. sicitia, which has some beaked achenes as well; and Dr. Lanza has obtained froui 18G THE .TOUllXAL OF BOTANY seed of a typical plant of Gussonel individuals .showing numerous beaked aclienes as well as others with broad and serrate wings— a result which, in liis opinion, confirms his inclusion of the Calabrian Calendula (C stdlata var. crocea Guss. PL Ear.) in C. Gussonei, in spite of the deeply serrate wings of the outer achenes of the former. In spite of his long study of the brilliant CalcndiilcB that in winter and spring adorn the rocks and fields of Sicily, Dr. Lanza has failed to discover how this extraordinary heteromorpliism in the fruit can in any way help the survival or extend the area of the species. He concludes his discussion of that subject by saying that " the heteromorphism of this genus is simply morphological not biological." Tliis is a counsel of despair which need not be accepted literally ; let us rather confess our ignorance of the utility of the heterocarpism without proclaiming it to be useless. Natural cross-fertilisation between different individuals, whether of the same variety or not, proves to be more difficult than one would suppose ; as, although the flowers are proterogynous, the interval between the maturity of the stigma and the emission of pollen is extremely short, lasting only an hour or two in the annual, and about half a day in the perennial s})ecies ; while the relative position of anthers and stigmatic branches ensures immediate self-pollination after that interval. There is one unexpected omission in this monograph which leaves a free field for investigation by those who come after. C. offici- nalis L., the garden plant, is passed over in almost complete silence. Whatever may be the origin of the forms in cultivation, that origin is not known ; the forms cannot be identified with or definitely referred to any of the spontaneous Calendi(l(p that are known at present, nor is it probable that in future there will be discovered any new species which could be regarded as the true, or at any rate the sole, ancestor of ojficiualis. We must conclude with the strongest possible recommendation to to British botanists of a study of Dr. Lanza's monograph. C. C. Lacaita. The Wheat Flant : A Monograph, By John Perciyal, M.A., F.L.S. 8vo, pp. X, 463, tt. 228. Duckworth: London, 1921. Price £3 6s. U, This attractive-looking volume embodies the results of twenty years' intensive study of our most important food-crop. The authin- has critically examined living specimens from all parts of the world, and nearly two thousand forms have been grown annually side by side, and their morphological characters in the young and mature states, as well as their habit of growth, ripening period, suscepti- bility to the attacks of fungi and other characters, have been in- vestigated and compared. The subject-matter is divided into two parts. Part I (to page 143) is an exhaustive botanical study of the wheat plant from the grain, its germination and development, to the formation of THE WHEAT PLAXT 187 the new grain. It is well illustrated and full of interest. Part II occupies tlie remainder of the book, and is devoted mainly to classilication, com[)rising a detailed description of the different races, varieties, and forms of cultivated wheat. Two wild species of wheat are known: (I) Triticuni agilojyoide'S 13al., Wild Small Spelt, a native of the Balkan Peninsula and Asia Minor, from which one race of cultivated Avheat, T. monococcum, Small Spelt, has been derived ; and (2) T. clicoccoides Korn., Wild Emmer, native of Syria and Western Persia, under which Prof. Percival groups the remaining ten cultivated races. The races are subdivided into smaller groups or varieties, based upon obvious hereditary morpho- logical differences of the ears and grain, and under each variety are a number of forms, the grouping of which in some of the common varieties offers considerable difficulty. In the remaining chapters the author discusses tlie origin and relationships of the races of wheat, variation, hybridisation, improvement and breeding, and yield. As regards phylogenetic relationship, the author groups the races in three series : I, the Small Spelt derived from T. monococcum ; II, the cultivated Emmer Wheats, derived from T. dicoccoides and including the Macaroni wheats {T. durum), Polish wheat {T. polo- lu'cum), and rivet- or cone-wheats (T. furgidum) ; and III, the Bread Wheats proper (T. vulgare), with which T. Spelta is closely related ; these are regarded as derived from a crossing of T. dicoc- coides and species of jEgilojis. An alphabetical list of wheats refers each name to its race and variety, and indicates its country of origin. A bibliography and index conclude the volume. The numerous plates are well reproduced by photography, and are a valuable adjunct to the text. Prof. Percival has fuUilled the hope expressed in his preface, tliat this book may be a model of the research that is needed upon farm plants. It should also act as a stimulus to further effort. A. B. R. The Inteki^ational Potato Coxferexce. The Royal Horticultural Society has issued (85.), a Report, edited b}^ Mr. W. R. Dykes, of the International Potato Conference held jointly by the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries and the Royal Horticultural Society in November last " in order to secure the full discussion of the manifold and complex ])roblems with which breeders and growers of potatos are confi-onted." The volume will be useful to those who are interested in potato problems : it must be said however that the contributions are of \qyj unequal merit ; a few are valuable and give details of recent work, but others are below the standard one is entitled to expect at an International Conference. The lirst paper is on " Breeding, Selection and Develop- ment Work in the U.S.A." by W. Stewart, followed by three papers on the same aspects in Britain hj W. Robb, I). MacKelvie, and F. J. Chittenden. H. V. Taylor "^writes on "The Industrial and Commercial Uses of the Potato " ; R. N. Salaman has an able paper on *' Degeneration of Potatoes," and collaborates with J. W. Lesley 188 THE JOUKXAL OF IJOTAXY in a preliininajT paper on " Sv)mo Information on the Heredity of Imniunitv from Wart Disease." The remaining papers deal with diseases. The first by V. H. Blackman on *' The nature of immunity from Wart Disease " occupies little more than half a page, but gives the essential points of Curtis's investigations on the life-history of Synchi/triiiniendiohioficum : the second by W. B. Brierley on " Sonu research aspects of the Wart Disease Problem" might with advantage have been somewhat similarly restricted. G. H. Pethybridge's paper on " Some recent work on the Potato Blight," summarises the work on the discovery of the oospores of Phytophtliora and the results obtained during the last two decades on means of combatting the disease. This is followed by H. M. Quanjer's paper " New work on Leaf-curl and allied Diseases in Holland," which is the most valuable in the Report ; it is well supplemented by P. A. Murphy's " Some recent work on Leaf -roll and Mosaic." A. D. Cotton summarises " The situation with regard to Leaf-curl and Mosaic in Britain," and W. A. Orton o-ives an interesting account of " New work on Potato Diseases in America." It was not to be expected that all aspects of the subject could be treated at such a conference, but one would have thouo-ht, if blight were to be considered at all, a discussion on spraying would have been useful. Speaking of the papers as a whole, we think the editor would have been well advised to have deleted the vast amount of padding which occurs in some of them, particularly as much " of this was omitted- at the conference itself. The re-reading of what Mosaic is, for example, gives one the feeling of having been through a course of Coue ; and one would have thought that there was no need for a description of starch and similar matters of common knowledge. ?J isprints are far too numerous, and errors of initials and titles are not a])sent. Each author seems to have been given a free hand as to how he should label his figures or plates, but all are consistent in their spelling of " potatos." It is to be hoped that there will be more such conferences, but that they will be more representative. Doubtless manv scientific bodies would be pleased to assist in the various ways opan*^ to them to make the meetings a success ; attention might, moreover, be called to the continued existence of the British Museum ( Natural History). J. Ramsbottom. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. Charles Macintosh, one of the old type of naturalist, passed away at Inver, Perthshire, on January 5th of this year. ^ In early life he had been a sawmiller, but having one of his hands mutilated he had to change his occupation and became a rural postrunner between Dunkeld and Balnagned. On the botanical excursion of the British Associa- tion to Dunkeld last year, Mr. W. Barclay and Mr. J. R. Matthews kindly invited me to accompany them on a visit to Macintosh, and we called at the lowlv Inver cottage in which he was born in 1839, and in which he lived until shortly before his death ; a living room in which the ]irincipal items were a "harmonium with some manuscript, BOOK-XOTES, NEWS, ETC. 1 '^O a violoncello in the corner, a table near the window with a nncrosco])e, a few books, and an agaric gave one a striking impression of the interests of the towering, gaunt, kindly Scot. In a walk through the neighbouring woods — after looking in an outhouse for fungi left by any of his village boys, and having pointed out Neil (iow's cottage with a certain auiount of enthusiasm — Macintosh indicated the habitats of many of his mycological discoveries ; and to Barclay, an old friend, he soon began to talk of mosses, birds, the river, old roads, markets, hybi-id larches, and so on in a manner so interesting that the younger members of the party contented themselves with a word here and there, so that the old man might continue. In his earlier days Macintosh had assisted Dr. Buchanan White with J)unkeld localities for his Flora of Perthshire \ in later 3'ears he had specialised so far as such a naturalist could do so, in mosses and fungi. He collaborated much with Mr. J. Menzies, the Perth mycologist, himself a working-man naturalist, and with him made luany additions to the British Fungus Flora. Though these were chiefly microfungi, Macintosh declared he w^as " o'er tall to see the wee ains." From what one was privileged to see in so short a visit, the hamlet of Inver will sadly miss the old postrunner natura- list.— J. Kamsbottom. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on April 6, Dr. Kendle showed a seedling of the lied Horse-chestnut {^sculus ruhicunda) in which a new terminal bud had been developed to replace the original shoot (plumule) springing from the seed. The- original main shoot (epicotyl) had been broken some distance below the plumule ; but after a few days a new growth w^as seen to have covered uj) the broken section, and gradually to develop into a new terminal bud. The new bud did not resemble the plumule, which pioduces at once a pair of large compound leaves of a similar chai-acter to the adult foliage, but suggested a normal terminal bud the outer leaves of which are bud-scales, the leaves of the perfect form being protected in the interior of the bud. Adventitious buds are verv common in plants, but the speaker did not know of a snnilar case of direct replacement of the plumule as a result of injury. At the same meeting was read a paper on the life-history of Sfmirastrum Dickiel var. i^arallelnm by Mr. Charles Tul-ner, of which the following is an abstract : — The want of rain, and the subsequent partial stagnation of the pools left by the side of a mountain stream in Denbighshire, weiv probably the cause of the very great number of zygospores produced bv this desmid during the summer of 1921. It was observed that the contents of the spores were, at first, of an oily chai-acter and that this circumstance rendered the early stages of the nucleus difficult to trace. During the later stages the production of four nuclei in the spore is readily visible before its germination : this apparently indicates that the process of conjugation resulted in the formation of a diploiil nucleus, and that a reduction division occurred inside the spore befoie the discharge of its contents. ' This early formation of " desmid mother-cells *" is frequently seen, and the germination of the spore 190 THE JOUEXAL OF HOT ANY results in the formation of four, three, two, or one desniid only, usually accompanied by an atrophied nucleus in the surrounding- protoplasm when the smaller numbers are fonned. The protoplasm is subsequently assimilated and the desmids go free. The process of conjugation is usually of the normal type, and the zygospores are pro- duced between the two desmids without the formation of a conjuga- tion tube ; but in one instance the occurrence of this rather un- common condition was observed and a conjugation tube about 80 yu in length and 10 fx in diameter was seen. The conjugating desmids were asymmetrically placed and the protoplasmic contents appeared to indicate a slight ditt'erentiation of the sexes, as they were passing from one to the other without a corresponding return. The conjugation of a four-rayed Avith a three-rayed form is not infrequent, and a four- ra3^ed form "may be occasionally seen associated with the three-rayed embryonic desmids in the protoplasm discharged from the same spore, when germination takes place. The vegetative division is often accomplished by the development of a single circular bulging cell between the two semicells. The contents of this may divide, or an hour-glass constriction may cause the ultimate formation of two desmids. At the meeting of the same Society on May 4 Mr. Edwin Ashby exhibited pi-essed specimens of Orchids from South Australia includ- ing' a number of the " spider-like" members of the genns Oalodeitia, and the green-hooded forms of the genus Fferosfi/lis : many of these have a sensitive labellum which on the entrance of an insect closes up the ^itrance for a short period ; Mr. Ashby suggested that this was for the purpose of fertilization. A member of the genus Thehpnifra, which only open their bright-coloured petals in hot bright sunshiny days, and two species of Caleya were exhibited, both pro^dded with a sensitive labellum which, on being touched, folds up in two separate movements. A species of Diuris intermediate be- tween D. maculata and D. longifoUa, although now a fixed form, seems certainly to have been derived by hybridization. For, many years before it was described by Dr. Kogers as D. palachila, Mr. Ashby had known it under his own own name of hyhrida, think- ing it could hardly deserve specific rank. A very beautiful form kirown as Caladenia Uitulata, intermediate between Olossodia and CaJadenla, was shown and its characters explained. At the same meeting, a volume from the library of Henry Lyte (1.529-1(507), which had been found by Mr. Harold Downes in 1916 in a general dealer's shop at Taunton, formed the_ subject of a com- munication from its discoverer. The volume consists of two works of Antoine Mizauld, a French physician (lo20-1.578), Alexikerus and Nooa et Mira Artijicia, bound together. At the top of the title- page of Alexikerus, in red ink, is the signature "Henry Lyte," and across the printer's device (a mulberry tree) is "Henry Lyte, 1565." ; the signature is repeated on the title-page of the second work. A few trifiing mai-ginal notes are scattered through the volume, and many passages are underlined, the notes and underscerings, as well as the signatures, being in red ink. At the end of the volume are two pages'of MS. notes mostly medical definitions or short descriptions of BOOK->'(JTES, XEAVS, ETC. 101 diseases. All the notes, wliieh are in Lvte's hand, were published by Mr. Downes in Somerset and Dorset Notes ," by S. Ikeno ; ''The Fungus present in Fell in epiphyUa Oorda," by W. F. F. Kidlei- ; " The South-east African Flora, its origin, migrations and evolutionary tendencies," by J. W. Bews ; two papers on *' Growth Studies," by J. H. Priestley, A. F. C. H. Evershed, and W. H. Pearsall ; ''Studies on Intrafascicular Cambium in Monocotyledons," b}- Agnes Arber ; " The Germination and Growth of Fungi at various temperatures," by William Brown. The first number of the Report of the Welsh Plant-breeding Station, University College of Whales, Aberystwyth, is devoted to preliminary investigations with herbage plants. The results brought together are the outcome of three j^ears' preliminary work, and have been obtained chieily from field and garden trials, many of which have a direct practical bearing on grassland husbandry. The con- tents are concerned with the incidence of fungus diseases, problems connected with the fertilisation of grasses and clovers, the seasonal productivity of the herbage plants in general use, and other matters. T>- the Zeitschriftfilr Bofanil\ xiv. Heft ^ (1022), F. Rawitscher publishes the second part of his " Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Ustila- 192 THE joie:xal of p,0TA^'r o-ineen " in which he deals with the cytology of Tilletia Tritici Wint., Cintractia Monfar/nei Magn., Urocysfis Violce Fisch. v. Walclh., and Doassansia Sagiitaria^ Fisch. The ^ew Phytologist (Ap. 2o) contains a continuation of ^Ir. Walter Stiles's paper on Permeability ; '' Physiological Studies in Plant Anatomy," by J. H. Priestley and Dorothy Armstead ; "A Critical Study of certain Unicellular Cyanophyceie," by W. B. Crow ; a i-eview^ of ' Miss Lorrain Smith's Lichens, by W. Watson ; and " A method for inducing protoplasmic streaming/' by W. Seifriz. The J}ii(oi'o Gioriicde Botauico Italiano (Apr. Oct.: issued Dec. 1921) contains a continuation of C. C. Lacaita's notes on rare or critical Italian plants — Acanthus siyinosKs, Bctonica hirsuta, Iris coJlina, and Inula Candida are among the species discussed, and a new variety (ausfralis) oi Ilex Aqui folium is described — and A. Ponzo writes on the genera of Cistacece. The Transactions of the Bofunictil Societi/ of Edinhurgh (vol. xxviii. pt. 2; 1921) contains "Additions to the Flora of Orkney," by Col. H. H. Johnston ; " Moss Kecords from St. Kilda," by William Evans ; " Craiyia, a new Genus of Sterculiaceae," by W. W. Smith and W. E. Evans (with plate) ; Pyrola rotundifoUa L. in Caithness, Avith notes on the genus," by Arthur Pennett. The Annati di Botanica (xv. fasc. 4: Feb. 28) contains "Variazione brusca in Sicotiana sylrestris,'' by K. Savelli, and " Osservazioni statistiche sul fiore di Anemone apennina'' by C. Sibilia, with numerous short communications. The page-headings in this periodical are absolutely devoid of information. The researches of Mr. H. T. Guntherinto thi3 ^ISS. in the Librai-y of Magdalen College. Oxford, of which some account was given in this Journal for 1921 (p. 119), have borne abundant fruit in the handsome volume entitled Early British Botanists and their Gardens ; this has been published by the Oxford Univei'sity Press, and will be noticed in these pages at an early date. The Gardeners' Chronicle for Apr. 29 contains an interesting account of the Edinburgh Botanic Garden and a portrait of the new Keeper, Prof. W\ Wright Smith. At a Congregation held at Cambridge University on May 6, the degree of Doctor of Science was conferred on Prof. John Percival, of University College, Beading. Maktims Xijhoff (The Hague) publishes a monograph of 77 pages l)v Dr. G. L. Funke on " Onderzoekingen over de A^orming van Diastase door AsperyilUis niger^ The price is two guilders. Yet another name must be added to the notices of deaths whicli have already been of sadly frequent occurrence during the present year Mr. Vieorge Simonds Boulger, whose contributions to this Journal have extended over many years, died at his residence at Bichmond on May •!■. Some account of his work will follow in due course. THE JOURNAL or BOTANY BRITISH AKD FOREIGK. EDITED Bi' JAMES BlUTTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. L.VTK SKNIOIl ASSISTANT, DKPAllTMENT OF BOTANY, BlirnSII MUSEUM. The Jourx.vl of BoxAxr was established in 1863 by Seemann. Ill 1872 the editorship was assumed bv Dr. Henry Triinen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast tield of General Botany, the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the firsi been controlled by those whose acquaintance Avith the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections Avhich the Museum contains. Until the beginning of the late War the Journal paid its way and even allowed a sliglit margin of profit ; but during that period the subscribers were reduced in number, and the continental circula- tion almost ceased. It has now regained its position, but the in- creased cost of production, which has not as yet been substantially reduced, has resulted in an annual deficit which at one time became so serious -that the continuance of the Journal was threatened. By the generosity of those who felt that its cessation would be a mis- fortune, especially for British botanists whose principal organ it has always been, the deficit has been met and an appeal is now made for an increased number of subscribers "JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. l^rice Six Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Drawuigs for So\verb\^\s ' Eng-hsh Botaiw ' (pp. 276). By F. A. Gaeky. Price Five Skill intjs. Flora of Gibraltar. B}^ Major A. H. Wollet-Dod (pp. 153). Price Three ShiUi7igs. The British Eoses, excluding Eu-Canin-cC (pp 141), By Major A. H. WOLLEl-DOD. The Genus Fiimaria \n Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslet, B.A. Price Half-a -crown. The British AVillows. By the Bev. E. F. Linton, M.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Hoses (pp. (37). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A. Dallman, F.L.S. (2s. each.) Price FigJiteen-pence. Supplements 2 and 3 to tlie Biogra))hical Index of Britisli and Irish Botanists {Is. (Sd. eacli). Britisli EuphrasijE. liy Cedric Bl'cknall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius; an Alphabetical Index to Linnieus's 'Species Pknt^iruni/ ed. 1. Compiled by W. B. Hiekx, M.A., F.K.S. History of Ai ton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S. L"nna3us's ' Flora Anglica.' A Revised Arrangement of British Boses. By Lt.-(.'ol. A. H. Wolley-Dod. Prices in all cases net, post free. SPECIAL OFFER OF VOLUMES. The stock of the earlier Volumes ii^ getting very low ; it is now impossible to make up a set going back farther than to 1883, and uu]y one such set can be completed. The 36 vols. 1883 to 1918 are ottered at £,3b ; two sets from 1885 to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at ^31 10s. Or/, per set. The disposal of these sets will prcA'ent any long series being supplied in future, and the rarer of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce ; the few remaining copies will be sold at 30s. each. The other volumes can be supplied at 21s. each. Orders with remittance should he addressed to: — TAYLOR & FEANCLS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4. Subscriptions for 1922 (22s. 6d. post-free) should be sent to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4, without delay. No. 715 JULY, 1922 Vol. LX THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED Br JAMES BEITTEN, K. C. S. G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. CONTENTS Ethel Sarel Gepp (1864-1922) . 193 Some Remarks on Nomenclature. By A. J. WiLMOTT, B.A., F.L.S. ... 196 A Spineless Variety, of Genista an- glica L. By H. W. Pugsley, B.A., F.L.S 201 The Pollination of Early Spring- Flowers by Moths. By W. H. T. Tams, F.E.S 203 The Distribution of Ferns 206 Georg-e Alfred Holt (1852-1921) ...... 207 PAGE Short Notes : — The Abundance of Blossom this Year — Vicia hithy- nica — Alchemilla filicatdis Buser 209 Review :— A Review of the New Species of Plants proposed by N. J. Burman in his Flora Inclica. By Elmer D. Merrill, Director and Bota- nist, Bureau of Science, Manila... 210 Book-Notes, News, etc 212 Supplement. — The Determination of Lichens in the Field. By W. Watson, D.Sc. LONDON TAYLOR AND FKANOIS, EED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Price Two Shillings net SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. WHELDON & WESLEY, Ltd. have the largest stock in the country of Books in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or mimbers; A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo- graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for, and those not in stock sought for, without charge. Libraries or small parcels purchased. 2. 3. & 4 ARTHUR STREET, NEW OXFORD STREET. LONDON. W.C. 2. Telephone : Gerrard 1412. For naming Woody Plants by tlieir Twigs. WINTER BOTANY BY Professor William TijELEASE. Concise simple keys to over 1000 trees and shrubs of over 300 commonly cultivated genera, as they occur in winter. Pocket size ; good binding ; fully illustrated. " The best book of its kind " — Torreya. Price, post free, S2.50 with order. Address : — • WILLIAM TRELEASE, Urbana, Illinois, U.S=A. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BMTTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. Communications for publication and books for review should be sent to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, Middlesex. Annual Subscription £1 2s. 6d. (post-free), single Numbers 2s. net each. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copies 2 pp. 3s. 25 „ „ 4s. 50 „ „ 5s. 100 „ „ 7s. 4 pp. 4s. 6d. „ 5s. Od. „ &s. Od. ,. 8s. Od. 8 pp. 7s. ., 8s. „ 9s. ., 10s. M. 12 pp. 9s. 16 pp. 10s. 6d. „ lis. 6d. „ 13s. ., 12s. 6d. „ Us. „ 14s. „ 15s. 6d. Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. Apply to the Publishers, Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. Page Half -page One Six Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions . --, j . £2 Os. Od. £1 16s. Od. each ^1 12s. Od. each"] ---^ 12 6 10 0 „ 17 6 „ I AH 12 6 11 3 ., 10 0 „ [ net 7 6 7 0., 6 6 „ J Quarter-page .... Eighth-page All applications for space to be made to Mr H. A. COLLINS, sz Birdhurst Road, Croydon. 193 ETHEL SAREL GEPP (1864-1922). Ethel Sarel Barton (afterwards Gepp) was born at Hampton Court Green, Surrey, on Aug. 21, 1864. About 1872 the family moved to Tieehurst, Sussex, where she sjjent a happy childhood ; for some time she w^ent to the same school as her brothcj s, and later was educated at home — she always attributed her broader outlook to the absence of the narrowing intluencu of a girls' school. In 1883 the home was broken up by the death of her mother ; her father went to India, and Ethel went to Leipzig, where she remained for about a year and a half studying music, especially the violin, on which in- strument her keen appreciation of music would doubtless have enabled her to become an accomplished performer. But an attack of " writers' cramp," brought on by malnutrition and overwork, compelled her to abandon her studies and to part with her violin ; she. however, con- tinued her piano instruction, and in later years when her health allowel, rendered effectively works of the classical composers. Modern music did not appeal to her. After her return to England, Ethel went, in 1886, to stay with an aunt at Eastbourne. Here she acquired a love of Botany from the Ilev. H. G. Jameson, who had established a class for young people whom he interested chiefly in Mosses, in the study of which he was and is a proficient. He furnished his pupils with lithographed keys to the British Mosses ; these were subsequently printed in this Journal for 1891 and later incorporated in a volume published in 1893. After returning to London she lived in Kensington, and in April, 1889, came to the Natural History Museum with a view to working in the Department of Botany, of which the late Dr. Car- ruthers was then Keeper; and George Murray, then in chaig-e of the Crytogamic Herbarium, advised her to take up Marine Algiie. She attended Dr. Scott's classes at the Koyal College of Science — George Brebner, Prof. Thomas Johnson, and Miss Lorrain Smith were among her fellow-students ; she worked daily at the Museum, and subsequently became practicall}^ though unofhciallj^ a member of the working staff, her knowledge being always at the disposal of students or correspondents. Among the latter ma}^ be named J. G. Agardh, F. Schmitz of Greifswald, and Edouard Bornet ; among her personal friends and acquaintances were included many of the leading botanists, especially those interested in Alga^. Her first published paper was that on the galls of liliodymenia 'palmata^ printed in this Journal for March, 1891 ; she had previously collaborated with Murray (to whose Fhycological Memoirs she con- tributed), in a paper on Chantransia read before the Linnean Society in 1890, but not published in the Society's Journal until May, 1891. From that time until the breakdown of her health in 1911 she was a frequent contributor to these pages ; among her papers may be men- tioned those on Cape Algae in 1893 and 1896, biographical notices of Journal of Botany. — Vol. 60. [July, 1922.] o 194 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Agardli (1901) and Batters (1907), numerous reviews, and a series of notes on recent algological work. To the Transactions of the Linnean Society she contributed a paper on Turhinaria in 1891 ; to its Journal papers on various genera of Algae (1898-1900) ; and to its Proctedings (1894-5) a translation of the autobiography of George Ehret. In the account of the results of the ' Siboga ' Expedition (1899-1900) she published a monograph of Halimeda (1901), and in collaboration with her husband an important mono- graph of the Godlacecd (1911). Other papers, some of them with the same collaboration, dealt with the Marine Algse of China, the Indian Ocean, Ceylon, Borneo, the Kermadecs, and New South Wales. For twenty years (until her death) she wrote algological abstracts for the Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society and for the Botanisches Centralhlatf. In 1891 Ethel spent a long holida}^ in Scotland, where she worked at the Marine Biological Station known as " the Ark " at Millport, Cumbrae ; here she made the acquaintance of Sir John Murray and of E. A. L. Batters, whose knowledge of Algae greatlj^ extended her acquaintance with them, especially of the smaller parasitic species ; her collections made during this period are in the Botanical Depart- ment. In 1892 she attended the meeting of the British Association at Edinburgh, where her knowledge of French and German proved useful to Sir John Murra}^ at whose house she was staying ; she w^as also present at the Association meetings at Oxford in 1894, Dover in 1899, and Glasgow in 1901. In July 1895 her work was interrupted by an attack of pleuris}^ which, after a period of convalescence, was renewed in the following year, and necessitated a winter's residence on the Eiviera. On her restoration to health Ethel's work at the Museum was re- sumed, her holidays being mostly spent in the south of England ; she was accustomed to speak with great pleasure of a walking tour in the Black Forest in the autumn of 1898, when on her way home she visited her friends the Webers at Eerbeck, in Holland, with whom she had long been intimate. In October of 1901 she visited Dublin, where she selected from Harve^^'s herbarium duplicates of his Algie for the British Museum. In 1902, as briefly announced in this Journal at the time, Ethel was married at St. Luke's, Chelsea, on June 9, to Mr. Antony Gepj^, whose acquaintance she had made in the Museum. The marriage was followed by a visit to Italy, which she keenly appreciated; and from 1903 onwards they lived happily at Kew, where a daughter and son were born in 1905 and 1908. Ethel continued her work on Algae at the Kew Herbarium and at the British Museum as opportunity^ served until August, 1911, when her health broke down under a serious attack of phthisis, from which she never recovered. Under urgent necessity she was moved to Paignton in November, and subsequently to St. Marychurch and Torquay ; in the latter place a house Avith sunny aspect was taken in 193 3, to which the family removed. Here Ethel fortunate^ secured as companion Miss R. C. Garde, whose skill and constant devotion ETUEL SAKEL UEPP 1D5 undoubtedly extended her life by a period of nine years. During this i)eri()d there were numerous and health-giving visits to Dartmoor and Tunbridge Wells, with the family; and in 1920 a visit to Kew enabled Ethel to renew many old acquaintances. Her life at Torquay was a very happy one, cheered by her husband's weekly visits and the occasional visits of friends, by the company o£ her children, and by the presence of her dear friend Miss Garde. Mrs. Gepp was no querulous invalid; her interest in current events never failed ; always an attentive and sympathetic listener, she was a most thoughtful hostess, keenly interested in the doings of her friends. Her gracious manner and beautiful and expressive voice added to the charm that her visitors experienced, to which those of her friends whose letters I have been allowed to see paid eloquent tribute. A quotation from one of these will convey better than words of mine could do the impression formed by her guests : — " I like to think of her as I always remember her — sitting in her chair in the sunshiny window-room, her well-filled table beside her, her well-beloved pen in her hand, her brain busy with work or thought— only turning as the door opened to spring up briskly with her welcoming smile and grasp : not a word or sign of symptoms or illness, but intelligent criticisms on current affairs or letters in the Times, an amusing story of the doings of neighbour or friend, or a proud recital of some feat of ' the children ' ; or, again, better still, out of doors on her beloved moors, actively moving about wrapped in a warm cloak, her laughing face always making the best of any contretemps — ready for a picnic or an expedition with the help of her faithful donkey .... how could one remember that she was an invalid V She was the life of the party, the centre of attraction for young and old : everyone gravitated round her— all sought her encouragement or advice." During the last two or three years, recurrent attacks of heart trouble weakened Ethel's powers of resistance, and a sharp attack of influenza during the recent epidemic quickly exhausted her strength. ^ In spite of the most careful nursing, she passed away on April 6, to the intense regret of all who had known her. Mrs. Gepp's services to Algology are indicated in some com- memorative names. Bartoiiia was, of course, already occupied ; but Ethelia, established as a subgenus of SquamariacecE by Mrs. Weber van Bosse (in Trans. Linn. Soc. 2 S. viii. 138) was raised to generic rank by F. Schmitz in the Botany of the Sihoga Expedition. Other commemorations are Caulerpa Bartonice G. Murray and Delesserm Bartonice F. Schmitz; Lithothamnion Geppii Lemoine and other species were dedicated jointly to husband and wife. James Britten. o 2 196 THE JOUKNAL OF liOTAJfY SOME KEMARKS ON NOMENCLATUIIE. Et a. J. WiLMOTT, B.A., F.L.S. A rURTHER series of nomeiiclatural notes has Lean published by Schinz & Thellung in Vierteljahrschrit't cler naturf. Ges. Zurich, Ixvi. 257-* (1921). The following British plant-names are mentioned : — Ntmphozais^thus L. C. Kiehard, 1808 (May), antedates Nupliar Smith (late 1808 or 1809) : see Fernald, 1919, in Khodora, xxi. 183-8. Sehinz and Thellung suggest that Nujjhar might be made a nomen conservandum. I agree with Sprague (p. 54) that such changes should not be made until the question of conserving the usual name has been considered : either all important names in continual and constant use for fifty years or more should be retained or the list of nomina conservanda should be altogether abolished. I would suggest that the names now in the list would be better called nomina conservatciy i.e., those of the original list of nomina conservanda which actuall}' Avere conserved ; JSfujjliar would then be called a nomen conservandum — at present it is necessarj^ to use the cumbrous expressions " nomen conservandum me (or Congress. Yienn.) judice." Fernald cites Eichard, pp. 63, 68, 103. In the library of the National Herbarium we have Kichard's interleaved copy which he presented to K. Brown, in which reference to Nympliozanthus {Nympli(Pa also) has been lined out on p. 63. The paragraphs on p. 68 beginning " L'amande de ce genus " and the succeeding one have also been crossed out and a new account is given on the interleaf — evidently as a result of the work for his 1811 paper, since the letter is dated June 1811. HiESCHFELDiA IXCAXA (L., 1755 : Sinapis) Lagreze-Fossat, 1847; Fl. de Tarn et Garonne, 19 {Hirsh/eldia), much antedates Lowe, 1868 (Ind. Kew.), for this combination. Caedamii^e HiEsrxA &uhsp.Jfea:uosa Forbes et Hemsley, 1886, in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 43, antedates C. Jiirsuta subsp. silvatica Rouy et Fouc, 1893. PoLYGALA seeptllifolia J. A, C. Hose, 1797, in Usteri, Ann. d. Bot. xxi. 39, antedates P. serpyllacea Weihe, 1826. YiOLA mo:n'tana L. The authors' statements are erroneous, see this Journal, liv. 261 (1916). Mela^deyum Rochling, 1812 : Deutschl. Fl. ed. 2, ii. 37 (over- looked by S. & T., who state that Roehling's genus was without description), is antedated by P/^j/50crn7;o;i Necker, 1790, Elem. ii. 164. S. & T. suggest Melandryum as nomen conservandum., since JPliyso- carpon has never contained an}^ specific name. It is to be noted that Dalla Torre and Harms (Gen. Siphonog.) put Fhysocarpon under 2491 Lychnis while keeping up 2494 Ilelandrynm. M. dioicuni dates from Simonkai, 1886: Enum. Fl. Transsilv. 129. Saxifeaga eosacea Moench. S. & T. would replace this by S. decipiens Ehrh., 1790, Beitr. v. [175 : nomen nudum, the usual citation] 47. On. p. 47 Ehrhart says that >S'. petrcea Both. tent. i. 184 is not ^. petrcBa L. but is his ^S*. decipiens, hence S. & T. sa}^ it is not a nomen nudum because of Koth's locality cited — " in Hercyniae SOME TiEMATlKS OTf NOMENCLATURE 197 rupibus, prope Elbingrode." But lioth's diagnosis is that of Linnaeus, hence S. decipiens was undiagnosed. Since the Rules state, and it seems philosophically con-ect, that names rest on their diagnoses, it is dirticult to see how S. & T. can justify their use of undetined names merely from the habitat cited. (Enantiie ch.erophvlloides Pourret, 1788, is shown to be probably O. pinipinelloides L., 1753, and not to replace O. Lachenalii C. C. Gmelin, 1805. Matricarta martttma L., 1753, Sp. PL 891, antedates If. in- odora L., 1755, PL suec. ed. 2, 297. When these are regarded as conspecific, as is now usually the case (see Lester Garland in Journ. Bot. 1921, 171), the former must be used as of L. emend., mihi, sensu nov. The inland form is var. mj rest is (Knaf, 181(5, in Plora, xxix. 299, as D ihothrospermum sp.) comb. nov. Inula Conyza DC. S. & T. still insist that 7. squarrosa (L., 1753, as Conyza sp.) Bernh. is vahd. If the Rules are applied retroactively we are bound to reject their contention that it is the f resent and not the then state of knowledge which counts. We have to consider Bernardi's nomenclature from the point of view of a con- temporary reviewing his work. Such a contemporary would have said " This is absurd ; there is already Linn^eus's Inula sciuarrosa ; Bernhardi ought to have known that ! "^ — we must remember that there v/as no Lidex Kewensis in those days, and that we are still ver\r ignorant of existing varietal names.' A. P. DeCandolle did in fact notice this when he had occasion to deal with both species at the same time, and quite correctly made a new name for the more recent /. squarrosa^ viz., I. Conyza. Thrlncta tahaxacoides Lacaita in Journ. Bot. 1918, 97. S. & T. retain the trivial nudicaulis (L., 1753, sub Grepide). I had previously investigated this case and entirely agree with him. S. & T. do not appear to appreciate the arguments Lacaita sets forth. I do not think that such combinations as " T. taraxacoides Gaudin as to name only" should be employed; Gaudin's plant was not Ilyoseris taraxacoides Vill. ; his name cannot apply to this plant. . Veronica persica Poiret, see. Lacaita {op. cit. ^:S), is similarly not accepted by S. & T. In spite of Laeaita's arguments they retain V. Tournefortii Gmelin, which is a nomen confusum, embracing "elements altogether incoherent," and to be rejected hy Art. 51. 4. S. & T. parajjhrase this by saying that Lacaita rejects the name as consisting of 'Mieterogeneous constituents," adding that by such method half the Linnean names would disappear ; their investigation appears much less thorough than Lacaita's. SrsTRiNCHiUM ANGUSTiFOLiUM Miller, 1768, is retained by S. & T. against S. Bermudiana L., 1753, "type" [the Virginian plant], excluding var. fi (Bermudian plant). The question resolves itself into : Does the Linnean trivial name include the var. /i3 ? Where Linnseus gives a varietal name to his /3 and y it is possible to answer in the negative, but where there is no such other name we must include the varieties. It might be possible to dra^v a distinction 198 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY between cases where Linnaeus had an a and those wliere he has a "type," hut that svich distmction would be wrong the present case demonstrates, since in a note Linnaeus himself says " a in Virginia." This shows that a may be understood in the Species Plantarum in all cases where it does not occur, and that the first splitter may choose the var. /3 as the type if he sees any good reason to do so. For this same reason it seems right to use Vhmis glabra Huds., 17G2 (quoad p '*typo" excluso), emend. Miller, 1768. DicUTARiA IsciiyEMUM comb. uov. Panicum Jschcemum Schreber ex Schweigger, 1804, employs the earliest definite trivial for our D. humifiisa Rich. The plant ("foliis . . . passim pilosis") referred to under Digitaria Isclicemum Muhl. Descr. gram. 131 is Panicuni sanguinale. Set ARIA Beauv. is nomen conservamlum, me judice. It has been in use for a hundred years and Sefarla [Acharius] Michaux has been neglected for the same period. Agrostis tenuis Sibth., 1794, is replaced by A. capiUaris L., 1753 [? partim ; non Linn, herb.] ; Hudson, 1762 ; Leers, 1775 ; Hitchcock, 1920. I have not yet investigated this case. Agrostis alba L. is certainly Poa nemoralis var. unijiorn. The correct name for ^. aiha auct. is either^, palustris Hudson, 1762 (Fl. Angl. 27), or A. stolonifera L., 1762, emend, (partim), but it is not yet certain whether the latter name is more correctly referred to A. veriiciUata VilL, cf. Asch. & Graebn. Syn. II. i. 172 (1899); Hitchcock, 1904 (in Bot. Gaz. xxxviii. 141), and 1920 (in U.S. Dep. Agric. Pnill. 772, pp. 128, 129). Phragahtes is retained by S. Si T., who show that Adanson had chietly in view the common Reed. For those who reject non -binominal works such as that of Adanson, it should be noted that the first author to precise Arundo L. was Pal. de Beauv., 1812 (Agrost. 60), who retained the name for Phragmites and made a new genus of Donax, with which position I concur. Hitchcock (1920), however, fixes Arundo Donax as the type of the genus Arundo from the citation in Gen. Plant., viz., " Scheuch. t. iii. 14, 3," saying that Scheuchzer's ixg. 14 of Tab. iii. (A, B, and C) represents A. Donax. But D of the same figure is Phraginites, Avhich Scheuchzer describes equally thoroughly. If the *'3" of Linnajus stands for C, Hitch- cock's argument might hold, but, as it seems to be an assumption, we ma}^ by the principle of residues, retain Arundo L. emend. Beauv. for Phragmites [Adans.] Trin., 1820. PucciNELLiA Parlatore, 1850, is accepted as earlier than Afropis Grisebach in Ledebour, 1853 [Trin., 1838, and Ruprecht, 1845, as section onW]. Lepturus Trin. partim, et auct. recent, plur., non R. Br. is replaced by Pholiurus Trin. (P. Jiliformis Schinz et ThelL op. cit. 265). S. & T. remark that Druce (1917) in B. E. C. 1915 Report 416, has taken up Scahiosa Virga-pastoris Miller for S. snaveolens W. & K., because the Index Keivensis identifies it tlms. They point out that this identification camiot be right and that tlie Taberna^- SOME REMARKS ON NOMENCLATURE 199 montanus plant cited has tlie habit of Knautia silvatica or K. inteqrifolia. In the National Herbarium is a type labelled " Helvetia," correctly determined by Banks as /S'. silvatica '* H. L." — i. e., compared with Herb. Linn. Schinz and Thellung conclude by offering their comments upon the questions raised by Sprague in this Journal (1921, 129; 1922, 129). This seems the time to raise a few points 1 would add to the discussions. A. The code should be as simple as possible. The method of precision by means of a type — i. 6?., the individual of a group which must retain the name whatever changes the group may suffer — would lead to simplification and has been found to work well in Zoology. The acceptance of this really valuable method might form a basis of agreement with those Americans who refuse to accept the Vienna code. B. Divergent interpretations might be settled by a system of official case-law. An example of every known class of case could be appended to the last rule on which it depends : if numbered serially we could then choose the one similar to that under discussion and say " by [Art. Di] Case n the correct name is X Y ," and so save much print and argument. Cases could be dealt with by a committee, and would form a fixed basis for discussion of the various principles involved in the whole code. Some method of eliminating divergence of interpretation is necessary, and this would seem to me to be the best and simplest to work. C. A third suggestion would involve a change of rule, but not of "principle." To state in Art. 4 that the first essential point is " to aim at fixity of names," and in Art. 2 that " the principles aie the foundation of the rules," and then to frame rules which allow tl e possibility of a single plant having one name as a species, another as a subspecies, a third as a varietj^ a fourth as a subvariety, etc., seems inconsistent. It destroys "fixity of name" and involves a con- tinual change of type, whereas it is only by means of the method of types that any precise fixity can be obtained. The rules seem in this respect to be antagonistic to progress. In Art. 48 and 49 there should be no question of taxonomic rank. One name for one natural group should be the aim. This was the practice of the DeCandoUean code, and, unless the present method was made as an act of giace in return for the giving up of the " Kew Kule," it is difficult to see why such a reactionary idea was introduced. Every practical nomenclator will have met dozens of cases where recognised names disappear under this rule ; not only so, but possibly not a tithe of the changes have yet been made. When its effects are contemplated, it is not surprising that some persons will have nothing to do with a code which includes it and ignores the method of types. I would further suggest that the method of alteration of code should be by printing the proposed changes after general debate at one conference, passing them finally only at the next conference, by which time their effects and value (or harm) will have become mani- fest. 200 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTAKY With regard to Mr. Sprague's points, I, hold the following opinions : — (1) Latin must stay unless we can first get Russians, Spaniards, Japanese, etc., to agree to "Latin, French, English, or German." But if we do not allow English it is open for anyone to renam.e all species published under the American code ! (2) "Ridicule" should be placed very low in the list of principles, and seems irrelevant. Zoologists (who duplicate) experience no incon- venient public ridicule, nor need the views of the general public be considered, if one may judge from the scientific wisdom displayed in the press. Duplications should be allowed in accordance with Art. IG, and Art. 55. 2 should be repealed. An objection to the present rule is illustrated by the case of Arinido Calamagrostis L., 1753, which became GaJamagrostislanceo- lata Roth., 1788. What was later shown to be a mere albino of this was described by Weber (1780) as Arundo canescens^=Calamagrostis canesceus (Weber) Gmelin. As it is impossible to call an albino a monstrosity, authors who have applied the Vienna Code call the whole species G. canescens Gmel., whereas could they have sent their plants to Gmelin for confii-mation he would probably have rejected all of them, for the albino is very rare. In any case it is necessary to write C. canescens Gmel. emend. Druce, but G. Galamogrostis (L.) is preferable. The present rule involves also a change of the type ; the Linnean type being rejected for that of Weber. When once the classification of a group has been orientated round one point (type), it is inconvenient to have to make a fresh orientation. (3) Misleading geographical names. These are little more mis- leading than some descriptive names, and less so than incorrect descriptions. Misleading names should be avoided, but not rejected, as they are few and it would be difficult to agree where to draw the line. If com{)lete agreement could be reached the position would be different. The same with (4). (5) Accidental binominals. It would probably be helpful if all non-binominal books were rejected. This is done in Zoology, and was proposed at Vienna. The discussion Avas generally favourable to this view until Briquet stated that to adopt it would lead to numerous name-changes, since Adanson's names Avould be rejected, and the matter was dropped. So far as the British Flora is concerned, M. Briquet's apprehension was unfounded : practically all the Adans(ui names in general use would still stand upon the authority of Gaertner, DC, etc., just as Tournefort names stand on Linnaius's authority. The only change which is required, if we reject Adanson, is from Mihora, a " name-change " introduced b}^ Babington, back to Ghamagrostis Borkh., recognised for fifty years. The great majority of genus name-changes made " by the Rules " has been due to the disinterment of generic names from post 1753 non-binominal w^orks. Since this misapprehension led straight to the changes which the Congress was anxious to avoid, it is hoped that the next Congress will reconsider the matter. (6) Rejection of all homonyms. Rejection would lead to many SOME REMATIKS OX XO:srEXCLlTURE 201 name-chan2:es, but would tend to fixity and be simple to work. I do not think all systematists realise how many names now in use are invalid if the retro-active principle is strictly employed. Accumulation of evidence as to the amount of change this proposition would cause would be useful, as the greater simplification would be a great advantage. (7) Citation of misidentifications. There is no trouble if the type- method is used, as the original author of the name and type will be cited — within parentheses, if he did not make the combination. To say Mcerun nervosa Oliver, "as to name only," is not a way out of the difficulty. Nomenclature (names) and plants (descriptions) cannot be completely separated. A "new combination" is necessary in such cases, see thrincia taraxacoides, and Diffifaria Isclicemum above, but I would prefer to cite merely the original author of the name, whom examples such as these show to be the o^eal arbiter accepted bv all workers. (8) I agree, e.g., Gory (led is Medik. and CorydaJis DC. are two distinct genera. Both cannot be utique conservanda. Sciiinz and Thellung seem to take the position that the Vienna Code is as a law of the Medes and Persians. By Art. 3 this is a reductio ad alsurdum. Those who are anxious to have an accepted International Code should consider Art. 3 and be prepared to reject anvthing which does not seem essential to the progress of the science. But progress necessitates change, and the sooner a necessary change is made the less disturbance is created. To regard the Code as final must involve its death. A SPINELESS VARIETY OF GENISTA ANGLICA L. By H. W. Pfgslet, B.A., F.L.S. WiiEX botanizing on the heathland at Boat of Garten, Inverness- shire, in the summer of 1916, I collected specimens of a form of Genista anglica which attracted m}^ attention b}^ its uniformly prostrate habit and almost spineless stems. In July of last year I met with the same form about a mile below the hotel in the Clova Valley, Forfarshire, Avhei-e I saw many plants of it traihng among the dwarf heather on the banks and braes, and presenting a totally different aspect from the normal species. The peculiarities of this prostrate form will perhaps be best indicated by first recalling some of the characteristic features of the typical plant. The stems of ordinary G. anglica are usually more or less erect, branching freely above and forming a dwarf bush. Each growing branch bears numerous alternate, oblong or lanceolate leaves, in the axils of which, except the lowest or occasionally all on very weak branches, are spreading, slender but sharp spines, 5-25 mm. long (generally equalling or exceeding the leaves), each clothed with several narrow leafy bracts, or rarely one or two smaller secondary spines below. Between the base of the spine and its supporting leaf 202 THE JOUJINAL OF BOTANY a leaf-bud is frequently seen, especially on the stronger branches. In winter most of the leaves fall and the axillary spines, which persist and become hard and rigid, then give the plant its familiar prickly aspect. In early spring the leaf-buds under the spines begin to grow, those towards the apex of the branches generally developing into short Howering stems, densely leafy but spineless, while others grow into longer branches to continue the existence of the plant. The Scotch spineless form, as I have seen it, is invariably prostrate, and shows no deviation towards the type. On an average, it is somewhat slenderer, but it produces stems as much as a foot long, and its leaves, which are very glaucous at Clova, are fully of normal size. The axillar}^ spines are never fully developed, and are more often than not entirely absent. When present, they are suberect and scarcely half as long as the subtending leaves, being only 2-4 mm. in len'Hh. Thev are, indeed, little more than bristles, and are equalled or even exceeded by their bracts. Frequently a tuft of bracts alone appears in the axit without any spine whatever ; and such spines as are formed are almost uniformly deciduous with the leaves, so that the older parts of the stems are spineless and naked. I can find no ti-ace of the characteristic leaf-buds below any of the spines, and fresh branches are apparently developed from the occasional tufts of axillary bracts. In my expenence a much smaller proportion of liowering branches is produced than in the type, and the number of flowers rarely exceeds six on any one branch. In one of my specimens, contrary to what might be expected, the leaves of a flowering branch show a few of the small bristle-like spines. I can find no material of this peculiar form in the European collection at South Kensington, but three British examples there probablv belong to it, viz. : — A. Somerville, Kincraig, Easterness, 1891 ; E. S. MarsliaU, Tomintoul, Banff, 1905 ; A. Lei/, Rhosgoch Boo-, Radnor, 1885. A slight degree of doubt attaches to these specimens, as they may possibly have been taken from exceptionally weak individual plants and not be really representative. The only allusion to a plant of this kind that I can find in British Floras is in Babington's Manual, ed. 9, p. 87, where, in the specific diagnosis of G. anglica, the stem is stated to be " sometimes quite prostrate." In Rouy k Foucaud's Flore de France, iv. p. 227 (1897), there is, under G. anglica L., a variety /3 suhinermis, which shows the special features of the Scotch form. This variety is founded on G. anglica sub-var. siiline-rmisliQ Grand, Fl. Berry, ed. 2, p. 70 (1894), and is diagnosed "Tiges basses, plus ou moins couchees; epines faibles et rares, ou presque nuUes. — Cher, marais tourbeux de Nancay (Le Grand).'" I have been unable to consult the second edition of Le Grand's Flora for his original description, but that given by Eouv & Foucaud, so far as it goes, fits our plant exactly except for the habitat, which appears to be wetter than the Scotch stations that I have seen. The essential character of a prostrate habit in combination with practically spineless stems is evidently common to the Scotch and the French plants, and constitutes a remarkable A SPINELESS VARIETY OF GENISTA ANGLICA L. 203 variation from the ordinary form of the species. On this ground it seems reasonahle to assume thoir taxonomic identity. The status of this curious Genista, whether it sliould be hehl a sub- variety of G. anfjlica (as by Le Grand), a variety (as by liouy & Foucaud), or merely a form is debateable. While its peculiarities are of a vegetative nature, it is not easy to attribute them to immediate environment. It occurs away from the ty])e, is very distinct in appearance, and in some localities, at least, it seems quite constant. It is therefore ])ro})osed to follow Kouy & Foucaud and admit the plant to the British list as a variety, thus : — Genista anoi/ica L. S]). Plant. 710 (1753). var. suhinermis liouy & Fouc. Fl. Fr. iv. 227 (1807). (=G^. anqJica subvar. suhinermis Le Grand, Fl. Berry, ed. 2, 70 (1894). Prostrate or nearly so, with weak trailing stems. Spines generally absent ; when present, feeble, often equalled by the bracts, and not more than half as long as the leaves; very rarely persisting on the old stems. Foliage glaucous in the Clova form. Flowers fewer than in the type, rarely exceeding six on a branch. Heaths at Boat of Garten, Inverness-shire ; Clova, Forfarshire, and elsewhere in Scotland; probably also in other parts of the British Isles. THE POLLINATION OF EAIILY SPRING FLOWERS BY MOTHS. By W. H. T. Tams, F.E.S. Recently Mr. Miller Christy, when endeavouring to ascertain what insects pollinate the Primrose (Frimtila vul(/aris)—-'A problem which has long presented something of a mystery, — came^ to the conclusion [see his paper in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xlvi. (now in the press) (1922) ; also Mr. A. A. Dallmann in this Journal, lix. pp. 310-322, 337-345 (1921)] that the Howers of this species are pollinated usually by nocturnal Lepidoptera, as had been suggested by Darwin over sixty years ago, but never proved. Thereupon Mr. Christy inquired of several leading entomologists as to what particular species of moth are to be found on the wing regularly in this country during the early period of the year when the Prinn-ose is in flower — that is, roughly, from the 15th of March to the 15th of May. As a result of this inquiry, Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, F.R.S., supplied him with such a list, comprising some 35 species of Geometrida3 and Noctuida?. Having got this, Mr. Christy began to think his needs had been fully met. He soon found, however, that he had advanced very little in his quest, for it was still necessary to ascertain which (if any) of the species on the list had tongues of sufficient length to penetrate the deep corolla-tube of the Primrose (varying from 10-20 mm.) and thus reach the nectar at the bottom. Mr. Christy set to work 204 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY immediately to ascertain what was known on this point, but he found at once that, though a certain amount of information as to ths tongue-lengths of a few of the commoner humble-bees, bee-flies, and butterflies was given by Muller {Fertilization of Flowers by Insects^ 1883) and Knath {Flower Pollination, 190o-09) in their well-known works on flower-pjllination, nothing was recorded as to the tongue- lengths of thi night- fljdng moths likolj to be concerned in the pollination of the Primrose — nor, indeed, of any other of our spring- flowering plants. In this dilemma, Mr. Christ}^ (having sought help, without success, from all the entomologists of his acquaintance, including Dr. Perkins) called at the Entomological Department of the British Museum to inquire whether anything was known as to the tongue- lengths of the various moths on Dr. Perkins's list. The matter was (as Mr. Christy painted out) of some impjrtance to botanists, agriculturists, horticulturists, and others, in connection with the pollination of flowers and the consequent production of good and fertile seed. However, the information he sought was not available, inasmuch as the subject of tougue-lengths had been neglected almost entirely, both by insect-collectors and entomologists: the chief reason being that, to them, the subject was of little or no interest, inasmuch as the length of tongue (being in many species, at least, highly variable) could not be depended upon as a specific character. It w^as then sug- gested to me that it might be of use if I measured the tongue-lengths of the various moths on Dr. Perkins's list — and this I did. The task might have been easy if fresh specimens had been availalde to Avork on ; but it was by no means easy in view of the fact that I w^as obliged to make use of the old duplicate specimens in the Museum cabinets. It may be useful to others desiring to make similar investigations to explain the metliod adopted : — The heads of the moths were soaked for 24 hours in KOH (10 percent.). In some cases the proboscis unrolled as a result of the softening, in the otlier eases it was unnecessary to unroll it. A piece of celluloid, marked with millimetres, was then placed in the bottom of an inverted watch- glass containing alcohol and, so far as possible, the proboscis straightened out along the scale. It was thus possible to estimate its length approximately, allowing for the fact that it was not possible absolutely to straighten the proboscis. The results are set forth in the Table (p. 205), which shows also the months during which each species of insect flies and the chief flowers it is known to visit (this information is taken mainly from Mr. A. Gr. Scorer's Fntomologisfs Log-Book, 1912). When these results were submitted to Mr. Christy, Ke found that four only of the species examined (namely, Calocampa exoleta, C vetttsta, Cucullia verhasei, and Fhlogophora meticulosa) had tongues long enough to render them of interest in connection with his investigations, but that those four were of special interest, inasmuch as all of them are (like the Primrose) abundant throughout the whole of the British Isles and one of them (T. verhasci) is the POLLITiATION OF EARLY SPRING FLOWERS 205 Name of Species. Seleiiia bilunaria Esp. (S. ilhinaria Hbn.) Pacbys strataria Huf n (A. prodromaria S. & D.) Hibernia leucophaiaria (S. & D.)-. Anisopteryx jescularia (S. & D.)-- Anticlea badiata H libn Xaiithorboe fluctiiata L Triphosa dubitata L Flight uutnths. Length of proboscis. Polyploca flavicornis L Barathra brassica? L Taeniocampa instabilis Esp. Taeiiiocampa gothica L Panolis flammea Hiibn. ... Orrhodia spadicea Hw. ... Scopelosoma satellitia L. Calocampa exoleta L. ... Calocampa vetusta Hiibn Hypena rostralis L Gonodontis bidentata CI Rumia luteolata L Hemerophila abruptaria Thnb. Tephrosia bistortata Gr , Asthena candidata S. & D. Cabera exanthemata Sc. .. Noctua plecta L Phlogophora meticulosa L. Cucullia verbasci L Cucullia scrophularia) Cap. 4-5 3-4 4-5 3-4 3-4 5-6 8-5 (hibernates) 3-4 6-7 2-4 3-4 3-5 9-4 5-7 5-8 5-6 5-6 4-5 4 mm. (none) 1 mm. (none) 6 mm. 5 mm. 7*5 mm. 4"5 mm. 10 mm. 5'5 mm. 5 mm. 6'5 mm. 7"5 ram. 9-3 7 mm. 9-5 12 mm. (about) 9-4 12 mm. 8-9 5 mm. 4-6 7-5 mm. 4-6 5-5 mm. 4-5 7'5 mm. 3&8 6"5 mm. 3'5 mm. 6 mm. (about) 5'5 mm. 11 mm. (about) 20 mm. (about) 20 mm. (about) Flowers visited. Ivy, Heather Ragwort, and Sallow. Sallow. Sallow. Sallow. Ivy and Sallow. Ivy. Ivy. Ivy. Sallow and Barberry. Pinky. Some of the insects named come abroad again later in the year. only species of moth which has ever been observed to visit any Primrose. Mr. Christy, in his paper above mentioned, made such use as he thought necessary of these results. Having done that, he suggested that, as those results were entirely novel in their way and were likely to be of interest to other botanists studying the pollination of our early spring-flowering plants other than the Primrose^ it would be well if they Avere published. The present paper is the outcome. It may, perhaps, induce other entomologists to undertake further work on the same lines. 206 THE .lOUKNAL OF UOTANY THE DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on June 1st, Prof. A. C. Seward delivered the third Hooker Lecture, entitled " A Study in Contrasts : The Past and Present Distribution of certain Ferns," illustrated by lantern-slides. The lecturer stated that a botanist, especially one whose interest is not limited by the world of to-day, feels a cei-tain kinship with the archaiologist who seeks information on the life and nature of the people who fashioned and used the material discovered in the course of excavation. " For the vegetable kingdom also," as Asa Gray said, '* there is a veritable archaeology." The discovery of a deposit rich in fossil plants throws a light interesting to the systematist or to the student of plant-geography, but our aim is to see in imagination the plants of other days as though they still lived, and the mechanism of the organism and something of the conditions under which it grew. The object of this lecture is to give examples of the application of palseobotanical enquiry to problems of plant- geography ; to follow into the ages which man never knew, the historj^ of some families of Ferns ; to trace their wanderings and to discover their original home. The data gathered from existing j^lants must be supplemented by records of the rocks, records as Darwin said, of a history imperfectly kept, and of this chapter only here and there a few lines. Once established. Ferns have a power of spreading by vegetative means, and the lightness and resistant nature of their spores enable them to play a successful role as colonisers and emigrants to new countries. When Treub visited Knikatau three years after its violent volcanic eruption, he found eleven species of Ferns as pioneers of the new Hora. As a class Ferns are cosmopolitan, though certain of them are strictl}^ limited in their range and highly sensitive to the influence of ph3^sical or climatic conditions ; the Bracken, Cysfopteris fragilis and Polystichum Lonchitis were adduced as examples. The following families were then passed in review : Gleicheni- acea3, Matonineae, Dipteridinese, Schizsecaceae, and Marattiaceae ; the lecturer's object being to bring together some of the facts already published than to attempt to add much that is new. Palaeozoic forms were excluded, partly because of the difficulty of precise statement on their affinity, but chiefly because it is not until the Mesozoic era that existing types became clearly defined. Twice only had he collected fronds of Gleichenia; on the edge of a Malayan forest where it luxuriated under a tropical climate, and from sediments deposited in a delta or inland lake on the submerged fringe of Cretaceous Green- land. The apparent identity of the living and the dead gives reality to ■ Carpenter's aphorism : " We are still living in the Cretaceous period." In one of his letters, Hooker expresses the opinion that *' Geology gives no evidence of a progression in plants," and adds : *' I do not say that this is a proof of there never having been a progression — that is quite a different matter — but the fact that there THE DISTRIBUTION OF FEllNS 207 is less structiir;il difference between the recognizable representatives ot* Conifers, C\ycacleie, Lycopodiaceae, etc., and Dicotyledons of the chalk and those of the pi-esent day, than between the animals of those periods and their living representatives, appears to me a very remark- able fact." The unfolding of plant-life viewed through the distorting mists over the successive stages of earth-history, takes the form of a series of outbursts of energy; the records of one period tell us nothing, while those of the next reveal a fresh type of vegetation, or it may be, a single genus in j^ossession of widely-scattered regions of the world. We seem unable to do more than observe the completed results ; the beginnings are hidden from us, and the farther we penetrate into the past the farther into the distance recedes the object of our search. There was no intention to connect the Mesozoic records with the Palaeozoic ; between the two there appears to be a wide gulf. The difficulty of making direct contact between the age of Pteridosperms and the succeeding age of Ferns, may be largely due to the difficulty of determining whether a Palaeozoic fern-like frond should be classed as a Pteridosperm or a true Fern ; but, on the other hand, the relation- ship between the two ages may not be so close as it is usual to assume. In the latter part of the Triassic period, we seem to pass with remarkable suddenness to a new phase of jjlant evolution ; the old order gives place to the new ; one cycle is completed and another has begun. This transformation in the plant world may be intimately associated with some far-reaching event in the physical historj'' of the earth's crust. It may well be that crustal foldings in the latter part of the Palaeozoic era, and the prevalence of desert or semi-arid conditions over wide regions during a part of the Triassic period, were factors which influenced the progress and direction of plant development. As continental areas shifted and land and sea changed places it needs no geological knowledge to grasp the fact that tlie rocks ac- cessible to investigation cannot give us all the clues we seek ; parts of old continents remain ; others are bevond oui* reach. GEORGE ALFEED HOLT (1852-1921). On December 19th, 1921, died at Sale, Cheshire, George Alfred Holt, a man who would ])robably have made his name as a distin- guished cryptogamic botanist, if his eyesight had not suddenly failed him. Born in Douglas, Isle of Man, on May 18, 1852, he served his apprenticeship to a chemist in Douglas, and came to Manchester aljout the year 1880, entering into partnership with another chemist. Being fond of botany, he soon got into touch with the leading botanists of the neighbourhood ; he was a constant companion of 208 THE JOUllNAL or BOTANY John Whitehead, the working-man biyologist, and added many new records of rare mosses and hepatics for Lancashire, Cheshire, and Derbyshire, evidences of which are seen in the " List of Mosses and Hepaticifi " contributed by him to the Flora of Asliton under-Lyne and District (compiled by the Ashton-under-Lyne Linnean Botanical Society: 1888). He also contributed sets of rare Hepatica? to Carrington and Pearson's " Hepaticse Britannica? Exsiccata?," the most remarkable of which was Ceplialozia jiuitans var. rjigantea. Being a bachelor with ample leisure, Holt made frequent excur- sions into North Wales, the Lake District, and the Craven District of Yorkshire, and his discoveries were recorded in the Proceedings of the now defunct Manchester Cryptogamic Societ}'. In 1883 he discovered in Kavensdale, Derbyshire, Thamnium anr/ustifoJium, which he published in this Journal for 188(j, p. Qo, with a jDlate. In 1885 he visited Killarney with the late S. A. Stewart, and made extensive collections of mosses and hepatics ; the latter he sent to Spruce, who, in addition to many rare species, recognized two new hepatics {Raclula Soltii and Lejeunea Holtii), which were described by Spruce (with plate) in this Journal for 1887 (pp. 33, 209). About this time, fearing the loss of his eyesight, Holt suddenly gave up the study of mosses and hepatics, to the regret of his friends, and devoted his time to grasses and sedges ; several records for these plants are given on his authority in Lord de Tabley's Flora of Cheshire. In 1882 Holt compiled " A List of the Mosses of the Isle of Man," which was published in the Transactions of the Isle of Man Natural Histori/ and Antiquarian Societi/, i. Douglas, 1888, pp. 62- 81< ; his " Additions to Manx Moss List : April 1898 " appeared in Yn Lioar Manninagh, iii. pp. 402-4 (Douglas, 1898). To vol. i. of the same Journal (pp. 10 & 19) he contributed critical notes on Plagiotheciiim Borrerianum and Mnium stellare in 1882; also a list of " Manx Grasses, July 1901," to vol. iv. (pp. 20, 58-60). His collection of phanerogams and mosses is in the possession of the Isle of Man Natural History Society ; his other cryptogams he presented to the Manchester Museum, where they are recorded as the " Holt Collection." I had the pleasure of his friendly companionship in many a ramble, and felt keenly his sudden decision to give up microscopic study ; but in this he was justihed, for he became blind some time before he died. Of a quiet, shy, and retiring disposition, unknown except to a very few, thus passed away one whose name will ever be associated with two of the rarest and most beautiful species of native hepaticse, I am indebted for some of my information to Mr. H. de W. Marriott, who has been his constant friend during the last few j^ears, and to whom I tender my grateful thanks. William Heney Peaeson. SHORT NOTES 209 SHORT NOTES. The Aeundance of Blossom this Year. It may be well to put briefly on record tliat the late spring and early summer of 1922 were remarkable for the extraordinarily profuse blossoming of nearly all plants. Not only have practically all flowering trees and shrubs shown an excessiv^e amount of blossom in the districts frequented by me and by some of my friends, but the wealth of flowers on herbaceous plants of ordinary stature and on rock-plants has also been noticeable. A friend in Cornwall writes "I don't think I have ever seen the common dwarf flowers of the rough downs of the cliffs in such abundance, making sheets of colour— very lovely." Certain trees in Clifton which rarely flower, or do so to a very limited extent, e. g., Paidoivnia imperialis (one of the few trees of the family Scrophulariaceae) has been a beautiful sight. Yesterday in the gardens of Mr. Hiatt C. Baker at Almondsbury, Glos., it was noticeable that on account of the drought last year and the hot weather of May and June 1922 a number of Mediterranean species with foliage more or less felted with gre}^ tomentum have remained their natural colour, Avhereas usually in this country, and particularly in Ireland, the whitish-grey foliage becomes greener. Such plants as Lavatera Olhia and the beautiful Convolvulus althceoides may be cited as examples. The latter is less green than often in Provence, Nor have I ever observed so much Hawthorn turning so marked a pink just before the petals dro]) — as pink as the last-named Convol- vukis or even a deeper rose. It would appear that this coloration is more frequent in the lowlands, at least in the Bristol district. Last autumn I observed that the second flowering of the Dog Hose was also chiefly in hedges of the low-lying pastures not far from the coast. — H. Stuart Thompson. [The astonishing display of Hawthorn blossoms seems to have attracted general attention, but can nowhere have been more remark- able than in the counties of Dublin, Wicklow, and Westmeath, which I visited at the end of May and beginning of June ; in the last, in the MuUingar district, the branches were sometimes so laden with blossom that no leaves were perceptible, and the effect in some places was that of a fall of snow. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] YiciA BiTHTNiCA. — In drjdng a series of this Yetch for distri- bution, I noticed the day after they were put in the press that many tendrils had elongated and attached themselves to other specimens on the same sheet. Even making allowance for possible slightly closer proximity through pressvn-e, it is an interesting physiological fact. Last year, owing to the drought, I could not find a sign of any portion of this annual Yetch in one of its well-known localities in N. Somerset, where in June 1920 the grassy bank was partly clothed with hundreds of fine plants in flower and fruit. This June the Yetch is in fair quantity there, though rather shorter than usual. The seeds of 1920 had failed to germinate last 3^ear. White, in his Flora of Bristol, points out that this rare species is "remarkably uncertain in quantity from year to year " ; and that on the high bushy bank Journal of Botany. — Yol, GO. [July, 1922.] p 210 THE JOURNAL OF BOTxVNY referred to above it was plentifully in pod in August 1886, " with many ripe seeds " ; and two months later, on October 5th, the late David Fry reported " a fresh crop of plants in flower." Surely Withering, Smith, Lindley, J. D. Hooker (Shcdenfs' Flora), and other authors were incorrect in calling this species perennial? I concur with Bentham and the French botanists in regarding it as annual, or possibly it ma}^ sometimes be biennial. " July and August " of the earlier English authors has suitably been corrected to May and June as its usual time of flowering in this country. — H. S. Thompson. Alchemilla filicaulis Buser (p. 165). The explanation of Mr. Ley's locality has been kindly sent me by Miss Armitage. Honddu valley (the Llanthon}^ valley: Monmouthshire) was for botanical purposes included in the Flora of Herefordshire (District 14). Daren (=Taren) means a rocky clifE in the valley side. — A. J. Wil- MOTT. KEVIEW. A Review of the New Species of Plants proposed by N. L. Burman in his Flora Indica. By ELiiER D. Merrill, Director and JBotanist, Bureau of Science, Manila. Separate from The Fhilijjpine Journal of Science, vol. xix. no. 3, September 1921. Manila, Bureau of Printing. In this Keview, Mr. Merrill has increased the debt of gratitude which is due to him from all Avho are interested in the history of Botany. Since 1905, when he published his first account of the species described in Blanco's Flora de Filipinos (1837-1846), of which his Species Blancoance (1918) may be considered as a second and greatly enlarged edition, he has, in the intervals of his investigations of the present Philippine flora, devoted himself to the elucidation of the work of earlier authors. His Interpretation of Jiumphins''s Herbarium Amhoinense (1917) is noticed at length in this Journal for 1918, p. 362-5 ; and his Commentary on Loureiro' s Flora Cochinchinensis, of which he has generously supplied the principal herbaria with copies in type-script, is an invaluable comment on that w^ork. Now, in the painstaking and accurate way which has rendered his publications so valuable, he reviews the species jjroposed by Burman in his Flora Indica (1768), and in the course of his work restores many names for which Burman's claims to recognition have hitherto been ignored or disregarded. As a result of his careful investigations, Mr. Merrill has been "impressed with the fact that \i\2^\\j European botanists do not seem fully to realize the value and utility of types when interpreting insufficiently described species of the early authors. In many cases," he continues, "a few hours' journe}", or in others a httle correspon- dence, would make available the data which would definitely fix the status of a species. Instead of this course, however, the unsatisfactory BURMAX S FLORA INDICA 211 but easy methoLl seems to have been pursued of leaving the unknown ones under * species incognitio,' ' species valde dubi;e,' ' species exclu- dendie,' or other ecpialiy unsatisfactory categories." This criticism applies with especial force to the attitude adopted for many years by Kew tow^ards the British Museum. Altliough so easv'* of access, the National Herbarium was only consulted by Bentiiam and Hooker in special cases ; the former, as has more than once been pointed out, when engaged on his Flora Australiensis, to a large extent ignored the collections and MSS. of iknks and iSolander, and in the ju'eparation of the Genera Flaiitaruin the old material was insuffi- ciently examined. In his introduction Mr. Merrill calls attention to the fact that "no botanist with a wide knowledge of t>he Indo-Mala3^an flora seems to have made a critical examination of the Flora hidica or of Burman's herbarium [now at Geneva], with a view of correlating his work with that of other authors." The actual types, however, "in many eases have been examined by subsequent authors who were engaged in monographic work," and their conclusions have been included in the present paper, which, however, is based on the jnib- lished Flora, examination of the specimens being impracticable. In the book, about 13U5 species are included, of which about 21^1 are l)roposed as new. " Of the species included more than 500 are defi- nitely indicated as from India ; that is, mostly from what is now known as India proj^er: from Java about 115 species are enumerated; from Ceylon about 90 ; from China about 50 ; from Japan about 15 ; from Persia about 20." As a necessary consequence of Mr. Merrill's careful examination of the work, many new combinations have been created. This has in several instances led to the supersession of generally accepted names — e. g., Foli/podium Scolopendrium Burm. f. (176S) replaces P.phymatodes L. (1771) ; Dendrohium caninum (Burm. f.), F>. cru- menatum Sw. (1799); Indif/ofera Cohitea (Burm, f.), 1. viscosa Lam. (1789). Such alterations, although inevitable if the Laws be followed, may be regretted, especially when a name so familiar as Saiidoricum indicum Cav. (1787) has to give away to >S'. hoetjape on account of its identity with Melia hoetjape Bui-m. f. — the fact that " Koetjape is the common Javanese name " hardly reconciles one to the change. It is, however, satisfactory that the changes have not been wantonly made, and for this Mr. Merrill's name is sufficient guarantee. His note on the transference of Alpinia malaccensis Koscoe (^Maranta malaccensis Burm. f.) to Lanyuas Koenig may be cited as an example of his method : — " Burman's binomial typifies Alpinia malaccensis Kosc, a species that has apparently been misinterpi-eted by modei-n authors; see Valeton in Merr. Interpret. Herb. Amb. (1917) 155. The type of the genus Alpinia, as described hj Linufeus, is Alpinia racemosa, of Tropical America, which currently appears in botanical literature as Henealmia racemosa (L.) A. Eich. This is the onl^-- species of Alpiniq that was known to Linn.Tus ; hence it must be the generic iy])Q. The proper application of the generic name Alpinia is to the 212 THE JOURNVL OF BOTANY numerous American species now known as Renealmln, the latter generic name now falling as a synonym. Among the numerous synonyms of Alpinia auct., non Linn., Laiu/uas is the earliest available one for the numerous Old World species currently but erroneously referred to Alpinia.'''' Similar notes, which suggest ample opportunity for those who specialise in new combinations, are scattered throughout the paper: Telosma cordafa {Asclepias cordata Burm. f.) replaces Pergularia odoratissima Sm. — '• Pergularia of Linnaeus is the proper name for the African species long placed in Dceniiar A number of Burman's names taken up here had already been dealt with by Mr. Merrill in his interesting notes on the Flora of Manila (Philipp. Journ. Sci. (Bot.) vii. 227-251). The figure (which Mr. Merrill has not seen) cited by Burman from Sloane's Hist. Jamaicensis as representing his Tricliomanes nivea — "a species of unknown status" — is cited by Jenman in his paper "On the Jamaican Ferns of Sloane's Herbarium" (Journ. Bot. 1886, 85) as representing a variety {suhnuda) of Notliolcena tricJiomanoides R. Br. It may be noted that the copy of the Flora Indica in the Department of Botany, which was bought from a bookseller in 1882, was at one time the pro])erty of Sir William Hooker ; it contains numerous marginal notes and drawings from his pen and pencil. James Biuttek. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on June 15, Dr. llendle showed two seedlings of Horse Chestnut from which the terminal bud had been removed by cutting through the epicotyledonary stem. In each case a number of minute buds appeared on the cut surface after the healing of the wound ; the buds were arranged round the edge of the section corresponding with the position of the cambium-layer in the stem. A new shoot was also produced in the axil of each of the cotyledons. These new shoots resembled the shoot which is normally developed from the plumule, except that the first pair of foliage leaves was produced at the second node, while a pair of small scales was formed at the first node just above the level of the soil. The speaker referred to the seedling shown by him at a recent meeting of the Society in which the plumule had been replaced by one new sym- metrically developed terminal bud. At the same meeting Mr. T. A. Sprague exhibited plants and illustrations concerning his identification of Sison Ammi L., an Umbelliferous plant jniblished by Linnaeus in the first edition of the Species Plantarum in 1753 which has hitherto been a puzzle to botanists. The elder Jacquin in 1773 identified it with a species now known as Apium leptophyllum ; and Caruel in 1889 identified it with Ptijchotis ammoides. But examination of the tyi^e-specimens in the BOOK-TfOTES, NEWS, ETC. 213 .LInnean Herbarium and tlio IJrItish Musouin sliows that it is Carnm copticum, a well-known medicinal plant which yields the Ajowan seeds and Ajowan oil of commerce, from which thymol is obtained. Linnieus gave it the trivial name Ammi because he believed it to be the source of the *' seeds of the true Ammi " of pharmacy : '* Ammios veri semina." The history of the di-ug Ammi goes back nearly 2000 years. Dioscorides, who lived in the first century of the Christian era, described it as having a minute seed with the flavour of marjoram. The illustration in the Codex Vindohonensis, which dates from the sixth century, represents Ammi Visnaga. The Ammi depicted by Fuchsius in the sixteenth century was Ammi majus ; the plant figured by Matthiolus about the same time was Pft/cJiotis ammoides. But when we turn to the beautiful plates of Umbellifene published by Eivinus at the end of the seventeeth century we find that the ofiicinal Ammi of that date was Carum copticiim. This is confirmed by the specimen of Ammi in the herbarium of Ferro (at the Natural History Museum), a Venetian apothecary who died in 1674. The geographical source of the drug also suggests that the true Ammi was Carum copicum. The best quality of Ammi was imported from Alexandria, but was actually grown in Arabia, where Carum copticum is still cultivated. One point remains to be cleared up : the native country of Carum copticum. It is or has been culti- vated in Egypt, Abyssinia, Arabia, Palestine, Mesopotamia, Persia, Afghanistan, Baluchistan, India, and the Malay Archipelago ; but is nowliere certainly known in a wild state. On the same occasion Mr. Josepli Burtt-Davy gave a summary of his paper, ** A Revision of the South African Species of Biantlius:'' He said that the genus Biantlius, as represented in South Africa, has long been troublesome to systematists. *' The characters on which we have to depend for specific delimitation, in this genus, are less amenable to precise definition than is the case in many other genera. To indicate the difficulty which has been experienced by authors in deahng with them, I need only point out that no fewer than ten names have been assigned by botanists at various times to what is obviously one and the same species, seven of the ten being due to wrong identifications with the descriptions of other species. On the other hand, the name B. scaler Thunb. has been assigned at various times to twelve distinct species, owing to a misconception of the plant described by Thunberg. By the courtesy of Prof. Juel of Uppsala (through the Director of the Boyal Botanic Gardens, Kew), I have now had the opportunity of studying the types of Thunberg's four South African species, and thus to clear up the confusion. The Thunberg specimen of B. incurvus Thunb. does not match any South African material at Kew or the British Museum, nor does it answer the description in Thunberg's Flora Capensis. Thunberg himself identifies it on the sheet with B. aliens Ait., but the speci- men does not agree with the type of B. aliens in the British Museum. _ We can only conclude, therefore, that the Thunbero- specmien is not the type from which he drew up his description. In 214 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the Flora Capcnsis Sonder recognized nine species of Dinnflnis. Of these, D. holopetahis proves inseparable from D. incur vusTYmwh. and D, pectinatus E. Mey. inseparable from I), prostratus Jacq., thus leaving seven valid species in the Flora Capensis. To these must be added four species : — D. micropetalus Ser. and D. Burchellil Ser. (1824) sunk by Sonder respectively under D. scaler Thunb. and D. incurvus Thunb., Z>. nwoiensis Williams (1889), and D. numa- ensis Schinz (1897)." The Bulletin de la Societe de Geneve (xii. nos. 6-9 ; 1920) contains a continuation of ]l. Chodat's botanical results obtained on the Swiss expedition to Paraguay; this eleventh section deals with Boraginacece : Madame M. Earbey-Gampert gives an " Esquisse de la flore des Picos de Europa " in wliich several new species and varieties are described : Mdlle. V. Grouitch has " Contribution a Tetude de la flore bacterienne du Lac de Geneve " : H. Lindenbein describes " Les Protophycees {GloROcapsomorplia prisca Zalessky) une flore marine du Silurien inferieur de la Baltique " in which he disputes Zalessky's conclusions that Gloeocaptsomorpha is a member of the Cyanophyceai but regards it as representing a new group, Proto- phycece, which shows analogies both with Cijanophyceoi and Bhodo- phycece-. K. Chodat writes on " Algues de la region du Grand St.-Bernard" in which four new genera and several new species are diagnosed: Mme. K. J. Paley on " Le periplasmodium dans les antheres de VArum maculatum L." : L. Rehfous " Sur la periodicite des bourgeons non proteges " and A. Lendner adds a paper "A propos de Fheterothallisme de Copiriniis,'''' a subject on which there seems to be at present no lack of workers. The papers in voL xii, (1921) of the same periodical are '* Etude sur les reactions chimiques pendant le gonflement de I'amidon dans I'eau chaude " by W. Lepeschkin, a series of eight notes by K. Chodat forming " Materiaux pour Thistoire des Algues de la Suisse"; '* Sur la flore vasculaire des environs de Modane, de Bardonneche et de Suze (massif du Cenis) " by G. Beauvard ; " Contribution Phyto- geographique sur le versant meridional des Alpes Pennines " by H. Guyot ; " Le probleme diu. Leucohryum candidum''' by I. Theriot; *' Kecherches sur les organes du bord des jeunes f euilles " by W. Lepeschkin ; " Phanerogamarum Novitates " by G. Beauvard, who also contributes a " Notice sur I'Herbier du Docteur Louis Bouvier." The Times of June 15 contains a long notice, with portrait, of the late Major Hesketh Yernox Hesketh Prtchard, D.S.O., who was born in India in November 1876, and died at Gorhambury, St. Albans, on June 14. A notable traveller, a big-game hunter, an excellent cricketer, a keen naturalist, and author, in collaboration with his mother, of some readable romantic novels, his most important work was done as a teacher of marksmansliip in the war, an account of which he gave in his book Sniping in France (1920). His claim to record in these pages rests upon his collections in Patagonia, presented to the National Herbai-ium, a list of which is appended to his Titrcugh book-Notes, news, etc. > 215 tlie Heart of Patagonia (1902), This was preliminary to a more complete enumeration by Dr. Kendle, wherein will be found descrip- tions of several interesting new species, many of them bearing the collector's name — e. g., Anarthrophijllum Frichard/,— appeared in this Journal for 1904. (pp. 321-334, 367-378). Although not a botanist, Prichard was a keen observer of vegetation, and his notes supply much interesting information. ^u^ Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, vol. iil. no. 1, contains new species and varieties of Cratcegus, by C. S. Sargent, and a note on the Hobart Botanical Gardens, by E. H. Wilson ; the bulk of the nnmber is occupied by a continuation of A. llehder's " new species, varieties, and combinations." The number, which has only lately reached us, bears date "July, 1921"; a reference to "January 31, 1922," on an inner page of the wrapper, indicates, however, that it cannot have been issued before that date ; in view of the fact that it contains many new species it is to be regretted that the date of actual publication is not given. In the Bulletin de la Societe Mycologique de France (xxxvii. no. 4) B. Peyronel writes on " Nouveaux cas de rapports mycorhi- ziques entre Phanerogames et Basidiom^^cetes " ; the paper records ten species of Basidiomycetes associated with Larix decidua, six with Betiila alba, five with Populus tremula, nine with Fagns sglvatica, and seven with Corylus Avellana ; but until a full account of these results is given they cannot be accepted. F. Bataille's " Flore ana- lytique et descriptive des Tuberoidees de TEurope et de I'Afrique du Nord" is of the type associated Avith the name of this author. Among the " birthday honours " we note the name of Sir F. W. Keeble, Sherardian Professor of Botany at Oxford, of whom an appre- ciation with portrait appears in the issue for June 10 of the Gardeners' Chronicle, with which journal Sir Frederick has been for many years associated. The Chronicle for June 17 contains a detailed apprecia- tion of Sir Frederick Moore^ to whose retirement from the Jioyal Botanic Garden, Glasnevin, Dublin, we have already alluded ; a tribute to Sir Frederick from Mr. W. Watson, of Kew, with portrait, appeared in the same journal for May 20. The Times for May 31st gives an account of a projDosed attempt to be made by the U.S.A. Bureau of Plant Industry to test whether the Eecidiospores of Fuccinia graminis are carried to the wheat- growing areas by high air-currents. Aii-men are to open " aerial germ-traps " at specified heights which will collect and hermetically seal a "certain amount of the upper air-stream. The black stem-rust is reckoned to be responsible for the yearly destruction of 200,000 bushels of wheat in America. The well-known Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft of Vienna is being compelled to sell parts of its herbarium in order to discharge financial liabilities. It desires to find a purchaser of its collection of European mosses, consisting of about 12,000 specimens of more than 216 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 1000 species, collected bj well-known biyologists. The price asked is £100. Particulars ma}^ be had from the General Secretary, Dr. Hans Neumayer (Wien, III./3, Mechelgasse 2). Among the series of picture-cards issued by the Trustees for sale at the Natural History Museum, are three sets illustrating exhibits in the Botanical Glaller}^. " Remarkable Plant Structures " (5 cards) depicts five of the more striking exhibits, such as the Vegetable Sheep, the Mass of Diatoms from Australia, a *' Witches Broom " and others ; " Germination of Wheat " (5 cards) reproduces a beautiful series of models ; and " Dispersal of Fruits and Seeds " (20 cards), represents a selection from the exhibit dealing with this subject. The reproductions are by photography and, especially the series on '* Germination " and " Dispersal," should be useful to school- teachers and students of botany. The cost is sixpence each for the two sets of five which are in monotone and half-a-crown for the larger set, five of which are in colour. Cards may also be bought singly. Mycologia, xiv. no. 3, contains *' Reliquiae Farlowianse " by R. Thaxter, " New or Noteworthy Rusts on Carduaceae " by H. S. Jackson, " Dark-spored Agarics (Go)npJiidius smd Sfrophat'ia) '^ hj W. A. Murrill, and " The Method of Cleavage in the Sporangia of certain Fungi " b}^ C. A. Schwarze. The Journal of Indian Botany for May contains " Notes on Indian Plant Teratology," by F. Hallberg ; a continuation of P. F. Fyson's monograph of Indian Eriocaulons, with plates ; and notes on Bengal Polyporacecd, h\ S. R. Bose. The recently issued part of the Flore gene rale de VIndo-Chine (t. vii. fasc. 3) contains the concluding portion of the Cyperacece^ by E. G. Camus, and the first instalment of the Gramineae, % M. Camus and his daughter. The New Phytologist (xxi. no. 3 ; June 1) contains a continu- ation of Walter Stiles's papers on " Permeability " and of the " Physiological Studies in Plant Anatomy " by J. H. Priestley and Editii E. North. Messrs. Gurney and Jackson have published a new edition (the tenth) of Babington's Manual, *' with emended nomenclature and an Appendix by A. J. Wilmott," of which a notice will appear iu due course. The Botanical Magazine of Tokyo for March contains a paper on new Japanese Violets by Takenoshiu Nakai, in which nineteen new species are described. To the already long list of those whose loss we have recently had to deplore must be added the name of Dr. William Carruthers, who died at Norwood on June 2, in his 93rd year. A notice will follow in due course. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREiaN. EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., FJ..S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. The Journal of Botany was established in 1863 by Seemann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G-. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast field of General Botany, the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history" of man}'^ obscure ^publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless bota-nical collections which the Museum contains. Until the beginning of the late War the Journal paid its way and even allowed a slight margin of profit ; but during that period the subscribers were reduced in number, and the continental circula- tion almost ceased. It has now regained its position, but the in- creased cost of production, which has not as j'-et been substantially reduced, has resulted in an annual deficit which at one time became so serious that the continuance of the Journal was threatened. By the generosit}^ of those who felt that its cessation would be a mis- fortune, especially for British botanists whose principal organ it has always been, the deficit has been met and an appeal is now made for an increased number of subscribers THE . JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. Communications for publication and books for review should be sent to The Editor, 41 Boston Boad, Brentford, Middlesex. Annual Subscription £1 2s. 6d. (post-free), single Numbers 2s. net each. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 8 pp. 7s. 12 copies 2pp .3s. 25 jj 4s. 50 5s. 00 „ ,, 7s. pp. 4s. 6c?. 55 5s. Od. 6s. Od. 5! 8s. Od. 9s. 10s. 6d. 12 pp. 9s. I 16 pp. 10s. 6d. „ lis. 6d. I „ 13s. „ 12s. 6d. I „ 14s. ., 14s. „ 15s. 6(1. Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. Apply to the Publishers, Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Six Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions Page £.2 Os. Qd. £1 16s. Od. each <£1 12s. Od. each" Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 ,. Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 Eighth-page 7 6 7 0 „ & & , All applications for space to be made to Mr H. A. COLLINS, 31 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. 217 WEST INDIAN HEPATIC^. By William Henry Pearson, M.Sc, A.L.S. A COLLECT roN of HepatlccB made in the West Indies by Miss Eleonora Annitage in 189G was sent to F. Stephani and named by him some years ago. It has been presented by Miss Armitage to the Manchester Muse am and I have been asked to make a list of the species. Taking advantage of the opportunity, I have examined the specimens and compared them witli those in the Museum, and have added my notes on the same and descriptions of new species. I follow Dr. Spruce's arrangement as published by Mr. A. Gepp in " Hepaticie EUiottianae " ( Journ. Linn. Soc. xxx. 331 ; 1894) except that I raise the subgenera of Lejeunece to the rank of genera, in accordance with recent writers. In my descriptions of size of stems and cells I use the relative terms suggested by Dr. Spruce in the preface to my Hepaticce of the British Isles (1902). During the preparation of the paper I have drawn twenty-three plates of figures. On account of the expense these cannot be pub- lished; meanwhile they are deposited with the specimens in the Manchester Museum. Tribus I. Jubule,^. Odontolejeuxea lunulata (Web.) Spruce. Hah. On leaf, Mountain Lake, Dominica, Jan. 189G. Ohs. The specimens in Spruce's Hep. Am. et And. Exsicc. in the Manchester Museum are male plants, with very long amentula, 30 to 3() pairs of bracts ; bracts dentate, bracteoles denticulate. Stephani says (Sp. Hep. v. 178 ; 1912) " amentula small, 6 pairs of bracts " ; the underleaves are entire, except at theii* base where the}^ are coarsely dentate, some are sagittate ; Stephani sa3's " everj^where regularly denticulate " ; Spruce says (Hep. Am. et And. p. 145 ; 1884) " wings of the perianth wide"; Stephani {op. cit.) has "wings narrow," I find them wide. Odontolejunea Armitagei, n. sp. Monoicous. Medium size ; pale brown ; dichotomous. Leaves subimbricate, patent-divergent, semi- ovate, an tical margin spinulose-serrate ; j^ostical with 2-4 teeth (2 ver}'- large) ; lobule subquadrate. Underleaves 3 to 4 times smaller than the leaves, rotund, entire. Bracts oblong-ovate ; bracteole oval- spathulate. Perianth pyriform, tricarinate, upper portion winged. Growing on the upper surface of living leaves, to which the plant is attached by the peculiar rosette bunches of radicles — as Dr. Spruce says ''like a closely rayed star," or, to use a very homely illustration, a chimney sweeper's brush ; pale to olive brown in colour ; medium size ; when wet and detached from the leaves, flaccid and delicate. Stems innovantl}'' dichotomous. the innovant branch arising, on one side only, from below the perianth. Leaves patent-divergent (70°) to almost horizontal (90°), convex, subimbricate ; lobe semi-ovate to oval, apex rounded or subacute, with 2 or 3 teeth ; antical margin Journal of Botany. — Vol. 60. [August, 1922.] q 218 THE JOUCVAL OF BOTANY spinulose-sen-ate, lo to 20 teeth, some hamate ; postical margin with usually 2 large teeth, one or two small teeth frequently added; cells medimn size, quadrate; walls somewhat thick; trigones wanting or verN^ small ; lobule decurrent, oblong-quadrate, 5 to 6 times smaller than the lobe, tumid at the base, keel rounded, comjilanate on the upper portion or involute, free margin with 2 or 3 one-celled papillae or entire. Underleaves 3 to 4 times smaller than the leaves, 2 to 3 times broader than the stem, rotund or broadl}' to longW rotund, sometimes with a narrow base and slightly winged, margin entire or rarelv near the base sparingly and minutel}^ denticulate. Inflorescence inonoicous ; $ on stem or innovant branches. Bracts smaller than the perianth, oblong-oval, margin serrate, lobule minute ; bracteole oval-spathulate, concave, sometimes slightly retuse, margin entire. Perianth pyriform, Avinged to about the middle, wings narrow, spinu- lose-dentate, antical side plane, postical with a prominent obtuse keel, entire or with 1 to 3 teeth near the apex; slightly rostellate, apex spinulose-dentate, teeth 3 to 4 cells long. Andrcecia numerous on stem or branches, amentula very slender ; cT bracts G to 14 pairs, oval, entire, lobule two-thirds smaller, entire ; bracteole obovate-cuneate. Dimensions. Stems 1 to 1^ inch long, with leaves 2-5 mm. to 3 mm. wide; leaves I'o mm. X 'T-j mm., 1-25 x '75 mm.; lobule •35 X -25 mm., '3 x '25 mm., '3 mm. x '2 mm. ; cells '03 mm. ; under- leaves '35 mm. x '35 mm., -4 mm. x "S mm. ; bracts '8 mm. X -5 nun. ; bracteole '75 mm. X -55 mm. ; perianth 1 nuu. X '(5 mm. (middle) ; teeth at apex -2 mm. ; capsule '4 mm. X '375 mm. ; male catkin •75 mm. long X -15 mm. broad ; male bracts -275 mm. X '175 mm.: male bracteole ^125 mm. X -1 mm. Hah. Mountain Lake, Dominica, Jan. 1896. Ohs. Stephani detached from a leaf and put in a separate packet stems of this species, and named it Lcjeunea lunulaia Nees. Another specimen from a palm leaf, similarly detached, he named it L. Sieher- icuio G. Both specimens are the same and monoicous. When he examined this collection Stephani was of opinion that i. Sieheriana was fovmd in the West Indies; but from his latest contribution to the subject (v. 173) he had evidently changed his views, as he only records L. Siehfriana G. from Mauritius, the original station for this species. He also records L. charophyUa only from Peru, ignoring the record of L. cliceropliylla var. 2^aroica S. from the AVest Indies in Spruce's Hep. Elliottian*, also those of A. W. Evans, "Hepaticajof Puerto Kico" in Bull. Torrey Club, xxxi. 182-22G, 1904, where L. cli(sropliyUa is given as a synonym of L. Sieheriana, following the original views of Stephani and of Schiffner. The flrst reference to L. Sieheriana from the West Indies is in a note by Spruce in Hep. Elliottianae under L. cliccroplnjUa (p. 33G) : " Stephani has lately referred this plant to L. Sieheriana Gottsch., a Mauritian species, described in Syn. Hep. p. 328, with ' foliis margine supero apiceque minute serrato-denticulatis, infere subintegerrimis ' ; whereas L. clicera'pliyUa has the leaves equally and somewhat strongly dentate all round. Moreover L. Sieheriana is said to be sterile, and WEST INDIA X IIEPATIC.F, 219 is therefore probabl}^ dioicous ; whereas I have never seen L. chcdro- phylla without perianths ; nor is any mention made of the cordate base of the stipules, so conspicuous in the latter." The next reference to the subject is the note under O. Sieheriana by Evans, /. c. 189 : " Lejeunea clicBropliyUa is here reduced to 0. Sieberiana on the authority of Schiffner, who is supported in his statements by Stephani. Both of these writers examined Sieber's type. According to Stephani, Spruce himself at one time acquiesced in the reduction ; but apparently he changed his mind later, as in Hep. Elliottianae — published shortly after his death, it is maintained that both species are distinct. The specimens of L. cliceropliylla distributed in Hep. Spruceanie have entire underleaves and perichietial bracteoles, and to this extent differ from many of the West Indian forms of O. ^ieheriana, but as the denticulation of these parts is always variable, this slight difference can hardly be considered sufficient to separate the species." L. Sieheriana was published in Syn. Hej). p. 828 : ** Habitat in Memecylo cordaio^ Insula? St. Mauritii (Sieber, Floi-a mixta n. 170)." Evans (/. c. p. 189) says ** The tj^pe-specimens are said to have been collected on the island of Mauritius, but Stephani looks upon this statement as an error due to the mixing of labels and concludes that Sieber's specimens also came from Tropical America. At all events the species has not recently been collected in Africa." Mr. Gepp, to whom we owe the editing and publication of Hep. Elliottianae, writes : *' In reply to your letter about O. clicdropliylla & O. Sieheriana, I see that Stephani sa^^s in Hedwigia (xxxiv. 1895, pp. 238-9), very distinctly, that he sent part of the type of L. Sieher- iana to Spruce several years before his death, and that Spruce at once recognised in it his L. clicerophylla, but changed his views later in Hep. Elliottianae ; that L. cli(propliyUa is a Tropical American species, and that L. Sieheriana is alleged to have come from Mauritius, but that he [Stephani] has already put that right (I do not know where) ; it does not grow in East Africa, the place of origin is false, since Sieber on his journey let his Hepaticae get mixed ; both plants belong therefore to the Tropical American flora and are doubtless identical: therefore Spruce's name cA^ro/^ 7/ y/Z/« is struck out." Sieber never went to South America ; but he did go to Mauritius, New South Wales and the Cape, in his voyage in 1822-24. According to Urban (Symb. Antill. iii. 126) he financed other travellers, viz. : — F. Kohaut to Martinique (1819-21) ; Hilsenberg & Bojer to Mauritius and Madagascar (1821-3); F. Kohaut & Jos. Schmidtto Senegal (1822) ; F. Wrbna to Trinidad (1822) ; C. Zeyher to the Cape (1822). Urban says that the " Flora Mixta " contains some Martinique plants ; I have never found out why it was called *' Flora Mixta " ; possibly it was because it contained specimens from more than one country and from more than one collector. The fact that the original type of i. Sieheriana was growing on leaves of Ilemecylon cordatuin, a Melastomaceous plant onlv recorded 220 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY from Mauritius (Flora Mixta, no. 170), and that Gottsche's descrip- tion does not apply to any of the Western species — Gottsche's accurate and illuminating descriptions are unrivalled — induces me to consider that L. Sieberiana is not the species which Stephani names as coming from Dominica. I have now to consider whether the plant is the same as L. chcero- phylla, which species I have had the advantage of studying in the specimens distributed by Spruce in Hep. Spruceanse. In O. Armitagei the leaves are more horizontall}' inserted, plane not crisped, not widely incurved at the postical margin, becoming almost funnel-shaped as Spruce aptly describes them ; antical margin spinulose-serrate, some spines hamate, not coarsely dentate, postical margin with usually two large teeth or segments (as in L. hinulafa), one or two smaller teeth frequently added, not more regularly coarsely dentate ; lobule not saccate, broader than high, not the reverse : perianth more broadly pyriform, not cuneate oblong or subcordate, winged to about a third, not nearly to the base ; bracts oblong, serrulate, not oval and distantly coarsely dentate ; bracteole oval-spathulate, sometimes slightly retuse, not oval-rotund or suborbiculate ; amentula longer and narrower, very graceful, with bracts oval, rarely subacuminate ; bracteoles oblong not oval. In the Manchester Museum there is a specimen named " Lejeunea lunulata var. paucidenfata Brasilia, opp. Caldas, Oct. 1854, G. A. Lindberg S.O.L." : this is monoicous, with short and broad amentula ; the leaves are crumpled and I cannot find any character to distinguish it from O. chceropliylla. Specimens distributed in Hep. Cub. Wrightiana; (named L. lunulata, so far as those in the Manchester Museum are concerned), as well as a specimen vaguely named " L. lunulata Weber, Hepatic in thick wood, M.V., Feb. 13," are both monoicous and I should refer them to O. cliceropliylla. O. august if oUa St., a monoicous species from Dominica, according to the description of Stephani in Sj). Hep. agrees in having two large teeth on the postical margin of leaf, but differs in the more oblong leaves, with acute apex, very large underleaves, 5 times broader than the stem, obcuneate-rotundate ; perianth narrowly pyriform, very long, 2-75 mm., nearly 3 times longer than O. Armitagei, Cyclolejeunea conyexistipa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Evans. Hah. Mountain Lake, Dominica, Jan. 1896. Ohs. Of this remarkable species an admirable description is given by Evans, /. c. 198. The leaves on some of the branches differ so widely from the stem leaves that you would naturally consider them as belonging to another species. The specimens in the Manchester Museum of C. convexistipa (Hep. Cub. Wrightiante) agree exactly with these from Dominica. Specimens named " X. convexistiim L. & L., i. patinifera Tayl. MS. Jamaica, Dr. Wright, Herb. Greville" differ slightly, but I think can only be referred to this : the disc -like gemmae which are found on the margin of the leaves of this genus are present on the plants. O. stdchydada Spruce, which has been reduced to a synonj^m of WEST INDIAN HEPATICiE 221 this species by Stephani and Evans, differs from it in its brown colour, ramification, leaves less distinctly dentate or denticulate, absence of the two ocelli, bracts more acute, perianth sub-emersed, broader below, more vase-like, amentula short, 3 to 5 pairs of bracts, not long (6 to 22 pairs, Evans, 20 pairs, Stephani). Spruce knew L. convexistipa, for he refers to it in his notes on O. truncatula S. and gives several localities for it in Hep. Elliottianaj (p. 887). Although near C. convexistipa, I consider it distinct from this species. L. surinamensis Mont, is given as a synonym of C. convexistipa by Stephani (Sp. Hep. p. 184), but on p. 187 it is described as a distinct species. The specimens under this name from Cuba, Wright, in the Manchester Museum agree with C. convexistijja. C. PERUVIANA (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Evans. Hab. Mountain Lake, Dominica, Jan. 1896. Obs. A variable species, although the leaves keep regular in shape, their antical margins vary from being entire to denticulate or spinulose, the underleaves vary in size and from being orbiculate- emarginate on the stems, are often on the branches oval-bifid ; it is a dioicous species and is to be distinguished from other species of the genus by its reddish brown colour and the frequent presence of the "utriculi," kidney-shaped water sacs at the base of some of the branches or on the stem itself ; they appear to be malformed leaves where the lobule has developed abnormally at the expense of the lobe. L. Chitonia Tayl. has been referred to C. peruviana by Spruce and Stephani ; but later Stephani reinstated it as a distinct species. Evans considers it a good species and gives {op. cit.) a ful) description and plate. Original specimens in the Manchester Museum confirm Prof. Evans's determination. L. adgJutinata Tayl. in Lond. Journ. Bot. v. p. 389 (1846) is also referred to C. peruviana by Stephani; original specimens in the Man- chester Museum ("Cayenne, Herb. Tayl.") appear to me identical with C. Chitonia (Tajd.). These specimens have been seen by Stephani, who wrote on them : " A form of L. peruviana ; what Taylor says about the stipules is not exact ; they are as robust as in most Lejeunecey Spruce, who later saw this note of Stephani, adds : " The stipules of L. peruviana do truly var}^ in size more almost than those of any Lejeunecey The stipules on the specimen in the Museum are large and much dentate. Specimens named O. peruviana in Spruce's Hep. Am. et And. Exsicc. show the different stem and branch under- leaves, as well as the kidney-shaped sacs. Under the name C. peruviana are specimens determined by Stephani (Plantse in itinere secundo per Boliviam lectae. Epiph^dl Bergwald von Espirito Santo 1600 m. leg. T. Herzog, Juni 1911). These appear to me to be very different from any form of C. peruviana that I have seen. C. ACCEDENS (G.) Evans. Hab. On leaves. Mountain Lake, Dominica, Jan. 1896. Obs. Specimens of PrionoJejeunea lepiocardia Spruce in Hep. Am. et And. Exsicc. agree with this species; according to Evans, Spruce 222 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANY had an idea that they did so. The presence of the discoid gemmae supports this view. C. MiMULA St. Sp. Hep. V. p. 192. Hah. On leaves, Mountain Lake, Dominica, Jan. 1896, Obs. The pale green colour, antical margin of leaves spinulose, the small, deeply divided and dentate underleaves, and other characters agree well with Stephanies description. PiiiONOLEJEUNEA DENTicuLATA (Nces) Syn. Hep. p. 337. Hah. Mountain Lake, Dominica, Jan. 1890. Obs. Specimens named P. denticulata var. in Spruce's Hep. Am. et And. Exsicc. (K. 1529, Manchester Mus.) agree well with those from Dominica, save that the leaves are rather more acuminate. Drepanolejeunea campanuLxVTA Spruce. Small, pale green to brown. Stems 6 to 10 mm. long, pinnate, branches few, long. Leaves distant, patent-divergent (70^) to erecto-patent (30"), twisted, semi- falcate, semi-ovate or lanceolate, acuminate, apex of le.if with a single cell, then 2-2 and 3, margin serrulate, often with a large tooth on the p jstical margin near the lobule, about 10 serrate teeth on the antical, fewer and smaller on the postical margin ; cuticle smooth or slightly papillose; cells small, quadrate or oblong-quadrate, walls thick, no trigones, 2 ocelli on some of the leaves ; lobule 3 to 4 times smaller, tumid, oval or oblong, free angle toothed, keel smooth. Underleaves minute, twice the breadth of the stem, obcuneate, bifid to \ or bi- partite to middle or below, segments divergent, subulate, 2 single cells, then 2-3, disc 3 cells deep by 0 cells wide. Inflorescence dioicous, 9 on short branches, proceeding from stem or branch ; bracts large, oblong acuminate, sen-ate, lobule narrow, oblong, serrate; bi-acteole cuneate, bifid to \, segments acute, serrate. Perianth not seen. Amentula long, 6 to 10 pairs of bmcts, bracts globose, lobule almost equal in size to lobe, keel fringed with large papilla. ; mon- androus. Dimensions. Stems -05 mm. diam. ; leaves, lobes "4 mm. X 2 mm., •85 mm. X '2 mm., -3 nnn. X '2 mm., '3 mm. X "1 mm., '15 mm. X '1 mm., •075 mm. x '05 mm., cells '02 mm., -03 mm. x '015 mm. ; underleaves •1 nmi. X -075 mm., bracts '6 nnn. X '175 mm., bi-acteole -3 X "175 mm., segments '1 mm., amentula -05 mm. long X '2 mm. Hah. On leaves, Mountain Lake, Dominica, Jan. 1896. Obs. This was named L. inclioata Meissn. by Stephani ; not being satisfied with this determination I was inclined to consider it a new species and as such sent it to Prof. Evans for his opinion. He wrote : " Your new Drepanolejemiea is different from anything I have seen from Puerto Rico and seems to represent a good species. It might be Avell, however, to compare it with Spruce's D. campanulata, with which it has many features in common. Since the closely related jD. infimdihidata grows in the West Indies, D. campanulata is per- haps to be expected there also." Fortunately Dr. Spruce's Herbarium is in the Manchester Museum, so I have had the opportunity of examining all his specimens of this beautiful but very minute and difficult genus. There are two packets labelled D. campanulata, containing, as Prof. Evans says, two species of Drepanolejeunea, but WEST INDIAN ilLTATIC-E 223 all very fragmentary. I was able to pick out a few steins which agree well with those from Dominica ; the latter also are very meagre and too im])erfect to base a new species upon. D. iNCiiOATA (Meissn.) Syn. Hep. p. 3 13, ^ THE JOURNAL OF HOT AST Y gi}(>log'ical work — lie was a Fellow of the Geological Society —this is not the place to s[)eak, except in so far as it was associated with botany. In that connexion he read before the Geologists' Association in 1880 a paper, of which an abstract was given in this Jonrnal (1880, p. (J2), on the g-eolog-ical and other canses of the distribntion of the Hritish Flora ; his Hrst review in these pages — of Kidston's Palceozoic Plants — appeared in 188G (p, 285), Since 1884^ he had been lecturer on botanv and geology at the City of London College. (Questions of plant-distribution always interested hiin ; in 1912 he contributed to the "Temple Primers " series a useful little volume on Plant Geo- (jraphif. For some time before Boulger's death, his friends had noticed slight indications of failing health. But he continued his work with his usual energy, and it was with a feeling of shock that the news of his death was received. He was taken ill on the 2Uth of April and dijd at his residence at Richmond, Surrey, on May \. He was buried in Richmond Cemetery on the 9th, many of his scientiKc friends testifying by their presence at the grave or at the requiem wliich l)rdceded the interuient the regard in which his momory was held. It would be an injustice to Boulger were this notice to conclude without some allusion to what lie wouhl certainly have regarded as the chief interest of his life, A convert in 18S8 to the Catholic Church, he was not only personally a devout follower of her teachings, but both by precept and example endeavoured to promote her interests. Apart from purely spiritual associations, his work in connexion with the Society of St. V^incent de Paul— a charitable lay association devoted to relieving the spiritual and tem[X)ral necessities of the Catholic poor — brought him into communication with others than his co-religionists ; in the councils of that body, as well as locally, he held a prominent position, and his devotion to its interests, added to his sti*enuous efforts in other directions, doubtless accelerated his death, which may be attributed in great measui-e to overwork. For the iuforuuition as to Boulger's early days 1 am indebted to his niece Miss Ethel Chawner, of Lyndhurst : she adds : " We often h*ard him speak of you and always with aft'ection as an old and v.ilued friend.'' James Britten. THE TYPE-SPECIES OF BIGNOXIA. By T. A. Spracie, B.Sc, F.L.S. TuE getuis Bignonia Tourn,, as defined by Linn;eus in 17o3-4, included species of CataJpa (1), GcJscmiuni (2), JJoxantha (;i), Gifdista (^Ai), Amphilophium (5), Tancpcium (ij), AnisosticIiKs (7), Tahebuia sensu Benth. et Hook f. (8), Artjiflia (9), Camps'n (10), Ampelopsis (11), Sfenolobiam (11, Plumier synonym), Groxi/luni (12), Pajanelia (12/3) and Jacaranda (13) ; the numbers in brackets correspond with the species of Bif/nonia in Sp, Pi, ed, I, G22-5. THE TVPE-SPECTES OF BfOXOXTA 2.37 Biqnonia L. (ITo^^) tliu.s comprised six genera of Bifjnoniece and seven of Tecomete besides one eacli of Lotjaniacece and Vitacew. Bureau (Monogr. IJignon. 44, t. 7; ISGl), followed by K. Schumann, regarded 7i.«*;iy«/.s'-tv?y/ {Boraufha nmpds-cati) as the type; Britton (111. Fl. ed. 2, iii. 2;J7 ; 1918), on tlie other hand, stated that tlie typo-species was B. radicaus {(Jainpais radicans). Jiritton\s con- clusion, if conlinued, would entail the re-naming of the tribe Bh/- noniece, since, according to liis view, Bit/nonia is one of the Tecomrcc {Cfif/ipsfV). Foi-tunately, however, there api)ears to be no doubt that B. cupreolata {Aniaosfichua capreolatus) is the ty|)e-species, wjiether under the recent American Regulations for fixing generic types {Science, n. s. xlix. ;3:33 ; 1919), or according to the method of " residue," As Biqnonia was originally described ))y Tournefort (Klem. Bot. 183, t. 72; 1694), the type should be selected from those species common to Tournefort's Element and the first edition of the Species Flanfarum, namely from B. tmr/ftis-cafi, cequinoctialis, cnpreohita, radicans and imlica (Amer, Beg., Art, 7, c). Linnaeus (Gen. PI, ed. 5, 278) cited Tournefort's plate, which is decisive (Art. 6, b). B. capreolata was the species fujured by Tournefort (Elem, Bot. t. 72, fig. A-])^ — the capsule apparently represents some other ]5ignoniad), and should tiieiefore be accepted as the type-species (Art. 7, a, 2), The hisforicallf/ oldeai species (Art, 7, e), on the other hand, appears to be B. radicans {GeUeminum Indicum maximum fore pliodui ceo Ferrarius, Fl, Cult, 19(j, 199: 1G88 ; Geheminum, ederaceum Indicum Oornutus, Hist, 102 cum, ic, ; 1G85). B. capreo- lata, however, was well-known to botanists in the second half of the seventeenth century. It had been recorded in 1058 and l(iG9 as cultivated in the Botanic Garden, Blois (Clematis tetraphi/llos Americana Brunyer, Hort, Keg, Bles, 19; M orison, Hort, Me^. Bles. Auct. 54) ; and in 1665 in the Paris Botanic (ianlen {Clematis tetrapliylJos Americana Bif/ital is Jf ore ^o\Wii\\ei, Hort, Keg, Par. €>''^). Boccone saw it in gardens at Florence during the following decade {Clematis tetraphi/lla Americana Boccone, Ic. 31, t, 15, fig, 8; 1674) ; and Zanoni had it in cultivation at Bologna for a long time previous to 1675 {Clematide tetraphyUa Americana Zanoni, 1st. Bot, 74, t, 28; ed, Montius, 49, t. 83, as Bif/nonia American<( capreoJis donata siliqua hreviori), Dodart described and figured it indepen- dently in 1676, and suggested that a new genus might be established for the reception of this species and Gelsemium ederaceum indicum — " Cette plante et le Jasserain d'Inde a fieur pourpree pourroient faire un genre particulier, parce que leurs Heurs et leurs gi-aines sont tout-a-fait semblables {CJematis Americana siliquosa teiraphyllos Dodart, Mem. 71). This suggestion was carried out in 1694 by the publication of the genus Bignonia Tourn, Breyne observed B. ca- preolata in flower in 1679 in Beverningk's garden in Holland {Clematis Americana uliginosa tetrapliyllos Breyn. Prodr. ed. 2, 20; 1789). Thus B. capreolata had become widely cultivated in France, Italy and Holland fifteen years before the publication of Tournefort's Elemens. 238 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY If we follow the method of " residue," the result is the same; Of the fifteen genera included in Bignonia L. (1753), twelve had been segregated by the year 1838. B. nnguis-cati and B. aquinoctialis were separated byMiers in 1863 as types of the new genera Doxantha and Cydisfa respectively (Proc. Hort. Soc. iii. 189, 191; 1863). There remained only B. cajpreohita^ which Miers had referred to Doxatitha, but which was segregated by Bureau In 1864 as the type of a new genus Anisostichus. Seemann, in reviewing Bureau's Monograpliie, remarked that " it is really high time that botanists should come to some understanding as to what is to be regarded as the type of Bignonia,'''' and came to the conclu&ion " that the genus Biqnonia would exist no longer, except as a receptacle of species not yet examined by any competent authority " ( Journ. Bot, 1864, 356). It is hoped that B. caj^reolata may now be recognised as the type- species. As the names Bignonia and Doxanilia were transposed by K. Schumann in Die Natilrliclien Pflanzenfamilien and in Marfius, Flora Brasiliensis, it seems advisable to give the synonymy of the two genei-a. Miers explicitly stated that B. ttnguis-cati was the type-species of Doxantha ; hence it is inadmissible to use the name ioxantha for a genus in which B. unguis-cati is not included. Bignonia [Tourn. Elem. 133, t. 72 ; 1694] L. Sp. PL 622 (1753) ; Gen. PL ed. 5, 273 (1754), emend. Anisosticlnis Bur. Monogr. Bignon. 43, t. 6 (1864). Doxantha K. Schum. in Nat. Pflanzenfam. iv. 3 B, 216 (1894), et in Mart. Fl. Bras. viii. pars. 2, 10, non Miers emend. T3'pe-species : B. caiireolata L. Judging from the description, B. calif ornica Brandegee {Zoe, v. 170 ; 1903) appears to be congeneric. Doxantha Miers. in Proc. Eoy. Hort. Soc. iii. 189 (1863), emend. ; Seem, in Journ. Bot. 1864, 356. Bignonia Bur. Monogr. Bignon. 40, t. 7 (1864) ; K. Schum. in Nat. Pflanzenfam. iv. 3 B, 226, et in Mart. Fl. Bras. viii. pars 2, 10, 281 ; non L. emend. Type-species : B. tmguis-cati L. SHORT NOTES. An Abnormal Primrose. A primrose with considerably abnormal flowers was found in Culvery Woods, Pensford, Somerset, on April 29th, 1922 : calyx deeper coloured than usual, more hairy and not contracted at the throat ; corolla was funnel-shaped with an open throat, green with yellow markings at the throat, while the laminae were wrinkled, glightly emarginate and ciliate ; stamens short, joined to the corolla 6 mm. fi'om the base of the tube, the whole length of the corolla beino- 21 mm. ; style much elongated, exceeding by 3-4 mm. the wide throat of the corolla and with longer hairs ; stigma bi-lobed, the lobes sometimes long and bending l)aek to form a crutch ; ovary much elongated, hairy, laterally compressed, with 5 longitudinal ridges. SHORT NOTES 239 formed l\v folds in the thin wall ; placentation free-central. All the Howers of the plant were similar : the particular interest of the speci- men seems to be the bi-lobed stigjna, occurring in a phmt which is usually considered to have 5 carpels. The foliage-leaves and general growth of the plant showed no special peculiarities, but since Penzig makes no mention of this abnormality, the fact seems worthy of record. — L. Batten. An Early Hudson's Bat Collector. In the Banksian Herbarium are a considerable number of sheets endorsed in Banks's hand " Hudson's Bay, 1773." We had always assumed that these were of Banks's own collecting, and it was only latel}^ tliat, the matter havnig attracted notice, it became evident that he never went to Hudson's Bay, nor does his correspondence throw any light on their acquisition. One of the species collected — Pulmonaria (now J/er- tensia) paniculata — is described in Hort. Kew. i. 182 (1789) from Solander's MSS., with the information : " Introd. 1778 bv Daniel Charles Solander " ; Solander (MSS.) localises the plant: "Habitat ad Sinum Hudsoni American septentrionalis," but says nothing as to the collector; he himself was never at Hudson's Bay. Sims (Bot. Mao-. 2680 (1826) says: "Originally introduced to the Kew Garden by the late Dr. Solander, in 1778." The Banksian specimen and the plant introduced to the Kew Garden doubtless had a common origin ; but who collected in Hudson's Bay in 1773 ? — James Britten. JuNCUS cONGLOMERATus L. This is put down in most Floras and in Pryor's Fl. of Herts as " common." But I believe it much scarcer here, at any rate, than is supposed : and at Midhurst, Sussex, last week, for hundreds of J. effmus there was, perhaps, one of conglomeratus. There is the compact, early-flowering form of J. effusus, which in a general view simulates it so closely as to be easily mistaken for it, especially as the capsule darkens to nearly the same colour, and it often possesses at the tip of the capsule a slight point (noticed by Sturm, Beutsclilands Flora). This misleads one into thinking one has found the apiculate capsule of some authors, more properly diagnosed for J. conglomeratus by Babington : — "The mucro in the hollowed top of the capsule resembles a little hill beai-ing the style." In the Hitchin district in 1921, I am not sure that I found more than a single plant of J. conglomeratus for thousands of J. efusus. I was studying the areas closely for J. dijfusus Hoppe, which I found in two. I should be interested to learn if J, conglomeratus has large areas where it is common or dominant. There is one point which I cannot quite clear uj3 : Babinp-ton speaks of the sheaths at the base as " inflated " ; I can only find them rather loose, not larger in the centre than elsewhere. — J. E. Little. Kanunculus Lingua in E. Gloucester. A specimen of Ranun- culus Lingua L. has just been sent me from East Gloucestershire : the first trustworthy record for v. c. 33. From the same county a golden-yellow flowered privet has been forwarded to me, the nature of which I cannot yet determine : later I hope to grow it on in the garden for the purposes of comparison. — H. J. Eiddelsdell. 240 THE JOURNAL OF UOTANY HE VIEWS. Manual of British Boiaiiy containing the Flowering Plants and Ferns arranged according to the Natural Orders by Charles Caudale Babixuton, M.A., F.R.S., E.L.S., late Trofessor of Botany in the University of Cambridge. Tenth Edition with amended Nomenclature and an Appendix edited by A. J. AViLMOTT, B.A., F.L.S., Assistant in the Department of Botany, British Museum. Small or. 8vo, pp. liv, 612. Thin i)aper. cloth limp. 10^'. net. Gurney & Jackson. A publishers' note informs us that " the demand for this Manual, which for seventy years has been the only critical work, in a ix)rtable form, on the J^ritish Flowering Plants, Ferns, etc., has necessitated the ])reparation of a Tenth Edition " ; this, Mr. Wilmott tells us in his preface, " is, with two exce]jtit)ns, a re])rint of the last : at the late Mrs. Babington's recjuest 1 undertook to bring the names np to date, and to add a short apj)endix to include the most important additions to our knowledge of the Britisli flora." There is, however, a curious alteration on the titlepage for whieli, we understand, tlie publishers are responsible, whereby the words '*the late," prefixed in the ninth edition to the author's name, are ti-ansferrcd to his Cambridge a})pointment, thus suggesting tliat Babint>ton still lives but has abandoned his professorsliij). Another eccentricity, for which we presume the ])ublishers are also i-esponsible, is the citaticm of "press notices of the third edition," the ])resent bein^ the tenth. They are, however, to be thanked tor the convenient ^'orm in which the edition is produced ; thin paper, limp binding, and rounded corners make it a ])Ocketable volume. The mention of the ninth edition brings us at once to a serious omission which, both fi-om a botanical and a bibliogra])liical stand- point, detracts from the value of the ])rescnt issue, l^eyond the reference to "the last" edition quoted above, we find no reference to the ninth ; and the work of Messrs. Groves, which greatly increased its usefulness and indeed gave the Manual a new lease of life, is not even alluded to. Babington's i)reface to the eighth edition (1881) — the last for which he was responsible — is rightly reprinted; but the preface to the ninth (1904) which is equally essential to the under- standing of the volume is omitted. We trust that, in the event of a reissue, this serious defect will be repaired, or at least that the blank page following Mr. Wilmott's preface will be utilised so far as to convej^ some of the important information which the preface con- tains ; some explanation is certainly needed of the initials of the brothers Groves which follow the footnotes added by them to Babington's text and, in the absence of any reference to their work, must puzzle the younger students who use the Manual. This work included, as stated in their preface, the making of '* a large number of alterations in names and authorities " ; in this new edition the nomenclatui-e has been further " amended," and the Vienna Code has been de]mrted from on the lines indicated by Mr. Wilmott in our last issue (p. 200, n. .")). As to the desirability of BABIXGTON's AJAXUAL of BRITISH BOTANY 241 this we ex})ress no opinion ; it appears that tlie departure was made " with Mrs. 13abington's consent." The alterations necessitated hy Babington's "nietliod of giving binoniinals to his /■>, y, etc." were, however, " not permitted," and the method was retained, though contrary to the code. There is something comic in the exercise of tliis ]>ower of binding and loosing by a lady wliose only chiim to botanical recognition was the relation in which she stood to the author of the Manual, the copyright of wliich she held. Mr. Wilmott's *' main endeavour has been to make the names correct," and those who know how much attention he has given to (piestions of nomenclature will share his " hope that [this] is now fairly accurate." Even since the printing of "'the greater part of this reprint," however, further changes became necessary ; these, so far as they ''appear to be cei-tainly well founded, are included in the corrigenda." It may be useful to ])oint out that they appear on the back of the half-title, facing p. 1 ; there is no table of contents, and the corrigenda may easily be overlooked. A comparison of the names here adopted with those in ed. 1) wouhl probably lead to interesting results: we note that Mliuiartia^ adopted in ed. 9, in accordance with Mr. Hiern's conclusions published in this Journal for 1899, is here re])laced in the text by Jlsinc; in the corrigenda, however, Ahine is in its turn suj^erseded and Minitartia restored. This and similar occurrences suggest that ed. 9 has been insufficiently consulted — thus Mr. Wilmott in his preface says that "the use of Mifosotis acorpioides L. emend, llendle audi l^ritten [1907] is correct," but the name as restricted appears in ed. 9 (1901); moreover in the text of the present edition the name stands more accurately as " M. scorpioides L. emend. Hill." Of the " continual change," which Mr. Wilmott rightly regaixls as '• unfor- tunate," his edition affords an example of striking rapidity : the ])lant known to most of us as Yicia r/racilis Loisel stands in the text (p. 99) as V. fenaiasima Schinz & Thell. ; hut this is in its turn replaced in the coirigenda by V. varia Wilmott — a name which we believe has not hitherto been published. Myosoton Moench i-e})laces Malachium Fries — Cerasfium '^ vicosum'" on the same page (64) is })resumably a misprint. We note that Mr. Wilmott retains the name Koeleria apleiideiis, which was discussed in this Journal for 1906 (p. 104). A notable alteration throughout is "the attempt [that] has been made to cite the author who Hrst gave the name the (approximate) connotation expressed in this book [e. g. " Cnielidonium L. em. Crantz "]. It was difficult in some cases to determine exactly Avhat limits the professor [Babington] intended, but it was assumed that the diagnosis included everything known which it did not exclude." The princi])le thus indicated is in accordance with Art. 44 of the Vienna Code; but Mr. Wilmott does not seem to have applied it consistentlj' : e.g. if it be advisable to write '"''ClieJidonium L. era. Crantz " — presumably because Crantz referred to Glaucium certain species placed l)y Linn;eus in Chrlidouium, — it would appear that '"' Adonia L." should l>e equally restricted ("emend.") by reference 242 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY to the author who first limited that genus by the separation or omission from it of Knowltonia {Adonis ca_pensis L.). Incidentally we note that emendation is indicated in different ways — " Cheli- doiiium Linn. em. Crantz," " Trifolium Linn, em., Koch," *' Lupinus Linn, diagn. em., DC." The necessity for these restricted references is set forth by Mr. Wilmott in a somewhat ex cathedra statement which we confess our inability to follow: the rendering of **make out" by "facio" seems to us open to criticism: " Identification consists in saying what you make out (facio) the specimen to be the same as (idem). As the descriptions and figures are not always similar, and the plants var}^ identification should consist in citing the descrip- tion, figure, or specimen Avith wdiich a specimen has been matched. The use of a name is only a brief way of referring to some descrip- tion in order to avoid either giving a new one for every specimen recorded, or preserving every specimen. The source whence the name is taken should therefore be indicated if the identification is to be definite. If this is done, it becomes relatively immatei-ial which of two or three names is used, since the meaning is always discoverable." The botanical interest of the book of course centres in the second Appendix — the first, to which no reference is made in the preface, contains Mr. Rogers's conspectus of Buhl and is reprinted from the ninth edition. In the second, which occupies thirtj^ p^^ges, " only the more important advances " of the last seventeen years are included. Mr. Wilmott says " it was difficult to decide what to omit," and he was well advised to exclude a large number of so-called " varieties " based on trivial characters. But it is surprising to note the absence of any reference to Ilieracium and Saxifraga, which have received much attention during the last seventeen years : E. S. Marshall's careful description of new species or forms of these genera in this Journal for 1913 and 1918 should, we think, have been noted ; the omission of Nitdla spanioclada, figured and described in our volume for 1919, is, we presume, due to inadvertence. Many of the genera are treated at considerable length : Fumaria occupies more than four pages ; other examples are AlchemiUa, Rhinanthus, Saliconiia, Orchis, TJlmus, Polygonum, Orchis, and Koeleria. We think that in some of these cases reference should have been made to the sources whence the information was obtained and where it might be supplemented : Salicornia and JJlmns, for example, are figured and fuUv treated in the Cambridge British Flora ; and for Orchis and Epipactis the papers in this journal by Messrs. Stephenson and Col. Godfery (not " Godfrey") might have been indicated. While welcoming this tenth edition on behalf of those for whom it has been undertaken, we must express a fervent hope that it will be the last. Mr. Williams in his review of the ninth edition (Journ. Bot. 1904, 272) expressed regret that the time and trouble expended by the Messrs. Groves in " polishing up and trimming a Manual which marked a closed chapter in British botany" should not have been bestowed upon producing a British Flora of their own. The reo-retted death of one of the brothers and the concentration of the survivor upon a group which demands all his attention must prevent BABINGTON's MAXUAL of BRITISH BOTANY 243 the realisation of such a liope ; but there are others, including Mr. Wilmott liimself, who might combine in producing a thoroughly satisfactory handbook to British botany. Even though the hand which has, since the death of its author, controlled the destinies of the Manual is now removed, it would be futile again to attempt to patch up a work which in the past has been of incalculable service to British botanists. TJie Call of the Wildfloiver. By HE^iRT S. Salt. Cr. 8vo, cloth, pp. 192, price Qs. net. Allen and Unwin. In this pleasant little book, Mr. Salt turns his attention from the animals, with whose wrongs he is a well-known sympathiser, to flowers, with which "it is as friends, not garden captives or herbarium specimens, that the flower-lover desires to be acquainted." To know them he must see them in their native haunts, and this Mr. Salt has done, " starting from the coast of Sussex " — a county which figures largely in his book — " and ascending to the high mountains of Wales and the north-west." He laments that " books mostly fail, not only to portray the life of the plant, but even to give an intelligible account of its habitat and appearance " ; formulates the usual objection, first we think expressed by Thomas Hood, who said that if we really loved flowers we should'nt give them such hard names ; and, in a chapter headed '* Botanesque," criticizes " botanical phraseology." The book however is a very favourable specimen of its kind; Mr. Salt has a genuine enthusiasm for wild flowers, and has observed them in many and various localities, and his description of these and of the plants themselves is accurate as well as sympathetic. There is an amusing chapter on " the lying legend " " Trespassers will be prosecuted" — " trespassers will 7«o^ be prosecuted, for the sufticient reason that in English law trespassing is not an offence provided they do no sort of damage and that if their presence is objected to they j^olitely retire " : he sometimes descends to puns — " orchistra " for a chalkpit abounding in orchids and " Anne-Prattle," which is rather cruel, for Miss Pratt did good work in her way. He is properly severe on vandalism such as that displayed by the * gentleman,' who came with two gardeners in a motor and departed laden with " Gentiana verna for his private rockery .... such a botanist, if botanist he can be called, deserves to be himself transplanted or trans- ported— to Botany Bay." The book is well printed ; but one wonders why the names of genera, with rare exceptions, begin with a small letter. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. We regret to announce the death of the Kev. John Vaughan, who since 1909 has been a Canon Kesidentiary of Winchester Cathedral ; he preached in the Cathedral on the morning of Sunday 244 THE .TOUIIN.U. OF BOTANY July 9, but was immediately afterwai-ds taken ill and removed to his house in the Close, where he died the following morning. He was born at Finchingfield, Essex, where his father was. Vicar, on Jan. 22, 1855 ; was educated at Felsted School and graduated M.A. at Corpus Christi College in 187G. Ordained in 1-ermin- 246 THE JOURNAL OF 330TANY ation has not j^et been conclusively proved." Mr. Ramsbottom con- troverts this statement, basing his arguments on the following facts : 1. The roots of all orchids growing naturally have fungi in their roots, the fungus being always the same species ; 2. The fungi throughout the OrchidacecB are species of Bhizoctonia {s 'ntu Bernard) ; 3. The only fungus bringing about germination is the one from the roots of the parent plant ; 4. Orchid seedlings, both native and cultivated, alvva\'S show the fungus from the earliest stages of development; 5. The fungus must be beneficial, harmful, or of no effect. Comparative experiments show that in the case of Odonto- glossum germination occurs only when the ** Odontoglossum fungus" is present. Thp: Tiveniy-seventh Annual Hepot't of the Moss Exchange Chih (Arbroath: T. Buncle & Co., 1922) is pervaded by a sad tone and laments the death of two valued members of more than twenty years' standing — LI. J. Cocks, of Esher, and E. Cleminshaw, of Birming- ham ; also the illness and resignation of the Secretary, Mr. William Ingham, who has so ably served the Club for man}^ years. The Treasurer tells us that the Club has become weakened by death, sickness, and resignation, and that its future management is under consideration. He points out that the Beginners' Section, started under the care of E. C. Horrell in 1900, has tended to split off and become an independent society and is thus a source of weakness instead of strength to British Bryology : amalgamation w^ould reduce the present working expenses. The lists of specimens contributed to the Club show that an increased interest was taken in ^pliagnacecB during the past year. In the critical notes will be found a number of corrections of bryological records for the counties of Worcester, Stafford, Warwick, and Hereford. The Journcd of the Department of Agriculture, published at Pretoria, is devoting attention to the noxious weeds of South Africa, which, "owing to the alarming rapidity of their spread in recent years, are becoming increasingly dangerous to pasturage, wool, and other agricultural pursuits." The number for June contains a paper by K. A. Lausdell, Assistant in the Division of Botany, on the ger- mination and growth of Dodder {Cuscuta cliinensis Lam.) with numerous illustrations and suggestions to its eradication. To the same number, the Agrostologist to the Division, Sydney M. Stent, contributes a paper on '* Dubbeltje (2V/6w/i/s terrestris) and Geeldik- kop in Sheep " — the latter being the popular name of a disease mainly caused by the Tribiilus and deriving from it the name trihulosis. "Dubbeltje" is applied also to Eniex australis and Pretrea zangue- barica, which also have spine-armed fruits ; but the Tribulus (of which a figure is given) is the principal culprit. PRorESSOB Trelease, of Illinois University, sends us the second edition, revised, of his Plant Materials of Decorative Gardening. By its aid it is claimed that the question "What is that plant? * — "difficult to answer unless flowers are present, because the ordinary Manuals make use of flower and fruit characters — may be answered easily for over 1000 trees and shrubs, including those most commonly planted in the eastern States and in northern Europe, from foliage BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 247 only." The introduction contains directions for using the keys provided as a means to the determination of the genera, and "is followed by a " systematic arrangement of the plant materials " with keys to species under each genus; the orders are brielly and the genera very fully described. This little book, which is convenient for handling and of pocketable size, may be obtained from the author at Urbana, Illinois, for a dollar— " postpaid if order is accompanied by cash." An instructive note On the Calif orniaii '' Delesseria quercifolia " is supplied by Dr. Carl Skottsberg' ( University of California Publi- cations in Botany, vol. 7, pp. 427-436, 1 pL, 1922), who shows that, though this alga has been issued as conspecific with the true B. quercifolia Eory from subantarctic America and is closely allied to it, yet it does differ both in habit and anatomy. Further, he surveys the history oi Delesseria and points out that 'if D. sanguinea be recognized as the type of Delesseria, then the British species D. sinuosa must be excluded and Kiitzing's genus Fliycodrys must be restored for it (as has already been done by Batters in his Cata- logue, 1902, where the plant becomes P. ruhens (Huds.) Batt.), and will also include P. quercifolia (Bory) Skottsb. and P. Setchellii Skottsb., under which name is described the Calif ornian alga which had been wrongly referred to Delesseria quercifolia. — A. Gr. The Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany, xlv. no. 305; June 20: 12^.) contains a paper by B. Millard Griffiths on "The Heleoplankton of the Berkshire Pools," which includes figures and descriptions of a new Feridinium (P. Suttoni) ; and the conclusion of the account of the plants collected in New Caledonia and the Isle of Pines in 1914 by Mr. R. H. Compton— the Hepatica^, with two plates and numerous new species, are elaborated by Mr. W. H. Pear- son ; the Marine Algse by Mr. Gepp ; the Freshwater ' Al'gje by Dr. Nellie Carter, with a new genus of Stiyomenacece {Bosaria), some new species and a plate; Charophyta by Mr. James Groves {Nitella Comptonii sp. n. with j^late) ; Lichens by Miss Lorrain Smith, with a new genus of Pannariacece {Lepidoleptoyiuni) and some new species ; Fungi by Miss E. M. Wakefield, with two new species. The aim of M. Henri Leclerc in his Precis de Phytotherapie (Masson, Paris, 12 fr. net) is to convince his readers "que le medecine des simples, si chere a nos a'ieux, debarrassee, grace aux lumieres des methodes actuelles, des obscurites qui I'enveloppaient et des legendes qui la defigui-aient, est encore capable de rendre des services." With this object he has brought together an interesting and carefully compiled epitome of the works of the older writers (so far as these relate to the medical uses of plants) whose observations have been confirmed by long experience and are supported by recent investigations, including those of the author. The little book is thus a successor, brought up to date, of the " herbals " which at one time held an important place in popular medical practice; although relating to the French flora, it will be of service to others interested in the subject. 248 THE JOURNAL OF HOT ANT Wk are gUul to announce that, after an interval of six years, it has been found possible to resume the publieatioi*. of Hooker s Icoiies Flantarutn, of which the fourth part ot vol. i. (fiftli series) was issued in June. Tliis is entirely the work of Dr. Stapf and contains full descriptions and figures of grasses, largely from Tropical Africa, which have already beon diagnosed by that author in the Flora of Tropical Africa and elsewhei-v. Two new genera are established — Dihrtfropoijon (t. ;iSU3), " sectio Fieslio AiulrojMH/onis in'oxhnus''' and OififiiiSi'a (t. ;3100) for a plant which *' in the course of time has become connected with no fewer than nine mostly widely different genera — a veritable Odyssey, hence the name." The titlepage and index to the volume are included in the part. AVe note that " the impression of the Icones is limited to 250 copies, and the work will not be reprinted.'' The thinl ^Lemolr issued by the Botanical Survey of South Africa (Pretoria, 10>-. iSd.) is devoted to the South African Ci/peracece, and mainly consists of notes on the genera. '* including an account of tht)ir geographical distribution, the descriptions of the plates, the South African material of the species illustrated, their geographical distribution, and here and thei-e remarks on them." There are also morphological and ecological notes and a selected bibliography. The Mem«)ir is illustrated by eighty excellent plates, in which ai-e repre- sented every genus mentioned in the Flora Vapensis and as far as possible every section of the larger genera. The elucidation of new species and genera is deferred for future publication ; the aim of the present is "to give a nucleus of well-determined sjwcies by a number of faithful illustrations." Messrs. Llzac have published (2*-. n.) a pamphlet on The Soma Plant, by Braja Lai Mukhcrjee, M.A. "This plant," says the author, "has been variously described in Ayurvedic woi'ks. but most of tliem, if not all, seem to have drawn materials fi-om imagination, and schoLirs who have attempted to identify this plant have based their theories on a text which has not been traced.'' After a cai*eful comparison of Vedic texts and other sources, Mr. Mukherjee concludes that " the old identification of Soma with Asclepias aciJa, Sarco- s tenia hrevistigma or as Ephedra ralf/aris or Peri pi oca aphi/lla which was based on one only text quoted from an unknown ])Ost Vedic author is not confirmed by Yaidic text, and we l)elieve that the luueh-revered King Soma is no other than Cannabis saliva of modern commerce." No. 8 of the Journal of the Botanical Society of South Africa contains a paper by Mrs. L. Bolus on the Geraniacece of the region, with a da vis to the genera and species and a plate showing tloral details of each, Mrs. Bolus also reprints from an earlier number, now out of print, papei-s on South African Heaths. The botanical sections of the Meniorias do Insfituto de Butantan (vol.i. fasc.5), published in April, contains an account with descriptions of the Melastomacete contained in various Brazilian herl)aria by F. C. Hoehne. Many new species are describe:!, and there is a full list of the specimens exanuned. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, 'K.C.S.G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. The Jourxal of Botaxy was established in 1863 bv Seeinann. In 3872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Bakei- and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occup\^ the v^ast held of General Botan}', the Journal has from its inception tilled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attituie has been maintained. While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. Until the beginning of the late War the Journal paid its way and even allowed a slight margin of profit ; but during that period the subscribers were reduced in number, and the continental circula- tion almost ceased. It has now regained its position, but the in- creased cost of production, which has not as yet been substantially reduced, ha> resulted in an annual deficit which at one time became so serious that the continuance of the Journal was threatened. By the generosity of those who felt that its cessation would be a mis- fortune, especially for British botanists whose princi])al organ it \va< always been, the deficit has been met and an appeal is now made for an increased number of subscribers JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. Price Sice Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Bra wings for Sowerby's ' Enghsh Botany ' (pp. 276). By F. A. GAKKr. Price JFive Shillings. Flora of Gribraltar. By Major A. H. AVollet-Dod (pp. 153). ..'-, , ,.. J* rice Three Shillings. The British Jioses, excluding Eu-Caninje (pp 141), \j\ Major A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. The Genus Fumaria m Britain (with plate). B\ H. W. Pugslet,. B.A. Price Half -a -crown. The British Willows. ')^\ the Rev. E. F. LtntOiV, M.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Jioses (i)p. 07). By Major A. H. Woi,LEr-Doi). Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A. Dallmats% F.L.S. {2s. each.) ^ . Price JLighteen-'pence. Supplements 2 and o to tlie Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists (1.?. Qui. each). British Euphrasife. \^\ Cedrtc BucivXall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius,; an Alphabetical Index to Linna^us's ' S23ecies Plantaruni,' ed. 1. Comi)iled by W. P. Htern, M.A., F.K.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Brittex, F.L.S. Linnseus's ' Flora Anglica.' A Revised Arrangement of British Koses. Bj' Lt.-(.'ol. A. H. WoLLEY-DoD. Prices in all cases net, post free. SPECIAL OFFER OF VOLUIYIES. The stock of the earlier Volumes is getting- very low ; it is now imj)Ossil)le to make up a set going back farther than to 1883, and onlj^ one snch set can be completed. The 36 vols. 1883 to 1918 are offered at ^35 ; two sets from 1885 to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at <£31 10s. OJ. per set. The disposal of these sets will prevent any long series being supplied in future, and the rarer of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce; the few remaining copies will be sold at 30s. each. The other volumes can be supplied at 21s. each. Orders with remittance should he addressed to : — TAYLOR & FEANCIS, liED LION COUET, FLEET STEEET, E.G. 4. Subscriptions for 1922 (22s. 6d. post-free) should be sent to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Eed Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4, without delay. No. 717 SEPTEMBEE, 1922 Vol. LX THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BlilTISH AN1> FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BlUTTEN, K. C. S. G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTAIS^Y, BRITISH MUSEUM. CONTENTS PAGE In Memory of William Carrnthers (1830-1922). By James Brit- ten, F.L.S 249 Plant Nomenclature. By John Hendlet Barnhart, M.D. ... 256 Cornish Sphag-na. By F. Eilstone . 263 Bibliographical Notes : — LXXXVI. Grauer s ' Decuria.' By T. A. Sprague, B.Sc, F.L.S. ... 267 George Frederick Hose (1838-1922) . 272 Short Notes : — Cerastium piimilnm in Sussex — Saiidoricum Koetjape and Dendrohium caninum — " Dandelion Invasion " 273 Reviews :- — Emile Burnat: Au-tobiog-rapbie pub- liee avec une etude sur le botaniste et son oeuvre, des souvenirs et documents divers par John Bri- quet, Directeur du Conserva- toire et du Jard.'n botanique de Geneve, et FRAN901S Cavil- LiER, l*^' Assistant au Conserva- toire 275 Practical Plant Biology : a Course of Elementary Lectures on the General Mori)hology and Phy- siology of Plants. By Henry H. Dixon, Sc.D., F.K.S 276 Book-Notes, News, etc ... 277 LONDON TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STRE:^ DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Price Two Shillings net SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. WHELDON &. WESLEY, Ltd. have the largest stock in the country of Books in all dej)artments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers. A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo- graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for, and those not in stock sought for, without charge. Libraries or small parcels purchased. 2. 3. 4t 4 ARTHUR STREET, NEW OXFORD STREET. LONDON. W.C. 2. Telephone: G errard 1412. An almost complete PAL^ ARCTIC HERBARIUM, containing about 20,000 mounted sheets of exceedingly beautiful pressed jjlants from Scandinavia, Finland, Greenland, Iceland, etc., is FOR SALE. Three oak cupboards with movable shelves accom- pany collection. — Catnlorjue and further particulars sent to prospective buyer. Offers incited. HUGO GRANVIK, Lund (Sweden). THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BEITISH AND FOKEIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. Communications for publication and books for review should be sent to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, Middlesex. Annual Subscription £1 2s. 61. (post-free), single Numbers 2s. net each. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES— Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copies .2 pp. 3s 50 100 4 pp. 4s. 6(i. 5s Orf. 6s M. ,. 8s 0(7. 8 pp. 7s. I 12 pp. 9s. I 16 pp. 10s. 6d. 8s. I „ lis. 6fZ. I „ 13s. 9s. I „ 12s. M. I „ 14s. 10s. 6d. ., 14s. „ 15s. 6d. Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. Apply to the Publishers, Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. Page Half -r»a2"e One Six Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions . £2 Os. Od. £1 16s. Od. each ^.£1 12s. Od. each^ 12 6 10 0., 17 6 „ All Quarter-page .... Eighth-page ....... 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 „ [ net 7 6 7 0 „ 6 6,,^ Ml applica tions for sx>ace to he made to Mr. H A. COLLINS, 3z Birdhurst Road, Croydon. 249 IN MEMORY OF WILLIAM CAUUUTHEUS (1830-1922) WiiiMAM Cakrutieehs WHS borii at Moffat, ])unifriessl»ire, where his father was a iiiercliant, on May 29, 1830, and liis education began at the Academy of tluit place. At the age of fifteen he went to Edinburgh University, where, save for two periods during whicli he was engaged in teaching, lie renrdined until 1854. In the latter half of that year he went to New College, Edinburgh, with the view of entering the ministry of the Presbyterian Churcli ; but, on the advice of Dr. John Fleming, under whom he studied natural science, he resolved to abandon an ecclesiastical for a scientific career. The early bent of his mind, however, and the intluence of his college training, found full expression in his later life. When he came to London he took a leading part in the affairs of the Presbyterian Church : from 1880 to 1910 he was first secretary and then chairman of its committee on publications, and from 187G until the year before his death was editor of its magazine, the Messenger for Children ; indeed, there was not one of the standing committees of the Church of which he had not at some tima in his life been an active member. He was keenly interested in ecclesiastical history, particularly that of the Commonwealth ])eriod, and had a large and valuable collection of publications relating thereto. After leaving New College, Carruthers became lecturer on botany to the New Veterinary College at Edinburgh. At this period, geology and paliBontology chiefly occupied his attention and afforded the material for his first published papers. He had already made the acquaintance of the leaders of science in Edinburgh ; and it was through John Hiitton Balfour, then Professor of Botany, that he was offered the post of Assistant in the Department of Botan}^ in the British Museum — this had become vacant by the appointment of J. J. Bennett to the Keepership, in succession to Kobert Brown who had died in 1858. The appointment, which was temporarily delaj'ed under circumstances detailed in this Journal for 1876 (p. 101), was made in the following year, in the autumn of which Carruthers entered upon his duties.. He was then the only assistant, as Bennett had been to Bobert Brown, and the work of the Department to a considerable extent devolved upon him. A warm attachment, somewhat inter- rupted by the marriage of Bennett at an advanced age, sprang up between the Keeper and his assistant ; and when the former retired at the end of 1870, Carruthers naturally succeeded to the Keepership, his appointment dating from Feb. 15, 1871. Shortly before this he had been invited by Asa Gray — a frequent visitor to the Department for the purpose of consulting the early American collections there preserved — to join him at Cambridge, Mass., with the view of becoming his successor ; but Carruthers, thougn much attracted by the offer, decided to remain at the Museum. The staff' of the Department had been increased two years before by the appointment of Henry Trimen, who had already done good botanical work, as an JOUKKAL OF BOTAXY. VOL. 60. fSErXEMBEE, 1922.] S 250 THE JOURNAL OF BOTAJifT additional assistant : the vacancy now caused by Carruthers's promotion was tilled bv me in 1871 (see Journ. Bot. 1917, p. 93). This was not my first introduction to Carruthers : I had made his acquaintance in 186-1. In my rambles over Putney Heath and Wimbledon Common, I had found a plants an outcast from a garden, which had puzzled me, and at the suggestion of W. W. Nevvbould, who had introduced himself to me on the strength of a list of Kevv Bridge plants which I had published in the first volume of this Journal (1853), I took it to the Botanical Department, where Nevvbould was then a familiar figure. He made me known to J. J. Bjnnett, whom I can see now, coming out of the Keeper's room with his hands beneath his coat-tails, who took me to Carruthers who solved my difficvilt}" — the plant was i2/y/;«« Iwvis. The circumstances under which Newbould severed and subsecjuently renewed his relations with Carruthers and the Dejmrtment are set forth in my account of New- bould (Journ. Bot. 18S(>, 165). Shortly after this I went to High Wycombe, returning to London in 1869 to take up an apjx)intment in the Kew Herbarium : I used then to meet Carruthei-s at the Linnean Society's meetings, to which J. G. Baker often took me, and later when visiting the Botanical Department in connexion with the Crassulacead, which I was preparing for the forthcoming volume of the Floi*a of Tropical Africa. Trimen was well known to me both by correspondence while I was at High Wycombe and through meetings at the Society of Amateur Botanists: in joining the Mnseum staff I was therefore not coming among strangers, and nothing could have been kinder than Carruthers's welcome. With his assistants — or, or as he preferred to call them, colleagues — ^liis relations were always most friendly : during my twenty-four yeai-s' association with him, 1 can remember no occasion on which any friction arose between us ; and this was perhaps the more noteworthy as on certain matters unconnected with the Depart- ment Ave differed very strongly. An assistant in another Department, whose relations with his Keeper were less cordial, once referred to the botanists as "a happy family," and the phrase not inaptly expressed the prevailing atmosphei-e. The fact that the Department was contained in one gallery and practically in one room doubtless con- tributed to this, but with another chief the result might have been very different. Coming from Kew, where the casual inquirer was officially discouraged, I was struck by Carruthers's almost excessive readiness to supply information or to answer questions of the most trivial nature. I remember, for example, that we supplied specimens and drawings to tiie artist who was designing the laurel wreath which Tracy Turnerelli proposed to present to Lord Beaconsfield, and a fig-leaf for a sculptor who required that garment for a statue on which he was engaged ; still more do I remember a large lady, with a small companion, who was a frequent visitor, to whom Carruthei's lent at her request a volume — his own copj^ — of the Genera Plantarum, which she returned in the course of two or three days with the i-emark that she had found several mistakes in it. His assistants were, I fear, WILLIAM CARllUTHERS 251 less patient; but Carrutliers took the view that we were a public institution and that tlie ])ubKc had a riglit to our services. Ahnost inunediatelj after his appointment, Carruthers was called upon to appear before a lloyal Commission on Scientific Instruction, whose deliberations, it was thought, might result vmfavourably to the British Museum, and especially to the Department of Botany. At the time of llobert Brown's death, an attempt was made to secure the transfer of the Banksian Herbarium to Kew ; the Commission afforded an op[)ortunity for renewing the attempt, of which Dr. Joseph Hooker, Bentham, and John Ball availed themselves. The evidence tendered by these botanists and that of Carruthers, published in the Beport of the Commission, will afford interesting material for the future historian of Botan}^ in England, who must not overlook the Appendix to the Report, in which Ball's evidence is dissected by Carruthers in merciless style. I entered the Department in Septem- ber, 1871, when the storm was still raging, and, coming as 1 did direct from Kew, had the advantage of hearing both sides of the controversy. The sufficiency of Carruthers's rebuttal of the attack is shown by the fact that the Department remained untouched, nor was a later effort in the same direction more successful. At this time the cramped condition of the Natuml History collections, coupled with the need of further space for the development of the other parts of the Museum, had become almost intolerable. The Department of Botany then consisted of what was practicall}' one long gallery divided into two portions : the first, where the assistants worked, contained the arranged portion of the herbarium ; in the second, out of which opened a small public gallery were the attendants — in this the unarranged collections were stored in large cupboards. It also contained the British Herbarium, which Carruthers had separated from the general collection, and certain small special herbaria, sub- sequently incorporated in the General Herbarium ; the Keeper's room adjoined the herbarium and was entered from it. When Murray joined the staff in 1876, it was necessary to erect an iron gallery for the accommodation of the smaller cryptogams of which he was in charge ; but this was only a temporary expedient, for by this time the removal of the Natural History collections to South Kensington had been decided on, and the arrangements for the new herbarium had been planned by Carruthers in conjunction with his friend Richard Owen, then Director of the Museum. Only those who can remember the state of affairs previous to 1880, when the removal took place, can appreciate the difficulties of work under such con- ditions, or the relief afforded by the change from overcrowded, badly -lighted, and unsuitable rooms to the spacious galleries now occupied by the Department, which in their turn are alreadj^ becoming too small for the additions continually made to their contents. In connexion with the removal it was necessary to provide a library, not only for general use but for each department ; for these the Government made a liberal allowance : this Carruthers, for his his own department, expended to great advantage, and succeeded in bringing together one of the finest botanical libraries in the world. He also devoted much attention to the arrangement of the public s2 252 TlIK JOURNAL or BOTANT galleries and to the labelling of the specimens exhibited. In the Herbarium Carruthers paid special attention to the Ferns, which he elaborated for Seemann's Flora Vitiensis, describing several new species ; the part containing these, though dated Oct. 30, 18139, was not published until February, 1878. Ferns, both fossil and recent, had always interested him : although his name nowhere appears in connexion with it, he was mainly responsible for a folio volume on The Ferns of Moffat, published in that place anonymously in 18G3. This was the joint production of Carruthers and the lady — Miss Jeanie Couch Moffat — who in 1865 became his wife ; her actual share in the work, however, was confined to the preface (signed " 0 "). Of his two sons, Samuel William, to Avhose account of his father in the K. A. S. Jom-nal for 1910 1 am indebted, graduated M.D. at Edin- burgh and is in practice at Norwood ; the ^^ounger, John Bennett, followed his father (whom he assisted in his work for the R. A. S.) in taking up Botany as a profession, and became Government Botanist in Trinidad, whero he died in 1910 (see Journ. Bjt. 1910, 217). Although of late years Carruthers's communications to this Journal were infrequent, he was much interested in its establishment in 1 868 by Seemann, whom he had greatly helped in Avorking up the old material at the Museum in connexion with his Flora Vitiensis — help which Seemann acknowledged in dedicating to him the genus Garruthersia. Owing to Seemann's frequent absences abroad, the editorship for the first seven volumes was largely in Carruthers's hands, and he was a fairly frequent contributor : the first number contains a paper from his pen on Trijhlionella^ a genus of Diatomacece in which order he was then interested — he compiled the list of these for J. E. Grsiy'sHaiidbook ofBrilish Watericeeds, published in the follow- ing year; to vol. iii. (1865) he contributed a paper on " The Nomen- clature of the British Hepaticod,''' in which he restored many names of genera and species given by S. F. Gray, whose work — not, it would seem, without deliberate intention (op. cit. p. 299) — had been entirely ip-nored. In matters of nomenclature Carruthers afterwards took great interest — his last contribution to the Journal (apart from reviews) was *' On the Nomenclature of Platy cerium^'' (1900, 123). He also contributed excellent biographies of J. J. Bennett (J. Bot. 1876, 97), John Miers (1880, 33), and W. C. Williamson (1895, 298), with all of whom Carruthers was on terms of intnnate friendship — tempered in the last case by somewhat acrimonious discussions on points of pakeobotanical interest. It was indeed as a palaiobotanist that Carruthers especially distinguished himself ; to the importance of his work in this direction tribute is paid in an article in the Geological Magazine for 1912 (pp. 193-199), which, though unsigned, may be safeh' attributed to his colleague in the Museum, the late Henry WocDdward : to this is appended a list of Carruthers's papers, extending from 1858 to 1885. When, in the year succeeding the publication of the first of these (on Dumfriesshire Graptolites), Carruthers came to the Museum, the extensive collection of fossil plants made by his predecessor Kobert Brown, the first Keeper of the Department — at the unveil- iner of whose memorial bust in his native town, Montrose, in 1895, WCLLFAM CAKKUTHPJKS 258 CiiiTufchers delivered an address (.Tourn. Bot. 1896, p. 2G), — was placed under liis special care : his first important i:)aper (on Lepidodendrou and Calamites), published in this Journal for 18SG (pp. 347-348), was largely based on material in this collection and in the Geological Department, to which he had free access. Other ] apers lapidly succeeded, both in this Journal and in the Geolofjical Mof/azine-, in the Linnean Society's Transactions (xxvi. G75-708 ; 1870) he published an im[)ortant monograph on fossil Cycadean Sttms : this was followed by his election to the Royal Society in the ensuing year. It must always be matter for regret that the supj)lementary volume to Lindley and Mutton's Fossil Flora, which it was understood Carruthers had undertaken in connexion with the reissue of tliat work in 1872, w^as never carried into effect; it would usefully have brought together the invaluable information which must now be sought in his papei's scattered through various periodicals. In relation to this side of Carruthers's work it may be mentioned that in 18G9 he delivered at the Koyal Institution a lecture on " The Cryptogamic Forests of the Coal Period," which was published in the Geolo(jical Mar/azine for that 3'^ear. In 188G he delivered to the Biological Section of the British Association, of which section he was President, an important address on " The Age of some Exist- ing Species of Plants," which is printed, with additions by the author, in this Journal for the same year (p. 309) ; a similar subject was treated in his Presidential Address to the Linnean Society at its anniversary meeting in 1890 — " The Earl}^ History of some of the species of Plants nowconstitutuig a portion of the Flora of England." In each of these addresses the evidence adduced was such as to show that the plants of the glacial period " exhibit the same characters, in that reduction or modilication wliich their living descendants possess," and the problem thus presented to ihe supporters of the Darwinian 'theory has never yet been fully met. " The relation of our existing vegetation to preceding floras," he said, in his remarks introductory to the former, " has frequently been made the subject of ex])Osition, but to handle it requires a more lively imagination than I can lay claim to, or perhaps than it is desiiable to employ in any strictly scientific investigation." While thus caulious in accepting theories or conclusions based on what appeared to him insufficient evidence, Carruthers, as a man of science, was intolerant of attempts to defend revealed religion without adequate scientific knowledge ; his letters in the Times with reference to Mosses and Geoloc/i/ by Dr. Samuel Kinns — a work published in 1872 which had a large circulation — sufficiently indicate his attitude in that direction. In 1861 Carruthers became a Fellow of the Linnean Society, of which at the time of his death he was almost the oldest member. He took a keen interest in the affairs of the Society, and served on the Council for various ]jeriods of three years from 1866 and as A'ice-President for similar periods from 1877 ; from 1886-90 he was President. In 1888 it fell to his lot to preside over the arrange- ments for the centenary of the Society, which occurred that year, and in his address he summarised its history during the hundred years of its existence : a full account of the proceedings on the 254 THE JOURIS^AL OF BOTAIS^Y occasion will be found in this Journal for 1888 (pp. 203-213) ; for his services in organising and carrying out the celebration a special vote of thanks was accorded to Carruthers by the Society. His addresses in the two years followhig were notable : to the former, on the relations of our recent flora to that which preceded it, reference has already been made ; the other, on the portraits of Linnaeus, is printed in the Froceedings of the Society for 1888-9, and is in every way an admirable piece of work. Carruthers, although without a sense of colour, had a singularl}^ keen appreciation of form and was a keen student of engravings, and the full list of portraits appended to the paper is an evidence of the thoroughness of his investigation. At a later period Carruthers returned to the subject, and in 1891 com- municated to the Society the notes he had made on the portraits seen in Sweden during a visit to that country in the earlier part of the year. In 1874, Carruthers took a conspicuous part in a crisis in the Society's affairs, which was attended by serious differences of opinion and painful — even dramatic — incidents : those who were present will not forget the scene when Bentham, having in vain directed Carruthers, Avho occupied the floor, to " sit down," vacated the Chair and left the room, followed b}^ Sir Joseph Hooker and other sym- pathisers : a studiously restrained account of the meetings of this period will be found in this Journal for 1874. No one now doubts that the alterations introduced as a consequence of the crisis were beneficial, and these results were due in no small degree to Carruthers's action. Six years later he supported with charactei-istic energy the movement which resulted in the election of Dr. Daydon Jackson as Secretary to the Society. On both of these occasions, and indeed on others when necessity arose, Carruthers justified the description given by Woodward as being " a good fighter and, when he had made up his mind that his cause was a just one, very tenacious in main- taining his ground " ; a certain inability to appreciate views opposed to his own was not without its advantages. His fighting powers had previously been called into action in connexion witli the disposal of Welwitsch's Angolan Collection, wdiich by his will, of which Carruthers was an executor, had been bequeathed to the British Museum. Welwitsch was a Portuguese subject, and on his death in 1872 the collections were claimed by Portugal. The resultant litigation extended to the end of 1875, when a satisfactory com- promise was arrived at of which a summary will be found in the Journal for that year (p. 380) ; the Department is indebted to Carruthers's exertions for the splendid set of Welwitsch's plants now in the Department. Carruthers's last public work on behalf of the Society was in 1907, when he was deputed by the Council to represent them at the bicentenary celebrations in Sweden of the birth of Linnaeus ; on this occasion the degree of Ph.D. was conferred on him b}^ the University of Upsala. His portrait, painted by P. A. Hay in 1895, hangs m the meeting-room of the Society. Besides being a Fellow of the Linnean and of the Koyal, Carruthers was associated with many other societies in whose work he took a more or less active part. In WILLIAM CARRUTUEKS 255 1875 he was President of the Geologists' Association and in 1901 of the lloyal Microscopical Society ; in that capacity he delivered before the latter body in 1901 an address on John Ellis (1710-76) and in 1902 one on Neliemiah Grew (1611-1712) and his 'Anatomy,' taking occasion to demonstrate the attem])ts that had been made to depreciate the work of Grew and to rob him of the credit that belongs to him as an original investigator — these addresses were printed in the Journal of the Society : he was also an Honorary Member of numerous local societies both at home and abroad. In 1881 Carruthers attended the meeting of the British Association at Montreal; on this occasion he also visited Mexico and the United States, and brought back specimens for the British Museum Her- barium. Both as a speaker and as a lecturer Carruthers was effective. Gifted with a good presence and a strong but pleasant voice, he had the power of clear statement, wliich is more important than eloquence, and always succeeded in interesting his audience ; he was also an excellent chairman. An account of Carruthers's undertakings would be incomplete did it contain no reference to his important work in connexion with the lloj^al Agricultural Society, to which in 1871 he was appointed Consulting Botanist — a post he held Avith complete satisfaction until his retirement in 1909. Of his work in that capacity we have a modest summary from his own pen in the Journal of the Society for the latter year, preceded by an introduction by Mr. Charles Coltman llogers, Chairman of the Botanical and Zoological Com- mittee, in which the highest a2)preciation is expressed of Carruthers's services, and accompanied by an excellent portrait. To the Journal he contributed many papers of practical intei'est, of which tliat on Ergot, reproduced in this Journal for 1875 (p. 15) is one of the most noteworthy: and at his suggestion the Societj' published in 1892 an admirable set of eight coloured diagrams of the life-history of the Wheat plant, reproduced from Francis Bauer's original di-aw- ings in the Department of Botany, for whicii he supplied the text. The Times, summing up this branch of Carruthers's work, says : " In economic botany he was in a sense father of the great institute at Cambridge. When he began seed testing on a very small scale in his own house in 1871 it was a new thing in England. Under his hand it grew during fort^^ years to \QYy large proportions, and he added to it the investigation of j^lant disease. But possibly his chief work there was in the selection of grass for pasture and the guaranteed purity and germination of grass seeds. He also conducted what will always remain a classical series of observations on the vitality of farm seeds." On May 29, 1895, Carruthers's long connexion witli the Depart- ment automatically^ ceased, he having reached the age limit allowed by the rules of the Civil Service. The Trustees of the Museum had recommended the retention of his services for a further period, but the Treasury declined to accept their recommendation. For some time he continued to visit the Department ; as has been alread}" shown, he maintained his relations with the Linnean Society 25G TIIX JOL'KNAL OF liOTANT and, until his eightieth year, his work for tlie Ro3'al Society of Agriculture. But by degrees his religious and literary interests absorbed such attention as he could devote to them; and in the quiet pursuit of these in his home at Norwood, in the company of his devoted wife and son, the remainder of his days was passed. He died peacefully at his residence on the second of June, in his ninety-third year, leaving the record of a long, useful, and honourable life. James Britten. PLANT NOMENCLATURE. By John Hendlet Barnhart, M.D. (New York Botanic Garden). All readers of the Journal of Botany ^xq familiar with the recent discussions on nomenclature started by Mr. Sprague last J^ear, and continued by him and others, at the invitation of the Editor, in subsequent numbers of the Journal. Such suggestions as I wish to contribute to this symposium are based upon the adnifrable numerical outline formulated by Mr. Sprague in his '* Plant Nomenclature : some Suggestions " ( Journ. Bot. 1921, 153-160) and " Plant Nomen- clature : a Eeply " (Journ. Bot. 1922, 129-139). 1 . RevDcation of Art. 36 {requiring Latin diagnoses'). — It appears to me that the onl}'' reason that can be advanced for any limitation in the choice of language in which a writer desires to express himself is consideration of his audience. There was a time, long years ago, when every botanical taxonomist was expected to be able to read and write fluently the tongue then recognized as the language of science — Latin, or, to be more accurate, New Latin, which is Latin plus many other things wholly foreign to the Latin of antiquity. That day is past, and to-day nearly every botanist can read with little difficulty English, French, and German, and can write at least one of those languages. As far as descriptive botany is concerned, one who can read these three need have little difficulty with any other Romanic or Teutonic language, and this extends the scope of his reading to Swedish, Norwegian, Danish, Dutch, Flemish, Portuguese, Spanish, Italian, and Latin. These two groups, the Romanic and Teutonic languages, with many words in common, and not more than two or three for any plant structure or character, include the mother-tongues of nearly all the plant taxonomists of to-day, and some one of these languages is available for literary expression to nearly every educated person whose mother-tongue lies outside of these two groups. If, then, any limit is attempted to the languages recognized for diagnoses of novelties, such limit should be upon a linguistic basis, without reference to the characters employed; for most botanists, Magj^ar, Czech, Finnish, and Welsh, employing Roman characters, are as difficult of interpretation as Russian, Arabic, or Japanese. Those who use such languages for scientific writing spite themselves ; they are actuated by a nationalistic sentiment which blinds them to the desirability of making themselves understood by their colleagues. PLANT XOMENCLATUTtE 257 Whether any attempt to curb this blindness by rules can be effeetive in preventing it, and whether any rules outlawing such publication will prevent the recognition of diagnoses in such languages by those who can road them, may be open to question. Perhai)s this may be the a})propriate place to call attention to the actual meaning of Article 3G. The discussions at Vienna made it perfectly clear that when this article said " Latin diagnosis " it meant "diagnosis," not description. The supporters of this article empha- sized tiie fact that it was expected that each author would write his description in the language of his choice, but must accompany this with a diat/nosis in Latin, ])referably in as few woi-ds as consistent with clarity, noting the important peculiarities of the novelty. This distinction between diagnosis and description has been almost universally ignored by those who have attempted to conform to the llules — naturally so, as this article was printed with no explanatory annotation. 2. Rejection of names which are apt to excite ridicule. — Just what makes a name ridiculous ? Mr. Sprague thinks that Cerastiuni cerastloides (a Cerastiuin-Yike Oerasfium) is as bad as Linaina Linaria (a Linaria that ?s a Linaria), ?i\^([ perhaps it is; but I confess that neither is ridiculous to me. Did Mr. Sprague never hear of a manly man or a womanly woman ? Has anyone ever suggested that Jerome Jerome, the British author, and Thomas Thomas, the Welsh artist, bear untenable and ridiculous names that require correction ? It has always seemed to me that Linna3us, in 1758, came perilously near using a duplicate binary name when he wi-ote Cuminicm Ct/miniim, jQt no botanist has ever questioned this '•ridiculous " name, as far as I am aware, excej^t Salisburv, in the little work in which he renamed almost everything to suit his fancy. While speaking of names that excite ridicule, we should not over- look the various Kuntzean monstrosities, such as EncjJerojjhoenix and ScJ/weinJarfJiafra, while Krt/nitzl'ia, Frzeivalskia/and Aa are bad enough, and the most ridiculous generic name known to me is Sclitschiirowskia — yet all these are authorised b}^ all current rules. No rules that permit such names can hope to escape ridicule. 3. Rejection of seriously misleading geographical names. Mr. Sprague has wisely withdrawn this suggestion, as it would " probably pi'ove to be unworkable in ])ractice." 4. Rejection of specific names differing only in termination.— Although this provision is incorporated in the American Code, it has never appealed to me as of impoi-tance. To my mind there is no danger of confusion between such names as Lysimachia Ilemsleyi (Hemsley's Lysimachia) and Lysimachia Ilemsle'yana (the Hemsleyan Lysimachia). Surely this is much less confusing than the recognition as valid of two such generic names as Lomatia and Lomatium. 5. Rejection of accidental linomiaU. — This is difficult of application, but desirable if it can be proven practical. Hill's work of 1756 was certainly non-binomial ; but our rules are all deficient in providing no authority for the rejection of Hill's double generic names. Although he was aware (Brit. Herb. 187, line 13) that "a generical name consisting of more than one word is always improper," 258 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY he used many of them, such an Bio^sa pasforis. Brq^Junins rusficctnus, and FilLv foemina. Of course, we would be obliged to write these names with hyphens, to distinguish them from specific binary names. They have always been ignored by common consent, but I know of no modern rules which den}^ their validity ; and they are no worse than Saxo-Fredericia, which has always gone unchallenged. 6. Rejection of specific homonyms. — Mr. Sprague's original recommendation was clear, logical, and consequently'" defensible. As modified by Mr. Rehder's attempted distinction between taxonomic validity and nomenclatural validit^^ it loses much, and I fail to see that it gains anything. Verj^ few binary names have ever come to my notice which, while actual!}^ and unequivocally published, are not liable under any circumstances ever to be revived ; Mr. Kehder mentions one, Quercus lamtf/inosaljiini. (1778), a mere renaming of Q. Cerris Linn. (1753), but 1 think he would find it difficult to discover another. Rules and exceptions to rules should not be framed to cover such utterly inconsequential points as this. 7. Treatment as a " nomen delendum " of a new combination associated hy its authors in the original place of publication with specimens belonging to a different species. — This 1 regard as by far the most dangerous of all Mr. Sprague's suggestions, and 1 do not see hoAV it can be defended — as it has been — by men experienced in taxonomic work. Mr. Sprague says (Journ. Bot. 1921, 156): "If the original combination were treated as valid, it would become a permananent source of confusion." This, it seems to me, should read: *' Unless the original combination were treated as valid, it would inevitably become a permanent source of confusion." The adoption of Mr. Sprague's proposal would open the flood-gates to the re-making, upon the most trivial pretexts, of combinations previously adequately and unequivocally published, and the same combination would be subsequently cited to various places of publication according to the view taken by the author of the citation concerning the validity of these pretexts. The only way in which a new combination can be made identical in significance with a previously published name is by publishing it with a single synonym ! If, at the same time, other synonyms are added, or a new original description, based upon other than the type-material, the concept differs ; it is purely a matter of opinion how much it differs, and whether a new attempt should be made to establish the '' new combination." The claim has been made in all seriousness that no two botanists ever have exactly the same concept of a given species, and perhaps this is litei'ally true — except that often one will discuss another's species without forming any independent opinion concerning it. It follow^s that when a writer publishes a new combination based clearly and unequivocally upon an earlier name, at the same time describing something else, he is merely guilty of confusing two (or more) things under a single name — which often occurs in the description of a new species, where there is no synonymy. The only way to clear up an error of this kind is to keep the name for the part to which it properly belongs, and this is the sy?ionym, if the new combination is based upon it, rather than the erroneous description associated with it. No PLAiS^T NOMENCLATURE 259 person accusioined to the application o£ any iype metliod, can well overlook this obvious fact. And when this fact is clearly understood, such a complex citation as that suggested by Dr. Scliinz, ^^ Mcerua nervosa (Hochst.) Oliver (pro p., ex. syn.) em. Grilg. et Bened.," is utterly absurd. 8. Oeneric ^^nomina conservanda.^^ — Mr. Sprague's recommenda- tion reads : " All generic names recommended in the future as 'nomina conservanda ' should be accompanied in each case by a summary o£ the generic history, and a statement of the reasons for and against the name." Why the words " in the future " ? The example he gives shows how important the same course is for the names now on the list. If the present list had been prepared in accordance with this suggestion, it would certainly have made a more forceful appeal to the botanical world. Lists of " nomina conservanda " are unquestionably at variance with one of the "leading principles" as set forth in the International Kules (Art. 3) : " The rules of nomenclature should neither be arbitrar}^ nor imjjosed by authority." But the trouble is with Art. 8. Are not all rules more or less arbitrary ? And of what value is any rule without tlie force of authority ? This sentence should be cut out of Art. 3, which would then read : " [The rules of nomenclature] must be simple and founded on considerations clear and forcible enough for ever^^one to comprehend and be disposed to accept." This, after all, is the ideal to be pursued. Mr. Sprague says that the principle of " nomina conservanda " Is " of a common-sense nature." Perhaps so ; but the application of the principle is a matter upon which even persons of common-sense will tind agreement difficult. Everyone recognized that the presence of the lists seriously weakens the rules, and that such excej^tions should be avoided if possible. As the list of "nomina conservanda" for flowering plants now stands, it possesses two very serious weaknesses : one, covered by Mr. Sprague's eighth suggestion, that it does not explain for what group of plants each name is to be conserved (the genera are not typified) ; the other, that the list includes man}^ superfluous names for whose conservation the rules themselves provide. Another weakness is that the list includes many names of genera so small, or so rarely mentioned hitherto in literature, that their importance does not warrant an exception to the rules. Many of the weak spots in the list are due to the way in which it was adopted. Several lists, prepared in advance and before it could be known just what the provisions of the Kules would be, were presented to the Congress, and that of Dr. Harms was adopted in its entirety. Of course, the time available precluded any discussion of individual generic names. Mr. Sprague, in his second discussion (Journ. Bot. 1922, 132), calls attention to the fact that the " nomina conservanda " are ^'i\om'ma, ii^fiqice conservanda" or "doivent etre conserves e;i tous casJ" I must confess that I was not convinced that the French and Swiss delegates at Vienna, who emphasized this expression in their dis- cussions, themselves understood just what they meant by it. If Mr. Sprague's interpretation is correct, that it is intended to protect each 260 TtrE JOUllXAL OF BOTAIS^T " nomen conservanduni " against all rivals, two corollaries follow: the list of " noinina rejicienda " is absolutel}^ superiluous, and the list of " nomina conservanda " should include not only generic names now- known to possess rivals, but the names of all important genera, so that new discoveries of '* nomina priora " will not upset names in current use. 9. Gender of (jeneric names. — If any attempt is to be made to avoid the " grammatical blunders which dishgure botanical nomen- clature," this is one of the last considerations requiring attention. Plant names, especially generic names and such group-names as Hama- melUloulecB and iMorteeai offend the classical scliolar at every turn. It must not be forgotten that a very large proportion — much larger than would be supposed by one who has not devoted particular attention to the subject — of generic names were first proposed with- out a word of explanation concerning their derivation or meaning. In some cases their source is fairly unmistakable, but in many the accepted derivation is mere guess-work, and may at any time prove erroneous. The only safe course seems to be, barring evident or provable errors, to accept the dictum that " a name is a name," and that its author knew as much about its gender as anyone else is likely ever to know. Of course, as Mr. Sprague says, the author sometimes failed to indicate the gender — when he may be assumed to have forfeited the right to the first person who used the name in such a way as to make its gender clear. A few exceptions might be permissible, such as those discussed by Mr. Sprague under 9 a, 9 e, 9 d, and 9 E, but I must disagree with 9 c : " Indeclinable names borrowed from non-classical languages should be neuter." The inference here seems to be that names borrowed from non-classical languages are therefore indeclinable. Bat the New Latin of science (and theology) is a living language, not a dead one, and it has a growing vocabulary. Even classical Latin incorporated into itself words from other languages, and declined them, and this y^ractice spread with the extension of Koman infiuence in post-classical times. My own view is that any generic name should be treated as declinable if Latin words analogous in form can be discovered. Mr. Sprague gives five examples, assuming that everyone will recognize them as indeclinable. But anyone imbued with the spirit of the Latin language Avould not hesitate to decline most of these. Taonaho, -on is, may follow the declension of bubo, -onis ; Batatas, -ce, that of jEneas, -ce ; Agati, -is, that of Sinapi, -is ; and Anielanchier, -eri, that of puer, -eri. In the case of Maniliot, I know of no analogous Latin word, for the reason that such a word^ if thoroughly Latinized, would have become inevitably Manihos, -otis ; but even in this case it seems to me safe to assunie that if the Latin language had ever taken over such a word in unchano-ed form, it would have been declined Manihot, -otis. In passing, it may be remarked that all fungi growing on Liquidambar and niuned for the host have been called '' Liquidamharis,'' ^Xthow^h the second half of this name is recognized as of Arabic origin. In discussions of gender, too, it must be remembered that the crender of Latin and Greek woi-ds was a matter of common consent. PLA^T NOMENCLATUHE 26 L as much as ot" rules ; it was most tletinite in the case of words in general use in conversation and in literature. When a word was rarel}' used, and in the literature that has been preserved is known to occur only in the writings of two or three scholars, it is likelj to be recorded in the dictionaries as variable in gender. What a different concept of the classical languages would prevail if we really knew them, instead of being obliged to interpret them through the frag- ments that have been preserved ! 10. Ortho(/niphic correction of names. — It is really amusing to read, in connection with tliis suggestion of Mr. Sj)rague's, his own comment : "A glance at Post and Kuntze's Lexicon (1904) is suffi- cient to demonstrate the need for caution in orthographic correction." How true ! And if one becomes familiar with the discussions by Kuntze, the older proposals of Saint-Lager, and the newer ones of Clements (" Grreek and Latin in biological nomenclature," Univ. Stud. Nebr. iii. 1-85, 1902 ; an essay too little known to botanists), he soon realizes that there is no middle ground ; either radical and wholesale revision of orthography must be undertaken, or alterations in spelling must be rigorously avoided, being permitted only in cases Avhere the evidence is clear that there was an unintentional error in the original publication, lleformers are a])t to cast names into too rigid moulds, forgetting the flexibility of classical orthographv. 11. Small initial letters for all trivial names. — This is a common practice in America, and 1 have no serious objection to it. Classical precedents cannot be cited, for the classical languages knew nothino* of small letters, and our classical friends might reasonablv insist upon the use of capitals only for scientific names. Such names as llumex hritannica and Liriodendron tiilipifera, when Avritten in this way, look like errors for jRiimex hritannicus and Liriodendron tulipiferum ; but the number of such cases is small and is perhaps too insignificant to warrant opposition to a general rule. 12. Omission of comma hetween name and authority. — As far as as I am aware, such a comma has never been used outside of the British Empire, except by Asa Gray and those who have followx^d his example. Few Englishmen seem to realize how provincial the use of this comma is. It would be interesting to know just how it came to be introduced ; I have been able to trace it no farther back than the writings of the elder Hooker. Earlier writers often sei^arated the name and authorit}^ by a period, and it seems to have occurred to Sir William that such a full stop was undesirable, and a comma would therefore be preferable. British conservatism has clung to the practice, in the face of the rest of the world; and the Index Kewensis alone contains more than half a million sui^er- fluous commas. 13. Fixiny of yeneric types. — The desirabilit}^ of some provision for fixation of types seems to me unquestionable. An international commission is desirable, if so constituted that its members comprehend the significance of a type-method and will render unprejudiced decisions. Otherwise such a commission might do \evj serious harm. 14. Invalidity of yeneric homonyms not listed under '' nomina conservanda.'' — If " nomina conservanda " are to be recognized at 262 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANi' all, some such provision as this seems essential. Problems of homo- nymy are really more important than those of synonymy. More confusion is caused by the use of the same name for various things than by the use of different names for the same thing. And it should be remembered that words with identical stems are essentially homonymous. Even Carex and Carica are homonyms, for in both cases the stem is Caric-, and all group-names of equivalent rank derived from these two names are necessarily identical. 15. A neio name should not he regarded as valid unless it is 2)roposed unequivocally and unconditionally . — Mr. Sprague has overlooked the fact that this provision is already incorporated in the International Kules. In Art. 37 we read : " Citation in synon^^ny or incidental mention of a name is not effective publication." This was taken almost verbatim from Canon 12 of the original " Ameri- can " Code : *' A name is not published b}^ its citation in synonynw, or by incidental mention." As this *' Canon " was first proposed and defended by me, I should know what it means, and can assure Mr. Sprague that it was intended to cover almost exactly the class of cases cited by him. His wording may be somewhat clearer than that of the Rules, but I am not sure of this. I found the idea one very difficult to express in an unequivocal manner. Mr. Sprague's proposition would certainly prove useful if it resulted in curbing the tendency more manifest at Kew than any- where else of representing botanical authors as saying what they did not say. The Index Kewensis contains thousands of such mis- representations— not clerical or typographical errors, but editorial mis-statement of facts. When Bentham, in the Genera Flantarum (ii. 289), published Stenaclienium, he cited the t^'pe-species as "-^ Plucliea macrocephala, DC. Prod. v. 450 {Conyza Qnegapotamica, Spreng.)." Turning to the Index Keivensis (iv. 988), we find under Stenachenium : " macrocephalum, Bentli. ex Benth. Sf Hook. f. Gen. ii. 289." But it is not there, and the makers of the Index Kewensis knew it was not there, for the}^ did the same thing in every similar case. They were not even justified in the assumption that Bentham would have called the species S. macrocephalum if he had named it, rather than >S'. megapotamicum or some entirely dif- ferent name, for Bentham would have followed the now abandoned " Kew rule," Avhich permitted him in describing a new genus to assign any specific name he chose, regardless of the earlier nomencla- tural history of the s])ecies. 16. Invalidity of a wrong determination. — Any method of tj^pes, with proper recognition of the principle of the rejection of homo- nyms, should provide for the cases discussed by Mr. Sprague under this suggestion. 17. Priority of family names. — Unless I am mistaken, I Avas the first to suggest the apj^lication of the principle of priority to family names (" Family nomenclature," Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xxii. 1-24, 1895). I long ago gave up the idea as impractical, for there is no reason that can Idc advanced for singling out family names from other group-names for the application of the principle of priority. I still believe that uniform use of the termination -acea for family names is desirable, as is the use of a uniform system of terminations PLANT NOMENCLATURE 263 for each categoiy of corresponding rank. The suffixes recoiiniiended for some groups in the International liules are, however, o])en to serious objection upon linguistic grounds, while many more euplionious suffixes are warranted by classical precedent. The endings recom- mended by the American Code for suborders, subfamilies, and subtribes are far less harsh and much to be preferred. [The omission of the comma has been the rule of this Journal since 1890, and the " provincial " use, though still retained by Kew, is now generally abandoned. — 15. The "mis-statement" referred to, against wliicli we have more than once protested, was made by direction of the Kew authoi-ities, and contributors to the colonial Floras were directed to follow the practice. — Ed. Jouiin. Bot.] COKNISH SPHAGNA. By F. Rilstone. The sphagnum-bearing areas in the two Cornish vice-counties are quite dissimilar. In East Cornwall (v.e. 2) the extensive Bodmin Moors, with their outliers, resemble Dartmoor, and in many deep bogs and pools thrive ix>bust green forms of the Subsecuuda and various Qusjyidata forms, paHicularly the beautiful alga-like var. phimosum of S. cuspidafum. In West Cornwall (v.c. 1), on the contrar}^ Sphagna are found in small peaty moors left imtouched when the lands were enclosed half a century or more ago. On these moors the Guspidata i-arely occur, and tlie robust Stthsectnida, though possibly in as great variety as in East Cornwall, are restricted to springs and deep ditches. The small, delicate, brightly-coloured forms of the group Suhsecunda, on the other hand, are often very abundant. The distribution of fonns of the group Cymhifolia presents some rather surprising features. >S'. cymhi folium, usually considered one of the commonest of these plants, is by no means generally distribvited. It appears to be of fairly fre([uent occurrence on the elevated moors of East Cornwall and in the Land's End district, but I have not been able to find it in the intervening area. Its distribution may thus be expressed in terms of the geological formations as not uncommon on .the granite, rare on or absent from the " killas." In a moor below Helman Tor it grows in company with the rare aS'. siihhicolor, and S. liakkodense occurs in both vice-counties. Against the eom|mra- tive rarity of >S^. ci/mhifolium must be placed the abundance of S. papillosum^ which in many robust and handsome forms of various shades of green and brown is a striking feature of Cornish moors, particularly in West Cornwall. So little has been written on the ecology of the 8pliagna that I venture the following remarks. All the common Sphagnum forms in Cornwall fall under one or other of the four groups Acutifolia, Cusjndafa, ^Siibsficimda, and Ci/mhifolia. Of these the Cuspidata are confined to the wettest moors and usually to elevated land where they occupy the dee}')er pools and marshes. The Suhsecunda occupy the extreme range of Sp)ha(/num habitats from the deep pools where robust green forms luxuriate to the j^eaty borders of badly-drained enclosures, where such forms as S. auriculatani var. tenellum and 264 THE JOUllNAL OF UOTANY similar forms of S. imiiulatum still persist. The Acutifolia rarely compete for the occupancy of deep moorland pools, but otherwise occupy every kind of habitat from wet bogs to damp peaty patches by roadsides. Plants of the C i/mh if oli a gvouy^ avoid both tlie drier habitats and deep pools, being usually plants of moderately wet moors and bogs. S. jyttpiHosum in West Cornwall is generally associated with Cotton-grass, Molinia coendea, Hypericum elodes, Pedicularis palustris, and plants of similar requirement as regards moisture, though the dense low tufts of forma conferta may intrude into sli«'htly drier ground. It follows that as lands are reclaimed or become drier through natural causes the first plants to disappear are the Gu^pidafa, with the more robust Stcbseciinda (though these may persist in springs and deep ditches), and next the Cymhifolia ; while the most persistent are the more delicate forms of the Suhsecioida and some of the Acutifolia. In fact, wherever a few thin tufts of Sphagna remain by damp roadsides or in tield-borders they prove to be either S. plumiilositm (or one of its near allies) or delicate forms of >S'. snhseciuidnm, S. aitriculatum, or ^S*. inundatum, and where, as sometimes happens, peaty ground merges gradually into pasture, these plants occupy the outmost ranks. Thus (to quote a typical case) in Lambourne Valley, about a mile and a half in length, Spihagna remain only in a few square yards of peaty ground by the stream in the border of a field, associated with fruiting Hj/locomiuni squarrosum and partly shaded by furze bushes, and the actual plants occurring are S. plumulositm var. viride and var. versicolor f. tenel- lutn, and S. inundatum var. diver sifoUum f. etirycladum. It is noticeable that the plants of drier habitat among the Suh- secunda are often of somewhat plumose appearance and have the margins of the branch leaves more or less incurved, but do not exhibit torsion of the branches ; this in my expei'ience is restricted to plants of very wet ground and is often most apparent in the upper (aerial) parts of such plants as grow in shallow water. Another fact which may have some meaning is that these plants of drier habitat all belong to the sub-group in which the outer (dorsal) surface of tlie branch-leaves is abundantly supplied with pores, these pores being most dense towards the point of the leaf — the part most exposed to the atmosphere — whereas the plants with fewer pores, or with pores differently situated, grow submerged or with only the growing point exposed. Plants of the first sub-group grow, of course, in very wet places, but not, I believe, floating or submero-ed. All my Cornish gatherings of Suhsecunda fall readily into one or other of two groups : — {a) Plants of aerial growth, /. e. growing on comparatively finn ground, or if in shallow water then with erect stems rising con- siderably above the surface. All are plants with dorsal pore develop- ment, viz.:^ — S. suhsecundum, S. inundafum, S. auriculafum, S. aquatile,SLudi S.eonfortum. (b) Plants of aquatic habit, floating or submerged: — S. ohesum, S. Camus a, S. crassicladum, and S. turgiditlum. I do not know to what extent submerged forms of the first sub- group ma v occur in other localities, but if it be considered that the CORNISH SPHAGNA 265 pore-development has been a response to aerial conditions of growth, such submerged forms may perhaps be viewed as having reverted to the aquatic habit without losing the characteristic pore-development. This in turn suggests a possible explanation of the pseudopores of aS'. crassicladioii as reversions from the aurlculatum type. At any rate, there does seem some reason for regarding the firm- ground Suhseciinda ?i^ organised for rapid transpiration. Growing as they do in soil which, though firm, is still saturated, the scarcity is not of water, but, as pointed out by Mr. J. A. Wheldon {Collect ion, Taxonomy, and Ecoloffy of the Sphagna, 191S), of mineral food. Spreading long-pointed leaves, with pores most numerous on the most exposed portions, must be conducive to the quick passage of soil- water through the plant, and the incurving of the leaf-margins, usually a check on transpiration, must have an exactly opposite effect when the pores are doi-sal instead of ventral. Apparently, too, the amount of exposure determines the number of pores. Mr. E. C. Horrell {European Bpliagnacece, p. 63) states, "In the examination of plants belonging to this section it is important that both the branch- and stem-leaves should be selected from the upper part of the stem, just below the capitulum " — implying that the pore-development is thei'e most typical. 1 find, too, that where the branches just below the capitulum are prolonged at the apices into attenuate points the more or less imbricate basal leaves of these branches will be porose only in the upper (exjDOsed) half or three-fourths, while the narrow full}-- exposed leaves of the attenuate points wdll be porose throughout their length. It is interesting to notice that the dorsal pore-arrangement here suggested as enabling these plants to occupj^ situations too diy for most Sphagna are reproduced in the only other species which seem able to survive similar conditions, viz. S. plumiilosum and its near allies. The two groups have other points of resemblance. In the field the eye learns to distinguish tufts of the Siohsecunda from those of aS'. plunmlosum by the j^ellowish colour of the former and the more or less falcate arrangement of the capitulum branches, but where these characters are lacking tufts of the Subsecicnda may easily be passed over as belonging to the Aciitifolia. Generalizations are perhaps unsafe, but observations in the field, under the perhaps peculiar conditions of the West Cornwall moors, would suggest that whereas drier conditions destroy the Cuspidata and in the Cymhifolia induce a dense stunted growth, the Acutifolia and Suhsecunda have evolved taller, lax, and sometimes rather plumose forms with an adequate transpiration device which have much more successfully overcome the difficulties of the drier situation. Most of the plants mentioned in the following list have been seen, and many of them named, by Mr. W. R. Sherrin or Mr. J. A. Wheldon, or both. The nomenclature and arrangement are those of Mr. Wheldon's Synopsis of the European Sphagna, 1917. Localities in East Cornw^all are indicated by (2) ; the remainder are in West Cornwall. Sphagnum fmhriatum Wils. var. validius Card, and var. inter- medium Russ. Bog near Cheesewring (2) ; from the same locality Mr. Sherrin collected var. rohustum Braith. and var. laxi^olium AV. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 60. [September, 1922.] t 266 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY S. ruhellum Wils. var. pallescens W, Bog near Clieesewring (2) ; var. ruhescens W. Carnkief and district ; var. jjioyicrascens Kuss. Calamasag (2). S. acutifoLium Elirli. var. viride W. Koiigbtor (2) at 1800 ft. S. quinquefarium W. var. viride W. f. mastifjocladum Wheld. Damp roadside in oak woods near Looe (2). S. plumvlosiim Koll. var. viride W. Frequent on moors in AVest Cornwall; f. laxum, Lam bourne ; var. lilacinum Spruce. Plants ap])arentlj referable to this variety occur on Silverwell and Yenton- gimps Moors, but, though very distinct in the herbarium, are usually merely altered forms of the next variety- ; var. imrjyurenm W. f. rohustum W. F)'equent in West Cornwall; var. versicolor W. Common throughout the county ; f. validu/fiW., the most plentiful form, fruits freely at Silverwell and near Idless ; f. tejieJhnn W. Ventongimps and other moors near Perranporth ; f . asceiuh ns W. Ventongimps. S. compact rim DC. Not uncommon in East Cornwall ; var. siih- squarrosiim W. F. densiim W., Goss Moors near Roche (2). S. squai-rosum Pers. var. spectabile lluss. i. paiuJum W. Mooi's north of Helman Tor (2). S. amhlyphyllum liuss. var. mesophyJlum W. f. molle Russ. Di-aynes Yalle}- and near Cheesewring (2). S. pulchrum W. y^v. fuscoflavens W. f. temie W. Bog near Cheese ring (2). S. recurvum P. de Beauv. var. rohustum Breidl. f. louffifoUum W. Bvog near Cheesewring; var. wr(;^«s Angstr. ]}]). f. siJvnficum Russ., Bodmin Moors and Draynes Valley ; f. sphcdrocepliaJum W., Bog near Cheesewring. 8. cuspidatum Ehrh. var. falcatum Russ. f. molle W. Near Cheesewring (2) ; var. plumosum Schimp f. remotum AV., a very beautiful form of this in moorland jwols near Kilmar Tor (2) ; var. densum W., near Roughtor (2). S. molluscum Bruch. f. vulgatum W. f. compnctum W., near Kilmar Tor ; f. gracile W. or near it, Goonhavern Moor. 8. ohesum W. var. hrachycJadum W., Goonhavern Moor. ^S*. suhsecundum Nees var. parvuhim W. Silverwell Moor ; var. ieneUum W., a frequent plant on moors in the Perranporth area ; f. suhfalcatum W., Goonhavern, Carnkief, and Newlyn East. S. inundatnm R. et W. var. ovolifoJium W. f. hracliycladum W., Moors near Helman Tor (2) ; f . eurycladum W., near Helman Tor ; f. laxi folium W., Calamasag (2) ; var. lancifolium W. i.falcaium Schliei^h. and f. teneJhim W., Wheal Frances near Carnkief ; var. diversifolium W. f. eurycladum W., Lambourne. S. miriculatum Schimp. var. tenellum W., Goonhavern ; var. ovatum W. f. intortum. W., Carnkief Moor; f. rufescens W., Goon- havern Moor; f. varieqafum W., Goonhavern Moor; i. j)u^if/ens W., Penhallow Moor, Newlyn East ; var. laxifolium W^., Goonhavern and Carnkief; var. cano-virescens W., Penhallow Moor, Newlyn East, and Mill Downs, Ventongimps ; var. suhmersum W., Goonhavern. S. aquatile W. var. turgidum W., Silverwell Moor. CORNISH SriFAGXA 267 *S'. contort urn Schultz var. microphijllum W. f. Iciophi/Jlum W., Hele Ager Moor near Land's End. S. crassicladum var. marjnifolium W. Cheese wrino- nei"-libour- hood (2), Dmvnes Valley (2), Goonhavern (a form n'ear f ."^ ;v(/^.s-- C6^7#5 W.) and Wheal liutson near St. Agnes; var. intermediuQn^M . f. ovalifolium W. subf. hreviramosum W., Draynes Valley (2). >S'. Camusii W. Silverwell and Goonhavern Moors, S. rufescens Nees et Hornsch. var. ma gni folium W^. £. luteo- fuscum W. Deep moorland pools near Kilmar Tor (2). S. turgididum W. var. sordidofuscoatrum ^. Goonhavern and Silverwell, plants lyhig prostrate in shallow watery depressions, and not unlike robust Rypnum scorpioides with which they are sometimes associated; xav.fulvum W., Goonhavern, /S\ hakkodense W. et Card. Ventongimps Moor (1) and bogs near Cheese wring (2). This, which is really a papillose form of ;S'. cymhifolium, is recorded in the " Synopsis " only from Belgium and Japan. S. papillosum Lindb. var. normale W. A very common plant. Forma majus Grav. Silverwell and Ventongimps ; £. sqitarrosulum, Ingham & W^heldon subf. neglectum Ingh. & Wheld., Ventongimps Moor; var. brachycladum W., a frequent variety; f. pal&cens Wheldon, near Helman Tor (2) ; var. confertiim W. Frequent ; f. pallidum, Cheesewring Moors (2) and Goonhavern ; f. inundatum Wheldon, Goonhavern ; var. suhlceve Limpr, f. validum W^. subf. fuscescens W,, Goonhavern ; f, hreviramosum W, f, lieterocladum W. and f, orthocladum W^,, Cheesewring Bogs. aS'. cymbifolium Ehrh. var. pallescens V\^., moors near Helman Tor; \^v. fuscescens W., Hele Ager Moor (these gatherings include Ynv.fcsGovirens W. and var. fuscorubescens W., now united with Viir. fuscescens). Mr. li. W. Smitham, who is studying the East Cornwall S^^hagna, has also collected a series of cymbifolium forms from the Bodmin Moors (2). S. subbicolor Hampe. Moors near Helman Tor (2). BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES. LXXXVI. Graueu's * Decuria.' The title-page of this work is as follows: " Plan ta rum minus cognitarum decuria. Dissertatio inauguralis medica quam in Academia Christiano-Albertina pnieside D. Georgio Henrico Weber . . . . d. XIII Martii MDCCLXXXIIII submittit Sebas- tianus Grauer. Kilonise." It appears to be very rare and to have been generally overlooked. Pritzel (Thes. ed, 1, 317, n. IIOI-I) catalogued it under " Weber, Georg Heinrich," with a cross-reference from " Grauer " in the index ; in the second edition of the Thesaurus Grauer's name appeared only in the index, and with a wrong entry- number. The following account has been drawn u]) from a copv in the Librai-y of the Linnean Society, presented by Banks in 179(3.*^ T 2 268 TiiE Juuitj^AL OF eota:ny Of the ten names proposed by Grauer, nine are included in tlie Indecc Kewensis, Thymus hirtiis Grauer being omitted. They appear, however, to have been taken up at second-hand : thus Eihes glandulosuni Grauer from Labrador is entered as " Hab. ? " and a '' B. ylandidosum Ait." is also included, although Alton merely adopted Grauer's species (attributing it to Weber). The chief interest of the Decuria is that five of the specihc names published in it supersede names that are generally accepted. As the work is so rare it seems desirable to reprint Grauer's descriptions in a condensed form. 1. Heltotroptum iiirsutissimum Grauer, PL Min. Cogn. Dec. 1 (1784). Heliotropium caule tomentoso, villoso ; foliis altei-nis, ovatis, villosis; spicis conglomeratis terminalibus. — HeUofrojjiutn majus, villosum; ^jiore mayno, inodoro. Tourn. Coroll. 7. Hah. In Insula Melo. Caulis fruticosus; rami toraentosi, infeiius incani, superius sordide lutescentes, villosi pilis longis incanis. Folia petiolata, alterna, ovata, villosa, splendentia; petioli tomentoso-villosi, incani. Jnflorescentia spicata, terminalis ; spicie conglomeratai, subsolitariae. Flares alterni. Calyx ut rami, tomentoso-villosi, laciniis linearibus, obtusis. Corolla generis; tubus calyce longior, utrinque villosus ; faux clausa squamis subulatis ; limbus glal)er. Fcricarpium simile eongeneribus. Semina de more gentis mcmbrana torulosa obducta, unilociilaria, leviter villosa. [^Heliotropium Iiirsutissimum supersedes H. villosum Willd. (1797), which is based on the same Tonrnefortian reference. Halacsv (Consp. Fl. Gnec. ii. 814; 1902) followed ]^oissier in re- taining the name H. villosum, although it had been reduced in the Index Kewensis (i. 1122; 1893) to H, Iiirsutissimum. — T. A. S.] 2. RiBES GLANDULOSUM Graucr, I.e. 2. Ribes inerme ; racemis erectis ; pedunculis et germinibus glandulosis. Hab. In Terra Labrador. Lecta ibidem a Chirurgo beato Brasseti. Caulis fruticosus, inermis ; rami glabri, fusco-glauci, nitentes, juniores leviter villosi. Folia petiolata, sparsa, quinquelobata, ser- rata, glabra, subtus glauca ; petioli villosi, villo glanduloso, ad in- sertionem alati. Iiifl orescent ia racemosa ; racemi erecti ; pedunculi glandulosi, glandulis capitatis fuscis, albo-petiolatis, crebris ; bracteaj brevissimae. Calyx generis, ut pedunculi tectus glandulis. Corolla planiuscula ; petala rotundata, integerrima, longitudine germinis. Ohs. Nova planta, qua? a i?. alpino differt bracteis flore breviori- bus, foliis utrinque glaberrimis ; a ruhro racemis erectis, petalis integerrirais ; a niyro racemis erectis et germine glanduloso. \liihes glandulosum Grauer is conspecific Avith F. prosiratum L.'Herit. ( 1785), which it antedates. It was not cited m Janczewski's monogmpli of Fit)es (Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Geneve, xxxv. ; 1907), but was taken up in Britton and Brown, 111. Fl. ed. 2. ii. 238 (1913).— T. A. S.] 3. Epilobium angl'stissimum Grauer, I. c. 3. Epilobium foliis linearibus, Horibus inaequalibus. — Epilobium jlore difformi, foliis linearibus Hall. Hist. i. 427, n. 1001. Clunncenerion anyustifolium. GUAUEr's * DECURIA ' 269 alpinum^flore inn-pio-eo Toiirii. Inst. 302 ; SclieueliS^. It. Helv. i. 33 ; iv. 332. * Lysimachia Chamcenerion dicta angvstifolia C. Bauh. Pin. 245. Lysimachia speciosa anr/usfifolia J. J3aiih. Hist. ii. 907. Pseudolysimachium purpurem minus Dodon. Pempt. 85. Rah. In Norvegite et Helvetiae alpibus. Radix perennis. Caulis lignosus, ramosissiraiis, villosiusculus. Folia Hnearia, canaliculftta, integerrima aut denticulato rariter serrata, subtus reticiilato-venosa. Pedunculi tomentosi incani. Vali/cis foliola lanceolata, purpurea, lanata. Fefala infKqualia, distantia. Stamina declinata. Fist it turn declinatum ; germen tomentosum, ineanum, Cietera generis. — Yarietates flore albo, et ilore variegato habet Tournefort, Cor. 303, ^EpiJohium. angustissimum is eonspecific Avitli E. Dodoncei Vill. Prosp. 45 (1779). Haussknecbt (Monogr. 49; 1884) cited it as a svnonym, attributing it to Weber. — T. A. S.] 4. TiiVMUS HiR'rus Grrauer, /. c. 4. Tbymus floribus capitatis ; caulibus procumbentibus ; foliis ovalibus, utrinque pilosis. Hah. In Hispania. Caules suffrutioosi procumbentes, debiles, villosi ; rami copiosi, diffusi. Folia opposita, inferiora sessilia, superiora petiolata, ovalia, integerrima, superne pilosissima, pilis longis albis, inferne nervosa, costata, nervis et costis pilosis, pilis brevibus, margine ciliata. Injlorescentia terminals, capitata, foliosa. Calyoc pilosus, laciniis cil'iatis. Corollce btte purpurese. Stamina tubo corollre breviora. S lift us longo proniinens. — lleliqua cbaracteri generico respondentia. ' Ohs. D i versa omn in o planta, quae a Tliymo serpijllo foliis superne pilosissimis, ubique, neque basi tantum ciliatis, a Thy mo mdgari caulibus procumbentibus et floribus capitatis nee verticillato spieatis sitis dlstinguitur. [I suggest Thymus Chamo'drys var. vestitus Lange.^W. B. Turrill.] "^"^ 5. Peltarta aspera Grauer, /. c. 6. Peltaria folus lanceolatis, siliculis serratis, liirsutis.— Jo;/i^///f^s/^/ oriental e fructu echinato Tourn. Coroll. 14. Hah. In Oriente. Caules diffusi, ramosi, asperi setis stellatis. i^o7/« lanceolata ii\tegerrima glauco virescentia, alterna, tota obducta setis stellatis. ln4orescentiaY2icemo^2i; pedunculi hispiduli. (7^ /j/c/s foliola ova to- oblonga, eoneava, fequalia. Petala oblonga, integra, alba, iinguibus calyce' brevioribus. Stamina generis; antheraj alba?. Germen oblongum, compressum, bispidulum. Silicula oblonga apice inte- gerrima, compresso-plana, margine serrata, utrinque hirsuta setis articulatis, unilocularis, monosperma, non dehiscens. Semina ^\^n&, in centro siliculaj, leviter emarginata. Ohs. Habitus Clypeolce a qua removent siliculfB non eraarginatae, nee dehiscentes. [This is Clypeola {Beryeretia) echinata DC. Syst. n. 328 (1821), which is well 'figured by Jaiibert and vSpach, III. PL Or. iii. t. 206, under the name C. clicetocarpa. Und^r International Pules the species should be known as Clypeola aspera (comb, nov.).— W. B. TurrilL] 270 THE JOUJINAL OF IJOTANi' 6. Erysimum hybridum Grrauer, I.e. 6. Erysimum foliis lan- ceolatis, denticulatis ; siliquis calyce triplo longioribus, superne incrassatis. Tlnata Kilonli (in horto cl. Hasse Aclvocati judiciorum superiorum meritissimi) patre Gheircuitho Ckeiri Linn, matre Erysimo cheiraii- tlioide Linn. Radix alba, fibrosa, crass iusciila. Gaulis altus, lignosus, angii- latus, viridis, aspsrsus punctis nigricantibus ; tectus j)ilis albis rigidis, arete appressis, per lentmn conspicuis ; rami angulati, diffusi, copio- sissimi. Folia saturate viridia, utrinque nuda, glaberriraa, alterna, lanceolata, denticulata ; denticulis minimis, remotis, apice albi- cantibus. Calyx coloratus, foliolis duobus brevioribus, latioribus, basi gibbis, apice flavo-marginatis ; duobus longioribus, angustioribus, carinatis. Corolla odorata ; petala sulphui-ea ; unguis longitudine caljcis ; lamina obovata, longitudine unguis. Filamenta alba, tubum sequantia; antherse Havie. GlandidcB quatuor, duie majores, ex- cavataj ad basin filamentorum breviorum, dua? minores ad filamenta longiora. Germen longitudine staminum, quadrangulum, sericeum ; stylus nudus, brevis : stigma capitatum, emarginatum. Siliqua exacts tetraedra, stricta, cal^^ce triplo longlor, versus apicem latior, incana, sericea, terminata stigmate persistente, bivalvis, bilocularis. Seniina oblongo-rotundata, pendula, apice membranacea, basi aucta. Hibitus Erysinii hybridi omnino est Erysimi cheiraufhoides, ita ut primo aspeetu non nisi ex magnitudine unum ab altero dis- tino-uas. Sed caulis altior et ramosior, folia non sinuata, pulposioria et molliora, substantia et colore Gh&iraiithi Cheiri ; corolla major, sulpliurea, odorato, odore suavi ad Cheiranthum Cheiri accedente, sed nonniliil mitiori ; siliquae breviores. Stigma magis ad Cheiran- thum Cheiri accedit, quam ad Erysimum cheiranthoides, etsi hoc ab isto parum tantum differat. Semina perfecta eadem sunt cum Gheirantho Cheiri. Glandulatio communis cum ilia Cheiranthi Cheiri et ea Erysimi cheiraiithoides, Utraque enim fere eadem est. Mutuavit ergo Erysimum hyhridum, a matre habitum et folia denti- culata, a patre staturam, calycem, corollam, odorem, semina. [Interesting as an early record of a bigeneric hybrid. Focke (Die Pfianzen-Mischlinge ; 1S81) mentioned no h3^brids between Cheiranthus and Erysimum. Bois has given the name Gheiran- thesimmn Gayeuxii to a hybrid obtained in 1911 by crossing Erysimum Marshall i {Cheiranthus Marshalli Hort.) and Cheir- anthus mutabilis L'Herit. (Rev. Hort. 1913, 445).— T. A. S.] 7. LA.THYRUS STRTCTUS Graucr, I. c. 12. Lathja'us pedunculis unifloris ; cirris diphyllis ; leguminibus linearibus, dorso sulcatis. Hab. ? Enata in horto Dni Christiani Pharmacopaji eruditi et dexter rimi ex seminibus ab amicissimo Schneckero missis. Caulis angulatus, ramosissimus, totus glaberrimus. Folia ovalia, gemella, acuminata, integerrima, subtus glauca, brevissime petiolata, petijlis decurrentibus. StipulfS lanceolato-subulatge, dente iwstico subulato decurrentes. Cirri ramosi, diphylli. Bractece setace* oppositse, a flore remotae. Injiorescentia uniflora, axillaris ; pedunculi longi. Calyx generis. Corolla violacea. Legumen longissimum, compressum, lineare, subulatum, dorso sulcatum. Semina reaiota, pro longitudine leguminis pauca. (JHAl'EK S ' DECLHIA 271 Ohs. Ab oiniubiis Lathi/ris pedunciilis unillorisa Linneo recensitis manifeste dift'ert. 8. AsTiiAGALUS ?fORVEGicus Grauer, I. c. 13. Astragalus caules- cens,^ diffusus ; foliolis ovalibiis, glabris ; legumiiiibus tricjuetris, pilosis. Hah. In Norvegia. Lectus a Dno Praeside propc lloei'aas versus praedium Engan, ad Gloinen fluvium. Cauhs suberecti, undique diffusi, subramosi, angulati, giaberrimi. Folia pinnata cum impare, alterna; petioli glabri ; foliola opposita, sessilia, glabra, ovalia, integerriina, margiiiata, impare petiolato ; paria cireiter 6. lujioresceufia capitata ; eapitulum terminale, ovatmu, densum; pedunculi axillares, solitarii, longissimi, teretes, sulcati; pedicelli brevissimi, atro-pilosi. ^tipidcB geminie, ovatie, acutiusculiE, glabrae. Bractece squamosa) reflexaj, subulatae, liirsutie. Perianfliium ovatum, atro-pilosum, superne lunulatim excisum, inferne quinquedentatum, laciniis duabus superioribus remotioribus, majoribus. Corolla dilute violacea ; vexillum lateribus reflexum, emarginatum, macula albidiore notatum ; alaj magiiiB ad basin hamata3 ; carina marginata, appendiculata. Ley u men cah^ce longius, atro-pilosum triquetrum, ad basin rotundatum, terminatum stylo inclinato persistente, exacte biloculare. Ohs. Nova, ni fallor, planta, qua3 filia Astragali Oiceris Linn., ad cujus habitum valde accedit, sed caules teneriores, strictiores, foliola pauciora, emarginata, nee acuminata, eapitula minora, corolljB violaceae nee ochroleucse, legumina triquetra, brevioribus pilis ornata liunc satis a Cicere distinguunt. ' [Evidently conspecific with Astragalus orohoides Hornem. Fl. Dan. viii. fasc. 24,' 4, t. 1396 (1810), which it antedates by 20 years.— T. A. S.] 9. Xeranthemum nobile Grauer, /. c. 16. Xeranthemum fruticosum, receptaculo paleaceo, foliis lineari-lanceolatis, crassis, tomentosis. Hah. ad Caput bonae spei. Caiilis fruticosus, tomentosus ; rami longi, uniflori, incano tomen- tosi. Folia ramea sessilia, laxe imbricata, appressa, crassa, lineari- lanceolata, acutiuscula, sordide tomentosa. lujlorescentia uniHora ; pedunculi longi, nudi, adspersi hinc inde squamis scariosis, albis. Flos magnus. Calgx niveus, laxe imbricatus, foliolis longe triangu- laribus, interiores multo minores, lanceolatae, violaceae, apice et disco albo. Cor oil CB violaceae, parvae. Stamina albida. Semina coronata pappo piloso ex setis copiosis. Heceptaculum p)aleaceum, paleis strigosis. Ohs. Facile distinguitur a congeneribus tomento denso totam plantam vestiente, receptacula paleaceo ! cum pappo plumoso. Solum enim annuum habet receptaculum paleaceum. Xeranthemum vestitum Linn, valde affine est nohili sed differt receptaculo nudo. [From the description I consider this to be Helipterum varie- gatum DC. {Xeranthemum variegatum Berg. PL Cap. 271 ; 1767). The paleaceous receptacle mentioned hy Grauer was probabh^ merely' his way of describing the honeycombed receptacle of H. variegatum. The linear-lanceolate, sordidly tomentose leaves, the long bracteate 272 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY peduncles and the violet " calyx " point to this species rather than to II. speciosissimif-m DC, the onl}^ other one to which the description might apply. — J. Hutchinson.] 10. Inula helvetica G-rauer /. c. 17. Inula foliis sessilibus, lan- ceolatis, serratis, subtus tomentosis ; pedunculis tomentosis, confertis, incanis. Astei^ caule j^amosissimo ; foliis ovato-lanceolatis suhtus incanis; florihus umhellatis Hall. Hist. 31, n. 73, t. 2 (optima). Hab. In Helvetia. Caulis erectus, ramosissimus, teres, sulcatus, ut plurimum pur- purascens, subtomentosus ; rami teretes. Folia arida, sessilia, alterna, lanceolata, acute serrata, copiosa, subtus albida, tomentosa. Injlores- centia sparsa subcorymbosa ; pedunculi axillares, longi, tomentosi, incani, foliosi, conferti, uniflori. Calyx inferne squarrosus ; laciniiB lanceolatse interiores appressse. Corollcd flavae, radii ligulatae disco plus duplo longiores, copiosse, quinquedentatse. Cajtera omnia generis characteri convenientia. Tota planta odorata. Ohs. Diversa omnino planta ab Inula germanica Linn., quam hucusque prseter Hallerum ab nuUo auctore descriptam invenio. Helenium montanum Salicis folio suhtus incano Vaillantii eandem esse plantam confirmarunt Hallero specimina a Vaillantio olim transmissa. [Schinz and Thellung have recently suggested that the binomial Imila Vaillantii Vill. (1789) should be replaced by I. Halleri Vill. (1785) (Vierteljahrsschr. Nat. Ges. Zurich, Ixvi. 305; 1921). The earliest name for the species is, however, /. helvetica Grauer (1784). — T. A. S.] T. A. SpEAauE. GEORGE FREDERICK HOSE (1838-1922) George Frederick Hose, who died at Normandy, Guildford, on March 26, had attained distinction in many directions, as has been duly chronicled in the press notices of his career. Born at Cambridge, Sept. 3, 1838, and educated privately and at St. John's College, he was ordained in 18G3, and from 1868 occupied various clerical posts in the Straits Settlements ; in 1881 he was con- secrated Bishop of Singapore, which position he occupied until his retirement in 1898. He was one of the founders and the first president of the Straits branch of the Roj^al Asiatic Society ; his knowle:lge of Malay enabled him to revise and translate the New Testament into that language, and in other directions he did much useful work. In addition to this, however, Hose did nuich to promote the study of Botany, and it is with this that we are here concerned. He was especially interested in the ferns of Borneo and of the Malay Penin- sula ; of these he made an extensive collection, distributing them to various herbaria, including Kevv. His own collection was destroyed by an invasion of termites into the cabinets in Avhich they were preserved during his absence on leave, but a complete series is in the herbarium of the Singapore Botanic Garden : many were described GKOHGE FREDERICK HOSE 273 by Mr. Baker in this Journal (IS91, 1.07) and elsewhere, and with several — e. g. lEemioniiis Ilosei — his name was associated. He publislied a catahigue of the ferns of Borneo in the Journal of the Straits Branch K. A. S. nos. 32, 31-84 (1899). He is also com- memorated in the beautiful climber Ilosea Lohhiana (based on Clerodendron Lobhianum C. B. Clarke), which he cultivated for many years in his garden at Kuching in Sarawak. This garden contained many interesting and beautiful plants, which Hose had brought from the Borneo forests. Towards the close of his stay in the East, he collected and studied the grasses and sedges of Borneo, For much of the above information we are indebted to a notice (accompanied by an excellent portrait) by Mr. H. N. llidle}^ published in the Journal of the Straits Branch 11. A. S. no. 57 (1910). In a letter to us, Mr. Ridley, who speaks of Hose as "an exceptionally pleasant and delightful companion," thus refers to his versatility in liinguages : " He could conduct services in English, Malay, Chinese, and Dyak, whichever race formed the bulk of the congregation : one Sunday, most were Chinese, but halfwa}^ through a travelling pai-ty of Dyaks drop])ed into the church, so he stopped his Chinese j^niyers etc. and gave his sermon in Dyak." The Bishop's nephew, Charles Hose, collected in 1894—5 in the Baram district of Sarawak and North Celebes ; his Monocotyledons are described by Dr. liendle in this Journal for 1901, pp. 173-9. SHORT NOTES. Ceeastium pumilum in Sussex. In the Journal for 1902, 214, the late E. S. Marshall recorded this species from Oxen Down as a plant new to Sussex. He very kindW sent me specimens which were mounted and put awa}^ Having recently examined somewhat closely this species and allies, I felt sure these Oxen Down examples could be only C. tetrandrum ; Mr. J. W. White, who knows (7. j)umihnn in the dark, confirms my suspicions. Whilst this re-naming cuts the ground under C. pumilum as a plant of Sussex, it is pleasant to be able to reinstate the species on the same page. When botanizing on Highdown Hill, Clapham (v.c. 13), in April 1921, I came across a small colony of undoubted pumilum, which, although dwarf (barely an inch high), was unmistakeable. — C. E. Salmon. Sandoricum koetjape and Dendrobium caninum. On p. 210 the Editor notices Mr. Merrill's Review of the New Species of Plants proposed Jry N. L. Burman in his Flora Indica, and quotes several new combinations created by Mr. Merrill. Among these are Sandori- cum koetjape as a new combination for the plant usually known as S. indicum, and Dendrohium caninum for i). crumenatum. The Sandoricum described by Burman as Melia hoetjape and combined into Sandoricum hoetjape by Mr. Merrill is not, as tlie latter states, S. indicum Cav. but S. nervosum Blurae (Bijdr. 163), who gives as the native name, Ki Kadjapi. This species was again described by King (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixiv, 21) as S. radiatum; it is very distinct from S. indicum Cav. The barbarous word *' koetjape " which Mr. Merrill adopts as a specific name is a Dutch 274 TltE JOURNAL OF BOTANY mis-spelling of kechaj)i by which the tree is known to the Malays. Sandoi'icuui iudicuni Cav. is known as Seutol, so that if a change be made, S. koetjape must be substituted for H. nervosum Bl. not for S. indicum Cav. Demh'ohium caniniim (Burm.) is a new combination proposed by Mr. Merrill to replace the well-known D. crumenatinn. This cannot possibly be Burman's ILpldendrum cauinum, which was based on a wholly di.ierent plant, described and figured by liumphius (Herb. Amboin. vol. 6, t. 47, tig. 1) -a^ Angr cecum caninum. Burman quotes the figure and description from Kumphius. Mr. Merrill reduces the well-known D. crumetiatum to this species apparently because Burman gives *' Angrec utan " (literall}^ wild orchid) as a Javanese name. The original A. caninum is described as having large fringed purple flowers, smelling of dogs — a description which does not fit B. cnimena- tum, nor does the figure resemble it in the least. Swartz's description of his -D. crumetiatum (Sehrad. Journ. ii. 237; 1799) is based on a figure on the same plate of liumphius, fi*g. 2, which Rumphius does not describe. From these facts it seems quite clear that on no grounds can the name Dendrohium criimenaticm be replaced b}^ D. caninum, a-wd the mime D. crumenatum must stand for the Pigeon Orchid.— H. N. Kidley. " Dandelion Invasion." [Under this heading the Times of July 29 prints, in an unsigned article, the following, which seems worth preserving. The plant referred to as having spread along the G.W.R. is, of course, Senecio squalid as, but Winchester is not on that line. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] '" Wherever I have travelled in far Western Canada I have been amazed, appalled, by a vegetable invasion much more wholesale than any human immigration. Within the last three or four 3^ears the dandelion has taken complete possession of British Columbia, and seems to have found its optimum, as the botanists sa}^ in the orchards of the Okanagan Valle}'. The floors of many orchards are now completely white with its seed heads. They look like the spilth of innumerable petals. Meadows and lawns are in the same state. The plants grow as thickl}^ as if purposely seeded. It is a question whether ever in botanical history any plant or weed has taken quite such sudden and thorough possession of a countryside. Cattle flourish on the leaves, and they are eaten in every other salad, but the invasion is regarded seriously by Government experts. In almost every district, some one j^erson is accused of introducing the weed ; but I think the chief author is that great seed-distributor, the l•ailwa3^ The dandelions are nowhere more multitudinous than along the Canadian Pacific Railway, both on the sides of the track and in the meadows or station lawns. Did not some Hampshire botanist trace the spread of some rarer plant — I think a toadflax— all along the Great Western Railway from Oxford to AVinchester ? The course by which Timothy grass has spread in Newfoundland is the one railway line that runs through the island. Probabh^ the dandelion has escaped from a freight of hay. It is, after all, along with the hawk- weeds, much the most widely distributed over the world of any weed that o-rows." EMILE BUENAT 275 REVIEWS. Emile Burfat (1S28-1920). Emlle Burnat : AutohiogrcqyJiie inihliee avec une etude sitr le hotaniste et son odiivre^ ties souvenirs et documents divers, par JoHif Briquet, Directeur du Conservatoire et du Jardin hotanique de Geneve, et FRAN901S Cavillier, P^ Assistant au Conservatoire. Geneve : CoiiservatQire botanique. This interesting volume may be reg-arded as a filial tribute from those responsible for its production, for M. Briquet was associated with its subject for more than thirty years, while M. Cavillier at an even earlier period became Keeper of M. Burnat's herbarium. Tiie autobiography, although in some respects its most interesting- feature, occupies but 40 pages of the 185 which the volume contains, and it is to the latter portion that we must look for details as to the extent and value of Burnat's work. Emile Burnat was born at Vevey on October 21, 1828, of a Vaudois famil}'' whose history dates back to 1515. He w^as educated at Geneva and Paris, and became engineer to a firm of manufacturers at Dornach near Mulhouse, in which his uncle, with whom he lived, was a partner. Here he remained from 1852 until 1870, having in the meantime married and attained a leading position ; in 1870 he left Mulhouse and returned to his birthplace, where he had built a house, and from that time devoted such leisure as his numerous public duties — he was eminentl}^ a man of affairs — w^ould allow^ Burnat had already made considerable progress in botanical studies, and had begun to collect plants in 1842-3, availing himself of the opportunities presented by numerous excursions in Switzerland, France, and Alsace. In 1871 he stayed at Cannes with his family ; here he met Thuret and Bornet, at whose instance he decided to take up seriously the study of the flora of the Maritime Alps with a view to publication. From 1872 to 1914 he made numerous excursions in that region, sometimes in company with other botanists — Boissier, Barbe}^ Micheli, Leresche, Coste, among them; sometimes with only his coachman for a companion. Meanwhile, while thus limiting the scope of his observations, he continued to add to his herbarium, which was confined to European plants, and to increase his librarv. From 1876 to 1892 he published, sometimes in collaboration withGi-emli — the keeper of his herbarium from 1874 until 1899, of whom he gives an interesting sketch, — numerous papers on the flora ; in 1892 appeared the first volume of the Flore des Al2yes maritimes, to be followed by three other volumes from his pen, the fifth and sixth being elaborated by MM. Briquet and Cavillier. His herbarium continued to grow : by the end of 1917 it included 8837 of the 9395 species enumerated in Nyman's Conspectus, re])re- sented by 210,408 specimens, of Avhich 40,365 had been collected on his travels; it now numbers 219,384 specimens. For the accommodation of this and his library — then including 2618 volumes — Burnat had already built a special room ; but their continued growth soon rendered this insufficient, and he decided to present them to the city of Geneva, 270 TME JOUIlXAr OF BOTAXY who built for tliera an annexe to the Conservatoire Botanique to the cost of which Burnat generously contributed. Space will not allow us to do more than mention the interesting chapters devoted to " Souvenii-s personnels " and " Xotes relatives a mes collaborateurs " ; and we can onlv mention the second part of the volume, in which MM. Briquet and Cavillier in a series of chapters give fuller details of Burnat's travels, of his botanical work, and of his interest in questions of nomenclature ; it may be noted that "Texpression 'denomination mort-nee ' ou ' nom mort-ne ' a ete employee pour la premiere fois par E. Burnat en 1892 (Fl. des Alp. mar. i. p. 198)." Lists are given of Bm-nat's publications, of his principal titles, of the plants bearing his name — which include two genera, Burnatia Micheli and Burnafastrum Briquet, — of his correspondents and fellow-workers, and of the ]n*incipal collectors represented in his herbarium. There are also three addresses de- livered by Burnat, and those delivered at his obsequies at Corsier on Sept. 2, 1920, and at Dornach on Sept. 6. An admirable portrait appears as frontispiece to the volume. Practical Plant Biology : a Course of Elementary Lectures on the General Morphology and Physiology of Plants. By Hexry H. Dixox, Sc.D., Kli.S. 8vo, pp. xii', 292, with 94 text-figures. Longmans : London, 1922. Price 6s. Tins book consists of a series of thirty lectures designed as an Introductory Course in Botany for medical and other science students. Suggestions for practical work are given at the end of each lecture. The course, which is presumably the outcome of Prof. Dixon's experience in Dublin University, differs from many courses for beginners in that the use of the microscope is treated at the outset, and the simpler forms are first dealt with ; the lectures then pass on to the more complicated forms and " gradually lead the student to some knowledge of the development, structure, and ])hysiology of the higher plants." The evolutionary method thus adopted involves working from the less to the more familiar forms of plant-life and plunges the student at once into the more difiicult technique of the subject. Some of the older generation of botanists will remember beginning their work on similar lines. The subjects of study, fol- lowing on chapters upon the microscope and cell-structure respec- tively, are yeast, Chlamydomonas, and bacteria (each with two lectures), Spirogyra, Volvox, Vaiicheria, Mucor, Penicillium, Fucus, Pdlysiphonia, Marchantia (two lectures), Funaria, Aspidium (two lectures), Selaginella, Pin us (three lectures). Ranunculus (two lectures), and Scilla. Physiology is introduced where appropriate; thus the earlier lectures give opportunity for discussion of respiration, photosynthesis and enzyme action; and the anatomy of the plant- structures is also studied. The three concluding lectures deal with nuclear division, heredity and evolution, and the theory of descent. AVe find the print trying to read ; it is rather small and shows through the paper. The figures are generally adequate, but the drawing of Mucor ahowing mycelium and sj)orangia would not have passed muster in the old davs. A. B. B. book-jSotes, news, etc. liOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. In the Journal ofEcolo(/i/ (x. no. 1), Mr. II. H. Yapp suggests the formation by tlie Ecological Society of "a central 'Ecological Reference Herbarium,' or a scries of such herbaria, housed in suitable centres." This " would aim not so much at recording the occurrence of species as at accunmlating material which might in time be a veritable mine of information useful to ecologists : such as, for example: developmental stage; growth forms (including root- systems) ; forms of leaves in diiferent parts of the same plant or at different seasons of the year, and seasonal status generally ; habitat forms and so on. The winter conditions of herbaceous plants, a sub- ject ignored by our Eloi-as but nevertheless of great importance in connexion with the study of partial habitats, would no doubt form an important part of any ecological herbarium." The scheme thus adumbrated is to be discussed later. Mr. Yapp, in addition to the essay in " The Concept of Habitat," in which the above suggestion occurs, contributes to the same number a paper on " The Dovey Salt Marshes in 1921." The number also contains "The Ecology of the Gorse with special reference to the Growth-forms on Hindhead Common," by £. G. Skipper (with plate); "Changes in the Coast Vegetation near Eerrow, Somerset," by H. Stuart Thompson ; " The Distribution and Origin of Salix in South Africa," by J, Burtt Davey ; "The Vegetation of West Greenland," by K. E. Holttum ; "A Spitzbergen Salt Marsh," by John Walton (with 3 plates). The Kew Bulletin (No. 5) contains a continuation of Miss Wakefield's " Fungi Exotici " and of " Contributions to the Flora of Siam " by W. F. Craib, in wdiich many new species are described. Mr. W. 13. Turrill describes and figures flowers of a new variety of Erica vaganSy named hevernensis from the place of its discovery— St. Keverne, Cornwall. The new plant differs from the usual form of the species in the shape and colour of its corollas, which "are broadly campanulate, with a wide open mouth and well developed, more or less reriexed lobes. In colour the fresh corollas are a charming rose-pink with no tinge of purple." Only one plant was observed, but from this the discoverer, Mr. P. D. Williams, of Lanarth (who also discovered the hybrid between M. vagans and JE. tetralix, named after him), took cuttings which grew and produced seed ; the form now occupies a whole bed at Kew. " It is imjwssible at present to decide fully the botanical status of this plant : no morphological characters which would suggest a hybrid origin have been found." The Government of Chosen, Seoul, Corea, has published in a handsome volume Ail Enumeration of Flants hitherto knoioii in Corea, by T. Mori, " Instructor in the Seoul First Higher Common School." In his preface the author summarises the work that has been done on the flora, and continues : " Although the plant life Corea is more and more carefully studied and investigated, yet complete list of the plants has been published, to the great inc venitjnce of students as well as collectors. That is the reason why I have boldly compiled this Work in spite of my poor knowledge. in no incon- 278 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY Moreover, I have had to compile this Work in the time I could spare from my regular duties in school, and so I am afraid thei-e may be some errors in it : if I can make this work more perfect through the kind help of critics, great will be my joy." The total number of species enumerated (Embryoph3^ta and Pteridophyta) is 2904, with 161 introductions, arranged alphabetically under the orders, of Avhich a list is given ; there are full indexes of Corean, Chinese, and Japanese names, but none of the Latin genera : the text of the book is in Corean, so we are unfortunately precluded from giving an opinion of it. The Annates du Jardin Botanique de Bititenzorg (vol. xxxii. pt. 2) contains " Studies in Tropical Teratology," by J. C. Costerius and J. J. Smith (with 12 plates) ; a paper on Lanomyces, a new genus of Perisiyoriacece, by E. Gaumann (6 pl-)5 "Morphological and Biological Notes on Bajfflesia flowers observed in the Highlands of Mid-Sumatra," by P. H. Justensen (12 pi.); and "The Embryo- sac of Vittadinia,'' by B. T. Palm. The Bulletin of the Garden for April (iv. pt. 2) contains "In Memoriam Dr. K. Gorter " (with portrait), by A. J. Ultee ; "Some Galls from Hongkong and Kra- katau," i3y Dr. Van Leeuwen ; " Two new Malayan Fern Genem " {Parasoriis and Grammatopteris), by Captain v. Alderwerelt v. Kosenburgh (2 pi.), and on "New or noteworthy Malayan Aracece,'' also b}^ the same author : the June issue contains " Mykologische Mitteilungen," by E. Gaumann and a continuation of J. J. Smith's " Orchidacece novae Malayenses " (mostly Dendrocliiliim). The Department of Botany has recently acquired an interesting MS. volume written by Edward Pobson of Darlington (1763-1813), whose name is known to British botanists in connexion with Rihes spicatum^ which he described in Linn. Trans, iii. 240, and as a con- tributor to English Botany, where he is described by Smith (t. 70) as " a very assiduous and accurate botanist." The volume — a small octavo of 237 pages with index — is described on its title-page as : " Supplement to the British Flora ; or a Catalogue of the British Plants (in the Linniiean System) with the Characters, Places of Growth, &c., of the species not contained in that work. By Edward Pobson. Darlington. 1790 " — the " British Flora " referred to is that of his uncle, Stephen Kobson (1711-1779), published in 1777, of which a copy, with corrections in the author's hand, was presented to the Department at the same time. The title accurately describes the contents of the volume ; more than half is occupied by the crypto- gams, of some of which there are coloured figures. The books were until lately in the possession of Mr. Joseph J. Green, of Hastings, a great-nephew of the author, of whom in a prefatory note to the Supple- ment he gives biographical details, tracing the passing of the volume through the hands of various members of the famil3\ A SECOND edition of A Naturalisfs Calendar, based on obser- vations made at Swaffham Bulbeck, Cambridgeshire, between 1820 and 1831, and later from 1815-49, by the Pev. Leonard Blomefield (formerly Jenyns), edited by Sir Francis Darwin, has been published by the Cambridge University Press (price 3*. Qd.). Not having seen the fii-st edition, we do not know how this diffei's from it ; Sir Francis BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 279 Darwiirs very interesting introduetion, which includes a summary of other calendars and a biographical sketch of Blomefield, is dated October 1921. It also contains a disquisition as to " Avhat flower is meant " by " the Cuckoo flower of the older botanists." Sir Francis says " the older botanist (sic) referred to is probably Gerard, and he seems to mean Car da mine pratensis'''' ; the matter, however, can harcUy be doubtful, as both Gerard and Parkinson limit the name to the Gardamine : Wood-sorrel, which " may have been intended with about equal propriety," is called by both Cuckoo's ineaf. Sir Francis's further suggestion "Could it have been the Cuckoo-pint?" maybe dismissed without consideration. In addition to the Calendar itself, there is an " alphabetical arrangement of the periodic phenomena with a reference to the mean date of occurrence." Apart from its interest, the little book is very attractively produced. Botany fares badly in Tlie London Naturalist (the Journal of the London Natural History Society) for 1921 (L. Keeve, 85. net). The lleport of the Botanical Section " has been curtailed drasticallv," from motives of economy, and occupies less than half a page : " much important matter has been suppressed or postponed " ; the little that is given mainly relates to excursions of members in Dorset and the Lake District, and can hardly be considered " important." All that we learn about London Botany is that "for the Northern portion, 5 new species have been added to the records, and 29 for the Southern : noteworthy among the latter are Silene nutans L. and Mentha (ientilis\^r Three papers on birds and insects, two obituary notices, and a presidential address make up the 95 pages of which the volume is composed. Under the heading " The First Liverpool Flora and its Author," Mr. A. A. Dallman in the Lancashire and Cheshire Naturalist for May-June gives a detailed account of Thomas Batt Hall, whose Flora of Liverpool was published in 1839. Hall was born July 25, 1814, at Coggeshall, Essex, where he was engaged in the silk trade. In connexion with this he came to Liverpool in 1835-6, and remained until 1839, when he returned to Coggeshall, where, however, things did not go well with him; in 1852, in the hope of bettering his fortunes he went to Melbourne, but the hope was not realised. Failing health and anxiety resulted in acute mental trouble, and he died in the ^'arra Bend Institution on October 26, 1886. His herbarium of mosses and lichens is in the Essex Museum. The July number of The Flowering Plants of South Africa contains descriptions and figures of Corycium crispum Sw., Aloe ea-celsa Berger, Gladiolus alatus var. namaqnensis Baker, Gazania pygmwa Sond., G. Pavonia R. Br., Ornithocjaliim Thunherqianum Baker, Ferraria antherosa Ker, Harvey a squamosa Steud., Gladiolus Pritzelii Diels, and Ochna pretoriensis Phillips, sj). n. The Bernice Pouahi Bishop Museum publishes in its Memoirs (viii. no. 3) an account of The Grasses ofHaioaiihj A. S. Hitchcock the result in great measure of an excursion undertaken by him in 1906 for the purpose of studying the grasses of the islands. After a general introduction, keys to the tribes and genera are given, 280 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY followed by full descriptions of the species, many of which are new, with remarks as to peculiarities, distribution, &c. The total number of species included is 130, of which 47 are native (39 being endemic) and 83 introduced, mostly from Europe. The memoir is illustrated by 110 excellent figures, and ends with a "catalog of numbers cited." The Phanerogams of the Juan Fej^iandez Islands is reprinted by Dr. Carl Skottsberg (Ahnquist, Upsala) from the second volume on the natural history of those islands. It contains a large number of new species, ver}^ fu^Hj described, and a new hybrid genus of Kosacese — Margyraccena, — " the result of natural crosses between the native Margyricapus and the introduced Accena argenteay There ib a chapter on the composition and character of the indigenous flora, a separate list of introduced species, and a bibliograph}^ ; the text contains numerous figures of dissections and there are eleven plates. The pamphlet is very attractively produced. To the Gardeners' Chronicle for July 15 Sir FreJeiick Moore contributes an "appreciation" (with portrait) of Mr. William Watson, who has recently retired from the curatorship of the Koj^al Gardens, Kew ; Major T. F. Chipp. B.Sc, has been appointed Assistant-Director of the Gardens. Mr. C. Harman Payne is pub- lishing in the Chronicle (beginning July 23) a series of papers on " The History of the Moss Rose," in which he criticises somev.diat severely the paper by Major Hurst, published in Journ. 11. Hort. Soc. xlvii. part 1. The number for Aug. 5 contains continuations of the account of Mr. Kingdon Ward's sixth expedition in Asia and of Ml*. N. E. Brown's papers on Ilesemhryanthum and allied genei-a ; in the present instalment species of Conophyfuni are figured and described. Vol. tx. no. 2 of the Becords of the Botanical Survey of India is devoted to new Buphorhiacece from the Malay Peninsula, which are described by Mr. A. T. Gage in great detail, each description approaching or even exceeding a page in length. In such cases a short diagnosis, presenting the salient points of difference, should, we think, be given, or at least that these should be italicized in the descriptions. The Memoires de la Societe Oeologique de Belgiqve (February) contains papers by A. Gilkinet on the " Flore fossile des Psammitesdu Condroz (Devonien superieur) " (13 pi.) and " Plantes fossiles de I'argile plastique d'Anclenne " (4 pi.). The Orchid Beview for August contains an interesting paper by Mr. Oakes Ames, of the Bussey Institution, Harvard, " On the Capacity of Orchids to sm-vive in the Struggle for Existence," based on their appearance on Krakatau after its devastation in 1883. De. Watson's " Key to the Determination of Lichens in the Field," published with this Journal for June and July, has been reprinted in pamphlet form and may be obtained from the publishers, price 26". net, post free. JOURNAL OF BOTANY BlUTLSM AND FOREKiN. EDLTED El' JAMES BRITTEX, K.aS.(T., F.L.S. LA.tr SKVtOll AS.Sl.-STANT, ItlOPA II P.MENT OF BOTANY, BKITISIl MUSEUM. The Journa_l of Boi\i?^r was establislied in 1863 hy Seemann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trinien, who, assisted durinp^ part of the time by Mr. J. G-. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, wlien lie left En.o-land for Ceylon. Since then it has been in tlie hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast held of General Botany, the. Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way officialh^ connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. Until the beginning of the late War the Journal paid its way and even allowed a slight margin of profit; but during that period the subscribers were reduced in number, and the continental circula* tion almost ceased. It has now^ regained its position, but the in- creased cost of production, which has not as yet been ;substantially reduced, has resulted in an annual deficit which at one time becamt^ so serious that the continuance of the Journal was threatened. By the generosity of those who felt that its cessj^tion would be 2L mis- fortune, especially for British botanists whose principaF.Qrgan- it ha« always been," the deficit has been met and an appeal is now made for an increased number of subscribers. ■■JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. Price Six SJfilliiigs (cloth). Notes on the Drawhigs for S owerhv's ' English Botany ' (pp. 276). By F. A. Gaury. Price Five Shillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. WoLLEr-lJoD (pp. 153). Price Three Shillings. The British Hoses, excluding Eu-C«nmie (pp 141). By Major A. H. WoLLEi-DoD. The Genus Fumaria m Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslet, B.A. Price Half-a-crown. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. LintOxN, M.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Hoses (pp.67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A. J).iT/LMAN, F.L.S. (2s. each.) The Deto-niination of Lichens in the Field. By W. Watson, D.Sc. Price Fighieen-pence. Supplements 2 and 3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists (l^-. 6f/. each). British Euphrasiie. ^\^ Cedric Buckxall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's ' Species Piantarum,' ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Htern, M.A., F.K.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' ^^ James Buitten, F.L.S. Linnaeus's ' Flora Anglica.' A Revised Arrangement of British Keses. By Lt.-Col. A. H. Wolley-Dod. Prines in all cases net, post free. SPECiAL OFFER OF VOLUMES. The stock of the earlier Voltimes is getting very low ; it is now impossible to make up a set going- back farther than to 1883, and only one such set can be completed. The 36 vols. 1883 to 1918 are offered at <£35 ; two sets from 1885 to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at d831 10s. Of?, per set. The disposal of these sets will prevent any long series being supplied in future, and the rarer of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce; the few remaining copies will be sold at SOs. each. The other volumes can be supplied at 21s. each. Orders with remittance should he addressed to -. — TAYLOR & FEANCLS, KED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C 4. No. 718 OCTOBER, 1922 Vol. LX T H E JOURNAL OF BOTANY BBITISH AND FORBlaN EDITED BY JAMES BEITTEN, K. C. S. G., F.L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMKNT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. CONTE NTS Miscellanea Bryolog-ica. — VIII. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L 8 281 Linnean Species in our Days. By Ernst Almquist, Professor emeritus, Stock] I olm 292 Henrietta Cerf (1810-1877). By James Britten, F.L.S 297 Meristic Variation in Pwpaver duhivm. By T. A. Sprague, B.Sc, F.L.S. 299 Short Notes : — A Correction — Ophioglosswn vuJrjatnin Jj .300 EeVIEWS : — The Naturalisation of Animals and Plants in New Zealand. By the Hon. Geo. M. Thomson, M.L.C, F.L.S.. F.N.Z.Inst 301 Die Vegetation der Erde. Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas. Von A. Engler 304 Ag-e and Area, a Study in Greographi- cal Distribution and Origin of Species. By J. C. Willis, Sc.D., F.B.S., with chapters by Hugo BE Vries, H. B. Guppt, F.R.S., Mrs. E. M. Reid, and James Small, D.Sc 306 British Basidiomycetse : a Hand-, book to the larger British Fungi. By Carleton Rea, B.C.L., M.A. 307 Les Maladies parasitaires des Plantes : Infestation - Infection. By M. NicoLLE and J. Magrou. 310 Book-Notes, News, etc 310 LONDON TAYLOR AND FKANCIS, EED LION COUKT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Price Two SJiillings net THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BEITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. Communications for publication and books for review should be sent to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, Middlesex. Annual Subscription £1 2s. 6d. (post-free), single Numbers 2s. net each. 12 copies 2 pp. 3s. 4 pp. 4s. C)f7. 25 ., ., 4s. „ 5s. Od. 50 „ „ 5s. „ 6s. Od. 100 „ ., 7s. .. 8s. Od. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.— Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below pp. 7s. I 12 pp. 9s. I 16 pp. 10s. 6d. ., 8s. I ., lis. 6f7. I „ 13s. „ 9s. „ 12s. M. I „ 14s. „ lOs. 6d. I ., 14s. I „ 15s. Qd. Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. Apply to the Publishers, Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One ♦ Six Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions Page £2 Os. O.Z. ^£1 16s. Od. eacli .£1 12s. Od. each' Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 ,. Quarter-page . ^l ^ ^1 ^ " ^^ ^ Eighth-page ' 7 6 7 0 „ id & , All applications for space to he made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 3% Birdhurst Road. Croydon. 281 MISCELLANEA BRYOLOGICA.— VIIL Br H. N. Dixox, M.A., F.L.S. (Continued from Journ. Bot. 1921, p. 139.) MlCROTKAMNlUM Mitt. (18G9). Much ink has been spilled over this name. Henning-s in 19()2 proposed to substitute for it the name Mittenothamniumy on the ground that Mitten's name had alread}^ been pre-occupied in 1S4G by Naegeli for a genus of alga?. In IdOI) Fleischer deprecated the creation of a new name, on the ground that Hampe had already founded Stereo-Hypnum, a Section of ITypnum, for the species placed by Mitten and others under Microthamnium. This was adopted by Brotherus (Engl. & Prantl, PHanzenfam., Musci, ii. 1286). Cardot (Rev. Bryol. 1913, p. 20), following also Hagen (Kemarques sur la nomenclature des Mousses, in K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1910, no. 3, p. 12), restores Hennings's name on the ground that Stereo-Hypnum was not validly published as a generic name, and gives a page of new combinations required by this change. Fleischer in Nova Guinea, vol. xii., Bot. livr. 2, p. 125 (1914), starts a new hare. He states that the generic name Rliizo-IIyj)num Hampe must be adopted in the place of Stereo-Hypnum Fleisch. and Mit- tenothamninm Hennings, stating that Hampe's name was validly published according to all the laws of nomenclature; "daer(?. ^. Hampe) in Symboke, loc. cit. p. 269, bereits 1877 nach alien Regeln der Nomenklaturgesetze giltig publizirt ist und also die Prioritaet hat ! " Now " Hampe, loc. cit.'''' lands us nowhere, except on more examples of " Hampe, 1. c." But the reference is to the Symholce ad Fl. Brasilice centralis in Yid. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. Copenhagen, 1877, p. 269, where we find : — 91. Uhizo-Hypnum Versipoma, n. sp., Microthamnium Mitt., followed by a full specific description ; tlien lihizo-Hypnum caniptorhynclnim Hpe., i. e. a citation of a previous species under the same generic name. There is no generic description, no suggestion of "gen. nov., " no citation of species intended to be included ; while the succeeding citation of a combination under the same generic name surely con- tradicts the idea that Hampe had the idea of founding a new genus. If he had so intended, he would probably, and should certainly, have adopted Mitten's name, which he cites as synonymous. (It will hardly be suggested that he foresaw Hennings's objection to Micro- thamnium !) The fact is that Hampe never troubled himself with meticulous distinctions between genera and subgenera when forming his binomials. A glance at the Symholce (e. g., o;:?. cit. 1870, p. 284) shows that he distinctly states there that the genus is Hypnum ; under that he gives various subgenera or sections, but is entirely careless whether he uses these or the generic Hypnum, or even some other author's generic name, for the binomial ! Thus in this one paper he has : — JoUK^sML OF BOTAXT. — YOL. 60. [OcTOBEE, 1922.] U 282 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Gen. Htpnum. Dendro-Hypmim, 62. Dendro-Hypnum fasciculaium S\v. Platy-Hypnum. 66. HuglossojjJiyUum radiculosiim C. M. Synops. Sect. Vesicularia. 68. Hypnum suhdenticulatum C. M. Synops. 69. IE* I city -Hypnum splendidulum Hornsch. Fl. Brasil. It will, I think, be generally felt that the substitution of Bliizo- Hypnum for Stereo-Hypnum in no way helps matters. I have not myself adopted any of these substitutes for Micro- thamnium, but I have published one or two species under Mitten's name, and have thereby incurred some friendly criticism from fellow- bryologists. There have appeared to me several i-easons for following this course. In the first place, assuming that Mitten's name came under those which by the International Law^s become disqualified, there is still the list of " Nomina con servanda "to be drawn up for mosses, and it would be quite reasonable to suppose that when the time comes for this to be done, Microiliamnium might find a place on that list. It has been established for more than fifty years ; it is a rather large genus, containing at least a hundred species, and the consequent new combinations needed are therefoi'e not inconsiderable. In the second place, of the three names proposed as substitutes, all have at least some faint suspicion attached to them as to their absolute compliance with the laws of valid publication, and it is doubtful whether unanimity would be reached b}' this road. And, thirdl}^, it is held by some competent botanists that an existing generic name should not be rendered invalid in one of the great divisions of the Vegetable Kingdom b}^ reason of its previous employ- ment in another. As the International Laws stand, this position can at present, perhaps, hardly be taken, but it might fairly be argued that it is at least open to consideration under the special arrangements "reserved for the Congress of 1910" (see Intern, llules, Art. 9, footnote 1). I have briefly stated the above arguments, because it appears to me that they apply with some force not only to the case under con- sideration, but to any proposed alteration in bryological nomenclature involving rather considerable changes at the present time. But the main object of this note, and my chief ground for maintaining the validity of Microfhamnium Mitt., rests upon a quite different con- sideration which has recently come to my notice. All the authors cited above appear to have accepted Hennings's dictum that JSIicrotliamnium Mitten is antedated by Microthamnium Naegeli, genus Alyarum. But, as a matter of fact, this is incorrect. Naegeli's name is published in Kuetzing, Sp. Algarum, p. 352 (1849), and appears thus : — MiCROTHAMNiox, Nciegell in litt. M. Kuetzlngianum Naegeli, No. 221. There has, so far as I know, never been any variation in the spelling ; it has alwav's been cited as 3Iicrot1i amnion Naegeli. It is quite evident that the case falls under Art. o7 of the Intern. MISCELLA>'EA BRYOLOGICA 283 Rules — " When the difference between two names, especially two genei-ic names, lies in the termination, these names are to be regarded as distinct, even though differing by one letter onl}'." There is surely no loop-hole ot esca})e from this, and Mtcrotham- iiiuin Mitt, may be considered as securely established. DiDYMODOX RECURVUS (Mitt.). Mitten, in the M. Ind. Or. p. 37, describes Desviafodon recurvvs Mitt., based on a specimen " In Himalaya reg. trop., Sikkim, J. D. Hooker^ He cites as a synonym " Gymnostomum recurvum Griff. JS'of. p. 897 ; Ico)i. Plant. Asiat. ii. t. xcii, f. 11 ; errore typographico G. longirostro ad pedem tabulae adscriptum." This is misleading. In the first place, xcii should read xcv ; and the figure referred to is II, not 11. The legend at the bottom of plate xcv undoubtedly lacks lucidity : it reads " I Gi/mnosfomum atroviride Gr. 1 II III G. longirostriim. IV. Diastoma denticu- lata.'''' It certainly appears as if the name for fig. II had dropped out, though it is by no m«ans certain that Griffith was not figuring two diiferent sj^ecimens of his G. longirostriim. However this may be, there is no evidence that Griffith intended to represent his 6r. recurvum by fig. II. In fact, the evidence is all the other way. G. recurvum Griff, is alread}^ figured in the Icones on pi. xcii, fig. II, and this reference is cited b}^ Mitten {op. cit. p. 33) under Barhula rufescens^ to which species Griffith's G. recurvum undoubtedly belongs. It is quite a different thing from the plant figured by Griffith on pi. xcv, fig. II, which, however, may well be conspecific with the plant described by Mitten as Desmatodon recurvus. The synonymy should read thus : — {a) DiDYMODON EECURVUS (Mitt.) Brotli. in Engl. & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. Musci, i. 405 (1902). Desmatodon recurvus Mitt, in Journ. Linn. Soc, J3ot. iii., Suppl. p. 37 (nee Gymnostomum recurvum Griff.). ? Gi/mnostomum longirostrum Griff, p. p., Icon. PI. Asiat. ii. t. xcv. fig. II. (5) DiDYMODON RUEESCEis's (Hook.) Broth. op. cit. p. -106. Gymnostomum rufescens Hook. Icon. PI. rar. t. 17. Gymnostomum recurvum Griff. Not. p. 397 ; Icon. PI. Asiat. ii. t. xcii. fig. II. Paris (Ind,, ed. 2) under Didymodon recurvus has copied Mitten's s^'nonymy, and needs correcting as above. Hooker's specimen of D. recurvus Mitt., from Sikkim, at Kew, is a tall robust plant. Mitten, I think, a little exaggerates the unaltering of the leaves when dry. The}' are strongly — and at the apex frequenth^ circinately — incurved. The cells are rather large, slightly smaller towards margin, forming a verv inconspicuous border, scarcely comparable Avith that of D, Wallicliii (Mitt.) ; and generally practically entire. Mitten has overlooked one character of some importance. The apical leaves frequently have the mucro of the excurrent nerve clothed with a tuft of brown septate gemmae. The reddish-brown colour of the plant is xery marked. V 2 284 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY I have detected this species in two collections received from North India : viz., on wood, about 7000 £t. alt., Almora, coll. Miss Shepheard, 1910 (no. 21) ; and Landour, Mussooree, alt. 6900 ft., June 1921, coll. Kenoyer & Dudgeon (no. 22 h). These agree well with Hooker's plant, though they do not show the apical gemmae. Duby's Choix de Ckyptogamks, &c. The dates of these publications as given by Paris are very inaccu- rate. Many of the new species were published in Flora before their publication in the Mem. Soc. Phys. . . . Geneve ; and, moreover, the dates for the latter publication given by Paris generally refer to the dates on which the papers were read, not those of their publication. As far as I am aware, there were seven papers issued, of which the following is the correct bibliograplw : — Title or Separate. Choix de Cryptogames E.ioHqnes noiivelles on mal connnes, 1867, pp. 1-14. I. Mousses. Choix de Cryptogames Exotiqnes nouvelles on mal connves. 1869. I. Mousses (suite), pp. 1- 14. Oeiginal Publication. Mem. Soo. Phys. . . . Gen. xix. (1868). Ihid. XX. (1870). Paging. pp. 291-S04. pp. 351-364, 3. Choix de Cryptogames >^r. Ihid. xxi. (1871). pp. 215-227. 1870. I. Mousses (3me suite). Miisci Wdicitschiani, Acrocarpi, pp. 1-13. 4. Choix de Cryptogames Sfc. Ibid xxi. (1871). pp. 425-444. 1871. I. Mousses (4me suite), Musci WeUvitschiani, Pleurocarpi, pp. 1-20. 6. Choix de Mousses Exotiqnes noii- Ibid. xxiv. (1876). Same paging. I'elles on mal coninies. 1875. pp. 361-374. (All the new species here described were first published in Flora, Iviii. (1875), pp. 282-285.) 6. Choix de Mousses Exotiques nou- Ibid. xxvi. (1879). Same paging. velles ou mal coiiiiues. 1876, pp. 1-14. (Spp. 1- 7 were first published in Flora, Ix. (1877), pp. 73-77.) » 8-18 „ „ „ „ „ pp. 90-95.) 7. Choix de Mousses Exotiqnes i^-c. Jfeid. xxvii. (1881). Same paging. 1880, pp. 1-10, (All the new species were first published in Flora, Ixiii, (1880), pp. 168-174.) FiSSIDENS ZiPPELIANUS Doz. & Molk. Fissidens Zippelianush'd well known and very widespread moss; it is not only distributed through the Indo-Malayan region and New Guinea, but as Fleischer has pointed out (Musci .... von Buitenz. i. 41^) it exists in tropical Africa under the name of F. coriaceifolius C. M., and, T have but little doubt, under several other names. Unfortunately, the name Zippelianns must itself, I fear, pass into the region of synonymy. I had occasion recently to examine the type of F. silvatlcus Griff. (Mumbree, Griffith, 3oi3, in Herb. Kew.), MISCELLAXKA BRYOLOGICA 285 and I find it identical with F. Zippelianus. F. silvaficiis was published in 1841, and must tlierefore have precedence over F. Zip- pellanus, which dates from 18/34. Mitten, it is true (Muse. Ind. Or. p. 1-38), gives as a synonym of F. sUvaticus, F. javanicus 13ry. jav. ; but Fleischer yop. cit. 49) lias shown that this is quite an error, how- ever it may have arisen. Unfortunately, Fleisclier had not access to Griffith's plant, but only the description and figures (on which latter too much reliance must not be placed), or he might have gone furcher and detected the actual affinity of Griffith's species. The synonymy must therefore stand thus : — FissiDENS siLVATicus Griff. Not. p. 429 (1841), et Icon. PL Asiat. ii. t. 81, fig. 1. F. Zippelianus Doz. & Molk. in ZoU. System. Yerz. p. 29 (1854), et Bry. jav. i. 2, t. 2 (1855). F. tenninijlorus Thw. & Mitt, in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xiii. 322 (1872). &c., &c. OiiTHOTRiciiu.Ar LEPTOCAEPUM Br. & Schp. e C. M. Syn. i, 706. Schimper's specimens of this are at Herb. Kew. C. Mueller describes the capsule as " immersa, .... angusta, distinct e octics striatal Brotherus, on the other hand, places it in a Section with *' capsule smooth (or rarely indistinctly striate), exserted." It seemed desirable to clear up the discreJ)anc3^ Schimper's specimens fill nearly a sheet. They consist of {a) the type, Schimp. iter Abyssin. no. 429/;; several tufts {b) do., no. 488, from a different locality. ((') " Orthotrichum molluscum mihi (in Bruch's hand) Abyssinia; hb. Schimper." And three other speci- mens, all from Abyssinia ; two at least, and probably all, collected by Schimper. All these gatherings, with the exception of a tuft on no. 488, have nearly exserted, perfectly smooth capsules, indistinguishable from O. speciosum. The vegetative characters appear to agree with O. speciosuiii. it may be assumed that this plant was the one intended hj Bruch & Schimper by " O. Jeptocarpum.''^ But it is clearly not that described by 0. Mueller. Now part of one of the tufts of (i6) no. 488 consists of a different species, agreeing well with C. Mueller's descrij)- tion. The capsules are, to be literally exact, not fully immersed, but they are far more nearly so than in the other plant, and indeed would by many authors be described as immersed. Tliey are strongly striate. The leaf form and structure appear to be identical in both plants, except that the leaves in the former when moist are some- what recurved-sqiiarrose, while in the plant with subimmersed capsules they are widely patent, but straight, not recurved. The stomata in both are superficial. The two species evidently grow together, and one must assmne that C. Mueller's s[)ecimen of 429 h consisted partly or entirely of the ribbed subimmersed form. It is clearly this latter which C. M. describes, and which must bear the name O. leptocarpuin, though, under the circumstances it would appear more correct to call it 0. hptoearpuni C. M. than 0. Jeptocarpum B. ^ S. 286 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY The actual O. leptocarpum C. M. is represented in Schimper's lierbarium by a half-sheet of specimens under the MS. name of " O. ahyssinicum Hpe. MS." It is in good condition and pure. It quite agrees with C. Mueller's description in the Synopsis, and also with the specimen of no. 488 already cited. The plant with smooth exserted capsules intended as O. lepto- carpum by Br. & Schimp., and no doubt distributed under that name, has already been described and published. It is 0. fir mum Yent. in Nuov. Giorn. bot. iv. 15 (1872). This was based on one of Schimper's gatherings " In reg. Bogos Abyssinise circa Keren." It must evi- dently be a common plant in that district, and differs from O. specio- siim only, but quite sufficiently, by having 16 processes on the inner peristome. Bruch appears, from his specimen (c) above, to have taken a different view from Schimper, or else to have recognized that the plant intended by them for O. leptocarpum was not the plant actually described by C. M. ; and he therefore called the former O. molluscum. Venturi's publication, however, precludes the adoption of Bruch's MS. name. The two will arrange themselves thus : — O. LEPTOCARPUM C. M. Syn. i. 706 (1849). Type. Abyssinia, in monte Silke ; Schimper, no. 429 h, iter Abyss, p. p. ; in herb. C. M. 0. FTRMUM Vent, in Nuov. Giorn. bot. iv. 15 (1872) (O. lepto- carpum Schp. MS. in herb., nee C. Mueller). Type. Circa Keren, Abyssinia ; Schimper. Co-types ; Schimp. iter Abyss, nos. 429 h p. p., and 488 p. p. Simen, Abyssinia ; Schimper, in herb. Schimp. Brachythecium decuryans (Mitt.) Jaeg. This nortli Indian moss was described by Mitten, as Ilypnum decurvans, in the Muse. Ind. Or., from a plant collected by Royle, *' In Himalaya boreal-occident.," and another by Thomson, by the Sutlej (no. 1011). It is compared by Mitten with H. cameratum, and is placed by Brotherus, in the Musci, under Cirriphi/llum. I have an original specimen of Royle's (comm. N.Y. Bot. Gard., ex herb. Mitten) ; and have compared several other specimens, S'. revoluitcs. Thysanomitrium Richardii Schwaegr., and its allies. Paris (Ind. ed. ii.) gives PiLOPOGOX UMBELLATUS (W. Am.) Broth. Gampylopus umhellatus W. Arn. Disp. p. 24 (1826). The entry, however, is incorrect in two respects. The paging should be 84, not 24. Moreover, W. Arnott published the plant under Thysanoniitriuni (spelt Thesanomitrium), not Campylopus. Cardot (PlantcB HochreutinerianjB, Musci, in Ann. Conserv. et Jard. bot. de Geneve, vol. xv.-xvi. p. 161) has pointed out that the name Thysanomitrium must stand, as having priority over Filopogon, if the species of the subgenus Eupilopogon Broth, and those of sub- genus Thysanomitriuni Broth, are united ; while if, as he suggests, they are better separated, the species of Eupilopogon will remain under the generic name of Pilopogon, while those of subgenus Thysanomitrium will retain that generic name — unless reunited with Campylopus, for which arrangement there is a good deal to be said. For the present I pi-efer to keep them distinct, under the name of Thysanomitrium. Thysanomitrium umhellatum was founded on a specimen collected by Gaudichaud "In insulis Sandwicensibus (alt. 350-450 hexapod.)," and described by W. Arn. {loc. cit.). It was published by Sch waegrichen as Trichostomum umhellatum in Freycinet, Voy. de I'Uranie, p. 233 (1826). Each of these authors cites the other's work, which must have been published almost simultaneously, but W. Arnott's was the earlier. He describes it as only differing from T. Richardii in the longer peristome teeth, which are, moreover, split to the base. It may be assumed that the comparison with T. Bichardii is based on Schwaegrichen's figure (Suppl. ii. pt. i. t. 118). While, however, the figures Schwaegrichen gives of the stem and macroscopic charac- ters afford a very good idea of the plant, both the description of the peristome ("dentes .... lineari-lanceolati, solidi .... brevissimi, 28S THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY fusco-rufi") and the figures of it are very incorrect, and in all pro- b ibility must have been taken from a partially destroyed peristome. The teeth in T. Richardii are longly filiform in their greater part, the crura sometimes separated for the greater part of their length, united below — sometimes for only a short distance — and there trans- vers.dy barred. As a matter of fact, the Hawaiian plant shows no difference from the Central and S. American species in the peristome. I have examined an origiiral specimen gathered by Gaudichaud in Herb. Bescherelle, and I find the teeth precisely similar to those of T. Richardii; and this is the case with other Hawaiian specimens I possess. The specimen is labelled "Kauwaek," i.e. in the Moluccas, where G-audichaud also collected ; b\it neither W. Arnott nor Schwaegrichen, in the description of Gaudichaud's Mosses, refers to its having been collected there, and I think the locality must be an error. Dubv's figure of his Campi/Iopiis nigrescens (Mem. Soc. Phys Geneve, xix. 292 (1868) tab. i. e), which Mitten found inseparable from T. Richardii, gives a very fair idea of the peristome, though the teeth are represented as perhaps too regularly barred, and united further up than is at least usual. There is no suggestion that T. lunlellalum differs from T. Richardii in any other respect ; and there can be no doubt that it is the same species. The reduction, hoAvever, by no means ends here. C. Mueller appears to have overlooked T. umhellatum W. Arn. altogether. It is not included in the Synopsis, nor is there any reference to it in the Rryoloqia Hawaiica. In that work he describes Thysanomitriuni haa'aiicam, n. sp.; and as he does not make any comparison with T. umhellatum, while the description applies perfectly to that species, the conclusion is obvious that he was unaware of Arnott s species, and was unconsciously describing the same plant. In the Bry. Hawaiica C. Mueller describes as his ty^^e a slender plant, and as var. rohusta a much larger plant which he had formerly labelled T. R/ildwinii. In the posthumous Gen. Muse. Frond, he reverts to tlie earlier view, and considers T. Baldwinii as distinct. They re n-esent two i-ather extreme forms of T. Richardii. Paris (Ind. ed. ii. p. 898) has confused Thijsanomifrium haivaii- cum C M. { Fl o r a, \xxxii. 4: i:0) with Dicra a urn haicaiicum C. M. (Bot. Zeit. 1862, p. 328). It is the former plant which is Pilopocjon hawaiicus Broth. The latter should appear under CampylojJus as C. hawaiicus (C. M.) Jaeg. Adumbr. i. 140. It is the same with T. Powellii C. M., from Samoa. Even C. Mueller can only say of that plant that it "relative solum differt" from T. hawaiicum, which for that author is conceding a good deal. The Samoan plant, in fact, differs in no way from the Hawaiian T. Richardii. There is some confus'on over this name. Paris gives Thysanomi- trium Powellii C. M. in Engler's Bot. Jahrb. 1896, p. 320. In that place (vol. xxiii.), however, C. Mueller does not describe the species, but cites a previous reference as " loc. cit.''^ This runs down to the Musci Polynesiaci, where, however, the name does not appear. It seems probable that the name was never actually published. ^rrsCEf.LANEA UJ{YOLO(iICA 289 We must now turn to the Indo-Malayan ])lants. Trichoslomioti Bluniii was published in 18-1 A by Doz. & Molk. In the original description thore is no comparison with T. umhcllatuin or the allied plants. Peristome is not described. The Indo-Malay phmt, a common and widely distributed moss, is recorded from sucli a wide area (including Hawaii), and is so exactly identical with the Hawaiian T. umhcUatuni \V. Arn., that one wonders tliat its identity has not been pointed out. This, however, is no doubt partly due to the fact that C. Mueller in the Synopsis has omitted all mention of T. umhelLatum, which has been overlooked. Hampe, however (teste Bry. jav. i. 81), had arrived at the conclusion that the Javan plant was identical with the S. American T. liichardii — as 1 believe, quite correctly, — for the authors of that work cite " ThymnomUrium Ricliardii major et minor Hmpe. in Sched. Junghuhn " as a syno- nym of Canipi/Iopus Blumii. The different forms of T. Hicliardil — e. g. those represented by T. h(f IV alien 7)1 C. M. and T. Baldwinii C. M. — are all included in the various forms of T. Blumii^ in which, as in all its distribution, the blackish colour of the plant is fi'equent, though perhaps it pre- ponderates less than in the Hawaiian and American foi-ms. Dicranum nigrescens Mitt., moreover, is precisely the some thing. Here, too, it seems strange that Mitten, who compares it with T. exasperatum, should make no comparison Avith T. Bluiuii, in spite of the fact that Wilson had actually I'ef erred some of Hooker's specimens to that sj^jccies (as I). Dozyaniim). I give below an outline of the revised synonymy, without attempt- ing to give the various combinations under which most of the trivial names have appeared. In all probability a considerable number of additions will have to be made to this list. Thus Brotherus gives eight S. American and West Indian species as " sehr nalie verwandt " with T. Bi chard a. It is not out of the question that T. exasperatum (Brid.) may ultimately prove to be conspecihc with T. Ricliardii, although the problem runs on quite different lines. The bi'oadly-pointed, often cucuUate, muticous leaves seem at first sight to place it in quite a different category from T. Ricliardii ; and there are other minor characters. Several considerations, however, tend to minimize the value of that cliaracter. Thus, Campylopus hicoJur (Hornsch.), an Australasian moss, has the same form of leaf-apex as T. exasperainm. But I have in recent years received from the Ilev. W. W. Watts Australian specimens of " Campylopus Davaliaiuis Watts," which T lind to be the same thing as C. ericeticola C. M. ; and these are precisely the same thing as C. hicolor, only that they have a short hair-point on some of the leaves. C. alrovirens He Xot., moreover, has the very similar marked var. omtticvs Braithw. Fui-ther, certain plants, such as C. proemorms (C. M.) and C. Tlncaitesii (Mitt.) {cf. Fleischer, M. von Buitenz. i. 116) are admittedly intermediate between T. exasperatum and T. Blumii. And, finally, the very similar geographical distribution of T. exasperatum and T. Blumii lends support to the view, especially if, as seems probable, Dicranum surinamcnse C. M. is the same thing as T. exasperatum. 290 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY As to uniting the two, however, there might well he difference of opinion, whereas the reductions I have proposed above can, I think, he established without controversy; and in view of the fact already mentioned that there are possibly some minor differences in T. exas- peratum, I do not propose its reduction here. THrsAXoMiTRiUM KiCHARDii SchwacgT. Suppl. ii. pt. i. p. 61, t. 118 (1823). Campi/lopus Richardii Brid, Bry. univ. i. 474 (1826). Filopogon Richardii Broth, in Engl. & Prantl, Plianzenfam. Musci, i. 336. Campylopus nigrescens Dubv in Mem. Soc. Phys Greneve, xix. 292 (1868). Thysanomitrium umhellatum W. Arn. Disp, p. 34 (1826). JPilopogon umheUatus Broth, op. et Joe. cit. Trichostomum Blumii Doz. & Molk. in Ann. sc. nat. 3rd ser. ii. 316 (1844). Campylopus Blumii Bry. jav. i. 81. Dicraiium Dozyanum C. M. Syn. i. 385 (1849). Dicranum nigrescens Mitt, in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. iii., Suppl. p. 19 (1859). Campylopus nigrescens Jaeg. Adumbr. i. 121. Thysanomitrium Powellii C. M. in Engler's Bot. Jahrb. xxiii. 320. Pilopogon Powellii Broth, op. et loc. cit. Thysanomitrium hawaiicum C. M. in Flora. Ixxxii. 440 (1896) (nee Dicranum hawaiicum in Bot. Zeit. 1862, p. 328; nee Campy- lopus hawaiicus Jaeg. Adumbr. i. 140). Distr. Costa Kica ; Mexico ; Guadeloupe ; Andes Quitenses et Peruv. ; Chile ; Hawaii ; Samoa ; Fiji ; Japan ; India ; Ceylon ; Malaya ; Sunda Is. ; Philippines ; Tonkin ; Tahiti. Distribution or Cyrtopus setosus (Hedw.) Hook. f. The Handbook of the N.Z. Flora, p. 461, gives as the distribution of this interesting monotypic genus, besides New Zealand, which may be looked upon as its headquarters, Tasmania, South America, Sand- wich Is. I can find no evidence in literature or in Hooker's her- barium of its existence in S. America, and I think that must be expunged from the distribution. Kodwa}^ (Tasmanian Bryophytes, Mosses, p. 25) says of this " lieported from Tasmania, but no Tasmanian specimens in the collections. Very possibly an error.'' Undoubted specimens, in good fruit, however, are to be found in Hooker's herb. "V. D. Ld., Cunningham, 42 " ; and "Van D. Land, Gunn." There remains the Sandwich Is. record. I find no other record of it in literature, C. Mueller makes no reference to it in the Bryologia Ilawaiica. But there is at Kew (under Cyrtopus setosus) a specimen in Herb. Hook, labelled in Hooker's hand " Neckera. Mouna Haab, Sandwich Is., Lindley," which is undoubtedly the true plant, c.fr. The distribution of so well-marked and conspicuous a species, having its headquarters in New Zealand, and elsewhere known (except in Tasmania) only from the Sandwich Is., is certainlj^ unusual, and the evidence for it should be well founded. The above label, it MISCELLANEA BRVOLOGICA 291 will be noted, at first sight seems rather suspicious. There is certainly no such mountain as Mouna Kaah in the Sandwich Is., and Lindley was never there nor anywhere near. The specimen clearly raised a ])roblem, which, however, with the assistance of Mr. Skan, I have been able, I think, to settle quite satisfactorily. The name of Lind- ley on the label does not necessarily impl}^ that he was the collector; it may only mean that Hooker received the specimen from him. Now David Douolas visited Hawaii in Jan. 1834, and made the ascent of Mouna Kuah, where, as described at some leno^th in his Diary, he made many observations and collected plants. The mountain is now known as Mauna Kea, but it has gone through various forms of transcription, including Mowna Kaah and Mouna Keah. One of the plants collected by Douglas on Mouna Kuah is referred to by him as '' Argi/ropliyton Douglasil ''''■=: Arcjj/roxiphium sandwicense Hook. Ic. PL t. 75. Now the locality given by Hooker for the plant repre- sented on t. 75 is " Mowna Kaah " ; and among the sheets of that plant at Kew is one in Hooker's herbarium written up by Hooker in precisely the same hand as the label of the Cyrto'pns : — " Monna Raah ; coll. Macrae." The E, is unmistakable ; the final Ji is written so that with scarcely any alteration it might easily be taken for a h. In the label of the Cyrtopus Hooker has gone just a shade further and actually transcribed it as a h. A further sheet of the Argt/roxipluuvi, also from the same mountain, coll. Macrae "ad Montem Keah," came from the Horti- cultural Society's Collection. Now Lindley was in close touch with the Hort. Soc, and he was a friend of Douglas. It almost saute aux yeux that Hooker's label of the Cyrtopus indicates that he received the specimen from Lindley, Lindley in his turn having probably received it from the Hort. Soc, to which it came with other plants collected on Maima Kea either by Macrae or Douglas. 1 do not know that Macrae collected mosses at all ; but Douglas was a noted moss collector (cf. Nechera Douylasii Hook.) ; and in his Diary of his ascent of Mouna Kuah he makes more than one reference to the mosses. I think it can scarcely be doubted that this specimen of Oyrtopiis setosus was collected by Douglas on that occasion, and that the distribution of the species in the Sandwich Is. is thorouo-hly established. The transitions of spelling which the place-name has undergone are perfectly obvious aud natural when the handwriting is consulted, though less so when shown in the printed character; but the *' phylogeny " of the name may be traced thus : — Kaah /\ / \ Kuah Raah / \ Keah Eaab / Kea 292 THE JOUKXAL OF BOTANY LINNEAN SPECIES IN OUR DAYS. Br Eexst Almquist, Professor emeritus, SfockJiolm. Nature itself has grouped a large proportion of living organisms into units that are very easy to recognize. Their descendants remain constant both in appearance and character, the distinguishing charac- teristics of the different units being well-marked. Most of the Linnean species are such units. Linne emphasizes that species are created by Nature and not by tlie scientists. Many of them were well known before his time — Kay described many ; but, as far as I know, it was Linne who first pointed out the constancy of the " distinctions." He also proved this constancy ; every year he sowed thousands of different forms from all countries — not one species lost its characters (Transmutatio frument. 1757, p. 6). It is deplorable that Linne's experiments on species are not thoroughly known. Biology still suffers from it. Only those facts and theories are now remembered that his contemporaries, with the spirit of that time, were able to understand and digest. The following important facts are very often forgotten : — • 1. Linne's species possess constant characters that do not change in di:fferent environments. 2. Some species Linne describes as collective sjjecies. De Vrios points out that Linne did this intentionally, but his successors almost forgot it. Thus Primula veris contains three constant sj^ecies, named trinominally. 3. Linne separated the varieties into two different groups, varie- tafes ex loco and variefates constantes -, the former go back to the common forms by culture, the latter do not (Metamorph. plantarum, 1755, p. 18). The constant varieties are innumerable : "dantur emm innumerie v^arietates qua cultura non reducuntur, sed constantes per- sistunt " (Flora suec. 1755, p. 247). The life of man is too short for discerning the immense number : " fineni ludentis polymorphse naturae, vix attingat botanicus " (Phil. bot. p. 249). The constant varieties may be considered as independent species ; but very small differences, e.g. a])etaly or greater size of Hower, Linne found not sufficient for creating new species (Metamorph plant, p. 18). 4. Some species are easy to recognize, but some forms are really difficult or impossible to distinguish. In certain genera Linne gene- rally found the species well linuted, but one group would contain an excess of similar forms ; in some genera all forms were connected closely. In the Species Plantarum Linne reserved pronouncement on the species of Rosa, Salix, and the Fungi. He speaks of ''genera prolixiora " or '• difusiora " — the American Quercus, Aster, Passi- Jlora, Cactus, the African Geranium, Mesemhryanthemum (Plantie hvbr. 1751, pp. 6, 29). He suspected that the varieties of Tulipa, Brassica, Lactiica, Pyrus, etc., originated by crosses (Fundamentum fructiticat. 1762, p. 21). 5. Part of the last-named varieties, e. g. tlie cultivated kinds of Brassica, Linne. compares v.ith the strains of the dog. Like the LINNEAN SPECIES IN OUR DAYS 293 parents, tlie descendants produce continually varying forms ; Linne does not acknowledge these as species, but supposes that they are hybrids. Thus beyond tlie varieties ex loco and the constant varieties, Linne observed still a third kind, the hybrids (Fuind. fructif. p. 13). Ltnne and Darwin. Darwin studied the struggle for existence. The influence of environment is very great. Nature decides on the fate of all forms. A great many new forms ai-e too weak for the struggle and disappear, but some are stronger than the parents and supplant them. Of course, the same law must prevail both for new constant varieties and for hybrid forms. Linne spoke of " helium omnium in omnes." He observed the immense number of seed and brood that the organisms produce ; and found in this Nature's method of preserving living organisms in the former state. Darwin went much deeper and discovered an important biological law that I like to call " Darwdn's law," by which I mean the different influences of environment on different forms. Unfortunately Darwin did not know of Linne's experiments with the constant varieties. He regards the varieties as beginning new species, influenced b}^ the struggle for existence. We do not now^ assume tliat natural selection is able to create new qenes. But when occasionally new genes ov new combinations of hybrids appear, Nature decides on them, and in this way upon the development of flora and fauna in every country. If in cultivation new varieties appear spontaneously, they will often be in more favourable conditions than in a wild state. Protec- tion, e. g. of (Enofhera Lamarckiana, is able to save many forms that are not fltted for the struggle for existence. LiNN^ and Mendel. Linne crossed two species of Tragopocfon and raised a fertile hybrid. In his garden sometimes new^ hybrids appeared spontaneously. From his studies of Peloria (1744) his mind was constantly led to hybrids as the origin of new species. He formed the theory that all new species originate from crosses, and that in this waj^ the whole development of plants originates from onl}^ one species in any natural family. He often appeals to scientists to investigate the question earnestly : — " Per banc hypothesin quisque cordatus botanicus admonetur, ut ad ortum specierum posthac soUicite attendat et experimenta instituat, utrum casu et arte produci queant ; si hoc obtinetur, clavem habe- bimus hue usque desideratam fundamenti fructificationis a priori, a posteriori hactenus tantum inductam et exemplis confirmatam." " Si interim hjBC sententia vel hypothesis recipiatur, clavis adest funda- menti fructificationis a priori, quse omnes aperit januas claussas in svstemate vegetabili. et sine qua introitum a priori frustra quaesiveris" (Fundam. fructif. 1762, p. 22). A century passed away, and the expected '* cordatus botanicus appeared." By his analysis of species Mendel began a new era in Biology. 294 the journal of botany Mendelism. Fortunateh" we possess an authoritative work on Mendelism. W. Johannsen, in his textbook {Elemente der e.vsal:fe?i Erhhch- keitslelwe, ed. 2, 1913), presents the results with good criticism and exact methods. From this I take the following points : — The Linnean species are reallj not units but embrace a various number of "small species." These last must be the units in a systematic natural history (p. 7). Yilmorin and MendeFs rule to cultivate each individuum apart is necessary for analyzing the forms. This method gave excellent results for the sugar industry, but has not been attended to by scientists. The pure culture is as important in botany for studying heredity as in bacteriology (p. 190). Botanists have too readily described new species without cultivation. A pure line includes all individuals that descend from one homo- zygous, self-impregnating individuum. The pure strains are quite homozygous and seem to exist only among pure lines. The constancy of the pure line persists until the homozygous nature is disturbed by crosses or mutations (pp. 154, 627). Investigations concerning variability have shown three kinds of variation : (1) pure phseno variation ; (2) geno-phaeno variation ; (3) pure genovariation of the hybrids (pp. 7, 661). The idea of the character of species is dissolved. The characters are not hereditary ; but the elements, the genes, are. Inheritance is a genotypic phenomenon, its manifestations are eo ijpso pha3notypic (pp. 628, QQd). The genotypic elements, the genes, are fixed and immutable. It is unthinkable that a gene is a free living element. The gene alone cannot produce anything. The whole genotypus works all. Perhaps a moderate number of different genes are suffi- cient for producing many biotypes (pp. 634, 667). So far, analysis by MendeVs methods is still in its initial stage. Only the superficial features, not the'deeper organisation of the plants, have been the object of study. We do not know whether we shall ever be able to analyze species and genera (p. 668). Fate of the Constant Forms. How will the Linnean species prosper in the time to come ? I think very well, as far as they are constant and limited by Nature. Science interests herself in all Nature's works. The units or groups, the natural families and' genera, as well as collective species and constant varieties, will in all periods be subjected to researches, especially in regard to their inter-relationship. Linne assumes that in each natural group all the species and varieties are related, and are descendants from only one species in the group. Generally all collective species, and also the well-defined constant varieties that in culture still keep their character, can be called Linnean species. Neither does there exist any difficulty in acknow- ledging as species the apogamic constant forms and the asexual constant strains. LINNEAN SPECIES IX OUR DAYS 295 The self-iinpregnating wild plants are liomoz3^gous. If they are occasionally impregnated by a foreign species, the former state will be restored by degrees. I have cultivated thousands of individuals and several hundred different forms of Capsella hiirsa-pastoris, and I found almost all constant in several generations, Allogamous Wild Plants. Here T see a great danger for many Linnean species. The Men- delists seem generally to assume that they must be heterozj'gous and varying continually. If so, they do not correspond to any Linnean species, and thus a large proportion of all species must be rejected. Therefore it is necessary to examine earnestly the wild species that are impregnated by insects or b}^ wind. As far as I know, the con- clusion that these species must be heterozygous is verified only in a few wild groups, e. g. Salix. If only a few allogamous species in a country be proved homo- Z3'"gous, the conclusion that all are heterozj^gous should be withdrawn. Clearly the existence of constant varieties within a species does not pTOve a continuous formation of hybrids, nor does the appearance of hybrid forms from new crosses. The hybrids must be produced by the nature of the plant itself. One form may be homozygous in one country, and the corresponding form in another country hetero- zygous, if isolation and environment are different. Many heterozygous plants are easily mistaken as constant, espe- cially if the obvious hybrids are few. Nevertheless, De Vries dis- covered varieties of GLnotliera Lamarckiana even in natural growth. He looked earnestly also for other species that were able to produce " single variations." He cultivated numbers of such species, also allogamous forms. But beyond (E". Lamarckiana he found all in the " immutable period," and assumed that at Amsterdam most of the wild species were immutable (Mutat. Theorie, i. p. 357). De Vries found them in immutable period — that is to sa}^ constant. It will be necessary to remind ourselves that wild plants have lived during long periods ; (E. Lamarckiana, on the contrar}-, is probably a recent product. Linne sowed very great numbers of plants, and always sought for varieties. Some hybrids appeared, but all the species remained constant. I think, therefoi'e, that Linne is right, as a rule, in assum- ing that allogamous wild plants are also able to keep their character. As I said above, he was reserved concerning some groups, and asked for further research. The common fioras offer a kind of verification of the constancy of man}^ wild plants, lieally there seems to exist a great number of well-defined allogamous species. My own experience is not great, but I have observed most of our Linnean species in their natuiul environment, and I also sowed allogamous plants, such as Digitalis, Verhascum, Geum, Papaver, (Enothera, etc. Never was I able to find varieties of a Linnean species that I could presume to be hybrids produced by the sj)ecies itself. 296 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTAT^Y Cax ax Allogamous Pla:n^t be Hoimozygous ? Species originate from crosses : so thought Linne, and several Men- delists seem to cherish the same idea. Nevertheless, many of the hybrids have become homozygous. Beyond doubt some of the allogamous groups are able to develop in the same direction as the self-impregnating forms really do. Many new forms are unlit for free competition. That concerns not only sterility and other inlirmity. My experience with the strains of Gapsella was very significant. Imported species are seldom able to compete with natives. I will cite an example. At Vestervik, onl}"" 200 km. distant from the capital, most of the strains from Stockholm disappear in a short time. I know exceptions from the rule, especially strains from Mediterranean countries. Thus Nature makes a great difference even between very similar competing units. This rule prevails among many groups of plants. By crosses the weak hybri Is will, of course, disappear. But also many vigorous new combinations will be excluded hy the force of Darwin's law, not being able to keep the field in the environment. If a strain have collected by degrees the best qualities for the struggle for life, it will easily surpass other combinations and develop, I think, in direction to be homozygous. If homozygous, it has the greatest chance to resist in the struggle, because it tends to keep its good qualities. I suppose that Nature in this way creates new constant units. Nature axd its Analysts. I do not know whether the successors of Mendel have met with greater difiiculties in their studies than Linne and his successors have done. It would need immense work to discover all the natural units and groups of the organic world. It requires acute observation to discover the diiference between variation ex loco and constant varie- ties, to prove the constancy, to discern the collective species, and to discover and prove the existence of plant hybiids. This work has proceeded but two centuries, and is not nearly complete in our day. Science begins by stating and arranging the facts ; it continues with anal3^sis. Linne discovered and proved the immutable characters of the constant varieties and species. Mendel and his successors dis- solved the characters and found fixed and immutable genes. Linne speaks of three different categories of existing varieties ; Johannsen divides the variability into three kinds of variation. These three categories of Linne and Johannsen are, of course, not identical : the second category is widely different, and according to Linne contains only constant varieties. I think we need in science categories both of existing organisms and of their variability, generally both the Nature fact and its analysis. In other branches of the science the same rule prevails — no one can construct meteorological facts from ]>hysical laws, nor the laws of epidemics from a bacteriological laboratory. IIEXUIKITA CEKF 297 HENRIETTA CERF. (1810-1877) Those who are in the habit of turning over the pages of old periodicals for purposes of reference must be aware of the difficulty of identifying the authors of communications signed only with initials or entirely anonymous. At the time of publication, identification, at any rate in the former case, is not difficult ; but as time goes on, and folks go off, such identification becomes more and more troul)le- some, if not actually impossible. In this Journal the use of initials has almost been confined to reviews, and of these it is proposed to publish when occasion offers the list of identifications already prepared. The matter was lately brought prominently to my notice on refer- ring to the New Series of the Plujtohujhl (18.3.3-61) — perhaps the woist indexed of many badly indexed journals, carrying on, as it does, the tradition which makes the contents of the Hooker Journals practically inaccessible — in which to many articles and notes only initials are appended. The notes are often of so trivial a nature that it is hardly necessary to trouble about them ; but the interest of some of the former is sufficient to provoke inquiry. Of this I have recently had an example in the case of " H. C," who contributed to vols. iii. and iv. of that periodical notes on Belgian plants, and to vol. v. (pp. 38-45, 70-72) a "List of Plants collected about Dover, Walmer, Folkestone, and Sandgate," to which the ¥lora of Kent mukes no special reference. The writer, who referred to Crepin as a correspondent, was evidently a competent botanist, but I failed to identify the initials with those of any British botanist of the period : it was only when I noticed, on the page last mentioned, a reference by the editor (Alexander Irvine) to "the fair authoress," that a clue was supplied. This Dr. Daydon Jackson successfully followed up, finding in this Journal for 1877 (p. 380) a brief reference to her death, and a longer notice by Crepin in Bull. Soc. Roy. de Belgique of the same year (xvi. 54), part of which it seems worth while to reproduce : " Mademoiselle Henrietta Cerf, nee a la Jamaique le 10 fevrier 1810 et morte a Bruxelles le 22 octobre 1877, etait une dame d'un esprit tres-cultive et dont les connaissances en botanique etaient fort etendues. Elle ne borna pas ses recherches a la^ botanique rurale; mais elle suivit regulierement les progres faits par les questions les plus elevees de la science. Sa bibliotheque, enrichie des traites les plus savants publies en Angleterre, en Allemagne, en France, etc., temoigne d'un gout tres-prononce pour la botanique. Mademoiselle Cerf a etudie avec le plus grand soin la flore de nos diverses provinces. Pendant un sejour de plusieurs annees qu elle fit, avec sa famille, au chateau de Bloquement, pres de Dinant, elle eut Toccasion d'explorer Tune des parties les plus riches de la vallee de la Meuse." The plants then noted as the result of her observa- tions are given in her papers in Phyt. iii. 161-4, iv. 33-4; on the last page she speaks of "our village of'^Houx," in which presumably the Journal of Botany.— Vol. 60. [October, 1022.] x 298 THE JOUENAL OF 3J0TANY chateau was situated. I was inclined to attribute to Mdlle Cerf, from internal evidence, a paper on '* Belgian Botany " in Phyt. vi. 305-390, 421-477, signed " H. H. C," but the fact that this is not included in the list of her papers given by Crepin (I.e.) made me look further ; the references on pp. 314, 320, identify " H. H. C." with H. H. Cripps, of High Street, Tunbridge Wells — is anything known about him ? Crepin, by the way, includes in his list a paper on "East Anglian Botany" (Phyt. vi. 327-385), with which assuredly Mdlle Cerf was in no way concerned : although headed " From a Correspondent : to the Editor " the style suggests that the writer Avas Irvine himself. The first contribution of '* H. C." to the PJiytologist (ii. 61G; Nov. 1858) is not mentioned by Crepin : it is " On the Fertilization of Imperfect Flowers," and is followed by a translation of D. Miiller's paper in Bot. Zeit. for 1857 (Oct. 23) in relation to Viola. Other translations by Mdlle Cerf (not signed, but attributed to her by Crepin) are those from Treviranus in Bot. Zeit. of the same year, on the hybernacula of Ilydrocliaris and JPotamoqeton crisjpus (Phyt. v. 190, vi. 68) ; although neither is signed, the former is attributed to *' H. C." in the index to the volume. Mdlle Cerf, as the index to " communications received," prefixed to each volume, shows, frequently corresponded with Irvine ; in case anyone should be sufficiently interested in her to look up the references, it may save him the trouble if I say that, with the exception of those alread}^ given, they are, with two exceptions, mere acknowledgements of the receipt of communications from " H. C." The exceptions are in vi. 283 (Sept. 1862), where " our amiable friend ' H. C.,' now residing and botanizing in lioss-shire, is informed that a series of Scotch Koses will be very acceptable " ; and on p. 447, where she has a short list (without notes) of "Cromarty Plants." Crepin (I.e.) writes: " Avec les recoltes qu'elle a faites dans notre pays, en Ecosse, en Angleterre, aux bords du Khin, en Suisse, etc., elle avait compose un herbier fort interessant et dont les plantes sont admirablement pre])arees " : she was a foundation member of the Societe Koyale de Botanique de Belgique. A perusal of Mdlle Cerf's papers, especially those on the Belgian flora (Phyt. iii. 161-4; 33-4, 70-72), to which she added Artemisia camphorata, confirm Crepin's estimate of her capacity as a botanist, and show that she was well acquainted with botanical literature : they also, in some indefinable way, convey the idea of a charming personality, and suggest that Crepin's tribute—*' que cette dame sera profondement regrettee de tous ceux qui Font connue " — is no mere conventional expression. James Bkitten. MERISTIC VAKIATTOX IN PAPAVEK J)UBTUM 299 MEKISTIC VAEIATION IN PAPAVEK DUBIUM. By T. a. Sprague, B.Sc, F.L.S. AccoRDiN^G to Fedde, the number of stigma-rays is 4-10 in PaiJiiver dubiiim and 5-18 in P. Mhwas (Engl. PHanzenr. Papa- verac. 294, 314; 1909). Owing to their large meristic range, these species are exceptionally well adapted for the study of meristic variation. The results of an examination of 5(3 plants of P. duhiun, recently (July) found growing on weeds near the edge of a relatively open shrubbery, suggest that the number of carpels is dependent to some extent on the amount of food available when their primordia arise. Out of 22 plants of one gathering, 12 vigorous ones, bearing altogether 58 flowers, had an average of 5 '6 stigma-rays; whereas 10 weak or starved plants, bearing 30 ilowers in all, had an average of only 4-7 rays. Further, the cajDsules and expanded Howers on a plant usually had a higher average of rays than the flower-buds on the same plant. The carpels of Nigella damascena afford a parallel instance : " normally, that is to say in well-nourished flowers, they ai-e five; in later flowers they are partly four and partly three " (Goebel, Organography, ii. 538 ; 1905). The vigour of a plant may find expression in its size and weight, extent of branching and consequent number of flowers, and in the number of parts of the flower. A certain correspondence was to be expected between the number of flowers on a plant and the average number of stigma-rays, since these two numbers are presumably correlated separately with the degree of vigour of the plant. How fully this correspondence is realized is shown in the subjoined table, which gives figures for 28 plants in which none of the capsules or flowers had been destroyed. The other 28 plants had from one to four capsules of flowers missing in each case, and are dealt with separately. All unexpanded buds which were sufficiently advanced for analysis were taken into account : — Plants examined 6 8 5 6 s Total 28 plants. Total 107 flowers. Flowers examined 12 24 20 30 ?A Flowers per plant 9, 8 4 5 fi-8 Eange 2-8 flowers. General average 5*35. Average of stigma-rays . . . 4-5 5-0 5-35 5-53 6-0 Comparison of the third and fourth lines of the table shows that the average number of stigma-rays increases along with the number of flowers per plant. The figures for the 28 plants in which one or more capsules or flowers were missing were relatively irregular, as was to be expected. Nevertheless, 18 plants with 2-5 flowers each had an average of 4*9 stigma-rays per flower ; whereas the other 10 plants with 6-9 flowers each had an average of 5*5 rays. The corresponding averages for the undamaged plants were 5*2 for those with 2-5 flowers each, and 6*0 for those with 6-8 flowers; the averages for the damaged plants being lower, owing to the fact that the flowers destroyed were mainly the older ones, which, as already pointed out, x2 800 THE JOUIIN^AL OF BOTANY have a higher average of rays than the younger flowers on the same plant. Two further illustrations may he given of the correlation of the average numher of stigma-rays with the amount of food available. A set of 9 very starved plants gathered subsequently had an average of only 4-1 rays, two of the flowers having only 3 rays each, the lowest number hitherto recorded. The 3-rayed flowers had 6 stamens each, and one of them had also a single theca on the margin of one of the petals, deduction of the stamens in Papaver to 6 has been observed by Goebel in starved plants (Einleit. Experim. Morphol. Pfl. 131; 1908). On the other hand, 107 capsules and flowers on a group of plants cultivated in the Herbaceous Ground at Kew gave an average of 7'2 stigma-raj^s, eight flowers having 9 rays each, and only five having as few as 5 rays. The following table shows the relative frequency of the various numbers of stigma-rays in the 328 flowers examined ; separate figures being given for the weeds (221 flovsrers) and the cultivated plants (107 flowers) : — Numher of stigrna-rays . . . 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3-9 Percentages of flowers (weeds). 0-9 21-7 42-5 29-9 4-5 0-5 100 Percentages of flowers (cultivated plants). ... 4-7 15-0 40-2 32-7 7-5 100 In the weeds the commonest number of stigma-rays was 5, and the average 5*1 ; in the cultivated plants the commonest. number was 7, and the average 7*2. WoodrufFe- Peacock found that the stigma- rays varied from 4 to 7, with an average of 6, in 100 flowers of P. dubium taken at random ( Journ. Bot. 1913, 48). In 45 ca])suies examined by C. E. Salmon the number of rays varied from 5 to 9, with an average of 7*4 (New Phyt. xviii. 114; 1919). Figures derived from capsules only will on the whole be higher than those from flowers, inasmuch as a certain proportion of the younger fiowei's will be excluded owing to their never maturing. The possibility of the existence in P. duhium of several races, each with a different average of stigma-rays under the same con- ditions, should not be overlooked. This is a matter for experimental cultivation. SHORT NOTES. A CoREECTTON. [The following correction relating to Dr. Barn- hart's paper on " Plant Nomenclature," published in our last issue, reached us too late to prevent the publication of the passage. — Ed. Jourx. Bot.] If it is not too late, 1 would suggest the omission of everytliing under Mr. Sprague's fifth point [p. 257], except the first sentence : that is, omit from the words " Hill's work of 175G " to the end of the paragraph. My remarks about Hill's double generic names ■were only incidental, having no bearing upon the point there discussed. I have since discovered that they are provided for under the Vienna SHORT NOTES 301 Rules by tlie third pavagrapli of article 51. This is to my mind an extremeh^ foolish rule, inasmuch as it rejects Biirsn-pasto'ris while it validates Sebasfiano-Sclutueria; but it is no longer true, you see, that I know of no modern rule which denies the validity of Hill's names. — Joiix Hendlet Barnhaut. Opiitoglossum vuLGATUii L. While walking from West Meon to Hanibledon, Hampshire, in June last, I met with a considerable quantity of Opliioi/Jossum vulqafnni L. on the summit of the chalk downs near the ancient camp on Old Winchester Hill. The fern was growing with Viola hirta, Cnicits acanlla, T/ti/m/rs, and other plants characteristic of calcareous pastures. I think this is a very unusual habitat for Ophiof/lossmn, which generally aifects moist alluvial meadow-land ; but it is not unique, for the Flora of Hamp- shire gives another station on the chalk downs near Winchester.^ H. W. KiGSLET. REVIEWS. The Natural Isat ion of Animals and Plants in New Zealand. By the Hon. Geo. M. Thomsox, M.L.C, F.L.S., F.N.Z.Inst. Ro3^al 8vo, pp. X -h 608. Price ^Is. net. Cambridge University Press, 1922. In" his preface to this handsome volume, the author points out that New Zealand, owing to its isolation by over a thousand miles from any other extensive land-area, is the only country in which the attempt to trace the Hrst introduction of every species could succeed. "We possess," he says, "a fairly accurate record of what was here when Europeans first visited these shores, and we have been able to follow the later introductions of new species with a certain measure of success." Mr. Thomson had originally intended to confine his attention to mammals, birds, and fishes ; but it seemed inadvisable to stop there, and therefore, " having some bowing acquaintance with the floras of Britain, North America, and Australia, in addition to that of New Zealand, in due course [he] added the introduced plants " — a decision for which botanists, especially those who are concerned with questions relating to distribution, will be grateful : a note on p. 503, fi-om which we learn that he was a pupil of J. H. lialfour, his previous publications, and the ]n'esent volume suggest that the author under- estimates his botanical qualifications. It is, of course, with the botanical portion of the book, which occupies about a third of its bulk, that this notice is alone concerned. The first collection of New Zealand jilants brought to Europe was that made by Banks and Solander on Cook's first voyage in 1769 ; there is no record that on this occasion either animals or plants were introduced, but on the second visit in 1773 " a quantity of European seeids of the best kinds " were sown, though these ap])arently failed to establish themselves. According to tradition, however, Lacjenaria vulgaris (which was observed by Banks in 1773) was introduced 302 THE JOURJ^AL OF BOTANY between 1150 and 1300 a.d, ; Ipomcea Batatas about 1300 ; Colo- casia antiquorum and Cordyline termiiialis about 1400, or, accord- ing to another legend, about five hundred years ago, at which date Corynocarpus Icsvigata was also introduced. Mr. Thomson gives a short account of the various visits to the islands subsequently to Cook, whereby many of the European weeds of cultivation were brought in : the chief period of introduction seems to have been between 1800 and 1820. Mr. Thomson has adopted Mr. Cheeseman's Manual of the Neva Zealand Flora (1906) as his standard of reference, but has also consulted Dr. Cockayne's various papers and those of other authors. The first list of introductions is that in J. D. Hooker's Handbook (1867), which enumerates 165 species. In the volume under notice, over 600 species are entered as introductions, though not all have established themselves. Of these, 370 are British, exclusive of those which figure in our own floras as introduced species ; the representa- tion of British species is sometimes very complete, thus all the British Buttercups and most of the British Caryophyllacece are included. To most of the names interesting notes are appended, relating to local distribution, methods of distribution, insect visitors, and the like, with dates of first record of appearance Avhen that can be ascertained. From these notes, in so far as they relate to British species, we select the following points. There is an interesting account of the rapid establishment and development of the Watercress, which was probabl}'' introduced soon after the settlement of Canterbury in 1850 ; in that district plants attained 14 feet in length and were stout in proportion, but the size is now quite normal. Mr. Thompson tells us that in narrow streams with a good flow of water, " Elodea canadensis tends to displace it ; and I have noticed in some parts of the Avon at Christchurch, and in tributary streams, that a species of Nitella can strangle both of them. But Avatching shallow ponds near Dunedin, I have noticed that, unless kept severely in check, the water-cress can put Elodea^ Aponogeton and species of Nymplicea right out of competition in a jviar or two." The Cabbage, Turnip, and probably the Swede were introduced by Cook ; the two former speedily established themselves — the Cabbage in 1839 *' covered the sides of the hills with a yellow carpet." A remarkable form of Avild turnip, which Mr. Thomson suggests may be a hybrid between the Swede and the Turnip, grows five and six feet high, " w^ith heavy branching stems and leaves from two to three feet long ; it never forms any bulb, but has a thick stem as much as three inches or more diameter at the base." The relation between Bed Clover and humble-bees is well known. Wallace's statement that White Clover "even destroyed P7/orm/ww /«°^rt'^" was " based on defective information " and is indeed inaccurate. The Peach was introduced in 1814 : " the Maoris soon scattered the seed far and wide, so that it early established itself as a wild species, for thej shifted their cultivation frequently." The account of the Sweet-briar is interesting. " The early settlers everywhere planted this favourite shrub as a hedge plant, and every- NATURALTSATTOX OF A:NIMALS AXD PLAXTS IN N.Z. 303 where, at least in tlie North Island, it got away from cultivation and quickly established itself as a plant most ditficult to eradicate. As fruit-eating birds increased it increased more rapidly, but there is little doubt that it was largely spread by horses, which will eat the hips but are unable to digest the hard-walled achenes .... It was early recognised as a great pest, and is now most abundant in all parts of the country .... In the Noxious Weeds Act of 1900, this was one of the three plants which were declared to be such without any qualification, the others being the Blackberry and the Canadian (or Californian) Thistle {Cnicus arvensis). By an amendment of the Weeds Act in 1908, the Hawthorn was also stringently prohibited on account of its infection with the bacterial disease known as Fire- blight {Bacillus amylivorus). The Department has come to the conclusion that the disease cannot be coped with so long as the Hawthorn is allowed to remain in evidence ; the planting of Haw- thorn is therefore prohibited, and QYiiry person commits an offence who propagates it in any manner, or who sells any seeds, plants, or cuttings of it." The Butterbur "noted as a garden escape by the author in 1882" was, we suspect, not Petasites indgaris, as stated, but P. {JSfardosmia) fragrans ; in like manner for '' Mimulus moschatus Linn." (p. 456) we should doubtless read M. LangsdorJfUDovi. ** An auctioneer about that date advertised a plant sale, and as a special attraction notified a number of clumps of ' Chatham Island Lily.' Mr. Thomson found that they were bunches of Petasites, and the auctioneer withdrew them from sale." A few years since, under the name " Winter Heliotrope," an advertisement apjieared in an English paper offering a dozen plants of Nardosmia for four shillings ! It is one of the most conspicuous plants of railway-banks and roadsides in the environs of Dublin. All the Thistles are specified by law as " noxious weeds," Onicus arvensis, as was mentioned above, being the worst. Of C. lanceo- latus Mr. Thomson says ; '' I passed through hundreds of acres of newly-ploughed land in the Omaru district in 1873, when the Thistles covered the ground to a height of 6 ft., and it was only possible to get through where cart-tracks had been made and the growth w^as not more than 3 ft. high .... In one patch of ground it com- menced with three Thistles, and in the short space of three years ten acres have been densely covered." Ilagwort, which does not seem to have been recorded before 1874, was placed in the Second Schedule of 1900 and raised to the bad eminence of the First in 1908. It is held largely responsible iw the cirrhosis of the liver which has caused considerable mortality amon^^- horses that have fed upon it ; " bee-keepers complain that their summer-honey is dark-coloured, and so strongly flavoured with the nectar of the Kagwort, which is developed in great profusion, that it is ahnost unsaleable." Foxgloves, "purple and white, growing in profusion on the Wangamoa hills, north-east of Nelson, present a glorious blaze of colour : this noxious pest has got completely out of hand and threatens to ruin the country side. It used to be very common in places near Dunedin, but its comparative disappearance is 304 THE .TOUR^^AL OF BOTANY explained b}^ tliis psculiarity, that it tends to die out of pasture land when it is not pulled out of the ground. Whenever it is pulled out of the ground and the surface-soil is thus disturbed, fresh seedlings spring up. I am informed tliat in the Wairarapa district some farmers have expended as much as £150 a year in their endeavours to clear the land of foxglove by pulling it out. Others who have elected to leave it have been fined fifty shillings for a breach of the Noxious Weeds Act, and their land has become nearly clean by the plants dying out of the pastures." Mr. Thomson seems doubtful as to the accuracy of the " legend " of the introduction of the Dock {Riunex ohtusijfolius), which has been a " noxious weed " from an early period. Darwin, however, mentioned it in 1835, and Colenso in 1837 visited at Poverty Bay "some young plants the natives had raised from seed, fenced in and tabooed, believing them to be tobacco," under which name they had purchased the seed. It may be noted that Sheep's Sorrel {B. Aceto- sella) really deserves its name, as, although an abundant weed, it ** is mostly kept down by sheep wherever they graze freely." There is an interesting chapter on the " Alteration in the Flora since the European Occupation " : no instance can be recorded of any species which has been exterminated as a consequence, but local extermination has taken place, and of this several instances are given : Lepidium oleraceum Forst., for example, originallv discovered by Banks and Solander during Cook's first voyage, and then so abundant that " boat-loads of it were collected and used as an antiscorbutic," is now extinct in several of the localities visited and rare in others ; " its disappearance is due to cattle and sheep, which greedily eat it down in any locality they can reach." This chapter contains a valuable section on the inter-relation of the native and introduced flom ; Mr. Thomson finds " little evidence in support of the opinion that a considerable proportion of the native flora will become extinct," and is " inclined to believe that the struggle between the naturalised and the native floras will result in a limitation of the range of the native species rather than in their actual extermination." The chapter on Legislation contains the schedules of " noxious weeds," to which reference has already been made. The volume, which is in every respect a valuable and interesting piece of work, concludes with a full bibliography, an index of authori- ties, and one of animals and plants, each of them admirably done. Die Veqetation clerErde. Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas. Yon A. Exgler. III. Band, 1 Heft, rait 401 Textfiguren, pp. 869, 1915; 2 Heft, pp. 878, mit 338 Textfiguren, 1921. 33 & 340 Marks. Engel- mann, Leipzig. These important volumes are devoted to a systematic treatment of the Flora of Africa, especially of the tropical region, and form a valuable contribution to our knowledge of the subject. That great advances have been made in recent years may easily be seen by taking almost any genus, especially of Polypetalae, and noting the DTE VEGETATION DER ERDE 305 increase In tlie number of species now known. Thus of the genus Bersama, in vol. i. (1868) of the Flora of' Tropical Africa, only three species are given ; in 1907, when the present writer revised the genus in this Journal, 21 species were known to him; but Dr. v. iirehmer in the work under review gives a clavis of 43 species. The earlier volume (1915) is as to some genera already out of date, numerous important papers, such as l)e Wildeman's revision of Acioa and Alchemilla in liuU. Jard. Bot. Bruxelles, having been issued since its appearance. The work is edited by Dr. Engler, who acknowledges valuable help from numerous specialists, amongst whom we note Loesener {Gelastracece, Hippocrateacece), liadlkofer and Gilg {SapindacecB)^ Ulbrich {MalvacecB, Bomhacecd), Harms {Leguminosce, Araliacece), Diels and Gilg {GomhrefacecB), Brehmer (Anacardiacecs, RJiizo- 2)horecs, Myrtacece), Schellenberg {Connaracea) ; many of the Orders are provided with useful keys to the genera. The first volume begins with Casuarinacece and ends with the Dicliapetalacece ; the second starts with Euphorhiacece and ends with CornacecB ; both have numerous figures in the text. We regret that in the second volume certain papers published in this Journal seem to have escaped notice. As an illustration let us take the Icacinere. Mr. Spencer Moore, in this Journal for Sep- tember 1920, described a new genus of Icacinece — Monocejolia- liiom — which Includes two species, M. Bafesii and M. Zenkeri, both from the Cameroons ; he also has two new species of Stachy- antkus, and points out that the flowers are hexamerous, not penta- merous, as given here in the clavis to the Order. The genus Phaiierocalyx {OlacacecE), described by Mr. Moore in this Journal for 1921 (p. 242), Is also omitted: if these did not appear in time to be included in the text, they should at least have been indicated in an appendix. More attention also should have been paid to the Catalogue of the plants collected by Mr. and Mrs. P. Talbot In South Nigeria, published In 1913. The new genera Alplionseopsis and Deiinettia. (Anonacecd) have been duly noted and Incorporated, but in Myrtacece the rather striking genus Cra- teraiitJms is omitted ; the account of the genus Napoleona in view of Mrs. Talbot's discoveries leaves much to be desired; N'. Talbotii Bak. fil. and N. Egcrtonii Bak. fil., neither of which finds place, seem quite distinct from any previously-known species. In Cola {Sterculiace(s) we find no mention of a striking species ((7. gigas Bak, fil.j collected by Mr. and Mrs. Talbot; the flowers are crimson- purple, 7-8 cm. long, arising two or three together from the stem, and it is evidently one of the most showy species of the genus. The account of the LegumiiioscB Is very complete, and it is only in genera such as Craibia and Baphia^ w^hich have recently been monographed, that revision will be necessary ; in the latter genus Mr. Lester-Garland's careful paper in Journ. Linn. Soc. xlv. (1921) should be consulted. In MeliacccG the recent paper by F. C. Ver- mosen in Kev. Zool. Afrlcaine (x. fasc. 1, 1922) will also have to be consulted, especially on Trichilia. Hibiscus, revised by Dr. Hochreutiner in 1900 in Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. de Geneve, 306 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY vol. iv., has here been again revised by Ulbrich, but it will be necessary to consult a further paper by him in Notizblatt Bot. Grart. Berlin-Dahlem, no. 72, for a complete account of the genus. Instances of omissions similar to those mentioned could be mul- tiplied, but, as has already been stated, the vokimes form a most important contribution to our knowledge of African plants, and we await the continuation of the work with much interest. E. G. B. Age and Area, a Studi/ in OeograpJiical Distribution and Origin of Species. By J. C. Willis, Sc.D., F.K.S., with chapters by Hugo de Vkies, H. B. Guppt, P.B.S., Mrs. E. M. Keid, and James Small, D.Sc. 8vo, pp. x, 259. Cambridge University Press, 1922. Price 14s. Dr. Willis has brought together in this volume the results of work extending over some 3'ears, with which botanists have become familiar from papers published chiefly in the Annals of Botany, and from various discussions at the Linnean Society, At the recent meeting of the British Association botanists and zoologists joined in a discussion of the present position of Darwinism, which was opened by Dr. Willis, who re-stated the position taken up in his book. Dr. Willis himself presents an interesting case of evolution. Trained at Cambridge in an atmosphere of Darwinism, he began his work as a naturalist, studying the adventive flora of the pollard Willows near Cambridge. His removal to Ceylon gave opportunity for an exhaustive stud}'- in field and laboratory of an apparently highly adapted famil}^ the Fodostemacece, but one which. Dr. Willis concluded, gave strong evidence of absence of particular adaptation. Many genera and species showing striking differences were found living under remarkably uniform conditions. A serious accident which hindered laboratory work led Dr. Willis to the study of the distribution of the components of the Ceylon flora. He found that the endemic species occupied on the average the smallest areas in the island, those found also in Peninsular India, but not beyond, areas rather larger, and those that ranged beyond the peninsula the largest areas of all. The theories that endemic sj^ecies were either local adap- tations, or relics, were considered inadequate to explain the fact that the areas occupied both by endemics and by widely distributed species, were arranged in a graduated series, the first from man}' small to few large, the second in the opposite direction. Some mechanical ex- planation was necessary, and the only simple and reasonable one seemed to be that the area occupied increased with the age of the species; that is to say, if sufficiently large numbers (not less than ten) of allied species are considered, the area they occupy in any given country depends on their age. Dr. Willis does not deny that there are many factors operating in the distribution of any given .species, but the resultant effect is determined by the age of the species. The same results were obtained with other floras. Further, the area occupied bears a similar relationship to the size of genera; the large genera are widely distributed, the smaller less so. The phenomena of evolution and of geographical distribution may be AGE AND AREA 307 represented b}' hollow curves which are always of the same type and are closely parallel in both ])lants and animals. In a word, Dr. Willis lias become a statistician. Evolution and distribution follow strict mathematical laws. As regards the origin of species, Dr. Willis accepts the mutation theory, and Dr. de Vries regards these statistical studies, contradict- ing as they do the belief in adaptation as one of the chief causes of the evolution of specific characters, as supplying the one great proof which the mutation theory still wanted for its acceptance in the Held of systematic zoology and, botany. Dr. Willis's position met with a good deal of adverse criticism in the recent discussion at Hull. Botanists and zoologists were unwilling to accept a purely mechanical theory of evolution and dis- tribution, and Mr. Kegan, who led the opposition for the zoologists, produced precisely similar curves by taking the frequency of names in a directory, or the sizes of population of towns in an atlas. The curves are obviously the expression of certain facts, the explanation of which must be sought independently in each case. While we may admire the patience and industry with which Dr. Willis has elabo- rated his theory and the courage with which he maintains it, we cannot but hope that after all this is not the conclusion of the whole matter. If species originate by mutation and evolution and distribu- tion are purely mechanical processes, what more is to be done ? A. B. R. British Basidiomycetce : a Handbook to the lar(/er British Fungi. By Carleton IIea, B.C.L., M.A. Published under the auspices of the British Mycological Society. Cambridge Press, 1922. Pp. xii, 799. Price 30s. net. Students of the larger fungi in this country have long desired a manual which would place them abreast of modern work without the constant necessity of reference to foreign literature. The present monograph full}'- meets that need. A notable feature of the volume is the breaking away from the Friesian classification. Elias Pries, whose writings on mycology extended from 1815 to 1874, deservedly occupies a similar position in mycology to that of his fellow-countryman Carl Linne in the systematy of flowering-plants. The first British work to adopt his classification was the English Flora, of which Bei-keley wrote the section on fungi in 1836. Cooke's Handbook (1871) sim23ly followed Berkeley ; and the later works of Cooke, Massee, Stevenson, and Smith are based on the Ilymenomy cetes Furopcei (1874). Steven- son's volumes are admittedly translations of Fries's works ; Massee gives a semblance of originality by reversing the order of the genera, but such re-arrangement is not classification. It speaks much for the insular conservatism of our older m3^cologists that, having adopted ** the illustrious Fries," the}^ would not allow in his classification any radical alteration called for by the increasing knowledge of micro- scopic detail. It may be pointed out that it was only in 1837 that Leveille indicated the significance of asci and basidia — at a time when basidia were being figured quite frequently with internal spores! L. K. Tulasne in 1862 showed that the basidia of Tremella and its 308 THK JOUllNAL OF BOTANY allies were longitudinally septate ; Fries realised that this discovery necessitated the constitution of a new famil}'^ — the Tremellinei, but included therein such genera as Tremellodon^ Auricularia^ Calocera, and Ditiola. It would take us too far to consider the later develop- ments of the knowledge of the structure of the basidium — knowledge which was chiefly due to Tulasne and Brefeld. Tulasne's researches on the germination of the teleutospore with the formation of a pro- mj'celium led to the inclusion of the Uredinecd and Ustilaginece in i\\e BasidiomycetcB by Winter and van Tieghem. The promycelium of Tulasne is a heterobasidium in the terminology of Patouillard, a probasidium in that of Brefeld, and a phragmobasidium in that of van Tieghem, As is almost alwaj^s the case, systematic works have lagged far behind in the adoption of modern views, chiefly because of the difficulty of re-classification where there is insufficiency of in- formation ; when knowledge of structure becomes more complete, the burden of tradition can the more easily be cast off. " The present work is based chieiiy on the excellent system set forth by N. Patouillard in his Essai taxonomique sur les families et les genres Ilymenoniycetes, published in 1900. Since that date several alterations and additions to this scheme have been made, due to the investigations of the eminent mycologists, J. Bresadola, E. A. Burt, H. Bourdot and A. Galzin, V. von Hoehnel and Lit- schauer, and Rene Maire." Patouillard's first classification appeared in his Les Hymenomijcetes d' Europe in 1887. In outline the classi- fication as given in the volume under review is as follows : — The two main divisions are the Homobasidise and the Heterobasidiae ; the former possesses a simple usually elavate basidium bearing spores which give rise to a m3'^celium on germination ; the basidium of the latter is usually septate, either transversely, longitudinally, or ver- tically, bearing spores which on germination produce sporidia. The HomobasidifB include the parasitic Exobasidiineseand the saprophytic Eu-HomobasidiineiB, which latter are subdivided into Gasteromyce- tales, Agaricales, and Aphyllophorales (Angiocarpes, Hemiangio- carpes and Gymnocarpes of Patouillard). The Gasteromycetales include the species having the Iwmenium still surrounded at maturity by a peridium; the Agaricales have the hymenium originally pro- tected by a ring or volva or their analogues but fully exposed at maturity, whilst in the Aphyllophorales the hymenium is exposed from the first. The Heterobasidite are divided into Auriculariales with transversely septate basidia, the Tremellales with longitudinally cruciately divided basidia, Tulasnellales with simple basidia having sterigmata which are very broad when young, and Calocerales with cylindrical basidia terminated by two long, usually pointed sterig- mata. (The Auriculariales include three parasitic suborders, Pucci- iiiineiE, Coleosporilneae and Ustilagineae, which are not dealt with here.) An introduction of eleven pages gives a succinct account of the structure and classification of the Basidiomycetaj. This is followed by a key to the divisions and genera of British Basidio- mycetse occupying twenty pages which, by the use of different types, clearly brings out the relations of the various orders, families and so on. The characters used in the key are amplified in the body of the work. BRITISH BASIDIOMYCETyE 309 In treating the species, synonyms are given, and a reference where possible to a figure. The descriptions are based on those of the original authors ; the spore size is given where known, and the authority where the measurement is copied. Habit, season, and rarity are noted ; *' v. v." indicates those species — an extraordinary number, — which the author has seen in a living condition. The descriptions are mostly very full, and the salient specific characters are italicised. Those whose studies have been confined to previous British works will find the splitting-off of several genera somewhat bewildering at first, as, for example, Boletus into Boletus, Gyroporus, Tylopilus, JBlicBoporus, Boletinus and Gyrodon ; but as these correspond more or less to the old sections of the genera the difiicultj^ will soon cease to be a]>parent. In cases where a species is transferred from its old position, it is here given with an indication of its new location. The generic uRines Ifufinus, Folysaccum, Acetahilaria, CJiitonia, and Trogia are replaced for various reasons by Gyriopliallus, Biso- lithus, Locellaria, Glarkeinda ?i\\^ Blicatura respectively: tlie fact that most field-workers are not likely to encounter any but the first- named renders the changes less regrettable. The only new generic name is Glaucospora. which replaces the already occupied name Glilorospora used by Massee. A comparison with older works will show the greatest changes in the resupinate fungi. For the last quarter of a century more and more attention has been paid to these forms in all countries where mycologists abound. Very little can be made out of many of the old descriptions, which took no account of microscopic characters ; and their study, like that of moulds, is an indoor one. The present account puts our British species in order and forms a basis for the addition of the numerous continental species which are certain to be found in this country. The present work includes descriptions of all the species which have been recorded as British, excepting in cases where they are clearly identical with other species. It is perhaps doubtful whether certain of these will ever be found again, but the more experience a mycologist has the more careful is he of excluding species which have been described in any detail. The species are *' split " rather than *' lumped " ; but as Mr. liea is far and away our ablest authority on the group and our most experienced field worker, such splitting is to be commended. Lack of space forbids a detailed account of the transfer of species such as Gollyhia dryophila to Marasmius and GantJiarellus auran- tiaciis to Glitocyhe. A very complete index will enable the novice to find his way about, and a full list of references sujjiplies the necessary literature. It is rare in these days to be able to commend the low price of a scientific work ; that of the present volume (wdiich is splendidly produced in the manner we expect from the Cambridge Press) was made possible by the generosity of the members of the British Mycological Society, who, as a tribute to the work of Mr. Kea for British Mycology, contributed £250 as a subsidy. In the opinion of the w^-iter the volume is the best work on the subject since the pioneer studies of Berkeley and will take its stand with Plowright's Uredinecd and Lister's Mycetozoa as a standard monograph. J. Ramsbottom. 310 THE JOURiVAL OF BOTAT^Y Les Maladies ijarantaires des Plantes : Infestation- Infect Ion. By M. NicoLLE and J. Magrou. Pp. 199, 8 fr. net. Masson & Cie, Paris. During recent years the belief that all infectious disease, what- ever the parasite and whatever the host, is one huge problem, has attracted many disciples. Possibly the experiences of war have widened our outlook on disease in general as well as given us a number of pictorial representations of what attack and defence really mean, and how a state of comparative stability may arise : it may be that the Western Front was a clearer picture of symbiosis than is the more altruistic vision of the text-books. The problems of phytopathology differ essentially from those of human pathology in that plant-cells have walls ; and related to this is the absence of circulation. As a direct consequence, we have no acquired immunity in plants, and there is no serum-therapy. In the search for generalisations, however, medical men have begun to take an interest in phytopathology. The book before us is a ^jre'c/s of parasitic diseases of plants written by two members of the staff of the Pasteur Institute. There are five sections, which deal respectively with diseases caused by insects ; parasitic flowering-plants ; diseases ciused by cryptogams ; bacterial diseases ; and general problems. The book has been written from a medical standpoint, and the ter- minology is that of medicine rather than of plant patholog}'" ; in this way, many interesting analogies are suggested. A large number of diseases are described, together with the mechanism of infection and the lesions produced. The descriptions, however, seem far too brief to give more than an impressionist idea of the subject ; and the absence of figures, jettisoned in order to keep 'the price within the means of students, robs the volume of most of its value for them. If the subject were placed in an examination syllabus the book would prove extremely useful for examination purposes with its numerous headings and brief sentences. We imagine that medical men in this country would prefer a book writ large. J. R. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. Ti[E Essex Naturalist for April-September contains an interest- ing paper on the " Birch Groves of Epping Forest," the Presidential Address delivered by Mr. P. Paulson at the annual meeting of the Field Club last March. " Within the past fifty years there has been a great increase in the number of birch trees ; where there were tens there are now thousands. No detailed suggestions as to the probable cause or causes for the remarkable increase " had been made until Mr. Paulson took the matter in hand ; in the present paper he gives a summary of the history of the birch in the Forest, where for the last three centuries it was by no means common, and a detailed account of his observations which he sums up as follows : — " The factors that have tended to bring about the great birch invasion may be summarized as : 1. Leaching of soil, a factor of primary importance ; 2. Extensive felling for many successive years ; 3. A long series of fires, especially those of recent date ; 4. Browsing of large herds of BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 311 deer, 1800-1850 ; 5. Injury done to germinating acorns and beech- mast by rabbits (1870-1914, and even earlier). The young birch appears to be distasteful, even to rabbits ; it was thus able to increase while the oak and beech were checked." Mr. Paulson points out that in spite of the cessation of indiscriminate feUing and of the great reduction of rabbits, the primary factor — leaching of the soil — • " must inevitably continue while the present cHmatic conditions con- tinue " ; and adds that although "it is generally conceded that birches have added greatly to the sylvan beauty of the Forest, should the great increase in the number of these trees go on unchecked, the pleasure derived from variety may in time be lost." The paper is illustrated by three excellent plates, showing seedlings in various stages and some of the more remarkable trees. We have received the first volume of a new edition (the fourth) of Sir Wm. Schlich's Manual of Foresiry (Bradbury, Agnew: price, 15s. net), which may still be regarded as the standard work on silviculture in this country. As in the last edition published sixteen years ago the bulk of the volume is taken up with an account of the forestry resources of the British Empire, including India. In the earlier edition this account was avowedly incomplete, but the author has since had the advantage of being able to consult the statements received by the Imperial Forest Conference in 1920 and to obtain much new information. The result is a well-summarized and up-to- date account of the present position of silviculture in this country and elsewhere in the British Empire. In the opening chapters Prof. Schlich emphasizes the importance of an adequate state-aided forest policy in order to meet the ever-increasing demands upon our timber resources. The serious inroads made on our British woods during the War renders an extended scheme of afforestation more than ever imperative. The book will be welcomed by all who are interested in the progress of afforestation, and, in view of the increasing importance of the subject, it is to be hoped the succeeding volumes will not be long delayed. — A. B. J. The Annals of Botany for July (no. cxliii.) contains a continua- tion of " Studies in the Physiology of Parasitism," by W. Brown ; " A Note on Conjugation in Zygnemay' by Edith P. Smith (1 pi.) ; " Further Studies of the 'Brown Hot' Fungi" (2 pL), by H. Wormald ; " The Distribution of Plants in Perthshire in relation to ' Age and Area,' " by J. R. Matthews ; " On the Nature of the ' Blade ' in certain Monocotyledonous Leaves," by Agnes Arber ; " Development of Root System of Wheat," by R. Singh ; " Observations on the Transpiration, Stomata, Leaf Water-content and Wilting of Plants," by R. C. Knight ; " Sequoia Couttsicd at Hordle, Hants," by M. E, J. Chandler ; " The Soils of Blakeney Point," by E. Salisbury. Under the title " A Potential Weed " Mr. E. P. Phillips, of the Department of Agriculture, Pretoria, describes and figures in the Journal of the Department for August Araujia sericifera Brot., a Brazilian Asclepiad. It was first noticed in 1903 by Mr. Burtt Davy as becoming a great nuisance in some Johannesburg gardens, but has now " spread over most of the L^nion and has also been recorded from 312 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTAJfY Swaziland." " The plant is a very prolific seeder, and as the seeds are so well adapted for wind distribution, it is no wonder that it is spreading so rapidly. As the plant is a climber there appears to be little danger of it invading the natural veld, but there is every possi- bility of it becoming a nuisance in plantations, and it certainly is a nuisance in gardens. The writer has seen poplar trees in Pretoria covered with it, and if it is allowed to go unchecked will probably smother them." We regret to record the death of Joha^ Oskab Hagsteom, which took place at Vestra Emterwik, where he had been minister since 1910, on June 7. He was born on May 21, 1860, at Bottna in Sudermania, was educated at the University of Upsala, and was ordained in 1885. In 1891 he began to study Potamogeton, which he elaborated for Neumanns Sveriges Flora (1901) and Lind- man's Sveml: Fanerogamenflora (1918). His most important work was the Critical Researches on Potamogeton, published in 1916 in Konigl. Svenska Vetenskap. Handl. Band 55 : this, written in Latin and English, is the fullest and most careful publication on the genus, and wiU always remain a tribute to his memory; it was noticed in this Journal for 1918 (p. 115), where it is described as " essential to botanists who wish to obtain a full knowledge of the genus." The contents of the most recent number of MalpigJiia (xxix. fasc. v-vi) are mainly supplied by the editor, Dr. L. Buscalioni, who, besides a continuation of his monograph of Sauraja, contributes a paper " Sopra alcuni apparecclii per attenuare I'inquinamento del pozzi delle Cisterne," and, with G. Raccella, " Intorno ad alcune singolari anomalie delle radici di una plantula di Amggdalus com- mtmis.'' In " Flora mediterranea australiore e Sahara," Dr. Nicotra continues his researches on the Mediterranean floi'a. The Archivos do Jardi7?i Botnnico do Bio de Janeiro (1922) contains the second part of A. Ducke's account of new or little-known plants of the Amazon region. Numerous new species are described and four new o-enera — Faracliimarrhis {Fuhiacece, allied to Chi- marrlus), Jacqueshuheria {Ccesalpinece), LeCointea (Swarf ziete), and Glycydendron {Crotonece) are established. There are twenty- four plate's, mostly impressions from dried specimens ; dissections of the flowers of the new genera are intercalated in the text. The Kew Bulletin (n. 6) contains a "host list" of South African FolyporecB by P. A. van de Bijl, Professor of Phytopathology at Stellenbosch, and a continuation of ''Decades Ke we n ses, '' 'mc\w(^mg a new genus of Acanthacese {Isotheca Turrill) and of " Diagnoses Africanse." The last part of the Contrihitions from the Gray Herbarium (Ixiv. ; Ap. 18) is entirely from the pen of Dr. B. L. Eobinson ; it contains an enumeration "of the Mikanias of northern and western South America, and " Records preliminary to a general treatment of the Fupatoriece,'' these being mostly of plants which have been met Avith during the past year from various regions. The Orchid Review for September contains a paper, w^ith figure* on Spiranthes Romanzojlana, by Col. Godfery. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREION. EDITED 13 r JA^E8 BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, IJKPARTMENT OV BOTANY, BItlTISII MUSEUM. Tke Journal op Botany was established in 1863 by Seemann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr.. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast field of General Botany, the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especiallV concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the fii-st been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botanv of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. Until the beginning of the late War the Journal paid its way and even allowed a slight margin of profit ; but during that period the subscribers were reduced in number, and the continental circula- tion almost ceased. It has now regained its position, but the in- creased cost of production, which has not as yet been substantially reduced, has resulted in an annual deficit which at one time became so serious that the continuance of the Journal was threatened. By the generosity of tliose who felt that its cessation would be a mis- fortune, especially for British botanists whose principal organ it has always been, the deficit has been met and an appeal is now made for an increased number of subscribers. 'JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. JPrice Six Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby's ' English Botany ' (pp. 276). B.v F. A. Gaeky. Price Five Shillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod (pp. 153). Price Three Shillings. The British Boses, excluding Eu-Caninse (pp 141), By Major A. H. WOLLET-DOD. The Genus Fumaria m Britain (with plate). Bv H. W. Pugslet, B.A. Price Half-a-croivn. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Lintcv, M.A. Price Tivo Shillings. A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A, A. DALL^^tAX, F.L.S. {2s. each.) The Determination of Licliens in the Field. By W. Watsox, D.Sc. Price Eighteen-pence. Supplements 2 and 3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists (Is. 6f/. each). British Eu23hrasi:e. By Cedrtc Buckxall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's ' Species Plantarum/ ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hierx, M.A., F.R.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Brittex, F.L.S. Linnseus's ' Flora Anglica." A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-Col. A. H. Wolley-Dod. Prices in all cases net, post free. SPECIAL OFFER OF VOLUMES. The stock of the earlier Volumes is g-etting very low ; it is now impossible to make up a set going- back farther than to 1883, and only one such set can be completed. The 36 vols. 1883 to 1918 are offered at i'35 ; two sets from 1885 to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at =£31 10s. Qd. per set. The disposal of these sets will prevent any long series being supplied in future, and the rarer of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce ; the few remaining copies will be sold at 30s. each. The other volumes can be supplied at 21s. eacK Orders with remittance should be addressed to-. — TAYLOE & FEANCIS, EED LION COUET, FLEET STEEET, E.G. 4. No. 719 NOVEMBER, 1922 Vol. LX T II \<] JOURNAL OF B()TA^Y BRrriSH AND F()1{KI(}N EDITED 15 r JAMES B KITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OE BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. CONT Plant Nomenclature 313 Friedricli Ehrhait and his Exsiccatas. By James Britten, F.L.S 318 Spitzbergen Liverworts. By W. Wat- son, D.Se 327 William Wright, a Jamaican Botanist (1735-1819). By William Fa w- cett, B.Sc 330 Bibliographical Notes : — LXXXVII. Two Catalogues 334 Short Notes:— Some Little -known Botanists — An Early Hudson Bay Collector — Orchis elodes Grise- E NTS PAGIC bach -Comma between Name and Authority -- Tolyiiella hispanica Nordst. iu France 336 Eeviews : — The Botany and Gardens of the James Allen's Girls' Schools, Dul- mch : their History and Org-ani- sation. By Lilian J. Clarke . . . 338 Shakespeare's Garden, Stratford- upon-Avon. By Ernest Law, C.B 339 The Determination of Lichens in the Field. By W. Watson, D.Sc. 340 Book-Notes, News, etc 340 LONDON TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, IIED LION COURT, FLEET STKEET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-3G MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1. Price Two Shillings net |iiifniriiiiiiiiiiiiti!iiitiiiiiii!iiiiiiiiiitii[[iiiii,iiiiiiif^fif[i!nipiiiiii^^ I CAMBRIDGE I lUNlVERSITY press! British Basidiomycetae. a handiMmk to the hw^rev British Fung-i. By C.um-kto.n Uea. JJ.C.L., M.A. l>einv Svo :30s net. ^ •■ Mr Carleton Eea has given ns what will be the standard handbook to the larger British Fungi. Mr Rea is well known as an authority on the Basidiomycetae, and his work, published nnder the auspices of the British Mycological Society, can be confidently veconimended to those readers who are interested in these plants." The iipectator. FunC|l. Ascoiiiyeetes, Ustilaginales, Urediiuiles. By Helen UwT^fXE-VAiuHAN, D.B.E., Lfj.B., D.Sc. F.L.S., rrofessor of Botany in the University of London, and Head of the Depart- ment of Botany, Birkheck College. Witli a frontispieee and U)(j text-tigures. Royal Svo. ;].js net. Cambridge Botanical Handbooks. " The book is one which no student of Fungi should fail to iM^ssess, Certainly no university student can afford to be without it. . . . The book is exceedingly attractive in every way : paper, printing, and general get-up are a tribute to the publishers. The wealth, beauty, and useful- ness of the illustrations will appeal to all ; with a not inconsiderable acquaintance with mycological literature, we can safely say that we know of no work which contains so wide a range of figures," — The Join-nal of Bofaiiij. Lichens. By Anme Lorbai.v ^MitH, F.L.^., Acting Assi.s^tantr Botanical Department, Britisli Museum. Witli li") illustra- tions. ]loyal (Svo. o5s net. "Miss Lorrain Smith's admirable treatise is as learned as it is com- prehensive and exact. . . . The work could not have been done better : in comprehensiveness and lucidity it is faf in advance of any previouB treatise on the group. The references to litera'ture aippear to be exhaus- tive, and the index is fu:ll."--r/ie Times Literonj Supplemenf. Guide to the University Botanic Gar- den, Cambridge. By h. GiLEERT-CAirrEH, m.b., Ch.B., Director of the Garden, With an liistorical note, glossary, bibliography, 24 plates, and a plan of the Garden, Crown Svo. 3s Od net. i FETTER LANE, LONDON, E,C.4: C. F. CLAY, MANAGER 1 lilllllll'lllllllllllllillllllllltllHIIIillllllilllllllllllllll'llllllllllillllllll^ 3i;i PLANT NOMENCLATURE. Dn. BAi^MTAirr's views deserve special attention, on account of his long exj)urienee in bibliograpliy and nomenclature. 1 liud not intended to take any further part in tlie discussion, but a few of his remarks (Journ. Hot, 1922, 2.jG-2G'3) invite rejoinder. 1. lievocation of Art. Sij (requirinr/ Latin di(igiioses). — He con- siders that Art. 3(3 lias been misunderstood, because most botanists who have conformed to it have written Latin . Rejection of specif c liomoni/ms. — Dr. Barnhart thinks that Mr. Rehder would find it difhcult to discover a parallel to Quercus lanuginosa Lam. (1778), a mere re-naming of Quercvs Cerris Linn. (1753). Is he not acquainted with E. H. L. Krause's edition of Sturm's Deutschlands Flora ? In that edition, which contains about 750 superfluous new names (many of them homonyms), all mono- typic genera are given the trivial generalis, on the ground that the species in such cases has the value of a genus ! Can Dr. Barnhart seriously contend that such names as Glaux generalis and Ilippuris generalis are liable to be revived ? Among other peculiarities of Krause's nomenclature are the replacement of the tri vials intermedius, duhius, and Jigbridus wherever they occur. Thus Urosera inter- media becomes D. media, Vicia hyhrida is renamed V. tollenda, and Rapaver duhium is replaced by P. agreste: the names hybrid us and duhius being reserved by Krause for hybrids and doubtful plants respectively. Krause's names have been — perhaps rightly — ignored by most German botanists, but O. E. Schulz cites them in the Cruciferce of the Rfanzenreicli. They w^ere not included in Index Kewensis, Suppl. 2-4, owing to no copy of the edition being avail- able at the time, but have recently been extracted from a set kindly lent by Mr. C. E. Salmon, and will appear in Suppl. G. 7. Treatment as a ^' nomeji delendum'''' of a neiv combination associated by its author in the original place of publicatian with specimens belonging to a different species. — Art. 3 (c) of the American Type-basis Code leads to some amusing results. According to ii, Ilelosciadium Ammi Britton (Fl. Bermuda, 279; 1918) is JouiiNAL or Botany. — Vol. GO. [Noyemojer, 1922.] y 314 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY synonymous witli Siso)i Am mi Linn. But the latter Is, as I have shown (see Journ. Bot. 1922, 212), the earliest binary name for an Old- World plant, Carum copticum {Ammi copticum Linn.), which should therefore be renamed Carum Ammi (comb. nov.). The species figured and described by Britton, on the other hand, is an American plant, Ajynim leptophijUum F. Muell. The geographical distribution given by Britton is also that of A. leptopfujUum, not of Carum Ammi, and even the transference to Ilelosciadium was made with reference to A. leptophyUum. To contend in such cir- cumstances that Helosciadium Ammi Britton is synonymous with Sison Ammi Linn, is to travest}^ the facts. Most botanists will probably prefer to associate H. Ammi Britton with the American species of Helosciadium actually described and figured under that name. This example illustrates the general undesirability of making new combinations without examining the type material. 8. Generic ^' nomina conservatay — I agree that the list requires revision. AUionia {Nyctacjinaceas) may be taken as an example. Linnaeus united the monotypic genera AUionia Loefl. and W^edelia Loefl. (Iter, 180, 181 ; 1758) under the name AUionia, and gave the binar}^ names AUionia violacea and A. incarnata respectively to Loefi-ing's species of AUionia and WedeUa (Syst. ed. 10, 890; 1759). A. violacea is therefore unquestionably the type species of AUionia Linn., as stated by Britton (111. Fl. ed. 2, ii. Sf ; 1913). But Choisy, who recognized i\\^i AUionia Loefl. and Wedelia Loefl. were inde- pendent genera, unfortunately restricted AUionia Linn, to the latter, and used the name Oxylaphus L'Herit. (1797) for the former (DC. Prodr. xiii. sect. 2, 432, 434; 1849). It certainly seems undesirable to regularize such juggling with generic names by retaining AUionia Linn, emend. Clioisy (1849) on the list of " nomina conservata." Dr. Barnhart's suggestion that the list should include the names of all ini2:>ortant genera, so that new discoveries of " nomina priora " would not upset names in current use, is excellent. As the matter stands at present, the discovery of a " nomen prius " leads to the publication of new combinations which ma}^ subsequently lapse into synonynw owing to the treatment of the later generic name as a *' nomen conservatum." This happened during the interval between the Vienna and Brussels Congresses. liehder and Schneider, for example, proposed five new combinations imder Fsedera in 1908- 1909, which w^ere invalidated in 1910 b}^ the treatment of Farilieno- cissits as a " nomen conservatum." 10. Oriliograpliic correction of names. — Dr. Barnhart's dictum that " there is no middle ground " in orthographic correction is quite in keeping with the rigid character of the American Code. Is the faculty of seeing both sides of a question "really amusing"? If more t3otanists possessed it, the present unhappy differences in nomen- clature might not have arisen. 12. Omission of ilie comma heiicren name and anilwriiy. — A sense of humour should have prevented an adherent of the American Code from referring to "provincialism" in connection with nomen- clature. Whatever claim to recognition that Code possesses is based ratlicr on its intrinsic merits than on the currencv which it has PLA>T XOMEXCLATURE 315 obtained. Has it been adoj>te(l l)y anj- botanist outside tlie United States, and what ])roportion of sy^jtematists witliin the States accept it ? IS. Jb^ixing of generic types. — Dr. Barnhart's remarks read as tliough he imagined that comprehension of a type-method was hardly to be found outside the ranks of the American Codists. Yet it was by internationalists that the type-species of JS'giiqyliaia, Azalea, and BigiLonia were determined, to mention three recent examples. 15. A new name should not be regarded as valid uuleas it is 2))'opused uneciuivocalhj and unconditionallg. — I am glad to learn that Canon 12 of the original "American Code" (^rt. 87 of the liules) was intended to cover the same class of cases. Suggestion 15 was not a new rule, but an " explanatory addition " (Schinz and Thellung in Vierteljahrsschr. Nat. Ges. Ziirich, Ixvi. 311, 1. 19 ; 1921). That it was j-ecpiired is evident from the case of Galbuli- mima vei'sus llinianiandra (p. 137). Dr. Ijarnhart refers to " the tendency more manifest at Kew than anywhere else of representing botanical authors as saying what they did not say." The only example which he gives of this "tendency " is the attribution by the editors of the original index Kewensis (1893-1895) of new combinations to authors who did not make them. The undesirability of the practice was [;ointed out long ago, and 1 know of no botanist who defends it nowadays. His strictures seem a trifle belated. Was the American Code free from nomenclatural fictions ? Canon 19 reads: " A name is rejected when the natural group to which it a2)[)lies is undetermined (hyponym)." So far so good. But in order to facilitate the application of the canon to genera, a Action was introduced under 19 {h) : "A generic or subgeneric name is a hyponym, when it is not associable, at least hg specijic citation, with a binomial species previously or simultaneously published ; or when its type-species is not identified." [The italics are mine.] This amounts in such cases as Anidrum Neck. (Elem. i. 188 ; 1790; to a pretence that a genus is mitypified, although the type-sjjecies is actually known. Necker segregated Anidnivi from (Joriundriim. " Obs. Haec. et prsecedens utraque species natm-alis simplex hucusque." [He termed genera "species" and families "genera."] Anidrum was based on " (^uied. Coriandr. Linn." Linnajus recognized only two species of Coriandrum, namely C. sativum (fructibus globosis) and C. testiculatum (fructibus didymis). Necker divided Coriandrum Linn, into two genera, Coriandrum (Achena subrotunda) and Anidrum (Achena didyma). The type-species of Anidrum is therefore C. tes- ticulatum Linn, beyond a shadow of doubt. Yet the fiction was adopted that Anidrum was untypified, and the later name Hifora Hoft'm. was used instead (Britton and Brown, 111. Fl. ed. 2, ii. U-17 ; 1913). A provision for rejecting such names as Anidrum is also contained in the Type-basis Code Art. 2 (c) (Science, n.s. liii. 312; 1921). Under International llules Anidrum would have super- seded Bifora had not the latter been made a " nomen conser- vatum." 17. Friorif)/ of familg names. — It is satisfactory to learn that 1 2 316 THK JOUKNAL OF BOTANY Dr. Barnliart long ago gave up the idea of applying the principle of priority to family names, but unfortunately what he advocated in 1895 is practised nowadays by one of his colleagues. Dr. J. K. Small (Fl. Southeastern U.S., ed. 2; 1913) adopts such names as LeuGojacece, Ixiacece, FodoplujllacccB, and Bliinanthacew in place of Amari/llidacecB, Iridacece, Berheridacece, and Scrojyhulariacece re- S})ectively. Adherence to Rule, It seems desirable to refer, in conclus-ion, to a tendency of some systematists to accept only so much of the liules or Code as coincides with their own views. Thus Moss " adopted, in general, the Inter- national Rules" (Cambr. Brit. FL iii. p. xiv ; 1920); AVilmott io-nored " generic names whose authors did not en^plo}^ the binomial system" (Eabington, Manual, ed. 10, p. ix ; 1922) ; and Rydberg's nomenclature " agrees, as far as possible, with the so-called American Code" (Fl. Rocky Mountains, p. vii ; 1917). What useful purpose is served by departure from the Rules, (or Code) ? If the intention is to bring about their amendment, would not a detailed statement of the case be equally effective ? And supposing that the desireil alterations in the Rules ai-e eventually made, do they ex}>eet their fellow botanists to accept them, when they themselves have set the example of departing from the present Rules ? This is in-esjiective of the merits of the proix>sed alterations, with some of whicl'i I personally am in sympathy. T. A. Speague. The recent discussion on nomenclature in the Jonrnal of JBofamf indicates an inclination on the part of British hotanists to modify the International Rules along certain lines. Modifications such as suggested by Mr. T. A, Sprague may open the way for a rapproche- ment betw^een the International Rules and the Type-basis Code {Science, n. ser. 53 : 312-314, 1921). In view of the sitTfiation it may be helpful to examine the essential differences between the two codes. 1. The Tifi^e concept — the application of names by means of tj^pes. This is a fundamental principle of the Type-basis Code, but is ignored by the International Rules of 1905. That it is not con- trary to them is shown by the emendations of 1910, in which a recommendation was added to Article 30 to the effect that in the future authors should indicate the types of groups they publish. 2. The Type-basis Oode adopts 1753 as the starting-point for nomenclature of all groups of plants. The International Rules adopt 1753 for vascular plants and some groups of cryptogams, and later dates for other groups of cryptogams. If the type concept were introduced into the Rules, the need for later starting-points for certain groups would not be felt to the same degree. The application of names in the deferred groups through types, after the rejection of hyponyms, eliminates much of the confusion which was the chief reason for adopting later starting-points. 3. Trioriti/ of puhlication is accepted as a fundamental principle bv both codes. The International Rules, in order to retain well- PLi.NT NOMENOL^VTURE 317 established generic names in their current usage, arbitr.irily conserve certain of these, even though tliey would be rejected under the priority rule. These conserved names are brought together in a list appended to the llules — the list of Nomina Conservanda, The Tjpe- basis Code includes no such list, but, recognizing that the strict application of the law of priority may in a few cases cause incon- venience by displacing well-known names, provides for exceptions through Article G. 4, Fuhlication of genera, (a) The Type-basis Code provides that a generic name is effectively published when there is a specitic description and a binomial specific name, because the type species of the proposed genus can be determined, (h) The International Kules provide that a genus is effectively published when there is a generic description without the mention of included species. The Type-basis Code considers such publication to be ineffective because the type species of the proposed genus cannot he determined, 5, Priority of lyosition. The Type-basis Code provides that ** Of names published in the same work and at the same time, those having precedence of position are to be regarded as having priority." The International Eules provide that such names shall have equal standing. Personally I look upon this difference as a minor matter in whicii the Type-basis Code might readily forgo its present i)ro- vision. It seems unreasonable to displace a well-established name solely through this provision. 6, Validity of homonyms. The Type-basis Code provides that both generic and specific names are to be rejected if there are earlier homonyms. The International Rules provide tluit a name shall not be rejected " because of the existence of an earlier homonym which is universally regarded as non-valid." In practice this requires the investigation of the standing of the earlier homonym, often in groups with which the investigator is unfamiliar, and is obviously unsatis- factory. Few will take the time for a real investigation ; they are more likely to accept the statements of others. The Rules also provide that ''When a species is moved from one genus to another, its specific epithet must be changed, if it is already borne by a valid species of that genus " — that is, if the earlier homonym is a synonym (non- valid) the transferred name can stand. The Type-basis Code, on the contrary, holds that the earlier homonym invalidates the later under all circumstances. 7, Duplicate binomials. The International Rules reject a specific name when it repeats the generic name, while the Type-basis Code makes no such exception to the prineiide of priority. This is a nunor difference which need not concein us greatly. 8, Latin diagnoses. The International Rules provide that, after January 1, 1908, effective publication shall recjuire the diagnosis to be in Latin. In the Type-basis Code there is no reference to the language of publication. The chief objection to the American Code, especially from those not experts in nomenclature, centred around Nomina Conservanda, Prioritv of Position, and Duplicate Binomials. Many of us who 318 THE JOUilNAL OF BOTANY follow the T\^pe-basis Code have no inherent objection to a list of nomina conservanda. We feel, however, that the present list was not worked out upon the merits of each case but was somewhat arbitrarily selected. Moreover, the accepted and rejected names of such a list should be typified. The other two points are minor ones that should not stand in the way of agreement. The chief item of difference is the concept of types. As this is not contrary to the spirit of the International Kules we may hope that it will be incorporated in those Rules and be retroactively applied. At least a recommendation might be added to the effect that in revising genera authors strive to establish them upon a type basis by a careful study of the original publication and by recording the species selected as the type of the genus. Items (2) and (4) above depend largely upon the type concept. Item (6) is one that in practice works so much more certainly according to the Type-basis Code that followers of the International Eules are likely ultimately to see the advantage of them, Avhen the}^ are examined without prejudice. *A harmonizing of the two codes appears to be impossible if it is maintained that the International Rules cannot be modified in any essential, but only added to or interpreted. This is the belief in some quarters, but I find no confirmation of this in the Rules themselves and it is contrary to the spirit of codes and laws in general. They should be modified to accord with the consensus of botanical opinion. Otherwise they will be gradually abandoned. The typifying of genera should be done by those familiar ^\ith the groups concerned. The study of names apart from the study of the organisms to which the names are applied should be discouraged. The tvpification will be a gradual process like all other botanical investigation. As recorded on p. Ill, 1 am in favour of having an International Committee appointed by each Congress to recommend to the suc- ceedinp- Congress changes in the list of Nomina Conservanda, the types of genera in questionable cases, and other matters of this sort. Such a committee should be made up of experts on nomenclature. In this statement I am giving my personal views only. A. S. Hitchcock. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.O. FRIEDRICH EHRHART AND HIS EXSICCATE. Br James Brittei^, F.L.S. Some years ago, Mr. Arthur Bennett called my attention to references to Ehrhart's Exsiccatce which seemed to show that the extent and history of these collections were imperfectly known, and suggested that it might be useful to publish a list of them. This I now propose to do, confining mj'self mainly to such details of Ehrhart's life as bear upon the Exsiccatce and upon his relations with LinnfBus. A full autobiography extending from' his birth in 1742 until 1793 — written two years before his death — was found among FlUEDUlCIt EURHATIT AND HIS EXSICC.VT.E 319 Ehrliart's papers by liIs friend Paul Usteri, wlio printed it in vol. xix. (pp. 1-9) of his Xene Anmtloi tier Botanik (179G). Ehrhart's chief contribution to botanical literature was bis Beilrdge zicr Naturhoiile (1787-92) in seven volumes, each dedicated to six of " seinen Gonnern und Freunden" ; among these we Hnd " Doctor Smitb in London" and " Herr l^otaniker Davall in Orbe," from whom Smitli obtained bis series of the exsiceata?. In bis introductory note to the autobiography, Usteri says that be bad received from Ehrhart's widow sufficient material for anotber volume of the Beitrage, wbicji be proposed to publish with indexes to the wbole collection. In bis notice of Elirbart, I). H. Hoppe (Bot. Tascbenbuch for 1796, pp. 219-225) savs that for this eightb volume botanists bad waited in vain, nor does anv later reference to it appear in the Neiie Annalen. In tbe preface to the first volume of tbe Beitrcu/e, Ehrhart tells us that the work was undertaken in res])onse^ to the request of some of bis friends, wbo, having found it "difficult to buy tbe books in which my little essays [ Aufsatze] bad appeared, begged me to bring these together and publisb them separately, and alsTto publisb nothing more in large and expensive works, but to adapt myself to the circumstances of my readers "—the reference, as we learn from bis autobiography, is to papers publisbed in tbe HannoDerlsches Magaziii and other periodicals. Ehrhart expresses sympathy witb tbeir request, knowing by experience bow unpleasant it is to be compelled to pure base large and superfluous works m order to obtain a few small " Abbandlungen," and promises to comply witb tbeir wisbes. Of this, the first "Band" of the Bettrage is evidence ; tbe following volumes, be says, will contain all that he bad already publisbed or would publisb in the future. Tbe papers are reprinted in tbe order in wbicb they were written, tbe date of eacb being appended ; they are largely from tbe Hannover Magazine, an important exception being " Meine Beitrage zum Linneiscben Supplemento Plantarum" (pp. 174-192); tbis contains tbe descrip- tions contributed by Ehrbart to tbe SuppJementum, and includes tbe •genera and species of mosses suppressed by Linnsmis fil. under circum- stances to be dealt with when tbe Supplement comes under con- sideration. The importance of tbese reprints lies in the fact that tbe Hannover Magazine is extremely rare— in tbe British Museum Library it is represented chiefly by odd numbers. It would appear tbat writers bave been accustomed to cite tbe Beitrage for new species in ignorance tbat many of these bad been publisbed m the I^Iacrazine; itnd when tbe Magazine itself appears to be quoted, tbis is usually at second band, Ehrhart himself having often sup])lied the reference, as in the case of tbe genera of ^o^^e^— Georgia, Wehera, etc. (Beitr. i. 176-180) cited by Pfeiffer {Nomenclator). In tbe Beifrdqe, which is described by Smith (in llees, s. v. JEhrliarta) as " fiiU of excellent botanical remarks, witb some pecu- liarities of opinion and style," appear most of tbe descriptions of the species with which Ehrliart's name is associated and lists of the ExsiccatiB with which this paper is primarily concerned. From these it is evident that Ehrhart bad a wide acquaintance with botanical literature, early and recent: tbe synonymy quoted, with full refcrt-nces, 320 T7IE .TOURXAL OF llOTAXT is very extensive, and includes citations of figures and exsiccatre, where tlie.^e exist. They give an impression of great care nnd com- pleteness, thus when describing new genera he adds a note as to the persons commemorated : of Georgia, for exam])le, a genus of mosses, he notes " Maximo Botmices Promotori, Georgio tertio, magnaj Britanniae Kegi, consecravit Ehrhart " (Beitr. i. 176) — a eulogy of " Georg, unser giitiger Konig, und Catharina, llusslands Kaiserin," to whom Catharinea is dedicated, aj^pears in the same volume (pp. 128-4). It may be noted that Ehrhart had in 17S0 received a commission from the Hannoverian Government to make botanical journeys through the electorate of Braunschweig-Luneherg during a period of three years, and to compile a flora of this territor3^ In 1787 he received a royal patent appointing him Botanist to his Majesty. Ehrhart's critical knowledge of plants and extensive acquaintance with their literature is even more fully exhibited in the long series of notes headed " Botanische Zurechtweisungen," which ap}>ear in each volume of the Beltrage. These include additions and corrections to the descriptions of various authors and numerous notes on nomenclature in which names and identificali ns made in error are assigned to their correct position. Written as they are in German, they have attracted little attention from British botanists, or, indeed, so far as I know, from botanists generally, and for this reason I must content myself with directing to them the attention of those versed in that language. It is evident that the notes contain much of interest, if not of importance, and that they would repay investigation ; but unfor- tunately tliere is no index to their contents, so that it is only by going through them that the information they contain can be acquired. An interesting account of Ehrhart is given in the preface to G. F. W. Meyer's Chloris Sanoveraiia (1836); this includes a list of the seven Exsiccatae which I transcribe, numbers being prefixed for convenience of reference : " [I] Phytophylaceum [sic] Ehrhartianum. Dec. i-x. Hanov, 17S0-17S5. " " [II] Plantae officinales. Dec. i-xlvi. Hanov. 1785-1792. " [III] Calamariae, gramina et tripetaloideae L. Dec. i-xiv. Hanov. 1785-1793. *' [IV] Plantae ciyptogamae L. Dec. i-xxxiv. Hanov. 1785-1793. " [V] Arhores, frutices et suifrutices L. Dec. i-xvi. Hanov. 1787-1793. *' [VI] " Herbae L. Dec. i-xvi. Hanov. 1787-1793. *' [VII] Plantae selectae hortuli proprii. Dec. i-xvi. Hanov. 1792-1793." I have taken this chronological arrangement as the basis of the following enumeration. It appears from the preface that Meyer's own set of the Exsiccatfc was not perfect, and he seems to have doubted whether any complete series existed : even the English botanists, he says — no doubt with special reference to J. E. Smith, — who recognized the value of Ehrhart's collections had not access to all of them. Meyer gives a detailed description of a collection in his possession FRTEDKTCTI EnTlirAUT A^'T) TITS EA8ICCAT;E 321 Avliich was made b}' Elirhart during tlie tlirec-and-a-lial£ 3'ears that he was in Upsala as a pupil and friend of Linnaeus; these Meyer regarded as in some respects of greater authority for Linnjieus's species than those in the Linnean herbarium. His ground for this view is based on Ehrhart's intimate association with Linnseus, as set forth by Ehrhart himself in his Beitrdf/e^ conveniently summarised by Th. M. Fries in his Linne (ii. 28-5). A desire to hear the lectures of Linnaeus had drawn Ehrhart to Upsala, where for a time he served as apothecar}'^ to the University, but subsequentl^y maintained himself at his own expense, forining friendships with C. W. Scheele and other prominent naturalists. From the 20t]i of April, 1773, until Sept. 2G, 1776, he was a pupil of Linnaeus, though he regretted that he had not been one of his students when Linnaeus himself took part with his students in their excursions into the country — " he was already," says Ehrhart, " an old man and was expecting his death," which took place in 1778 : " When 1 asked him about crj^ptogams he answered frankly that thirty years ago he had known these plants, but that now he w^as obliged to leave them to others." " Few of the students," continued Fries, " could have been so industrious as Ehrhart was. On week-days all hours free from lec- tures were spent in excursions in the surrounding country ; Sunda3's he spent in the Botanic Garden. In the summer holidays he too excur- sioned, sometimes accompanied by other Linnean students, from early morning until late at night, seeking plants in the fields, woods, moors, and marshes. He reported his discoveries to Linnaeus, who had conceived great affection and regard for him " ; " Each plant," says Ehrhart {Beitrdge, v. 3) " was examined on the spot where I found it, with the Genera Blaniarum and the Flora Suecica of Linnseus, and such as were doubtful I compared with his herbarium. Usually I collected and dried a good number of s})ecimens, as can be seen from the Phyto])liylaGii(m and my other collections of dried plants, and when I found that my senior [" Alter," — i. e. Linna3us] had made a mistake, I told him so ; for whoever I was I showed that I was a free Swiss ! He used to make large e3^es at me when I told him, for instance, that his Carecc uliginosa and Schcemis comj)ressiis were identical, lashing out with ' Deuce take me if that's true.' He found, however, that I was right, and when I saw him again two or three days afterw^ards, he called out ' You were quite riglit ! ' And when on Sept. 26, 1776, I said good-bye to him at Hammarby, seeing him for the last time, he pressed my hand and said : ' Write to me ; from you I will believe everything.' " It is probable that the *' Botanische Zurechtweisungen " would supply further references to Ehrhart's association with Linnaeus. One such allusion appears in the '* Botanical Observations by Frederic Ehrhart," included in the volume of Tracts Belaiive to Botany, " translated from different languages " by Charles Koenig, but published (1S35) anonymously; these are selected from various j^arts of the " Zurechtweisungen," and confirm the view already expressed that the series would repay investigation. Many of the notes selected by Koenig for translation are critical of Linnneus ; among them is the following (from Beitr. i. 68) : — 322 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY " Agrostls pumlla L., wliicli I gathered in company wltli my late friends Linnaeus and Griino near the Linnean villa, Hamniarby, and which both acknowledged [? considered] to be a distinct species, is nothing, according to my own observations, but a diseased Ar/ros/is stolonifera. I preserve specimens which are half Agrostis sfoloui- fera^ half A. pumlla " (p. 272). Koenig adds a note confirming this. Of Ehrhart's earlier life, we find interesting particulars in his autobiographv published by Usteri, and in the obituary notice by D. H. Hoppe, both mentioned above. He was born at Hol- derbank in the canton of Bern on November -i, 1742, where his father, Johannes Ehrhart, was pastor. Johannes frequently jnade botanical excm-sions with Haller ; the young Friedrich often accom- panied them, and in this way aCvn[uired a taste for botany. He com- piled a Yloriila Holderhcuikensis which attracted the notice of Haller, who offered the lad the post of amanuensis and librarian, which he declined on account of his father's failing health. Anxious to continue his botanical studies and at the same time to obtain remunerative occupation, Friedrich, after his father's death, obtained employment in an apothecary's sho]) in Nuremberg, where he served his tliree years' apprenticeship (17G5-(58). He then went to an apothecary in Erlangen, where he remained until Easter 1770; during this period he made botanical excursions on foot to the Fich- telberge and in Switzerland; he was afterwards employed by Andrea, with whom he remained until Easter 1773. Ehrhart's intense desii-e for botanical knowledge continued to increase, and nothing would satisfy him but the lectures of the great Linnaeus himself; so oif he went to Upsala and attended Linn^eus's lectures ; his career at this period has already been summarised. For further details of Ehrhart's life, reference must be made to the sources already indicated, to which may be added an account by H. Stein worth, not seen by me, cited by Lindau and Sydow {The- saurus, iii. 205) from Hannoversche Gartenzeitung, xii. (1902) ; and especially t© the autobiography, from which we gather a pathetic impression of the great straits to Avhich he was reduced by poverty. He tells us that he and his wife, whom he married in 1780, accus- tomed themselves to the severest privations in order that a few jDence might be set aside for buying books; and it was with the same obiect in view that he began the publication of the Exsiccated. These privations, in conjunction with a phthisical tendency, doubtless shortened his life ; he died at Herrenhausen on July 3rd, 1795. To return to the JExslccatce, Smith acquired his series of these with Davall's herbarium in 1802 ; a list of these will be found among the "books quoted" prefixed to his English Flora (i. xxxvi ; 1824), where the titles of five are given, with reference to the Beitrdr/e for their contents. Those absent are the Planted Cryptogamce and tlie Flantce Selectee ; I think the latter may be indicated by the entry: "PZ. Exsicc. — Planted Exsiccated. — A collection of Dried Plants, published subsequently to all the foregoing, but which was not, I believe, continued to any extent." This supposition would explain the omission of Fl. Selectee from Smith's enumeration — an omission otherwise inexplicable, as the plants themselves, with Ehrhart's FRIED in cif Eiiinrvirr and his exstcc.vt.e 823 {)riiiteil hibols glvini^ name and iiuni])Ci', are, like tlie rest of the Exsic(rat-.e, scattered througli Smith's herbarium, with a reference in his hand to the series to whicli each specimen belonged. According to Meyer (I.e.) the Plantie /SV/ec^^c comprised sixteen fascicles : this militates against my suggestion as to the identity of the I^lanlce Selectee with the Flantce E.vsiccatce, which latter Smith believed " was not continued to any extent " ; 1)ut Smith may have had an imperfect set. In any case, J can lind no reference save that of vSmith to the FI. Exsiccatce, and it may be noted that Smith says these were " published subsecpiently to all the foregoing," which was the case with the Fl. ^Selectee. Alphonse de Candolle {^Flujloijrapliie, p. 410) states that the Arbores (14 fascicles) and Flautce Selectee (10) are in the l)e Can- dolle Herbarium ; the Fhijtophtjlacium (8 decades) is in the Depart- ment of Botany and at Kew, where there is bound with it the lists prefixed to Flantcs Selectee; these were received with Gay's her- barium, and the specimens corresponding with them ai-e scattered through the general collection. The sixteen decades of the Flantce CryptogamcB are in like manner distributed througli the ervptoganuc herbarium of the Department of Botany. Ehrhart's own herbarium {Jide A. DC, I. c.) is in the Universite of Grottingen, and there are " des collections dans I'herb. de rUniv. de Moscou, de TUniv. de Leipzig." Lasegue (Mus. 13ot. 559) says that the Moscow collection was " formee a Upsal sous I'inspection meme de Linne." I. "PiiYTOPKi'LACiLM Ehehaetianum coutineus Plantas quas in locis earum natalibus collegit et exsiccavit Fredericus Ehrhart Helveto-Bernas." This contained ten decades, an index to whicli is given by Ehrhart in his Beitrdge zi/r Naturhunde, iv. 145-49; 1789). The copies in the Department of Botan}^ and at Kew contain, as has been said, only eight decades, each of which bears the date 1780. Th. M. Fries, in his interesting paper " Zur Kenntniss der Ehrhart'schen Flechten " {Flora, 1881, pp. 220-224) states that decades 9 and 10 were issued in 1785. The assertion of F. Arnold {Flora, 1880, p. 542) that the Fliytoplujlacium contained at least 16 decades is l)ased on the citation by Elias Fries (Lich. eur. ref. p. 245) of the Ehrhartian number "IGO" for Cladonia ^j>rcj;/Z/o.srf ; this, however, was doubtless a typographical error, as the plant stands as " 100. Papillaria. Lichen Papillaria Ehrh." in Ehrhart's list. The error has also been pointed out by Th. M. Fries (/. c). A "Nachricht an das Publicum," containing a detailed plan of the Fliytophylacium, appears in Ehrhart's Beitrage, i. 70-76 ; this was previously issued as a four-page leaflet (in black letter), which is prefixed to the Departmental copy of the work : it is dated " Hannover, im October, 1779." Ehrhart states that only tAventy-five copies of the FJiytophylaciinn would be issued; each specimen was to have a label giving the number, the " nomen propriuin," the Linnean synonym or that of a succeeding authority, and the jolace of growth. The " nomen proprium " he had previously explained as that which he had himself bestowed on the plant, consisting of one name only — a method which he considered would be for general convenience. This explains 324 THE JOURNAL OF JJOTANY tlie names whose position has often been misunderstood — Pfeiffer in his Nomenclator hoianicus quotes them as genera, and Mr. O. A. Farwell has lately endeavoured to establish their claim to that rank. The absurdity of this was shown in Journ. Bot. 1920, p. 278, and it is clear that Ehrhart had no such intention ; he sometimes takes the accepted name— e. g. Littorella or adopts others of his own invention — e. g. Decodon for Linncea horealis. He did not, however, persist in this method, which does not appear in any other of the Exsiccatse, but he did not hesitate to bestow new names upon species already named and described — e.g.ioY his Polygonum intermedium (Beitr. vi. 112) he cites as a synonym P. minus, to which his plant has been generally referred by later authors, and (Beitr. vii. IGl) he renames Geranium rutilans, the plant that had been described as G. palmatum Cav. and G, anemonefolium L'Her., which names he cites in synonymy. Two decades of the Fhgfophylacium appeared quarterly — the first and second on Jan. 1, 1780, and two others on the first of April, July, and October: the cost of each couple was fixed at a gulden. Each decade has a dedication to some distinguished deceased botanist : the first runs : " CINERIBUS CAEOLI A LINNE PRAECEPTORIS OPTIMI, SACRA." It ma}^ be noted that although the names in the Pkytophglacium cannot be recognised as published, the specimens themselves must be accepted as typical for certain species which are based upon them, e. g. six species of Carex — C. Leucoglochin, C. Chordorrhiza, G. He- leonastes, G. Lepfostachys, G Drymeia, G. Agastachys, — published by Linn, fil (Suppl. 413, 414), are based on the specimens in the Phytopliylacium, and the names there given by Ehrhart are adopted. The connection of Ehrhart with the Supplementum is discussed in a separate note ; here it may be added that reference to others of Ehrhart's descriptions in the Beitr'dge show that specimens in his other Exsiccata are equally typical as being the only material on which the descriptions were based. Thus in " Bestimmung einiger Krauter und Graser " (Beitr. vi. 131-147) the only material cited for Poa trinervata and Festuca elongata is " Ehrh. cal. n. 36" and *'Ehrh. cal. n. 93," the reference being to the specimens in the Galamari^ ; the Calamaricd is also cited for species that, although well known to pre-Linnean writers, had not received binomials — e. g. Geum intermedium (p. 143) which is cited from '' Ehrh. herb. [=:Herba3] n. lOG." Throughout the descriptions of " einiger Baume und Strauche" (Beitr. vi. 85-103, vii. 127-138) ''Ehrh.arb." {=:Arbores, Frutices, etc.) is cited ; Betula verrucosa, Salix undu- lafa, S. amhigua and others in vi., S. hexandra and others in vii. In this last Band, under Frunus nigricans (p. 127) and elsewhere "Ehrh. off." { = Plant(U officinales) is cited in addition to "Ehrh. arb." ; and there is a puzzling reference, which neither Dr. Jackson nor I can explain, to " Ehrh. plantag, j). 18 " : similar reference, FiiiEDiacii EiiinrAin am) ins exsiccate 325 wliich apparently relates to some printed list, appears on ])p. 12S, 129, 135. Another unexplained allusion occurs on ])p. lGO-164 in connec- tion with species of Geranium and Pelargonium — " Ehrh. bergg." of which pp. 15, 1(5, 39 are cited. 11. "Plant.e OEricmALES,quasin usum Studiosorum Medicinre, Chirurgise et Pharmaceutices collegit et exsiccavit Fridericus Ehr- hart, Helveto-Bernas. Decas 1-GO. Hanovera>, 1785 et seqq. In folio. Enthalten GOO Pllanzen, und kosten 1\ Ducaten." This title I transcribe from Beitr. vii. 35-6 (1792), ^Yhere it appears as a footnote to a list of the plants used in European phar- macies : the number of the plant in the Exsiccataj is appended to the name of each species that appears thei-ein. Keferences to this series ("Ehrh. off.") will be found in the descriptions in Eeitr. vii. pp. -135. Fries {op. cit.) points out that it might be supposed that the whole of the decades were published b}^ 1792, l)ut this was not the case : it would appear from Ehrhart's autobiography that by the summer of 1793, 46 had been issued, and that the rest were to follow. III. CaLAMAEI,!^, GeAMINA et TElPETALOIDE.f] [1785-1793]. According to the Index in Beitr. vi. 80-84, this series contained twelve decades ; it may be noted that Meyer (I.e.) gives the number as fourteen, but this was certainly an error. To many of the species Ehrhart's name is appended, and these are sometimes quoted in Index Ketvensis, e. g. Carex ohtusangula — as if published here, although no diagnosis accompanies them. In this and subsequent indexes the localities where the specimens were collected is added, transcribed from the labels attached to the specimens. The citation of this series in other papers in the Beitrage has been already mentioned (p. 324). The names and numbers of the Calamarice, as well as those of the Phi/fopht/Jacium so far as Carices are therein represented, are cited by Smith (Engl. Flora, iv. 79-] 25 ; 1828) : it may be worth while to give a list of these, so far as the names differ from the accepted ones given by Smith : — - ' Ehrh. Ehrl C. pulicaris L. C. pauciflora Lightf. C. stellulata Gooden. C, curta Gooden. C. intermedia Gooden. C. clandestina Gooden. C. pendula Huds. C. strigosa Huds. C. sylvatica Huds. " C. Leucoglochin Ehrh. in 413. Pliytoph. 8 " p Phytoph. 7. C. Psyllophom in Linn. Suppl. 413 " p. 79. Ehrh. in Linn. Su])pl. 1. 8 " p. 79. C. echinata Sibth. 28. Ehrh. Calam 68 " p. 80. C. tenella Ehrh. Calam. 98 " p. 81. C. disticha Huds. 403. Ehrh. Calam. 48 " p. 86. C. humilis Levs. Hal. 175. . . . Phytoph. 88'" p. 94. C. Agastachys Ehrh. in Linn. 414. Phytoph. 19 "p. 95. C. Leptostachvs Elu-h. in Linn. Su})])l 414. Phytoph. 48 " p. 96. C. Drymeia Ehrh.m Linn. Su]»pl. 414. Phytoph. 58 " p 96. Ehrh. Suppl. 326 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY C. Oederi C. pnecox Jacq. C. pilulifera Linn. Elirh. Calam. 79. See note below " C. Oederi Ketz " (Ehrh.) p. 111. '* C. stoloiiifera Ehrh. Calam. 99 " p. 112. " C. deciunbeiis Ehrli. Calam. 70 " p. 113. C. tomentosa Linn. j " C. spha?rocarpa Ehrh. Calam. 89 " p. 113. C. paludosa Goodca. ! " C. aeutiformis Ehrh. Calam. 30 " p. 120. C. riparia Curt. ; " C. crassa Ehrh. Calam. 59" p. 121. C. ampullacea Gooden. | "C. obtusangulataEhrh. Calam. 50 "p. 124. C. filiformis Linn. j " C. lasiocarpa Ehrh. Calam. 19 " p. 128. C. (Ederi is cited by Smith (p. 107) as of Ehrh. Calam. 79 : this is hardly a publication, and the name to be retained for the species is doubtful. IV, Plant.e ciiYPTOGAM.E L. (32 fascicles) [17S5-1793]. An index of fasc. 1-24 of these (dated Oct. 1791) — "quas in Locis earum natalibus collegit et exsiccavit Eridericus Ehrhart " — is given in 13eitr. vii. 94-102, with an intimation that the conclusion would follow ; but no f ui-ther part of the Beitrlif/e appeared. The lichens of these decades and of the Pliytophi/laciiim and FJantce officinales are enumerated but not identified by Bernt Lynge {Index " Lichenitm J^xsiccatonan,'' i. 1(51-104 (1915). As has already been said (p. 323), the contents of the decades are incor})orated in the cryptogamic ])ortion of the National Herbarium. Eries in the paper already cited states that decades 1 and 2 were issued in 1785; 3 and 4 in 1786; 5 and 6 in 1787 ; 7 to 10 in 1788; 11 to 10 in 1789; the dates of the remainder were unknown to him. V. AE130RES, TKUTICES ET SUFFKUTICES L. [1787-1793] — " quos in Usum Dendrophilorum collegit et exsiccavit Eredericus Ehrhart." An " index " of twelve fascicles — the first of which was issued in 1787 — dated " Herrenhausen, Nov. 1789 " is given in Eeitr. v. 158- 1()2 : the remaining four must have been issued between that year and 1793. This series is frequently cited in Beitr. vi. and vii. (see p. 324), and the specimens are typical for such of the species as were described by Ehrhart. Yl. Herb.e L. [1787-1793] — " quas in locis earum natalibus collegit et exsiccavit Eridericus Ehrhart " : an " index " of twelve of the decades is in Beitr. v. 175-179 : Names from this are cited in Beitr. vi. 143-4, vii. 153, 156. VII. Plants selects hortuli proprii [1792-1793]. Of the sixteen decades that were issued in this series, no enumeration was ])ublished by Ehrhart, but some of the plants are cited as " Ehrh. Sel.," though always without number, in his " Bestinnnungen einiger Pfianzen meines Gartchens" (Beitr. vii. 139-168). The absence of number is curious, as the series was numbered like the rest, and in the case of all the other Exsiccatie the number is always cited by Ehrhart. Of these fascicles, eight were ready by the end of 1792, and the remainder were issued in the following year. This notice has extended to much greater length than I had anticipated when it was begun ; I can excuse this only on account of FKTEDHICU EHKIIAHT AND HIS EXSICCA'IM- J327 the interest which I found in its siihject — an interest ^vhich I liope my readers will share, at any rate to some extent. I am much in- debted to Mr. Gepp for the help that he has given me by translating the German notices of Ehrhart and in assisting me to sunnnai-ise their contents. Tlie connexion of Ehrhart with the Sf/pj^/emrnhnn Plautarum will form the subject of another communication which I hope w^ill prove of equal interest ; it will certainly be less lengthy. PosTSCEiPT. While the present paper was passing through the l)resS; the following important passage from a letter of Ehrhart (Dec. 8, 1794) to Usteri {Annalen, ix. 105; 1794) has come to light ; it gives further details about the Exsiccatai and the proposed addition to the Beitrdye : — " 1 am now beginning to publish the continuations of my exsiccata?. This winter you receive Decades 15 and IG of the Arhores, 15 and 1*) of the Herbce, 13 and 14 of the Calamarice, 25-82 of the Flautce (Ji'tjplui/iimcB, and 9-lG of the Bluntce Selectee liortuU 'pro])rii. Tlie still- wanting 14 of tlie promised GO Decades of the FlantcB OJficiiiales 1 can however not deliver before Michaelmas, since 1 still lack some of the plants belonging thereto. At Easter also the 8th Band of my Beitriige comes out, and perhaps also soon the 9th Band." SPITZBERGEN LIVEKWORTS *. Br W. Watson, D.Sc. Dl'kixg the Spitzbergen Expedition of 1921, Mr. Y. S. Summer- hay es collected a number of Liverworts, which were sent to me for identification. They were collected during June and July at alti- tudes varying from 20 ft. to 1200 ft. Their habitats were carefully noted and supplied to me by the collector, and this knowledge was of great service for ready determination. Twelve samples were packed in the usual way in paper wrappers, and 24 were i^laced in tubes with a solution of formalin ; the latter method is unsuitable for Liverworts as it gives them a uniform dark tint, and causes them to break up during subsequent handling and dissection. Few samples had peri- anths, and in the determination from vegetative characters only, the colour is a great help in readily identifying the species. Another disadvantage of the formalin preservative is that it renders the plant useless for preserving in the usual way. Gemmre were very scarce, being found in only a few plants. Material was sup})lied from the following localities and habitats : — Bear Island : Dry tundra, below 100 ft. ; rock-crevices or among boulders, 100 ft. or about 1200 ft. ; wet region ('Irainage channel), 50-100 ft. ; Hermansen Island : bogs, below 100 ft. ; Ad cent Bay : boggy area and damp moss tundra, 30-100 ft. ; Ga]oe Boheman : I'ock- crevices, 50 ft. ; bogs below 50 ft. ; Prince Charlea Foreland : damp slopes, etc., 30-700 ft. ; Klaas Billen Bay : edge of pond, 20 ft. ; Gi2)s Valley : moss bog by river below 50 ft. In the determination of a few critical plants I have had the kind * Eosiilts of the Oxford University Expedition to Spitzbergen, No. 19. 328 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY assistance of Messrs. S. M. Mac vicar, H. H. Kniglit, and D. A. Jones. The nomenclature adopted is usually that given in Miiller's Die Lehermoose. PiiEissiA QUADEATA (Scop.) Nccs. On dry tundra, Bear Is. Witli sporogonia. This is usualh^ a plant of moist situations, and Mr. Summerliayes later informed me that the habitat was *' dry tundra when compared with the mossj^ bogs and swamps." The plant was collected on a gritty and rather steep slope (25-30 ft.) with slight steps in it which were damper than the slope, and in these damp depressions ^he Preissia occurred. Si'HENOLOBUS MiNUTUS (Crantz) Steph. Plants scattered amongst Ptilidium ciliare and Lopliozia quinqiiedentata occurred on damp slopes, 100-700 ft.. Prince Charles Foreland. LoriioziA QUINQUEDENTATA (Huds.) Cogn. This was often present in the samples from Bear Is., Prince Charles Foreland, Advent Bay, and Cape Boheman. In wet and flat bogs at Cape Boheman, the form turrj ida {hm^h.), a larger plant with blunt postical lobes, occurred in almost- pure masses. On the same ground mosses such as Aida- comnium 2)alustre, Gamptotliecium nitens, Pahidella squarrosa, and Hypnum stramineum, were present. Plants intermediate between turgida and the type were present in the gatherings from the other localities. The trigones varied in size, but usually they were large. Judging from the materials siip})lied, L. quinquedeniata is the com- monest and most widely distributed of the Lophozias. L. LTCOPODioiDES (Wallr.) Cogn. No typical plant was noticed but only the var. ohliqua K. M. In this variety the leaves are blunt and crisp, the cilia at the leaf -base are often absent, but those on the underleaves are characteristic. Some leaves are scarcely lobed, others are distinctly four-lobed, and a mucronate lobe and basal cilia are occasionally present. Bogs, Hermansen Is. L. iiATCHERi (Evans) Steph. Rock-crevices, Bear Is. L. KUNZEANA (Hiib.) Evans. With Blepharostoma triclioplujUum and Hypnum stramineum in bogs, Cape Boheman. L. TLOEEKii (W. & M.) Schiffn. On a rather steep slope, 25- 30 ft., Bear Is. L. ATTENUATA (Mart.) Dum. = Z. gracilis (Schleich.) Steph. In small quantity on damp slopes. Prince Charles Foi-eland. L. LONorDENS (Lindb.) Macoun. Rock-crevices, Bear Is. and Cape Boheman. L. VENTEICOSA (Dicks.) Dum. Specimens from rock-crevices, Bear Is. and Cape Boheman seem best referable to this species, though they are scarcely typical and lack the abundant and characteristic gemmjB. In specimens from Prince Charles Foreland the gemma? were characteristic. L. POEPiiYROLEUCA (Nees) Schiffn. In small tpantity with Wehera nutans in rock-crevices. Bear Is. L. LONGTFLOEA (Necs) Schiffn. Among boulders, Bear Is. No perianths were noticed, so that the determination of this plant rests on vegetative characters only. L. ALPESTEis (Schleich.) Evans. Common and very variable in the samples from rock-crevices, Bear Is., and damp slo])es, Frince Charles Foreland, Gips Valley, and Advent Bay. Both Mr. Knight SPJTZBERGEN LIVEinVOUTS 329 and 1 were doubtful as to the tletermiiijition oi' one of the t'ornis; a spoci- iiien was sent to Mr. Macvicar, wlio named it as " one of the numerous forms of Lophozia aJpestris^ a very eommon plant in Spitzbergen." L. EXCiSA var. cylindracea (Dum.) K. M. A plant from Bear Is. and Prince Charles Foreland may belong here, but it more probably belongs to an innovating form of anotlier species. L. BIOUKNATA (Scluuid.) Dum. Klaas Billen Bay. No perianths were present, but the odour was cliaracteristic. HARi'ANTiius SCUTATUS (W. ct M.) Sprucc, was present in small (piantity in material from l>ear Is., Hermansen Is., and l^-ince Charles Foreland. The specimens, as Mr. Jones remarked, were very variable in regard to infolding of leaves, frequency and size of underlcaves, and amount of thickening at cell-angles, much more so than is usual in Britisii plants. Ckpiialczia Bici siMDATA (L.) Dum. Bear Is. and Prince Charles Foreland. C. LEUCAXTiiA Spruce. AVith Blepliarostoma trichoplnjUum on Bear Is. C. RECLUSA (Tayl.) Dum. = C. serrifora Lindb. A small quantity of what appeared to be this species was mixed with G. hicuspidata and JVebera nutans from Bear Is. As it was sterile, much broken up, and on an unusual habitat, the determination is doubtful. Cepiialoziella 15YSSACEA (Both.) Warnst. Damp slopes, Prince Charles Foreland. The plants were sterile, and the formalin had injured them so much that it is impossible to give a definite determination. The leaves were distant, two-thirds bilobed into acute segments ; the apical leaves were eroded by the formation of two-lobed gemmse ; small 2-3-celled, subulate underleaves w^re present at the apices of the shoots. A packet from Vogel Hook con- tains a sterile plant which is best referred to the above species, though the lobes are not so divaricate as usual. Cephaloziellas were present in other samples, but were so much injured by the formalin that deter- minations would have been little more than mere guesses. Blepiiahostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dum. Often abundant and in almost pure masses. Bear Is., Cape Boheman, Hermansen Is., Advent Bay, Gips Valley, and Klaas Eillen Bay. Anthelia juratzkana (Limpr.) Trevis. In wet region (drain- age channel), Bear Is. This had suffered so much from the formalin that it was difficult to recognise as an AntJielia, but INIr. Knight reassured me on that point. Ptilidium cn.iAPE (L.) Hampe. Abundant and often in pure masses ; dry tundra and among boulders, Bear Is. ; damp slo})es. Prince Charles Foreland and Advent Bay. In bogs, Advent Bay, the form inundatum Schiffn. was collected. P. PULCiiEiiRiMUM (Web.) Hampe. Damp slopes, Prince Charles Foreland. ScAPANiA CURTA (Mart.) Dum. Eock-crevices, Bear Is. and Cape Boheman. From the latter locality the var. geniculata (Massal.) K. M. was also collected. S. lERTGUA (Nees) Dum. Bear Is. No holoarctic species was found in the collection, though careful JoLJi^NAL OP Botany.— Vol. GO. [November, 1922,] z 330 THE JOUllXAL OF BOTANY search was made for some o£ them, e. g., MdrsupcUa arciica and Scapania spUzhergensis. Some plants noticeable for their absence in the collection are Clevea hi/alina, Saitteria alpina, Grimaldia {Neesiella^ pilosa, Peltolepis grandis, Fimhria7^ia pilosa, Mar- chantia polymorplia. Moerckia Blytii, Gymnomitrium concinnatum, G. coralUoides, G. revolutum, Marsnpella condensata, 31. apicu- lata, Prasaiifhns suecicus, Arndlia fennica, Alicularia compressa, Aplozia ohlongifolia, Gymnocolea in-fiata, Lophozia ohtiisa^ L. quadrlloha, L. Weiizelii, L. heferocolpa, Splienolohtis i^oUtus, IS. groeiilandicus. Oephalozia conniveiis, Ceplialoziella grunsulana, C.biloha, C.papillosa, HygrohieUa laxifolia, Pleuroclada albescens, Odontoschisma Mncounii, Chandonanthus setiformis., Diplophyllum albicans., D. gymnosfomopliilum, and Scapanla cuspiduligera. All these species have been found in Spitzbergen or in similar arctic lands. No species of Riccia, Metzgeria, Anem-a, Pellia, Fossombronia, Gymnomitrimn, Marsnpella, Alicularia, Aplozia, Gymnocolea, Pla- giochila, Lophocolya, Leptoscyphus, Chiloscj^phus, Saccogvna, Caly- pogeia, Lepidozia, Diplophjllum, Eadula, Lejeunea, Frullania, or Anthoceros were 'collected. The following species, which are frequent in the alpine regions of Britain, are apparently absent from Spitzbergen : — Pellia epipliylla, Marsnpella emarginata, Alicularia scalaris, Antlielia julacea, Gymnomitrium alpinum, G. adustum, and Aplozia cordifolia. WILLIAM WiUGHT, A JAMAICAN BOTANIST. (1735-1819.) Bi' WlLLTAM FaWCETT, B.Sc. "William Weight, who was born at Crieff in March 1735 and died in Edinburgh, Sept. 10, 1819, studied medicine at Edinburgh, during which time he made a journey to Greenland. He joined the Navy as Surgeon's mate in 1758, and sailed under Kodney for the West Indies in 1760. In 1763, at the conclusion of the Seven Years' V/ar, Wright's service in the Navy came to an end ; but he applied himself to the studj^ of medicine, qualified as surgeon, and obtained the M.D. degree. Keturning to the West Indies, he landed in Jamaica early in 1765, and settled on Hampden Estate, as partner to a former fellow-student, Thomas Steel. Three or four years after this, Wright received an application fi-om the University of Edinburgh to contribute to the Museum of Natural History which the University was about to establish. His first contributions were confined to ornithology and entomology, but in 1771 after he and his partner had moved into a new house which they built and called Orange Hill, he began his collection of dried plants arranged and described according to the Linnean system. He marked in his cop}^ of the third edition of the Species Plantarum (176-1) all those species which he examined in Jamaica to the number of 761, inserting the common names and adding references to Sloane and Browne where Linnseus had omitted to do so. He sent living jDlants to the Bo3^al Gardens at Kew, and " several hundreds " of dried specimens to Banks. He was also liberal in sending specimens WILLT.VM WIJICIIT, A .IA:MATCAX IJOTAXIST 331 to all tliose wlio were interested in botanical studies. Jonathan Stokes dedicates his Botanical Materia Mcdica (1812) to Wright, and s])eaks of his Herbarium, wliieh lie liad seen at Edinburgh, as one of the most comjdete collections which had ever fallen under his observation (see Memoirs of Dr. Wri(/Jit (1828), p. 31, footnote) ; he cites specimens received from Wright, and refers to specimens in Banks's Herbarium. In September 177-1< Wright received the lionorarj api)ointment of Surgeon-General of Jamaica from the Governor, Sir 13asil Keith. In 1777 he left Jamaica, landed at Liver[)0()l, and proceeded to London. He read a paper on Cinchomt jamaicensis in April, and another on GeoJPrcea jamaicensis inermis^ the Cabl)age-bark tree of Jamaica, in May before the Kojal Society, at that time under the presidency of Sir John Pringle ; these were pul)lished with plates in the Philosoj^hical Transactions for 1778. Shortly after this, Wright was admitted a Fellow of the lioyal Societ3^ In 1779, in consequence of the British West Indies being menaced by a powerful armament under the French Admi]-al H'Estaign, a corps of infantry was raised in England, under the name of the Jamaica llegiment, for the protection of that island. Banks, now President of the Royal Society, induced Wright to accept the appoint- ment of regimental surgeon. The transports with a fleet of merchant- men, convoyed b}^ three frigates, were all captured by a combined Spanish and French fleet. Wright's Herbarium was taken from him, and he set to work in his captivit}^ in Andalusia to form another. He arrived in England in 1781, and in the following year went out to Jamaica with the transports carrying the reconstituted Jamaica Begiment, now the 99th Foot, just after Bodney's victory over I)e Grasse. Peace released him from his military duties, and in 178-1 he started again to collect plants, and \vas soon able not only to restore completely his former unique herbarium of Jamaica plants, but to add sev^eral new and undescribed species. He appears to have met and worked with Swartz, who was collecting in Jamaica and other West Indian islands at this time, and who refers to Wright's publications in the Prodromus and Flora Indiw Occidcntalis. Robert Brown dedicated a genus to him {Wrightia^ in Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 73 (1809), where he says " I have dedicated to my much respected friend William Wright, M.I)., F.B.S.L. &E., whose ardour in the pursuit of botanical knowledge, even while engaged in exten- sive medical practice in the island of Jamaica, has long entitled him to this mark of distinction." The Governor of Jamaica, General Cam|)bell, had made Wright Physician-General of Jamaica, but his health had suffered so much from living on the transports with his regiment at Port Boyal, tliat he was obliged to return again to England in 1785. He settled in Edinburgh, and in 1788 he was elected a Fellow of the Boyal Society, a Fellow of the Boyal Society of Edinburgh, and admitted as a member of the Society of Natural History and of the Boj^al Physical Society of Edinburgh. In May, 1787, Wright sent to Banks a paper containing "an account of the medicinal plants growing in Jamaica," fur trans- z 2 332 THE JOURNAL OF 130TANY mission to the editor of the London Medical Journal, in Avliich it duly appeared (viii. pp. 217-295) in the same year. This account is reprinted in the Memoir (see below) with additional extracts " from Dr. Vv'right's Herbaria begun in the year 1773 and completed in 1813. . . . The whole work extends to five volumes quarto, and from a notice in Dr. Wright's handwriting, dated Edinburgh, 1st June 1813, it appears to have been carefully revised by him after his return to Great Britain." In Feb. 1793 Wright wrote to Dr. Gartshore : — " Mr. Lindsay [see Journ. Bot. liii. 106] of Westmoreland, Jamaica, has made several connnunications to the R. Society of Edinburgh ; and two of them, on Quassia poh/rjama \JPicrcena excelsa Lindl.], and Cinchona hrachiicarpa \_Exosfemma hracln/carpa R. & S.], are in the hands of the printer. At the desire of the Societ;\', and with the author's per- mission, I have put them in proper order, and prepared them for the press. You may say to Dr. Woodville that I now send him speci- mens of Quassia excelsa of Swartz and Lindsay (my Ficrania amara [P. excelsa'] London Medical Journal) ; also some of the Cjrtex Cascarilla, gathered by m3^self \_Crofon glahellus L.]." In 1795 a considerable armament was to be despatched under Sir Ralph Abercromby for the protection of the West Indies ; as the mortality of the troops there was supposed to be owing in part to the want of proper medical aid, special care was taken to send able physicians, and Wright was one of those chosen on account of his ability and previous experience. On arrival in the West Indies Wright had charge of all the military hospitals in Barbados, and he there acquired a large collection of the plants of the Windward Islands. Aber- cromby in 1797 expressed in general orders his thanks to Y»^right for his care of the sick, and after the conquest of Trinidad, returned to England. A general order arrived from England for the reduction of the medical staff; Wright took the opportunity to give up his appointment, and in 1798 sailed for Liverpool, and settled again in Edinburgh. In a letter to Dr. Currie in 1799 he says : " I have been very bus}^ with West India and British Fuci. Of the latter 1 intend sending an assortment for Dr. Pulteney and another for the Linnean Society, which I will beg you to present through Dr. Smith. I am also occupied with ascertaining corallines by the help of Solander and Ellis. In West India corallines my collection is complete." During the year 1800 Abercromby asked Wright to go as Phy- sician to the Army, of which he was in command on the celebrated expedition to Egypt, but the appointment was declined. In 1801 Wright corresponded with Dr. Currie about the establishment of a Botanic Garden at Liverjoool ; with reference to the Herbarium, he wrote : — " Dr. Roxburgh at Calcutta has sent home a ver}^ large collection of dried specimens, of which I am to have a share. The}' are to be divided with Sir Joseph Banks, and Mr. A, B. Lambert, Vice-President of the Linnean Society, but I do not expect my pro- portion until the spring. I have complete specimens of all those which Dr. Roxburgh formerly sent to our Societj^ at your service." Wright's exertions on behalf of the Garden were gratefully acknow- ledged by William Roscoe, the founder of the Garden, in his address WILLIA:M WRIGHT, A JAMAICAN BOTANIST 333 at its opening. In a letter to Dr. Carrie (1802), Wright says :— " I h:ive made some progress with the specimens. I look for a large collection soon from Trinidad and Guiana ; but that shall not prevent me from sending you such in the meantime as 1 can spare." He died in Edinbugh in the (S5th year of his age, 1819, The above notee are taken from the Memoir (1828) written by Dr. Mitchell, which Stokes {Commentaries, p. cxxx) says was published by Wright's three nieces " as a memorial of their affection" ; the portrait which accompanies the memoir is said by Stokes to be a striking likeness. Tlie onlv plants of Wright now in Liverpool are contained in a volume in the Free Public Museums, lent for use in the Flora of Jamaica by the courtesy of the Curator, Dr. Joseph A. Chub. It is a small quarto with a MS. title page : — " Plants of Jamaica. By Will"' Wright, ]M.D., F.R.S." and an Introduction by the author, dated 29th'' May, 1783. It contains about 50 somewhat scmppy specimens of plants of medicinal or economic value, each accompanied hy a short popular description, similar to, but differing from, the "Extracts from Dr. Wright's Herbaria " inclu led in the Memoir, pp. 21:6-307. The specimens are arranged according to the Linnean Classes which are indicated by Komaii numerals at the head of the page. The Introduction is as follows : — " Botanv is a study of sucli general importance to Mankind, that no line can be drawn to bound its utility. " In a commercial country like Britain the advantages will appear great, when we consider, that her colonies and settlements, are dis- tributed throughout every climate of the world, as by this usefull art, the produce of foreign kingdoms may be transferred to our own dominions, whose climate and soil is best adapted for their growth. " The Botanist exercises his mind in the noblest, because the most usefull of all pm-suits. His daily discoveries add to the stock of human knowledge, and his name is transmitted to future ages. _ " The author of the following remarks, spent the best of his days in the West-Indies, partly in His Majesties service, and partly in private Practice. He appropriated every spare moment, from the duties of his Profession to Botany ; His chief aim was to ascertain the properties of Plants ; whether usefull in Medicine, ni Commerce, the Arts or rui"al CEconomy : how far he has succeeded is not for him to say. f. 1 . -,. • 1 "'He freelv communicates, the substance of his discoveries and researches ; and Hatters himself, his labour will be of advantage to his native country. "London 29th. May 1786." We have been unable to find any further trace of Wright's Her- barium, which must have been an extensive one ; and it seems very doubtful whether this volume is one of the quarto volumes Referred to in the following note prefixed to the "Extracts" in the Memoir, p. 213:—" The following Extracts are taken from the herbaries pre- pared by Dr. Wright during his residence in Jamaica. Tlie^ whole work extends to five volumes quarto, and from a notice in Dr. Wright's le 334 THE JOURNAL OF BOTA-STT handwriting, dated Edinburgh, 1st June 1818, it appears to have been carefully revised b}^ liim after his return to Great J]ritain. Such articles have been extracted only as could be made intelligible without the aid of engravings or of the dried plants themselves, which have all been laid down by Dr. Wright with the greatest care." As indi- cated above, a large number of Wright's plants are in Banks's Herbarium. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES. LXXXVII. Two Catalogues. [Kalm, Pehe.] En Kart Berattelse om Naturliger stiillet, nyttan, samt skotseln at nfigra waxter, utaf hwilka fron nyligen biifwit hembragte fran Norra America, til deras tjenst, som hafwa niiie, at i wart Climat gora forsok med de sanmias cultiverande. [A short statement of the localities, use, with cultivation of certain plants, of which seeds have recently been brought home from North America for the service of those who delight in attempting the culti- vation of the same in our climate.] Pa Kongl. Yetenskaps Academiens bef alining upsatt. [Set ap by order of the Poyal Academy of Science.] This small octavo pamphlet of 4cS j^ages has no titlepage, but has a colophon " Stockholm, uplagt pa Lars Salvii kostnad, 1751 [issued at Lars Salvius' expense] ; the copy before me is of the same size and bound up wdth sundry copies of the Ldrila Tidningar, the well- known Swedish scientific journal of the 18th centur}^ of which it is ])robably a sup])lement. It begins with a statement that the author has drawn up this account of some of the more useful plants, of which he [Kalm] had brought back seeds from North America : — "As the result of the command of the Iloj^al Academy of Science I have here delivered a catalogue and short statement on soine of the more useful plants, of those whose seeds I have brought with me from North America, where I have travelled under oi'ders from the lloyal Academy of Science. "I have found it necessar}^ to speak brie fl\' about the localities where these plants are found and flourish, so that those who undei-- take their cultivation, may have certain ground to l)uild upon, and know what, soil to provide when following Nature in their culture. "To avoid prolixity I have o\\\\ given a few words about their use. Later when I come by GTod's will to publish my travels that shall be amply supplied with all circumstances. " There are but few of these plants I myself had occasion to ]iut in hand; I was constantly journeying to and fro to find and to collect seeds ; it must therefore be understood that so far as regards cultiva- tion, only a little is from my own experience ; I have however diligently noted the ways Nature herself takes. Therefore those of my countrymen wdio have the wish to try the cultivation of these plants, but have no access to good gardening books may have some- thing to guide them, I have, besides ray own reports and experiments, extracted from the excellent English gardener Philip Miller's ' Gar- deners Dictionary ' the most necessary things he has on certain of the forenamed ])l:ints' sowing and care. Mr. ]Miller can not oidy rely ETlUJOailArilTCAL NOTES 335 vipon 10 years'' experience, if not more, but liis book mentioned luis both in Engliuul and abroad gained general praise and is a jewel and it master[)iece, in the whole of gardening, both in theory and practice it has hardly its equal, so that having it, one can witliout much harm dispense with all others. I only regret that we in our language have as yet no translation, either of the entire work or at least the most important parts ; it has already been translated into both French and Grennan," The author then speaks of the medicinal plants brought back, which he is presenting to the Academic Botanic Garden ; the seeds in succeeding pages of his catalogue may be sown in the forthcoming autuum or following spring ; he ends with the hope of leisure time to draw up his account of his recent travels. The catalogue is alphabetically arranged, beginning with three species of Abies, with Miller's names, presumably from the 5th edition of his Dicfioiia)'!/, 1747. as the Gth edition did not appear till the following year. In all, 12G numbers are given with comments. A few remarks on the difference between the climate in the Carolinas and that of Sweden, closes the pamphlet. A list of the modern names will be found in Hjelt's NaturaJhisforiens studium vid Abo uni- versitet, Helsingfors, 189'), pp. 209-211. ^ I have failed to find another copy, in the British Museum at Bloomsbury or Cromwell Road, or at Kew. Pritzel does not mention it, nor is it catalogued in the last Libraiy Catalogue of the Linnean Society, 1896. It camo to light in preparing the new edition for printing in the near future, amongst the Linnean volumes, bound amongst some numbers of the Ldrda TUlnincjar, 1745-52. [La Seree, Vitalis de.] Catalogue des Plantes d'usage, suivant I'order de leurs Vertus. 68 pages, sm. 8^ [Parisiis, 1737.] This has no titlepage, but on the top of the page Linnseus has written " La Serre Hortus plantarum otticinalium privatus parisiis." This is the copy I noted in my Sfudenfs Guide to the Literature of Botany, p. 31, as follows : — " The only copy known to me wants the titlepage ; it commences with page 1 . . . . It quotes Boerhaave's 'Index alter' 1720, so must be somewhat later than that." As this little volume came again into consideration for the new book-catalogue of the Linnean Society, its author naturally was the object of enquiry. There was a Dr. La Serre, spoken of by Prof. T.M. Pries, as a physician and naturalist and an intimate friend of the Jussieu family (Linne, i. p. 246). At a later date he is mentioned by Bernard de Jussieu in a letter to Linnaeus, 20th July, 1740, as '• . . . our friend the good Father La Serre . . .," printed in Sir J. E. Smith's Gorresponde)ice of Liiniaus, ii. 212, and again on p. 216, " Father La Serre, the former companion of our journey embraces vou Avith all his heart"; finally on p. 218 we find " the botanical surgeon La Serre embraces you with both arms." Mr. Spencer Savage has found a MS. entry in an interleaved copy of Linnzeus's Bibliotheca botanica, 1736, which supplies further in- formation, thus: — "de Laserre, Titalis. Habuit hortum officinalium parisiis. Catalogus pi. usualium. Paris, 1737, p. 60. Gallico-latine." B. Datdox Jacksox. 336 THE JOUJINAL OF UOTAXY SHOPtT NOTES. '* Some Little-kxown Botanists." Under tliis heading Mr, W. Rolberts, who has done so much to throw light upon the history of obscure authors, published a paper in the Gardeners'' Clironicle for March 29, 1919 (p. 147) wliich contains certain names which tind no place in our Biograjpliical Index. The information Mr. Roberts was able to supply was so scanty that it will hardly entitle the claimants to a place in the new edition of the Index, which still awaits the reduction of printing and binding charges in order to be produced at reasonable cost; but it may be worth while to give a list of them, in the hope that some one ma}'' be able to aft'ord such additional infor- mation as will justify their admission. One of tliem, Dr. Thomas Clarke (d, 1792), of whom Mr. Roberts gives much information, liad alread}'^ been noted by us for inclusion on the ground of liis official position as first Islan J Botanist of Jamaica, although Mr. Faw- cett has no knowledge of his having done an}" strictly botanical work ; but of the others I know nothing beyond what is indicated b\' the slight information given by Mr. Roberts: — Charles diemys, Professor of Botanv, Trin. Coll. Dublin (d. Dub- lin, 1733). Thomas Brishane, Professor of Botuu}^ and Anatomv at Glasgow (d. 1742). John ^Fodrow, "a celebrated botanist," of Ghisgow (d. 17()S). Thomas Haniilton, Emeritus Professor of Anatomv and Botany at Glasgow (d. 1782). liev. Thomas Green, Professor of Botany at Cambridge (d. 1788). Dr. Moze, "a learned antiquarj^ and botanist" (Gent Mag.: d. 1733). In Gard. Chron. Dec. 15, 1917 (p. 235) Mr. Roberts published in interesting paper on " Some 17th and 18th Century Gardeners," ' the information in which was largely taken from the six large octavo volumes published by the Hai'leian Society from 1899 to 1901, and generally known as Musgrave's Ohitnari/.''' In his later paper he extended the scope of his notes and included botanists, among whom are the names above given. — James Britten". An Eaklt Hudson Bay Collector (p. 239). In reference to the plants collected in the Teri-itories of the Hudson Bay Company in 1773, and now in the Banksian Herbarium, T had no idea that any such plants existed. They were collected b}"^ one Thomas Hutchins, a chief-factor in the service of the Hudson Bay Company, who visited England in or about the year indicated, bi-inging with him the manuscript of a volume entitled "Observations on Hudson's Bay," which is still preserved in the Libi'ary of the Company at its London offices. I hive long been interested in this volume, which gives a long and valuable account of Hudson Bay, its history, natives, trade, climate, fauna, flora, etc. Many years ago my friend Mr. Ernest Thompson Seton and myself wei-e permitted to have a co])y made of it, with a view to its publication under my general editorship, and the help of a specialist in each department of knowledge treated. Unfortunately however, the v.-ork, though neaily ready for |)ublica- siroirc xoTEs 337 tion, has not yd heen issued. On the outbreak of war, I sent the MS. to Mr. Seton in New York, where he is arranging for its publi- cation. With this volume, Hutchins must have brought some small collections of specimens, including the })lants in question ; for there is, in the Fish Galleries at the Museum, at least one fish (the type- specimen of some well-known species, if I recollect rightlv) ; and, in the Bird Galleries, there are, I believe, several birds of his collecting. Doubtless before Hutchins returned to Hudson Bay he either sold or presented these collections to Banks. In regard to the plants : it would probably be found, if one referred to Hutchin's MS., that all, or most of them, are described in the botanical section thereof. In the editing of this, I was assisted by the late Prof. John Macoun, of Ottawa, who identified, so far as was possible, the species mentioned by Hutchins ; the latter was not in any sense a scientific (scarcely even a popular) botanist. — Milleu CmasTY. Orchis elodes Grisebach. After the appearance of Col. God- fery's article (Journ. Bot. 191^1, p. 305), we thought the identity of O. elodes with O. ericefonun Linton, might be finallv tested, if we could procure living specimens from Bourtanger Moor, on the Ems, whence Grisebach's specimens were taken. This attempt failed, as M. Sipkes, of Haarlem, who visited the moor in two separate seasons, tells us that it was drained during the war, and the orchids have disappeared. Dr. Schlechter, of Berlin, sent some dried specimens of O. elodes, which might pass as 0. ericetorum ; but the most con- clusive evidence was a vcrj^ clear photograph of several specimens, which M. Sipkes sent from Holland, that are certainly identical with the British O. ericetorum. We thought this brief note mi"-ht be useful, though we do not wish to pronounce on the question of nomenclature. We note that Mr. A. J. Wilmott, in the Appendix to his addition of Babington's Manual, divides British O. maculata into (a) 0. ericetorum Linton, and (b) O. Fuchsii Druce, verv much as we did in this Journal for May 1921 (pp. 121-''S) — T. & T. A. Stepiiexsox. Comma betweex Name and Authoeitt (p. 2G1). I was sur- prised to read Dr. Barnhart's remark that, as far as he was awai-e, the comma in this place had never been used outside the Biitish Empire, except by Asa Gray and those who followed his example. Unfortunately I possess only a very small botanical library at hand but I notice the comma used in two books by authors, "^neither of whom can be accused of British provinciality — Wallroth's Annus Botanicus and Agardh's Si/stema Algarum. From these two examples, which I happen to possess, I cannot help thinking there must be many more. Those of us who advocate the use of the comma may I think fairly claim the many authors who used a full stop or enclosed the authority in brackets as supporters of the view that there should be something to separate the name from the authority, to show that tlie latter is no part of the name. — James Geoyes. Toltpella HisPAXiCA Nordst. IN Fraxce. When at Hyeres in May last I found this species, in small quantity, in a shallow muddy ditch in the Presqu' He de Giens. In spite of the cloudy water and 338 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the presence of infesting algae, the male plants were conspicuous by the verj'- large bright-coloured antheridia. It occurred in company with T. glomerata, Lamprofhumnium papillosum, Chara canesceas, and C. galioides. So far as 1 know, it has not hitherto been recorded from France, though known to occur in the south of Spain, Algiers, and Tunis. — James Groves. KEVIEWS. The Botany and Gardens of the James Allen's Girls'' School, Dulwich : their History and Oryanisation. [By Lilian J. Clarke.] Board of Education Educational Pamphlets no. 41. 8vo, wrapper, pp. 52, illustrated. H.M. Stationeiy Office : 2*-. net. " The Botany Gardens at the James Allen's Girls' School were begun in 1896, and, as far as we know, this School was the first Secondary School in England to jwssess Gardens which were placed in charge of the pupils and used for the purpose of teaching botany rather than as a means of studying horticulture." Thus begins the Introduction to this most interesting little book, which contains a history of the development of the Gardens from the beginning, in 189G to"^the end of 1915 — the publication was delayed owing to the War. At first they consisted solely of Natural Order beds, but the scheme graduall}^ developel and extended until in the space of about an acre it was found possible to arrange plots showing the charac- teristic features of salt marsh and sand dune, lane, wood, pond, and heath, with plots for pollination experiments, vegetable gardens, and order beds. It is difficult to believe that such varied aspects of vege- tation could be adequately displayed in so small a space; but an inspection of the illustrations and still more of the photographs which we have been privileged to see, shows that what might have seemed impossible has been adequately accomplished. The Report, the perusal of which cannot be too strongly recom- mended to all interested in ecological study, and indeed to all in- terested in education, contains a full account of the establishment and development of the respective plots, with information as to the localities whence the soils and plants were derived and complete lists of the species. The soil and plants were not always acquired without diffienlty — for example, the soil for the first salt marsh (1905) was obtained from near Gravesend, Avhere it was arranged with a workman to put some of the soil in sacks and send it to Dulwich by train ; the second salt marsh came from Burnham-on-Crouch ; " in it were sods con- taining such characteristic plants as Salicornia hrhacea, Statice Limoniiim, AtripJex portulaooides, Glyceria maritima ; before the soil could be removed permission of several authorities had to be obtained." Of the scientific value of the Gardens the salt marsh affords an instance: "Dr. E. Marion Delf, one of our 'old girls ' came here to finish a piece of research work on transpiration in salt- marsh plants, for which she obtained the degree of Doctor of Science." It is pleasant to read of the interest which the pupils themselves have shown in the development of the scheme by collecting living SCTTOOL OAKDEXS AT DULWTCTT 889 plants, by cxpcrhnonis in various directions c, g. in tlie study of soils, and especially by experiments in pollination, carried on from 1910, the results of which are given in an appendix. Of the enthusiasm with which the- work has been carried on, some idea may be gained from the fact that the school is for day students, and that the botanical experiments and observations are made in addition to the ordinary school curriculum. It may further be noted that it was not until 1912 that any grant for this special work was received from the IJoard of Education ; before this, IGO girls were in charge of the Gardens, and most of the undertakings now carried on had been set on foot. From 1912 to 1915 the regular staff for botany and ele- mentary chemistry consisted of three science mistresses and one assistant in the Gardens. In conclusion we cannot refrain from expressing our surprise at the scanty recognition which is made of the work of Miss Lilian J. Clarke, the head of the Science Department of the School, to whom we ai-e indebted ivdt only for the establishment and organisation of the Gardens, but for the Keport. Her name indeed is given at the end of this (p. 38), but it appears neither on wrapper nor titlepage and is not even printed at the end of the introduction, for which we believe she is responsible. The omission is, we presume, accidental ; but it is to be regretted that the Board of Education should not give full credit to the author of so excellent a piece of work. Shahespeares Garden, Stratford -upon- Avon. By Erxest Law, C.13. With illustrations. 8vo, cloth, pp. 3-1. London : Selvvyn and Blount. Price "^s. 6d. Mr. Er:n'est Law, the historian of Hampton Court, is one of the Trustees of Shakespeare's Garden at Stratford-on-Avon, and in that capacity has given us an attractive little book — wliose title, by the way, was preoccupied by a not very satisfactory^ book about Sluike-- speare's flowers by Sidney Beisly, published in 18(51 — in which ho gives an account of what has been done in the way of planting of iho piece of ground attached to the house called " New Place," Tho ground was acquired by public subscription in 18G2, perhaps the worst period of gardening taste, in compliance with which it was laid out ; but in 1919 tlie Trustees decided to replace this witl\ something more in keeping with Shakespearean traditions. Tliey collected old-fashioned flowers from " the gardens of mediceval castles mentioned in the plays, and from some which were prolxibly well known to Shakespeare, such as Warwick Castle and Berkeley Castle .... The owner of Cobham Hall sent specimens of the famous ' Cobham Pose,' known to have been grown in the garden there for four or live hundred j^ears .... from the gardens of all the lloyal palaces which were known to Shakespeare, the same sorts of flowei's as grew in them when he visited them have been forwarded to Stratford-upon-Avon." Kew, of course, has not been backward in helping both with counsel and with contributions ; and children of the '* East End," Mr. Law tells us, have subscribed '. I). MacCallum gives an account of some wood-staining fungi, and inci- dentally conhrms Miinch's suggestion that Grapliiiim peniciUioidi's Corda is a stage in the life-cycle of CeratostomelJa Picece Miinch ; Dr. R. 1). St. John Brooks, the curator, writes on the "National Collec- tion of T\'pe Cultures " housed at the Lister Institute (see Journ. Bot. 1921, p. 272) ; Mr. A. \l. Sanderson has notes on Malayan Mycetozoa, containing much of ecological interest, and also a note on the para- sitic habits of the plasmodium of JPhysarum viride var. rigidum ; Miss Irene Mounce continues her studies in " Horaothallism and Hetero- thallism in the genus Coprinus " — the problem is extremely compli- cated and the simple ( + ) and ( — ) sex theory' apparenth' does not hold in the Basidiomycetes as it is generally assumed to do in the Mucorineie ; Mr. W. J. Dowson writes on the symptoms of wilting of Michaelmas Daisies jDroduced by a toxin secreted by a Ceplicdo- sjjorinm, in which he clearly shows that the wilt is not due to the blocking of the xylem vessels by hyphal masses, but rather to the action of a crystalloid toxin carried up by the transpiration current ; Dr. H. Wormald describes a discomycete found on mummied Medlar fruits and regards it as Sclerotiiiia Mespili, though there are slight di:fforences from Schellenberg's account; Dr. Bayliss-Elliott continues her series of studies in Discomycetes. The part contains two plates and several text-figures. — J. R. The third part of vol. xxiv. of Confrihttions from tlie U.S. national Herhariiun contains a key to the genus Diplostepliium, by Dr. S. F. Blake : -11 species are recognised, of which 13 are new — the latter are fuU}^ described, the diagnostic characters of the others being given. Of eight of the new sj^ecies there are excellent figures reproduced from type specimens. In part 4 of the same volume Dr. Blake gives a list of the native names of plants of Eastern Guatemala and Honduras, based on the data and specimens collected by the botanists and foresters of the Economic Survey Mission of 1919, with notes on the uses of the plants. The Latin and vernacular names are convenientl}^ arranged in one list, with cross references from the latter to the former. Some of the uses are ^rather curious — e.g. the fruit of Chisia iitilis Blake — one of the new species collected during the expedition — "cut across, is used by the Indians to stamp clothes, making a 6 or 7-rayed starlike figure of a permanent brown or blackish brown." We have more than once called attention to the exceedingly useful summaries of " Kecent Advances in Science " which appear in the quarterly review — Science Progress — edited by Sir Bonald Boss: for " Botany " Dr. E. J. Salisbury is responsible, " Plant Physiology " being treated separately by Prof. W. Stiles. We note with satisfac- tion that the page-headings, which hitherto have been confined to the title of the Beview, now relate to the subject-matter appearing below them — a reform for which we have pleaded more than once ; J300IV-X0TES, NEWS, ETC. 343 wc arc not without hope that some day the Kew Bulletin will pro- vido its pag-0-headings with something more informing than the number of the page, which from the first has occupied the centre. The Proceedings of the Royal Societij of Queensland (xxxiv. no. 1 ; Aug. 25) contains a " Contribution to our Knowledge of the Flora of ra])ua (British New Guinea)," by C. T. White, F.L.S., (government liotanist of Queensland. The collections on which the paper is based were made bj the author in 1918 ; the enumeration is ])receded by general notes on the vegetation and a brief history of botanical work in Papua, which began with Macleay's collections in 1875 ; a useful bibliography is appended. Numerous new species are described : Mr. White has had the help of Mr. Spencer Moore in the Ruhiacecb and Acanthacecs ; the Marantacece and Zinf/iheracecB have been undertaken by Mr. H. N. .Ridle3\ The Kew Bulletin (no. 7) contains a revision of the South African species of Diantlius by Mr. Burtt Davy : seventeen species are enumerated, of which five are new. We note that Mr. Davy recog- nises the identity of D. incurvus Thunb. (179-1) with D. alhens Ait. (1789), but retains Thunberg's name on the ground that as it "has been familiar to students of South African botany for sixty years, no good purpose would be served by restoring Alton's name." This is the old " plea of convenience " which we thought had been aban- doned. Included in the current number of the Bulletin of the French Mycolo(jiQal Society (Tome xxxviii. Fasc. 2, 1922) are an obituary notice of Emile Borquelot, the well-known pioneer of investigation of tha chemistry of fungi, and five papers on the subject of fungus poisoning. Dr. L. Azoulay has three papers : two on measures for preventing fungus-poisoning, including a proposed new law, and one contradicting erroneous assertions in books and newspapers on the edibility of fungi. Dr. J. Offner contributes an account of poisoning b}" dried fungi, and Drs. Dalmier and Oliveau a report of three simultaneous cases of poisoning by Amanita jpantherina. An in- teresting contribution is that by L. Dufour on the prolific appearance of certain fungi after a fores b lire. — J. E,. Me. William R. Maxon (Contrib. U.S. National Herbarium, vol. xxiv. Washington : 1922, pp. viii. 33-G3, 10 plates) in the seventh of his Studies of Tropical American Ferns publishes a valuable revision of the North American species of Alsophila of the subgroup A. armata with a key and four species. Other items of interest are: — a singular new Alsophila from Panama; notes on Dicranopteris ; the Jamaican species of Cheilanthes ; two new species oi Polystichum from the West Indies; Atalopteris, a new genus of dryopteroid ferns from the West Indies ; three new species of Dryopteris, subgenus Stiymatopteris. Atalopteris Maxon and Christensen, is characterised by dimorphic fronds, and is nearly related to Fsomiocarpa Prosl and to Olenitis, a subgenus of Dryopteris. It contains but two species. — A. Gr. Sii THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Miicoloqla for September contains the first part of " Studies in Tropical Ascomycetes," Ly F. J. Seaver ; the "Life-history of an undescribed Ascomycete isolated from a granular Mycetoma of Man,'' by C. L. Shear ; the first of a series of " Notes on Some Species of Coleosporium,'" by G. C. Hedgcock and N. li. Hunt ; the fourth part of a paper on Dark-spored Agarics, by W. A. Murrill ; " Vro- c//sfis a(jro])i/ri on Kedtop " {Agrostis alba L.), by W. H. Davis.; and some "New Japanese Fungi," by T. Tanaka. Flujtopatliology for August includes a paper on the relation of hydrogen-ion concentration to germination of stem rust of \vheat l>y C. 11. Hursh, some notes on chemical injuries to the eastern White Pine (Fiiius Sfrobns L.) by W. H. Snell and M. N. G. Howard, and a pai)er on lightning injury to Revea hrasiliensis by C. D. La Hue. The Department of Botany of the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, hava issued three well-produced and illustrated intensive 3^et popular pam2)hlets on "Figs," "The Coco Palm," and ' Wheat;"' The Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany, xlvi. no. 30G : Sept; 80) contains an exhaustive paper by Mr. Miller Christy on "The Pollination of the Primrose." Mr. James Groves gives an account of Ceylon Charophyta, obtained by Mr. T. B. Blow, who has collected them largely in all parts of the world ; twelve species are enumerated, two of which {NiteJla mucosa and N. leptodactyla — the latter admirably figured by Miss Groves)— are new. Sir William Llerdman gives a " Summary of Kesults of Continuous Investigation of the Plankton of the Irish Sea during Fifteen Years." No. 807 (Oct. 29) contains " Critical Studies of Coal-measure Plant-impres- sions " by the late E. A. Newell Arber, with 8 plates, and the Hooker Lecture for 1922 by k. C Seward "A Study in Con- trasts—the Present and Past Distribution of certain Ferns," Avitli 4 plates. The Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society (xlvii. parts 2 and 3 ; September) is somewhat lacking in papers of s])ecial botanical interest, Mr. E. J. Holland, President of the Pose Society, has an interesting paper on Scented Roses ; Dr. "W. Bewley writes on Tomato Diseases ; and Mr. H. E. Luxmoore has a charming account of a rare Latin poem — title not specified — on Gardening, by Walafred Strabo, a monk of Weissenburg, written about 800 a.d., which deserves a place in one of our literary magazines, although its subject entitles it to its present position. CoKiiECTiONS. By an unfortunate misprint, Mr. H. W. Pugsley's name is misprinted " Kigsley " at the end of the note on Ophiu- f/lossum on p. 301. Mr. C. H. Wright points out to us that the statement (p. 274) that Winchester is not on the G.W.P. is in- correct : a line from Didcot to Winchester through Newbury was constructed about thirty years ago. The Messrs. Stephenson send a similar correction and mention that they have seen Scnecio squalidus in great plenty on mine-tips near Wrexham. SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. WHELDON & WESLEY, Ltd. liave tho ]arg<"st stock in tlie country of Books in all dex«irtinents of Science and Natural History, a,lt>o Transactions and Journals of Learned Societies, etc^ in sets, runs, and single^ volumes or numbers. A very extensive stock of B6oks on Bcitany (Syst6matic, Economic, and Geo- grapliical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for, and those n(»t in stock sought for, witliout (iharge. Libraries or small parcels purchased. 2. 3. « 4 ARTHUR STREET. NEW OXFORD STREET. LONDON. W.G. 2. THE JOURNAL OF BO r ANY BIUT18H AND FOHli]IGN. EDITED BY JAM1:S BimtEN, K.C.S.G., F.LS. Coiuiuiip.icatiows for j)iiblIeati(?M and l)i)oks foi* review sliouid 1*e •sent to The Editor, 41 Boston Jlond, Bi'^ntford, Middle.He.v. Animal Subscription £1 2s. 61 (post-free), single Numbers 2s. net each. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES. Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoied below pp. 7.<. 11-' pp. 9*^ I 16 pp. 10*-, Crf, „ 86'. J ,, lis. M. I ,, 13.<. „ 9s. I ., 12s, M. I „ 14s. „ 10s-. M. I ., lU. I V, l^s. G(L Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. Apply to the Publishers, Messrs. Taylor k J^i*ahcis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. Onte Six Twelve. Iii^ertiun. Insertions, Insertions Page ^2 Os. Or/, ^1 l«i-, OJ.. eadi 41 12s, Of?, each! Half-pag^ 12 6 10 0 ., 17 6 ., I All '<:iuarter-pao'e 12 6 11 3 ., 10 0 „ [net, Eig-h'tb-page 7 G 7 0 -^ 0 6 ,, J All appli-catieiisjor spcice to ?>e made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 31 Birdhurst Road, Croydon, 12 copies 2 pp. 3s 4. pp. 4.S. 6rf 25 „ „ is. „ 5*\ Ot7, 50 „ -., 5s. ,, 6s. Od 100 ., „ 7s. , .. Ss, 0(7 'JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. Price Six Shillings (cloth). Notes oi> the I>ra\vmgs for Sowerhy's ' Enghsh Botany' (pp. 276). By F. A. Gaii«y. Price Five Shillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolle\:-Doi> (pp. '153). Price Three Shillings. The British Koses, excluding Eu-Caninie (pp 141), By Major A. H. WOLLET-DOD. The Genus Fumaria \Yt Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslet, B.A. Price Half-a-crown. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Linton, M.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Roses (pp. 67). Bj^ Major A. H. Wolley-Dod. Notes on the Flom of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A. Ballman, F.L.S. {2s. each.) The Determination of Lichens in the Field. By AV. Watson, D.Sc. Price Eight een-2?ence. iSupplenients 2 and 3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists {Is. Qd. each). British Euphrasije. By Cedrtc Bucrnall, Mus.Hac. Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's 'Species Plantaruiu,' ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hieen, M.A., F.R.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Bkitten, F.L.S. Linnieus's ' Flora Anglica.' A Revised Arrangement of British Roses. By Lt.-(.'oL A. H, Wolley-Dod. Prices in all cases net, post free. SPECIAL OFFER OF VOLUMES. The stock of the earlier Volumes is g-etting very low : it is now impossible to make up a set going back farther than to 1S83. and only one such set can be completed. The 3^6 vols. 1883 to 1918 are offered at ^35 ; two sets from 188S to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at ^31 IQs. Od. per set. The disposal of these sets will prevent any long series being supplied in future, and the rarer of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce; the few remaining copies will be sold at 30*-. each. The other volumes can be supplied at 21s. each. Orders with remittance should be addressed to. — TAYLOR & FEANCTS, liED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C 4. Subscriptions for 1923 (22s. 6d. post-free) should be sent to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4, without delay. No. 720 DECEMBER, 1922 Vol. LX T H E JOURNAL OF BOTANY BKITLSH AND FOKKIGN EDITED Br JAMES BLMTTEN, K. C. S. G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRI'J'ISH MUSEUM. CONTENTS PA6K , • PAf.K Notes on Statice. Bj- C. E. Salmon. | Reviews : — r.L.S. (Plate 565.) 345 j Early British Botanists and their ^ ,.,, . 77 T.^ /-, ,. Gardens: based on unpublished Antithamiiionella. a New Genus ot isr •^- c r^ -i mi Al8-a3. By Lilian Lyle, F.L.S. 34G Z"^ T f^'^'T'^ Tradescant, " -^ I and others by R. T. Gunther. „, , ,^ . , . . .- . . M.A., F.L.S., Librarian and Re- Morayarmtion ml.. •o.ncr, p^^co. ^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^ Magdalen Col- By r. A. Sprague, KSc, F.LS. 3ol ^ lege [Oxford] 3(>5 Tlie Genus Ptyssiglottis. By Spen- i Guide to the University Botanic Gar- CER Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S. 355 i den, Cambridge. By Humphrey [ Gilbert-Carter, Director of Notes on the Fertilisation of Orchids. , the Garden, Cambridge 369 By Colonel M. J. Godfery. jp L g 359 An Introduction to the Chemistry of "" '' ! Plant Products. By P. Haas Notes on Jamaica Plants. By Wil- and J. G. Hill. Vol. II. Meta- LiAM Fawcett, B.Sc, and A. bolic Processes 370 B. Rendle, F.R.S 361 Pflanzen-teratologie. By O. Penzig, Professor of Botany and Director Short Notes :— The Type-species of of the Royal Botanic Garden at Biynonia 'Eplpactis leptpcMla the University of Genoa 371 Godf.- -UiCtVf Dennesiana H. C. Watson 364 Book-Notes, News, etc 372 The portrait of Mr. Carruthers included in this number should stand as frontispiece to the volume. TITLE PAGE, CONTENTS, AND INDEX FOR VOLUME. LONDON TAYLOR AND FKANCIS, KED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1. Price Two Shillmqs net THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED 3T JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G,, FJ..8. Communications for publication and books for review should be sent to The Editor, 41 Boston Boad, Brentford, Middlesex. Annual Subscription £1 2s. 6d. (post-free), single Numbers 2s. net each. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.-Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below pp. 7s. I 12 pp. 96'. I IG pp. 10s. 6d. ,, 8s. I ,, lis, 6c?. I „ 13s. „ 9s. I „ 12s. M. I ,, 14s. „ 10s. M. I ,, 14s. I „ los. &d. Separate Titles. Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. Apply to the Publishers, Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Six Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions > Page £2 Os. Od. <£1 16s. Od. each .£1 12s. Od. each"] Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 „ I All Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 ,, 10 0 „ j net, Eighth-page 76 70 „ <>6„J All applications for space to he made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 31 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. 12 copies 2 pp. 3s, 4 pp. 4s. (jd 25 „ „ 4s. „ 5s. Od SO „ „ OS. „ 6s. Od 100 „ „ 7s. , 8s. Od. WILLIAM CARRUTHERS JOURN. BOT. Plate oC^o. ^ (D 1 2 3 4- 5 Will F. Taylor plioto. STATICE ANFEACTA C. E. Salmon. C. E. S. anal. Uo NOTES OX STATIC!^:*. By C. E. Salmox, F.L.S. XIV. StATICE ANFllACTA, Sp. HOV. (Plate 565.) Amongst some Statices sent me for examination by \)v. A. Ginz- berger of tlie Botanic Garden, Vienna, were three or four sheets of a plant from the coast of Dahnatia Avhich 1 have been unable to place satisfactorilj^ imder any species known to me. Whilst recalling /SV remotis2)icula in some respects, it seemed impossible to group these examples under that pLint, and its original describer, Mr. C. C. Lacaita, agrees that I should describe the Dalmatian form as a new species. Statice anfracta, sp. no v. Planta altitudine mediocri, glabra, scabridula ; folia iKirva, coi-i- acea, obovato-oblonga in petiolum longe attenuata, apice obtusa vel rotundata, oh marginem revolutam in sicco apice pseudo-retusa. Scapus 23-33 cm. altris, a hasi ramosus, valde anfractuosiis ; rami numerosi divaricnto-'patuli, infer lores plurimi steriles. Spica? laxi- florcd hreviusculcd, ascendenti-'patentes vel arcuato-refiexcB^ spiculis inter se valde remotis. Bractea media quam exterior circa ses(|ui- longior, interior quam exterior 2^-plo longior; calyx circa 5 iiim. longus ; corolla circa 4 mm. diametro. Boot perennial, woody. Flant of moderate height, glabrous, ibscabrid. Leaves small (compared with scape), 1-veined, coriaceous, " spongy " above when dry, obovate-oblong tapering into a petiole about as long as lamina, apex obtuse or rounded, when dry often pseudo-retuse on account of the re volute margin. Scape 23-33 cm. high, iherect, noticeably zig-zag, branched from the base. Branches many divaricate-patulous ; lower sterile branches numerous, the low^est simple, ihpitt*3nt. S2)lkes lax-flowered, rather short, ascending-patent or arcuate-reflexed. SpiJcelets 1-2 (3) tiowered, remote from one another. Outer bract c. 1^ mm. long, almost 2 mm. broad, trian- gular-ovate, +acute, herbaceous in lower half Avith an apiculus, remahider membranous, glabrous. Middle bract 2\ mm. long, c. \\ mm. broad, oblong-ovate, apex + rounded or notched, hyaline with two veins, glabrous, about half as long again as outer bract. Inner bract 4-4^ uim. long, 2f-3 mm. broad, oval, obtuse, wdth broad membranous margin, herbaceous portion apiculate, glabrous, about 2f times longer than outer bract. Bracteole 1, 2| mm. long, c. 1\ mm. broad, irregularly oblong-obovate, apex rounded or notched, hyaline with veins, glabrous. Calyx c. 5 mm. long, very slightly curved, infundibuliform, pedicelled (c. 1 mm.), membranous and dilated about 3 mm. from base ; calyx-lobes c. 1 mm. long, ovate, Hzobtuse, with tube-veins not reaching apex ; calyx irregularly haiiy (more densely so near base) on ribs and s])aces with ascending hairs from base to about halfwaj^ up calyx (including lobes) ; one side of calj'x usually quite glabrous. Corolla about 4 mm. in diameter. * See Joiirn. Bot. 1903, G5 ; 1904, 361 ; 1905, 5, 54; 1907, 24, 428 ; 1908, 1 ; 1909, 285 ; 1911, 73 ; 1913, 92; 1915, 237, 325; 1917, 33. JouKNAL OF Botany. — Vol. 60. [Decembee, 1922.] 2 a 34!6 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY The nearest ally of this plant seems to be S. remotispiciila Laeaita, but it may be separated from that b}^ its whole habit being more divergent, its numerous sterile branches, its more zig-zag scape Avith branches more spreading, its + patent and shoi-ter spikes, its larger spikelets and bract proportions. From the numerous forms of S. virgata distinguished by its revolute-margined leaves, smaller and less curved and lighter-coloured spikelets, bract proportions etc. Distribution. Jugo-Slavia. Dalmatia. Kiirste bei CannosaN.W. von Ragusa ! 1906, A. Ginzberger and R. Wettstein. Dr. Ginz- berger writes : " Cannosa is the Italian name of a village whose South-Sclavian name is Treteno : it is situated on the eastern coast of the Adriatic, thirteen kilometres to the north-Avest of Eagusa. The coast-rocks wdiich the Statice inhabits fall steeply to the sea and consist of limestone." Explanation of Plate 5Qo. 1. Stat ice anfracta C. E. Salmon ; 2, outer bract ; 3, middle bract ; 4, inner bract ; 5, bracteole ; 6, calyx — ^all enlarged four times. ANTITHAMNIONELLA, A NEW GENUS OF ALGiK. Bt Lilian Lyle, F.L.S. In October 1921 I gathered in Guernsey an epiph^'^tic alga belonging to the Uliodophycece,, which proved very puzzling. The plant branches alternately and bears in addition whorls of small ramuli at each joint, thus indicating affinit}^ with Antitliamnion. Farlow% indeed, in his Ilarine Flora of Neic England (p. 121), had used the presence of these wdiorls as a distinction between that and Callithamnion; the filaments of Antitliamnion, he says, "are of two kinds, the main filaments being indefinite and the branches definite, so that we have indefinitely elongating stems clothed with short definite branches, or, to use the expression of Nageli, Avith leaves." The triangular division of the tetraspores, however, distinctly excludes the Guernse}^ plant from Antitliamnion. With Callitliam- nion and Bpermotli amnion it agrees in the triangular division of the tetrasporanges, but from the former it is separated b}^ the A^erticillate character of the ramelli, the absence of cortication in the older parts, and the presence of discoid rhizoids; from Spermotliamnion, though it agrees in the possession of discoid rhizoids, it differs in the mode of branching and shape of tetrasjjoranges ; the general character of the species of this genus is more rigid and lax than that of the alga in question. It is difiicult to account for the presence of this alga in British Avaters. The only plants approaching it in appearance or structure belong to the Southern Hemisphere, S. Africa, and Cape Horn. A. sarniensis belongs probably to sOme region hitherto uuAvorked for algse, and has travelled to the shores of the Channel Islands by one or other of the means of dispersal possible for algse-^/. e. currents, ships, intestines of birds, packing, etc. AXTITIIAMNTOXELLA, A XKW GENUS OF M.iLV. 317 Two rather small algse, winch resemble the new plant very closely, both in structure, verticillate nature of small branches, and character of the tetrasporanges — Antithamuion ternifolmm and A. verticii- latum, both from the Southern Hemisphere, doubtfully referred by De Toni to Antithamiiloii, probably on account of the two kinds of branching. These and the plant from Guernsey possess a combina- tion of characteristics which, though agreeing in one or more points with Callitliamiiion, ^permotliamnion^ and Antithamnion, do not conform completely to any of the three. I propose therefore to unite these plants under a new genus, Antlthamnionella, on account of the verticillate arrangement of the smaller branches round a central axis ; only those algse with verticils of simple ramelli have been included. Of this the following is a description : — Frons caespitosa, tilamentosa, articulato-monosiphonia, alterne Fig. 1. — Antithamnionella sarniensis Lyle. X 2. verticillatimve et fasciculatim ramosa, ramis iterum repetite divisis et sub-divisis. Cystocarpia bilobis. Plants monosiphonous and filamentous, with irregular alternate and indefinite ramification. Whorls of 2 to 4 ramelli at each joint crowded towards the extremities. In the whorls of the older portions, one or more ramelli are occasionally replaced by discoid rhizoids. Tetrasporanges solitary, ovoid, sessile on inner angles of ramelli, triangularly divided. Cvstocarps bilobed. 2a 2 348 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 1. A. sarniensis, sp. n. Frons pellucide articulata, fastigiata, erecta, ecorticata, tenui-filamentosa, rejDetite secunde kteraliter ramosa ramulis fasciculatis. About 1-1^ inch in height ; epiphytic on other algre ; an exceed- ingly beautiful and delicate plant of a deep rose-red; first found in fine fruiting condition Oct.-Dec. 1921, in great abundance in almost every rock-pool at about half-tide ; later on it was less plen- tiful, but doubtless persisted through the winter, as fully-grown sterile specimens were gathered in May (Fig. 1). The main branches are widely divergent, giving off at first irre- gular and then alternate secondary branches from below the articula- tions. Each joint bears 2-3, rarely 4, ramelli, any one of which may in turn develop into a branch of indefinite growth. Towards the Fig. 2. — Antithamnionella sarni- ensis. X 45. Fig. 2 a. — Antithamnio- nella sp.rniensis. Verti- cils with 2-4 ramelli. X 100. extremities the whorls become very dense and ocellate in appearance • the branches are obovate in outline and tufted or plumose (Fii ^ "> a) The older portions of the stem are naked or clothecf with 2 rarely 3, ramelli, 10/. x 18;., and about 230^ in length, any of which niay be replaced by a discoid rhizoid. The rhizoids are non- septate, irregular m outhne, and almost colourless (Fig. 3). The cells of the main branches measure 190 x 60 u-70 // x 50 « The cell-membranes are pellucid, extremely thick, and laminated ; i!; the oldest parts of the plant they vary from a quarter to nearly equal the diarneter of the central lumen-12 to 15;.. The joints are pertorated, a distinct pore is visible on each side of the septum Cystocarps and antheridia have not yet been observed. The sessile tetrasporanges are borne on the upper branches at the base^ of ANTITTIAMNIONELLA : A NEW GENUS OF ALG.E 319 find in the inner angles of, the verticils. They care ovoid, divide tri- imgularly, and measure 40 ;u x 30 /x-25 /x x 30 ^ (Fig. -i). To tiie naked eye the plant has a speckled appearance, owing to the pellucid nature of the joints and the concentration of colour- matter in the verticils. 2. Antitiiamnionella verticillata, nov. comb., is a fragile little plant from South Africa, G-9 millimetres in length. The branch- ing is alternate, with whorls of 4 ramelli at each joint ; the stems have the same speckled appearance as A. scirniensis (Fig. 5). The cells of the main stem measure G5 /x x 18 ^-90 /u x 20 //-, and the Antithamnionella sarnien- Tetraspores. X 200. Fig. 3, — Antithamnionella sarniensis. Cells of main stem, showing rhizoids and ramelli. X 100. ramelli of the verticils measure 155jux20/x. The tetraspores are sessile in the upper axils of the whorls, and measure 30 /a X 50 ju ; they divide triangularly. De Toni's description and references (Syll. Alg. iv. 1413; 1903) are as follows : — " Antifhamnion? verticillatum (Suhr). CallitTiamnion verticil- latum Suhr in Flora, 1840, p. 290, J. Ag. Sp. ii. p. 34, Epicr, p. 28. Filo primario simplici ad geniculum qnodque ramis 3-4 verticil- latis obsito, ramis alterne et fasciculatim ramulosis. Hab. ad Caput Bonse Spei, Africae australis. Frons 6-9 millim. alta. An Sper mo- th amnion ? " 350 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY 3. ANTiTHAMNiOiNELLA TEEis'iFOLiA, iiov. comb. {Antitlictmnion ternifolium De Toni ; Calliiliamnion ternifolium Hook. & Harv.), is a deep-water epiphyte from Cape Horn ; rose-red, flaccid, membranous, 0-5-12 millimetres in height. It branches indefinitely, and bears whorls of 3 (rarely 4) slender, simj^le, erecto-patent ramelli. Articula- tions of the stem 4-5 times the diameter, twice as long as broad in the branches ; the tetraspores divide triangularly. Cystocarps large, bilobed. Fig. 5. — Antithamnionella verti- cillata Lyle. X 90. Fig. 6. — Antdhamnionella verti- cillata. Tetraspores. X 400. The original description (in Lond. Journ. Bot. iv. 272 ; 1845) is as follows : — *' Pusillum vage dichotomum, ramis pellucide articulatis, ramulis saepissime ternis e quoque ramorum geniculo enatis brevibus tenuibus simplicibus subulatis erecto-patcntibus, articulis ramorum diametro 4-5-plo, ramulorum subduplo longioribus ; favellis magnis bilobis ad apices ramorum sitis." My best thanks are due to Miss A. Lorrain Smith and Mr. A. Gepp, M.A., for their kind help and valuable advice, and to the latter for suggesting the name for the new genus. ' FLOR.VL YART.VTrOX IN VEUONrCA PERSTCA 351 FLORAL VARIATION IN VERONICA PERSICA. Br T. A. Sprague, B.Sc, F.L.S. As a. lieteromoristic family, the ScrophulariacefB might be ex- pected to exhibit considerable meristic variation in individual species (see Journ. Bot. 1922, 231) ; and deviations from the normal number of floral leaves are in fact fairly frequent, polymerous and oligo- merous llowers having been found in nearly all the genera (Penzig, Pdanzen-Terat. ed. 2, iii. 87). It has long been known that the flowers of Veronica persica (better known as F. Buxhaicmii) were unusually variable ; but, although numerous abnormal types have been described, their relative frequency has not been fully investigated. Yet the frequency of an abnormality may have an important bearing on its phylogenetic significance. Worsdell {Principles of Plant Teratoloqii, i. 5) distinguished ** reversionary " and "progressive" abnormalities ; a third category seems to be required, the incomeq^iient , including such as apparently lead nowhere, being neither reversionary nor progressive. Individual inconsequent abnormalities may be ex- pected to occur much less frequently than most individual reversionary or progressive ones, hence statistical study may lead to their recognition. Jides Camus (Rev. Bot. v. 214, 219) considered that the presence as an abnormality of a posterior sepal in certain species of Veronica with a normally tetramerous calyx could not be used in support of the hypothesis of a calyx primitively pentamerous. He pointed out that an anterior fifth sepal had been observed in V. longifolia and V. officinalis, and assumed that this invalidated the argument from the occasional presence of a posterior sepal, since no one would regard the occurrence of an anterior sepal in Veronica as a reversionary phenomenon. He mentioned nothing about the relative frequency of the posterior and anterior sepals, except that the former had been observed in eight species, and the latter in two only. Out of a thousand flowers of V. persica examined by me during Aug.-Sept., 1922, more than 2 per cent, had a posterior fifth sepal and none had an anterior one. The frequent occurrence of the posterior sepal supports the hypothesis of a primitively pentamerous calyx in Veronica, whereas the undoubted rarity of an anterior sepal suggests that the phenomenon may be an inconsequent abnormality. The 1000 flowers were taken at random from a kitchen-garden and a field of mangolds on a farm at Bicknoller, Somerset. Seventy-three (7-3 per cent.) were abnormal, 927 being normal. Flowers in which the posterior corolla-lobe was undivided, or not divided as far as the middle, were treated as " normal " in this respect, and those in which it was divided at least to the middle were classed as "abnormal." Five of the 73 abnormal flowers exhibited two kinds of abnormalityeach, so that the total number of abnormalities was 78. A posterior sepal appeared in 22 flowers ; the posterior corolla-lobe was bilobed at least to the middle in 22 (completely divided in 14) ; one of the normally suppressed anterior stamens was represented by a petaloid staniinode in 21, and both anterior stamens re-appeared as petaloid staminodes once.' Thus if we accept the hypothesis of a primitively pentamerous flower in Veronica, ^Q of the 78 abnormalities may be regarded as 852 THE JornxAL of botany reversionary, the re-a])pearance of the posterior sepal and of the two posterior petals being instances of pure reversion, and tlie occurrence of petaloid staminodes a case of modified reversion. In 7 ilowers the corolla was 8-lobed, owing to the suppression of the anterior petal. On the same hypothesis this may be regarded as a progressive abnor- mality. Hence at least 73 out of 78 abnormalties — that is, nearl}^ 94) per cent. — seem to possess evolutionary significance. As will be seen later, the ratio between the reversionary and the progressive variations depends largely on edaphic conditions. The remaining -5 abnormalities we-re as follows : — anterior sepals foliaceous in two Ilowers; right-hand anterior sepal bilobed ; anterior and right-hand lateral petals connate ; right-hand posterior stamen represented by a petaloid staminode. The last three abnormalities occurred only once. The five double abnormalities were as follows : — posterior sepal associated with two posterior petals in two cases ; two posterior ]:>etals associated with one anterior staminode ; two posterior petals with a right-hand posterior staminode ; and a bilobed posterior corolla-lobe with one anterior staminode. As it seemed desirable to study further material, 220 flowers with abnormal corolla or androt^cium were examined. Thirty-seven flowers exhibited two abnoimalities each and one had three, the total number of abnormalities being 259. A bilobed posterior corolla-lobe occurred in 46 flowers, and two posterior lobes were present in 41 flowers. A posterior sepal was associated with a bilobed posterior corolla-lobe in 9 cases out of 4(3 (195 per cent.), and with two posterior lobes in 19 cases out of 41 (4G per cent.). This seems to indicate, as might be expected, that the greater the amount of division of the posterior corolla-lobe, the greater will be the probability of the occurrence of a posterior sepal. One of the flowers in which a posterior sepal was associated with two posterior corolla-lobes had also a sixth sepal between and distinctly outside the posterior and right lateral sepals. This may be regarded as an inconsequent abnormality. An anterior petaloid staminode occurred in 22 flowers, and Avas associated in four cases with the presence of a iDOsterior sepal and in two cases with a bilobed posterior corolla-lobe. A trimerous corolla occurred in 105 flowers, the anterior petal being suppressed in 101 cases, the right lateral in two cases, and the left lateral in, one. In the remaining case the ti'imerous condition was due to the fusion of the anterior and right lateral petals ; the right anterior sepal was almost in the antero-posterior plane, and the left anterior sepal was displaced backwards and connate nearly to the ap ^x with the left posterior sepal. Thus trimery of the corolla was attuned in three Avays : by suppression of the anterior petal (101 cases), by suppression of a lateral petal (3 cases), and by fusion of the anterior petal with a lateral one (1 case). One of the flowers which had a trimerous corolla by suppression of the anterior petal had only three sepals, each 3-nerved, the anterior being slightly larger than the other two, but showing no sign of a double nature. Another flower in which the anterior petal was suppressed had the two anterior sepals connate. In the remaining 99 cases the calyx was normal. FLOKAL YARTATION IN YERONICA PERSICA 353 Six (lowers witli a diiiierons corolla were found. The calj^x was normal in each case, cv)nsi.sting' o£ two postei'ior and two larger anterior segments. Both corolla-lobes were subtruncate at the base, and broader than long, the posterior lobe being dark blue, and the anterior one paler and slightly lai-ger. Measurements from two llowers were as follows : posterior lobe 3*5 mm. long, 5 5-6' 5 mm. broad ; anterior lobe 3*5 mm. long, 7 mm. broad. The posterior lobe aj)[)arcntl3^ represented two petals and the anterior one three petals only, as is the case in many bilabiate GiiDiopetalce. Jules Camus stated — and I made the same observation in Somerset before reading his paper — that the posterior corolla-lobe in a normal flower of V. persica has no median nerve, there being two nerves near the middle, equidistant from the median line. The lateral and anterior lobes, on the other hand, have a median nerve. The absence of a middle nerve in the posterior corolla-lobe is, however, not constant. In Hertfordshire a middle nerve seems to occur just as frequently as not. But the fact that it is sometimes absent \n-Aj perhaps be regarded as affording an indication of the double nature of the posterior lobe. That both lobes of the dimerous corollas represented more than one petal each was suggested by their breadth and the relatively large number of nerves — 10-11 in the posterior lobe and 12-13 in the anterior one. The posterior lobe had no middle nerve, and may be regarded as composed of two petals ; the anterior lobe, being slightlj^ larger and possessing a middle nerve, probably represented three petals. The nerves of the posterior lobe were not forked, whereas 4-5 nerves of the anterior one were consj^icuously forked. The assumption seems justified that the " dimerous " corollas observed by me were composed ot" live petals, one more than are present in the usual trimerous type. Penzig considered that only four petals were represented in the "dimerous" corollas examined by him, but gave no reasons for re- garding the anterior lobe as being composed of two petals, rather than of three (Ptlanzen-Terat. ed. 2, iii. 121). It should be mentioned that one half of a corolla-lobe in V. i^ersica sometimes possesses one nerve more than the other half; hence there is sometimes an odd number of nerves in a lobe without a median nerve and an even number in a lobe possessing a median nerve. The dimerous corollas and a great majority of the 105 trimerous ones were on starved plants, a few inches high, growing at the edge of the mangold- field, whei-e there was a rough path and the soil was consequently trodden dovvn and stiff. All the flowers in which addi- tional sepals, corolla-lobes, or anterior staminodes occurred were borne by reJativelij vigorous plants in the rest of the mangold- field and the kitchen-garden, where the soil was comparatively loose. Some of these plants had about six stems, each about 18 inches long. Bateson, wlio examined 1328 flowers of V. i)ersica from plants grov/ing in stubbles on heavy land round Cambridge found 93 (7 per cent.) with trnnerous corollas and 14 (1 jjer cent.) with dimerous ones, only one corolla having an additional petal. In a plot of waste garden-land, on the other hand, 10 flowers out of 286 (3'5 per cent.) had five corolla-lobes, the remainder being normal ( Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xxviii. 397). Taken in conjunction with my observations, these 354 THE JOUJINAL OF BOTANY figures suggest that increase or reduction in the number of parts of the flower of V. persica is largelj^ dependent on nutrition, as is the case in Papciver duhium (see Journ. Bot. 1922, 299). It maj be noted in this connexion that 39 of the floAvers examined b}^ me ex- liibited deviations from the normal number of parts in two whorls. Increases in two whorls occurred in 38 flowers, and one flower exhi- bited decreases in two wdiorls. No instance Avas observed of an increase in one whorl associated with a decrease in another. This points to a general cause of increase or decrease. Conclusions. The data regarding floral variation in Veronica persica are con- sistent with the hypothesis of a primitively pentamerous flow^er. They point to the calyx being less variable than the corolla, and to its reduction having followed on that of the latter. Out of 108 flowers observed by me in which the anterior petal was missing, only one had the calyx reduced to three sepals. The frequent occurrence of anterior staminodes suggests that the suppression of the anterior stamens did not long antedate — if, indeed, it did not sjaichronize Avith — the fusion of the two posterior corolla- lobes. The more recently a member has been lost, the more frequently it may be expected to recur. Starting with a h^'pothetical flower of the formula K-C^A''G^ V. persica appears to have undergone reduc- tion in six stages, as illustrated b}^ diagrams of flowers actually observed; the aestivation of the sepals is not shown, as the flo^vers were all expanded when examined ; and the gynseceum being normal in all cases has been omitted. Stage I, suppression of the two anterior stamens ; II, fusion of the two posterior coroUa-lobes ; III, suppression of the posterior sepal. These changes would have produced a flo\\er FLOHAL VAUTATION J^ VERONICA PERSTCA 355 bf the normal type, with the empirical formula K^C*A^Gr^. Three further stages in the reduction of the flower have been observed by me : IV, suppression of the anterior petal ; V, incomplete fusion of the two anterior sepals ; VI, replacement of the two anterior sepals by a single anterior one, the resultant flower having the formula Two additional stages may be conceived : VII, fusion of the two "anterior" (originally lateral) petals; VIII, suppression of the anterior sepal, the final result being a flower dimerous in all four whorls. A different type of reduction from the normal arrangement was exhibited by tlie jiseudo-dimerous corolhis observed by me, in wliich the empirical formula K'^C^A^G^ had apparently been attained by the fusion of the anterior corolla-lobe with the lateral ones. Further investigations into the floral variation of V. pei^sica might be made on the following lines : — 1, experimental cultivation in rich leaf-mould, stiff clay, and sandy soil, respective!}'' ; 2, examination of larger numbers of flowers (say, 10,000) in each of several different, localities ; 3, separate examination v/eekly during the flowering- season of 1000 flowers from a particular locality, in order to note any differences in the ratio between reversionary and progressive abnor- malities. It seems not unlikely that the percentages of reduced flowers may be greater towards the beginning and the end of the flowering-season than in the middle. ^THE GENUS PTYSSIGLOTTIS. By Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S. In the Flora of the Malay Peninsula, on p. 900 of the Gamo- petalous portion (1907), C. B. Clarke published as a new genus under the name of Leda certain Asiatic AcanthacecB assigned by Nees (DC. Prodr. xi. 379) to Leptostacliya, and afterwards referred to JDiantliera by Bentham and Hooker (Gen. Plant, ii. 1114). These plants were very like Justicia in structure, the chief difference being the absence in them of a spur from the lower or from both of the two anther-cells. In his diagnosis of Leda Clarke describes the pollen as ellipsoid, which is a Justicia character ; but my own observations, backed by Clarke's own drawings in the Kew Herbarium, show plainly that the pollen is globose with rarely a very slight difference only in the two diameters. These pollen-grains are almost always quite smooth (those of one species being minutely tubercled), and are provided with two pores and very faint longitudinal banding near the pores. In these characters all the species marshalled in this paper agree. But by a curious oversight Clarke failed to perceive that in pro- posing the new genus Lindau had anticipated him by more than ten years. Describing his genus Strophacanthus (Engl. & Prantl. Nat. Pflanzenfam. iv, 3 h, p. 344, 1895) the German botanist expressly mentions as the members of it three Indian species, viz. Justicia collina T. And. {Diantliera collina Clarke), Justicia dichotoma Bl. 356 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY {Dianthera dichotoma Clarke), and Diantliera terminalis Fawc. Other Indian species referred to Diantliera^ however, he did not claim for his genus ; their inclusion in Leda together with other Indian species that Clarke had placed in Diantliera in his earlier work (Fl. Brit. Ind. iv. 542) was left to the last named. We are not 3^et at the end of the matter. In Thwaites's Enum. Plant. Zeyl. (p. 340) T. Anderson proposed his genus Ptyssiglottis for the reception of Rliytiglossa radicosa Nees. This not very Avell known plant is represented both at the British Museum and at Kew by unsatisfactory material ; but when one comj^ares Beddome's figure (Ic. Plant. Ind. Or. tab. cclxvii.) with some of the quondam Diantheras, it seems necessary to regard I'tyssigJottis as the proper receptacle for these plants, seeing that, besides identical struc- tural characters, the pollen, as shown in a drawing at Kew, is pre- cisely that of the Ledas. The twelve species thus included in Ptyssiglottis it is proposed to divide into two sections according to whether the inflorescences are made up of pedicelled or of sessile flowers. The anther-cells may also be used to a certain extent : in some species these cells stand nearly at equal height (occasionally they are quite level), in others there is a marked inequality in their position ; but the transition from one condition to the extreme of the other is so gradual, as we proceed from species to species, that there seems no reason for generic separation, even if a satisfactor}"" cleavage- point could be discovered. The following is a key to the species : — Sect. EuRTANTHE-E. Flowers in open panicles, each on a distinct pedicel. Anther-cells level or almost so. Leaves obtuse. Inflorescence short, 1-4- flowered P. radicosa T. And. Leaves acuminate. Inflorescence several- flowered, [comb. nov. Corolla widened above, 15 mm. long ... P. suhcordata. Corolla cylindrical, 10 mm. long P. dichotoma, One anther-cell distinctly below the other. [comb. nov. Corolla 20 mm. long P. collina, comb. nov. Corolla 10 mm. long. Connective [comb. nov. between the anthers broad P. terminalis, Corolla 8 mm. long. Connective fill- [sp. nov. form P. Zollinger ii, Sect. II. Spicatjd. Flowers sessile, in spicate panicles. Leaves 8 cm. broad, narrowed into the petiole. Inflorescence 20 X 2 cm P. ohovata, comb. nov. Leaves up to 6 cm. broad, rounded at base. [sp. nov. Inflorescence at least 6 cm. broad P. tonhinensis, Leaves up to 5 cm. broad, obtuse or rounded at base. Leaves caudate-acuminate, rounded at base P. dehilis, comb. nov. THE GENUS PTYSSIGLOTTIS 857 Leaves obtuse or shortly aciimiiuite, ob- tuse at base. Bracts ovate, as long as the calyx or almost so P. virgata, comb. uov. Bracts linear, about half length of [sp. nov. calyx P. han fa awn sis, Bracts linear, much shorter than the [comb. nov. calj^x P. Icjrtosiacliya, Descriptions of the species regarded as new are appended. Ptyssiglottis Zollingerii, sp. nov. Rerhacea ; cmde tetragono ad nodos tumido glabro ; foliis petiolatis ovatis acuminatis apice obtusis margine leviter undulatis membranaceis glabris utrobique crebro mieroscopice cystolithigeris ; iianiculis folia longe excedenti- bus pluriramosis multifloris bracteis filiformibus onustis ; fedicellis gracilibus calyce brevioribus vel eum subsequantibus ; cahjcis seg- mentis angustissime lineari-lanceolatis acutis ; corollcB verisimiliter albaj tubo C3dindrico limbo circiter ?equilongo ; antlieris subinclusis loculis connectivo filiformi conjunctis altero altero altius affixo ; ovario oblongo glabro 4-ovulato. Java ; Zollinger, 2210 in herb. Mus. Brit. Folia plerumque 5-7x3-3-5 cm. (summum 8x4 cm.), subtus pallidiora ; petioli ±7 mm. long. Panicula usque 3 dm. long, etsi ssepe brevior {e.g. 15 cm.). Pedicelli 1-3 mm. long., bractea3 ±3 mm. Calycis tubus 1 mm. segmenta 3 mm. long. Corolla? tubus 4 mm. long. ; labii antici lobi laterales 2*5 x 1 mm., lobus in- termedins 3x2 mm. Filamenta 2 mm. long*., connectivus fere 1 mm. Capsula 4-sperma, 11 mm. long., hujus pars sterilis 5 mm. long. Semina baud visa. P. tonkinensis, sp. nov. Snffrvfex glaber; r«w/ssaltem in sicco compressis ad nodos tumidis ; foliis sat longe petiolatis ovatis vel late ovato-oblongis breviter acuminatis apice obtusis basi late rotun- datis costis lateralibus utrinque 3-4 pag. uti-aque eminentibus reticulo laxo parum visibili; inji orescent ia pauciramosa ramis pluritloris ; jiorihus sessilibus ; bracteis parvulis lineari-subulatis calyce brevi- oribus ; calycis segmentis linearibus glabris ; corollw tubo quam calyx paullo longiore sursum ampliato ; filamentis hirsutis antheris fere sequialtis ; ovario apice piloso ; cai^sula 4-spernia. Tonkin ; Balansa, 3488, 4267 in herb. Kew. Folia usque 10-11 X ^-^ cm. tenuiter membranacea, pag. sup. pallide nitida. Inflorescentia circa 15 cm. long. Bractea 1*5 mm. long. Calyx 2-5 mm. long. Coi'olla alba, %-^ mm. long. Capsula 15 mm. long. ; semina rugulosa 1*5 mm. diam. P. bantamensis, sp. nov. Herhacea ; cattle ascendente ultra- spithameo sparsim ramoso cito glabro; foliis petiolatis ellipticis acuminatis apice obtusis basi saepe paullo obliquis obtusis membran- aceis in sicco laete viridibus cito glabris ; florihus in spicas rariramosas subremotifloras paniculam terminalem angustam foliis longiorem efficientes digestis ; bracteis linearibus calyce bi-evioribus ; calycis segmentis linearibus acutis; corollce tubo calyce paullo longiore; antlierarum loculis sub;equalibus altero paulhilimi altius affixo basi V 358 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY obtusis connectivo sat lato junctis ; capsula acuta glabra 4-sperma ; seminihiis brunneis minute scrobiculatis. Java, Kosala, Bantam, 2000 ft. Forbes, 533. Foliorum lamina summum 16x5 cm. ssepius 10-13 X 4-4*5 em. ; petioli plerique 1*5-6 cm. long., foliorum ultimorum modo circa 5 mm. Inflorescentia usque 20 cm. long. Bractese ±1*5 mm. long. Calycis segmenta 2'5 mm. long. Corolla alba ; tubus 3 mm. long., labiis circa 2*5 mm. long. Capsulae pars sterilis uti pars fertilis 6 mm. long. Semina 2 mm. diam. To give a complete synonymy would take up too much space ; the following list will serve as a guide to that of the recognised species : — FtyssigloUls siihcorclata^=Leda suhcoi^data Clarke. P. dichotoma ^z Strophacantlius dicliotomiis Lindau. P. collina =i SfrojyhacanfJius colli nus Lindau. P. terminalis z:^ Strophacanth us termincdis Lindau. P. ohovata =.Leda ohovata Clarke. P. dehilis z^Dianthera dehilis Clarke. P. virgata ■=.T>iantliera virgata Benth. P. leptostacliga ^i^Dianthera leptostachya Benth. Douhfful species. Leda densijiora Clarke, L. radicans Clarke, and L. Griffith ii Clarke. The species of Ptgssiglottis described by Hallier hi. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. Ixx. have with one exception been placed by Dr. Stapf, no doubt properly, in Hallieracantlia (Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xxxviii. 6), to which must also be transferred three Bornean species, as below. A few other transferences are included in the following list : — Excluded species. Ptgssiglottis spp. Hallier ^\.=zIlalUeracantJia spp. Stapf. P. GihhsicE S. Moore :=: Hallieracantlia Gibhsiw, comb. nov. P. Hallieri Valet. =: Hallieracantlia Hallieri, comb. nov. P. maxima Valet. ^^Hallieracantlia maxima, comb. nov. P. picta Hallier fil. = Polytrema sp. ? P. sarmentosa Boerl. ^=.Rungia sarmentosa Valet. Leda andrograpltioides =:Justicia vasculosa Wall. Clarke Ij. lancifolia Ridl. ■=zJusticia Ian cif alia Eidl. MSS. L. roseo-imnctata Ridl. =Ljusticia roseo-punctata Ridl. MSS. As he failed to find spurred anthers when examining the flowers of these two species, Mr. Ridley suggests that the spurs may have been bitten off by caterpillars, which he says occurs frequently. Is it possible that the spur, at least sometimes, may in this wa}^ assist in the pollination of the flowers ? NOTES ON THE FERTILISATION OF OECIIIDS 359 NOTES ON THE FERTILISATION OF ORCHIDS. Br Colonel M. J. Godfery, F.L.S. It is comparatively easy to witness the visits of insects to spur- Lcaring orchids such as Orchis morio, mascula, etc., whose nectar is attractive to various bees. With spurless genera secreting no nectar, such as Ophrys and Ceplialanthera, whose visitors may be confined to a single species, it is quite a different matter. One may see hundreds of flowering plants year after year, without once seeing an insect aUght on them. It is useless to watch isolated specimens, and even numbers do not always bring success. Last May 1 watched a colony of 74 spikes of Ophrys litigiosa for long periods on various days, but in vain. Later I found that not a single flower had set a capsule, perhaps owing to a spell of cold weather having delayed the appearance of the necessary insect till too late. The knowledge of such a possibility, after a fruitless vigil, often in the broihng sun, makes a severe strain on the patience. Ophrys aeachnitiformis Gren. & Phil. This species, frequent in the neighbourhood of Hyeres, France, is commonly called the Bee Orchid by visitors, though its resemblance to the latter is only super- ficial. On March 14th, 1921, I watched a group of 6 plants for a long time. I caught a bee, settled on a flower of Anemone sielJaia, bearing two pairs of pollinia, evidently those of arachnitiformis, as no other orchid with yellow pollinia was then in flower ; later I took a bee on the wing with three j^airs of pollinia. At intervals the same kind of bee came along, very quick and difficult to follow with the eye, looked at the flowers of the orchid without alighting, and passed on ; two of these had pollinia on their heads, easily visible in flight by their bright yellow colour. Finally, to my great satisfaction, a bee settled on the orchid, but another bee immediately came to the same flower, knocked the first visitor to the ground, where I netted it, but, itself alarmed, flew away. The bee caught had three pairs of pollinia on its head, and was identified by Mr.'Willoughby Gardner, F.E.S., as Andrena Trimmerana S . All the bees seen were of the same kind. On March 17th, 1922, at Les Salins, near Hyeres, I caught 4 bees with pollinia on their heads, visiting arachnitiformis. These were identified at the Paris Museum of Natural History as Colletes cunicularius 6 . Twenty spikes gathered on this occasion proved to have had every flower visited, except the top one in each spike ; in most cases both pollinia had been removed, and there was also pollen on the stigma. No spike had more than four flowers. This i)lant is therefore visited by at least two species of bees, and is extremely well fertilised. It presents a marked contrast to the numerous other species of Ophrys in the south of France, all my efforts to witness the fertilisation of which have so far been in vain. Ophrys apifera Huds. In Journ. Bot. 1921, p. 285, I gave reasons for believing that this species is occasionally visited by insects. This year I made special efforts to obtain direct evidence of such visits. On May 8th, at A^ence, near Nice, I found a spike from the lowest flower of which both pollinia had been removed. On May 13th, 300 TILE JOUKNAl. OF IJOTANV and ao-aiii on the lltli, I found a spike from the lowest flower of which one poliinium had been taken, the other, in one case, had descended on the stigma in the usual way. On May 17th in the late afternoon, after rain, I found three spikes with both pollinia and two spikes with one poliinium, cleanly removed from one flower in each spike. This could only have been due to the agency of insects, and shows that their visits are not so rare as might be supposed. Orchis lactea Poir. This species has been confused with O. trUleiitata Scop., but, although the similarity of the flowers suggests descent from a common ancestor, the habit and appearance of the plant are so different that one suspects that the authors who rep-ard it as a variety of trldeiitata have never seen it growing, or compared living specimens of the two plants. As far as I have observed, they appear to grow on different geological formations, lactea occurring on the schist, whilst tridenfata is abundant in some localities on limestone. I found a colony of lactea at Bonnes, near Hyeres, growing in loose gritty soil consisting of disintegrated schistose rocks. On many of the plants a small white crab-like spider was lying in wait amongst the flowers, its protective colouring rendering it inconspicuous. No bees were about, but it was a cloudy afternoon. 1 found on the ground, at the foot of a spike, a spider which had grip})ed a bee b}^ tlie neck and had evidently fallen with its victim from tlie flower-spike. I put it in my vasculum, and on reaching home found that it still held the bee, man}' times larger than itself, in its jaws, alwa^^s carrying it round to the opposite side of the spike to escape observation. It was identified at the Paris Museum as a young Thomisus onastus, and the bee as A2)is mellijica. From this it appears probable that O. lactea is fertilised, at least in part, by the common hive-bee. The flowers were found to have been well visited, many pollinia having been removed and abundant pollen deposited on many stigmas. Cephalan'ihera rubra Rich. With reference to my paper on the fertiUsation of Cephalanthera (Journ. Linn. Soc. xlv. 511), I watched this plant in a wood at Vence, wdiere it was frequent, without seeing any insect visit the flowers. I also at different times exposed cut flowers in various likely places, alwa3's witliout success, until the following happy accident occurred. On June 11th, 1922, I gathered several spikes in an open wood near Challes-les-Eaux (Savoie). My wife carried them in her hand, and, wdien passing the same place on our way back, a red humble-bee came to them and visited three flowers. At 8.15 a.m. on the 17th, a very wet morning, the same kind of bee came to some spikes of G. rubra in a mixed bunch of flowers at the open window of my room, and was so engrossed in the third flower he visited that I caught him with a pill-box. He was identified at the Paris Museum as Bomhiis arjrorum F. C. GRAXDiFLOEA S. F. Gray. At Mantes, near Paris, in May 1921, I found two flowers from which one poliinium, and one from which both pollinia, had been removed. Neai- Horsley, Surrey, on June 21st, 1921, I found two "flowers from each of which both pollinia had been withdrawn, near the place where I saw this species visited by Bombus lucorum on June 17th, 1919. At Vence on May 9th, 1922, I found NOTES OX THE FEKTILISATTON OF ORCHIDS 331 one flower with both pollinia <^one. These observations, in conjunction with the above-mentioned visit of a hunil)le-beo to the llowers, affoivl fair ])roof that this species, in spite of its ahnost habitual self-fertili- sation, is still occasionally, over a wide extent of its range, cross- fertiUsed by insects. LiMODORUM ABORTiA^UM Swartz. This leafless saprophyte is nearly allied to Geplialanthera, and has large mauve flowers with a stout spur containing nectar, which can be seen to rise in the throat of tlie flower if the spur is squeezed. As might be expected with a plant which secretes free nectar, it is visited by at least three species of bees. The watching of this plant proved particularly wearisome, as the bees were so wary that they disappeared at the slightest move- ment. It was necessary to stand in the hot sun with the net ready to strike. I watched a clump of nineteen flower spikes at Yence on May 12th, 1922, and saw a grej^ bee visit them, but failed to catch it. After weary waiting I caught a bee with a striped abdomen and orange legs visiting the flowers with pollinia on his head, later identified at Paris as Antliidliim septemdeatatum Latr. Next day my wi!"e and I saw two of the grey bees visit the flowers, but 1 failed to catch them. She, however, netted a very small bee of a different species which she saw enter two flowers, but it escaj^ed while I was trying to box it. M}^ almost daily efforts were unsuccessful until the 22nd, when I saAv three of the grey bees visit the flowers. Two were too quick for me, but I netted the third, and rejoiced at having the elusive grey bee at last in my power. My discomfiture may be imagined when he escaped through a flaw in my new net ! The plants were now nearly over, but next day I collected two or three spikes, watched them in the cool of the evening, and had the satisfac- tion of catching a red bee visiting them, later identified at Paris as Somhus agronim var, pascuonnn vScop. I am much indebted to M. Lucien Borland, of the Paris Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, and to Mr. W. Gardner, F.L.S., for their courtesy in identifying the bees referred to above. NOTES ON JAMAICA PLANTS. By William Pawcett, B. Sc, and A. B. IIendle, P. U.S. (Continued from Joiurn. Bot. 1921, p. 226.) SWAETZ ; ICONES ET DeSCEIPTIONES InEDIT^E. Some years ago Prof. Urban lent us a volume of great interest and value in the study of West Indian plants, consisting of a number of descriptions and figures by Olof Swartz of plants discovered by himself in the West Indies. All the original drawings for the plates in Ohservationes Botanicce are included, except those for ])late v.,and all for the plates in Icones Plantarum Ind. Occ, except those for plates i. and ii. But the main interest in this volume lies chiefly in the 57 Journal or Botany. — Vol. GO. [Decemreb, 1922.] 2 r 362 THE JOUKNAL OF I30TANi' unpublished drawings of species described by Swartz, some of which are rare and have not been found of late years. There is a description of Lavenia deciunbens, but no drawing, and a drawing of Forthindia coccinea without the description. This interesting volume has now been acquired by Prof. C. Lind- man, of Stockholm. We have referred in our Flora of Jamaica to the drawings it contains as " Swartz Icones IneditiB." Ternstr(emiace^. Eroteum Swartz. The genus Eroteum was founded by Swartz (Proch'O)nus, 85 ; 1788) on two species — U. the(Boides from Jamaica, and E. undulatum from the Lesser Antilles. Swartz contributed a longer description of the genus to Schreber's Genera Plantarum, ii. 807 (1791), but in his Flora India; Occident alls, 971 (1800), changed the name, which he states Avas originally called Eroteum by Solander (see Solander MSS. in Department of Botan}^) to Freziera, in memory of a botanist who travelled in South America, retaining the same two species. These two species are now generally regarded as belonging to different genera, and are cited as Clcyera theoides Choisy and Fre- ziera undtilata^w., most botanists having followed Swartz in neglect- ing his original name Eroteum, which, however, is retained by Eaillon (Hist. Nat. PL iv. 2G5 (1873). The name C%er« was given originally by Thunberg (Fl. Jai-). 12, 224) in 1784 to C.japonica, a species of Ternstroemia, of which Cleyera Thunb. is therefore a synonym. De Candolle (in Mem. Soc. Flnjs. Genev. i. 412, 1821) retained Thunberg's Cleyera and added a second species, C. oclinacea, also Asiatic. Choisy (Mem. Ternstrcem. 1855) also retained Cleyera, but extended the genus to include, besides C. ochnacea, several New World species, among them Freziera tlieceoides Sw. ; at the same time he indicated that the original Cleyera japonica Thunb. was a species of Ternstroemia. Choisy also retained the genus Freziera Sw. for F. xindidata Sw. and several allied Tropical American species. Presuming that the Old World species, Cleyera oclinacea DC. and others, are congeneric with the New World Freziera theceoides Sw. and allies, the earliest name for the genus is that originally given by Swartz, namel}^ Eroteum, which is thus retained for a portion of Swartz's original genus. The synonymy of his original species is as follows : — Eroteum the^oides Sw. Prod. 85 (1788). Freziera th^eoides Sw. Fl. Ind. Dec. 972, t. 19 (1800), and Ic. Ined. t. 41 ; I>C. Prodr. i. 524. Cleyera theoides Choisy in Mem. Soc. Phys. Geneve, xiv. 110 (1855). Jamaica, Cuba, Central America. Freziera undulata Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 974. Eroteum undulatum Sw. Prod. 85. Lesser Antilles, Trinidad. Freziera is represented in Jamaica by F. Grisehacliii Kr. & LTrb. in Engl. Pot. Jahrh. xxi. 542. notes on jamaica plants 303 Laplacea or Lindleya. Sprague (Kew Bull. 1921, 175) has pointed out that the name Wikstrccmia cannot be adopted for this genus, as suggested by S. ¥. lilake (Contrib. Gray Herb. liii. 1918), owing to its being reserved in the list of nomina conseruaiula of the International llules for the well-known genus of Tliymelceacece. Sprague goes on to say that the genus of Ternstroemiacece should be called Laplacea. There is however an earlier name, Lindleya Nees (Flora, iv. May 21, 1821, 299). Laplacea H.B.K. Gen. Nov. & Sp. v. 207, dates from February 1822, though the date on the titlepage is 1821. Nees gives a short description of his genus which he assigns to Tiliacew, and merely refers without name to his unpublished description and Hgure of a species. In the following number of Flora (June 7, 1821, 328) Nees says " Wickstroemia fruticosa Schr. ist Lindleya semiserrata m.," thus identifying his genus with Wikstroeinia Schrad. published just previously (Goett. Gel. Anz. 1821, ii. 710, May 5, 1821). There is therefore no doubt as to the identity of Lindleya Nees. Ternstroemia calycina, sp. nov. Arbor 10-30 ped. alta. Folia 5-9 cm. ]., obovato-elliptica, apice rotundata v. obtusissima, basi rotundata v. cuneata et subito in petiolum contracta, supra, sub lente, ruguloso-granulata, margine parum recurvata, coriacea, nervo medio supra non v. vix impresso, subtus prominulo, nervis 6-8 utrinque subconspicuis et plus minus prominulis ; petioli 5-8 mm. 1. Pedun- culi 1*5-2 cm. 1. Bracteolce 7-9 mm. 1., ovatse. ^epala 17-13 mm. 1., 11-9 mm. lat., ovato-elliptica, coccinea, margine glanduloso-denti- culata aut integra. Fetala non visa. Ovarium 2-loculare ; stylo (tioris petalis delapsis) 9-12 mm. 1., stigma te 2-punctato. Rah. Peckham, Clarendon, 2500 ft., Rarris 10,979, 11,035. The size of the crimson sepals at once distinguishes this from the other Jaiuaican species. SHORT NOTES. The Type-species of Bignonia (see p. 236). Mr. llelider has kindly drawn my attention to an article in Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges. 1913, 262, in which he maintained that the type-species of Bignonia was B. radicans. He considered that the Hower in Tournefort's plate of Bignonia was undoubtedly B. radicans : after re-examining the evidence, however, 1 remain convinced that it was B. capreolata. It seems desirable to give my reasons. Tournefort's s^^stem of classification was based on the corolla, and his figure of the corolla of Bignonia agrees with B. capreolata and differs from B. radicans in the relatively short tube, which is suddenly enlarged above the basal cylindric portion and bent forwards, and in the re- flexed posterior corolla-lobes and patulous anterior ones. The calyx is shortly campanulate as in B. capreolata, whereas B. radicans has a tubular-campanulate calyx. The ovary is slightly sunk in the hollowed upper surface of the disc as in B. capreolata, instead of being conspicuously stipitate above a convex disc as in B. radicans. The result is the same whether we compare Tournefort's figures of 2b 2 364 THE JOUHNAL OF BOTANY the flower of Bignonia with herbarium specimens of B. capreolafa and B. radicans, or with illustrations such as those given bv Bureau (Bignon. tt. 6, 14). In the same article Mr. Kehder has pointed out that Bignonia stems is the type-species of Tecoma Juss., of which Stenolobium D. Don becomes a synonym, and that Tecoma of Bureau and Schumann (Mart. Fl. Bras. viii. pars 2, 815 ; Nat. Pflanz. iv. 3 h, 23(5) should be merged in Tahehuia. Some time ago I came inde- pendently to the same conclusions. — T. A. Speague. Epipactis leptociitla Godfr. The editor of the Bot. Soc. & Exch. Club Keport for 1921 (p. 308) represents me as saving that ''Epipactis viridiflora var. Jeptochila (Journ. Bot. 1919, 37) is identical in its morphology and in the functions of the reproduc- tive organs with H. Iat{/'oIia." This is a misapprehension. It is the coiitinental U. viridiflora Rchb., better known as E. latifolia var. viridiflora Irm., which is identical in these respects Avith E. latifolia. E. leptochila differs from E. latifolia both in its vegetative and reproductive organs, as well as in its method of fer- tilisation (see Journ. Bot. 1920, 33), for which reason it can no longer be regarded as a variety of E. viridiflora, and was therefore raised to specific rank.— Ophrys apifera Huds. On p. 317 of the same Eeport, referring to my paper on the fertilisation of this species, the following occurs: — "Contrary to preconceived beHef, the author finds that it Is mainly self -fertilised, although the plant is so specially organised for cross-pollination." The universal "preconceived belief" is that apifera is entirely self-f ertilised : the object of my paper was to show that the mechanism for cross-pollination is still efficient, that insect visits occur to this day, and that its more recently acquired faculty of self -fertilisation has not wholly replaced, but only supple- mented its original organisation for cross-pollination. — M. J. Godfeey. ViciA Dex^'ESTana H. C. Watson. — A recent reference to this plant suggests that it may be worth while to put on record the origin of the name, as told me by its donor. F. Dennesiana is described by Watson in Godman's AY??;^raZ Sistory of tie Azores, p. 155 (1870), the name being " adapted from the name of Mr. G. E. Dennes, who was Honorary Secretary to the Botanical Society of London at the time [lSll-8] when some native specimens were sent by Mr. [Thomas Carew^] Hunt for distribution through that Exchange Club. It was found by Mr. Hunt on the mountains at the east end of the island, growing"^on damp earthy precipices, but in one spot only, from which it has smce disappeared through a landslip .... Mr. Hunt unsuccess- fully sought for the plant elsewhere in the same neighbourhood." No'^other collector has found it in any of the isles; Watson grew it his garden from seeds sent by Hunt, and when I was at Kew in 1870 it Avas grown there — I think from seeds sent by Watson. So far as I am aware, the plant has not since been found ; should it liave been, the reason for its name, as told me by Watson, would have ceased to exist : the allusion is to the disappearance of Dennes (to Australia?) about 1856 (in which year he ceased to be secretary to the B. S. L.) wherein Watson found an analogy to that of the Vicia. — James Beittex. EAELY BlilTISn BOTAXTSTS AND TIIEIE GARDENS 3G5 REVIEWS. Early British Botanists and their Gardens: based oil unpiihlished Writings of Goodi/er, Tradescant, and others hy K. T. GuNTHER, M.A., F.L.S., Librarian and Bescarch Felloio of Magdalen College \_Oxford]. With 9 plates and 21 other iUustratioiis. Oxford ; at the University Press. Demv 8vo, cloth; pp. viii, 417. Price Two Gruineas. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on March 3, 1921, the author of this attractively-produced volume exhibited and described certain manuscripts of John Goodyer which, in his caj^acity as Librarian of ]\Iagdalen College, he had discovered in its Library; a summary of these discoveries, so far as they had then extended, was printed in this Journal for 1921 (p. 119). It was evident that Mr. Gunther had come upon a mine, hitherto almost unworked, of information relating to an early period of British botany ; his subse- quent proposal to publish a volume devoted to the MSS. aroused the highest anticipations among those interested in that hlstor3^ To say that these anticipations have been more than fully realised by the volume before us conveys but a feeble idea of its valu>3 and interest ; our only regret is that it is impossible to do anything like justi(;e to its merits in the limited space which this Journal ali'ords. The rapiditj' with which the book has been produced is among the most remarkable features connected with it ; in little more than a j^ear from its announcement the volume was issued from the press. jN^or has this rapiditj^ of production been attended with incompleteness ; we have seldom met with a work which affords such evidence of care or such intimate knowledge ; in every detail moreover, althoup-h the author claims no special acquaintance with botanj', the slips in that direction which sometimes disfigure works otherwise accurate are, save for one or two insignificant instances, entire h" absent. The volume is based on the manuscripts bequeathed to Maodalen College, with his botanical library, by John Goodj^er in 1664, and more than half the volume is devoted to Goodyer himself — his life, his descriptions of plants, and his botanical library. In addition to his other qualifications, Mr. Gunther is possessed of an admirable literary stjde, and his account of Goodyer's life is additionally interest- ing from the care with which he has indicated his author's relation to the history of the period. Goodyer, who was born in 1592, "contemplated the scientific study of botany in 1616" ; during the winter of this year he added important works to his librar}'' in each of which he noted the price and date of purchase, an indication of the care observable throughout his work. At this time he had already devoted himself to gardens and the medicinal stud}^ of herbs; by his twentj'-ninth 3'ear (1621) his botanical enthusiasm had reached its height — '* more descriptions of new or rare plants were turned out in July, August, and September of that year than in all the rest of his life." From this period Mr. Gunther is able by his diary and MSS. to trace Goodyer's career almost year by year until his death in 1664 ; during the latter part of his life " he was evidently applying his knowledge of simples to the ofood of his ailinor neiijhbours." 3GG TlIK .TOU]{NAL OF EOTANT It was in 1G32 that Goodyer sent to Thomas Johnson the descrip- tions and corrections of Gerard's Herbal which appeared, with due acknowledgement, in the edition of 1G33. He began a further series of emendations which extended to the first twenty-two chapters of the work ; these are printed by Mr. Gunther (pp. 71, 72) and, as he says, " are characteristic of the accuracy and carefulness of [Goodyer's] work." The descriptions in Gerard are here reprinted in full, with numerous others hitherto unpublished, more than 250 plants being specially noticed ; arranged in the order usually followed in British floras, they extend to nearly a hundred pages, and are exceedingly full and accurate ; the localities (of which Mr. Gunther gives in the index a special list) are added in most instances. Among the descriptions is one of JSLonotropa Hj^popiti/s which is not among the Magdalen MSS. but occurs on the back of a page of Banister's herbarium (Herb. Sloane, vol. 158, p. 249 verso), where the writer of this notice was f.)rtunate enough to find it when going through the Sloane collection. A list (pp. 100-lOS), in which Mr. Gunther smms up Goodyer's botanical labours, arranged under modern names followed by the locality and name taken from the MSS., precedes the descriptions, and is so arranged as to present other information — a more judicious assortment of type and the introduction of ' clarendon ' would have made this more easy of consultation. The identifications are, as Is everything in the book, very carefully done, though a close examina- tion would probably detect matter for comment. One such instance occurs In connexion with the plant described by Goodyer in Ger. emac. (p. G77) as Acinos odoratissimum. This Mr. Gunther (p. IGG) identifies with Ocimum hasUicum L., as he also does the plant described by Goodyer (p. 120) as *' Acinos," although he adds that the description of the latter " differs essentially from that printed in Gerard." It do s not seem that Goodyer regarded them as identical ; he describes the flowers and leaves of odoj^atissimitm as " like those of Basil," and saj^s " it is to be considered whether the seedes of sweete Marjerome [among which it was found] degenerate and send forth this herbe or not." After the descriptions comes the section (pp. 19G-282) devoted to Goodyer's Library ; this had attracted the attention of the late Canon Vaughan, who had sounded its praises in an article on Goodyer as " A Forgotten Botanist of the Seventeenth Century." The Cata- logue of the Library is full of Interest; some of the volumes contained MS. notes, here printed, others, " signatures or personal memoranda " which suggested comment and make us wish for more : e. q. " E,Ic. Downes " provokes a reference to Samuel Downes, M.D., who made the collection of dried plants presented by J. Downes in 1731 to Shrewsbury School " ; does anyone know about this collection or its donor? Camcrarius's Epitome (158G) was "perhaps Goodyer's first botany book ; the marginal headings and English names may have been added by him as a boy." A facsimile page of Goodyer's notes (not botanical) from Kay's Cat. PL Cant, occupies p. 223; his signature and reproductions of his drawings appear elsewhere in the book. EARLY BRITISH BOTANISTS AND TUEIR GARDENS 307 The Gootlj^er Manuscripts include his translations of Theophrastus and Dioscorides, and his index to Gerard ; an interleaved copy of How's Phytologia which came into Goodyer's possession and con- tains corrections and notes by him and by the author ; and a copy of Johnson's Descrlptio Itineris .... Gantianum, with additions and indexes in his own and Johnson's hands — "this little volume has the great sentimental interest of being the germ from which all British floras are descended." This copy is later (pp. 27G-S) described at length, with facsimiles of pages showing Johnson's MS. index of the genera mentioned and How's additions, and examples of the notes of the latter. The chapter headed " Notes on Contemporary Botanists mostly from Goody er's books and papers," includes a vast amount of infor- mation hitherto unpublished concerning Parkinson, Lobel, Thomas Johnson, and William How, and relating to others of whom less is known — among them some who are not to be found in our Bio- graphical Index, for the second edition of which Mr. Gunther supplies throughout his volume much matarial. It is tempting to linger over these, but to notice the book at the length to which ib is entitled by its interest would extend this notice to undue proportions. We must therefore content ourselves with saying with reference to the four whom we have named that the Goodyer MSS. supply many details hitherto unpublished, and that, as has been already indicated, all students of the botany of the period must consult Mr. Gunther's volume. The care with which he has conducted his researches is exemplified by the pages of notes (pp. 267-270) " on American, Ber- mudan, and Oriental plants " in a hand at first unknown, which proved to be written by John Parkinson, from whom a letter, made legible by much perseverance in removing the *' ink-scrawling " with which it had been covered, is reproduced in facshnile. The horticultural notes transcribed "were evidently extracted by Parkinson from Francis Bacon's Naturall Historie, Century v. 1627 ; but another possibility should not be lost sight of, namely, that Bacon may have derived part of his horticultural knowledge from the dis- tinguished botanical writer who two years later dedicated his Para- disiis in Sole to Queen Henrietta Maria." To How eighteen pages are devoted, the greater part of them to his MS. records which, giving as they do in many instances localities of the plants named, will afford useful material for future authors of local floras. Among the contemporaries of whom Mr. Gunther supplies details are those who, though well known in other capacities, have not hitherto been associated with botanj^, in which, however, they seem to have been proficient. One of these was William Mount (1545- 1602), Master of the Savoy in 1594, an expert in the making of dis- tilled waters, whose copy of Lobel's Icones (1581) contains numerous MS. notes on plants, chiefly of Kent, which are here transcribed. These include, b^S 1^ THE TIELD KEY TO THE GENEKA OF BKITISH LICHENS. Typical specimens are referred to : abnormal plants cannot always be placed in their proper genera by means of the key. Th. of leaf -like bodies or sqnamules ± horizontally placed A. Th. of filaments or cylinders, or of ifcerect and strap-shaped bodies (lacinite) B. Th. a granular, tartareous or powdery crust, or wanting C. A. Thallus foliose oe squamulose. 1. Ap. borne on erect elevated cups, or on cylindrical bodies (podetia) 2. Thecia borne on the thallus or absent 3. 2. Podetia solid, with minute squamules crowded on them. Spores septate Stereocaulon. Podetia hollow, usuall}^ without squamules. Spores simple Cladonia (a) *. 3. Th. of large lobes, not less than 4 mm. broad, and often much broader 4 (J). Th. of small or minute lobes 23. 4. Th. gelatinous when moist, with blue-green algie {Nostoc) distributed in it 5. Th. not gelatinous when moist, the algal cells forming a dehnite la^'er beneath the upper surface 6. '). Th. with a cellular cortex. Sp. muriform (c). Leptogium (r/). Th. thickish, not cellular. Sp. muriform ... Collema (14-15). Th, thin or flaccid, not cellular except in or near the ap. Sp. elongate-fusiform with 3- many transverse septa (>S'. nigrescens and S.flaccidiis) SynechoWastus. 6. Th. greyish when dr}^ usu. umbilicate (lane disc, Sp, 1 , dark, muriform Umbilicaria. Th, not or little pustulate, Ap. usu, with gyrose disc, Sp, 8, colourless, simple Gyrophora, 8. Th, with whitish or yellowish depressions (cyphellae) or spots {c/) (pseudoc^^phellse) beneath. Ap, with thalline margin, Sp. 1- 3 septate 9, Th, without cyphellse or pseudocyphellse beneath 10. ^ The notes are to be found at the ends of the Sectional Keys A. B, f THE FIELD O Th. K+ yellow. Ap. witliout a tli. marg. Sp. brown. (Also the rare B. epic/cea.) ... Buellia canescens. Usu. oil rocks. Th. closely ap[)ressed. A p. withath. marg Squamaria. On soil. Th. loss closely appress/) scattered. 52. Th. not gelatinous when moist. Algal cells in a detinite layer 54. 52. Algal cells Bivularia. Very rare plant. Pterygium kenmorense. Algal cells NostoG \ _ 53. 58. Th. with cellular cortex. Sp.septate-muriform. Leptogium (>). Th. non -corticated. Sp. septate-muriform . . . C'' llama (1, 8 & 5). Th. non-corticated. Sp. simple Piiy^ma. 54. Th. of ihiii^bricated yellow lacinise K — . Sp. many in ascus. Usu. on trees Candelaria concolor. Th. of yellow lacinise or lobes K+ purple. Sp. 8 m ascus Xa'ithoria. Th. usu. greyish or brownish, K+ or ~. Sp. 2-8. Usu. on rocks ^o. 55. Th. having dark perithecia. Sp. muriform and large Polyblastia (11 & 17). Th. with dark perithecia. Sp. simple. Verrucaria macrostoma. Thecia always open (apothecia). Sp. not muriform 56. 56. Algal cells blue-green {Nostoc). Sp. usu. simple 57. Algal cells green. Sp. simple or septate 58. 57. Ap. with thalline margin (usually crenulate). Pannaria (2-3). Ap. without thalhne margin Parmeliella (2, 3, 5 ) . 58. Th. yellowish, entirely cellular, K— ; algal ceils bright-green. Ap. with thalline mar- gin. Sp. 8 simple. On mosses Psoroma hypnorum. Th. greenish-yellow withcitrine-yellow soredia Lecaiiora epanora. Th. not yellowish and not entirely cellular ... 59. THE DETERMrX.lTrOX OF LrCllEXS TX THE FIELD 7 59. Ap. with thalline margin. Sp. 8 or many in ascus (50. Ap. without thalline margin, Sp. 8 in ascus, colourless G[. GO. Th. ±appressed. Sp. small, colourless, many in ascus. On rocks \ Acarospora. Th. usu. iiimbricate. Sp. 1-septate, colour- less, 8. On rocks or ground (P. holophcea and P. leucospeirea) Placolecania {u). Th. isidioid-squamulose. Sp, 1-septate, brown, 8 in ascus. On trees. Kare Rinodina isidioides. 01, Sp. simple. Th. variable in colour ; squam- ules often discrete Lecidea (Psora) (.s-). Sp. 1-septate. Th. +glaucous-grey, thickish and rounded (P. codruleonigricans and P. Candida) Biatorina. Sp. with 3 or more septa. Th. greyish or brown 02. 62. Sp. fusiform, about 4 times as long as broad, 3 or more-septate Bilimbia (z'). Sp. acicular, more than 10 times as long as broad, pluriseptate (P. pulvinata and P. 2Jolysita) Bacidia. {a) When Cladonia and Stereocaulon have no apothecia on the podetia they will come in Group B. They may also come in Group C when the th. is granulose. If they are sterile and without podetia they cannot be determined by the key, though they have a peculiar facies which usu. enables them to be recognised. (S) 4 mm. is only an approximate measurement and sometimes plants with a large thallus (10 cms. or more in diameter) may be included here, though the majority of the individual lobes may be less than 4 mm. Many plants (e. g., Loharia pulmoiiaria, Ricasolia amplissima, B. Icetevirens^ Peltigera canina, Parmelia perlata, P. sco7'tea) included here may have a thallus exceeding 20 cms. in diameter. (c) A spore is said to be muriform when it has longitudinal as well as transverse divisions. In order to see the true septation of a spore it is often necessary to treat the microscopic preparation Avith K, otherwise simple spores with two or many globules j^resent in them may be mistaken for 1-septate or muriform spores respectively. {d) The species of Lejotogiiim which would be referred here are those numbered 21-25 in A Monograph of British Lichens by Miss A. L. Smith. In other cases where numbers are given they refer to the numbers prefixed to the species in that work, which should be consulted for further information. In some cases the names given in the Monograph are used, though other views as to nomenclature may be held. Large specimens of L. scotinum and L. lacerum may also be referred here. (e) Umbilicate. Affixed to the substratum by a central point. (y) Pustulate. With many swellings and depressions. {g^ Loharia and Loharina have pale swellings beneath, which must not be confused with pseudocyphelhe. 8 THE DETERMIXATTOX OF LTCHEKS TX THE nELI> (//) Cephaloclia are tubercles containing filaments of the normal fungal constituent but with a foreign algal constituent (usually Nosfoc). They may be externally or internally jDlaced. (/) Only large specimens of some Physcias (e. g. P. aipolia) have lobes broader than 4 mm. (j) Many species (1, 8, 9, 10, 15-19, 23, 21, 30, 31, 84) of Parmelia may have lobes broader than 4 mm. Other species not enumerated may exceptionally have large lobes. P. pliysodes has no rhizinse beneath. When soredia are present in Phi/scia they usually occur as rounded bodies (soralia) on the surface of the thallus ; in Parmelia they are seldom orbicular in form and often occur on the margins or at the apices of the thalline lobes. Soralia are present in Parmelia onoiigeotii, P. amhigtia, P. duhia, and P. reddenda. In Physcia grisea the margin of the thallus is sorediate. {k) Platysma (Cetraria) 1, 2, 4, 5 and sometimes 7. (Z) Corticate and rhizinose beneath — having the lower surface of the thallus formed of cells and with rhizinse. (?«) Placodium here refers only to Euplacodium of the Mono- graph. P. xantlioliitum is leprose (or scurf-like) and sterile, whilst P. fulgens has simple spores, but otherwise t\\Qj agree with the chai'acters given in the key. {n) In some species of Pliyscia the lower cortex is imperfectly cellular. The species of Pliyscia would nearly always be referred here, except in the case of the ±fi'^^ticose species 1-3. {o) In laciniate plants the lacinise can only be seen under a lens with a small magnifying power. In squamulose plants the width of the squamules may approach 1 mm. but the squamulose character is indistinctly shown. (^;) Collema 5-13. Zieptogium 18-20. (^) The th. is sometimes larger than indicated by the kev. \r) Leptogium 1-7, 9-12, 14-16, varieties of 20. (s) Besides the Psora section, other Lecideas (e. g. L. gagei, Jj. coarctata, L. demissa,L. wallrothii, L. endomclcena, and L. nigro- glomerata) have minutelv squamulose forms. (0 Bilimhia 1-4, 6-S, and 26. {it) Some Lecanoras, e. g. L. gangaleoides, L.frustiilosa. L. argo- pholis, may have a similar subsquamulose appearance, but the spores are simple. The three examples given have a yellow reaction with K. B. Thallus fruticose («) or cylindrical or iilamextous. 1. Th. of long cylinders or of ±erect strap- shaped bodies, not gelatinous {h) 2. Th. of small or short cylinders, dark (often olive) and ^gelatinous (c) 14. Th. of minute filaments or c^dinders, dark (often olive) and ibgelatinous {d) 23. 2. Th. of branching, ±entangled cylindrical (or semi-cylindrical) bodies, concolorous on all sides. Ap. parmelioid («?) 3. Th. of zbnpright cylindrical bodies (usu. little branched). Ap. various [f) 7. THE DETEKMIXATIOX OF LICHENS IX THE FIELD 9 Th. o£ lirupriglit or iisccnding- strap-shaped bodies. Ap. parmelioid 12. 3. Th. 3^ello\v, K+ purplish. Sp. polarilucular, colourless Teloschistes . Th, grey or dark (occasiouall}' reddish) K — or + 3^ello\vish. Sp. simple, colourless or brownish 4. 4. Th. light-gre}^ (occ. reddish) with firm me- dullary axis of closely-packed fungal fila- ments (hyplise) Usnea Th. light-grey to black with medulla of loosely-packed h3'pha3 5. 5. Th. usu. shining chestnut-brown (sometimes darker) and with small spines Cetraria aculeata. Th. grey or blackish (chestnut-brown in Alec fori a lUreryens) and without spines . 0. 6. Th. small, black, zb shining, beneath some- times paler and sometimes with a few^ rhizinse Parmelia pubescens. Th. larger, whitish to dull-black, beneath concolorous and without rhizinae Alectoria (y ) . 7. Cylinders hollow and often ± tapering at the apices 8. Cylinders solid and little tapering at the apices 9. 8. Cylinders expanded at the apex into a cup, or branched with the axils of branches + perforated Cladonia (//). Cylinders white, simple or almost so, and tapering upw^ards Cerania. 9. Cylinders with man}^ small squamules or granules on them Stereocaulon {h). Cylinders without squamules or granules on them 10. 10. Th. of small, dark, ± erect lobes. Ap. par- melioid. Alpine or subalpine Parmelia corniculata. Th. larger, whitish or greyish 11. 11. Th. of greyish branches, zbsorediate. Algal cells TrentepohUa. Ap. lateral. Maritime only Roccella. Th. of whitish branches, not sorediate. Algal cells green. Ap. terminal Sphaerophorus. 12. Th. truly fruticose («). Sp. colourless, 1- septate Ramalina, Th. not truly fruticose (points of attachment many, under surface different from upper). 13. 13. Subfruticose. greyish or whitish above, white or blackish below. Sp. colourless, sim})le . Evernia. More or less spreading, paler below, villose above or with cilia at margins. Sp. brown, 1-septate Physcia (1-3). 10 THE DETERMINATTOX OF LICHEXS IX THE FIELD Concoloi'ous or almost so on both sides, often spiny at margin. Sp. colourless, simple... Cetraria (/). 1J<. On tidal rocks. Th. dicliotomously branched like a small Fucios, with Stigonema algie . Lichina. Not on tidal rocks and plant not f ucoid l.j. 15. Thalline lobes or cylinders much branched with uneven or nodulose surface. Algal cells not JS'ostoG (j) IG. Little branched, the surface usually even (k). 18. IG. Thaliine cylinders cellular, alga Scytoiiema. Ap. sessile Polychidium. Not or vaguely cellular, alga ^ticfonema. Ap. innate 17. 17. Branchlets spiny. Paraphyses distinct. Sp. simple, colourless Ephebeia. Branchlets not spiny. Paraphyses none. Sp. 1-septate, colourless Ephebe. 18. Th. with cellular cortex 19. Th. without cellular cortex. Tubes swollen at apices 20. 19. Algal cells mostlj'- bright green. Ap. in thalline pits Solorina spongiosa (/). Algal cells blue-green i^Nostoc). Ap. not sunk in th. pits Leptogium. 20. Algal cells Nostoc, in chains. Thalline sec- tion red with iodine. Sp. septate 21. Algal cells Scytonema or Glceocapsa (m). Sp. simple .-. 22. 21. On trees in upland districts. Th. section blood-red with iodine. Sp. 1-3-septate, 4-5 times as long as broad Synechoblastus fascicularis. On mossy rocks in alpine places. Th. section wine-red with iodine. Sp. muriform, less than twice as long as broad CoUema ceraniscum. 22. On decayed mosses on alpine rocks. Algal cells Scytonema Schizoma lichinodeum. On rocks, usu. in little tufts on calcareous rocks. Algal cells Glceocapsa Synalissa. 23. Th. t gelatinous; filaments or lobes prostrate or erect. Algal cells blue-green (;i) 25. Th. not gelatinous, of interlacing and pros- trate filaments. Algal cells i]ot blue-green. 24. 24. Th. with filaments itconstricted. Hyphse much twisted. Algal cells reddish ( Trenie- pohlia) Coenogonium. Th. with filaments little constricted. Hyphae little twisted. Algal cells green {Clado- 2)hora) Racodium. 25. Th. of tangled filaments. Algal cells Sci/fo- uema OY Stif/onema 26. Th. of -+-ereet lobes. Algal cells 3^o6'/oc ... 28. THE DETEUMTN\TrO\ OF LICHENS IX THE FIELD 11 -0. Oil trees. Cortical cells present LeptOgidium. On rocks or other lichens on rocks. No cor- tical cells 27. 27. Filaments sparingly branched. Alga 'SVy- tonema Thermutis. Filaments with frequent branches. Alga Stigonema Spilonema. 2>S. Very rare plants having perithecia (opening by a pore ) Pyrenidium. Commoner plants with apothecia (open discs). Leptogium. {a) Fruticose. Attached by a basal point to the substratum, tlie divisions of the thallus having a radiate (similar on all sides j structure. [h) Algal cells are green except in Roccella with reddish Trente- pohlia. Fanuella pubescens and P. corniculata are included here, because their thalli are not gelatinous and their algal cells are o-veen, though they hive small or short cylinders or lobes. Narrow-lobed Parmelias (e. g. F. encausta, P. aJpicoJa, P. stijgia), with their thalli appressed to the substratum, are included in the Sectional Key A. {c) Algal cells blue-green. Soloriua spongiosa (which mav possibly be placed here) has bright-green algal cells in the general thallus, but also contains groups of blue-green algse. {d) The thalline divisions are so minute (less than 100 /i diameter) that they can only be seen under a strong lens. The algal cells are blue-green except in Bacodmm (with green Gladophora) and Coeno- goniuni (with reddish Trentepoldia^. (e) A parmelioid apothecium is ± shield-shaped, large, and has a thalline margin. (/) Some Cladonias, which would be placed here when they are without squamules at the base, are much branched. (y) Including A. thrausta. The rare plant, Pligscia infricdta, may be found here. {h) When specimens of this genus are without squamules at the base they may be found here. (/) Some forms of Flat y sum may possibly come here. {j) In Polj/chidium mMscicolum the cylindrical th. is often almost even, but is much-branched. The Scgfonema algal cells in this and other plants can easily be taken as Nostoc, the sheath bein^- often wanting or indistinct. They are more irregular in outline than N'ostoc cells, and seldom form long chains. {k) Leptogium microscopicum, which is little branched but is usu. ±nodulose, will generally be found under the group with "minute cylinders " (23) since the thalline lobes are usu. under 100^ thick. (/) Scarcely likely to be found here. {m) In the rare plant Sgnalissa uitricata the algal cells form chains. («) Some forms of Placgnthium nigrum may possibly be found here. The thallus is scarcely gelatinous though it contains blue-greeu alg;e (Scgtonemu). 12 THE DETERMIXATIOX OF LICHEXS i:S' THE FIELD C. ThALLUS CKUSTACEOUS, GRAXULAE, or WA]VTI]S^G («). 1. Th. often gelatinous and dark. Algse blue- green, Mjxophyceae (b) D. Th. not gelatinous. Algai belonging to Chlorophycece, usu. green, but sometimes reddish ( Trentepohlia) 2. 2. Plants without apothecia or peritheeia (c) ... J. Plants with apothecia or 2:»erithecia 8. 3. Ap. or peritheeia immersed in pits formed in the rocky substratum (usu. calcareous rock) E. Thecia not in pits of the rock 4. 4. Th. usu. yellow to purplish, or ap. yellowish to purplish, with polarilocular spores {d)... 6. Plant without these characters 5. 5. Thecia often stalked, iclosed. Asci dissolv- ing so that the spores are loose and form a powdery mass F. Asci not dissolving. Spores not forming a powdery mass 7. 6. Ap. with thalline margin Callopisma. Ap. without thalline margin Callopisma (Blastenia). 7. Thecia borne on podetia (sometimes very short) 31. Thecia not borne on podetia 8. 8. Thecia elongated, or linear, or radiate, or irregularly roundish (sometimes simulating peritheeia or lecideoid (S IN THE FIELD 2o. A p. ipruinose Lecanora (Pallida group, 27-32). Ap. not pruinose Lecanora (Subf usca group, 11-19). 26. Th. normallj svibeffigurate at the margin. ^ ^ On rocks Lecanora (Galactina group, 33-35). Th. not subeffigurate at the margin. On rocks, etc Lecanora (Umbrina group, 21-2o) 27. Sp. ellipsoid, 1-3-septate, usu. less than 20 /x long and about three times as long as broad. Lecania (i). Sp. fusiform, 1-3-septate, 13-27 X 4-6 ya, and usu. about 4 times as long as broad ... Icmadophila. Sp. acicular, 3-7-septate, usu. over 40 /x long and about 10 times as long as broad \ Hsematomona. 28. Algal cells Trentepohlia. Sp. colourless, fusiform, many-septate and slightly muri- f orm. On trees \ Thelotrema. Algal cells green. Sp. and habitat various... 29. 29. Sp. colourless, elongate cylindrical, 30-40 septate, about 100 x 4 //. On trees Conotrema. Sp. colourless or dai-k, distinctly muriform, ellipsoid. Habitat various . . ." 30. 30. Sp. colourless, often large (over 50 yu long). ^ On trees ."... Phlyctis. Sp. dark, usu. less than 40 ^ long. On I'oeks, lichens, or mosses Diploschistes. 31. Th. thin, having a varnished appearance or wanting. Podetia very short. Sp. fili- form, man3'-septate, 180 X 2 ^/ Gomphillus. Th. granular. Sp. simple or with few septa, never filiform 32. 32. Podetia solid or nearly so. Sp. colourless, simple or septate 34. Podetia distinctlj^ hollow. Sp. colourless, simple 33. 33. Pjdetia very short, papilla-like, ^club- shaped, inflated Pycnothelia. P )detia usu. well-developed, sometimes cup- shaped at apex Cladonia. 34. Podetia granular or minutely squamulose ... 35. Podetia without granules or squamules. Thalline squamules K-f yellow. Usu. on earth BsBomyces. 35. Podetia finely Avarted, simple (unbranched). A]), black Pilophorus. Podetia minutely squamulose, often ± branched. Ap. brown Stereocaulon. («) It is often impossible to determine crustaceous lichens in the field, but this and the following keys have been arranged with their use in the field kept constantly in view. {h) Occasionally the myxophycean alga appears to be reddish or 3xllowish. THE J)ETEKM1NATI()N OF 1,1('IIK.NS I.N THE EIEI/D IT) ((0 Only a few plants are (leterniinal)lu in tliis case.. {d ) Also includes forms of Placodium I oh ul a tit in and P. miuia- fnluin in which the th. is scarcely radiatel3'-squamulose at the margin. In Callo2)isma (including Blastenia) there is a certain amount of variation in the colour and reaction of the th. and ap., and occa- sionally^ the spores do not appear to be polarilocular (C. nivale, O. luteo-alhum^ C. cerinellnm, and C. ruj^cstre). Jn C. ei^ixanthum (sometimes placed under Candelariella) the reaction with potash is negative both for the th. and ap. The ascus usu. contains S spores, but 16 may be present in G. ccrineUiim. The sj)ores ina^^ be + polarilocular in Candelariella vitelUna, the ascus of which usu. contains 16 or more spores. (<'^) A lecideoid ap. has no thalline margin and is without algal cells at its base. (/") Lecanora sa/nhnci is an exception. It has 12-82 spores in the ascus. (y) Karely the th. is greyish and the ap. darker. (70 Table I does not include plants given in ])revious parts of the key, e. g., Opegrapha is given in Table Gr, and Blatorella is included with the man^'-spored lichens. (/) In Lecania the spores are often simple in part, and may thus be confused with Lecanora, which usu. has relatively shorter spores (about twice as long as broad). The septum is often only apparent after treatment with K. D. Thallus gean^ular or crustaceous (oftex gelatinous) W^ITH BLUE-GREEN ALGAL CELLS, MyXOL^UYCE^I: («). 1. Th. ^gelatinous when moist, corticate or not. Algal cells usu. scattered throughout the th 3. Th. not (or slightly) gelatinous when moist, corticate. Algal cells in a definite laj^er under the cortex 2. 2. Ap. with a thalline mai-gin Paimaria. Ap. without a thalline margin Parmeliella (Pannariella). 3. Algal cells Xostoc or Scytonema 4. Algal cells liivularia, Gloeocapsa, or Chroo- coccus 9. 4. Algal cells iV^(96-^oc 5. Algal cells Sci/fonema (b) 8. 5. Th. with a cellular cortex (c) 6. Cortex not cellular 7. 6. 8p. simple. Ap. with a proper margin Lemmopsis. Sp. septate and mui-iform. Ap. witli a thai- line margin Leptogiiim. 7. Sp. simple Physma (Lempholemma) . Sp. septate-muriform CoUema (d) . 8. Th. not corticate. Ap. with thalline margin. Sp. simple Porocyplius. Th. corticate, often minutely coralloid. Ap. without thalline margin. Sp. septate Placynthium (<"). 16 THE DETEinilXATIOX OF LIOilEXS IX THE FIELD 9. Algal cells. Bivularia. Tli. corticate. Ap. without thalline margin. Sp. 1-3-septate. Pterygium. Algal cells Gloeocapsa or Chroococcus. Tli. not or slightly corticate. Ap. with or without thalline margin. Sp. simple 10. 10. Algal sheath yellow. Th. slightly corticate. Ap. usu. innate and zbclosecl. Paraphyses unseptate \.... Psorotichia. Algal sheath reddish. Th. not corticate ... 11. 11. Ap. usu. innate (/") and _h closed. Para- physes unseptate Pyrenopsis. Ap. open or plane. Paraphj^ses septate Euopsis. (rt) If the reproductive organs are perithecia, see Table H. Not corticolous except in some species or forms of Leptof/ium, Pannaria, and Farmeliella. (b) See note^ on Sectional Key B. (c) In some species of Leptogiuni {Collemodium) the cellular nature of the cortex is often indistinct. G-ranular forms of Collema ckeileum may have the fungal filaments and algal cells so closely packed that the structure may be mistaken for a cellular one. {d) Collema 1-8 (or forms of these species). (e) P. niqrum is a very common lichen on calcareous rocks. When typical it is easily distinguished by its hypothallus extending as a dark-blue band from the margin of the subdeterminate, minutely- coralloid, dark th. (y) An ap. is said to be adnate when its base is surrounded by the th., innate when surrounded by the th., and immersed when deeply seated in the th. E. THA.LLUS CRUSTACEOUS OR WAXTIXG. APOTHECTA OR PERI- THECIA IMMERSED IX PITS OF THE ROCKY SUBSTRATUM. 1. Thecia with open discs (apothecia) 2. Thecia with disc opening by a minute ])ore (perithecia) 4. 2. Ap. flesh-coloured or dark, with thalline margin 3. Ap. dark, without thalline margin. Sp. simple, colourless Lecidea immersa and L. metzleri. 3. Ap. flesh-coloured. Sp. simple, colourless . Aspicilia prevostii. Ap. dark. Sp. 1-septate, brown or dark. Rinodina bischoffii v. immersa. 4. Sp. simple 'J- Sp. 1-3-septate or murif orm 0. 5. Perithecium with fissured apex. Verrucaria (Limborina) calciseda. Perithecium without fissured apex Verrucaria («). 6. Sp. 1-septate • • . 7. Sp. 3-septate (occasionally with a longitu- dinal septum Thelidium incavatum. Sp. murif orm Polyblastia schraderi and P. deminuta. THE DETERMINATION OF LIC1[ENS IN THE FIELD 17 7. Sp. brown, 2 in ascus. Pits shallow ... Microthelia dispora. Sp. colourless, usu. 8 in ascus. Pits often deep 8. 8. Frequent plant of calcareous rocks. Algal cells green. Perithecia minute. Sp. about 30 X 15 ja Thelidium immersum. Eare plants, often on shells. Algal cells Trentepolilia. Perithecia minute. Sp. about 18 X 6 /x Arthopyrenia foveolata {h). {cC) V, rupestris, V. Integra, V. dolomiticci, V. marmorea, and V. 'parva. When the th. of V. muralis is evanescent the perithecia may leave slight pits. {h) A. litoralis and A. saxicola may have their perithecia in shallow pits. F. ThALLUS CliUSTACEOUS oil WANTING. SPOEES BECOMING FREE IN THE APOTHECIUM. CONIOGARPINE^. 1. Ap. stalked. Sp. dark or yellow. Habitat various («) 3. Ap. sessile or almost so. Sp. dark. On wood or parasitic on other lichens 2. 2. Sp. septate (usu. 1 -septate). Ap. sessile with thalline margin. On wood (except C. stigonella^ which is parasitic on Fer- tusaria) Cyplielium {h). Sp. simple. Ap. sessile (or shortly-stalked), without thalline margin. Usu. parasitic on Pertusaria (c) Sphinctrina. 3. Sp. spherical, simple, ^^ellowish in the mass . Coniocybe. Sp. spherical, simple, dark in the mass Chaenotheca. Sp. oblong, 1 -septate, dark Calicium. Sp. oblong, 3- or more-septate, dark Stenocybe. («) The habitat is usually trees or worked wood. Conioci/he furfuracea sometimes occurs on ground, decaying mosses, or rocks. Calicium arenarium is present on the yellow th. of the saxicolous Lecidea lucida, and Stenoci/be trajecfa Nyh { = S. septata Eehm.) may be parasitic on the th. of Thelotrema lepadiiium and Graphis elegans. Calicium dehile has been recorded from rocks. {h) C. notarisii has the sp. 1-5-septate and slightly muriform. (c) S, hylemorensis is found on Lecanora. S. microcephala Koerb. { = S, anglica Nyl.) is found on bark and wood. Gr. GEAPHIDINEiE. ThALLTJS CliUSTACEOUS OR WANTING. TlIECIA ELONGATE OR IRREGULAR OR RADIATE. («) AlGAL CELLS USU. Trentepoulia. 1. Th. corticate above, determinate, white, C-\- red. On rocks Diriiia. Th. not corticate above. On rocks, wood, etc 2. Journal of Botany, 1922. [Supplement I.] c 18 THE T)Eteeminatio:n' of lichens in the field 2. Ap. immersed and aggregated in wart-like portions of the th. (Z>). Sp. septate 13. Ap. not aggregated in specialized portions of the th. (c), which is usu. thin 3. 3. Ap. with a proper margin, except in abnormal cases or in old plants 5. Ap. without proper margin 4. 4. Ap. usu. roundish, little divided, and with a spurious thalline margin. Sp. 3-septate... Platygrapha. Ap. usu. diiform, often divided and without a spurious thalline margin. Sp. 1-6-septate. Arthonia (d). Ap. usu. diiform and little divided. Sp. muriform Arthothelium. 5. Ap. irregularly roundish with dark hypo- thecium. Sp. 1-5-septate, colourless Lecanactis. Ap. typically ± linear, often much elon- gated (f/) G. 6. Th. with green algal cells. Ap. oblong to oval. Sp. simple or 1 -septate 7. Th. with orange algal cells. Ap. usu. elon- gate. Sp. 1-many- septate 10. 7. Sp. 1 -septate, dark brown (colourless when young), 15-23 X 8-12 ft. On calcareous rocks Eiicephalographa. Sp. simple, colourless 8. 8. Ap. elongate with 2-4 parallel hymenia. On wood Ptychographa. Ap. with simple hymenium. On rocks or wood 9. 9. Ap. black with narrow disc and prominent margin. Hypothecium dark. Usu. on rock (e) Lithographa. Ap. dark brown or reddish with a dilated disc and less prominent margin. Hypo- thecium colourless or brownish. On trees and palings Xylographa (/ ). 10. Sp. 1-septate, colourless or brown. On trees (y) Melaspilea. Sp. 3-many-septate, colourless or brown. On trees, rocks, etc 11 . Sp. muriform, colourless. On trees Graphina. 11. Ap. superficial. Paraphyses with transverse connections. Sp. colourless, 3-man3^-se2)- tate (^) Opegrapha. Ap. immersed. Paraphj'ses vertically paral- lel without transverse connections. Sp, colourless or brown, S-man^r-septate 12. 12. Sp. colourless (h), 7-many-se23tate. Disc of ap. usu. narrow Graphis. Sp. brown (h), 5-8-septate. Disc, of ap. usu. 4:dilated. Para2)li3'ses usu. less dis- tinctly shown Phaeographis. THE DETER. \rTXATT0T7 OF LTCIIEXS IN TTTE FIELD 19 13. Ap. witli dark margin, longl)^ elliptical, form- ing little labyrinths of dark lines. Para- physes unbranclied. On wood Glyphis. Ap. immai-ginate, often oblong or elliptical. Paraph} ses branched. On wood or rock... 14. 14. Hypothecium thick and black. Sp. colour- less, 2-many-septate. Th. not limited by a black line Chiodecton. Hypothecium colourless or with a thin black line below. Th. often limited by a black line. Sp. colourless or brown 15. 15. Sp. colourless, 5-13-septate, 25-40 x 3-5 /x. Ap. minute. On trees or rocks Enterographa. Sp. dark brown, 4-7-septate, 20-25 x 5 /x. Ap. small. On rocks Sclerophy ton. (a) When the thecia are minute and little elongated they may be confused with perithecia. (h) The ap. are minute and crowded together in specialized por- tions of the th., which are not always wart-like. (c) Some plants belonging to Opef/rcqjJia and Arthonia have the ap, crowded, but not on specialized portions of the th. (. Algal cells blue-green, lli. with fertile tu- bercles, each containing 8-50 perithecia. On turfy ground Lophothelium. Algal cells orange or green. Th. often absent or almost so. On trees 17. 17. Perithecial walls distinct. Algal cells Trentepolilia 18. Perithecial walls wanting or imperfect. Algal cells Tren tepoli lia or FalmeUa 19. 18. Perithecia minute. Paraj^hyses confused or indistinct. Sp. 1-3-septate Melanotheca. Perithecia larger. Paraphyses unbranched, free. Sp. 1-5-septate and also muriform . Anthracothecium 19. Algal cells PalmelJa, Sp. 3-5-septate and slightly muriform Mycoporum. M^dlceW^ Trentejwhlia. Sp. 1-3-septate... Mycoporellum. (a) Some Graphidinese (Table G) with minute thecia may be confused with this group. Spermogonial conditions of other lichens have been described as species of Verrncaria. A number of plants which are now considered to be fungi were at first described as species of genera belonging to Pyrenodine^. _ (i) Occasionally the perithecia are in small groups, but not really joined together (e.g., Artlwpijrenia i^jrenasireUa). (c) Thelidium sparsuhim, Poh/blastia siihviridicans, Arfho- pyrenia arenicola, and A. halodytes also have been described a.s containing blue-green algal cells. {d) As in Graphidinese the th. is often developed beneath the bark. {e) Some species of Artliopyrenia {e.g., A. falhix) have the pamphyses distinct and may be mistaken for species of Porina, but the asci of the latter are more elongate. ^ (/) The spores sometimes become brownish when old, may be /-septate in A. pJatyreiiia and ^. cldorococca, 2i\\(\. are (i times as long as broad in A. taijlori. A. cerasi has ±elliptical perithecia. {(/) L. epidermidis is usu. considered to be a fungus. (70 A fungus. D. pidposi is sometimes present on CoUema pulposum, and other species are occasionally found on other members of Collemacea?. (/) A doubtful lichen. c3 22 THE DETEimiXATIOX OF LICHEXS IX THE FIELD I. TlIALLL'S CliUSTACEOrS, GRAXULAE, OR T^-AXTIXG. APOTHECIUM AVITHOUT THALLIXE ZVEARGIX (a). ASCUS 8-SPORED. 1. Algal cells reddish or 3'ellow (Trentejjohlia). Sp. septate, colourless 2. Algal cells green. Sp. various 1. 2. Ap. dark, often somewhat irregularl}'- roundish 3. Ap. brightly coloured, cup-shaped, the proper margin well-developed and usu. paler Gyalecta. 3. Ap. with a proper margin, often pruinose ... Lecanactis. Ap. without a proper margin (a pseudo- thalline margin is sometimes jn'esent), not pruinose Platygrapha (b). 4. Sp. colourless and simple Lecidea (c). Sp. colourless (or nearly so) and septate 5. Sp. brown or dark, septate 7. 5. Aseus containing 8 (sometimes fewer) spores. 6. Ascus containing only 1 large spore, occa- sionally somewhat brownish S. times as long as broad Biatorina (- Th. without a colour reaction with C 17. 15. Th. greenish or dark verdigris-green. (Also some varieties of L. jmrasema. ) Lecidea flexuosa. Th. sulphur-coloured to greenish-vellow, usu. pulverulent and effuse ."^ Lecanora expallens (c). 16. Th. sulphur-coloured, thickish, verrucose, oft«n ±sorediate, K -\- vellow Lecidea protrusa (d). Th. yellowish-green, smoothish, K- ... Buellia verruculosa (e). 17. Th. without a colour-reaction with K. On rocks 1^- Th. without a colour-reaction Avith K. On trees 1^^- Th. with a yellow (sometimes turning red) reaction with K 20. 18. Th. of small egg-yellow granules Candelariella vitellina. THE DETEllMT]SrATIO:^r OF LICIT E\S IN THE FIELD 25 Thalline granules large (almost sqiianiules), bright greenish-yellow with citrine soredia. Lecanora epanora. Th. a citrine-yeilow or yellowish-green powder ". Lecidea lucida. Sterile plants without such characters not usu. determinable (y). 19. Th. of small egg-yellow granules Candelariella vitellina. Th. of an eif use greenish-yellow powder. Calicium hyperellum (y). Sterile plants Avithout such characters not usually determinable (h). 20. On trees or pales. Th. yellowish-green (often pale), K+ yellow 21. On rocks. Th. K-f yellow, at length orange- red. Kare plants -. 22. On ground. Th. greenish (K+ yellow). Icmadophila aeruginosa. 21. Th.;usu. pale and very powdeiy (L. symmic- tera is similar and also a fairly common plaut) Lecanora conizaea. Th. forming a more continuous crust Lecanora varia. 22. Very rare alpine plant with bright yellow th. Buellia alpicola. Th. yellowish -white, thin, cracked areolate, smooth. (Also see Lecidea lacfea.) ... Leranora subcarnea. 23. On ground, often encrusting decaying mosses or other vegetative debris 24. On trees or old wood 28. On rocks 33. 24. Th. having a reddish coloration with C. Frequent 25. Th. without a reddish coloration with C. On ground. Common 27. 25. Medulla blue with I. Th. greyish K — , on mosses or lichens Diploschistes bryophilus. Medulla not blue with I. Th. K+ yellowish. 26. 26. Usu. on peaty ground. Th. usu. whitish, granulate or ix)wdery Lecidea granulosa. Usu. encrusting mosses. Th. usu. grey or darker, granulate or powdery Bilimbia lignaria. Usu. encrusting mosses. Th. greyish and + spinulose or verrucose Lecanora tartarea ( /) . 27. Th. of greyish (or greenish) minute granules, K-f yellow Baeomyces rufus. Th. of small pinkish (or whitish) granules, K + faint yellow B. roseus. Th. of dark minute granules, K — . Common on peaty ground Lecidea uliginosa. Sterile plants without such characters usu. not determinable. 28. Th. reddish or orange with C 29. Th. not reddish or orange with C 31. 26 THE DETERMTlSrATTOX OF LICHENS IN THE FIELD 29. Algal cells Trentepolilia. Th. wliitisb, effuse, + P^^'^®^'^^^^"^ ^"^ pruinose, K4- yellow C + rose Arthonia pruinata. Algal cells green 80. 30. Common plant with whitish th. (K+ 3"ellow) of veiTucose granules, the aj^ices of which become red with C Lecanora tartarea. Infrequent plant with whitish, determinate, smoothish th. K— C + red Pertusaria velata. Infrequent plant with greyish, minutely squamulose th. K+ yellow C+ orange- yellow Bilimbia caradocensis. 31. Th. with a purplish or violet coloration with K. {Aho see Huiodiiia colobina.) Callopisma. Th. without a purplish or violet coloration withK 32. 32. Th. whitish, with algal cells of Trentepohlia, and having whitish-grey globoid spermo- gones with large spermatia (12-16 x 3-4 ix) Lecanactis abietina. Th. whitish or pale yellow (algal cells green), and having large black spermogones with small (2-3 X 1 /^ ) spermatia Biatorina granifor mis. Sterile plants without such characters usu. not determinable. 33. Th. having a reddish coloration with C 31. Th. not having a reddish coloration with C . 41. 34. Algal cells Trentepohlia. Kare. Dirina repanda. [Also see Lecanactis (4-5) and Opegrapha grumulosa.~\ Algal cells green 35. 35. Medulla blue with iodine. Th. whitish or greyish K— Diploschistes (1 & 4). Medulla not blue with iodine 36. 36. Th. copper- or chestnut-coloured, determinate, areolate K— Lecidea fuscoatra. Th. whitish or greyish (sometimes + green- ish ) or brownish 37. 37. Th. whitish with reddish cephalodia K— or faint Lecidea panaeola {j). Th. without cephalodia (superficial granules with blue-green alga^) 38. 38. Th. yellow with K 39. Th. having a negative or only a faint colora- tion with K 40. 39. Th. whitish, thickish, granular-areolate ...... Lecidea latypea. Th. whitish, granulate-verrucose, the apices of the verrucas becoming red with C. {Rinodina atrocinerea and Lecanora suh- radiosa also occur, on . rocks and become yellow with K and reddish with C.) Lecanora tartarea. THE DETERMT?fATTON OF LICHENS IN THE FIELD 27 ■10. Tb. determinate, smooth, greyish or whitish, subeffigiirate at the circumference Pertusaria lactea. Th. thin, effuse. (Also see L. prcerimata and L. illita.) Lecidea coarctata. Th. thick, white, pulverulent. On calcareous rocks Diploschistes candidus. •il. Th. (C — ) having a colour-reaction with iodine 42. Th. (C— ) not having a colour-reaction with iodine 45. 42. Th. greyish, areolate, K4- yellowish, then red ; medulla bluish with iodine. On alpine mica-schist Aspicilia alpina. Th. K — , or only yellowing the medulla 43. 43. Th. subdeterminate, usu. of dark areohe ; medulla reddish with iodine and yellowish with K \ Lecidea griseoatra. Th. whitish or greyish K — . Medulla vio- let or dark violet with iodine. (Also see L. prom/'nescrns) L. conflueiis. Th. K-. Medulla bluish with I 44. 44. Th. and hypothallus whitish. Frequent L. cinerasceiis. Th. and hypothallus dark. Rare. L. tenebrans and L. atrofuscescens. 45. Th. crimson or purplish with K Callopisma. Th. not crimson or purplish with K, though occasionally a reddish coloration comes after some time 4(3. 46. Th. Avitli cephalodia (containing blue-green algse) Lecidea consentiens. Th. without cephalodia 47. 47. Th. grey or dark (K— ) with a dark fimbriate marginal hypothallus. (Also see Rino- dina umhrinofusca and Lecanora prcepos- tera.) Rhizocarpon confervoides. Th. shining (as if oiled) dark, granulate- areolate, K— Lecanora badia. Th. greyish K+ yellow, then rusty-red Aspicilia cinerea. Sterile plants not having such characters are usu. not determinable. («) Only a few lichens can be determined by this key, which only gives rare lichens when they have fairly definite vegetative characters. In some cases the plants included here are scarcely likely to be found without reproductive organs. In some other cases the reproductive organs are rarely found. {h) Clicenotheca centginosa is somewhat similar, but has a more powdery th. and is a much rarer plant. (c) Lecanora symmicta is similar, but has a more determinate th, Lecidea quemea usu. has a moi'e orange or brownish tint. L. dubia, L. sporadiza, and varieties of L. parasema are usu. in smaller patches. 28 THE DETERMINATIOlSr OF LICHENS IN THE FIELD (d) The rare plants Lecanora fugiens^ Bacidia carneoalhens, and Buellia mxorum also have yellowish thalli, becoming reddish with C and yellow with K. (e) The very rare plant Lecidea callicarpa also has a yellowish th. K-, C at length reddish. {f) Lecanora sidfliurea and L. polytropa are common plants, but are scarcely determinable without ap. (y) Glicenotlieca chrysocepliala is more granulate and is com- j^aratively rare. (Ji) Mostly rare plants. Lejpraria flava is a name which has been given to a j^ellow sterile th. (?) The rare plants JLecano^^a geminipara, Pertiisaria hryontha, and Lecidia arctica are usu. papillose or sorediate, and therefore have already been given in the key. {j) The reddish coloration is faint with C alone, but is definite when the th. is treated previousl}^ with K. Additional Notes. Insert in (^) on p. 7. — In some cases the names given in the Monograph are used, for convenience of reference, though other views as to nomenclature may be held. Insert in (?/) on p. 8. — Soralia are present in Tormelia mougeotii., P. amhigiia, P. duhia, and P. reddenda. In Bhyscia grisea the margin of the thallus is sorediate. Insert in (r/) on p. 15. — The ascus usu. contains 8 spores, but 16 may be present in C. cerinellum. The spores ma^^ be +polarilocular in Candelariella vitellina, the ascus of which usu. contains 16 or more sjDores. Some Lecanoras — e. g., L. gangaleoides, L. friisfulosa, L. argo- 2^1iolis — may have a similar subsquamulose appearance to Flacolecania (see 60, p. 7), but the spores are simple. The three examples given have a yellow coloration with K. Owing to the high cost of printing, the publication of this Key has been delayed for over two years. I iN 1) E X. For Classified Articles, see — Journals ; Obituary ; Reviews. New genera, species, and varieties pichlished in this volume, as well as new names, are distinguished by an asterisk. Acantliambrosia, 37(5. Acharijar, R. B. K. E., ' South Indi Grasses' (rev.), 62. Acliroomyces carpineus,''^ 170. ^senilis, 1S9, 212. African Unibelliferre, 118. Aloliemilla filicaulis, 165, 219 ; glouie- rulaus, 163; pastoralis, 165; vul- garis, 165. Almquist, E.. I.innean species, 292. AiDber, Moss in, 149. Aniphorula'*' saclialinensis,'"*' 82. Angiosperms, Sjsteuiaty of, 88. Annesorliiza Gossweileri,* 120. Antithamiiionella,* 346; sarniensis,* 348; ternitolia,* 350; verlicillata,'^ 349. Araujia sericifera, 311. Armitage, E., Elm Flowering, 141. Ascochyta, 46; ribesia, 15; Sonclii,* 48. Aspergillus clavatus, 174. Asteronia, 46. Astragalus norvegicus, 271. Australian Orchids, 190. Babington's 'Manual,' ed. 10 (rev.), 240. Baker, E. G., Engler's ' Pflanzenwelt Afrikas' (rev.), 304. Banks's Correspondence, 23. Barnhart, J. H., Plant Nonienclature, 256, 300. ' Basidiomyceta% British,' (rev.), 307. Batten, L., Abnormal Primrose, 239. Beccari (0.) on Coryphere, 30; on Pritchardia, 32. Beddomiella* funarioides,* 104. Bennett, A., Potamogetou sudernianicus, bb ; Tilltea aqnatica, 56. Bibliographical Notes, 177, 267, 334. Bignonia, Type-species of, 236, 363. Bihar, Botany of, 27. Birch in Epping Forest, 310. Blake, S. F., The name Wikstroemia, 52; Bligh, Captain, 23: his 'Second Voy- age' (rev.), 22. Blomeiield's ' Naturalist's Calendar,' 278. Bornean Plants (rev.), 50. Bottomley, W. G.,t 1.57. Botanical Exchange Club Report, 375. Botanists, Little-known, 336. Bothalia, 31. Boulger, G. S.,t 232. Briquet's ' E. Burnat' (rev.), 275. Brachythecium decurvans, 286. British Flora, Elements of, 26 ; Grasses, 95. Bi-itish Mycological Society, 28, 96, 159, 373. Britten, James, Calla pahistris, 21 ' Bligh's Second Voyage ' (rev.), 22 ' Index Kewensis,' 1911-15 (rev.), 25 Merrill's Bornean Plants (rev.), 59 'Edible Plants' (rev.), 91; F. A. Lees,t 97 ; E. A. Woodrufre-Peacock,t 161 ; E. Brown and 'Monthly Mag- azine,' 177; E. S. Gepp,t 193; Barman's Indian Phmts (rtv.), 210 ; G. S. Boulger.t 232 ; Hudson's Bay Collector, 239; Babington's ' Manual,' ed. 10 (rev), 240; Salt's' Call of Wildilower' (rev.), 243; William Carruthers,t 249; G. F. Hose, 1272; 'Emile Burnat' (rev.), 275); Henrietta Cerf. 295 ; 'Naturalisation in N. Zealand' (rev.), 301; Ehrhart and his Exsiccata^ 318 ; Little-known Botanists, 336 ; Botany at James INDEX Allen's School (rev.), 330; 'Shake- speare's Garden ' (rev.), 339 ; Vicia Dennesiana, 364. Britten, C. E., CalJa paliistris, 57. Brown (N. E.) on Mesenibryanthemum, 29, 2S0. Brown, R., and ' Monthly Magazine,' 177. Bucknall, Cedrict (portr.), 65. Bullock-Webster, G. R., Charophytes, 148. Burman's Indian Plants (rev.), 210. Burnat, E., 275. Burtt-Davy on Salix in S. Africa, 30 ; on Dianthus, 213. Butcher, E,. W., Tilltea aquatica, 18. Calendula, Mouogi-aph of (rev.), 184. California, Boreal Flora of (rev.), 90. Calla palustris, 21, 57. Cambridge Garden, Guide to (rev.), 369. Camus's ' leonographie ' (rev,), 124. Canadian Arctic Expedition, 29. Carex forms, 12. Carruthers, W.f (portr.), 249. Carum angolense,* 118. Catalogue of Scientiflc Books (rev.), 58. Cavillier's E. Burnat (rev.), 275. Cephalanthera, 157; gran di flora, 360 ; rubra, 360. Cerastium hirsutum, 56 ; notes on, 74 ; pumilum, 273. Cercosporella Oxalidis,* 175. Cerf, Henrietta, 297. Chamabryum* pottioides,* 106. Charlesworth's ' Orchids,' 95. Charophytes, Notes on, 148. Cheiranthus Cheiri, 64, 95. Chionoloma* induratum,* 102. Chorda, 191. Christy, M., on Primula, 31 ; Flowering of Elms, 36; An Early Hudson's Bay Collector, 336. Church's 'Botanical Memoirs' (rev.) 88 ; his ' Phasophycea^ ' (rev.) 122. Cintractia subinclusa, 1G8. Cirsium tuberosum, 21. Cladosporium Aphidis, 175. Clarke's (L. J.) James Allen's School Garden (rev.), 338. Cleyera, 362. Clypeola aspera,^ 269 Coleosporium Narcissi,* 121. Coniothyrium, 46. Cosmarium ijeve, 127. Cotylonia,* 166; bracteata,* 167. Crvptnsporium hvpodermium var. Silphii,* 147 ; Tami,* 147. Ctenomyces serratus, 170. Cundall, F., Anthony Eobinson, 49. Cyclolejeunea convexistipa, 220 ; peru- viana, 221. Cyrtopus setosus, 290. Cyperacese, S. African, 248. Cytospora, 45-6 ; Hyperici,* 45. Dandelion invasion, 275. Darluca, 48. ' Das Pflanzenreich,' 126. Delesseria quercifolia, 247. Delf (E. M.) on Macrocystis, 92. Dendrobium caninum, 274. DeudrophoMia pleurospora, 17. Dianthus, S. African, 213, 343. Didymella Cortadenite,* 172; cul- migena, 172. Didymodon recurvus, 283. Diels's Law, 374. Dixon's (H. H.) ' Plant Biology ' (rev.), 276. Dixon, H. N., Rhacopilopsi-s trinitensis, 86; New Genera of Mosses (t. 564), 101 ; Moss in Amber, 149; Miscel- lanea Bryologica, 281. Doassansia Limosellte, 169. Doxantha, 238. Drepanolejeunea campanulata, 222 ; in- choata, 223. Duby's ' Choix de Cryptogames,' 284. Duthie, J. F.,t 151. Dyscritothamnus, 375. 'Edible Plants ' (rev.), 91. Edinburgh Bot. Garden, 127, 159. Elisia, 19. Elms, Flowering of, 36, 141. Engler's ' Die Pflauzenwelt Afrikas ' (rev.), 304. Epilobium angustissimum, 268. Epipactis leptochila, 364. Erica vagans var. keverneusis, 277. Eroteum, 362. INDEX Erysiinmu liybridmn, 270. Euphrasia coufusa, 1, 5; /3 albida,* 2: stricta, 3. Evans, A. II., Cirsium tuborosmn, 21. Falkland Islands plants, 28. Fawcett, W. Anthony Robinson, 52; W. Wrii,dit, 330; Jamaica Plants, 361. Ferns, Distribution of, 206. Fertilisation of Orchids, 95, 359. Fissidens Zippelianus, 284. - Forestry, Schlich's Manual of, 311. Fraxiuus excelsior, 372. Freziera, 362. Fritsch, F. E., 'Chemistry of Plant Products ' (rev.), 370; his ' Botany ' (rev.), 60. Fungi, New or Noteworthy, 14, 42, 81, 142, 167 (t. 563). Galiere, Floral Variation in, 230. . Gamble, J. S,, ' Systeniaty of Indian Trees' (rev.), 89; J. F. Duthie.t 151. Garth, Richard, 367. Gatin on Monocotyledons, 63. Genista anglica var. subinermis, 201. Gepp, A., Church's ' Phajophycese (rev.), 122. Gepp, E. S.t, 193. Gilbert-Carter's ' Guide to Cambridge Gardens ' (rev.), 369. GloGOsporium Diervillaj,* 145. Giycydendron, 312. Godfery, M. J., on Cephalanthera, 157; Epipaotis leptochila, 364 ; Ophrys apifera, 364 ; neocamusii,"' 58 ; Or- chid fertilisation, 95, 359. Good, R. D'O., appointed to Bot. Dept., 376. Goodyer, John, 365. Grammatopteris, 278. ' Grasses, British,' 95. Gray, S. F., 178. Greenland, Flora of, 125. GriflUhs. B. M., Spergula & Plantngo, 218. Grove, W. B., New or Noteworthy Fungi, 14, 42, 8], 142, 167 (t. 563)'; Coelosporium Narcissi,* 121. Groves, J., Nitellopsis obtusa, 54 ; Fossil Charophyta, 62 ; Comma in Nomenclature, 337 ; Tolypella his- panica, 337. Gunther's (R. T.) ' Early British Botan- ists ' (rev.), 365. Gurnoy (R.) on Utricuhiria, 28. Gwynne-Vaughan's (H.) ' Fungi ' (rev.), 153. Haas & Hill's 'Chemistry of Plant Products' (rev.), 370. Hadrotrichum virescens, 17v). Hagstrom, J. 0.,t 312. Haines's ' Botany of Bihar,' 27. Hall, T. B., 279. Hallieracantha Gibbsice,* 358 ; Halli- eri,* 358 ; maxima,* 358. Harley, John,t 94. Heliotropium hirsutissimum, 268. Hendersonia vagans, var. Corni,* 81. Hepaticae, Spitzbergen, 327 ; West Indian, 217. Herberta Armitage£B,* 224. Hieracium pulmonarioides, 55. Hill, A. W., on Cameroons, 27. Hitchcock, A. S., Nomenclature, 111, 316 ; Hawaii Grasses, 279. Holt, G. A.,t 207. Hooker's * Icones Plantarum,' 248. Hose, G. F.,t 272. How, William, 367. Hudson's Bay Collector, 239, 336. Hutchins, T., 336. 'Index Kewensis' 1911-15 (rev.), 25. ' Indian Grasses ' (rev.), 62 ; * Trees ' (rev.), 89. Inula helvetica, 272. Isotheca, 312. Jacqueshuberia, 312. Jackson, A. B., Schlich's ' Manual of Forestry,' 311. Jackson, B. D., Thomas Nuttall, 57; Two Catalogues, 334. Jan May en Island, 93. Johnson, Thomas, 366. Journals, etc., Articles in: — Annals of Botany, 191, 311. Ann. Bot. Peradeniya, 94. TXDEX JounxAi-s, ETC., Articles in (conf.):— Ann. Bolus Herb., 63, 375. Ann. di Bofanica, 192, 278. Ann. Jard. Buitonzorg, 273. Ann. Mycologici, 64. Ann. S.uences Nat., 63, 160. Archiv. Jard. Bot. Rio, 312. Botanical Gazette, 31. Bot. Mag. (Tokio), 64, 216. Bull. Bot. Soc. Geneve, 214. Bull. Soc. Mycol. Fr., 215. Bull. Torrey Club, 374. Contrib. Gray Herb., 312, 341, 375. , Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb., 342, 243. ' Dansk. Bot. Arkiv., 160. Empire Forestry, 159. Essex Naturali=>t 160, 310. Flowering PI. S. Africn, 94, 279, 376. Gardeners' Chronicle, 63, 192, 280, 376. Journ. Arnold Arboretum, 215. ; Journ. Bot. Soc. S. Afr., 31, 248. | Journ. Dept. Agric. S. Afr., 246, 311. 376. j Journ. Ecology, 128, 277. I Journ. Indian Bot., 216. Journ. Linn. Soc, 157, 247, 344. Journ. R. Hort. Soc, 344. Kevv Bulletin, 32, 128, 245, 277, 312, 343, 376. La Nature, 375. Lancashire & dies. Nat.. 160. London Naturalist, 279. Malphigia, 312. Mem. Soc Geol. Belg., 280. Mycologia, 216. 344. Naturalist, 64. New Phytologist, 64, 158, 192, 216. North American Flora, 376. Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb., 32. Notes Trin. Coll. Dublin, 1.59. Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital., 192. Orchid Review, 95, 160,245, 280,312. Phytopathology, 344. Proc I. Wight N. n. S., 94. Proc R. Soc, Queensland, 343. Q. Journ. Geol. Soc, 62. Records Bot. Surv. India, 95, 159, .280. Rev. Applied Mycology, 156. Rhodora, 340. Science Progress, 1 58, 342. Torreya, 374. Trans. Bot. Soc Edinb.. 192. Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc, 32, .341. Trans. R. Hist. Soc. 160. Trans. S.E. Union, .374. Webbia, 30. Zeitschr, fiir Botanik, 191. Juan Fernandez Phanerogams, 280, Juncus compressu.^, 122 ; conglomera- tus, 239. Justicia lancifolia,* 358; roseo-punc- tata,* 358. Kalm, P., N. American plants. .334. Kew, changes at, 96, 127. Kirk, Sir John,t 96, 245. La Serre, V. de. Catalogue, 335. Lacaita, C. C, Cerastium hirsutum, 56 ; Lanza's Calendula (rev.), 184. Laminaria, 191. Lanza's Monograph of Calendula, 184. Laplacea, 363. Lathyrus strictus, 270. Law's ' Siiakespeare's Garden ' (rev.), 339. Leclere's ' Precis de Phvtotlierapie,' 247. LeOointea, 312. Lee's (I.) Bligh's Second Voyage (rev.), 22. Lee's ' Muscineae of Wii-ral,' 159. Lees, F. A.t (portr.), 97. Leptospha^ria clivensis, 173; Phoruiii, 173. Leptostromella Polypodii,* 144 ; pteri- dhia, 143. Leptothyrium macrotheciuni, 8.t ; uie- laleucum,* ^i) ; Osiuanthi,* 142 ; Phorinii, l.")3. i Limodorum abortivuni, 361. Lindleya, 363. I Lionean Society, 92, 125, 189-91,212' ; 372. I Linuean Species in our days, 292. Little, J. E., Herts Willows, 79; Jun- ; CU9 conglomeratus, 2.39. I Lyle, Lilian, Antithamnionella, 348. INDEX Lynch, R. T., Plants and Time, 120. Lyte, Henry, 190. I\racintosh, C.,t 188. Macrocystis, 92. Magrou's ' Maladies parasitaires' (rev.), 310. Maiden's ' Eucalyptus,' 374. Margyracaiua, 280. Marssonia Sambuci, 1G7 ; Secalis, 163. Matthews, J R., on British Flora, 26. Matthews's (W. 11.) ' Mazes and Laby- rinths,' 373. ' Mazes and Labyrinths,' 373. Meristic Floral Variation in Galiese, 230; in Papaver dubiuin, 299. Merrill, E. D., his Bornean Plants (rev.), 59 ; Burman's ' Flora Indica ' (rev.), 210. Metzgeria Armitagetie,* 227. Microthamnium, 281. Mills, W. H., Cirsinni tuberosum, 21. Miscellanea Bryologica, 281. 'Monthly Magazine,' 178. Moore, Sir F., 21.5. Moore, Spencer le M,, Ptyssiglottis, 355. Mori's Oorean Flora, 277. Moss Exchange Club Report, 246. Moss in Amber, 149. Mosses, new Genera of, 101 ; of Wirral, 159, Miidaliyar, C. T., his ' Indian Grasses ' (rev.), 62. Muklierjee on Soma Plant, 248. Myrioconium Scirjii, 140. M^^xosporium incarnatum, 145 ; sticti- cum, 146. Nanobryum^ Diinimeri,* 101. New Caledonia Palms, 30. New Zealand, Naturalisation in, 301. Nicholson, W. E., Southbya nigrella, 67. Nicolle's * Maladies parasilaires ' (rev.), 310. Nitella lepto^actyla, 344. Nitellopsis obtusa, 54. Nomenclature, 32, 69, 111, 129, 196 256, 300, 313. Norman, C, Now African Umb(3Uifer;G, 118; Cotylouia,* 166. Nova Scotia Expedition, 311. Nuttall, Thomas, 57. OlHTUAIlV : — Boulger, G. S., 232. Bottomley, W. G., 157. Bucknall, C, 65. Oarruthers, W., 249. Duthie, J. F., 151. Gepp, K. S., 193. [lagstrom, J. O., 312. riarlev, J:, 94. Holt, G. A., 207. Hose, G. F., 272. Kirk, Sir John, 93, 245. Lees, F. A., 97. Macintosh, C, 188. Pritchard, H. V. II., 214. Vaughan, John, 243. Woodruffe-Peacock, E. A., 161. Odontoleieunca Armitagepe,* 217 ; lunu- lata, 2i7. O^dipodiella^ australis,"'^ 105. Oenothera, Gates on, 125. Ophioglossum vulgatum, 301. Ophrys ajiifera, 359, 364; arachniti- forniis, 359 ; n'eooamusii,* 58. Orchids, Camus's Iconographia of (rev.), 124 ; Fertilisation of, 95, 359. Orchis elodes, 337; lactea, 360; lati- folia, 372 : purpurella hybrids (tt. 561-2), 33. Orites excelsa, 92. Orthodontium gracile var. heterocarpa,* 140. Orthotrichum leptocarpum, 285. Otidea violacea, 174. Oudeman's ' Enunieratio Fungoruun,' 60, 96. Palms of New Caledonia, 30. Papaver dubium, Meristic variation in, 299. Papuan Plants, 343. Parachimarrhis, 312. Parasorus, 278. Parkinson, John, 367. Paulson on Epping Forest, 310. Pearson, W. IL, G. A. Holt,!' 207; West Indian Ilepaticie, 217, Peltaria aspera, 269. Pembrokeshire, Proposed Flora of, 64. IXDEX PtMiuell, F. W., Nomenclature, 112. Pouzitf's ' Pllauzan-teratologie ' (rev.), 371. Pereival's (J.) 'Wheat Plant' (rev.), 186. Peucedanuiu Gossweileri,* 120. Phfeaphvceae, Organisation of, 122. Plioma enclorhodia, 17. Phomatospora Spluerulina, 172. Phomopsis, 43-4 ; Gan-yag,* 43 : Hy- perici,^43 ; miniiscula,* 44; Oleariaj. 44. Phyllosticta, 14-17; Asperal;^,* 14. Physoomitrellopsis * africana,* 107. Pimpinella robusta,* 119. Placospba^ria Ulmi,* 42. Plagiochila barbaclensis, 22S ; M^g- dalena, 225. Plant-names, Englisb, 01. Plants and Time, 120. Plantago, Growtb Experiments on, 229. Pollination of Primrose, 31, 344 ; of Spring Flowers, 203. Polypodium virginianum & vulgare, 340. Potamogeton sudermanicus, 55, Potato Conference Report (rev.), 187. Praeger on Seduras, 32. Pritcbard, H. V. H.,t 214. Primrose, Abnormal, 238 ; Pollination of, 31,344. Psammina Bommeriii3, 168. Ptyssiglottis, 355 ; bantamensis,* 357 ; collina,* 356; debilis,* 356; dicbo- toma,* 356 ; leptostacbya, *357 ; obo- vata,* 356 ; subcordata,* 356 ; ternii- nalis,'*356; tonkinensis,* 357; vir- gata,* 357 ; Zollingerii,* 357. I^uccinia gramiuis, 215. Pugsley, n. W,, Britisb Euphrasia?, Hieracium pulmonarioides, 55; Gen- ista anglica var. subinerniis, 261 ; Opbioglossum vulgatum, 301. Pustularia Oatinus, 174, Pycnotliyrium gentianicolum,* 14. Ramularia Doronici,* 175, Ranunculus Lingua, 239. Rea's 'Britisb Basidiomyceta) '' (rey.\ 307. Reudle, A. B., Cburch's ' Systematy of Angiosperms ' (rev.\ 88 ; Pereival's ' Wheat Plant ' (rev.), 186 ; Dixon's ' Plant Biology ' (rev.), 276 ; Willis's ' Age and Area' (rev.), 303 ; Jamaica Plants, 331 ; Penzig's ' Plliuzeu-tera- tologie (rev.), 371. Ramsbottom, J., 'Fungi' (rev.), 153; Potato Conference R3j)ort (rev.), 187; C. Macintosh, t 18S ; on Orchid seeds, "245; '[British Basidiomycetae ' (rev.), 307 ; ' Maladies parasitaires ' (rev.), 310. Reviews : — Captain Bligh's Second Voyage, Ida Lee, 22. Index Kewensis, 25. Catalogue of Scientific Books, 58, Bornean Plants, E, D. Merrill, 59, Botany for Students, P. E. Fritsch & E. J. Salisbury, 60. South Ijidian Grasses, 62. Oxford Bot. Memoirs, A. II. Church, 83, Boreal Flora of Sierra Nevada, California, F. J. Smiley, 90. Edible Plants, E. L, Sturtevant, 91. Organisation ot PiireophyceaJ, A. H, Church, 122. Iconograpbie des Orcbidees, E. C, Camus, 124. Fungi, U, Gwjnne-Vaughan, 153, Calendula, D, Lanza, 184, Wheat Plant, J. Percival, 186, International Potato Conference, 187, Plants of Burman's ' Flora Indica,' E. D, Merrill, 210, Babington's ' Manual,' ed. 10, A. J. Wilmott, 240. Call of the Wildflower, K. S. Salt, 243. Emile Burnat, Briquet & Cavillier , 275, Plant Biology, II. II. Dixon, 276. Naturalisation in New Zealand, G. M. Thomson, 301. Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas, A, Engler, 304. Age and Area, J. C. Willis, 306. British Baaidiomyeetne, C. Rea, 307. Maladies parasitaires, M. Nicolle, 310. Botany of Allen's School, L. J. Clarke. 338. I^'DEX Revikws (conL) '. — I Shakespeare's Garden, E. Law, 330. i Deteniiination oi" Lichens, W. Wal- j son, 3^0. • i Early British Botanists, R. T. Gun- j ther, 355. Guide CO Cambridge Garden, IL Gilbert-Carter, 313*J. j Chemistry of Phmt Products, Haas : &lJill,'370. I Pilanzen-teratologie, O. Penzig, 37L Eliacopilopsis trinitensis, 86. Ribes glandulosum, 268. Piddelsdell, H. J,, Ranunculus Lingua, 239. Ridley, H. N., Sandoricum & Dendro- i bium, 273. Riley, L. A. M., Meristic Floral Yaria tion in Galiere, 239. Rilstoiie, F., Cornish Sphagna, 263. Robinson, Anthony, 49. Robson, E. & S., 278. Roodia, 376. Roper, Ida M., Viola Riviniana, 55. Rosaria, 247, SafFord, W. E., Elisia, 19. Salix in S. Africa, 30 ; Herts species, I 78. j Salmon, C. E., Juncus compressus, 122 ; Cerastiuni puniilum, 273 ; Statice anfracta,* (t. 565), 345. Salt's (H. S.) 'Call of the Wildflower' 1 (rev.), 243. I Salisbury, Lord, as Botanist, 28. i Salisbury's (E. J.) ' Botany for Students' (rev.), 62. Salusbury, John and William, 368. Sandoricum koetjape, 273. Scblich's ' Manual of forestry,' 311. Selinum angolense,* 119. Senecio squalidus, 274, 344. Septomyxa salicis,* 147. Septoria, 83 ; Jasiones,* 83 ; polaris var. scotica,* 83 ; Polypodii,* 84. Setchell's papers on Alga^ 245. Seward, on Fern Distribution, 206. Sison Ammi, 212. Skottsberg on Delesseria, 247. Siuiley's ' Flora of Sierra Nevada, Cali- fornia ' (rev.), 90. Smith, Chrislojiiier, 24. Snowdon, Planting on, 57. Soma Plant, The, 248. Southbya nigrella, 67. Spergula Growth, Experiments on, 228. Sphagna, Cornish, 263. Spitsbergen Liverworts, 327. Sporodesuiium myrianum, 176. Sprague, T. A., Ulex GalJii, 6; No- menclature, 32, 69, 129,313; Wik- stroemia, 53 ; on Sisou Ammi, 212; Bignonia, 236, 363; Grauer's 'De- curia,' 267 ; Papaver dubium, 299 ; Floral Vai'iat ion in Veronica persica, 351 ; on Fraxinus excelsior. Statice anfracta* (t. 565), 345. Staurastrum Dickiei, 189. Stephenson, T. & T. A., Orchis purpu- rella, 33 ; elodes, 337 ; Camus's ' Ico- uograpbie ' (rev.), 124. Sturtevant's ' Notes on Edible Plants ' (rev.), 91. Swartz's ' Icones,' 361. Syrrhopodon rufescens, 287. Tarns, W. H. T., Pollination of Sirring Flowers, 203. Ternstroemia calycina,* 363. Thompson, H. S., Carex Forms, 12 : Abundance of Blossom, 209 ; Vicia bithynica, 209. Thomson's 'Naturalisation in New Zealand ' (rev.), 301. Thymus hirtus, 269. Thyeanomitrium Richardii, 287. Tillaa aquatica, 18, 66. TiUetia Holci, 169. Tolypella hispanica, 337. Travis's ' Muscineaj of Wirral,' 159. Trelease's * Decorative Gardening,' 246. Trullula Silphii,* 146. Turner on Siaurastruni, 189. Ulex Gallii, 6. Ulmus, Flowering times of, 36, 141. Umbelliiei'a?, New African, 118. L^tricularia, 28. Vallentin's ' Falkland Islands,' 27. Valsa germanica, 171. INDEX. Variation, Mevis^tic, in Galie.T, 230; in Piipaver clubiiiiii, 299; in Veronica persica, 551. Vancouver, Plants of, 29. Vang) 1 an, John,t 243, 375. Veronica persica, Variation in, 351. Vicia bithynica, 209 ; Denuesiana, 364. Viola Riviniana, 55. W^'atson Exchange Club Report, 244. Watson, W., Planting on Snowdon, 57; Orthodontium gracile var. hete- i-orarpa,* 140; Key to Britisli Lichens (Supplement ), 340 ; Spitzbergen Li- chens, 327. ' Wheat Plant,' The (rev.), 186. White, J. W., Cedric Eucknall,t 65. Wikstrcemia, 52. Wiles, James, 24. Williams, F. N., ' Botany for Students ' (rev.), 60 ; Critical Notes on Ceras- tiuni, 74. Williams (LI.) on Lauiinaria, 191. Willows, Herts, 78. Wilmott, A. J., Alchemillas, 163, 210 ; 163, 210; Nomenclature, 196; his edition of Babington's * Manual ' (rev.), 240 ; on Orchis latifolia, 372. Willis on Evolution, 93 ; his ' Age and Area' (rev.), 306. WoUey-Dod, A. H., ' Boreal Flora of California ' (rev.), 90. Woodruffe-Peacock, E. A.,t 161. Wright, William,! 330. Xerauthemum nobile, 271. Printed by Taylob and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE JOURxNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FORKIGN. EDITED Jir JAMES BRLTrEN, K.C.S.(t., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DIOPAIITMENT or BoTANY, Rlill'ISlI MUSEUM. The JouiiiS^AL of BoxAxr was established in 18G3 bv Seeinann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed l)y Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during j^art of the time by Mr. J . Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, wlien he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occujDy the vast Held ot* General Botany, the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discovei-ies, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it ma}^ safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the histoiy of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new andv important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way ofiicially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those Avhose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utihze its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. Until the beginning of the late War the Journal })aid its way and even allowed a shght margin of profit ; but during that period the subscribers were redux^ed in number, and the continental circula- tion almost ceased. It has now regained its position, but the in- creased cost of production, which has not as yet been substantially reduced, has resulted in an annual deficit which at one time became so serioiis that the continuance of the Journal was threati^'ued. By the generosity of those who felt that its cessation would be a mis- fortune, especially for British botanists whose principal organ it has always been, the deficit has been met and iily one snch set can be completed. The 36 vols. 1883 to 1918 are offered "at ,£35: two sets from 1885 to 1918 (34 vols.) are offered at <£31 \0s. Od. per set. The disposal of these sets will prevent any long series being sixi^plied in future, and the rarer of the volumes will not be sold separately. The volumes for 1892, 1900, and 1902 are very scarce; the few remaining copies will be sold at 30*.-. each. The other volumes can be supplied at 21s. each.- Orders with remittance should he addressed to: — TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.4. New York Botanical Garden Librar 3 5185 00225 8992